i aory * H eee ry pn on be
Cong gd ee : : Wy a at H i
here ae A sts Hitt eh a ath) Baths adv tie, Ly ge) Bea Sia ae
a * x D
ar G8 a4 a 1 its
.
- eee * + 1° ‘ Ve 2 sare
: ee 4k ¢ * i# jeoe dts
Levee. aus A
Finca Boke Eo fen feet eo Ma a y + (hae: Pi aod :
ot ea ’ woke ’ * . y
PSHE rahe he bv oh ‘ haw a KS * ty sis By Ie ran ey
! a) f eet 8: Se ee 4 4 tee 7 A
‘at
”
aD
aye EAH EANAR
rene ae See PE ray
eed
Re ge
i
A POT epee Weegee er teat : By > rh
PEVVEN TION Ree ts in my f i & tat We Nes
else tee Ae aD ; ; fj 2 ; H
ends O78a 8 eaew ie ed a day
ee ed te Vhavon te e (a sep edd
: Oy . fy itis ¥ SS
end 7 ; 4 a
Croan PAL ee y 2 4 4 a ’ bh
ine sa Rowse i @ 4 "ay" » vf ak i ry ant Dy Be
‘ Aa 4 Tinta
J bf oy BSE et t vn a} oan Sch ¥ Bete
ay if A Rate : i . eet sey
rae
as
Peony
es
; Me bs
a,
Po
Va
ela!
whe
wa ap wee ih F 16
Shy BAe ON
oh
they Pee
ay
yw PTOOF%
3h os”
PROCEEDINGS
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON
1891.
ay hil ono
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE.
LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND OO,
PATERNOSTER ROW.
LL s f
OF THE
COUNCIL AND OFFICERS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL
SOCIETY OF LONDON.
1891.
COUNCIL.
(Elected April 29, 1891.)
Prorsesson W. H. Frower, C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., President.
Witttam Barsson, Esq., M.A.
Wittiam T. Buanrorp, Ksq.,
F.R.S.
Masor-Gen. Henry Crerk, R.A.,
F.RS.
Henry EH. Dresser, Esq.
Cuartes Drummonp, Esq., T’rea-
surer.
Str JosepH Farrer, K.C.S.L,
F.R.S., Vice-President.
Joun P. Gasstor, Hsq.
F. Du Canz Gopmay, Esq.,F.R.5.,
Vice-President.
Dr. AxtBert GintHer, F.R.A.,
Vice-President.
E. W. H. Hortpsworrs, Esq.
Lr.-Gren. Srr H. B. Lumspen,
K.C.8.1.
Dr. St. Grorcze Mivart, F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
Proresson ALFRED Newrton,
M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President.
Srr Anserr K. Ror, M.P.,
LL.D., D.C.L.
Tur Lorp ArtHuR RvssELt.
.Ospert Satvin, Esq., F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
Howarp Savunpers, Esq.
Pxaitie Lourisey Scrater, Hsq.,
M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.
Henry Seesoum, Esq.
JosepH Travers Surry, Esq.
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.
P. L. Scrater, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.
Franx HE. Bepparp, Esq., M.A., Prosector.
Mr. A. D. Barrierr, Superintendent of the Gardens.
Me. F. H. Waternovss, Librarian.
Mr. Jonny Barrow, Accountant.
Mr. W. J. Wirriams, Chief Clerk.
et
sy
LIST
OF THE
CONTRIBUTORS,
With References to the several Articles contributed by each.
Page
Axcock, A., M.B., Surgeon I.M.S.
On a Viviparous Bathybial Fish from the Bay of Bengal. 226
Bartuett, Epwarp, Naturalist to the Government of Sarawak.
Notes on the Bornean Rhinoceros ...............-.. 54
Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S.E., F.G.S., F.Z.S.,
Prosector to the Society, Lecturer on Biology at
Guy’s Hospital.
Contributions to the Anatomy of the Kagu (Rhinochetus
GUIDES RBS Th he SESE 3B RS, AIEARS IR A, A ae eral eae 9
On an Earthworm of the Genus Siphonogaster from West
JAMITIGES 6 Stes GGG) Senco SC OIESS POO CAO ECM Ae cae a taal fo
On the Pouch and Brain of the Male Thylacine........ 138
Preliminary Account of an Earthworm from West Africa
meterAw lento) AMM ew GEMS peers els cle le << setae «ey «hoc 8 172
Notes on the Anatomy of Dolichotis patagonica........ 236
Remarks on the Earthworms of British Central Africa .. 312
Additional Notes upon Hapalemur griseus ............ 449 |
lv
Page
Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S.E., &c., and Murie,
James, M.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some drawings and.
specimens illustrative of the cause of death of an African
Ehtimoceroses ... = cic a. ef ate ee mete eta etna metas 246
Breppomg, Col. R. H., F.L.S.
Descriptions of some new Land-Shells from the Indian
Regions), (Plate XOMX)” o.. Bo. enemies sae eee 313
Bett, F. Jerrrey, M.A., Sec.R.M.S., F.Z.S., Professor of
Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London.
Observations on a rare Starfish, Bathybiaster vexillifer.
(Plates XU 3& XEN V3) es ye ttre Barta sateen eee 228
Buaauw, F. E., C.M.Z.S.
Exhibition of specimens of the Long-tailed Tit shot in
ISOETYSOAS Apne samo onc op 6 ccduls Ona 000 5 330
Exhibition of, and notes upon, a young Wondrous
Grass-Finch (Poephila mirabilis) and a nest and eggs of
ESS PECLES «Sains vorenavs, sas teaeeaiale a acetone ever erage meet eae eee 465
BovuLenGeR, GEorGE ALBERT, F.Z.S.
Description of a new Lizard of the Genus Ctenoblepharis,
roi Cuvier Ques sigcns Se casorcocsdhasadocdsK 55 3
On some Chelonian Remains preserved in the Museum of
thepRoyal Collegelot Surzeons o-j-miee ee eee ee
Notes on the Osteology of Heloderma horridum and H.
suspectum, with Remarks on the Systematic Position of the
Helodermatide and on the Vertebree of the Lacertilia .... 109
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a renewed left pectoral
limb of a Protopterus annectens
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, young specimens and
eggs of a South-African Siluroid Fish (Galeichthys feliceps). 148
v
On British Remains of Hom«osaurus, with Remarks on
the Classification of the Rhynchocephalia ..............
On Simony’s Lizard, Lacerta simonyi. (Plates XVIII.
Re TPNOTENG Te Aactealanstoist otha) sever oop exc ci slain Ts w'aia'a'rs slohale ears
An Account of the Siluroid Fishes obtained by Dr. H. von
Ihering ahd Herr Sebastian Wolff in the Province Rio Grande
Page
201
do Sul, Brazil. (Plates XXV. & XXVI.) .............. 231
On the State of our Knowledge of the Reptiles and Batra-
ehiansiot British) Centrale Arica iat tt eed 2 2 nels ie 305
On Reptiles, Batrachians, and Fishes from the Lesser
Ves ESET IOS see ieo Si 3, erelg tt piel oie chevare abo ate esata oui ayetn tags 351
A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Races of Rana
esculenéa and their Geographical Distribution............ 374
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an Iguana with repro-
CITTO END, 5 aetna OAR ara . 466
A Synopsis of the Tadpoles of the Kuropean Batrachians.
Gtaleties NOI NCI VELTE) cea ratet tot olicyes states ah ars da a 593
Notes on Transcaspian Reptiles ....-........-...--- 628
Brinn ey, H. H., M.A., St. John’s College, Cambridge.
On a Specimen of the White Bream (Abramis blicca,
Bloch) without,Pelvic' Fins, (Plate X:)) 3.60. .)05.5270.
Brypen, H. A.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a distorted pair of horns
of an Eland, and the feet of the Lechée Antelope ........
On the present Distribution of the Giraffe, South of the
Zambesi, and on the best means of securing living Specimens
fonpEunopesmy Collections) jale.ce chelejs <ccoes eituazetelst chess iionevare. ©
Bunn, J. W. Wituis-. See Witvis-Bunp, J. W.
108
373
vi
Page
Burne, R. H., B.A. Oxon., F.Z.S.
On the Variation and Development of the Leporine
Steraumpe aire evr c/n AM aap 3!) 159
Cockere Lt, T. D. A., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some abnormal. speci-
mensiot Clausilia rugosa. J... 2 eee a 145
On the Geographical Distribution of Slugs........ ... 214
Notes on some Slugs of the Ethiopian Region.......... 301
Dosson, G. E., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
Note on the Derivation and Distribution of the Insectivora
of the-New: World(. 6.0.7. es, a a
Drucr, Hamitron H., F.E.S.
On the Lycenide of the Solomon Islands. (Plates XXXI.
5, RONONSTT ps ees cs ES SISA Tia BS 2 tC ee 357
Etwes, Henry Joun, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
On Butterflies collected by Mr. W. Doherty in the Naga
and Karen Hills and in Perak.—Part I. (Plate XXVII.).. 249
Emin Pasa, Dr., C.M.ZS.
Letter from, announcing the despatch to the Society of a
CollectioniotpBirds... sce ee Bioicteeih tala /a la arenes Grace e mele oiae
Finn, Franx, B.A., F.Z.S., late Scholar of Brasenose College,
Oxford.
On a Functional Ductus Botalli in Nycticorax violaceus
and) gute SpInicauda ua jais Net. elesieye tome ares s aneiae ae: 176
Hehiiinone’ a male Hybrid between the Chilian Pintail
(Dafila spinicauda) and Summer Duck (42x sponsa) bred in
the ‘Gardens [962 258 TS We i aa a es Ch A 330
Page
GERRARD, EDWARD, Jun.
Exhibition of a large head of a Koodoo Antelope (Sérepsi-
(SERIES TE) Vitel ON NEE 5 6c ENC ert a a Na 2)
cperze
On a Collection of Land-Shells made in Borneo by Mr.
A. Everett, with Descriptions of supposed new Species.—
Part II. Zonitidee and Helicide. (Plates II-VI.) .....- 22
Ginrner, AuBert C. L. G., M.A., M.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.
Remarks on the Fishes of British Central Africa ....... 312
Description of a remarkable Fish from Mauritius, be-
longing to the Genus Scorpena. (Plate XXXIX.) ...... 482
Guppy, R. J. Lecumerg, C.M.Z.8.
On a Specimen of Pleurotomaria from Tobago, West
Heinle sprrsmeery eens ch Ses Satan st conae ay of owap opeNet clic ater eA) cNtley Mae 484
Hamittron, Epwarp, M.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an example of the
Red-breasted Snipe of North America (Macrorhamphus
GuLSczs) SUOt MPAT ey |ISHICO Mey sys eo eyes -- ol) se-feae) er OLA.
Ho.upine, R. E.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of Horns
of Rams of various breeds of the Domestic Sheep (Ovts aries). 245
®
Howes, G. B., F.Z.S., F.L.S., Assistant Professor of Zoology,
Royal College of Science, London.
On the Probable Existence of a Jacobson’s Organ among
the Crocodilia ; with Observations upon the Skeleton of
that Organ in the Mammalia, and upon the Basi-Mandibular
Elements in the Vertebrata. (Plate XIV.).............. 148
pes
Vill
Page
Kirsy, W. F., F.LS., F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological
Department, British Museum (Natural History), South
Kensington.
On some Neuroptera Odonata (Dragonflies) collected by
Mr. E. BE. Green in Ceylon. (Plate XX.) .........0...- 203
Larter, Oswatp H., M.A., formerly Berkeley Fellow of
Owens College, Manchester, 1888, late Tutor of Keble
College, Assistant Master at Charterhouse.
Notes on Anodon and Unio. (Plate VII.) ............ 52
Lister, J. J., M.A., F.Z.S.
Notes on the Birds of the Phcenix Islands (Pacific Ocean). 289
Lyprexker, Ricwarp, B.A., F.G.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.
On Pleistocene Bird-remains from the Sardinian and
Corsican Islands. (Plate XXXVIL.) ............2. 2006 467
On Remains of a Large Stork from the Allier Miocene.. 476
On a new Species of Moa. (Plate XXXVIII.) ........ 479
Masor, Dr. C. J. Forsytu.
On the Fossil Remains of Species of the Family Giraffiide. 315
Martoretui, Dr. G., Secretary of the Italian Society of
Natural Sciences, Milan.
Letter from, enclosing a coloured drawing of a hybrid
Duck between Branta rufina and Anas boschas .......... 486
Micuart, A. D., F.LS., F.Z.8., F-RMS., &.
On the Association of Gamasids with Ants. (Plates
Moeyuenporer, O. F. von, Ph.D.
On the Land and Freshwater Shells of Perak. (Plate
0,0: @) Hee OI eed FA eA Str acid Sama Bene 330
1x
Mots, R. R., and Uricu, F. W.
Notes on some Reptiles from Trinidad.. ..............
Mortis, James, M.D., F.LS., F.Z.S., &c., and Bepparp,
Frank E., M.A., F.R.S.E., Prosector to the Society.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some drawings and
specimens illustrative of the cause of death of an African
PROC ETO Se. rode ais tasd cues Ee Nc © ante ae
Nevityt, Hue, F.Z.S.
Remarks on the importance of founding an experimental
Zoological Station in the Tropics...............
Newron, E. T., F.G.S., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an abnormally shaped
ererOtei mer Cammony HOwlusc 2 el seve sales ioe ciel acta
Abstract of a Memoir on a Skull of Trogontherium cuvieri
from the Forest-bed of East Runton, near Cromer ........
Notes on the Geology of British Central Africa ........
Poutton, Epwarp B., M.A., F.R.S.
On an interesting Example of Protective Mimicry discovered
by Mr. W. L. Sclater in British Guiana. (Plate XXXVI.) .
RotuscuiLp, The Hon. Water, F.Z.S.
Description of a new Pigeon of the Genus Carpophaga.
(asi DOMINIO Sen a clencicms cine oor aenem Spec Somes
St. Jounn, Lieut.-Col. Sir O. B., K.C.S.I., R.E., F.Z.S.
Note on a case of a Mungoose (Herpestes mungo) breeding
Grieve omesticablOMl ts’. Hie occ !eslels:lcte emetic asl aicrota tts tele «
246
. 486
214
247
310
462
312
x
Page
SALVADORI, Tommaso, M.D., C.M.Z.S.
Descriptions of two new Species of Parrots of the Genus
Placycencus.. (Plate; XC) 0. sco, aeMer es Pare Keele te cate cetey 129
Satvin, Ossert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
Remarks on the Butterflies of British Central Africa .... 312
Saunpers, Howarp, F.Z.S., F.L.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a nearly white skin of
a duger from Northern Undiaji. sis tee eee teenie eee aay
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of the
eges of Larus maculipennis and Sterna trudeaui, obtained
by Mr. Ernest Gibson in the Argentine Republic ........ 373
Scuater, Putuie Lutiey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to
the Society.
Report on the additions to the Society's Menagerie in
Wecember S90 vere EoronMoe ob awog ee Gob geo dah o> ]
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some sketches made by
Lieut. W. KE. Stairs, R.E., of the horns of a large Antelope,
OORT: MINOT WO) SOLE 6 soba ob Go bnea decd osde ae 1
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of three
species of Purple Water-hens (Porphyrio poliocephalus, P.
ceruleusyand 22. smaragdonotus) >. 24 se2605 sel noes 47
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
January 1891...... BAS be rs) sO sls nesfelonwtae ae ake Ruel! eke ee eae 2a
Ona second Collection of Birds from the Province of
Tarapaca, Northern Chili. (Plate XIII.) .............. 131
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
Rebruany 1890. cee ees. asc ences eenyiate yo ta eee 179
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Mac-
gregor’s Paradise-bird (Cnemophilus macgregori).......... 179
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two specimens of the
Horns of an Autelope from Somali-land ................ 197
a
xi
Page
Exhibition of skins of the Ounce ( Felis uncia), and remarks
upomits gecsraphical distributions c..5 4.010. 2 +4 oe ede 197
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
1 BUSS IMCL i sient erie: cc Cc: S15 ene Rear a Be 212
Remarks upon the breeding of Tragelaphus gratus in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of Amsterdam.......... 213
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
PATOL Giles eee hcs. «ace tlets is eeh SARE ERICA ae anes moll
General remarks upon the Fauna of British Central
PNGIC Aceh alc ter aks Nii we: SE ete od mid Casal ee WER Aves Vey Ata eek 8 ()
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
lieve O lie erst ers eres Tesora sana varn tar eee ye Ue 326
Remarks on interesting Animals observed during a visit
to the Zoological Gardens of Paris, Ghent, Antwerp,
Rotterdam, Amsterdam, and The Hague ................ 326
Remarks on two Sea-Eagles, referred to Haliaétus pelagicus,
living in the Hamburg Zoological Garden .............. 374
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in June,
July Aucust, and Septembers T8902 201s wy. oo , 464
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
WetcbernlG OW rwseysses stats cts ace arsine) ans eh ac ores teens 486
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of a Shear-
water (Puffinus gavia) from Australia .................. 627
Scrater, Witu1am Luttey, M.A., F.Z.8., Deputy Superin-
tendent of the India Museum.
Exhibition of, and notes upon, a specimen of a hybrid
Xil
Page
Sresoum, Henry, F.Z.S., F.L.S., &e.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, five rare Irish Birds from
the collection of Mr. R. M. Barrington .. .......-++-+4-- 628
SHarpe, Emity Mary.
Descriptions of New Butterflies collected by Mr. F. J.
Jackson, F.Z.S., in British East Africa, during his recent
Expedition.—Part I. (Plates XVI. & XVII.).......... 187
Descriptions of New Butterflies collected by Mr. F. J.
Jackson, F.Z.S., in British Hast Africa, during his recent
Expedition.—Part I]. (Plate XLVIII.) .............. §33
SHarer, R. Bowpuer, LL.D., F.L.S., F.Z.8.
Account of the Proceedings of the International Ornitho-
logical Congress at Budapest ...............--.+0.--- 374
SHERBORN, C. Davies, F.Z.S.
On the Dates of the Parts, Plates, and Text of Schreber’s
USEING NGTGy yam nnn DORNER Sc Sigg suo doce 4c 587
SHUFELDT, R. W., M.D., C.M.Z.S., &e.
On the Question of Saurognathism of the Pici, and other
Osteological Notes upon that Group ...........-...--- 122
On the Comparative Osteology of the United States
OMIT ace Ole NOR AOI ON ery 8 Gordian 35 bo c-0.0 194
Srmon, EuGENE.
On the Spiders of the Island of St. Vincent.—Part I.
(CRIES QUO) TRAC See SUA OME bepadphoeenacc bbs. Du
Smiru, Evear A., F.Z.S.
On the Mollusca of British Central Africa ............ 309
On a Collection of Marine Shells from Aden, with some
Remarks upon the Relationship of the Molluscan Fauna of
the Red Sea and the Mediterranean. (Plate XXXIII.).... 390
a
——e
xl
Page
Descriptions of new Species of Shells from the ‘ Challenger ’
Expedition. (Plates XXXIV. & XXXV.) .........+---- 436
Descriptions of new Species of Shells from New South
Wales, New Guinea, the Caroline and Solomon Islands.
TEE. Dis) Reais Acre: OA. Sit a catty Scar er ain odie cD 486
SomMERVvILLeE, T. T., of Oppegarde, Christiania.
Notes on the Lemming (Myodes lemmus).......+.+++-- 655
Srepsine, Rev. Taomas R. R., M.A.
Remarks on the Crustaceans of British Central Africa .. 312
Stewart, Prof. CuHaruss, F.L.S.
On some Points in the Anatomy of Heloderma. (Plate
ENGI ee nL enlists causltn cmawhtsndes, Sere faced ain Sp Re 119
StirwinG, Prof. E. C., M.A., M.D. Cantab., C.M.Z.S.
Communication from, on the newly-discovered Australian
Mammal Notoryctes typhlops ......+++-.0++..2.eeeeee 327
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an Original Drawing of
the new Australian Mammal (Notoryctes typhlops) ...... 446
SymineTon, Jounson, M.D., F.R.S.E., Lecturer on Anatomy,
Minto House, Edinburgh.
On the Nose, the Organ of Jacobson, and the Dumb-bell-
shaped Bone in the Ornithorhynchus. (Plates XLIII. &
D.CIWIAVED ee pees es en ce, aeiel Steen ee ee ar EEE AL 579
TEGETMEIER, W. B., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Rook (Corvus
frugilegus) with abnormal growth of the bill, and a
Pheasant with the upper mandible wanting.............. 628
XIV
Page
Tuomas, Ouprizp, F.Z.S., Natural-History Museum.
On a Collection of small Mammals made by Mr. F. J.
Jackson in Hastern Africa. (Plate XV.)...........--.-- 181
On some Antelopes collected in Somali-land by Mr. T. W.
HM. ‘Clarke.- (Plates XXI.-& XXID) “piss... 3 206
Remarks on the Mammals of British Central Africa .... 312
Notes on some Ungulate Mammals .................. 384
Tuomson, ArtHur, Head-Keeper of the Society’s Menagerie.
Report on the Insect-house for 1890 ................ 179
Trimen, Rowanp, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Curator of the South-
African Museum, Cape Town.
On Butterflies collected in Tropical South-western Africa
hy, MisAc Wo Erikeson: (Plates VII & Xo) eee 59
On the Occurrence of’ a rare Fish (Lophotes cepedianus)
attnen@anevot Good Hope... . 2. 2. sce eae erie 483
Uricu, F. W., and Mots, R. R.
Notes on some Reptiles from Trinidad................ 447
WatsincHam, Tuomas, Lord, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.,
NZS.
On the Micro-Lepidoptera of the West Indies. (Plate
PROTA Sr agin ntavess. sar bhe'c. areicvecage cvw'd ene Si MMrereL teats cee eee 492
Wickuam, R. Gorpon.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a fine pair of Horns of
the Gemsbok Antelope (Oryx gazella).............+.... 467
Wixuis-Bunp, J. W., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of the
Collared Petrel (@strelata torquata) shot off the Welsh
caastyor Cardigan maya wre cla weteiepeie ie) seer ner eee 122
XV
Page
Witson, Scortr B., F.Z.S.
On the Muscicapine Genus Chasiempis, with a Description
OligaME WS PECL: t= <)ai-alomiepeeR Rela hs) 6) ch eiatatlalie eve (eve ei 164
Description of a new Species of the Genus Himatione from
thensandwichwlislan dois s\cu eee ees esr. ieee (OO
Woopwarp, A. Smirn, F.Z.S., of the British Museum
(Natural History),
Note on some Dermal Plates of Homosteus from the Old
Redusandstone ot Carthnessus ates. eee ee ee ee Los
On a Mammalian Tooth from the Wealden Formation of
VAS BUD OS sep ois sci ate cck AM a 5, payee lee cy ncee ps ola eter tea talons ncaa eg 385
ERRATA ET EMENDANDA.
Page 72, line 7, for “ primrose” read “ pruinose.”
72, line 33, for “ dorsal” read ‘‘ discal.”
81, at foot, after “(1887)” insert “ Otiembora (November—
December) and Okavango River (December). Three
female examples.”
», 89, footnote, line 2, for “ occasional” read “ seasonal.”
», 681, line 1, for “ Ophiomorous” read “ Ophiomorus.”
99
99
LIST OF PLATES.
1891.
Plate Page
HS (Cus naa WWIS TOMES. oxoese oe doanbesconbadsouco ne 3
N69)
IL. |
IV. | New Bornean Land-Shells.............. pbtn coe eds 22
Vv |
VL. |
Wile Anatomy orAnodon and Wniol. 5 20 nceeeleaoe 52
Me New Butterflies from Tropical South-western Africa .. 59
ONE AOTC MASTOLUC CORMAN «+ Wate esas Seisinis site ese ee 6 Sip Shean e 108
IGE Ana tomypote LClodenmam rsaaita ial ieet eee ie eno 119
XII. Platycercus erythropeplus, 8 Q.......++-. besbooe se 129
NOI ae iG Alu Si CONACINUS \avoraiscte seleiel aieiscial seichenceekel ela. ote coe 131
XIV. Supposed Jacobson’s Organ in the Crocodilia ........ 148
DOVES OLOMUSOCKSONU Mae Sahni ese e ree eee ho che terohenelole 181
XGA ie esas ae fe _
XVIL. \ New Butterflies from British Hast Africa .........-6. 187
XVIII. | : : 5
XIX. | ILGOGHUG SUOOMNE oo6ebbo0c0 bene oo enc ae DOD Windnons 0 PAUL!
XX. New Dragonflies from Ceylon..............0e0+ 0+. 203
DOME AWDOTORGOS CIO oo06050560000000c bouoc0o HObd 206
XXII. Skull of Ammodorcas clarket ..........--eeeseees ¥
XXIII. : sae
ARS Re ery net ap ats apehcNeaets Apa. PAS)
XXIV. Bathybiaster vexillifer
XXV. Fig. 1. Pimelodes nigribarbis; Fig. 2. P. cottoides;
Fig. 3. Otocinclus nigricauda ........-+..006- 23]
XXVI. Fig. 1. Chetosto:nus cirrhosus; Fig. 2. Bunocephalus
theringit ; Fig. 3. Trichomycterus minutus ......
KXVIT. New Asiatic Butterflies .. 0.6... 0.cceee eee eee ees 249
XXVIII. Carpophaga chathamensis ...-..seeee reece ere eeaes 312
XXIX. New Indian Land-Shells .........+--.0-. seeeeee ase OLS)
XXX. Land-Shells of Perak .........c00 ss eeeceseccaceee 330
el Lycenide of the Solomon Islands ....+...+....e000> 33
XXXII.
XViil
Plate
Page
XXXIII. New Species of Shells from Aden ....... iets eae sia 390
Se New Species of Shells from the ‘Challenger’ Expedition. 436
XXXVI. Protective Mimicry in a Homopterous Insect ........ 462
XXXVIT. Bird-bones from Corsica and Sardinia ............: 467
ROOK Pachyornis rathschildy <5 ae oy eee yee Danian en 479
XXXIX. Scorpena frondosa (Mauritius) ............ 0.00000 482
XL. New Species of Shells from Australia, New od 486
and the Caroline and Solomon Islands ........
XLI. Micro-Lepidoptera of the West Indies.............. 492
ML. Spiders of St Vincent, seen ee oe eee ene 549
area Structure of (Onnithonhynchwse. 1 eee eee 575
XLIV.
XV. Huropeanladpolesi(aa)/i\-nctetliel een eee
XLVI. European Tadpoles (Hyla, Bufo, Pelobates)........ 593
XLVII. European Tadpoles (Pelodytes, Discoglossus, Bombi-
MLO PAUTECS))) siern'c 1: <paiekelolsdenseioaete tote cet eae
XLVUI. New Butterflies from British East Africa ............ 633
eae Gamaside from’ Ants’ Nests\y 2. «<< «tore efehete iol) saree 638
Seed
LIST OF WOODCUTS.
1891.
ee) Page
Left and right horns of an Antelope .........0-ssseeeeeeee rere
Skull of Testudo microtympanum ....cccccccccceccveccessesencs 5
Skullistok Monyec heurium aud 2. planus To. 2 = 2ssclee em icles a 6
Proximal portion of left humerus of Hosphargis gigas ...-..++++6 8
SWE, CIS UA0G CUI aO RAS OB Or pe cod Doom oOpadueonoooDc sobs Wa
Museles of fore limb of Rhinochetts............00+cceceencsenee 13
Gastrocnemius of Rhinochetus, dissected to show its connection with
GHOMSCMIULEMGIMOSUS |... eros e clalel nie <a nie's i alelo lea clei aibhendetecl 17
Connection between tendons of deep flexors in Rhinochetus and
NGG) 85 BBS Sadn db ans CONN OD pau co coe BIO GOmIIn mio mili Id bIO'0 18
SU MCOMOMBEER TON BULA bonne bondoonacs dobcocdop abo de gold Bsn eS)
Appendages of Siphonogaster millsont ..... 6. cece recent teen eees 50
Genital sete of Siphonogaster millson? ..... 0.2... 00. cee e nes aeees 51
Preemaxillaries of Heloderma horridum and H, suspectum ......+. 110
Symphysial portion of mandible of Heloderma horridum .......... 111
Skin of the middle part of the body of Heloderma suspectum ...... 112
Caudal vertebrae of Tupinambis nigropunctatus ......ccesereeeee 114
Three posterior dorsal and three anterior caudal vertebrae of Helo-
derma suspectum and HI, horridwum oo... cece ccc eee cee eees 115
Hind limbs of Dolichosawrus lesinensis, Edestosaurus, Varanus, and.
CHET CUO. 6 B55 684s OOD RDO GENIOE A Moo. dn Root CUGRo DOR Sm 118
Map of the Vicinity of Tarapaca, Chili ............-..5++2e00. 131
oUehor young, malombnylaeiner jer el ile ete sierete a=) ti 139
Brain of Thylacine, right and left halves................0.02205- 141
Specimens of Clausilia rugosa from Isleworth, Middlesex.........++ 146
Series of sterna of Lepus cuniculus showing absorption of the seventh
SLEW ORAM rere ys ay ona relspaite: she ous casenietncyate austere celine «yeteis 161
Left mandibular ramus of Homeosaurus Major .ceicsececrveceees 167
Lateral view of middle caudal vertebree, and lower view of second
sacral and three anterior caudal vertebrae of Lacertu ocellata ., 170
WALOMOS Ol VY eCLCOTal MMOlMCEUS inna som diols cei sists 2e)- (=) oilnlmi= 177
Under surface of head of Nyctinomus lobatus ... 01.6.0 e eee 185
Dermal) plates of Homosteus millet... 2.0... ce cece wee new eee 199
[NEGO CEC? TDL IIULTIGL., RAB, baa sb cin Wp oerni AD enon. eclacica Gaol cio rele ox 227
He HGeLOneMOlICHOLs PLEO OIUICH Wraa wisrelalay ays in0> atten abe ave etn steer aly) ale 25
Portion of colon and cecum of Dolichotis patagonica .........05+ 258
xX
Page
Arm-muscles of Dolichotis patagonica ........ Berend Be escouetermmata ete 239
Brainvok Wolchocspatagonica’. sneer | ee ene 243
A Colony of Frigate-birds (Fregata minor) on Phoenix Island...... 292
Side view of skull and mandible of male Samotherium boissier? .... 318
Side view of skull of Paleotragus rouent...... ee csten ccea ahs c Set Otehe . 820
Side view of skull of Helladotherium duvernoyi ......0....ecee eee 324
Upper view and side view of skull of Stvatherium giganteum ...... 325
OublmevtorNotonyeccsityphiops .\. 2... sae ean eee eee 528
Lower surface of hand of Hapalemur griseus ......... ST ae 450
Small intestine, cecum, and colon of Hapalemur griseus .......... 452
Ceeca of Perodicticus potto and Lemur anjuanensis ............ .. 496
Brain of Hapalemur griseus .........06 #059 26 cans nee a enn eee 457
Ventral aspect of right coracoid of Coracias, cf. abyssinica; from
Mav Ola al ee midomi e econ tlic, sue Piees vie ki sele ate eee 2 hae ee 471
Dorsal and palmar aspects of the right humerus of Turdus, cf. merula,
drom Nowa, (CORSICA EO ei die seine elects «oot + oe . 473
Palmar aspect of the right humerus of Columba, cf. livia, from the
breccia of Tonga, Coneien Dy 5G he IOS Sos oc one 474.
Propelargus edwardsi.—V entral aspect of the ote coracoid, and left
MILE LEUCATN) IS cian max -42h cl cvousateVeretetey ee eraNe 6 iese0llese; 050’ ieee ocho muaeneete 478
Plagiaulax dawsoni, second left lower molar of ........--.00e0 ees 585
Ogioacmnunor, LIS itm OlAri Gio m lereiyei «+s. 6 © ise eeeete ».. 089
Open mouth of Pelodytes punctatus and of Alytes obstetricans ....,. 595
Lower view of Tadpoles of Hyla arborea and Alytes obstetricans .. 596
Tadpoles of Rana agilis, Pelodytes punctatus, and Alytes obstetricans 598
Much enlarged pieces of upper caudal crest of Pelodytes punctatus and
Discoglossus pictus ........ SAREE Mans oon on coc .. 599
PUOn IIS) OleehL LR OCETOS SUMOUNCIESIS Mielote ates + «/s «-1s\e yt ene ee eee .. G54
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON,
1891.
ann EST y;,
part it, NOV 27 925 :
CONTAINING PAPERS imlvon, NAL Mu se
JANUARY ann FEBRUARY.
JUNE ist, 1891.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
; LONDON: —_
: MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,
PATERNOSTER-ROW. —
<f Ber [Price Twelve Shillings. |
- LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART 1—1891.
January 6, 1891.
‘The Secretary. Report on the Additions to ee ae Menagerie in Devember 1890 ise
“Mr. Selater. “Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some sketches made. by Lieut Ww. HE, Stairs,
R.E.,-of the horns of.a large Antelope, apparently unknown to Science ............ =
J. Description of anew Lizard of the Genhis Ctenoblephari. is, from Chili.’ By G. A, Bovusnen
(Plate Ly S25. Aoi Ce ate ET apew nn Cae Pee eiegu ee eu ceeeats PaO soe
.:On some Chelonian Remains pereere i in the Museum of. the Royal College of ‘Surgeons.
a = By Gk, BOULENGER PS eo SNE Sees gis algae eee Dey Sas eee oe a eee
3. Contributions to the Anatomy. of the Kagu (2Ainochetus jubatus). By Franx EK. Bepparp,
MA, ee to the ae! ene Aeon ae Baars sheet: sec oleae soTaS peo enews z
Part, us donate and Helicide:. = Tel, AVAL. War Seeks easter a eaten aie ae
January 20, 1891.
_ Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of cdl venianhd upon, specimens of three species of Purple Water:
aoe ECE ~phyvt0 poliocephalis, P. ceruleus, and P. smaragdonotus) .. ..... Sen Dene gee,
1 ¢ On an Har thworm ofthe Genus Siphonogaster from West Africa. By Frank E. ‘Bepnasn,
M.A., Pr osector to the OCKEI oper 2 ty eee oie et eae Bearer ee aaah, SE gant af
2, Notes on Anodon and Unio. By OswAp HL LAvrer, M. A. Afopeierts Berkeley etlaw of s
a Owens College, Manchester, 1888, late Tutor of Keble ‘College, Assistant. Master at ~—
‘Char terhouse. (Communicated by Frank E. Bupparp, M.A., Prosector to the Society.)
pie VEE) RS Oh Se arse ae ae et Ect Ree a Ors ite Ogee eae
. On Butterflies collected in ‘Tr opical South-western Nae by~ Mr, a W. Eriksson. By
Co
Roranp Trimen, F.R.S., &c., Curator of the South-African Museum, Cape Town, =
“(Plates VIL, & TX) sess eevee eect ee terrae eran teen ce ttees tenes
4. Ona Specimen of the White Bream ‘Grunts blicea, Bloch) without Pelvic Fins. By.
ee eu a EEN M.A, St. John’s College, Cambridge. eS: eas seater ioe
_6. On some Town the Anatomy a Heider: By Prof. CO. deen ine (Plate XT i
-4. Ona 0 itectics of Land- Shells madé in Borneo by Mr. A. Everett, ah Descriptions of =
oe pps new Speties. By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwix-Aus7en, F.R.S., ee oe
5, Notes on the Osteology of Heloderma Ropar and #7, ae Sith Remarks on the
Systematic Position of the He/odermatide and on the Vertebree of the Lacertilia. ” By
Gi As BouLencer eae eo ie ore Cre eee ae eee cee Weal Soe eS
vies is
Contents continued ‘On page 3 of Wrapper.
108
109
THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,
Oe
Tuts Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir
Houmpurey Davy, Bart., Sir Sramrorp Rarrizs, and other eminent
individuals, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology,
and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal
Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.
During the period which has elapsed since the opening of the
Gardens in the Regent’s Park in 1828, a very large number of
species of Mammats, Birps, and Reprizs has been obtained, detailed
lists of which will be found in the published Catalogues of the
Collection. To these were added, in 1849, collections of FisHEs
and of the Lower Aquatic Anrmats, both marine and freshwater,
and in 1881 a House for the breeding and exhibition of tosects and
other Articulata.
Patroness.
HER MAJHSTY THE QUEEN.
Wice-Patron. we NOV 27 1925 i
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINOE OF WALMS KG:
4 3,
a OY Ca TIONAL MUD>"
COUNCIL.
PROF. W. H. FLOWER, C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., President.
Witrram Batuson, Esa., M.A. || Lr.-Gen. Sir H. B. Lumspen,
Wittam «=T. BuanForD, Ksa., K.C.S.1.
E.RS. Dr. St. Georez Mrvart, F.R.S.,
Masor-Gen. Henry Crerx, R.A., Vice-President.
F.R.S. Proressor ALFRED Newron, M.A.,
Henry E. Dresszr, Ese. F.R.S., Vice-President.
Cuartes Droummonp, KEsa., Sir Ansert K. Roxx, M.P.
Treasurer. Tue Lorp Arrnur Russett.
Sir JosepH Farrer, K.C.S.L., || Osperr Sanvin, Ese, F.RB.S.,
F.R.S., Vice-President. | Vice-President.
Joun P. Gasstot, Esa. | Howarp SAUNDERS, Esa.
F. DuCane Gopman, Kse., F.R.S., || Parire Lurntey Sctarer, Kse.,
Vice-President, | M.A.,Pu.D.,F.RB.S., Secretary.
De. Atserr Ginrner, F.R.S., || Henry Szzzonm, Esa.
Vice-President. JosepH Travers Suir, Ese.
E. W. H. Hotpsworts, Hse.
2
The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and
Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws.
The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.
till Sunset ; and the Offices and Library (38 Hanover Square, W.),
where all communications should be addressed, from Ten till Five,
except on Saturdays, when they close at Two o’clock p.m.
The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the
Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every .
month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.
The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice
a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and
October, at half-past Hight o’clock p.m.
The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four P.M.
TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.
Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-
bution of £3, due on the Ist of January, and payable in advance,
or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,
including the Admission Fee, being £35.
Ferxttows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for
the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.
PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.
Frttows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two
Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the
entrance gate.
Frrtows of the Society receive a Book of Saturday, and a Book of
Sunday Orders. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on
each Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the
Saturday Orders are not available if the’ Frtzow uses his privilege
of personally introducing two companions on the same day.
Fetiows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday
Orders for Twenty Tickets, available for any day during the year of
issue. The Book of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a
similar packet of Twenty Tickets. These tickets will admit only
one person, whether child or adu't.
3
Frtiows also receive Twenty Free Tickets, each valid for the
admission of one adult any day of the week including Sunday,
or Forty similar Tickets, each valid for the admission of one child
(under Twelve Years of age) any day of the week, including Sunday.
These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are available
for following years.
The Books of Orders and the Free Tickets are sent to all Frttows
who shall have given a General Order for their delivery, on the 1st
of January in every year, at any specified address. Forms for this
purpose are supplied on application.
The Wire of a Fentow can exercise all these privileges in his
absence.
Fettows have the privilege of receiving a complete set of the
Society’s Publications on payment of the additional Subscription of
One Guinea every year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of
January and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary
Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Fxrznows are likewise
entitled to purchase the Transactions and other Publications of the
Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged to the public.
A further reduction of 25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases
of Publications issued prior to 1871, if above the value of Five
pounds.
Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual
Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the
1st July in each year, but this privilege only holds good if the
subscription is paid before the 1st of December following.
FrLiows may obtain, on the payment of One Guinea annually,
an Ivory Ticker, which will admit a named person of their imme-
diate family, resident in the same house with them, to the Gardens
with One Companion daily.
They may also obtain a TRANSFERABLE Ivory Ticker admitting
Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,
on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.
Any Frtitow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom
during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the
Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the
4
“dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of
- his annual contribution during such absence.
Any Frttow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to
withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.
Persons who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested
to communicate with the undersigned.
PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S.,
Secretary.
3 Hanover Square, W.,
June 1st, 1891.
The LIBRARY (under the superintendence of Mr. F. H. Warer-
House, Librarian) is open from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m.; on Saturdays to
2pm. It is closed in the month of September.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
January 6, 1891.
Prof. Alfred Newton, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1890 :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of December 1890 were 62 in number. Of these 52 were
acquired by presentation, 2 by purchase, 1 by exchange, 2 were born
in the Gardens, and 5 were received on deposit. The total number
of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 81.
Mr. Sclater exhibited some sketches made by Lieut. W. E. Stairs,
R.#., of the horns of a large Antelope, apparently unknown to science,
which had been met with by the Emin-Pasha Relief Expedition
in the forest-district of the Aruwimi. When the Antelope was
first mentioned to him by Lieut. Stairs, Mr. Sclater supposed it
might be the Antilope triangularis lately described by Dr. Giinther
(P. Z.S. 1889, p. 74). On calling Lieut. Stairs’s attention to this
figure and description, he sent the following remarks in reply :—
“The drawings of the horns of Antilope triangularis in the ‘ Pro-
ceedings’ bear but very little resemblance to those of the Antelope I
spoke of. The description is also evidently not that of the animal in
question. The length of horns of my Antelope, judging from three
different specimens, would average about 26 inches. The horns are
brown, not black, or, more strictly speaking, are of the colour of
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1891, No. I. 1
2 MR. SCLATER ON A NEW ANTELOPE. [Jan. 6,
dark gelatine. I have only seen the horns and skin. The latter is
of a blackish blue, of about the same shade as that of the ordinary
African Buffalo.
“TJ found the first horns of this Antelope at the junction of the
Nepoko and Aruwimi Rivers, some 200 miles from the outside of
Fig. 1. Left horn of Antelope (front view),
Fig. 2. Right horn of Antelope (front view).
Fig. 2a. Section through horn, just above base.
the Big Forest. I met with them again about 20 marches east of
that point. I believe this Antelope lives in the forest and never goes
on the plains.
“T have frequently talked to natives about it, and at Nepoko was
told that it was much bigger than Mr. Stanley’s donkey, which
stood, as far as I can recollect, about 13 hands 3 inches.
“The hair on the skin was si/dy and soft, not harsh as with an
ordinary Antelope.
‘« There are series of rings near the base of the horn, each ring about
2 inches apart. The horn is almost round at the tip.
‘The native names for this Antelope are (i) Ati, (ii) Ikuma. The
a
PZ. 81699 aie
era)
et ert er
uli sclariseg ck pitt ened
my
‘aa
Peter Smit delet lth.
CTEINOBILE PEARS dA SIU.
1891. ] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A NEW LIZARD. 3
first is the name by which it is known near the junction of the
Nepoko and Aruwimi Rivers; and the second is the name given to
it by the dwarfs or Wambutti who reside between the Nepoko and
Aruwimi as far east as Fort Bode, and south of Fort Bode for at least
some 4 days.”
Mr. Sclater observed that the Antelope thus indicated probably
belongs to a new species of the Tragelaphine series.
The following papers were read :—
1. Description of a new Lizard of the Genus Ctenoblepharis,
from Chili. By G. A. Boutzencsr.
[Received November 1, 1890.]
(Plate I.)
CTENOBLEPHARIS JAMESI, Sp. nov.
Shape of the head and general proportions same as in C. adspersus,
Tschudi, but palpebral fringe less developed and dorsal scales larger.
A single series of small shields between the orbits (two in C. ad-
spersus) ; five series of supraocular scales, the series next but one
to the interorbital shields transversely enlarged; an elongate sub-
orbital shield, separated from the labials by one series of scales ; nine
or ten upper labials (seven in C. adspersus). Dorsal scales trans-
versely oval subrhomboidal, slightly imbricate, nearly twice as large
as the ventrals; lateral scales smallest and separated from one
another by minute granules; ventral scales imbricate; 52 scales
round the middle of the body, 46 from occiput to base of tail. The
hind limb reaches the shoulder. Six anal pores. Upper caudal
scales obtusely keeled. Pale olive above, the skin between the scales
black; lower parts plumbeous grey, throat and middle of belly
blackish.
millim. millim.
Motalensthtery sci. 190 Moreslimbys. jeeee o. A7
lelec Waee eers ilies Gane 23 Eindlinibr.s seicee 66
Width of head ...... 20 Tail (end lost) ...... 90
Bodyatnivri. 323 sess: 77
A single male specimen of this Lizard was obtained in the Province
of Tarapaca, Chili, at an altitude of from 10,000 to 12,000 feet, by
Mr. A. A. Lane, and presented to the British Museum by Mr. H.
Berkeley James, F.Z.S.
It is figured in the accompanying drawing (Plate I.), of the
- natural size, upper and lower view.
1*
4 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON CHELONIAN REMAINS. [Jan. 6,
2. On some Chelonian Remains preserved in the Museum of
the Royal College of Surgeons. By G. A. BouLmncrr.
[Received December 8, 1890. ]
In the course of a recent examination of the osteological material
preserved in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, I have
come across a few interesting specimens of extinct and fossil Che-
lonians, hitherto overlooked or wrongly interpreted, which Professor
Stewart has most kindly placed at my disposal for description.
1. On the Skull of an extinct Land-Tortoise, probably from
Mauritius, indicating a new Species (Testudo microtympanum).
A skull without mandible, from the Hunterian Collection (no.
1058), differs considerably from that of any of the gigantic Land-
Tortoises hitherto described. As it comes nearest to Testudo tri-
serrata, Gthr.’, an extinct form from Mauritius, we may assume, in
the absence of any information as to its origin, that it probably
came from that or some neighbouring island. 1". triserrata is the
ouly species of Z'estudo known to possess two median ridges on the
alveolar surface of the maxillary, and this character is shown on the
skull for which the name 7. microtympanum is proposed, in allusion
to the very small tympanic cavity, which is one of its principal
distinctive features. Another important distinction is to be found
in the great backward prolongation of the palatines and vomers,
the latter bone forming a suture with the basisphenoid.
The following is a description of this interesting skull :—
millim.
Tctal length to extremity of occipital crest .... 135
Length to extremity of occipital condyle...... 102
Greatest: widthe ee. cee «che deen eee 98
Diametertotgorbite mee ees ee eee 33
Imterorbital wwidthy yee ce ee ee ee epee 45
Greatest diameter of tympanum ............ 21
Frontal region convex ; interorbital width greater than diameter
of orbit ; preefronto-frontal suture oblique, extending beyond the
middle of the upper border of the orbit; suture between the pree-
frontals not quite half as long as that between the frontals; only
the anterior half of the parietals forms a flat surface, and the
sagittal suture is all but obliterated. Postorbital arch rather
slender, narrower than the zygomatic, which is formed by the post-
frontal, the jugal, and the quadratojugal ; postfrontal in contact with
quadratojugal. ‘Tympanum small, its greatest (vertical) diameter
only about two-thirds the diameter of the orbit. Maxillary with
1 A. Ginther, ‘The Gigantic Land-Tortoises (Living and Extinct) in the
Collection of the British Museum’ (1877), p. 44, pl. xxii. fig. A.
cM
1891.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON CHELONIAN REMAINS. 4)
strongly dentate edge, the first cusp strongest and at the junction of
the maxillary with the premaxillary; the broad alveolar surface
with two denticulated ridges or series of tubercles, exactly as in
T. triserrata. Palatal region but moderately concave, and with a
Fig. 1.
Skull of Zestudo microtympanum. i nat. size.
very feeble keel along the anterior two thirds of the vomer; this
bone is very much elongate, extending posteriorly as far as the pala-
tines, and forming a suture with the basisphenoid, thus completely
separating the pterygoids from each other.
6 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON CHELONIAN REMAINS. [Jan. 6,
2. On a Trionyx-skull from the Upper Eocene of Hordwell,
Hampshire.
I was very much pleased to find among some unnamed fossils from
Hordwell, presented by Alex. Pytts Falconer in 1850, an excellent
skull of Trzony, which is the more valuable from the fact that, so far
Fig. 4.
Skull of Trionyx planus (?). Nat. size.
as is known to me, no skull of Trionyw has yet been described from
these beds. It affords conclusive evidence that the English Eocene
shells and mandibles referred to Trionywx belong to that genus sensu
stricto, and further corroborates Mr. Lydekker’s statement that a
mandible from Hordwell in the British Museum (Cat. Foss. Rept. ii.
|
1891.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON CHELONIAN REMAINS. 7
p- 15, R. 1499) comes nearest the existing 7. hurum, Gray ; for the
skull which I now exhibit agrees in almost every respect with that
of the Indian 7. hurum, of which a specimen of the same size (half-
grown) is figured for comparison (fig. 4). This is very remarkable,
species of Trionychoids being so well characterized by their skulls;
and had the fossil been obtained from the Pleistocene of India, I
should have unhesitatingly pronounced it to belong to T. hurum.
Four species appear to be well distinguished, from their shells, in
the Hordwell beds, viz.:—T. barbare, Ow., T. henrici, Ow., T.incras-
satus, Ow., and T. planus, Ow., the latter species being only known
from the posterior portion of the carapace. It is just to this species
that I should feel inclined to refer the skul!, as it is the only one
which, in the coarse sculpture of its dorsal plates, at all approaches
the existing 7. hurum ; and I am pleased to find that Mr. Lydekker
expresses the view that the mandible alluded to above may possibly
be referable to 7. planus. It is, however, not possible to ascertain
whether in the species with very coarse sculpture of the dorsal shield
(1. planus) two neural plates instead of one are present between the
first pair of costals, as in the Indian group to which 7. hurum
belongs ; let us hope that future finds may settle this point.
In the meanwhile, this fossil skull (see fig. 5, p. 6), may be provi-
sionally referred to T. planus, Owen.
3. On a Humerus of Kosphargis gigas, Owen, from the London Clay
of the Isle of Sheppey, Kent.
The proximal end of the left humerus of an Athecan Turtle from
the London Clay (Lower Eocene) of Sheppey, presented by J.
Wickham Flower, is preserved in the Museum of the College of
Surgeons, and was described by Owen (Deser. Cat. Foss. Rept. 1854,
p- 3) as “the lower or distal end of the tympanic bone of the Oroco-
dilus toliapicus*; it exceeds in size the corresponding part of the
largest recent Crocodiles in the Hunterian Collection” * This
specimen may be safely referred to Lydekker’s Hosphargis gigas, Ow.,
but belongs to an individual considerably smaller than any on record,
the greatest diameter of the proximal end of the humerus being only
1 On this occasion, I would observe that C. toliapicus, Ow. (= C. spenceri,
Buckl., = C. champsoides, Ow.), is no true Crocodilus, as it differs in its dental
21—22 Mi
(ip—20 15
the free border of the quadratojugal, and the large size of the mandibular
vacuity, in all these characters agreeing with Diplocynodon, to which genus the
British Upper Eocene and Oligocene Crocodile Alligator hantoniensis, Wood
(=Crocodilus hastingsie, Ow.), belongs. I regard Diplocynodon spencert and
D. hantoniensis as standing in the same relation to each other as the recent
Crocodilus intermedius and C. palustris. We therefore know of no British
Eocene or Oligocene Crocodilus, the remains hitherto referred to that genus
belonging to Diplocynodon.
2 Two other fossils are referred by Owen (J. c.) to the same Crocodile. His
“portion of the left ramus of the lower jaw” I regard as a portion of scapula
of Hosphargis ; and his “ another portion of the right ramus of the lower jaw”
belongs to a Liassic Plesiosaurian.
formula Crocodilus having ay) the absence of a pointed process on
8 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON CHELONIAN REMAINS. ([Jan. 6,
88 millimetres. Owing to the less advanced age of the specimen,
the notch between the head and the external tuberosity does not exist ;
this notch I also find feebly marked in the skeleton of the not full-
grown Dermochelys coriacea preserved in the British Museum. The
fossil specimen is broken just above the radial process, but the outer
posterior tubercular prolongation of this process, so characteristic of
Fig. 6.
ee
Proximal portion of left humerus of Hosphargis gigas. 4 nat. size.
the Athecee, is well preserved, and agrees strikingly with the figure
of Psephophorus rupeliensis given by Dollo *, with which the type-
specimen of Hosphargis gigas also agrees, as stated by Lydekker’”.
In Hosphargis, as in Psephophorus rupeliensis, the intertubercular
pit is close to the radial border of the humerus, whilst in Psepho-
phorus scaldii and in Dermochelys it is nearly equally distant from
either border. The whole shape of the humerus of Psephophorus
scaldii approaches so much nearer to Dermochelys that it appears to
me questionable whether it is correct to refer P. scaldii, in the
absence of any information as to the cranial and exoskeletal
characters, to the genus Psephophorus rather than to Dermochelys.
1 Bull. Mus. Belg. v. 1888, pl. iv. fig. 7.
2 Cat. Foss. Rept. ii. p. 220.
1891.] ON THE ANATOMY OF THE KAGU. 9
3. Contributions to the Anatomy of the Kagu (Rhinochetus
jubatus). By Frank EH. Bepparp, M.A., Prosector to
the Society.
[Received January 6, 1891.]
The structure of the Kagu, so far as it is at present known, has
shown it to be a bird which stands in a central position with respect
to several groups. It cannot be included in any of the existing
families without doing violence to some one of its structural charac-
teristics.
All that is known of the anatomy of this bird refers to external
features, to the skeleton, to the viscera, and to a few of its muscles ;
and opinions as to its affinities, based more or less upon these
characters, are varied. There can be no doubt, however, that it
stands somewhere in the Ardeogralline group.
With a view to assist in the more accurate placing of Rhinochetus,
T offer here an account of some of the principal muscles which I
have dissected in a specimen that died in the Society’s Gardens a
a few years since.
The Kagu was described so recently as 1860 by MM. Des Murs and
Verreaux [1]; but the first account of its anatomy is contained in
a short paper by Prof. Parker [6] on certain points in the Osteology,
expanded later [7 | into an elaborate description of the entire skeleton.
After the publication of these two papers, Dr. Murie contributed
to the ‘ Transactions’ of this Society a valuable account [8] of the
external characters and of the alimentary viscera, comparing the
bird in all these matters with Hurypyga and with the Boatbill
(Cancroma). More recently Prof. Garrod has remarked upon the
carotids and upon the muscles of the thigh [19]. The disposition of
the intestinal coils has been described by Dr. Gadow [16], while Mr.
Seebohm [9] has directed attention to a few points in the osteology.
Iam not acquainted with any other papers that deal with the
structure of Rhinochetus.
The following is a list of the papers which I have consulted in
putting together the present notes :—
(1) Des Murs and J. Verreaux.—Revue et Mag. de Zool. t. xiii.
(1860) p. 441.
(2) Povcrr.—Note sur le Kagou. Bull. Sociét. Acclim. (3)
te Apeeli62e
(3) Bartiett, A. D.—Note on the Habits and Affinities of
the Kagu (Rhinochetus jubatus). P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 218.
1 In this paper the author illustrates, by some good woodcuts, the attitudes
of the bird—particularly the elevation of the crest, which I have myself fre-
quently observed at the Gardens. He also points out that the name was written
by the describers “ Rhynochetos,” and that therefore, in his opinion, their
spelling should be used.
10
MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 6,
(4) Bartuerr, A. D.—Notes on the Breeding of several Species
of Birds in the Society’s Gardens during the year 1865.
P. Z. S. 1866, p. 76.
(5) Bartiertr, A. D.—Notes on the Breeding of several Species
of Birds in the Society’s Gardens during the year 1867.
P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 114.
(6) Parker, W. K.—On the Osteology of the Kagu (Rhino-
chetus jubatus). P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 70.
(7) Parker, W. K.—On the Osteology of the Kagu (Rhino-
chetus jubatus). Tr. Z. 8. vol. vi. p. 501.
(8) Murin, J.—On the Dermal and Visceral Structures of the
Kagu, Sun-Bittern, and Boatbill. Tr. Z. 8. vol. vii. p. 465.
(9) Srrsoum, H.—An Attempt to Diagnose the Suborders of
the Great Gallino-Gralline Group of Birds by the aid of
Osteological Characters alone. Ibis, 1888, p. 415.
(10) Bennett, G.—Letter from. P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 84.
(11) Bennett, G.—Letter from. P. Z. 8S. 1862, p. 107.
(12) Bennett, G.—Notes on the Kagu. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 385.
(13) Bepparp, F. E.—On the Structure of Psophia and on its
Relations to other Birds. P. Z. S. 1890, p. 329.
(14) Bepparp, F. E.—A Contribution to the Anatomy of Scopus
umbretta. P. Z. S. 1884, p. 543.
(15) Firsrincer, M.—Untersuchungen zur Morphologie und
Systematik der Vogel. Amsterdam, 1888.
(16) Gapow, H.—Aves, in Bronn’s‘ Klassen und Ordnungen des
Thierreichs,’ Bd. vi.
(17) Newton, A.—Article “ Ornithology ” in 11th ed. of ‘ Ency-
clopeedia Britannica.’
(18) Scrarer, P. L.—Remarks on the present State of the
Systema Avium. Ibis, 1880, p. 340 e¢ seg. & p. 399 et seq.
(19) Garrop, A. H.—Collected Papers. Edited by W. A.
Forbes. London, 1861.
(20) Sauretpt, R. W.—The Myology of the Raven. London,
1890.
(21) Wexpon, W. F. R.—On some Points in the Anatomy of
Phenicopturus and its allies. P. Z.S. 1883, p. 638.
(22) Forsrs, W. A.—Collected Papers. Edited by F. E.
Beddard. London, 1885.
Syrinz.
The syrinx of Rhinochetus is displayed in the accompanying draw-
ing (fig. 1, p. 11). It will be seen that itis not specially distinctive,
and that it does not afford much help in deciding upon the affinities
of the bird. The lateral muscles spread out into a fan-like insertion
on to the third bronchial semirmg ; the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th bronchial
semirings are thicker than any of the preceding or succeeding
rings. ‘The bronchidesmus is incomplete. The syrinx is not unlike
that of the Ardeidz, but is also like that of Ocydromus and other
Rail-like birds.
1891.] ANATOMY OF THE KAGU. 11
Myology.
The account of the muscular anatomy, which I am able here to
offer to the Society, is very far from being complete. My material
(a single specimen which had been already partially dissected by
one of my predecesors) was not sufficient to permit of an exhaustive
description of the muscles. However, in the present state of our
knowledge of Avian myology, there are comparatively few muscles
which have been shown to have any classificatory importance ; con-
cerning most of these I have something to say.
Syrinx of Rhinochetus, from the side.
At present all that is known about the muscles of Rhinochetus
is contained in the late Prof. Garrod’s well-known paper upon bird
classification [19], and is therefore restricted to a statement that the
ambiens, femorocaudal, semitendinosus, and accessory semitendinosus
muscles are present.
I. Muscies or THE Forr Lims.—(1) The Tensor patagii longus
and the tensor patagii brevis both have a fleshy origin from the
clavicle ; close to the commencement of their long tendons of insertion
the two muscles are firmly attached to each other by fibrous tissue ;
near to this point, as is commonly the case, a tendinous slip from the
humerus joins the muscles ; and there is also a tendinous slip arising
from the great pectoral muscle.
The tendon of insertion of the tensor patagii longus presents no
noteworthy particulars ; the tendon of insertion of the ¢ensor brevis
is extremely complicated ; these tendons are connected with a thin
aponeurotic fascia covering some of the extensor muscles of the fore-
arm, and the two inner of the three branches by which the tendon
12 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 6,
is attached to the tendon of the extensor metacarpi radialis longus
are prolonged some way beyond that tendon.
There is no tendinous slip uniting the distal end of the tendon of
the tensor patagii brevis with the tendon of the tensor patagii longus.
Neither was there any trace, that I could discover, of a Biceps
slip running from the Biceps muscle to the tendon of the tensor
patagiu longus.
The arrangement of these muscles and tendons is not character-
istically like that of any of the allied groups ; most of the Gerano-
morphe of Prof. Huxley have the Biceps slip, which is, however,
absent in Cariamidz and in the Bustards. I may take this opportunity
of mentioning that in the Golden Plover (Forbes MS.) the Biceps
slip is tendinous, not muscular. Eurypyga helias, generally regarded
as a near ally of Rhinochetus, has a large Biceps slip [15]; I can
confirm this by my own dissections.
On the other hand, the Herodiones have no Biceps slip, but the
arrangement of the tendons of the tensores patagii differs from that
of Rhinochetus in the presence of a recurrent slip running from the
insertion of the tensor patagit brevis to the middle of the tensor
patagu longus tendon. ‘The only birds known to me with which
Lthinochetus ean be usefully compared, which have not this recurrent
tendon, are the Rails, Hurypyga, and Cariama.
(2) The Rhomboideus superficialis is a large fleshy muscle with a
tendinous origin for the greater part; it is inserted into the entire
length of the scapula, with the exception only of a very small por-
tion at the free extremity, also into the clavicle: this muscle is much
thicker anteriorly than posteriorly, but thinnest of all in the middle ;
posteriorly its origin is fleshy, but at the end of the second third of
the muscle it begins to have a tendinous origin which increases in
breadth anteriorly.
(3) The Rhomboideus profundus is as usual of much less extent
than the rhomboideus superficialis; its origin is tendinous throughout;
it is attached along the scapula for about half the length of the
bone: the fibres of the muscle run at an acute angle with those of
the rhomboideus superficialis ; at the extremity of the scapula this
muscle is not covered by the superficialis.
(4) The Latissimus dorsi, as usual, is double ; the anterior section
of the muscle (see fig. 2, L.d.1, p. 13) arises from the spine of the last
free dorsal vertebra and from the spines of a portion of the suc-
ceeding fused mass of vertebre. It is inserted by a broad fleshy
insertion on to the humerus between the biceps and deltoid.
The posterior part of the latissimus dorsi (L.d.2) is not continuous
at its origin with the anterior; it arises from the spines of the fused
set of dorsal vertebree, from the spine of the following vertebra,
and also from the edge of the ilium. Its fibres rapidly converge to
a tendon which crosses the anterior muscle, running below it, and is
inserted on to the humerus above the insertion of the anterior
latisstmus dorsi in common with the accessory tendon of the anconzeus
longus.
(5) The Deléoid (fig. 2, D, D*, p. 13): is largely developed and
1891.] ANATOMY OF THE KAGU. 13
extends about halfway down the humerus, being therefore larger
than in the Herons.
(6) The Anconeus longus arises from the neck of the scapula by
two distinct origins ; one is chiefly fleshy, the other is formed by a
short stout tendon and is placed uearer to the free end of the scapula
than the other. The muscle is, as has been already mentioned,
attached to the humerus by a flat tendon which joins that of the
posterior latissimus dorsi. The presence or absence of this tendon
Muscles of fore limb of Rhinochetus.
D, D?, deltoid; L.d. 1, L.d.2, latissimi dorsi; B2.1, biceps; B2.2, accessory
biceps ; LV, nerve.
is often a fact worth noting for classificatory purposes. Most of
the allies of Rhinochetus, however, are provided with the tendon in
question.
(7) The Biceps (fig. 2, Bi.1) arises by two distinct heads, as is
so generally the case among birds, by a long slender tendinous
head from the coracoid and by a broad fleshy origin from the humerus.
Just at its insertion the tendon of the muscle divides into two, one
being attached to the radius, the other to the ulna.
14 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 6,
(8) In addition to the biceps there was a very remarkable muscle
present which I have once before observed ; unfortunately I have no
note of the bird in which it occurred. This muscle is a kind of
accessory biceps: it arises from the humerus just below the insertion
of the deltoid by a tendinous sheet; in the specimen before me, as
shown in the drawing (fig. 2, Bi.2, p. 13), the muscle was pro-
longed forwards, running parallel to the fibres of the deltoid and
closely embracing the nerve (.V.) which supplies this part of the
wing ; the appearances presented were suggestive of an origin from
the sheath of the nerve, which of course seems hardly likely. The
muscle gradually diminishes in width as it passes down towards the
radius and becomes tendinous, but I did not succeed in making out
the exact mode of its insertion.
Dr. Gadow mentions no muscle that can be compared with this.
(9) The Expansor secundariorum is present ; the tendon is of
considerable size ; I did not observe its mode of insertion. The
Expansor secundariorum seems to be present in all the Cranes and
Plovers and in most Herodiones ; its absence, however, in Cancroma
and Egretta shows that it is on the wane in that group.
(10) The Triceps has the usual two heads situated close together
just beneath the head of the humerus.
(11) The Pectoralis primus has a large insertion area on the
crista superior of the humerus; there is no second insertion such as
is met with among many birds.
(12) The Pectoralis secundus is well developed, and its origin
extends back to nearly the end of the narrow sternum.
(13) The Coraco-brachialis longus arises from the coracoid near
to its articulation with the sternum and also from the sternum
itself.
At present there does not exist material for a detailed comparison
of the musculature of the forearm and hand in different groups.
The work of Dr. Gadow [16] upon Bird Anatomy contains a good
general account of these muscles with their variations in a few types,
while Dr. Shufeldt’s essay on the Raven [20] and some few papers by
other writers deal with these muscles in special forms. Although
the object of the present paper is principally systematic, I give
an account of the principal muscles of the forearm, since Ehino-
chetus is probably not an accessible type to many of those who are
engaged in the study of the muscular anatomy of birds. I have
not studied the intrinsic muscles of the hand in my specimen, in the
hope that on some future occasion I may have the opportunity of
dissecting a recently dead specimen.
When the skin is cut off from the outer side of the forearm, most
of the extensor muscles are revealed without further dissection.
(1) Extensor metacarpi radiatis longior—This muscle consists
of two distinct parts with separate origins but a common insertion :
the outer part arises by a thin tendon; this soon expands into a
fusiform muscle which is decidedly smaller than the second part of
the extensor; the muscle passes into a tendon at a point about half-
1891.] ANATOMY OF THE KAGU. 15
way along the radius; soon after this the tendon joins that of the
inner head. The inner part of this muscle has a fleshy origin, and
it is larger than the outer part of the muscle; its tendon commences
nearer to the origin of the muscle than that of the outer head; the
combined tendons are inserted on to the metacarpal of digit 1.
Dr. Shufeldt, in his careful account of the myology of the Raven,
[20], mentions only a single head to this muscle ; and the same thing
occurs in other birds.
(2) The Supinator is a strong muscle attached up to about the
middle of the radius ; it is not in any way fused with the extensor
communis digitorum, as I understand it to be inthe Raven from
Shufeldt’s description.
(3) The Extensor digitorum communis arises by a distinct tendon
from the humerus in common with the supinator ; the muscle passes
into its tendon of insertion at about the middle of the forearm ; the
tendon passes round a smooth surface at the distal end of the ulna
in common with that of the flexor metacarpi radialis, and is attached
to the proximal end of the first phalanx of the index, having pre-
viously given off a branch to the thumb.
In the Raven, according to Shufeldt, the insertion is on to the
second phalanx of the index.
(4) The Extensor pollicis longus arises chiefly from the radius, but
also from the septum between itself and the anconeus.
(5) The Extensor indicis longus is formed of two parts—one head
arising from the lower side of the radius near to its distal end, the
other from the carpus.
(6) The etepicondylo-ulnaris is a strong muscle, arising by a
tendinous origin from the outer condyle of the humerus ; it is in-
serted along rather more than one half of the ulna.
(7) The Extensor metacarpi ulnaris arises from the external con-
dyle of the humerus; closely attached to it is a tendinous sheet
connected with the tensor patagii brevis tendon ; it is inserted by a
long tendon to metacarpus, which arises not far from the wrist-
joint.
(8, 9) There are two pronator muscles, of which the upper is the
larger.
(10) Flexor digitorum sublimis.—This muscle is visible when the
skin is removed ; it is related to a strong tendinous sheet connected
with the remiges ; the muscle itself is largely covered by the flexor
carpi ulnaris ; its tendon divides into two, the shorter being attached
to the wrist, the longer passing down in company with the tendon
of the flexor digitorum profundus.
(11) The Flexor digitorum profundus arises from a part of ulna
just in front of attachment of brachialis internus ; it is for a very short
space overlapped by this muscle; it also arises from radius; the
tendon ends upon proximal end of last joint of the 2nd finger.
(12) The Flexor carpi ulnaris is a very large muscle arising by a
strong tendon ; the distal extremity of the muscle divides into two
tendons—one is short and strong and is attached to the ulnare ; the
other passes down the index digit and is attached to metacarpal 111.
16 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE (Jan. 6,
(13) Rector remigium.—The tendon of this muscle is inserted on
to ulnare close to the insertion of the last-mentioned muscle; its
fibres are connected with the remiges and also with the sheath of
the flexor carpi ulnaris.
(14) The Flexor metacarpi pollicis arises from the radius; its
tendon is inserted in common with that of the flexor sublimis.
II. Muscies or toe Hino Lims.—(1) The Gluteus maximus
is enormously developed, reaching to the patella and hiding most of
the flexors of the thigh.
(2) The Semimembranosus (fig. 3, Sm., p. 17) is inserted by a
long and thin flat tendon on to the inner side of the tibia, just
below the ligament binding this bone to the femur.
* (8) The Semitendinosus (fig. 3, St.) arises from a part of the ilium
which is not occupied by the origin of the biceps ; it gives off a large
and entirely fleshy accessory semitendinosus (fig. 3, -A) ; between this
latter and the main part of the muscle is a diagonally running ten-
dinous raphe, which is visible only on the inferior aspect of the muscle;
just at this point the superior surface of the muscle is connected by
a short tendon to the gastrocnemius. The insertion of the semi-
tendinosus is effected by a flat thin tendon which joins the tendon of
the semimembranosus about half an inch in front of their common
insertion upon the inner side of the tibia. In the Herons (in
Nycticorax, Cancroma) and in Scopus the semimembranosus is
attached by a separate tendon to the tibia’; the semitendinosus is
not inserted there at all; in Psophia the muscles are inserted by
a common tendon, in Ocydromus by separate tendons.
(4) The Biceps is a broad flat muscle which has the usual form
and relations ; it passes through a tendimous loop as in nearly all
birds before its insertion by a stout tendon on to the fibula.
(5) The Amétens, as Garrod has stated [19], is present.
(6) The Femorocaudal is a slender muscle which narrows suddenly
into a thin tendon which is nearly one half of the entire length of
the muscle. It arises quite in the usual way from the caudal vertebree
and is inserted on to the lower border of the femur.
(7) There is no accessory femorocaudal.
(8) The Gastrocnemius arises by four separate heads (woodcut,
3) :—the outer head is attached to the femur in common with the
outer loop of the biceps sling ; the second head is smaller and is formed
by a short flat tendon attached to the femur ; the third head receives
a tendon from the semitendinosus and runs up to the femur in close
relations with the accessory semitendinosus, it bas an attachment also
to the inferior of the two adductor muscles; the fourth head is formed
by a broad flat tendon to the head of the fibula.
(9) The Plantaris is a long muscle with a fleshy origin from the
hinder part of tibia just below the mternal femoro-tibial ligament ;
the origin extends as far down as the insertion of the ligament.
(10) The Peroneus longus is a very large and strong muscle, the
1 Mr. Weldon, however, states that in Phenicopterus and the Storks these
muscles are inserted in common [21, p. 645].
1891.] ANATOMY OF THE KAGU. LZ
only one visible on an anterior aspect of the tibia ; it arises from the
crest of the tibia, from the fascia covering the tibialis anticus on its
upper part, from the septum between itself and the head of the
gastrocnemius, and from that between itself and the extensor com-
munis ; its long tendon, as appears to be invariably the case with
birds, is attached to that of the flexor perforatus of digit 11.
Fig. 3.
.
—————
|
Gastrocnemius of Rhinochetus, dissected to show its connection with
the Semitendinosus.
St, Semitendinosus; A, its accessory head; Sim, Semimembranosus.
(11) The Peroneus brevis arises from the fibula ; its tendon passes
below that of the peroneus longus and is attached to the metatarsals
on the outer side. This muscle is wanting in Ardea and Ciconia,
but is present in Grus.
(12) The Yibialis anticus lies beneath the Peroneus longus ; it
arises from two heads—the upper and larger from the crest of the
tibia, from the fascia covering the knee, and from the septum between
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. II. 2
18 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 6,
itself and the neighbouring flexor; its tendon runs at first beside
and then above that of the extensor communis and is attached to the
metatarsus ag usual.
(13) The Ewtensor communis digitorum arises from the crest of
the tibia and for about two inches of inner half of outer face of the
shaft.
(14) Flexor hallucis longus.—-This muscle arises from the femur
by tendon, and from the fascia covering the flexor superficialis near to
its origin. Its tendon is connected with that of the flexor profundus
digitorum by a vinculum as in the majority of birds. The arrange-
ment belongs to the first type described by Garrod [19], which
characterizes Gallus and a large number of other birds; the vin-
Fig. 4.
Connection between tendons of deep Flexors in Rhinochetus (a) and Scopus (6).
culum is of some breadth, and it is attached to the tendon of the
flexor communis before the bifurcation of the latter. I find that
my description of this tendon in Scopus umbretta does not apply to
every individual. I there [14] described’ a vinculum as being com-
posed of ¢wo fibrous bands—one attached betore the trifurcation
of the tendon of the flexor profundus, the other attached to the
branch of this tendon supplying the tvth digit. A dissection of a
specimen which died in the Society’s Gardens a day or two since
shows that in both feet the vinculum is a single structure, which is
attached to the branch of the tendon of the flexor profundus
supplying digit 1v., and not to the tendon before its trifurcation.
In the strength of the vinculum Rhinochetus is unlike most of
the Ardeidee, in which family there is a tendency for it to disappear.
I have found this vinculum absent in a specimen of Wycticorax
griseus ; but in this case the vinculum was functionally replaced by
a portion of one of the short flexor muscles, which, as in Rhea (cf.
1 A MS. note in the handwriting of Mr. Forbes with a sketch shows that my
description of the two vincula in Scopus was probably correct. It is important
to notice the variation.
1891.] ANATOMY OF THE KAGU. _ 19
Gadow, 16, plate xxiii. a. fig. 7), arises from the deep flexors ;
in Nycticorax the muscle was attached to the tendons of both
flexors. It would be worth while to inquire into the relations between
the muscle and the vinculum, since there are cases of the conversion
of muscles into ligaments among birds’, among which I may mention
the ligament in the Hornbills representing the gluteus maximus
of other birds*. In Ardetta ewilis and A. involucris there is no
vineulum (Forbes, MS.).
(15) The attachment of the flexor tendons to the phalanges varies
slightly in different birds.
In the third toe the tendons of the flexor perforatus and the
flexor perforuns et perforatus are joined by a short ligament not far
in front of the insertion of the first on to the digit; there is no such
connection in the case of the same tendons supplying digit 11.
Digit rv. has of course, like all other birds, no jflewor perforans et
perforatus.
The branches of the flewor profundus run to the last phalanx of
each digit to which they are attached ; but during their course they
also give off branches to other phalanges; in the second toe the
tendon is attached not only to the last but to the penultimate
phalanx. The same additional insertion is present in digits m1. and
Iv., but the ivth digit has a third attachment close to where the ten-
don perforates the tendon of the flewor perforatus ; in digits 111.
and iv. there are several thin branches placed just behind the final
insertion of the main tendon.
Affinities of Rhinochetus.
The original describers of this bird, MM. Des Murs and Verreaux
[1], placed it definitely with the Ardeidz ; their opinion was based
upon the general coloration: the powder-down patches which cha-
racterize this bird, and are to a certain extent evidence of its affinity
with the Ardeide, were not mentioned; the presence of these was
first noticed by Mr. Bartlett.
The arrival of a specimen at the Society’s Gardens in 1862
enabled Mr. Bartlett to study the habits of Rhinochetus [3]; he
mentions that its movements are lively and quick, and not slow like
those of a Heron; its mode of feeding and its food (snails, earth-
worms) differ from those of the Herons; it is compared with Hvw-
rypyga and regarded as Ardeine.
In 1866 Mr. Bartlett described the egg, which is blotched like
that of Hurypyga and the Cranes, and quite unlike the Heron’s pale
green ege with no markings ; again, the lively movements are those
of a Crane rather than of a Heron.
Prof. Parker, in his ‘Monograph upon the Shoulder-girdle,’ united
1 This matter has been gone into by Mr. J. Bland Sutton, F.R.C.S., in his
interesting work ‘ Ligaments, their Nature and Morphology.’
2 Dr. Gadow, in his work on Birds (Bronn’s ‘ Thierreichs’), has mentioned
this ligament in Bucorvus. It exists in other Hornbills.
D*
20 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 6,
Rhinochetus with Eurypyga and Psophia as a subfamily (Psophiine)
of the Cranes. In his paper on the Osteology of the Kagu [7] more
stress was laid upon the Ardeine affinities as exhibited in the skull.
Prof. Parker’s views are summed up in the concluding paragraph,
which is as follows :—
‘In summing up the affinities of the Kagu, I may say that my
view of it is that it is a generalized Crane, that it is nearer of kin to
Eurypyga than to Psophia, the latter coming near to the Balearic
Crane, whilst Hurypyga, like the Kagu, makes a very near approach
to the Night Herons amongst the typical Ardeinze. The Kagu is
related to the Rails; but so, indeed, are all the Gruine; and
Professor Huxley has, with great sagacity, put both these families
into one group, and has called the group the Geranomorphe.”’
Garrod [19] discovered that Rhinochetus possessed, of the leg-
mareoles used by him in classification, the ambiens, femorocaudal,
semitendinosus, and accessory semitendinosus ; its formula therefore
is written AXY-+. In his scheme of classification Rhinochetus is
not mentioned, but it may be inferred that it would have been
placed-among the Charadriiformes, a group which includes the
Cranes, Gulls, and Limicole.
Mr. W. A. Forbes [22] associated together Rhinochetus, Mesites,
and Eurypyga into a single family of his group Pluviales, which
corresponds to the non-columbine Charadriiformes of Garrod.
Dr. Gadow [16], from a study of the intestinal convolutions, was
led to believe that Ahinochetus should be placed in the near neigh-
bourhood of Eurypyga and Heliornis ; it shows “ Ralline, Limicoline,
and Ibis-like features”; but he finds no affinities with the
Herodiones.
Dr. Murie’s important paper [8] is illustrated by two plates, in
which many of the details of the anatomy of the bird are well
shown ; it is compared with Hurypyga on the one hand and with
Caneroma on the other ; the descriptions show that the affinities
are closer to the former than to the latter genus.
Prof. Newton [17] is inclined to compare Rhinochetus with the
Limicole, but to doubt the nearness of its connection with Hurypyga ;
he suggests a suborder “‘ Grues,” which might consist of the families
Eurypygide, Rhinochetide, Grmiden Psophiidee, and Aramid.
Dr. Firbringer’s [15] opinions are presented in a graphic form in
the elaborate pedigree diagrams which accompany his work on the
classification of birds. He does not accept, any more than does Prof.
Newton, Mr. Sclater’s group Alectorides [18]. His Gruiformes,
however, which equals Prof. Newton’s Grues with the addition of
the Cariamidz, only differs from Mr. Sclater’s Alectorides in not
including the Otidide. Among the Gruiformes, Eurypyga is the
type which comes nearest to Rhinochetus, but is nevertheless suf-
ficiently different to be placed in a distinct family. Affinities with
the Herodii are admitted.
The facts recorded in the present paper do not ie much support
to the Ardeine affinities of Rhinochetus, though the presence of
powder-downs and certain points in the structure of the skull seem
1891.] ANATOMY OF THE KAGU. 21
to me, as they have seemed to Fiirbringer, to indicate a certain
degree of relationship in this direction. The muscular anatomy as
a whole is decidedly Crane-like, as will be seen by the following table,
which shows some of the resemblances and differences between the
Cranes, Herons, and Rhinochetus.
Grus. Rhinochetus. Ardeide.
Ambiens. + + 0
Access. fem.-caud. + 0
Peroneus brevis .. + oa 0
Biceps slip ......... + 0? 0
Vinculum between | Strong, attached | Strong, attached | Weak or absent.
flex. hall. and! before trifurca-| before trifurca-
flex. prof. tion of flex.| tion of flex.
prof. prof.
Semitendinosus ...| Inserted in com-| Inserted in com-|No insertion on
mon with ten-| mon with ten-| to femur.
don of semi-| don of semi-
membranosus. membranosus.
Tensor patagii | A tendinous slip|/No such ten-/Tendinous _ slip
brevis. running from} dinous slip. present.
insertion diag-
onally across
patagium.
Expansor secun-
dariorum......... + + Absent in some.
At the same time the absence (?) of a biceps slip to the patagium
and the presence of a peculiar additional biceps muscle are peculiar-
ities which mark off Rhtnochetus from other Crane-like birds.
The syrinx is not specially like that of the Herons; it is perhaps
more like that of Cariama than other types, but is also like many
other Gralline birds. With regard to the special affinities between
Rhinochetus and Eurypyga they are evidently very close ; but I pro-
pose to defer the consideration of these until I have an opportunity
of adding to my notes upon Hurypyga.
1 T could not find the biceps slip in my specimen, but as I have since found a
MS. note by Garrod affirming its presence, [ have possibly failed to see it.
22 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Jan. 6,
4. On a Collection of Land-Shells made in Borneo by Mr.
A. Everett, with Descriptions of supposed new Species.
By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-Avsten, IBltiyskh, lAas)s,
&ce.—Part II.’ Zonitide and Helicide.
[Received January 1, 1891.]
(Plates 11 -VI1.)
It is necessary to limit this second part of my memoir on the
Bornean land-shells to those contained in the two families Zonitidz
and Helicidee, not including the genera Bulimus, Achatina, &c., for
Ihave not had leisure to examine the species of Stenogyra in the col-
lection. Since submitting the first part I have received, through the
kindness of Mr. J. Whitehead, all the shells he collected in Borneo
and Palawan. I have also had placed in my hands a second con-
signment from Mr. Everett since his last return to Borneo. Both of
these collections contain examples of new species, particularly the
last mentioned, for the shells in it had been obtained by Mr. Hose,
when collecting orchids in the mountains of the interior of Borneo,
in quite new ground. This last collection will also add a consider-
able supplemental list to my paper on the operculated shells of
Borneo already published. I have also to thank Mr. Aldrich of
Cincinnati, for sending me examples of the new species which he
obtained from Borneo through Mr. Doherty, some of which Mr.
Aldrich had already described. A Diplommatina, referred by him
to D. concinna, I find to be a new species, which I have recently
described and figured as D. aldrichi (see Ann. Mag. N. H. ser. 6,
vol. vi. p. 246, pl. vii. fig. 3).
The examination of these shells has brought out several interest-
ing facts connected with the distribution of genera. It has extended
the range of some, ap to the present exclusively Indian genera, thus
far to the eastward. For instance, the genus Muicrocystina, first
described from the Nicobar Islands by Morch, and there and in the
neighbouring Andaman Islands represented by three species, has
now been found in Borneo, represented by four species. They are
small glassy shells, with a peculiar twisted columellar margin,
which readily distinguishes them from other similar-looking shells.
This genus has not been found either in the Eastern Himalaya or the
Khasi Hill-ranges, both of which have been well worked, neither as
yet in Pegu or in Upper Burmah. However, in this last-named
country vast areas exist which have never been systematically
searched, so that species of the genus may very likely be found in
the mountainous country between Burmah, Tenasserim, and Siam.
Durgella is another genus that we find ranging thus far to the
eastward, represented by small heliciform delicate glassy shells; the
anatomy and the odontophore of the Bornean species are precisely
similar to those of a species found in the Khasi Hills, and of another
1 For Part I., see P. ZS. 1889, p. 332.
12 aioe, iks\ell. iGo iut
Maclure & C°lith.
1 Ya Sveyolle 12 Ly,
A
3b x seof'4
# \F
NEW BORNEAN LAND-SHELLS.
nAusten, del Maclure & Co kith.
EV Ze. Loy Pens
ome,
yh aaa
SON ME Liataa at
rth,
-!
»;
fot
iv,
aerial
ax 7:
NEW BORNEAN LAND-SHELLS.
Maclure & C®° lth.
ie) eto lue io lledl ava
mat: size.
Ab x 220.
C5)
a
4
a
au
i
a
O
aa
5
ba
ya
Lith
Machare & C°
|
7
PZ.S. 1891. =
By Se SIS} anab size
GET
QeGm
ra.oF
5 natural size
‘Sole of Foot
6mat size
NEW BORNEAN LAND-SHELIS
Maclure & C°, Lith.
|
1391. ] LAND-SHELLS FROM BORNEO. 23
obtained by Colonel Beddome in Travancore. Sitala is another
genus having a similar distribution, and one section of it (represented
by the peculiar little shells S. ¢ricarinata and S. subbilirata of the
Nilghiri and Andaman Islands respectively) finds a representative
species in Borneo in Sztala kusana. When the intervening countries
and islands come to be better known, other allied forms will no
doubt be found.
The closer the external characters of the animal are looked at,
and the more an attempt is made to combine these with the form of
the shell for the purpose of generic classification, the greater are the
difficulties met with. Dr. von Martens found this so much the
case when he took up the Land-shells of Eastern Asia, that he fell
back on to the shell alone. If, however, we go further and take
the internal anatomy, especially the points of difference in the re-
productive and other organs, and the odontophore, which has been
so well done by Professor Semper in the same region, we do find
some well-marked differences, and these we discover have but little
bearing on the form of the shell, which may be considered as of
‘secondary importance. It is to be expected that modification of
the internal structure of the animal is brought about much more
slowly than change in the shelly covering, and that it is conse-
quently far more persistent. The first is a combination of many
different organs, a change in one affecting all the others, while the
shell is a single structure merely secreted by the mantle, and affected
rapidly by change of climatic conditions and the nature of the rock
on which the animal lives.
When such a sounder system of classification has been thoroughly
worked out, we shall be able to trace with some degree of exactness
the areas over which certain genera of Land-Mollusca extend. Then
noting how such areas have been affected by the more recent geolo-
gical changes leading up to the present outlines of the land and the
intervening seas, we may be enabled to contemplate and draw some
conclusions as to how far present distribution has been dependent
on and connected with such changes.
In the descriptions of the species which follow, I have attempted
to show how very different are details of the anatomy of the Bornean
Helices when compared with those of very similar-looking shells of
the Indian region.
Fam. ZONITIDA.
Vaginula hasselti, v. Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Land-
schneck. p. 176, t. v. figs. 2, 4 (1867); Fisch. Nouv. Arch. du
Mus. vii. p. 158 (1871).
Hab. Borneo, near Benkajang.
Vaginula bleekeri, Keferst. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 1865, p. 118,
t. ix. figs. 1, 2; v. Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Land-
schneck. p. 177 (1867); Fisch. Nouv. Arch. du Mus. vii. p. 161
(1871).
Hab. Sarawak (Doria and Beccart).
24 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Jan. 6,
Vaginula wallacei, Issel, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi. p. 385,
t. iv. figs. 1-3 (1874).
Hab. Sarawak, one example (Doria and Beccar?).
Parmarion beccarii, Issel, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi. p. 386,
t. iv. figs. 9-11 (1874).
Hab. Sarawak, two examples (Doria and Beccar?).
Parmarion dorie, Issel, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi. p. 388, t. iv.
figs. 7, 8 (1874).
Hab. Sarawak, one example (Doria and Beccari).
Damayantia dilecta, Issel, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi. p. 390,
t. iv. figs. 4—6 (1874).
Hab. Sarawak, three examples (Dorza and Beccar1).
Helicarion borneensis.
Vitrina borneensis, Pfeiff. P.Z.S. 1856, p. 324; id. Monogr.
Helic. iv. p. 793 (1859); id. Novitat. Conch. t. xxviii. figs. 10-12 ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. vi. fig. 41.
Helicarion borneensis, v. Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien,
Landschneck. p. 186 (1867).
Hab. Borneo (Cuming Coll.).
This shell has not since been sent home from Borneo, and I am
therefore in doubt as to the correctness of habitat assigned to it.
He IcARION (?) WHITEHEADI, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 1.)
Shell depressedly globose, tumid, slight subangulation on periphery,
not perforate ; sculpture coarse, a peculiarly wrinkled surface, the
lines having a very oblique transverse direction ; colour rich umber-
brown, pale purple and iridescent within the aperture; spire low,
rounded on apex ; suture impressed ; whorls 33, rapidly increasing,
the last much expanded ; aperture widely ovate, oblique; peristome
thin, not reflected at all on columella, margin, which is subvertical.
Size: maj. diam. 35:0, min. 28:0; alt. axis 12°0; breadth of
aperture 20°0 millim.
Hab. Kina Balu Mountain, altitude not known (Mr. J. White-
head).
I place this next to Helicarion borneensis, not that I think it has
any affinity to that genus as restricted, but only in its widest sense ;
the animal would be a most interesting one to examine, and will
probably be found allied to local races, and not having anything in
common with forms such as Gzrasia of the Indian Region, with
which the shell outwardly has resemblance. Only two specimens
were brought home by Mr. Whitehead.
Xesra GLUTINOSA. (Plate V. figs. 6-6 0.)
Helix glutinosa, Metcalfe, P. Z.S. 1851, p. 70; Pfeiff. Monogr.
Helic. iii. p. 54 (1853), et v. p. 90 (1868); Reeve, Conch. Icon.
pl. exevi. fig. 1378 (1854).
1891.] LAND-SHELLS FROM BORNEO. 25
Nanina glutinosa, v. Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Land-
schneck. p. 214 (1867).
Macrochlamys glutinosa, Wallace, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 405.
Nanina (Xesta) glutinosa, Issel, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi.
p- 392 (1874).
Hab. Niah Hills (4. Everett).
Mr. Everett collected a fine set of this species, which has a very
conspicuous canaliculate groove above the keel of the shell, and this
on the upper whorls produces a raised beading at the suture. In
the same locality he obtained a beautiful dark madder-brown
variety. similar in coloration to X. decrespignyi, which retains
exactly the form of the typical shell, and is not separable by any
other character. I would designate this as var. rubra.
Shell-lobes (Plate V. fig. 6, 7.s.J. and /.s./.) as in Macrochlamys ;
the right dorsal lobe (r.d./.) large; the left differs from above and
is divided in two parts, of which the anterior is narrow and long,
the posterior being very rudimentary. Situated between, there is
a very well-defined long tongue-like shell-lobe. ‘The living shell
must be very prettily mottled, as the black-spotted integuments of
the respiratory sac would show through the glassy thin shell.
Mucous gland with an overhanging lobe, the aperture does not
extend down to the sole of the foot as shown in pl. xxxyv. fig. 6
of my ‘ Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India.’
Odontophore has plain, unicuspid, triangular-shaped centrals ;
about eighty of the outer laterals are bicuspid, and those on the side
of the radula are very minute:
WO oall4s Ts ele IG
124.1. 124.
Jaw slightly curved on the cutting-edge, with only the slightest
indication of a central projection. The generative organs approach
nearest to Macrochlamys of the Indian Region, but variation pre-
sents itself in the male organ (Plate V. figs. 6a and 66). It is bent
upon itself, the kale-sac is short and knob-like, and where the re-
tractor muscle is given off there is a simple bend, with no projection,
and doubling together of the tube and the formation of a coil as in
so many of the Indian genera and species. The drawings given by
Professor Semper of the reproductive organs of Xesta, which in-
clude XY. citrina and X. mindanaensis, particularly of the latter, agree
with X. glutinosa. As regards the odontophore, it is similar to
that of X. ci¢rine in the simple centrals, which I consider to be the
type of the genus; it is also the type of X. mindanaensis. It may
be noted that the odontophores of the Indian species X. belangeri,
tranquebarica, and maderaspatana differ considerably in their tri-
cuspid form, and will, I think, prove different in other characters’.
* In the British Museum (Cuming Collection) is a specimen labelled from
the Solomon Islands (Hon. Oapt. Keppel) named H. capitanea, Pfr. (P. Z.8.
1854, p. 49). It is a young shell, evidently of X. glutinosa, and, I should say,
not obtained in the islands quoted.
26 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [ Jan. 6,
XESTA DECRESPIGNYI.
Nanina (Xesta) decrespignyi, Higgins, P. Z.S8. 1868, p. 179,
pl. xiv. fig. 4; Issel, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi. p. 392, t. v.
figs. 13-15 (1874).
Hab. Trusan (A. Everett).
The animal has exactly the same form of shell-lobes as in X. glu-
tinosa above described.
Nov. var. pallida fasciata.
In Dr. Hungerford’s collection there is one specimen which in
every respect resembles this shell except in coloration, this being of
the pale yellowish tint of X. glutinosa, and like that shell having a
single thin dark band on the periphery, a similar variation to that
met with in X. glutinosa, only in an opposite direction.
Xesta (°) brotit.
Helix broti, Bonnet, Rev. Zool. 1864, p. 67, pl. v. fig. 1;
Pfeiff. Monogr. Helic. v. p. 460 (1868) ; v. Martens, Preuss. Exped.
Ost-Asien, Landschneck. p. 397 (1807). ;
HEMIPLECTA DENSA.
Helix densa, Adams & Reeve, Zool. Voy. Samarang, Moll. p. 62,
pl. xvi. fig. 8 (1850); Pfeitf. Monogr. Helic. i. p. 111 (1853), et
y. p- 180 (1868).
‘Helix schumacheriana, Pfeiff. Zeitschr. f. Malak. 1850, p. 70;
id. Monogr. Helic. iv. p. 110 (1859); Metcalfe, P. Z.S. 1851,
p- 70; Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. Ixxiii. fig. 379 (1852).
Nanina corrosa, Mousson, Journ. d. Couch. vi. p. 156 (1857).
Helix corrosa, Pfeiff. Monogr. Helic. iv. p. 348 (1859).
Nanina herklotsiana, Dohrn, Malak. Blatt. vi. p. 206 (1859).
Nanina atrofusca, Albers, Helic. ed. 11. p. 53 (1860).
Hemiplecta schumacheriana, Wall. P. Z. 8S. 1865, p. 406.
Nanina densa, v. Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Land-
schneck. p. 230, t. x. fig. 1 (1867).
Animal :—The extremity of the foot is rather square, the mucous
gland large, not extending to the sole of the foot, and with apparently
no overhanging lobe, The right dorsal lobe is of usual size, but the
left is very poorly developed, being very narrow and separated
into two parts, the posterior portion being narrow and only 6 millim.
long ; in the space between them lies a small left shell-lobe, flat and
tongue-shaped ; aright shell-lobe is also present, which would appear
in life to be broad and triangular in outline.
The odontophore is like that of H. humphreysiana from Singapur,
the type of the genus Hemiplecta. Jaw circular, no central projection.
The shells had been taken evidently in the cold season, and the
generative organs were not fully developed in the specimens I dis-
sected, but enough was seen to show the presence of a long simple
amatorial organ, and the male organ also as in Hemiplecta.
1891.] LAND-SHELLS FROM BORNEO. 27
Hemiplecta souleyetiana.
Helix souleyetiana, Pfeiff. P.Z.S. 1851, p. 252; id. Monogr.
Helic. iti. p. 74 (1853), et v. p. 130 (1868); id. in Martini u.
Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. ed. ii. p. 401, pl. exliv. figs. 16, 17.
Nanina souleyetiana, v. Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien,
Landschneck. p. 233 (1867); Issel, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi.
p- 396 (1874).
Issel says this is a doubtful species from Zamboanga.
Hemiplecta donovani.
Helix donovani, Pfeiff. Zeitschr. f. Malak. 1851, p. 26; id.
Monogr. Helic. ili. p. 75 (1853), et v. p. 130 (1868); id. in Mart. u.
Chemn. Conch.-Cab. ed. ii. p. 413, t. exlvii. figs. 8, 9.
Nanina donovani, v. Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Land-
schneck. p. 233 (1867).
Hemiplecta (?) obliquata.
Helix obliquata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. Ixxiv. fig. 384 (1852) ;
Pfeiff. Monogr. Helic. v. p. 115 (1868).
Nanina obliquata, v. Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Land-
schneck. p. 235 (1867).
Aesta obliquata, Semper, Reisen im Arch. Philippinen, Landmoll.
p- 67 (1870).
Hab. Banghey Island (A. Everett).
Hemiplecta (?) nobilis.
Helix nobilis, Pfeiff. (non Reeve), P.Z.S. 1849, p. 126; id.
Monogr. Helic. iii. p. 69 (1853), et v. p. 121 (1868) ; id. in Mart. u.
Chemn. Conch.-Cab. ed. i. p. 291, pl. exxv. figs. 1, 2.
Nesta nobilis, Semper, Reisen im Arch. Philippinen, Landmoll.
p. 67 (1870).
RyssoTa BROOKE!. (Plate VI.)
Helix brookei, Adams & Reeve, Zool. Voy. Samarang, Moll.
p- 60, pl. xv. figs. 4a, 46 (1850) ; Metcalfe, P.Z.S. 1851, p. 70;
Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. Ixxii. fig. 377 (1852); Pfeiff. Monogr.
Helic. i. p. 52 (1853), et v. p. 81 (1868); Mart. u. Chemn.
Conch.-Cab. ed. ii. p. 350, pl. exxxv. figs. 1, 2.
Helix gigas, Pfeiff. Zeitschr. f. Malak. 1850, p. 81.
Ryssota brookei, Wall. P. Z. 8S. 1865, p. 407.
Nanina brookei, v. Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Land-
schneck. p. 238 (1867).
Nanina (Rhyssota) brookei, Issel, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi.
p- 397 (1874).
Ariophanta brookei, Pfeiff. u. Cless. Nomencl. Helic. p. 55
(1881).
' Size: maj. diam. 80°0, min. 67:0; alt. axis 39:0 millim.
The young shell, several of which occurred in the coilection sent
to the British Museum by Mr. Hose, and which, owing to the
28 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Jan. 6,
kindness of Mr. Edgar Smith, I am enabled to figure (Plate VI.
figs. 9, 9 a), consists of two whorls, is globose, very thin ard delicate,
transparent, of a ruddy brown colour, with an elongate quadrate
aperture flatly convex above, and measures, maj. diam. 18-0, alt.
axis 10°5 millim. It would be interesting to know at what age it
reaches this size and its full maturity.
Description of the animal from a spirit-specimen:—Foot below
not divided as in Macrochlamys, &c.; no mucous gland; the ex-
tremity of the foot is flattened, rounded (Plate VI. fig. 4); the pallial
margin very narrow and with no pallial groove (fig. 5) as seen in
the genus Ariophanta, &c. In life I should say the animal was
very similar to that of H. ochthoplaz, Bs.
There is not the slightest trace in the spirit-specimen of a
mucous gland either above or below, and although von Martens in
his work, ‘ Die Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Landschneck.,’ says at
p- 188 that in some large coarse species, as Rhysota ovum and
AXesta distincta, he found the foot coarsely wrinkled, flat, and with a
blunt end, the slime-gland little marked, so that on the whole it
resembles the foot of Helix pomatia, yet I feel sure there would
remain some indication of the gland in the spirit-specimen ; surely
the divided sole of the foot would remain visible, and some modifica-
tion of the pallial margin would show where the slit of the gland
was situated, but in this large Bornean species there is no trace
left to show that it ever existed.
The dorsal lobes of the mantle (Plate VI. figs. 1, 2, 3, 3a) are
small for the size of the animal. ‘The left dorsal lobe (we are
speaking of a sinistral species) is of the ordinary form ; the right is
divided into two separate parts, one anterior, the other posterior.
Exactly between these two is a right or peristomial shell-lobe (see
figs. 2, 3), and near the respiratory orifice at the inner and upper
margin of the aperture a tongue-like left shell-lobe is given off from
the margin of the left dorsal lobe. This, although much contracted
by the spirit, is evidently of considerable extension when alive.
(In Semper’s description of Ayssota both shell-lobes are said to be
absent.) So that here we have in this sinistral species an approach
to Macrochlamys in its shell-lobes, and to the genus Oxytes in its
dorsal lobes. The contraction of the animal shows the apertures
coinciding with the male organ and the spermatheca very plainly
(see Plate VI. fig. 5).
The generative organs (fig. 6, nat. size) are exactly similar to those
of Ryssota ovum figured by Semper in ‘ Reisen im Archipel der
Philippinen,’ pl. iv. fig. 1, and correspond also with those given
on the same plate of R. porphyria, R. semiglobosa, R. dvitiyja, and
R. bulla, simple, and having no amatorial organ.
Now, in the five figures given by him of the generative organs of
so-called Ariophanta on pl. ii., they all possess the amatorial organ
with mucous glands and well-developed sagitte amatorie (see
fig. 18); thus they are of a much more complicated nature than
in the species under review.
In R. brookei the male organ consists of a large pear-shaped sac,
1891. ] LAND-SHELLS FROM BORNEO. , 29
closing towards the posterior end and contracted for a short distance
into a tube, the retractor muscle being at the junction of the vas
deferens. The spermatheca is very and unusually long, extending
to the albumen-gland; it rises from another pear-shaped muscular
sac, on the side of which the oviduct enters. There is nothing
remarkable about the ovo-testes or albumen-gland.
The odontophore (Plate VI. fig. 8).—The form of the median teeth
very gradually merges into that of the laterals, which become at
last little short straight teeth. The central teeth are all unicuspid,
the central tooth of all being triangular in form; the formula is
109.43 .1.43. 109
a2 Wie koe
_ The lingual ribbon I extracted is nearly perfect, not a row was
lost, and it contains 177 rows, giving the enormous number of
54,000 teeth. i
The jaw (Plate VI. fig. 7) has a low central projection, and is not
much bent.
The character of this animal differs so widely from those in
genera with which it is now associated that it does not seem at all
in the position it should occupy, and with R. ovum and others will
have to be moved. As I have only been able to obtain one example
of R. rookei in spirit, it is better to wait until others are examined
before doing so.
Nanina (Ryssota) borneensis.
Helix borneensis, Pfeiff. P.Z.S. 1849, p. 127; id. Monogr.
Helic. iti. p. 70 (1853), et. v. p. 114 (1868) ; Reeve, Conch. Icon.
pl. exevi. fig. 1379 (1854).
Nanina borneensis, v. Martens, Preuss. Hxped. Ost-Asien,
Landschneck. p. 238.
Dyaxta, gen. nov. (Type, Helix hugonis, Pfeiff.)
No shell-lobes to the mantle, and the dorsal lobe much reduced in
size. Shells generally sinistral. Hitherto placed in Artophanta.
The amatorial organ of peculiar form, with a calcareous dart or
sagitta amatoria. For further description of details see D. hugonis.
Dyaxia HUGONIS. (Plate V. figs. 5-5 6.)
Helix hugonis, Pfeiff. P. Z.S. 1863, p. 523; id. Novitat. Conch.
il. pl. Ixxiv. figs. 1, 3; id. Monogr. Helic. v. p. 81 (1868).
Helix sinistra, Bonnet, Rev. Zool. 1864, p. 67, pl. v. fig. 2.
Nanina (Hemiplecta) hugonis, v. Martens, Preuss. Kxped. Ost-
Asien, Landschneck. p. 225 (1868).
The anatomy of Hemiplecta humphreysiana, Lea, from Singapore,
the type of the genus, which I have examined and alluded to before,
differs widely from that of H. hugonis.
Hab. Two specimens from Trusan, and one dextral variety from
the Niah Hills (4. Everett).
30 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [ Jan. 6,
Fortunately a few specimens were preserved in spirit by Mr.Everett,
and I am thus able to give the following detailed description :-—
Animal, pale ruddy colour with small black specklings. The
dorsal lobes are very considerably reduced in size; they present a
very small lappet-like left dorsal and a fringing right dorsal lobe,
and no shell-lobes in the spirit-specimen.
The odontophore consists of numerous teeth m the rows; the
laterals very minute and unicuspid; the centrals are simple, straight-
sided, spear-shaped teeth without cusps:
DOF. 100. Sas ole Cam OOLOTEGU
Tiss a a Fie
The jaw is arched with a central projection.
The generative organs (Plate V. fig. 5) are interesting because they
are, as regards the amatory organ, like some other forms from the
_same region, and present a type not yet known to exist in India.
The male organ is simple, bent on itself; the amatorial organ
has at the free end.a large secretory gland, made up of five separate
glands ; a short muscular cylindrical part comes next, armed at the
lower part with a very beautiful fine calcareous dart 3:25 millim. in
length (figs. 5a and 5 6); its position is at the end of a long cylin-
drical open sac with rugous sides, near the base of which is the
spermatheca. The albumen-gland is large, but the other parts of the
generative organs present nothing that differs from the usual form.
Several of the sinistral shells inhabiting the Malay Archipelago
were placed in the genus Ariophanta by Prof. Semper; but as I
have pointed out in ‘ Land and Freshwater Moll. of India,’ p. 133,
they are very unlike the type of this genus, which is from Bombay,
and require a subgeneric position assigned to them. The principal
and remarkable character is the form of the amatorial organ, so
well illustrated by Professor Semper on pl. ni. of his fine work on
the Land-Mollusca of the Philippine Archipelago, where he figures
the generative organs of Ariophanta rareguttata (Adenore), rumphit
(Java), nemorensis (Celebes), and striata (Singapore). On pl. vii.
of the same work the form of the teeth of the radula of five species
is given; here dissimilarity exists. A. (Amphidroma) martini
(Sumatra), rareguttata, and nemorensis have plain simple teeth ;
but ind. rumphit and striata they are tricuspid, merging into bicuspid
shape in the laterals. All these species should now be placed in
the genus Dyakia.
DyAKIA INTRADENTATA, 0. Sp.
Shell very similar to D. hugonis in form and coloration, more
acute in the spire and rather flatter on the base, with the umbilical
region more excavated. The whorls more closely wound. Sculpture
coarser and more decussate, that on the lower side finely papillate.
Looked at from below there is a very remarkable dent or small
depression indicating the presence of an internal tooth, and this is
situated at the distance of exactly half a whorl from the aperture.
Molu Mountains, in Dr. Hungerford’s collection ( Bowall).
1891.] LAND-SHELLS FROM BORNEO. 31
Having seen but one specimen, I at first thought that this shell
was only a reversed variety of D. hugonis, and that the depression
was the result of some injury. I now find that Dr. Hungerford has
two specimens, and a young shell in Mr. Everett’s collection from the
Niah Hills is evidently of the same species.
DYAKIA REGALIS.
Helix regalis, Benson, Ann. Mag. N. H. ser. 2, vol. v. p. 215
(1850); Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. xevi. fig. 526 (1852); Pfeiff.
Monogr. Helic. iii. p. 52 (1853), et v. p. 82 (1868) ; id.in Mart. u.
Chemn. Conch.-Cab. ed. il. p. 377, t. exli. figs. 5, 6.
Helix vittata, Adams & Reeve, Zool. Voy. Samarang, Moll. p. 60,
pl. xv. figs. 7 a—c (1850) ; Metcalfe, P. Z.S. 1851, p. 70.
Ryssota (2) regalis, Wall. P. Z.S. 1865, p. 407.
Nanina regalis, vy. Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Land-
schueck. p. 225 (1867).
Var. UNICOLOR.
N.W. Borneo (Everett).
DyaKIA BUSANENSIS, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. 1.)
Shell discoid, sharply keeled ; umbilicated; sculpture above
finely decussate, produced by rather irregular transverse lines of
growth crossed by very longitudinal hair-hke striz ; below glassy,
no spiral strie, a few transverse lines; colour pale ashy white, with
a single broad band next to the periphery and suture; spire low,
flatly pyramidal; apex rounded; suture a mere thread; whorls 5,
sides very flat; aperture semilunate, oblique; peristome thin ;
columellar margin oblique, not reflected, very weak.
Size: maj. diam. 19°0, min. 17°2; alt. axis 6°7 millim.
Hab. Busan Hills (A. Everett).
Dyakia janus.
Helix janus bifrons, Chemn. Conch.-Cab. xi. p. 307, t. 213.
figs. 3016, 3017.
Helix janus, Pfeiff. Monogr. Helic. 1. p. 77 (1848), et v. p. 83
(1868); Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. xci. fig. 494 (1852).
Nanina albersi, v. Martens, Monatsber. Akad. Berlin, 1864,
p- 265; id. Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Landschneck. p. 224, et xi.
fig. 3 (1867).
Ryssota (2) janus, Wall. P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 407.
Nanina janus, v. Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Land-
schneck. p. 226, t. xi. fig. 4 (1867).
Dyakia amphidroma.
Helix zanus bifrons, var., Rousseau in Hombr. et Jacq. Voy. au
Pole Sud, Zool. v. p. 11, pl. v. figs. 1-3 (1854).
¢ Helix martini, Pfeiff. P.Z.S. 1854, p. 149; id. Monogr. Helic.
v. p- 300 (1859) ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. exciii. fig. 1356 (1854).
Nanina amphidroma, v. Martens, Monatsber. Akad. Berl. 1864,
32 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Jan. 6,
p- 265; id. Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Landschneck. p. 221, t. xi.
figs. 2, 5, t. vi. figs. 3, 3 6 (1867).
Nanina producta, Mousson, in collect.
Ariophanta martini, Pfr., Sumatra (=amphidroma, v. Mart.),
Semper, Reise im Arch. d. Philipp., Landmoll. p. 51, t. vil. fig. 4.
Dyakia (2) striata.
Nanina striata, Gray, P. ZS. 1834, p. 59; v. Martens, Preuss.
Exped. Ost-Asien, Landschneck. p. 228 (1867).
Helix orientalis, Reeve (non Gray), Conch. Icon. pl. Ixxviii.
fig. 409 (1852).
Helix naninoides (Benson), Pfeiff. Monogr. Helic. v. p. 122
(1868).
Helia striata, Pfeiff. Monogr. Helic. 1. p. 55 (1848).
Helix isabella, Rousseau in Hombr. et Jacq. Voy. au Pole Sud,
Zool. v. p. 6, t. iv. figs. 7-10 (1854).
Hemiplecta naninoides, Wall. P. Z.S. 1865, p. 406.
Ariophanta striata, Semper, Reisen im Arch. d. Philipp., Landmoll.
p. 53, t. iil. figs. 21 a, 6, t. vil. fig. 5.
Dyakia (2) mindaiensis.
Helix mindaiensis, Bock, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 633 (Amonta
District).
Dyakia (2) sarawakana: Nanina (Ariophanta) sarawakana,
Dohrn, Nachricht. deutsch. Malak. Geselilsch. 1881, p. 66
(Sarawak).
Dyakia NasuTA. (Plate V. figs. 4-4 c.)
Helix nasuta, Metcalfe, P.Z.S. 1851, p. 70; Pfeiff. Monogr.
Helic. iii. p. 203 (1853), et v. p. 306 (1868); Reeve, Conch. Icon.
pl. elvii. fig. 1031 (1853).
Ryssota? nasuta, Wall. P. Z.S. 1865, p. 407.
Nanina (Hemiplecta) nasuta, v. Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-
Asien, Landschneck. p. 224 (1867).
Hab. Niah Hills.
One specimen of this very remarkable and beautiful shell was
preserved in spirit. Animal pale-coloured, like that of D. hugonis ;
the mucous gland has a very small overhanging lobe and a broad
pallial margin. The odontophore (Plate V. fig. 4 6) has the central
tooth tricuspid, the central cusp hardly rising above those on either
side; the median are square at the end, bicuspid, the laterals
(fig. 4c, 80th and 81st) have a sharp inner cusp and a rounded outer
cusp, rising close together; the outermost laterals are unicuspid and
small :
+70.14.1.14.70+
+80.1.80+.
Some of the small outermost teeth were lost in dissection. The
generative organs (figs. 4 and 4a) are similar to those of D. hugonis
and do not require any further description.
TSO LAND-SHELLS FROM BORNEO. 33
It would be difficult to select two shells differing so much in form
as D. hugonis and D. nasuta; any classification based on shell-
characters would place them widely apart, yet the animals as regards
their structure are closely allied. This points to a long occupation
of this island by this group of land-shells.
DyAKIA MOLUENSIS, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. 6.)
Shell sinistral, depressedly pyramidal, not perforate, solid, rounded
below, sharply keeled; sculpture, irregular furrowing, crossed by
rough transverse curvilinear and broken granulation; colour dark
chestnut-brown, with a lemon-yellow narrow line on the periphery
and also running with the suture, a circle of same colour around the
umbilicus ; spire low, sides flat; apex blunt; suture linear; whorls
5, gradually increasing, flat-sided; aperture semi-lunate, very
oblique; peristome, thickened below, with a slightly sinuate margin
above ; columellar margin oblique. .
Size: maj. diam. 28:0, min. 24°8 ; alt. axis 9°3 millim.
Hab. Molu Hills (A. Everett).
Only one specimen was sent home of this very pretty shell,
which is somewhat like the dextral H. albula from Moti Island, one
of the Ternate group.
EVERETTIA, subgen. nov. (Plate IIT.)
(Type, Macrochlamys jucunda.)
The animal from a spirit-specimen is pale ocbre in colour, with jet-
black tentacles and a black band on either side of the neck from the
base of the tentacles running backwards.
The pallial margin (fig. 5) is broad, the foot below with a central
ambulatory area. The mucous gland (fig. 5a) is large, and in life the
extremity of the foot is apparently much pointed and overhanging.
There are no linguiform shell-lobes either on the right or left side,
but on the latter the lobe is a simple band turned back over the edge
of the peristome ; both the right and left neck-lobes are very small.
The generative organs (fig. 6) are very peculiar and unlike those
of any species I have examined or that I find figured by Professor
Semper. The principal difference lies in the amatorial organ or
dart-sac ; this is cylindrical below as in other genera, but at the
inner extremity terminates in a fringe of very numerous accessory
glands (fig. 6 @), very nearly equal in length to the solid fleshy lower
portion. These fringe-like glands are finely pointed and lie buried in
amass of mucous glands having a segmented structure, each separate
lobe being associated with one of the accessory glands. The lower end
is armed with a stout and solid calcareous dart (Liebespiel), having a
conical attachment to the muscular portion (fig. 64). The penis has
no kale-sac. The albumen-gland is very large.
The odontophore:—The rows of teeth, about 90, gradually de-
crease to the outer margin, the formula being
30: 26, I. 26; 30.
Ai ar Oe
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. IIT.
69
34 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON (Jan. 6,
The central tooth is much shorter and smaller than the laterals, and
is tricuspid (fig. 36), the two outer cusps being just below the centre
point; in one specimen dissected, owing to the central part being much
worn, this central tooth is evenly tricuspid (fig. 3). The laterals rise
from long narrow plates, and are very pointed, with an outer and inner
cusp some distance below the apex, being thus also tricuspid; the
outermost laterals are very nearly unicuspid (fig. 3a). The jaw is
curved, but has no central projection (fig. 4).
This shell was placed by von Martens in the genus Macrochlamys ;
and looking at its shiny glassy shell, so very like many in the Indian
region, I should certainly have done the same; yet the animal
differs from that genus not in one but in several characters—exter-
nally in the absence of the long shell-lobes ; internally in the odon-
tophore and jaw; and in the reproductive organs it is widely
separable, Macrochlamys not possessing the spicula amoris. In
searching through Semper’s work for characters approaching those
now figured and described, I observe the nearest, as might be
expected, in those genera found in the islands of the Malay Archi-
pelago and notin those found to the westward in India. On plate iti.
figs. 1,2, Reise im Archipel d. Philipp., is shown the sagitta amatoria
of Tennentia philippinensis and Parmarion pupillaris, from Java, of
the same type. This I would submit is an indication that the slug-
like forms of this part of the world are the descendants of these
glassy Helices, just as we find the general anatomy of Girasia, a
slug-like species of India, to be like that of Macrochlamys, and that
although the outward form of both animal and shell is very similar
respectively, the races of the two areas have a most remote relation-
ship. How far these characters of Hverettia and Dyakia extend
around this area is yet to be discovered. We cannot as yet say
with certainty that shells with similar internal structure do not exist
in India ; they are certainly absent in the N.E. Himalayas and Khasi
Hill Ranges, but there are numbers of even large species in Southern
India yet to be examined, and of which we know as yet nothing.
Of the shells of New Guinea we are also quite ignorant, at least I
have not seen any work on their anatomical variations.
EVERETTIA CONSUL.
Helix resplendens (Philippi), Metealfe, P. Z.S. 1851, p. 70(2).
Helix consul, Pfeiff. P. Z.S. 1854, p. 289; id. Monogr. Helic.
iv. p. 44 (1859), et v. p. 97 (1868); id. Novitat. Conch. iii.
S Ixxiv. figs. 13, 14; Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. exeviii. fig. 1395
1854),
Macrochlamys consul, Wall. P. Z.8. 1865, p. 405.
Nanina consul, v. Martens, Preuss. Exp. Ost-Asien, Landschneck.
p. 240 (1867).
Everettia JucunDA. (Plate III. fig. 1.)
ip Ffelia jucunda, Pfeiff. P.Z.S8. 1863, p. 524; id. Novitat. Conch.
lil. pl. Ixxiv. figs. 11, 12; id. Monogr. Helic. v. p. 101 (1868).
1891.] LAND-SHELLS FROM BORNEO. 53
Nanina (Macrochlamys) jucunda, v. Martens, Preuss. Exped.
Ost-Asien, Landschneck. p. 40, t. xii. fig. 7 (1867).
The specimen figured measures: maj. diam. 19:0, min. 18°5 ;
alt. axis 9:0 millim. y
Var. nana from Dr. Hungerford’s collection. This isa MS. name
of Mr. Geoffrey Nevill’s, and appears in his copy of the ‘ Hand-list ’
as given to two specimens sent to the Indian Museum, Calcutta, as
a variety of jucunda. The exact locality is not quoted.
Everettia hyalina.
Nanina hyalina, v. Martens, Monatsber. Akad. Berlin, 1864,
p- 266; id. Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Landschneck. p. 241, t. xii.
fig. 5 (1867).
Helix (Macrochlamys) hyalina, Pfeiff. Monogr. Helic. v. p. 99
(1868).
Size: maj. diam. 22°5, min. 20°25; ait. axis 10°75 millim.
Von Martens describes the animal as black-grey, of a slender
form ; tentacles and neck black, with a white central line on the
latter; mantle reflected; jaw with a middle projection. In many
species of Macrochlamys similar dark and white varieties occur.
This species occurred in a disused gold-mine at Kapuas-Strom, in
Upper Pontianak, West Borneo.
Everettia aglaia.
Helix aglaia, Pfeiff. P.Z.S. 1854, p. 289; id. Monogr. Helic.
iv. p. 46 (1859), et v. p. 103(1868); Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. excix.
fig. 1396 (1854).
Nanina (Macrochlamys) aglaia, v. Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-
Asien, Landschneck. p. 242, t. xii. fig. 13 (1867).
Macrochlamys aglaja, var. emarginata, Nevill.
Two specimens, Borneo (Sowerdy, ex coll. Lombe Taylor). In
this species the suture is not “linea rufescente marginata,” Nevill,
MS., Hand-l. Ind. Mus.
There is a fine series of these shells in the collection, some 85
specimens, and I have examined those in the British Museum. On
my arranging them by localities in juxtaposition, it was at once
apparent that those from the Niah Hills, 15 in number, and 2 from
Kina Balu were alike and separable from all the rest. These last are
Everettia subconsul of Mr. Edgar Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Aug.
1887, p. 132, from North Borneo (J. Whitehead), with which I have
compared them. They may be known by the less number of whorls,
z. e. not being so closely wound, and those from the Niah Hills
are very ruddy in colour and flatter on spire (var. depressa, Plate
ITI. fig. 2).
The remainder are from the following localities :—
- No. 1. Trusan, 12.
No. 2. Labuan, 82; all range from 15 mm. in maj. diam.
No. 3. Tiga Island, 1; same as No. 2.
-—- 3
3*
36 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Jan. 6,
No. 4. Dahat Island, 2; olivaceous brown.
No. 5. Karemon Island, 11; these differ from all others in their
dark sienna-brown colour, and might be designated as consul var.
rufa.
No. 6. From Dr. Hungerford, marked Borneo; 4 specimens,
exactly similar to No. 1, and identified by him as jucunda.
No. 7. Marked Borneo, 4; small; maj. diam. 14 mm.; named
var. nana.
No. 8. Borneo? (Bowall), 3; not so closely wound as any from
No. 1 to No. 8, but smaller than any of sawbconsul, and, I think,
only a dwarf variety of that form.
The largest shell of the whole series was in the set No. 5, and
measured 25 mm. maj. diam., alt. axis 14°25, of 7 whorls.
Helix consul was the first to be described from this part of the
world, the exact locality being Sarawak ; and an examination of the
British Museum species led me to the conclusion that jueunda and
aglaia are only based on the size, or at the best may be considered
local varieties of consul. LH. hyalina of von Martens appears to be
another variety ; but the type I have not seen, and it is most diffi-
cult to form any opinion from drawings when the differences are so
minute and when shades of colour are so subtle and yet so constant
in the groups from different areas.
E. hyalina appears to be larger and flatter in the spire than jucunda,
and the proportions of the before-mentioned varieties come out as
follows, as regards the maj. diam.: E. consul 22 mm., jucunda
11°18, hyalina 21:0, and aglaia 10-0.
EVERETTIA CUTTERI.
Macrochlamys cuttert, H. Adams, P. Z.S. 1870, p. 794, pl. xlvii.
fig. 21.
This animal is jet-black throughout, with a pale band on the
upper part of the neck running to the base of the eye-tentacles.
There are no right or left shell-lobes ; the right and left neck-lobes
ample, the last not divided. Pallial margin as usual. Lingual
ribbon and jaw as in EH. jucunda, as also the generative organs.
Everettia bocki, Issel, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi. p. 399.
Hab. Borneo (Carl Bock).
Microcystis TERSA. (Plate IV. fig. 1.)
Nanina tersa, Issel, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi. p. 399, t. v.
figs. 1-4 (1874).
Shell globose, thin, transparent glassy, very narrowly perforate ;
sculpture, no spiral striation except near the apex and that most
minute ; colour pale sienna tint ; spire conical, sides flat ; apex blunt ;
cuture shallow, adpressed ; whorls 5, regularly increasing and rather
flat: aperture semi-ovate; peristome subvertical, sharp, scarcely
reflected at the oblique columellar margin.
1891.] LAND-SHELLS FROM BORNEO. 37
Size: maj. diam. 7:6, min. 7°5; alt. axis 4°6 millim.
Haé. Busan Hills (A. Everett).
Microcystis (?) macdougalli.
Nanina (?) macdougalli, Issel, Aun. Mus. Ciy. Genova, vi. p. 400,
. v. figs. 9-12 (1874).
o
Microcystis DYAKANA, n. sp. (Plate IV. figs. 4, 4 a—4c.)
Shell globose, thin, semi-transparent, very narrowly perforate,
almost imperforate ; sculpture, under high lens very minute, some-
what wavy spiral striation, to the naked eye smooth and glassy ;
colour pale dull ochraceous; spire moderately high ; apex blunt ;
suture adpressed, shallow; whorls 4, convex, rather rapidly in-
creasing ; aperture semi-ovate; peristome sharply edged, reflected
at the columellar margin, which is oblique, not thickened.
Size: maj. diam. 8°7, min. 7°7 ; alt. axis 4°5 millim.
Hab. Busan Hills (A. Everett).
This might very easily be mistaken for Microcystis tersa but for
its larger size and fewer whorls, the form of the apex of the shell
when viewed from the front being also very different.
The animal is of a pale ruddy brown colour with large black
patches and spottings.
The right shell-lobe (7.s./.) very ample, triangular in form ; the
left shell-lobe also large as well as the neck-lobes (figs. 4a & 46).
The radula was not seen, this part had been destroyed before it
was placed in spirit.
The generative organs were also not perfect. The male organ is
shown in Plate IV. fig. 4c.
Microcystis (?) lowi.
Hyalina (?) lowi, Issel, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi. p. 401, t. v.
figs. 16-19 (1874).
Microcystis (?) perlucida.
Hyalina perlucida, Issel, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi. p. 402, t. v.
fies. 20-23 (1874).
Microcystis (?) MILIACEA.
Microcystis (2) miliacea, v. Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien,
Landschneck. p. 268, plate xii. fig. 15.
Liocystis, Nevill, Hand-list, MS. (from Amboyna).
Borneo (Sowerby, ex coll. Lombe Taylor, in coll. Indian Mus.,
Calcutta).
There is a doubt both as regards identification and habitats.
Microcystina inFans. (Plate IV. fig. 2.)
’ Helix infans, Pfeiff. P. Z. S. 1854, p. 290; id. Monogr. Helic.
iv. p. 51 (1859), et v. p. 108 (1868); Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. cci.
fig. 1417 (1854),
38 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON {Jan. 6,
Nanina infans, v. Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Land-
schneck. p. 243 (1867).
Helix adnata, Mousson in coll.
Six specimens in Dr. Hungerford’s collection.
The type of this species is in the British Museum, represented by
three shells ; the largest, I observed, was of another species, and in
this Mr. Edgar Smith concurred. On referring to the original descrip-
tion, the dimensions recorded are those of the second sized specimen,
and with this Dr. Hungerford’s examplesagree. The shell removed
' is evidently a young specimen of H. jucunda or an allied form.
MICROCYSTINA ST. JOHNI, n. sp. (Plate IV. figs. 3, 3 a.)
Shell depressedly conoid, glassy, narrowly umbilicated, flat
below ; sculpture under high power shows minute close longitudinal
strie ; colour dark chestnut-brown; spire low; apex flattened ;
suture shallow, adpressed; whorls 5, very flat above; aperture
narrowly lunate; columellar margin rather strong, with a spiral
twist.
Size: maj. diam. 4:0, min. 3°5; alt. axis 1°25 millim.
Hiab. Busan Hills.
I name this species after Mr. St. John, who was one of Rajah
Brooke’s officers.
MIcROCYSTINA PUDENS, 0. sp.
Shell depressedly globose, rather flat below, imperforate ; sculp-
ture, most minute regular longitudinal strice under lens, smooth and
glassy to the eye; colour dark sienna-brown; spire flatly conic;
apex rounded ; suture very shallow; whorls 4, very flat, regularly
increasing ; aperture narrowly ovate; peristome thin, thickening
near the oblique columellar margin, it has here a spiral or twisted
form.
Size; maj. diam. 4°2, min. 3:9; alt. axis 2:2 millim.
Hab. Busan Hills (A. Everett).
It is exceedingly interesting to find this subgenus of Moreh,
hitherto only known from the Andamans, where several species
occur, ranging so far to the eastward, and it will no doubt turn up
sooner or later in some of the intermediate islands.
MICROCYSTINA SECLUSA, 0. Sp.
Shell globosely conical, shiny, rounded below, imperforate ;
sculpture, concentric regular parallel striee, very fine ; colour sienna-
brown ; spire high, side flat; apex bluntly rounded; suture im-
pressed ; whorls 5, sides, particularly of the last, very convex ; aperture
lunate ; peristome acute, thin; columellar margin nearly vertical,
thickened.
Size: maj. diam. 3°8; alt. axis 2-4 millim.
fab. Borneo, cave-earth.
Only two specimens of this species were found, and these I picked
out of the cave-earth sent home by Mr. Everett to Mr. John Evans
some years ago; it has not yet been found living.
1891. ] LAND-SHELLS FROM BORNEO. 39
MIcROCYSTINA CAVERN, 0. Sp.
Shell depressedly globose, solid, imperforate; sculpture, distant
very fine longitudinal strize, on a smooth surface ; colour pale sienna ;
spire low, apex rounded ; suture impressed; whorls 4, rather flat
above, the last rounded; aperture ovately lunate; peristome acute,
oblique; columellar margin subvertical, thickened, reflected, with a
slight twist.
Size: maj. diam. 3°6; alt. axis 1°3 millim.
Hab. Borneo, cave-earth.
The sculpture is exactly similar to the typical species from the
Andaman Islands.
Srraua (?) ancuLaTA. (Plate IV. fig. 7.)
Trochomorpha (?) angulata, Issel, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi.
p. 405, t. v. figs. 5-8 (1874).
Shell pyramidal, with a raised fine rib on the keel of the last
whorl, finely perforate ; sculpture decussate, the regular oblique fine
costulation being crossed by regular spiral lines ; colour dark brown,
liver tint; spire high, conical with slightly rounded sides; apex
blunt; suture impressed; whorls 6, somewhat convex; aperture
elongately oval; peristome thin ; columellar margin subvertical.
Size: maj. diam. 3:2; alt. axis 2°9 millim.
Hab. Busan Hills (A. Everett).
Issel places this in the genus Zrochomorpha and justly with a
query. Its nearest generic position is Svta/a, as seen in the spiral
lines of sculpture. The animal needs examination to ascertain if
it is like that of the Indian region.
SITALA EVERETTI, n. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 6.)
Shell depressedly pyramidal, rounded below, imperforate, keeled ;
sculpture a dull smooth surface; the spiral ribs very fine, 3 on each
whorl, evenly distributed, the one above the suture slightly the best
seen, close spiral striation at base ; colour pale ashy ; spire conical,
sides concave ; apex blunt; suture shallow, marked by a fine thread-
like rib extending to the keel of the last whorl ; whorls 6, regularly
increasing, convex; aperture semi-lunate; columellar margin re-
flected, oblique.
Size: maj. diam. 7:0, min. 6°7; alt. axis 4°5 millim.
Hab. Niah Hills (A. Everett).
This is an undoubted Sttala, a genus represented in Burmah and
India by S. znfula, attegia, &c. Only one specimen in the collec-
tion, among a lot of small Helices.
SITALA SINGULARIS, 0. Sp.
Shell pyramidal, sharply keeled, not umbilicated, solid; sculpture,
10 fine lirate lines on each whorl; colour bleached; spire high,
sides very slightly convex; apex papilliform; suture shallow;
whorls 6; aperture semi-lunate, subvertical; peristome acute;
40 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Jan. 6,
columellar margin perpendicular, with a spiral twist similar to what
is seen in Microcystina.
Size: maj. diam. 3°0; alt. axis 2°2 millim.
Hab. Borneo, cave-earth.
The peculiar character of this shell is the form of the columella,
which is thickened and has a sharply sinuate outline. In other
respects it is like S. gromatica of the Khasi Hills and Munipur, and
S. haroldi of the Andaman Islands.
SITALA KUSANA. (Plate IV. fig. 8.)
Trochomorpha kusana, Aldrich, Journ. Cincinnati Soc. N. H. xii.
p- 24, pl. ili. figs. 3, 3a, 3 6 (1889).
Mr. Aldrich has kindly sent me two examples of this shell and
some others described by him. I append his original description,
as it may not be available to some conchologists :—
*‘ Shell minutely perforate, thin, subtrochiform, light horn-colour,
translucid, with about three transverse raised striz parallel to the
suture; whorls six, strongly rounded, the body-whorl non-descending ;
spire obtuse; base rounded ; aperture flattened, ovate, the transverse
diameter the largest, peristome acute; columella reflexed at base
and partially covering the umbilicus. Diam. 3 mm.; alt. 2 mm.
‘Seven specimens received. They differ in size and shape from
angulaia, Issel ; both species, however, could just as well be placed
with the section Sitala of the genus Nanina.”
This shell belongs to a section of Sitala represented in India by
tricainata, Nilghiri Hills, subdihrata of Little Brother Andaman
Island, and carinifera of Penang.
One example in Dr. Hungerford’s collection (Sir H. Low).
Siraua (7) orcas, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 3.)
Shell dextral, globosely conoid, tumid, narrowly perforate; sculp-
ture transverse, fine equidistant costulation on the whorls, beneath
with concentric rather coarse lineation; colour sepia-brown ; spire
pyramidal, sides slightly convex ; apex blunt, rounded; suture well
impressed ; whorls very convex; aperture semi-lunate, oblique ;
peristome thin, sharp ; columellar margin slightly reflected, weak.
Size: maj. diam. 4:0; alt. axis 2:0 millim.
Hab. Borneo.
This shell was sent from Labuan, where it had been introduced on
Orchids collected by Mr. Hose on the mountains. It is very similar
in form to S. recondita and S. uvida from the Khasi Hills, described
by me (Land and Freshwater Moll. of India, p. 74).
DuRGELLA HOSE, n. sp. (Plate IV. figs. 5, 5a, 56.)
Shell very globosely conoid, glassy, thin ; sculpture none, a per-
fectly polished surface ; colour very pale horny; spire low; apex
rounded ; suture adpressed ; whorls 4, rapidly increasing, sides much
rounded, aperture lunate; peristome slightly reflected on the vertical
columellar margin.
Hab. Busan Hills (Mr. Hose).
1891.] LAND-SHELLS FROM BORNEO. 4]
Unfortunately the figure is taken from the worse of the two speci-
mens, which is hardly mature. The shell in spirit was fully grown,
but was broken in extracting the animal. It is, however, an easily
recognizable species; the spirit-specimen had a strongly marked
white callus on the surface of the penultimate whorl within the
aperture.
Description of first specimen dissected.—Animal dark coloured,
with the pallial margin pale, an overhanging very long hooked lobe
above the mucous pore. Right dorsal lobe moderately large, the
left anterior dorsal lobe small, black ; the posterior pale and extending
backwards, thus it is in two lappets (see Plate IV. fig. 5a). A small
tongue-like right shell-lobe evidently capable of great expansion
flatly over the shell, as it is very solid and contracted in the spirit-
Specimen ; a well-developed flat triangular left shell-lobe. The foot
is divided.
This specimen got accidentally brushed off the slide,and the drawing
given was made from another not so well preserved ; the right shell-
lobe is torn and the left destroyed, but it shows the form of the
dorsal lobes.
The odontophore (fig. 5 6) consists of a central, simple, unicuspid
tooth, succeeded by an innumerable number of similar bicuspid teeth,
the cusps being of nearly equal length and terminally placed.
The jaw is broad and straight on the cutting-edge.
The odontophore may be compared with that of Durgella minuta,
described by me from the Khasi Hills (Land and Freshwater Moll.
of India, p. 144, pl. xxxix.). But better preserved and fresher
specimens are required of these small mollusks, and the anatomy
should be also examined soon after death, to enable us to accurately
understand how they are related to each cther.
TROCHOMORPHA PLANORBIS.
Heliz (Carocolla) planorbis, Less. in Duperrey, Voy. Coquille,
Zool. ii. p. 312; Atlas Moll. pl. xin. fig. 4 (1830).
Helix planorbis, Pfeiff. Monogr. Helic. i. p. 122 (1848), et v.
p- 187 (1868); Mousson, Moll. von Java, p. 25, pl. ii. fig. 9 (1849) ;
Ludeking & Smit, Nat. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indie, xxi. p. 97 (1860).
Helix approximata, Le Guillou, Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 139; Pfeiff.
Monogr. Helic. i. p. 206 (1848); Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. cviii.
fig. 603 (1852).
Trochomorpha appropinquata, approximata, et javanica, v. Martens,
Monatsber. Akad. Berlin, 1864, p. 267; Pfeitf. Monogr. Helic. v.
p- 187 (1868).
Trochomorpha planorbis, Wall. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 408 ; v. Martens,
Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Landschneck. p. 249, t. xiii. figs. 4, 7, 8
(1867).
Var. APPROPINQUATA, Vv. Martens, Preuss. Exp. Ost-Asien, Land-
schneck. p. 249, t. xiii. fig. 8 (1867).
Hab. Niah Hills.
Issel gives two other varieties of p/anorbis from Sarawak—lessoni,
v. Martens, and nummus.
42 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Jan. 6,
TROCHOMORPHA BICOLOR.
Trochomorpha bicolor, v. Martens, Monatsber. Akad. Berlin, 1864,
p- 267 ; id. Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Landschneck. p. 252, t. xii.
fig. 2 (1867).
“Helix bicolor, Pfeiff. Monogr. Helic. v. p. 182 (1868).
Nigritella (°) tropidophora.
Helix tropidophora, Adams & Reeve, Zool. Voy. Samarang, Moll.
p. 59, pl. xiv. fig. 14 (1850); v. Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien,
Landschneck. p. "256 (1867) ; Pfeiff. Monogr. Helic. v. p. 60 (1868).
Helix thais, Pfeiff. Zeitschr. f. Malak. 1849, p. 68; id. Monogr.
ie ili. p. 37 (1853) ; Mart. u. Chemn. Conch.-Cab. ed. ii. p. 298,
t. exxv. figs. 32, 33.
Nanina ' (Tpochomorpha) thais, Albers, Helic. ed. ii. p. 60 (1860).
Trochomorpha tropidophora, Wall. P. Z.S. 1865, p. "408.
NIGRITELLA CONICOIDES.
Helix conicoides, Metcalfe, P. Z.S. 1851, p. 71; Pfeiff. Monogr.
Helic. iii. p.37 (1853) ; Mart. u. Chemn. Conch.-Cab. ed. ii. p. 448,
t. cliii. figs. 20, 21 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. Ixxxiv. fig. 449 (1852);
v. Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Landschneck. p. 256 (1867).
Helix labuanensis, Pfeiff. P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 523; id. Monogr.
Helic. v. p. 61 (1868); id. Novitat. Conch. xxv. p. 304, t. Ixxiv.
figs. 4, 5.
Sele vitrea, Bonnet, Rev. Zool. 1864, p. 68, pl. v. fig. 3.
Trochomorpha conicoides, Wall. P. Z.S. 1865, p. 407.
Hab. Niah Hills, Trusan, Tiga Island (.4. Everett).
Trochomorpha ceroconus.
Helix ceroconus, Pfeiff. P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 523.
Patula (Macrocycloides) obscurata.
Helix obscurata, Adams & Reeve, Zool. Voy. Samarang, Moll.
p- 59, pl. xiv. fig. 18 (1850).
Helix tradita, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. ev. fig. 583.
The figure given in the ‘ Voyage of the Samarang ’ is very inferior,
and being taken from the back, it would be impossible to identify a
species from it.
Fam. HELICIDA.
Hewrx (AGIsTA) TOMENTOSA.
Helix tomentosa, Pfeiff. P. Z. 8. 1854, p. 289 ; id. Monogr. Helic.
iv. p. 271 (1859), et v. p. 353 (1868) ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. cxcix.
fig. 1403 (1854); v. Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, Land-
schneck. p. 275 (1867) ; Issel, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi. p. 406
(1874).
A banded variety and single specimen from Sarawak. From
Karamon Island is a single specimen, all dark brown, larger than
the last, with a smaller umbilicus; there is very little difference in
form.
1891.] LAND-SHELLS FROM BORNEO. 43
Hewrx (Aersta) pupica, n. sp. (Plate II. figs. 7, 7 a.)
Shell depressedly conoid, subangulately keeled, narrowly umbili-
cated, hidden by the columellar reflection; sculpture, a slightly
roughened or shagreen-like surface; colour pale ochraceous, with a
snowy-white peristome; spire flatly conoid, low; apex rounded ;
suture shallow; whorls 4, sides flat, a shallow depression near the
periphery ; aperture semi-lunate; peristome reflected on outer margin
and thickening towards the columellar margin, which is oblique.
Size: maj. diam. 20°0, min. 15°8 ; alt. axis 7°75 millim.
Had. Labuan (Sir H. Low, in coll. Dr. Hungerford).
Hetrx (MeistTa) GRUMULUS, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 2.)
Shell depressedly conoid, keeled, widely umbilicated ; sculpture, a
rough epidermis covered with small spots in relief ; the periphery set
with regular, short, thick-based hairs; colour ochraceous ; spire flatly
pyramidal ; side slightly convex; apex rounded; suture shallow ;
whorls 5, sides flatly convex; aperture semi-lunate; peristome
slightly reflected ; columellar margin subvertical.
Size: maj. diam. 8°5, min. 7°8 ; alt. axis 3°5 millim.
Hab. Borneo (in spirit), exact locality unknown (A. Everett).
This is the nearest approach to the Helix huttoni group of India
that I have seen from this island; the odontophore is like that of
Helix ; the mantle-margin is simple.
Helix (Plectotropis) winteriana.
Helix winteriana, Pfeiff. Symb. ad Hist. Helic. ii. p. 41 (1842);
Issel, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi. p. 407 (1874).
Hab. On west coast at Mampawa and Benkajang.
Heix (CHLORITIS) QUADRIVOLVIS.
? Helix unguiculastra, v. Martens, Monatsber. Akad. Berlin, 1864,
p- 924.
Helix quadrivolvis, v. Martens, Monatsber. Akad. Berlin, 1865,
p- 53, = flexuosa, Pfeiff. P. Z. S. 1855, p. 112.
Hab. West coast Borneo, Mandhor.
Many examples from cave-earth (Everett).
Hexrx (CHLORITIS) MEANDER, n. sp. (Plate II. figs. 2, 2a.)
Shell dextral, discoid, inflated, deeply and openly umbilicated ;
side of umbilication subangular; sculpture of a rough papery
texture ; colour dull umber-brown, with a broad white band following
the suture, peristome pinkish; spire low; apex flat, slightly as-
cending above the body-whorl ; suture rather shallow; whorls 4,
rounded on the periphery; aperture widely ovate, perpendicular ;
peristome reflected, slightly sinuate below; columellar margin sub-
vertical.
Size: maj. diam. 16:2, min. 13:0; alt. axis 6:0 millim.
Hab. Mulu Mountains (Bowall, in coll. Dr. Hungerford).
This is allied to H. quadrivolvis, v. Martens, which has a narrow
44 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Jan. 6,
coloured band and differs in form. I have named it after H.M.
frigate ‘Meander’ which did much good service in Bornean waters
in the early days of Rajah Brooke’s occupation.
Heurx (Cuxoriris) pLENA, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. 8.)
Shell depressedly globose, openly umbilicated ; umbilical margin
hollow, subangular; sculpture finely granulate, covered with a
strong epidermis; colour pale umber-brown, with a faint indication
of a peripheral band ; spire low; apex flat, slightly raised above the
body-whorl ; suture shallow ; whorls nearly 5, gradually increasing ;
aperture oval, nearly vertical; peristome milky white, reflected ;
columellar margin suboblique.
Size of specimen drawn: maj. diam. 18°8, min. 15°5; alt. axis
8:5 millim.
Largest specimen: maj. diam. 19:0, min. 16°0; alt. axis 8-9
millim.
Hab. Labuan (Sir H. Low, in coll. Dr. Hungerford).
There were five examples of this shell in the collection.
Helix (Camena) germana. —
Helix germana, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. lxxiv. fig. 385 (1852),
=H. orientalis, Adams & Reeve (non Gray), Zool. Voy. Samarang,
Moll. p. 61, pl. xvi. fig. 4 (1850).
This is evidently not Bornean.
Heliz (Papuina) antiqua.
Helix antiqua, Adams & Reeve, Zool. Voy. Samarang, Moll. p. 6f,
pl. xiv. fig. 1 (1850).
Hewrx (GEoTROCHUS) NIAHENSIS, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. 3.)
Shell dextral, pyramidal, thin texture, base flat ; sculpture, spiral
liree, fine, regular, not of continuous thickness, crossed by lines of
growth ; colour white, with some fine marbling in a greyer colour
within the aperture, porcellaneous white ; spire high, pyramidal, sides
slightly concave; apex acuminate; suture fine, linear; whorls 7,
very flat; aperture ovate, wide and ample, oblique; peristome sharp,
coming to an angulate form at the outer keeled margin, expanded
and thickened below towards the columellar side.
Size: maj. diam. 18°38, min. 16-0; alt. axis 12°3 millim.
Hab. Niah Hills (A. Everett).
Only one specimen of this delicately formed and gracefully shaped
shell was in the collection.
Hexix (GEOTROCHUS) TIGAENSIS, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. 5.)
Shell pyramidal, rounded below, narrowly umbilicated ; sculpture,
irregular transverse lines of growth, indistinct concentric striation on
base; colour very pale ochre throughout; spire pyramidal, sides
flat ; apex blunt; suture linear; whorls 6, very flat; aperture semi-
1891.] LAND-SHELLS FROM BORNEO. 45
lunate; peristome reflected upon the columellar margin, which is
very oblique.
Size: maj. diam. 9°3; alt. axis 8°0 millim.
Hab. Tiga Island, Borneo (4. Everett).
Only one specimen in the collection.
Hetrx (GEOTROCHUS) sUBFLAVA, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. 4.)
Shell pyramidal, keeled, rather flat on the base, narrowly perforate ;
sculpture, rough papillate dottings arranged transversely ; colour
ochre ; spire high, sides flat ; apex very blunt ; suture linear ; whorls
6, sides flatly convex; aperture quadrate; peristome very thin;
columellar margin much reflected, perpendicular.
Size: maj. diam. 7-0; alt. axis 6°5 millim.
Hab. Borneo (Sir H. Low, in coll. Dr. Hungerford).
This is the first species of this genus found in Borneo, The type
species is from Ternate, and the genus ranges through New Guinea
to the Solomon Islands, where it appears to be abundant ; whether
the animal is the same throughout this extended distribution is yet
to be found out.
Helix pulvisculum, Issel, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi. p. 406, t. v.
figs. 24-27 (1874).
Loeality not given.
There are some species of Helicostyla and Cochlostyla repre-
sented in Mr. Everett’s collection, but these are from Palawan. As
this is a large island with a Molluscan fauna somewhat different
from that of Borneo, I think it better to record them in a separate
paper, in which I shall describe the shells from Palawan collected
by Mr. J. Whitehead.
CocCHLOSTYLA JAYANA.
Hab. Lovok Antu, Batang Lussen District (Hose).
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
Explanation of the Abbreviations.
Al.Gd. Albumen-gland. ov. Oviduct.
ant. Anterior. P. Penis.
C. Central tooth. P.Ap. Penis aperture.
D. Dart-sac. post. Posterior.
d. Calcareous dart. r.d.l. Right dorsal lobe.
E. Retracted eye-tentacles. r.m. Retractor muscle.
Gen. Ap. Generative aperture. 7r.m.P. Retractor muscle penis.
h.d. Hermaphrodite duct. r.s.l. Right shell-lobe.
K. Kale-sae. Fes. Ap. Respiratory aperture.
L.d.l. Left dorsal lobe. Res.Or. Respiratory organ.
1.s.0. Left shell-lobe. Sp. Spermatheca.
M. Mouth. Sp.Ap. Spermatheca aperture.
M.G. Mucous gland. v.d. Vas deferens.
m,G.D. Mucous gland of dart-sac. z, Position of calcareous dart.
46
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
4a.
ON LAND-SHELLS FROM BORNEO. [Jan. 6,
Puatz II.
1. Dyakia busanensis, X 1°5, p. 31.
2,2a. Helix (Chloritis) meander, x 2:5, p. 48.
3. —— (Geotrochus) niahensis, X 25, p. 44.
4. ——( ) subflava, X2°5, p. 45.
5. —— (——) tigaensis, x 25, p . 44,
6. Dyakia moluensis, X 1°5, p 38.
7,70. Helix (Zigista) ‘padi, X 2:5, p. 43.
&. —— (Chioritis) plena, X 4, p. 44.
Puate ITT.
1. Hverettia jucunda, Pfr., x 1°5, p. oe
2. , var. depressa, x 15, p. 3
3. Portion of radula, central teeth, x 330, p. 34.
3a. Ditto, 50th, Bist, and 52nd laterals, x 330, p. 34.
36. Ditto, from another specimen, the central tooth not so worn, x 360,
p. 34. ;
4. Jaw, X 12, p. 34.
5. Extremity of foot, side view, x 4, p. 83.
5a. Ditto, view from behind, , showing mucous alia x 4, p. 33.
6. Generative organs, x 4: D. Amatorial organ or dart-sac ; d., the cal-
careous dart, p. 33.
6a. Mucous glands of the above, further enlarged, Xx 7, p. 33.
66. The dart enlarged, x 7, p. 33.
Puate IV.
1. Microcystis tersa, Issel, x 4, p. 36.
2. Microcystina infans, Ptr., x 4, p. 37.
3. st. johni, x 7, p. 38.
3a. , columellar margin enlarged, p. 38.
4. Microcystis dyakana, n. sp., X 4, p. 37.
, animal from spirit-specimen, showing dorsal and shell-
lobes, right side, X 4, p. 37.
4b, Ditto, ditto, view of left side, x 4, p. 37.
4c. Part of generative organs, p. ‘37.
5. Durgella hosei, n. sp., peristome imperfect, x 7, p
5a. The mantle-margin taken off, showing the ees lobes, p- 41.
56. Central teeth of radula, p. 41.
6. Sitala everetti, n. sp., X 4, p. 39.
7. —— angulata, Issel, x 7, p. 39.
8. —— kusana, Aldrich, x 7, p. 40.
Puate V.
. Helicarion whiteheadi, n. sp., nat. size, p. 24.
1
2. Helix (Atgista) grumulus, n. sp., X 4, p. 43.
3. Sitala orchis, n. sp., X 7, p.
. Dyakia nasuta, Metcalfe, the generative organs of, enlarged, p. 32.
4a, The amatorial organ, further enlarged, to show the mucous glands,
32.
40. Gente teeth of radula, x 220, p. 32.
4c. The 80th and 81st laterals, x 360, p. 82.
5. Dyakia hugonis, Pfr., generative organs; x, position of the caleareous
dart, p. 30.
5a. The posterior end of amatorial organ, much enlarged, to show the
form of the sagitta amatoria, p. 30.
56. The latter, x 12, p. 30.
6. Xesta glutinosa, Metcalfe, edge of mantle taken off, showing the dorsal
and shell-lobes, p. 25.
6a. Generative organs.
nS
_ 60. The male organ, much enlarged, to show the difference between this
genus and Macrochlamys, p. 25.
1891.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON PORPHYRIO POLIOCEPHALUS. 47
Puate VI.
Fig. 1. View on the side of respiratory orifice of Rhysota (?) brookei, showing
the dorsal lobe and left shell-lobe (/.s.l.), from spirit-spacimen, nat.
size, p. 28.
2. Mantle-margin, showing the contracted right shell-lobe and the anterior
and posterior right dorsal lobes, p. 28.
3. The right shell-lobe, enlarged 2°5, viewed from above, p. 28.
3a. View of same from below, nat. sze, p. 28.
4. Extremity of foot, seen from above, x 2°4, p. 28.
5. Animal removed from the shell; spirit-specimen. £, retracted eye-
tentacles; M/, mouth; P.Ap. and Sp.Ap., the generative aperture,
with the orifices of the male organ and spermatheca, nat. size, p. 28.
6. Generative organs, nat. size. h.d., hermaphrodite duct ; Al.Gd., Albu-
men-gland ; ov., oviduct ; 7.m.P., retractor muscle penis, p. 28.
7. Jaw, X 4, p. 29.
8. Teeth of radula, centrals, x 340, p. 29.
8a. Outermost laterals, x 340, p. 29.
9, 9a. Young shell, natural size, pp. 27, 28.
January 20, 1891.
W. T. Blanford, Esq., F.R.S., F.Z.S., in the Chair. -
Mr. Sclater exhibited specimens of three species of Purple Water-
hens (Porphyrio poliocephalus, P. ceruleus, and P. smaragdonotus),
and made the following remarks :— |
In 1879 (< Ibis,’ 1879, p. 196) I pointed out that the Porphyrio
of Southern Europe (Porphyrio hyacinthinus of Temminck, but of
which a prior name was ceruleus of Vandelli) had no claim to the
title “ veterum,”’ which had been applied to it by G. R. Gray (from
a misunderstanding of a footnote in S. G. Gmelin’s ‘ Reise durch
Russland’), and that Mr. Dresser and Mr. Elliot had both gone
astray in following Gray’s lead. Furthermore I suggested that the
bird met with by Gmelin in the south of the Caspian would probably
turn out to be the Indian species P. poliocephalus, which, however,
misled by Schlegel, I called on that occasion P. pulverulentus.
That I was right in my conjecture, and that the Caspian Porphyrio
is really the same as the Indian species, is now well known to us
from examination of specimens transmitted from that district by
Dr. Radde, some of which, by Mr. Dresser’s kind permission, are
now on the table before us.
Mr. Seebohm (‘ Ibis,’ 1884, p. 429) was, I believe, the first to
show the identity of the Caspian and Indian birds, which I can fully
confirm after comparison of the present specimens with Indian skins
in the British Museum.
For comparison with the Caspian bird I place on the table
examples of P. ceruleus from Sardinia and Sicily and of P. smaragdo-
notus from Egypt, kindly lent me for this purpose by Mr. E. C.
Taylor.
The latter species, as is well known, also occurs occasionally as a
straggler in Sicily (see Giglioli, ‘ Avifauna Italica,’ p. 356). It is,
I believe, the only Porphyrio found in Egypt, and extends into
Southern Africa and Madagascar.
48 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON AN [ Jan. 20,
As regards the last-named species, I wish to remark that Temminck
was the first to separate P. smaragdonotus from its allies, and that
it ought to remain under his name (amended). The “ Taléve”’ or
‘* Poule Sultane” of Buffon, upon which the terms madagascariensis
and chloronotus were subsequently founded, is a composite species
composed of P. ceruleus and P. smaragdonotus, and these names
should therefore not be adopted.
The following papers were read :—
1. On an Earthworm of the Genus Siphonogaster from West
Africa. By Franx E. Bupparp, M.A., Prosector to the
Society.
[Received January 6, 1891.]
The Authorities of the Royal Gardens, Kew, have kindly forwarded
to me some weeks since a box of Earthworms and castings from West
Africa.
The worms were preserved in spirit and had been sent to Kew by
His Excellency Sir A. Moloney, K.C.M.G., Governor of Lagos ;
they were collected in the Yoruba country, which lies to the north
of Lagos.
A recent number of the ‘ Kew Bulletin’* contains a very note-
worthy paper by Mr. Alvan Millson, Assistant Colonial Secretary
of Lagos, upon the habits of these Earthworms, which he had him-
self collected and observed.
Unfortunately the state of preservation of the worms was not
good, but I have nevertheless been able to ascertain the genus to
which they belong, and to decide that they probably form a new
species of that genus.
They are evidently referable to a very remarkable African genus,
Siphonogaster, which has been quite lately described by Levinsen*.
His description, although necessarily (through the imperfect preser-
vation of the specimen) incomplete, enables me to describe my species
as new. I name it Siphonogaster millsoni, after Mr. Alvan Millson.
The most striking character of S. egyptiacus, which is illustrated
in the plate accompanying Herr Levinsen’s paper (op. cvt. pl. vii.
figs. 1, 2), is afforded by two appendages which are attached to the
ventral side of the body upon the xvith or xviith segment. These
appendages are of considerable size, nearly one quarter of the length
of the entire worm.
Stphonogaster millsont has the same appendages, which are very
much smaller, though the worm itself appears to be longer.
The largest specimen which I examined measured about 14 inches
1 «Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information,’ no. 46, Oct. 1890, pp. 238-244.
2 “Om to nye Regnormslaegter fra Aegypten,” Vidensk. Meddel. fra den
Naturh. Foren. i Kjobenhavn, 1889, p. 319,
1891. ] EARTHWORM FROM WEST AFRICA. 49
in length, with a diameter at the widest part of about } inch. As
the specimens were much softened, this length probably represents
the extreme length of the worm in its most extended condition.
The colour was almost black at the anterior end; further back a
brown tint predominated ; the posterior end of the body showed in
many specimens a peculiar dark green colour, something like that
of Microcheta rappit'. The appendages in question are as shown
in the accompanying drawings (woodcuts, figs. 1, 2), small, not longer
Siphonogaster millsont.
Ventral view of anterior segments, showing the processes of segment xviii.
than two segments ; they are directed backwards and appear some-
times as if they were adherent along their whcle length to the
ventral parietes. In other specimens they hang freely down.
Levinsen is in some little doubt about the number of the segment
to which the appendages are attached. In S. millsoni they arise
without doubt from the eighteenth segment, close to each other and
on either side of the ventral middle line.
Their origin is from the middle of the antero-posterior diameter
of the segment, just where the ventral pair of sete would be placed
were they developed upon this segment. They correspond, in fact,
exactly to the first seta, as may be seen by an inspection of the
ventral surface of the worm mounted in glycerine on a slide.
The sete of this species, it should be remarked, are in couples,
the distance between the individual setze of each couple being con-
_siderable—greater in the case of the ventral couple.
1 Beddard, “On the Anatomy and Systematic Position of a Gigantic Earth-
worm, &c.,” Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. xii. p. 63, pl. xiv.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. IV. 4
50 MR. F.E. BEDDARD ON AN [Jan. 20,
On the eighteenth segment, as already mentioned, the ventral
couples are absent, but the dorsal couples are present.
The shape of the setze is very characteristic and is correctly given
by Levinsen (Joc. cit. pl. vii. fig. 6). I could observe no differences,
except with regard to size, on any part of the body. Their colour
is, however, somewhat remarkable. The sete of Harthworms are
generally of a “horn-yellow” colour. In this species the colour
appears to be much the same; but when a seta is viewed with the
light passing from below through its entire length it appears dis-
tinctly red.
The appendages of the eighteenth segment are of an oval form
(fig. 2, a, 6), with a narrow neck connecting them with the body-
Appendages of Siphonogaster millsont.
a, ventral view; 0, lateral view of segments xvii—xx, showing the processes of
the body-wall A; S, sete.
wall; there was no trace of any infolding of the margins such as
Levinsen figures.
Each appendage is furnished, as in S. egyptiacus, with a number
of peculiar setee, the shape and arrangement of which is rather
different from that which characterizes S. egyptiacus.
In that species there are three or four irregular series of the setze,
beginning at about the end of the first third of the appendage and
reaching to its very extremity. In S. millsoni the setz are disposed
in two parallel lines, each of which is near the lateral margin of the
appendage; they lie upon the posterior surface of the appendage.
The setze themselves are shaped, as in S. egyptzacus, like a spear-
head with a very short shaft; but in S. mil/soni, as shown in the
accompanying drawing (fig. 3, p. 51), which may be compared
1891.] EARTHWORM FROM WEST AFRICA. 51
with Levinsen’s figure (doc. cit. pl. vii. figs. 3, 5), the “‘spear-head ”
is longer than the shaft. Viewed laterally (fig. 3, @) each seta is
seen to be curved from above downwards. Each of these sete is
invariably accompanied by an immature seta, the form of which
can be understood by reference to the accompanying sketch (fig. 3, ¢)
without any detailed description.
Fig. 3.
a b c
Genital sete of Siphonogaster millsont.
a, seta viewed in profile; 4, ventral view of seta; c, immature seta.
Levinsen naturally regards these structures as copulatory organs,
but considers that they may also have a respiratory function ; this
latter would seem possible on account of their large size and the
rich plexus of blood-vessels with which they are furnished.
The small size of the appendages in S. millsoni is against their
performing a respiratory function in that species, but I quite agree
with Levinsen in believing that they are in all probability penes.
Their position on the body and the spicules with which they are
furnished favour this view.
The genital setee of this Siphonogaster bear a very close resem-
blance to the genital setze of Nais elinguis, which have recently been
figured for the first time by Dr. A. Stole’; the spear-head form and
the proportions between the head and “‘shaft” appear to be nearly
identical in the two forms ; the curvature, too, exists in both, though
it is considerably more pronounced in Nais elinguis than in the
worm which forms the subject of the present communication.
This case of an Earthworm possessing setze like those of the lower
aquatic forms is very rare ; indeed only one other example is known
to me—that is, Urocheta, in which Perrier first described the
1 “ Prispvesky ku studiu Naidomorph,” SB. bohm. Gesellsch. 1887, p. 227.
4*
52 MR. 0. H. LATTER ON ANODON AND UNIO. __[ Jan. 20,
general setee of the body as terminating in a bifid extremity like
those of the Tubificide and some other families of aquatic Oligo-
cheta. On the other hand, the characteristic /-shaped sete of the
terrestrial Oligocheeta are often found among aquatic genera; it is
the converse that is rare.
2. Notes on Anodon and Unio. By Oswatp H. Latter,
M.A., formerly Berkeley Fellow of Owens College,
Manchester, 1888, late Tutor of Keble College, Assist-
ant Master at Charterhouse. (Communicated by
Frank HE. Bepparp, M.A., Prosector to the Society.)
[Received November 13, 1890. ]
(Plate VII.)
The following observations have been made from time to time
during the last two years while working at Anodon and Unio for
other purposes. I have thought it worth while to bring them to-
gether and publish them apart from the anatomical and other details
which I hope to complete shortly. My investigations were begun
in Manchester in 1888, while I held the Bishop Berkeley Fellowship,
and I may take this opportunity of thanking the donor of that
emolument for the facilities thereby afforded me and also Prof,
Milnes Marshall for his kind advice and assistance in many ways.
I. The Passage of the Ova from the Ovary to the External
Gill-plate.
{n 1830 von Baer gave in Meckel’s ‘ Archiv,’ 1830, pp. 313-352,
an account of this process, which has, so far as I can ascertain, been
tacitly accepted by all later writers on the subject. My own obser-
vations have led me to somewhat different couclusions. Von Baer’s
account is briefly as follows :—The ova pass along the inner branchial
passage, being prevented from falling into the internal gill-space by
the labour contractions of the foot ; thence they pass into the cloaca,
into which the outer branchial passage also opens. All the muscles
of the body are in a state of contraction during the passage of the
ova, and furthermore the cloaca is small. In consequence of the
muscular contraction the shell is closed and the ova accumulate in
the cloaca, a few perhaps being emitted into the water before the
closure is complete. The only direction therefore along which the
pressure of ova can be relieved is forwards along the outer branchial
passage and thus to the external gill-space. It is to be noticed that
von Baer does not state that he has observed these phenomena, but
merely draws his conclusions from the anatomical relations of the
various organs.
I have myself observed the passage of ova as far as the cloaca.
The genital aperture, as is well known, is situated ventral of and
Teva es Salis alo ueallgsan lle
Set RTE YATE INS
Mantern. Bres: imp.
ANATOMY OF ANODON & UNIO.
1891.] MR. O. H. LATTER ON ANODON AND UNIO. o3
somewhat posterior to the external aperture of the nephridium; it
is slightly anterior to the commencement of the free detached dorsal
border of the inner lamella of the internal gill-plate. The ova may
be seen through the thin epithelial covering on the dorsal margin ot
the foot, passing along the oviduct to the genital aperture. After
escaping through this pore they are conveyed backwards along the
external surface of the nephridium. This surface is densely covered
with cilia borne upon tall columnar cells, with a large oval nucleus
lying in their lower portion and resting on a definite basement
membrane. In the middle line of the nephridial surface the cilia
are longer ard drive the ova straight backwards ; towards the
ventral and dorsal sides of the nephridial surface the cilia are shorter
and drive the ova obliquely backwards and towards the line of the
longer cilia, so that the latter tend to keep the ova in the middle
line where the ciliary currents are strongest. The arrows (Plate VII.
fig. 6) show the direction of the currents. The total effect of the cilia
is therefore to drive the ova straight backwards along the middle
line of the nephridial surface. In the course of about 50 seconds
an ovum is thus swept back to the slit between the retractor pedis
muscle and the point of fusion of the internal gill-plates. Through
this slit the ova pass, meet the stream of ova from the other side of
the body, and so reach the exhalant branchial current and the
cloaca. The process goes on for several days (10 or 11) in each
individual. This being the case, according to von Baer’s theory
the shell must remain closed during the whole of this period, or, in
other words, respiration be suspended for nearly a fortnight. This
appears to me incompatible with the continued life of the individual.
In order that the ova may reach their final resting-place there
must be some reversal of the respiratory currents. I was unable to
detect any reversal of ciliary currents by experiments with colouring-
matter, and it is improbable that any such reversal occurs. I have,
however, observed (v. infra, p. 55) a violent reversion of currents,
due, I believe, to suction, during the emission of Glochidia. This
suction is probably effected by relaxation of the adductors and
consequent partial opening of the shell while the right and left
mantle-margins are kept in contact so as to block the aperture at
all other parts except the two siphonal notches, of which the
exhalant in particular remains open. ‘The thickened margins of the
mantle thus serve to temporarily close the aperture between the two
valves, and, if my explanation be correct, the muscle-fibres of the
mantle between the point of attachment of the mantle to the shell
and its free border may tend to draw the right and left thickened
borders together in the middle line, while also increasing their
thickness and offering a more solid resistance to the water. Further-
more, when once the thickened borders of the mantle are in
apposition and the shell commences to gape, the pressure on the
right and left free borders will tend to drive them even more closely
together; for the line of the mantle which is attached to the shell
must of necessity follow the outward movement of the valves when
gaping commences, and the free borders unite to form a bluntly
54 MR. O. H. LATTER ON ANODON AND UNIO. __[Jan. 20,
pointed longitudinal ridge with divergent sides; the pressure of
water falls on these divergent sides and drives them together—the
whole structure thus acting in the manner of the mitral valve of the
human heart. It is probable that the flexible margins of the valves
are also driven together by the pressure of water. The diagram
exhibited (Plate VII. fig. 7) may make this clearer.
I am inclined to think, then, that a suction of this kind is used
to swiftly draw the ova forward into the external gill-plate. Direct
observation on this point is well nigh impossible owing to the necessity
of disturbing the animal or even partly opening the shell in order to
ascertain whether or no ova are in transit. The fact that violent
suction does take place in the case of the Glochidia is beyond doubt ;
the exact mode of causing the suction is, for our present purpose, of
less importance.
The question naturally occurs, why do not the ova find their way
into the internal as well as the external gill? The reason is, I
think, twofold. In the first place, the space between the lamellee
of the external gill is considerably greater than that between the
lamellee of the internal gill. In the second place, as I have ascer-
tained by careful dissection of many individuals, the inner lamella
of each external gill-plate extends further towards the dorsal surface
than the outer lamella of each internal gill-plate, and stretches over
towards the middle line so as to greatly diminish or even totally
close the aperture leading into the space within the internal gill.
In some cases the inner lamelle of the external gill-plates of the
right and left sides actually come in contact with one another in the
median line posteriorly *
The diagram (Plate VII. fig. 8), which is a modification of Lan-
kester’s diagram (Encycl. Brit. 9th ed., Art. “‘ Mollusca,” fig. 135 p,
p- 690), will make these relations clearer.
Il. The Attachment of the Glochidia to the Parent Gill-plate.
It is well known that the epithelium of the external gill-plate
secretes a nutritive mucus in which the young are imbedded and
thus retained within the gill. This mode of attachment is, however,
not permanent ; for if, as is often the case, the Glochidia are retained
for a long time after they have attained maturity, a large number
escape from their egg-capsules, and the so-called ‘ byssus,” becoming
entangled in the gill-filaments and bars of concrescence, serves to
secure them until they are forcibly expelled from the parent. I
have found that the number of Glochidia in any given parent which
have escaped from their egg-capsules varies with the period during
which they have been retained since the attainment of pre-parasitic
maturity. It thus appears that as the nutritive mucus is used up,
and its power of retaining the Glochidia within the gill is therefore
1 This, of course, applies only to the post-pedal portion of the gill-plates.
In the region of the foot the “labour contractions” close the space between the
lamellz of the internal gill, as stated by von Baer.
1891.] MR. 0. H. LATTER ON ANODON AND UNIO. 35
diminished, a secondary mode of attachment becomes of all-
importance and is furnished no longer by the parent but by the
adult members of the Glochidian family, in whose neighbourhood
the mucus has been chiefly absorbed and who alone are provided
with fully developed byssus-filaments. This phenomenon is the
more interesting as furnishing yet another case of prolonged attach-
ment to the parent of the young of freshwater animals (vide Sollas,
**On the Origin of Freshwater Faunas,” Scientifie Transactions of
the Royal Dublin Society, vol. iv. ser. ii., 1886).
III. Emission of Glochidia.
The female dAnodon is usually stated to retain the Glochidia
within the external gill-plates until fish are in the neighbourhood.
This is certainly not always the case, for Glochidia were frequently
emitted in large masses and long cords after I had gently stirred
the water in which the Anodons were lying. Schierholz (“‘ Entwick.
der Unioniden,” Denk. d. kais. Akad. d. Wiss. 1889, lv. pp. 183-214)
states that nodular ejection of Glochidia is abnormal, due to imper-
fect aeration of the water and necessity of using the outer gill for
respiratory purposes, that normally ejection takes piace singly with
the egg-capsules (cast off), which float off and leave the larvee in
masses on the bottom. I fear I am unable to endorse this account
in toto; nodular ejection undoubtedly is abnormal, but ejection in
cords I have always found to occur in healthy individuals supplied
with well aerated water, and on one occasion have seen it occur in
an undisturbed Anodon in its native water. It would seem that
any disturbance of the water irrespective of fish, if not too violent,
provokes emission of the Glochidia in a perfectly normal manner.
It is important to notice that the parent is able ¢o draw back
within the shell the long slimy masses of Glochidia even atter they
have been ejected a distance of 2 or 3 inches. The importance of
this fact I have already mentioned in dealing with the transit of ova.
I observed the Glochidia on several occasions, in both Anodon and
Unio, thus forcibly made “‘to enter a second time into their mother’s
womb.”
IV. Alleged Swimming of Glochidia.
The belief that Glochidia can swim by clapping their valves to-
gether “like Pecten or Lima” appears to be very general in this
country, in spite of frequent denials (e. g. Schierholz, loc. cit.).
The extent of the swimming-powers consists solely in “‘ swimming
to the bottom”; in other words, Glochidia cannot swim. A
Glochidium normally lies at the bottom of the water on its dorsal
surface, the ventral surface being upwards and the “byssus”
(so-called) streaming up into the water above. In this position the
Glochidium lies powerless to move in any direction, and here, too, it
‘dies unless a convenient ‘‘ host”’ is in some way brought in contact
with its “byssus.” If the water is disturbed the Glochidia are
earried about by currents, but soon fall to the bottom again and are
56 MR. 0. H. LATTER ON ANODON AND UNIO. _[Jan. 20,
entirely unable to make headway in any direction, even when they
are thus temporarily suspended in mid-water.
The Glochidia are evidently peculiarly sensitive to the odour (?)
of fish. The tail of a recently killed Stickleback thrust into a
watch-glass containing Glochidia throws them all into the wildest
agitation for a few seconds ; the valves are violently closed and again
opened with astonishing rapidity for 15-25 seconds, and then the
animals appear exhausted and lie placid with widely gaping shells—
unless they chance to have closed upon any object in the water
(e. g. another Glochidium), in which case the valves remain firmly .
closed. I found this excitement very useful in procuring Glochidia
widely open. Flooding with hot corrosive sublimate kills them
instantly and the shells remain apart.
V. Relation of Glochidium-shell to Shell of Adult.
So long ago as 1825 it was pointed out by Pfeiffer (Naturg.
deutscher Land- und Sisswasser-Mollusken, Weimar, 1825), and
more recently by Kobelt and Heynemanr, that the shell of the
Glochidium sits like a saddle over the dorsal and lateral surfaces of
the shell of the young Anodon or may be seen in uninjured specimens
close to the hinge-line. It has not, however, been noticed, so far
as I can ascertain, that this temporary situation of the Glochidium-
shell has a permanent effect upon the shape of the adult shell. This
effect will be at once apparent on referring to Plate VII. figs. 2-6.
About 101 days after first attachment to the host and 25-30 days
after quitting the host, the shell-teeth of the G/ochzdium-shell project
ventrally towards the median line, and as a consequence impinge
upon the ventral border of the at present soft shell of the adult at
a point about halfway along its length, the result being that at this
point the permanent shell is prevented from growing so fast as else-
where. The permanent shell at this stage, therefore, has its other-
wise symmetrical curve sharply interrupted by an wregular notch
pointing towards the dorsal surface (vide figs. 2 & 3). This notch,
in the vast majority of cases, persists through life and causes a slight
dorsal turn of the curves marking the lines of growth at a point
roughly halfway along their length, but, as a rule, slightly nearer
the posterior border of the shell. In each successive line of the
growth the notch becomes of greater antero-posterior and less dorso-
ventral extent, thus tending to become less evident and to disappear.
The notch can therefore be seen most easily near the hinge-line
(z. e. on the first lines of growth) in those shells which have escaped
corrosion. In 15 species of Unio belonging to the Collection of
Admiral Sir John Harvey in the University Museum, Oxford, this
notch is evident and undoubtedly caused in the way above described ;
it is perhaps present in 2 others ( U. cylindricus and U. triangularis),
and is quite clear also in 6 species of Anodon. The figures given
by Chenu in his ‘Manuel de Conchyliologie,’ and by M. Henri
Drouet, ‘ Unionidee du Bassin du Rhéne,” Mém. de |’ Acad. des Sci.
Arts et Belles-Lettres de Dijon, (4) i. 1888-89, pp. 27-113,
1891.] MR. O. H. LATTER ON ANODON AND UNIO. 57
pls. i—iii., show the notch almost without exception. I do not rely -
strongly on these figures for this particular, as many irregularities
of curvature occur, owing to individual injury at some period of life,
and it is necessary to examine each specimen personally before
deciding whether the notch figured can in every case be assigned to
the Glochidian shell-teeth.
I may take this opportunity of corroborating Schierholz’s state-
ment (Joc. cié.), concerning the absence of sexual distinction in the
shape of the shell. It is commonly believed that the shell of the
female is far more convex and of greater transverse diameter than
that of the male. This is not the case: there is no point by which
the shell of the female can be distinguished. On several occasions
IT have requested persons professing to be able to distinguish the
sexes in this way to select a few males from my stock: out of 19
thus selected on various occasions only one proved on dissection to
be of the male sex, whereas on one occasion a small U. pictorum,
which was selected as ‘‘ undoubtedly female” turned out to be a
male! Ihave invariably found males very rare and was long unable
to procure one; for instance, of 50 Anodons dredged from a small
pond in Norfolk, and averaging between 3 and 4 inches in length,
only two were males; the same was true for Anodons and Unios
collected out of the canal at Oxford, though here the proportion of
males was slightly higher. So rare in fact were the males and so
small were the majority of them, that I was tempted to believe that
Anodon is hermaphrodite, functioning in early life as male and later
as female ; I made several experiments to investigate this point, but
obtained no evidence on either side. Stress of work has prevented
me from making any further search in this direction.
VI. The Cilia on the Foot of Young Anodon.
While observing young Anodons of 3-6 weeks old (dating from
the end of parasitic life), I was struck by the peculiar movements of
the cilia covering the foot. While the animal is in motion the foot
is first protruded somewhat slowly until it stretches a considerable
distance in front of the anterior margin of the shell, the cilia all
the while moving with great rapidity and appearing to “feel the
way.’ The foot having been protruded to its utmost extent, the
shell is drawn forward by a rapid muscular contraction. As soon
as this contraction commences, the cilia suddenly cease moving and
stand out from the surface like the bristles of a brush absolutely
motionless and rigid. This condition is maintained until the foot
again commences to glide forward. I can offer no suggestion as
to the meaning or cause of this apparent rigidity other than that
the appearances are as though the pressure within the epithelial
cells becomes so great that the cilia cannot assume any other position
’ than one perpendicular to the surface, and forming a continuation of
the long axis of the cells on which they are severally carried.
58 MR. O. H. LATTER ON ANODON AND UNIO. [Jan. 20,
VII. Glochidia distasteful to Fish.
All fish with which I have experimented, viz. Perch, Loach, Stickle-
back, Minnow, have a strong dislike for GJlochidia as an article of
food. They frequently seize a mass of Glochidia floating in the
disturbed water, but the mass is no sooner within the mouth than it
is forcibly and emphatically rejected, beg spit out to a considerable
distance and very rarely (only once) attempted again. I do not
think that it is the irritation caused by Glochidia attaching them-
selves to the inside of the mouth which makes the fish behave thus,
for I killed six fishes which had tasted Glochidia within ten minutes
of making the experiment, and in only one of them did I find a
Glochidium attached to the mouth. There must, I think, be some
unpleasant odour or taste about the Glochidia; or possibly the
“‘ byssus,” the shell-teeth, or both these latter combined, may
serve to make the Glochidia uninviting morsels.
VIII. Powers of Resistance of Adult Anodon and Glochidia.
An adult Anodon will live for at least a week, in cold weather,
after it has been removed from the shell. I consider the animal
alive so long as the cilia are beating and the heart is pulsating or
capable of responding to a moderate stimulus. The Glochidia will
live for a day or two within the gill of an apparently dead parent.
I was very much interested to notice one morning after a severe
frost that the water in the dissecting-dish where an Anodon lay
removed from its shell was completely frozen. I allowed the frozen
mass to thaw gradually, and then examined the animal and its
Glochidia; both were quite alive and none the worse for their
severe exposure. I allowed the same animal and its young to be
again frozen the following night, and obtained the same result. This
power of being frozen and recovering must be of great importance
in preserving the species in many of our shallower ponds and streams
which are frequently frozen to the bottom in severe weather.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.
Fig. 1. Diagram of Anodon to show course of ova. The left mantle-flap has
been reflected towards the dorsal surface and also the left gill-plates.
The free dorsal margin of the inner lamina of the internal gill-plate
has been turned up to show the surface of the nephridium (organ of
Bojanus). a, external nephridial aperture; 6, genital aperture ;
c, reflected free portion of dorsal margin of inner lamina; d, ciliated
external surface of nephridium ; ¢, retractor pedis muscle; f, exhalant
siphonal notch; gg, probe passed through from lower to upper
division of subpallial chamber, passing out at 7; , oviduct. The
arrows indicate the direction in which the ova pass.
2. Ventral view of shell of young Anodon, 101 days after first attachment
to host and about 25-30 days after the end of parasitic life. The
Glochidiwm-shell is shown outside the permanent shell, and the shell-
teeth project inwards towards the middle line in such a way as to
press upon and constrict the permanent shell at a point about half-
way along its length.
3. Lateral view of somewhat older Anodon.
VW itwaese WN.) Hanhar’ imp.
NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM TROPICAL
SOUTH WESTERN AFRICA . .
P.Z4.S. Lee Sas
Hanhart imp -
W.Purkiss lith.
NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM TROPICAL
SOUTH WESTERN AFRICA.
1891.] ON BUTTERFLIES FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 59
Figs. 4 & 5. Lateral and dorsal views respectively of left valve of small adult
Unio, showing the notches, x, produced on each line of growth by
the previous constriction caused by the shell-teeth of the Glochidium-
shell.
Fig. 6. Diagram to show the direction of ciliary currents on external surface of
nephridium.
7. Diagram to show valvular action of ventral edge of mantle-flaps.
a, a, right and left valves of shell; 0, 0', right and left mantle-folds ;
OG "thickened margins of 0, 0'; d, d', lines of attachment of b, o to
a,a'. The arrows indicate the direction of water- -pressure.
8. Diagram of relation of gill-lamelle to show how the ova are prevented
from falling into the internal gill. a, visceral mass; ¢, mantle-flap ;
d, axis of gill; e, inner, e”, outer lamella of external gill-plate;
f, outer, fr, inner lamella of internal gill-plate; g, line of con-
erescence ; 2, suprabranchial space of subpallial chamber.
3. On Butterflies collected in Tropical South-western Africa
by Mr. A. W. Eriksson. By Roxanp Trimen, F.R.S.,
&e., Curator of the South-African Museum, Cape
Town.
[Received December 8, 1890.]
(Plates VIIL. & IX.)
Well known for his many years’ experience as explorer and hunter
in the tropical Interior, and for the zeal and success with which he
has collected and observed the ornithological fauna, Mr. Axel W.
Eriksson has latterly, at my instance, turned his attention to the
insects inhabiting the less known tracts. The collection of which
the Butterflies now under notice formed the larger part was made
by him during six months—Ist August, 1887, to 25th January,
1888—spent in travelling between Ehanda, in the Southern Ombuela
(or Ambuella) country, and Omborombongo, in Central Damara-
land.
The country traversed may be said in general terms to be bounded,
except to the South-west, by the rivers Cunene, Okavango, and
Omaramba-Oamatako, and it extends from North to South over
about five and a half degrees of latitude (15° 15! to 20° 45! S.), and
from West to Kast almost the same of longitude (15° to 21° 20’ E.).
The route pursued and the time spent in each locality appear from
Mr. Eriksson’s notes to have been as follows, viz. :—Omrora, ‘ be-
tween Ovaquenyama and Ombuela,” Ist to 25th August ; Ehanda,
26th August to 30th September ; Humbe, Cunené River, October ;
Omrora again, November; Otiembora, 20th November to 3rd De-
cember ; the course of the Okavango River, “‘between the tributaries
Omaramba-Caronga and Omaramba-Oamatako,”? December; the
course of the Omaramba-Oamatako, “ between its junction with the
Okavango and Otjitoé,’ 2nd to 14th January, 1888 ; and the course
of the same river, “‘ between Otjitoé and Omborombongo,” 15th to
25th January. This route is remote from the sea-coast, never
60 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 20,
approaching it within 200 miles, while its most eastern point (on
the Okavango) is distant from it more than 600 miles.
Hitherto, except to some extent as regards Southern Damara-
land, the Rhopalocera of this territory have been very little known,
and it is thus of interest to place on record a complete list of the
species met with by Mr. Eriksson, with notes of any variation
observed in the case of species already described, and descriptions
of those forms which appear to be new to science.
The collection, consisting entirely of pinned specimens, arrived in
excellent condition. I have found it, on careful examination, to
contain 125 species, thus distributed among the several families and
subfamilies, viz.:—Nymphalide (Danainze 1, Satyrine 2, Acrae-
ine 12, Nymphaline 23), 38; lLycznide, 40; Papilionide
(Pierinz 22, Papilionine 4), 26; Hesperide, 21.
As was to be expected from its geographical position, and from
the absence of any intervening barrier of importance, this country
exhibits in its butterflies very intimate alliance with extra-tropical
Southern Africa, 97 (or nearly four-fifths) of the species being
common to both territories. Although the northernmost part of
the country collected in is adjacent to the most southern province
of Angola (Mossamedes), there seems to be community of species
to but a small extent, only 26 of Mr. Eriksson’s species appearing
in Mr. Druce’s list (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875, p. 406) of Angolan
butterflies collected by the late Mr. J. J. Monteiro, and Dewitz (Nov.
Act. Leop.-Carol. Deutsch. Akad. 1879) giving but 32 of them among
those brought by Pogge from Central Angola. It is further very
noticeable that the characteristic tropical West-African genera
Elymnias, Ergolis, Godartia, Euryphene, Euphedra, Aterica,
Harma, Abisara, and Epitola, all of which have Angolan represen-
tatives, are entirely absent from Mr. Eriksson’s collection.
At the same time it must be remembered that the series brought
together by Mr. Eriksson contains the captures of only a single
half-year, and so cannot be looked upon as completely illustrating
what the country produces. In remarkable contrast to the Lyce-
nidz, which are the best represented group, the Satyrine and
Papilionine seem to be singularly few.
Of the 28 species not known to occur in extra-tropical areas, 11
appear to be undescribed, viz. :-—
(Nymphalidee.)
(Acreine.)
Acrea felina.
>» Oonerata.
» ambigua.
(Lyceenidze.)
Deudoria obscuratus.
Aphneus erikssont.
He modestus.
Zeritis damarensis.
Erikssonia (u. g.) acreina.
1891.] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 61
(Hesperide.)
Pyrgus secessus.
Pampluila obumbrata.
be occulta.
One of these is the type of a new genus of Lycznide, near
Zeritis, which I have called Hrzkssonia after its discoverer. Next
to HL. acreina, the most remarkable of the new forms is Aphneus
erikssoni, in which, while the structural characters agree with those
of the more brilliantly ornamented section of the genus, the colour-
ing is quite unique and exceptionally plain on both surfaces of the
wings.
In addition to the new species, I have noted two marked varieties,
viz. in the cases of Crenis natalensis, Boisd., and Papilio morania,
Angas. Seasonal dimorphism is more or less strongly indicated in
the cases of Acrea atolmis, Hypolycena ceculus, Aphneus ho-
meyert, Herpenia ertphia, Teracolus subfasciatus, and Callidryas
florella.
Among the 16 remaining species not known to extend into extra-
tropical Southern Africa, 4 are recorded besides from Angola only,
3 from the Upper Zambesi, 1 each from the Umvuli (Mashuna-
land), Lake Nyassa, Lake Victoria Nyanza, and Querimba ; 4 others
combine in their distribution two or more of the above-mentioned
localities ; and the last (Charaxes ephyra) ranges from Mashuna-
land, south of the Zambesi, to Casamanza, in between 12° and 13°
N. lat. on the West Coast.
The rarer or more interesting previously described species are :—
Acrea atolmis, A. atergatis, A. asema, Crenis benguele, Crenis
concordia, Pseudacrea poggei, Charaxes yuderiana, Aphneus vic-
torie, A. homeyeri, and Abantis zambesina.
Family NyMPHALID&.
Subfamily Danan z.
Genus Danais, Latr.
1. Danats cHRystpPus (Linn.).
Omrora (August) and Ehanda (September).
The nine examples (only one 2) are all of the ordinary typical
form, but small, the largest expanding 3 in. 3 lin., and the smallest
only 2 in. 7 lin.
Subfamily SaryRinz.
Genus Yeruima, Westw.
2. YPTHIMA ASTEROPE (Klug).
Omrora (August), Ehanda (August and September), and Oka-
vango River (December).
With the exception of a single dwarf male from the Okavango River,
the twenty examples (twelve ¢, eight 2 ) are larger than usual (exp.
al. 1 in. 6-9 lin.), and of a paler, more hoary grey on the underside
62 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 20,
—especially on the hind wing, where the dark vermiculated striola-
tion is less developed, and only the median brownish stria apparent.
The ocellus of the fore wing varies much in form and size, and the
same is the case as regards the ocelli of the hind wing, which also in
number vary on the upperside from one to three, and on the under-
side from two to five (some or all of these latter being often minute,
or even reduced to scarcely perceptible fuscous dots). There can,
I think, be no doubt that the specimens under notice constitute a
variation identical with Y. granulosa, Butl. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
5th series, xii. p. 101, 1883), from Victoria Nyanza.
Genus PseuponympHa, Wallengr.
3. Ps—EUDONYMPHA BERA (Hewits.).
Yphthima bera, Hewits. Ent. M. Mag. xiv. p. 107 (1877).
Neocenyra* duplex, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 758.
Okavango River, between Omaramba-Carongo and Omaramba-
Matako (December) : Omaramba-Matako (January).
Fourteen examples (nine ¢, five 2) were taken on the Oka-
vango, and one @ on its tributary the Omaramba Matako.
I have referred to this Pseudonympha in ‘ South-African Butter-
flies’ (vol. i. p. 82 note, and vol. ii. p. 395), mentioning its
relationship to P. natal, Boisd., and its distinguishing features.
Mr. Eriksson’s specimens differ a little from those taken by Mr.
Selous on the Shashani River, in Matabele-land, in the size and
form of the subapical pale rufous patch of the fore wing, which in
both sexes is less extended inferiorly (in male not far below second
median nervule, and in female attaining first median nervule in one
example only), more rounded inwardly, and externally much more
sharply indented by the dark edging line near its lower extremity.
In the female examples the smaller patch in the hind wing is also
less developed about the ocelli.
Besides its close alliance with P. natalii, Boisd., this butterfly is
also nearly related to P. neita, Wallengr. (see ‘South-African
Butterflies,’ i. p. 79, pl. 7. f. 2), but easily recognized by its deeper
basal and paler hind-marginal colouring, the ferruginous outer ring
of the iris of the ocelli, the totally different shape and external dark
edging of the pale rufous subapical patch of the fore wing, and the
dark submarginal streak in the hind wing, as well as that close to
hind-marginal edge in both wings. On the underside, also, Y. bera
exhibits in the hind wing two well-marked (subbasal and median)
dark striee whelly wanting in Y. neita, and very much more developed
subbasal ferrugimous-rufous marks on costa and inner margin.
1 T am of opinion that this genus cannot be adopted, all the characters given
as distinctive by the founder—while they separate it from Caenyra—being
identical with those presented by Psewdonympha.
Hewitson’s description is not sufficiently detailed to allow of certainly
identifying his Yphthima bera with Mr. Butler’s species. Should comparison -
with the type prove the two to be distinct, Mr. Hriksson’s specimens will stand
as Pseudonympha duplex (Butl.).
1891.] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 63
Subfamily AcRa&INz&.
Genus Acrma, Fabr.
4. AcR=A ATOLMIS, Westw. (Plate VIII. figs. 1 d,2,39,4<¢.)
3. Acrea atolmis, Westw., App. Oates’ ‘ Matabele-land, Sec.’
p. 343, pl. F. ff. 3, 4 (1881).
Var. 2. Acrea acontias, Westw. 1. c. p. 345, pl. F. ff. 7, 8.
Omrcra (Ist to 25th August, and [var. acontias| November),
Ehanda (26th August to 30th September), Otiembora (20th Novem-
ber to 2nd December [var. acontias]), and Okavango River (Decem-
ber [var. acontias |).
The male figured and described by Prof. Westwood was evidently
not only faded (the fate of all red Acree within a few months after
death) but discoloured. The twenty male examples collected by
Mr. Eriksson, exhibited, on 16th July, 1888 (from ten to eleven
months after capture), an upperside of uniform vivid vermilion-red
with a very slight rosy surface-gloss; while on the underside the
greater part of the fore wing and the basal internervular marks of
the hind wing were of a soft rose-pink, and the internervular rays
in the outer part of both wings were reddish orange (as shown in
Westwood’s figure of the underside of the female Acontias). Judging
from my experience of other red Acree, the living A. atolmis must
be of extreme brilliancy of colour, seeing how exceptionally rich and
intense the red remains in specimens nearly a year old.
The spots on the upperside of the male present considerable
variation in size and development: in the fore wing, the spot nearest
the posterior angle varies much in size, and in three examples is
obsolescent, and in four other specimens there is a small additional
subbasal spot below median nervure, while two of the last-mentioned
four, and two other examples, also display a more or less distinet
inner-marginal spot (as usual in the var. acontias) beyond the
middle; in the hind wing both the subbasal and median series of
small spots exhibit every gradation from full development and
number (4 and 6 respectively) to fragmentary indication by two or
three scarcely perceptible dots. On the underside this variation is
not so great, the basal and subbasal spots of the hind wing especially
being pretty constant.
The female, of which 10 examples were taken by Mr. Eriksson,
agrees with the most strongly-marked males in all the black spots,
but exhibits an entirely opposite constancy in those markings; only
one of the two occasional additional spots (that on inner margin of
fore wing) occurring in one specimen. The colouring is, however,
not only very different from that of the male but also highly variable,
Srom dull reddish ochreous to almost ashy brownish grey, the
intermediate examples being dull ochreous-brown with a rufous
tinge. In the fore wing, the apical area is duller and also marked
by indistinct internervular dull ochreous rays, while on the inner
. edge (immediately beyond the four or five upper spots of the discal
series) there is an oblique ill-defined bar of paler ground-colour,
which becomes more expressed in the darker examples, until in the
64 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 20,
darkest it is whitish and conspicuous. On the underside, the pattern
is in complete agreement with that of the male, except that in all
examples there is more or less narrow representation of the whitish
subapical bar in the fore wing; but the colouring is always very
much duller, varying in accordance with the tint of the upperside,
until in the darkest example there remains no trace of the pink
colouring observable in the more reddish specimens.
I place A. acontias, Westw., as a variety of A. atolmis, because
the material (10 male and 7 female examples) afforded by Mr.
Eriksson’s collection makes its separation—warrantable enough
when only a single female example was forthcoming—no longer
possible. The males are of a rather less vivid red than the typical
male atolmis, the females of similar variable dull reddish-ochreous
and ochreous-brown tints to those presented by the typical female
atolmis, except that the extreme form of almost ashy brownish-grey
with pronounced subapical whitish bar in the fore wing is not among
them. The conspicuous distinction from typical ato/mis in both
sexes 1s the enlargement of all the black markings, viz. the basal
suffusion, the cellular and discal spots’, the hind-marginal edging
(especially in the hind wing), and the clouding of the nervules.
Tn connection with the widening of the hind-marginal edging in the
hind wing, the underside presents a distinguishing character (men-
tioned by Westwood in his description of the female), viz., an
additional hind-marginal black line, parallel to and a little before
the line actually edging the hind margin. This feature led me at
first to think that A. acontias might be kept separate from A. atolmis;
but on close examination of all the examples of typical 4. atolmis, I
found more or less distinct beginnings of the additional black line
in no fewer than two males and five females, its most developed
condition—that. of a very slender line regularly interrupted on the
nervules—being in the generally most heavily black-marked of all
the twenty males.
I think it highly probable that we have in this instance a case of
seasonal dimorphism, and that A. acontias is simply the later (or
summer) brood of 4. atolmis. From tne dates furnished by Mr.
Eriksson it is clear that typical 4. atolmis was captured between
Ist August and 30th September, while 4. acontias was taken in
November and December (14 of the 17 examples between the 20th
November and 2nd December). Two of A. acontias—the most
heavily-marked male and one of the two most heavily-marked females
—were taken in the same locality (Omrora) as the bulk (21 ex-
amples) of A. atolmis in the preceding August.
Exp.al. (3) lin. 9-113 lin.; (2) lin. 9-11 lin. Var. acontias
(d) 1 in. 10 lin. to 2 in. 1 lin.; (2) 1 in. 10 Im. to 2 im. 1 Jin.
This species occurs as far to the eastward as the Victoria Falls
of the Zambesi, 30 miles to the south of which it was taken by
Mr. F. U. Barber (who sent me two typical males and one approaching
' In the fore wing, of the two additional spots occasionally found in typical
atolmis, that on the inner margin is invariably present, but the subbasal one is
absent in three of the males and in all the females.
1891.j FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 65
the var. acontias in 1875), and near which the late Mr. F. Oates
also met with it at about the same date. Mr. F.C. Selous also took
two typical males in 1889, at a point a little south of the junction
of the Chobe and Zambesi.
d. ACRHZA ATERGATIS, Westw.
2. derea atergatis, Westw. App. Oates’ ‘ Matabele-land, &e.’
p- 342, pl. F. ff. 1, 2 (1881).
Omrora (August) and Ehanda (26th August to 10th September).
This species, of which nine males and six females were collected
by Mr. Eriksson, is allied to A. atolmis (coming between that species
and A. doubledayi, Guér.); but the male exhibits none of the brilliant
red tint, being but little brighter than the female, which is of about
the same reddish ochreous as the least dull females of A. atolmis.
The male has, however, a tinge of salmon-red, and is further dis-
tinguished from the female by larger size, longer fore wings (more
produced apically), and longer abdomen, which is silky ochre-yellow,
without black spots beneath, and conspicuously white laterally on its
apical half (except on the terminal segment). Both sexes of A. ater-
gatis, and especially unworn examples, present a singular distin-
guishing character on the underside of the hind wing and of the apex
of the fore wing, viz., an ashy-grey—in very fresh examples a bluish-
or violaceous-grey—somewhat shifting surface tint. The lunu-
lated black line preceding the hind-marginal black edging-line on
the underside of the hind wing is exceedingly unstable in both sexes,
varying from complete development to a mere trace close to the apex.
Eup. al. (¢) 2 in. 03-24 lin.*; (9) 1 im. 11 lin. to 2 in. 1 tin.
As in the case of A. atolmis, the type of this species is a specimen
collected near the Victoria Falls of the Zambesi by the late Mr. F.
Oates ; and a male example taken by Mr. F. U. Barber about 30
miles south of the Falls was sent to mein 1875. In 1889 I received
from Mr. F. C. Selous two males captured at a point a little south
of the junction of the Chobe and Zambesi.
6. ACR2A FELINA, n. sp. (Plate VIII. figs.5g, 62.)
Nearly allied to A. atolmis and A. atergatis, Westw.
Exp. al. (3) Lin. 103-114 lin. ; (2) Lin. 114 lin. to 2 in. 03 lin.
6. Pale soft brick-red, with good-sized black spots and narrow
black margins. fore wing: nervules with black clouding as in
atolmis and atergatis, but no apical internervular black strie as in
the latter species; spots in size and general arrangement as in
acontias var. of atolmis, except that (1) the 4th spot of discal series
is more beyond the 3rd and strongly crescentic; (2) the 6th spot is
not so far beyond the 5th and more elongate ; (3) the 7th spot (only
faintly present in two specimens) is oblique, slender, and much nearer
to base; (4) the subbasal spot below median nervure is much larger
and sagittate or strongly crescentic; and (5) near hind margin there
- are two additional spots, one on each side of first median nervule,
1 A dwarfed male from Ehanda expands only 1 in. 93 lines.
- Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. V. 5
66 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERELIES [ Jan. 20,
as in A. atergatis, but considerably larger and crescentic ; costal and
hind-marginal black edging and basal streak and suffusion about as
wide as in the acontias var. of A. atolmis. Hind wing : basal black as
in Acontias, but no black on nervules, and position and arrangement
of subbasal and discal series of spots like that in 4. atergatis, except
that in the discal series the 7th spot is considerably beyond the 6th ;
hind-marginal black edging about as wide as in A. acontias, but its
inner side unequally indented by ground-colour on nervules. Cilia
creamy white. UnpERsipE.—Colouring much as in 4. acontias,
but duller as regards the ground-colour of fore wing and the basal and
subbasal internervular markings of hind wing, which have scarcely
any rose-pink tinge. Hind wing: nervules not black ; reddish-pink
markings before discal series of spots, and submarginal internervular
ochreous-orange rays, much reduced, fainter, in one example the
latter almost obsolete ; black line preceding hind-marginal edging
one regularly festooned throughcut.
Q. Very like male; markings altogether similar—in one (the
darkest) example all larger; ground-colour in one specimen paler,
more inclined to salmon-pink, in the other two specimens a good deal
duller, tinged with ochreous-brown. Unpbrrsrpr.—Hind wing and
apical area of fore wing of a paler creamy-yellow ground-colour than
in male ; reddish area of fore wing pinker than in male im the pale
specimen, but duller in the brownish-tinged ones.
In two of the males and in the darkest female there is a longitudinal
black suffused streak in the fore wing between the subbasal black
spot and the 6th spot of the discal series, and in the latter example
there is also a fuscous suffusion aiong the inner margin. This darkest
female also presents on the penultimate abdominal segment a rather
large laterally-winged horny appendage, which is wholly absent in
the two other females *.
Humbe, Cunené River (October) ; Omrora (November) ; Otiem-
bora (20th November to 3rd December); Okavango River (December).
Four males and three females only were collected by Mr. Eriksson.
Both sexes have the fore wings more rounded and less produced
apically than is the case in A. atolmis and its variety acontias, and in
comparison with A. atergatis this distinction is of course more
marked.
7. ACRHA AXINA, Westw.
3. Acrea axina, Westw. App. Cates’ ‘ Matabele-land, &c.’
p. 344. n. 33, pl. F. ff. 5, 6 (1881).
3 2. Acrea doubledayi, Guér., var. B, Trimen, S.-Afr. Butt.
i. p. 148 (1887).
Omrora (Angust and November) and Okavango River (December).
Five male and three female examples.
On re-examination of the available material, in comparison with
' that supplied by Mr. Eriksson, I consider that species-rank may be
' It is remarkable that not one of the sixteen females of A. atolmis and its
variety, or of the six females of A. atergatis, possesses any traces of a similar
appendage. More observations are much needed for ascertaining whether
this appendage is congenital in the female Acreg that exhibit it.
1891.] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 67
accorded to A. awina, Westw., as the great difference in size and the
absence of the two submarginal spots near the posterior angle of the
fore wings appear to be constant over a wide stretch of territory, from
Omrora as far eastward as Mashuna-land, and south-eastward to the
Limpopo and Marico rivers on the N.W. boundary of the Transvaal.
The males captured by Mr. Hriksson agree in their deeper colouring
and less transparency much more closely with the description and
figures of the two type-specimens from Tati and Gwailo rivers, than
they do with the other eastern specimens taken by Mr. Selous at
the Shashani River (between those two localities) and at several
stations to the south of Tati as far as the Marico. Singularly
enough, on the other hand, a Damara-land male, collected by Mr.
John A. Bell, closely resembles the paler and more diaphanous
examples received from Mr. Selous. The females in Mr. Eriksson’s
collection are also more warmly coloured and usually larger than
the eastern examples, and in them the subapical bar is not white
or whitish, but only of a paler tint than the ground-colour. In both
sexes, Mr. Eriksson’s specimens exhibit much mere fuscous basal
clouding than any other examples that I have seen ; and in this and
in their other peculiarities are further from A. doubledayi.
Hp. al. (3) 1 in. 8-11 lin.; (2) 1 in. 8-10 lin. The females
are not only smaller (as usual in this group of Acrea), but have a
tendency to a dwarfed condition; two of Mr. Selous’ specimens
expanding only 1 in. 7 lin., and another, as well as one brought from
Damara-land by Mr. Bell, reaching an expanse of but | in. 6 lin.
8. Acrma ONERATA, n. sp. (Plate VIII. figs. 7 3, 8, 8a2.)
Allied to A. awina, Westw.
Exp. al.(3) 1 im. 8 lin.; (Q ) 1 in. 8-83 lin.
3. Pale creamy reddish ochreous (a tinge of pink in hind wing),
with moderate-sized black spots; hind wing with seven large spots
of the ground-colour in rather wide black hind-marginal border.
Fore wing: base very narrowly black; a very narrow sublinear
costal blackish edging from before middle, somewhat widening at
apex ; a very narrow hind-marginal blackish edging, becoming finely
linear below first median nervule, its inner edge somewhat dentated
on the nervules, which are very finely black-marked in apical area
and partly so (externally) below that area; black spots in number
and disposition as in awina, except that the lowest spot in discal
series is minute, and, instead of being a little nearer base, lies con-
siderably nearer hind margin than the spot immediately above it.
Hind wing: basal blackish, darker than in awina, and scarcely
rising above costal nervure ; subbasal cellular spot elongate, crescentic,
separate from basal blackish ; no spot on upper discocellular nervule ;
in very irregular discal series of spots the Ist, 5th, and 7th are
rather remote from the rest, which are considerably beyond them,
and of which the 6th is minute and obsolescent ; spots in hind-
’ marginal border very distinct, the first and last smaller than the
rest and not rounded. Unpersipr.—Much paler, of a softer and
more creamy tint ; in hind wing, an inferior basal pate? and the
@)
68 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES [ Jan. 20,
enlarged spots of hind-marginal border very pale yellowish. Fore
wing: apical area somewhat tinged with orange-ochreous; apical
and hind-marginal edging reduced to a very fine black line, immedi-
ately preceded by an interrupted thin streak of very pale yellowish ;
spots as on upperside. Hind wing: a general pinkish suffusion,
stronger near base, fades into very pale yellowish a little before hind-
marginal border ; basal pale yellowish patch marked by five very
conspicuous black spots, viz. two (cellular and infra-cellular) close
to base, and three (the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th of a strongly curved, almost
continuous series of four) subbasal ; 6th and 7th spots of discal series
more distinct than on upperside ; pale spots of hind-marginal border
sharply defined and very conspicuous.
@. Paler, duller (in one of the two examples not reddish) ; fore
wing with a brownish tinge throughout, and with a wide basal fuscous
shade; hind wing with basal blackish not so dark, but extending to
costa and to subbasal ecrescentic cellular spot; markings as in male.
UnpeErsiDE.—As in male, but in the duller specimen much fainter
in tint, and in the brighter one with the pale yellowish preceding
hind-marginal border of hind wing wider. No abdominal appendage
in the brighter specimen, dut a singularly large one in the duller
specimen, with such strong anteriorly-recurved lateral expansions
as to resemble a short, very broad, partly unrolled haustellum of
Acherontia.
In addition to the various distinctions from A. avina mentioned
in the foregoing description, A. onerata in both sexes differs in its
smaller size, less produced fore wings, and (more especially in the
male) much shorter and blunter abdomen; the small spot on costa
at base is also wanting in both fore and hind wings; and the imter-
nervular subapical fuscous strize are absent in the fore wings.
The male A. onerata also wants the basal fuscous clouding of
the fore wings andthe white terminal half of the abdomen—both
conspicuous features in the male A. aaina.
Okavango River (December). Three examples: a male and two
females.
9. Acr#aA ASEMA, Hewits. (Plate VIII. figs. 9g, 10, 10aQ.)
Acrea asema, Hewits. Ent. M. Mag. xiv. p. 52 (1877).
Omrora (August), Ehanda (August and September), Humbe
(October), and Otiembora (20th November to 3rd December).
Twelve male and seven female examples.
As the late Mr. Hewitson (doc. cit.) did not sufficiently describe
this species, and as the butterfly seems to be still scarce in collec-
tions, I think it well to give the following description of both
Sexes :—
Exp. al.( 3) 1in. 93 lin. to 2 in. 12 lin.*; (2) 1 in. 9 lin. to 2 m.
3. Yellow-ochreous (without any red tinge), with small black
spots ; bases conspicuously but not very broadly suffused with black ;
hind-marginal black border linear in fore wing (except at apex), but
* Of two dwarfed males, one (from Humbe) expands no more than 1 in.
7% lin., and another (from Otiembora) only 1 in. 5 lin.
1891.] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA, 69
more or less broad in hind wing. Fore wing: basal black variable in
width, but always very narrow costally; a transversely elongate
subbasal spot (in three examples divided across the middle) below
median nervure; a similar marking in discoidal cell about or a
little before origin of Ist median nervule, and another, more oblique
and usually thinner, at extremity of cell; in the highly-irregular
discal series of seven spots, the first four form an outwardly-arched
narrow subcostal macular bar at some distance beyond cell, the
fifth is apart from and a little beyond the 4th, the 6th is much
nearer base and situated directly under terminal cellular spot, and
the 7th a little beyond the 6th; in three examples an 8th spot
(before the 7th) on inner-marginal edge; a submarginal series of
five spots, of which the upper three (between upper radial and 2nd
median nervules) are in a straight line directed outward inferiorly,
while the remaining two (of which the lower is usually geminate)
are about equidistant from hind margin; a linear black edging
along costa; sublinear hind-marginal edging exceedingly attenuated
at, posterior angle but moderately (in three examples considerably)
widened at apex. Hind wing: basal black widest on either side of
median nervure, and not extending to costal or inner-marginal edge ;
aspot in discoidal cell beyond its middle ; a very irregular discal series
of eight spots, of which the 2nd, 3rd, 5th, and 7th (usually gemi-
nate) are considerably beyond the rest; all these spots are seldom
present, the inferior ones being especially liable to disappear, and in
two examples only the minutest traces of two spots are visible ;
hind-marginal border very variable, not only in its width but in the
regular or irregular nervular indentation by ground-colour of its
inner edge, and in the presence or absence of 7 dull-yellowish spots
(the latter are distinct in two examples, indistinctly traceable in five,
and wanting in the remaining five). Cvlia white in fore wing,
whitish in hind wing. UNnprrsipe.—\ Considerably paler (especially
hind wing and apical area of fore wing), with markings mainly as
on upperside; but no basal black, and hind-marginal border of hind
wing with seven conspicuous yellowish-white spots. ore wing: in
examples where apical widened blackish edging is broader than
usual, that expansion contains a series of three yellowish-white
spots. Hind wing: at base itself a black mark ; in five examples a
small spot close to base on costal lobe; a subbasal discocellular
spot, and a curved irregular row of five spots (of which the 2nd is
an outer discocellular one).
Q. Like male, but usually considerably duller and browner in tint,
and with hind wing markedly paler; spots not so black; basal
suffusion not black but greyish-fuscous, variable in extent (in two
examples obsolescent). Fore wing: the eighth (inner marginal) spot
of discal series present in five examples. UNpDErstpe.—Hind wing
and apical area of fore wing more distinctly paler than rest of fore
_ wing, In some specimens creamy yellowish. ore wing: in apical
area indistinct yellow-ochreous interuervular rays.
Abdomen in both sexes white, tinged with canary-yellow laterally
and ventrally ; but dorsally, from base to a point on third segment,
70 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 20,
black in male, and fuscous, marked basally with two white spots, in
female. Inferior corneous appendage on penultimate segment present
in six of the seven females, but perfect in two only ; very singular
in shape, its anterior margin bearing a flattened rather narrow,
elongate process, directed infero-posteriorly, and armed with two
slender acute horns cr strong spines at its extremity (giving it much
the aspect of the forcipated abdominal extremity of a Vorficula). *
The females present as much variation in marking as the males,
and in two examples their ground-colour is as bright. In a still
united pair, captured in coitw at Humbe by Mr. Eriksson, I found
the male to be a very well-developed and fuily-marked individual,
while the female was the smallest taken, wanted all the black spots
in the hind wings and had only five very minute ones im the left
fore wing, while the right fore wing was aborted, consisting only of
a thickened stump. In this female alone was the peculiar abdo-
minal appendage wholly wanting, but in four others it was more or
less broken or distorted.
The chief distinguishing characters of A. asema are emphasized
by italics in the above description, and it is interesting to find that
two of the most unusual of them, viz. the subapical portion of
the submarginal series of spots in the fore wings and the apical
yellowish-white spots which occur on the underside of the fore
wings whenever the dark edging is sufficiently widened to contain
them, are features that recur in the very different-looking, heavily
black-marked A. violarum, Boisd. From the somewhat similar
A. doubledayi, Guér., it is easy to separate A. asema by its more
opaque wings and their peculiar ochre-yellow tint, by its very small
spots, and by the two characters just referred to as recurring in
A. violarum, as well as by the entire absence of any internervular red
marking on the underside of the hind wings; while the female is
still further distinguished by the total absence of a subapical white
bar in the fore wings.
Mr. Hewitson’s specimens were sent by Messrs. Thelwall and
Simons from Lake Nyassa, where the species is stated to be rare.
10. ACRHA AMBIGUA, n. sp. (Plate IX. fig. 11 2.)
Nearly allied to A. acrita, Hewits.
Hap. al. (3) 2 in. 4-5 lin.; (2) 1 in. 10 hin.
3. Deep brick-red, with black spots; fore wing with a broad black
apical patch (as in A. caldarena) immediately preceded by a white
space. Hore wing: four black spots asin A. acrita, viz., one in outer
half of discoidal cell, and an oblique row of three from extremity. of
cell towards posterior angle; subbasal spot below median nervure
wanting ; ground-colour in subapical area, immediately before and
below white space, paling into ochreous-yellow. Hind wing:
cellular, subbasal, and discal spots as in A. acrita, but much smaller,
those close to base and inner margin obsolescent, and one spot of
discal series (between 2nd and 3rd median nervules near their
origin) wanting entirely; hind-marginal black greatly narrowed,
(Ore
1891.] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 71
and reduced to two black lines (the inner one strongly festooned)
enclosing seven spots of the ground-colour which are much more
elongate than in A. acrita. Cilia white. UNnprrsipr.—Hind wing
and apical area of fore wing yellowish creamy, but duller than in
A. acrita ; and the former with little or no trace of internervular red
markings except near base between 1st median nervule and inner
margin, while the laiter bears a white space fainter than on upper-
side. Fore wing: ground-colour redder than in A. acrita. Hind
wing : spots more conspicuous than on upperside, none being obso-
lescent, arranged as in acrita, but all smaller; hind-marginal
border as in A. aerita, but much narrower.
2. Like male; but ground-colour slightly duller, black spots
proportionally larger and rounder (especially in hind wing); white
subapical space in fore wing larger and clearer (extending downward
to 2nd median nervule), and bases with a moderate fuscous suffusion.
Hind wing: hind-marginal border rather wider than in male, its
black bounding lines somewhat thicker. _UNpErstpE.—-White
Space in fore wing better expressed ; and internervular red markings
in hind wing as in 4. aerita, though much fainter.
Ehanda (September) and Okavango River (December). One male
and one female specimen.
I referred to this Acrea, as a near ally of A. acrita, in ‘ South-
African Butterflies’ (vol. ni. p. 382, note); and notwithstanding
the wide disparity of aspect effected by the broad apical black patch
and adjacent white space in the fore wings, the Butterfly stands so
near the species named that I am doubtful whether it can be kept
separate when more examples are forthcoming. Besides the two
specimens taken by Mr. Eriksson, I have received a fine male cap-
tured by Mr. F. C. Selous, in 1889, at a point a little S. of the
junction of the Chobe and Zambesi rivers; this agrees well with
Mr. Kriksson’s Ehanda male, but has the black markings rather
stronger. The solitary female from the Okavango is probably a
dwarfed example, but in colouring it is much brighter than any
female of A. aerita that I have seen.
The intimate relationship between this form and A. acrita is
further shown by a male dcr@a from Victoria Nyanza in the
British Museum, which, although without any white space in the
fore wings, presents in most of its markings an approach to the
peculiarities of A. ambigua.
The antennee in this derea and in A. acrita are remarkable for
their length, which is half that of the fore wings, and for their
elongate and gradual (instead of abrupt) elevation.
1]. AcR@aA sTENOBEA, Wallengr.
Acrea stenobea, Wallengr. Wien. ent. Monatsch. 1860, p. 35.
aoe lrimen. ©.-Aic. Butt. 1. p. lod..n.44 [| o 9], pl. 3. 4.2
[ S | (1887).
Ehanda (August and September), Humbe (October), Otiembora
(November and December), Okavango River (December), Omar-
72 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 20,
amba-Oamatako (January). Six male and six female examples
(four males and two females belonging to the var. /ygus, Druce).
The male specimens are more warmly tinted above than the more
southern examples, and this is especially the case in two (from
Otiembora and Humbe respectively) of the var. lygus, where the
hind wing and the inner-marginal border of the fore wings were (in
July 1888) of an exquisite pink with a slight primrose bloom or
gloss. The variety was also met with at Ehanda.
In two males of the variety (and also in a typical male from
Bechuana-land) two additional black spots, corresponding with those
usually possessed by the allied A. natalica, Boisd., occur near the
hind margin between the second median nervule and the submedian
nervure ; the lower of these two spots is faintly represented in two
females of the variety. In one of the typical males from Otiembara
an aberration in marking occurs in both fore wings, on both upper
and under sides, in the shape of a straight longitudinal blackish
streak uniting lower part of terminal discocellular spot with the 4th
spot of the subapical macular bar’.
In three females of the typical form the white abdominal spots of
the posterior segments are so enlarged as to be coalescent, making
the posterior half of the abdomen as white as in the male.
12. AcR#aA Acara, Hewits,
3. Acrea acara, Hewits. Exot. Butt. im. pl. vii. ff. 19, 20
(1865).
Ehanda (August-September). One female specimen.
This solitary example is an aberration, presenting in the fore
wings a wide suffusion of black, which includes the subapical black
bar, the whole of the discoidal cell (except a small space between
the basal and middle cellular black spots), and the costal border to
the base ; the basal area below the cell is also fuscous as far as the
origin of the first median nervule, and the two inferior discal black
spots are enlarged and somewhat diffused. The hind wings are
more rufous than usual, and without dorsal white clouding ; their
basal markings are remarkably distinct, and the hind-marginal black
border is well defined and completely encloses the series of ochreous
spots. On the underside the same peculiarities prevail in the fore
wings, where also the subbasal black spots below the median
nervure are much enlarged; while the ground of the hind wings is
almost wholly pinkish red, with very little white sealing on the
disk.
13. ACRHA ENCEDON (Linn.).
Papilio encedon, Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulr. Reg. p. 244.n. 63 (1764).
Humbe (October). Six male and one female examples.
These specimens are all of the typical dull-rufous form, none ex-
hibiting any tendency to the pale colouring of the var. /ycia, Fabr.
1 Vide infra, p.'73, for an exactly corresponding instance in 4. rahira,
1891.] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 73
14. Acr@A RAHIRA, Boisd.
Acrea rahira, Boisd. Faune Ent. de Madag. etc. p. 33, pl. 5.
ff. 4, 5 (1833); Mabille, in Grandid. Hist. Nat. ete. Madag., Lép.
i. p. 110, and ii. pl. 11. ff. 9, 10 [ 2 | (1885-87).
Ehanda (September), Otiembora (November), and Okavango
River (December). Four male and two female specimens.
The males are all much paler than the typical more southern
examples, especially the two from Ehanda, which are pale ochre-
yellow without any rufous tint except near the hind margins on the
upperside ; and all four possess on the upperside of the fore wings a
narrow almost whitish space immediately beyond the subapical
transverse series of black spots. In one of the Ehanda males the
black spots generally are well developed ; but in the other, and in
two from the Okavango, they are much smaller than usual; in the
first-named example the inner discocellular spot of the fore wings is
sharply crescentic instead of roughly ovate. On the underside all
the males show the black markings smaller and fainter, especially
the transverse streak on the lower disk of the hind wings.
The two females are also considerably paler than the more
southern ones, but their spots are not smaller. The yellower of
the two has a black streak between the terminal discocellular spot
and the third spot of the macular subapical bar’. I have noted
(South-African Butterflies, i. p. 167) a Kaffrarian female in which
the same character occurs, accompanied by other aberrant markings
in the fore wings”.
The doubt expressed by the original describer of this species as
to its actual occurrence in Madagascar has not yet been satis-
factorily disposed of. Mabille (loc. cit.) observes that collections
received from Madagascar ‘‘ ne la contiennent presque jamais,”’ but
that it has been taken “dans ces derniers temps” near Tama-
tave and in the north-east of the island. He gives, however, no
authority for either habitat, nor is any authenticated locality stated
for the two assumed Madagascar examples in his own possession, or ©
for those noted as having been seen in various collections. In South
Africa A. rahira is a singularly abundant species (even among its
gregarious congeners) wherever it occurs, and is also one of the
slowest and most low-flying, and if it really inhabits Madagascar its
great rarity there is rather difficult to account for. The female
figured by Mabille is in tint and markings nearer to Mr. Eriksson’s
examples than to those inhabiting the Cape, Natal, and Trans-
vaal.
' Vide supra, p. 72, for an exactly corresponding marking in a male
Acrea stenobea.
2 A far more aberrant female example was taken by Mr. F. C. Selous on the
Shashani River in Matabele-land in 1882. All the black spots on both sur-
faces are in this specimen greatly enlarged and elongated, but especially those of
- the hind wings (which are normally as small), the basal ones more particularly
being immensely larger and confluent.
74 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 20,
15. Acka#a BuxTONI, Butl.
Acrea buxtoni, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvi. p. 395
(1875).
Acrea(Telchinia) perrupta, Butl. op. cit. (5) xii. p. 102 (1883).
Omrora (August), Ehanda (September), Omaramba-Oamatako
(January). Six male and one female specimens.
In the males there is much variation in the development and
distinctness of the fulvous-ochreous spots in the dark hind-marginal
border, ranging from even completeness throughout to obsolescence
in the fore wings and partial obsolescence in the hind wings. The
abbreviated subapical dark marking of the fore wings also varies con-
siderably, and in two males and the only female is reduced to an
irregularly subcrescentic moderate-sized spot. Of these latter one
male and the female evidently represent the A. perrupta of Butler,
founded on specimens from Lake Nyanza.
Subfamily NyMPHALINA.
Genus Pyramets, Doubl.
16. PyRAMEIS CARDUI (Linn.).
Ehanda (September) and Omaramba-Oamatako (January). Two
examples.
Genus Junonta, Deubl.
17. JUNONIA CEBRENE, Trim.
Junonia cebrene, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 353.
Omrora (August), Ehanda (August-September), and Omaramba-
Oamatako (January). Four examples; three males, one female.
18. JUNONIA CLELIA (Cram.).
Papilio clelia, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. t. xxi. ff. E, F (1775).
Omrora (August), Ehanda (August-September), Omaramba—
Oamatako (January). Thirteen examples; eleven males, two
females.
19. JuNontA Boorts, Trim.
Junonia bodpis, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1879, p. 331.
Omrora (August) and Ehanda (August-September). Four
examples; one male, three females.
Genus Precis, Doubl.
20. Precis cuama (Hewits.).
Junonia cuama, Hewits. Exot. Butt. iii. p. 25, pl. 13. ff. 4, 5
[ 3 | (1864).
Ehanda (August-September) and Okavango River (December).
Five examples; three males, two females.
All these specimens, as well as another female from the Zambesi.
and two males from Mashuna-land in the South-African Museum,
are of a much yellower. and less rufous tint than the figure of the
1891. ] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 75
type, and all want (on both surfaces) the conspicuous white centre
of the second and third fuscous spots in the discal row of the fore
wings *, and (on the upperside) the paler cloud in the middle of the
hind wings. In the females the dark underside markings are (with
the exception of the common median streak) obsolescent *.
In the Hewitson Collection specimens are recorded also from
Lake Nyassa.
21. Precis ocravia (Cram.).
Papilio octayia, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. t. exxxv. ff. B, C (1777).
Otiembora (November—December) and Okavango River
(December). Two examples; male and female.
These specimens are of the sorthern form (which is larger and
brighter in colour than the West-African type-form), and the male,
though smaller than usual, is of unusual depth and richness of hue,
especially on the underside.
22. Precis srsamus, Trim.
Precis sesamus, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1883, p. 347 ;
S.-Afr. Butt. i. p. 231, pl. 4. f. 3 (1887).
Ehanda (August-September) and Omrora (November). Two
male examples.
Both are much broken; they are smaller than usual, and the
Omrora specimen exhibits alliance with P. amestris (Drury) in the
discal red band, which is more sinuate and macular on the upperside
and better indicated on the underside than in ordinary P. sesamus.
23. PREcIS PELASGIsS (Godart).
Vanessa pélasgis, Godt. Ene. Méth. ix. Suppl. p. 820. n. 38,39
(1819).
Okavango River (December). One male example.
The only specimen is rather small, but richly coloured. On the
upperside the common pale ocbreous discal band is rather narrower,
and the discocellular reddish and bluish striz are better developed
than usual. On the underside the band is not so white, more
creamy; and the position of the upper part of the discocellular
reddish stria of the upperside is indicated by a small but rather
conspicuous violaceous-white mark.
24. Precis ARTAxIA (Hewits.).
Junonia artaxia, Hewits. Exot. Butt. iii. p. 26, pl. 13. f. 6
(1864).
Ehanda (August-September). One male example.
‘In a female from Mashuna-land, however, these white centres are well-
marked. ;
* Precis petersti, Dewitz (K. Leop.-Carol. Deutsch. Akad. Naturf. xli. p. 192,
. t. xxv. f. 14, 1879), founded on a single specimen collected by Pogge in Angola
(lat. 10° 8.), is almost certainly a slight variety of P. cwama, in which the
dusky basal markings of the upperside are rather more developed, and the
discal band of the underside is conspicuously paler,
76 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES . [Jan. 20,
This individual is smaller than the type, expanding only 2 in. 53
lin. The ocellus on the superior half of the disk im the hind wings
is relatively smaller, and there is a similar ocellus (only half the
diameter of other) on the lower part of the disk between the first
and second median nervules ; also in the fore wings there is a less
conspicuous but quite similar small discal ocellus between the first
and second median nervules. ‘These additional ocelli occur also,
though less distinctly, in a larger example from Chaponga on
the Zambesi, and the fore-wing ocellus faintly appears in another
from Mashuna-land, both taken by Mr. F. C. Selous.
The characters noted approximate to those of the intimately allied
P. nachtigalii, Dewitz (7. c. p. 194, t. xxv. f. 16), described from a
single specimen taken by Pogge in Angola (lat. 10°S.); but the
underside agrees with that of the typical form, possessing a very
well-marked median streak in the hind wings but wanting the three
ocelli of the Angolan form.
In the Hewitson Collection specimens of P. artaaia are also
recorded from Lake Nyassa.
Genus Crenis, Boisd.
25. CRENIS NATALENSIS, Boisd., var. (Plate IX. fig. 12 ¢.)
Crenis natalensis, Boisd. App. Voy. Deleg. dans l’Afr. Aust.
p. 592. n. 80 (1847).
? Orenis amazula, Mab., Grandid. Hist. Phys. ete. Madag. p. 153,
pl. xvii. ff. 9, 10 (1885-87).
Omrora (November) and Okavango River (December). Four-
teen male examples.
These specimens are all distinguished by a very much paler
ochreous-yellow upperside, and a very much paler lilacine-greyish
underside of the hind wings and apex of the fore wings, than are
found in the male C. natalensis ; but still more remarkable is the
fact that, although very faintly shown, the darker and paler marking
of the apical area of the upperside of the fore wings is that proper to
the female (not to the male) C. natalensis. Indeed, these un-
questionable males from tropical S.W. Africa look very much like
the female C’. amazula figured by Mabille’. They differ, however,
in having the basal half of the wings much yellower (almost free
from any darker clouding), and the costal-apical dark markings of
the fore wing much fainter and less developed ; on the underside
the latter distinction is also noticeable, but all the small black mark-
ings on this surface are more developed (especially the subbasal
ones in the hind wings), and the yellow stripes bordering the
ocelli of the hind wings are much deeper in colour and more strongly
marked. ‘These differences are all of course more marked in com-
1M. Mabille himself remarks (/. ¢.) that C. amazula may perhaps be only a
form of C. natalensis. He adds that he had adopted the name (amazula) given
in Boisduyal’s collection to a specimen from the ‘“ Cote d’Afrique,” that the
form is rare in Madagascar, and that he had seen only two examples in the
Paris Museum.
1891.] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 77
parison with the much darker female of true C. natalensis, with
the exception, however, of the underside markings just referred to,
which are heavier in the latter than in CO. amazula, Mabille.
It is not improbable that the discovery of the female may render
necessary the separation from C. natalensis of the differently and
more brightly tinted form brought to notice by Mr. Eriksson.
26. CRENIS BENGUELZ, Chapman.
3. Crenis benguele, Chapm. Ent. M. Mag. vui. p. 175 (1872).
3 Q.C. benguele, Dewitz, Nov. Act. Leop.-Carol. Deutsch. Akad.
Naturf. xli. p. 179, pl. xxv. ff. 1, 2 (1879).
Ehanda (August-September) and Otiembora (November-
December). Six male examples.
The specimens of this striking Crenis are considerably larger than
Dewitz’s figure of a male from Chinchoxo, expanding 2 in. 5} to
7 lin. ; and the black markings of the upperside are better developed,
especially the apical hind-marginal border of the fore wings, which
emits rather long nervular rays, and the discal spots of the hind
wings, which are four or five in number, instead of two only. In
all the specimens (except one from Ehanda) there also appears on
the upperside of the fore wings a submarginal series of very small
indistinct internervular black spots, corresponding to the series of
larger ones on the underside.
27. CrRENIs RosA, Hewits.
2. Crenis rosa, Hewits. Ent. M. Mag. xiv. p. 82 (1877);
Trimen, 8.-Afr. Butt. 1. p. 255 (1887).
3. Crenis pechuelii, Dewitz, |. c. p. 195, pl. xxvi. f. 1 (1879).
3. Crenis rosa, Trim. 1. c. ii. p. 403 (1889).
Otiembora (November—December). Eleven male examples.
I have noticed these specimens in the third volume of my ‘ South-
African Butterflies’ above qucted, and pointed out the characters
distinguishing the male from the female type of the species. Un-
like its near congener, C. benguele, this most beautiful Crenis is
recorded from a very wide range in Africa, including Lake Nyanza
and Delagoa Bay.
In the male the tint of the upperside varies, some specimens being
bluer and others pinker in tinge, and the black markings vary a
little in size and distinctness. On the underside there is considerable
variation in the width of all the shining greenish-white markings of
the hind wings.
23. CReENIs concorpta (Hopft.).
Q. Herma concordia, Hopff. Monatsb. k. Akad. Wissensch.
Berl. 1855, p. 641; Peters, Reise Mossamb., Ins. p. 391, t. xxii.
ff. 3, 4 (1862).
Omrora (1st-10th August). One female example.
It is remarkable to find this apparently very rare species, founded
on a single female specimen from Querimba, occurring some 4°
further 8. on the opposite side of the continent.
78 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 20,
Mr. Eriksson’s specimen differs from that described and figured
by Hopffer in several particulars, but is unfortunately worn and
with the bind wings injured about the analangle. Onthe upperside
all the black spots are reduced in size ; in the fore wings the fuscous
hind-marginal border is almost wanting, and the subapical oblique
costal ray is narrower and whiter ; anl in the hind wings there is
no ochre-yellow colouring immediately beyond the median series of
spots, but an additional small black spot occurs just beyond ex-
tremity of the discoidal cell. The underside is of a much deeper
ochre-yellow, which in the hind wing to beyond middle is much more
restricted, while in the fore wing the costal-apical area is streaked
by internervular longitudinal bluish-white rays; and on the disk
of the fore wings, between the third and a point « little below the
first median nervules, there is a conspicuous fuscous cloud, almost
obliterating the lowest two spots of the submarginal series, and
emitting nervular rays towards base.
It is difficult to understand how Hopffer could have referred this
butterfly to the genus Harma, as it is a true Crenis (not distantly
allied to C. rosa), but singular in its possession of a common median
row of black spots, and on the upperside of the fore wings also
black discocellular strize like those in the genus Argynnis. Hopffer
himself notices the resemblance in size and form of the wings to the
female Argynnis laodice, and the likeness extends also to the black
markings of the upperside generally.
Genus Hypanrs, Boisd.
29. Hypanis mirayia (Drury).
&. Papilio ilithyia, Drury, Ilustr. Nat. Hist. i. pl. xvu. ff. 1, 2
1773).
oe Hypanis acheloia, Waliengr. K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl.,
Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 29. n. 2 (1857).
Omrora (August), Ehanda (September), Okavango River
(December), andOmaramba-Oamatako (January). Fifteenexamples:
four males and one female of the typical form; eight males and
two females of the var. acheloia.
Both the typical form and the variety were taken on the River
Okavango and Omaramba-Oamatako, and the variety alsoat Omrora
and Ehanda. Both varied from the medium to the light coloration
of the underside, only one example (a male of the variety from
Omrora) exhibiting the deep-ferruginous colouring often found in
this species.
Genus Neprtis, Fabr.
30. Nupris aGaTHa (Cram.).
Papilio agatha, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. t. ceexxvil. ff. A, B(1780).
Omrora (August) and Ehanda (August-September). Hleven
male examples. ‘
Compared with examples of WV. agatha from Natal, these specimens
have the ground of a less deep black ; tbe white bands are slightly
1891.] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 79
narrower, and their external black nervular indentations are very
much shorter; and from two to four of the minute white spots
near the costa of the fore wings, immediately preceding the white
band, are found on the upper as well as on the underside. A
dwarfed specimen from Khanda expands only 1 in. 83 lin.
Genus PsrupacraA, Westw.
31. PsruDACRmHA POGGEI (Dewitz).
3. Hypolymnas pogget, Dewitz, Nov. Act. K. Leop.-Carol.
Deutsch. Akad. Naturf. xli. p. 197, pl. xxvi. fig. 2 (1879).
Omrora (August). One male example.
This specimen agrees very nearly with Dewitz’s figure of one of
the two males stated to have been taken by Pogge in Central Angola,
except that in the fore wings the subapical white bar is considerably
narrower, and the greyish-white clouding of the apex on the under-
side is much more conspicuous. The thorax and abdomen are very
imperfectly shown in the figure, the former being robust and (like
the head) very conspicuously white-spotted, and the latter, though
very slender, bearing on each side six conspicuous spots, of which
the first two are white and the rest ochreous-yellow.
This most interesting butterfly is a very exact mimicker of
Danais chrysippus; and it is especially noteworthy that. in size
(2 in. 10 lin. ewp. al.) it corresponds with the smaller than usual
D. chrysyppus from the same locality. In three features it is even a
closer imitator of its model than the female Diadema misippus, viz. :
on the upperside of the fore wings the much narrower costal black
and the absence of the apical white spot, and on the upperside of
the hid wings the narrower, less diffuse, inwardly more sharply
dentate hind-marginal black border. On the other hand, the
greyish-white clouding on the underside of the apex of the fore
wings and the conspicuous spotting of the abdomen are points which
lessen D. poggeis likeness to D. chrystppus as compared to the
colouring of the corresponding paris in D. misippus. These two
characters and the subbasal black spots on the underside of the
hind wings are retained generic features of Pseudacrea, quite
peculiar and unmistakable, and should, in conjunction with that of
the very long and gradually clavate antenne, have prevented the
error of the describer of this butterfly in referring it to the genus
Hypotimnas (= Diadema, auct.).
P. pogget is very distinct from every other described species of
Pseudacrea. In the want of subbasal black spots on the fore
wings it agrees with the P. lucretia group; but the abdominal
spotting is like that of P. édoisduvalit and P. trimenii. The rufous-
ochreous ground-colour of the wings exactly accords with that of
Danais chrysippus, and the paler tint of the hind wings is most
perfectly reproduced; while on the underside the creamy ochre-
-yellow ground and the white neuration and black border of the
hind wings (with also a general resemblance in the few white-edged
black spots) are precisely simulative of the Danais.
80 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 20,
Genus Hamanumipa, Hubn.
32. HAMANUMIDA DADALUS (Fabi.).
Papilio dedalus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 482. n. 174 (1775).
Papilio meleagris, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. t. Ixvi. ff. A, B (1775).
Omrora (August). Six male and two female examples.
All the specimens are of the typical (dedalus) form, having the
underside very dull argillaceous-ochreous more or less tinged with
rufous, without white spots (except the two lowest in the discal
series of the fore wings, which are tolerably well marked), and with
the dark markings very faint.
Genus Cuaraxes, Ochs.
33. CHARAXES CANDIOPE (Godt.).
Nymphalis candiope, Godt. Ene. Méth. ix. p. 353. n. 10 (1819).
Charaxes candiope, Trim. S.-Afr. Butt. 1. p. 327. n. 107, pl. 6.
f. 4 (3) (1887).
Omrora (August and September) and Ehanda (September).
Four male examples.
34. CHARAXES saTuRNUSs, Butl.
Charazes saturnus, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 624, pl. 36.
eal
Omrora (August), Ehanda (September), and Okavango River
(December). Eleven male examples.
35. CHARAXES ACHAMENES, Feld.
Charaves achemenes, Feld. Reise Novara, Lep. iii. p. 446,
le lixe mite Oye @op) AGS Oz):
Omrora (August) and Ehanda (September). Three examples,
two males and a female.
In this species the apex of the fore wings is remarkably produced,
especially in the female.
36. CHARAXES EPHYRA (Godt.).
Nymphalis ephyra, Godt. Encyel. Meth. ix. p. 355 (1819).
Ehanda (August and September). Two examples, a male and a
female.
These examples are smaller than usual, especially the female,
expanding only 2in. 5 lin. The lower spots of the outer discal
series of the fore wings in the female do not coalesce with those of
the inner series, but are quite apart, indistinct, small, crescentic,
and bluish ; the basal half of both wings is strongly glossed with a
greenish-bronzy metallic lustre *.
1 There is strong reason for supposing that C. etheocles, Cram. (nec Drury),
figured on pl. cxix. D, E, in vol. ii. of Pap. Exot., is the female C. ephyra; not-
withstanding the large size, rather rough execution, and crude colouring of the
figures, they certainly seem to be intended to represent the female of this
Charaxes.
1891.] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 81
37. CHARAXES GUDERIANA (Dewitz).
Nymphalis guderiana, Dewitz, Nov. Act. K. Leop.-Carol.
Deutsch. Akad. Naturf. xli. p. 200, t. xxvi. f. 18 (1879).
Omrora (August) and Ehanda (September). Sixteen male
examples.
Though so differently marked on the upperside, this species
exhibits on the underside very close alliance to C. ephyra (Godt.),
the chief distinctions consisting in the partial reproduction of the
white markings of the upperside, and in the hind wings the better
definition of the ferruginous discal lunulate streak, and the presence
of some whitish scaling immediately beyond the median irregular
bluish-black line. wp. al. 2 in. 5-8 lin.
A single male, sent to me in 1883, was taken by Mr. F. C.
Selous on the Gwailo River, South Mashuna-land.
38. CHARAXES BOHEMANT, Feld.
3. Charaxes bohemani, Feld. Wien. ent. Monatschr. ii. p. 321,
t. 6. f. 3 (1859) ; Butl. Lep. Exot. p. 28, pl. x. f. 3 (2) (1869).
Omrora (August). Two male examples.
The specimens received of this noble Charawes expand respec-
tively 3 in. 74 lin. and 4 in. The expanse of the Zambesi female
figured by Butler (Joc. cit.) is given as 3 in. 10 lin. Felder’s type
was from Lake Ngami (Wahlberg); Druce (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875,
p. 412) notes a fine series of the species from Angola (Monteiro) ;
and Dewitz (loc. cit.) also mentions it as taken in Angola by Pogge.
Family LycH/Nip&.
Genus Lycana, Fabr.
39. Lyc=na osiris, Hopff.
3. Lycena osiris, Hopft. Monatsb. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch.
1855, p. 642. n. 21; Peters, Reise Mossamb., Ins. p. 409, t. xxvi.
ff. 11, 12 (1862).
Otiembora (November—December). One female example.
40. Lycana asopus, Hopff.
3 Q. Lycena asopus, Hopff. loc. cit. n. 22 (1855); and op.
cit. p. 410, ff. 13-15 (1862).
Omrora (August-September). One male example.
41. Lyc“/NaA PARSIMON (Fabr.).
3. Papilio parsimon, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 526. n. 349 (1775).
Papilio celeus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. t. ceclxxix. ff. K, K (1781).
Okavango River (December). One male specimen.
42. LycmNa GuLAucA, Trim.
3 2. Lycena glauca, Trim. 8.-Afr. Butt. i. p. 21. n. 125
(1887).
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. VI. 6
82 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 20,
43. Lyczna cissus (Godt.).
3 2. Polyommatus cissus, Godt. Encycl. Méth. ix. p. 683. n. 210
(1819).
Otiembora (November—December). One female example.
44, Lycana sopares, Hopff.
3. Lycena jobates, Hopff. loc. cit. 1855, p. 642. n. 20; and
op. cit. Ins. p. 408, t. xxvi. ff. 9, 10 (1862).
Ehanda (September). One female.
45. Lycm@Na MAHALLOKOZNA, Wallengr.
3 2. Lycena mahallokoena, Wallengr. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 41. n. 16.
Omrora (August). One male example.
46. Lycana Lysimon (Hiibn.).
3. Papilio lysimon, Hiibn. Samml. europ. Schmett. ff. 534,
535 (2 1798).
Omrora (August). Two male examples.
47. Lyca@na Lucipa, Trim.
3 2. Lycena lusida, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1883,
p. 348.
Omrora (August) and Ehanda (September). Two male ex-
amples.
48. Lyc#na GAIka, Trim.
3. Lycena gaikt, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd ser. i.
p. 403 (1862); and(¢ 9) Rhop. Afr. Austr. ii. p. 256. n. 158,
pl. 4. f 7 [ d] (1865).
Omaramba-Oama.ako (January). One female example.
49. Lyca@na Bavsica (Linn.).
Ehanda (Septemlber) and Okavango River (December). Five
male examples.
50. Lyca@NA SICHELA, Wallengr.
3. Lycena sichela, Wallengr. loc. cit. 1857, p. 37. n. 4.
Omrora (August) and Ehanda (August-September). Twelve
male examples.
These are the first specimens of this curious Lycena that I have
seen from any locality within the tropical limit. Like the more
southern examples, they vary much in size.
51. Lyca/NA TELICANUS (Lang).
Papilio telecanus, Lang, “ Verz. sein. Schmett. ii. p. 47. n. 387—
389 (1789).”
Omrora (August and November) and Ehanda (August—Septem-
ber). ‘Twenty-two male examples.
1891.] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 83
52. LycmNa sEsous (Guérin).
3. Polyommatus jesous, Guér., Lefebv. Voy. Abyss. vi. p. 383,
pl. 11. ff. 3, 4 (1847).
Ehanda (September), Humbe (October), and Omaramba-Oamatako
(January). Seven specimens ; six males, one female.
53. Lycana moriqua, Wallengr.
6. Lycena moriqua, Wallengr. loc. cit. p. 39 (1857); 3 @,
Trim. 8.-Afr. Butt. ii. p. 75. n. 157, pl. 8. ff. 5, 5 a (1887).
Ehanda (August-September). Two male examples.
_ 04. Lycmna caxice, Hopff.
Lycena calice, Hopff. loc. cit. 1855, p. 642. n. 18; and op. cit.
p- 405, t. xxvi. ff. 4, 5 (1862).
Omrora (August) and Ehanda (August-September). Three
examples ; a male and two females.
These specimens of L. ealice are rather larger than the type
figured by Hopffer, and have on the upperside the basal and
marginal black clouding in both fore and hind wings less strongly
developed ; while on the underside all the black markings are more
attenuated.
55. LycaNa MELAENA, Trim.
Lycena melena, Trim. 8.-Afr. Butt. il. p. 82. n. 161 (1887).
Omrora (August), Ehanda (August-September), and Okavango
River (December). Six examples; four males, two females,
All these specimens are rather smaller than usual, their upper-
side is typical in character, but the underside markings (as in the
closely allied ZL. calice) are more attenuated.
56. Lycana syBaris, Hopff.
3 9. Lycena sybaris, Hopft. Monatsb. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch.
1855, p. 642; and op. cit. p. 408, t. xxvi. ff. 6-8 (1862).
Omrora (August), Ehanda (September), Otiembora (November—
December). Six examples; five males, one female.
Genus Lycanestues, Moore.
57. LYCH@NESTHES AMARAH (Guérin).
2. Polyommatus amarah, Guér., Lefebv. Voy. Abyss. vi. p. 384,
pitied. 5. 6 (1847).
Omaramba-Oamatako (January). One male example.
58. Lyc#NrEsTHEs oractiia, Trim.
3. Lycenesthes otacilia, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868,
p- 90; and §.-Afr. Butt. ii. p. 102. n. 171, pl. 7. f. 8 (1887).
Ehanda (September). One female example.
6*
84 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES [ Jan. 20,
Genus Devporix, Hewits.
59. Devporix anratus (Hopff.).
Dipsas antalus, Hopff. loc. cit. 1855, p. 641. n. 15; and op. cit.
p- 400, t. xxv. ff. 7-9 [ 2 ] (1862).
Omrora (August). One female example.
60. Devpor1x tictn1a (Mabille).
¢. Thecla licinia, Mab. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1878, p. 83;
Grandid. Hist. Phys. etc. Madag. pl. 30 A. ff. 5, 5a (1885).
5 Q. Deudorix dinochares, H. G. Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. 5th ser. xix. p. 64. n. 7 (1887).
Omrora (August), Ehanda (August-September), and Okavango
River (December). Four male examples.
The Okavango specimen and one of the two Ehanda examples are
normal and full-sized, but the other two are considerably smaller,
and the Omrora individual has the orange-red ground-colour
yellower in tint than usual, and the fuscous border of the fore wings
narrower.
61. DevporrIx opscuRATA, n. sp. (Plate IX. fig. 13 3.)
Exp. al. 1 in. 2 Im.
3. Glossy lilacine-blue, with costa of both wings and apical half
of fore wing pale dull brownish grey ; in fore wing, between costa
and \st median nervule, a very large wpper-median black patch.
Fore wing: wner margin prominently convex before middle; black
patch irrorated with blue in discoidal cell and between Ist and 2nd
median nervules ; costal border of brownish grey very narrow as far
as outer edge of black patch; very broad apical hind-marginal
brownish grey, abruptly terminating on Ist median nervule.
Hind wing: costal subbasal sexual badge large, shining, whitish,
fuscous-edged, roughly ovate; costal border of brownish grey
moderately wide as far as apex, not extending below 2nd subcostal
nervule ; inner-marginal brownish-grey border suffused with whitish,
not extending above submedian nervure ; a fine black hind-marginal
bounding line, more apparent inferiorly ; linear black tail at ex-
tremity of Ist median nervule white-tipped, rather long; lobe at
anal angle not’ large, bearing a black spot with some metallic-blue
seales. Cilia brownish grey, mixed slightly with white near
pesterior angle of fore wing and in hind wing, in which latter white
predominates at and near anal augle. UNprrsipE.—Pale yellowish
grey; ordinary terminal discocellular, discal, and submarginal
markings not darker than the ground-cclour, but defined by very
slender and inconspicuous whitish bounding lines ; no subbasal spots
in either wing. Fore wing: just below median nervure and origin
of its Ist nervule a conspicuous longitudinal black mark (mostly
hidden by convex prominence of costa of hind wing), being the upper
part of a large shining whitish black-edged subpyriform inner-mar-
ginal sexual badge, corresponding with that on costa of hind wmg on
the upperside. Hind wing: black spot on anal-angular lobe and a
1891.] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 85
similar very conspicuous hind-marginal black spot between Ist and
2nd median nervules bounded internally by a wide pale-yellow
lunule ; costarather prominently convex at a little distance from the
base.
Omrora (November). One male example.
This species belongs to the group separated generically by Moore
(Lep. Ceylon, i. p. 104, 1881) as Virachola, and in its blue upper-
side colouring resembles the much larger D. perse, Hewits., which
is given as the typical species. In the strong convexity or lobation
of the wing-margins where they overlap near the bases, D. obscurata
resembles Hypolycena ceculus (Hoptf.), while in the very conspi-
cuous black patch or cloud on the upperside of the fore wings it bears
some likeness to H. erylus (Godt.).
Genus Hyrpotyczana, Feld.
62. Hypotycazna cacuLus (Hopff.). (Plate IX. fig. 14 ¢.)
Tolaus ceculus, Hopi. Monatsb. k. Akad. Wissensch. Berl. 1855,
p- 642. n. 17; and Peters, Reise Mossamb., Ins. p. 402, t. xxv.
ff. 12-14 (3 @).
Omrora (August). Eight examples ; six males and two females.
The examples under notice are rather larger (exp. al. S 1 in.
3-54 lin., Q@ 1 in. 43-54 lin.) than the types from Querimba and
Tette described and figured by Hopffer, and also than the specimens
I have received from Delagoa Bay. The males further differ on the
upperside in presenting a decidedly more violaceous tint than the
East-African males, and a narrower fuscous apical hind-marginal
border in the fore wings ; while both sexes on the underside have the
thin transverse streaks of a much more decided red.
Besides the above-mentioned examples the collection contains six
males (four from Humbe taken in October, and two from Omrora
taken in November) which appear to constitute a very strongly
marked seasonal form of H. ceculus, presenting the following dis-
tinctions from the earlier brood :—Size larger (exp. al. 1 in. 5-6 lin.) ;
upperside of a deeper violaceous not inclining to blue, with the
fuscous border of fore wings broader: underside with the red trans-
verse streaks greatly ( from more than twice to three times) broader.
The underside markings correspond so exactly in position and form
with those of ordinary ceculus that, notwithstanding their extreme
development, it is impossible to regard them as indicating a distinct
species.
Genus Ioxavus, Hiibn.
63. loLaAUS BOWKERI, Trim.
Q. Lolaus bowkeri, Trim. Tians. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd ser. ii.
p- 176 (1864); Rhop. Afr. Aust. 1. p. 225. n. 130, pl. 4. f. 4
(1866); and(¢ 2) S.-Afr. Butt. 1. p. 132. n. 186 (1887).
Ehanda (September), Omrora (November), Okavango River
(December), and Omaramba-Oamatako (January). Five examples ;
three males, two females.
86 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES [ Jan. 20,
A female from the Okavango River is the largest I have yet
measured, expanding 1 in. 7 lin. The species is widely distributed
over extra-tropical South Africa, and is alsorecorded from Kinsembo,
a little to the N. of Ambriz in Angola.
64. loLaus PALLENE (Wallengr.).
Myrina pallene, Wallengr. K. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857,
Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 36.
Okavango River (December). One male example.
This species, so isolated in colour and marking, seems to be
remarkably rare, although known to occur at widely-remote spots,
such as Lakes Nyanza and Nyassa in tropical, and Swaziland and
Natal in extra-tropical South Africa. From the latter region of the
continent I have seen but one individual, but have been authentically
informed of the occurrence of five others.
Genus APHNaz&uS, Hibn.
65. APHNZUS ERIKSSON], n. sp. (Plate IX. fig. 15 9.)
Q. Hep. al. 1 in. 7 lin.
Dull brownish red, with a common terminal hind-marginal fuscous
line ; cilia short, whitish. Fore wing: just at extremity of discoidal
cell a good-sized rather indistinct quadrate ochre-yellow spot; a
little beyond it a transverse series of five smaller spots of the same
colour, lying between subcostal nervure and first median nervule,
of which the third (between lower radial and third median nervules)
is nearer hind margin than the rest, and the fifth (lowest) is smallest
and most indistinct. Hind wing: traces of three very indistinct
ochre-yellow spots, one at extremity of discoidal cell, and two (very
small) beyond it ; anal-angular portion much elongated and produced,
with a very prominent broad terminal lobe, fuscous, with bronzy-
greenish scales; at extremity of submedian nervure a moderately-
long rather stout tail, of the ground-colour. [Tail on 1st median
nervule wanting, but probably present in uninjured examples. |
Unpersipe.—Brownish ochre-yellow, with good-sized, rounded,
thinly ferruginous-brown-edged ochre-yellow spots ; in both wings, a
terminal discocellular spot, and an irregular discal series of contiguous
spots, also a series of separate spots along hind margin. Fore wing:
in discoidal cell two spots, one subbasal, the other median; inner-
marginal border dull pale yellowish; six spots in discal series, of
which the third (between lower radial and 3rd median nervules) is
beyond, and the sixth (imperfect, and below Ist median nervule)
before, the rest ; seven spots in hind-marginal series. Hind wing: a
subbasal series of four circular spots, of which the 2nd is in discoidal
cell, and the 3rd (between Ist median nervule and submedian
nervure) is considerably beyond the rest ; nine spots in discal series,
of which the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 8th are more or less beyond the
rest; in hind-marginal series six separate spots, succeeded (below Ist
median nervule) by three confluent into one; some metallic-greenish
scales on extremity of anal-angular lobe, preceded (below submedian
nervure) by a small dull crimson spot.
1891.] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 87
Head above dull brownish red; eyes banded anteriorly by a
metallic silvery-white stripe, posteriorly by a dull white one; palpi
with terminal joint and upperside of middle joint brownish red, but
beneath dull creamy; antenne ferruginous, tipped with ochre-
yellow, beneath tinged with whitish about middle. Abdomen dull
brownish red laterally and termiually, beneath pale dull creamy in
basal half.
In its robust body and produced wings, as well as in its five-
branched subcostal nervure of the fore wings, this butterfly exhibits
unmistakable signs of belonging to the section of Aphneus which
includes the brilliant A. hutchinsonii, Trim., and (I believe) A. orcas
(Drury), and which Mr. de Nicéville has recently (Butt. India &c.
ill. p. 347, 1890) proposed to separate generically under the name
of Aphnemorpha. The almost ferruginous tint of the upperside,
and the entire absence of silvery or other metallic lustre in the spots
of the underside, impart a most singular aspect to this species, quite
unlike that of any previously known member of the genus’. The
position and arrangement, however, of the dark-edged spots on the
underside are similar to those found in 4. orcas. Unfortunately,
the only example contained in Mr. Eriksson’s collection is somewhat
rubbed and worn.
66. APHNEUS NATALENSIS (Westw.).
2 (?). Amblypodia natalensis, Westw. Gen. D. Lep. uu. p. 479,
pl. Ixxv. f. 4 (1852).
3 2. Aphneus natalensis, Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. p. 62, pl. 25.
ff. 1, 2 (1865).
Omaramba-Oamatako (January). Two examples; male and
female.
67. APHN%US MODESTUS, u. sp. (Plate IX. fig. 16 ¢.)
3. Exp. al. 1 in. 2 lin.
Like A. natalensis (Westw.) S$, but the violaceous gloss of a
deeper tint, inclining to purple. Fore wing: short ochre-yellow
transverse band crossing discoidal cell narrower, median band
straighter and inferiorly wider, outer band narrower and united te
median one between Ist and 2nd median nervules. Hind wing: no
hind-marginal pale streak preceding black edging-line; anal-angular
ochre-yellow spot smaller, and witi only very faint indication of two
minute blackish spots on its outer edge. UnpbrrsipEe.—Pale
whitish yellow ; the transverse fascia almost of the same tint as the
ground-colour, thinly edged with fuscous in fore wing and with pale
grey in hind wing, and rather sparsely marked with silvery along
their middle. Forewing: fascize and other markings arranged as in
natalensis, but the former broader, less regular, more sinuate ;
1 Mr. Hewitson in 1875 described (Ent. M. Mag. xii. p. 39), from a single
Bornean example, a large Aphneus, under the name of A. vivinga, which has a
“dark red-brown upperside, ” but the underside is noted as having “many
silver spots” in both wings.
88 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES [ Jan. 20,
blackish subbasal infracellular marking larger, more as in A.
masilikazi, Wallengr. ; two submarginal streaks pale grey, interrupted
on nervules, the inner one commencing with a small costal spot (as
in masilikagi) and becoming blackish below 2nd median nervule.
find wing : subbasal spots extremely indistinct ; the two fasciee very
much more irregular than in either A. natalensis or A. masilikazi, and.
in outline and relative position much as in A. ella, Hewits., the ex-
tremity of the short outer fascia just meeting a projection of the long
median one on 3rd median nervule ; two submarginal streaks linear,
pale grey, broken into lunules, the inner one spangled with silvery
along its lower half; a very small anal-angular black spot, and near
it (just above submedian nervure) a minute silvery-spangled spot.
Although this form is represented by a rather worn individual
only, the characters of the underside are so markedly different from
those of any Aphneus known to me that I have no hesitation in
noting it as a distinct species. The anal-angular lobe of the hind
wings appears to be much less prominent than in the allied species,
but this may be partly due to the wing being more worn in that
part than elsewhere.
Omrora (November). One male example.
68. ApHN#&uS vicrorI#, Butl.
Aphneus victorie, Butl. Ent. M. Mag. xx. p. 251 (1884).
Omrora (November). One male example.
I have already noticed this specimen in my ‘ South-African
Butterflies’ (iii. p. 414, note), pointing out the alliance of the
species to A. mastlikazi, and the singularity of the underside
markings which distinguish it. Mr. Butler gives Victoria Nyanza
as the habitat of the type.
69. APHN2ZUS PHANES, Trim.
3 9. Aphneus phanes, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1873,
Os LI vole Te tregy a &.
Ehanda (September), Okavango River (December), and
Omaramba-Oamatako (January). Six examples; two males and
four females.
70. APHN&%US HOMEYERI, Dewitz.
3 2. Aphneus homeyeri, Dew. Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr. xxx.
p- 429, pl. ii. figs. 5,5 a, 5 6, 5 ¢ (1887) *.
Omrora (August and November), Ehanda (September). Ten
examples; seven males and three females.
As Dewitz remarks (oc. cit.), there is close agreement on the
upperside between this species and A. natalensis (Westw.). As
regards the underside, however, not only is the ground-colour of a
decidedly duller yellow (in some specimens inclining to ochreous or
1 Dewitz notes that this species was brought from Angola by both Homeyer
and Pogge, and that the latter took one specimen at Mukenge on 9th December.
(The latter locality is situated in about 6° S. lat. and 22° 30’ W. long., close to the
tulua River.)
1891.] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 89
arenaceous), but, while the fore-wing markings differ but slightly
from those of xatalensis, in the hind wing both the transverse bands
are broken and irregular instead of straight and even, and the outer
one, instead of being wholly separate, usually touches and often
unites with the inner one, being strongly bent inward between
the subcostal nervules. The basi-inner marginal orange of
the underside in natalensis is wanting in homeyeri, but the sub-
basal spots in the hind wing are considerably or even greatly enlarged,
the two outermost in the latter case often touching the inner
transverse band (as in Dewitz’s fig. 5 a).
It is a remarkable fact that, of the ten examples collected by
Mr. Eriksson, the six taken in August and September are without
exception of very dull colouring beneath, contrasting strikingly with
the bright tints of the four captured in November. In the latter
the ground is a clear, or almost clear, pale yellow, and the markings
orange-red or ferruginous-red and sharply defined; but in the
former both ground and markings are much altered and approximate
to each other in hue, especially in the hind wings, where an almost
uniform isabelline-sandy tint prevails. This dulness and almost
obliteration of the markings, except for their silvery streaks and
spots, are most pronounced in the female, and, like several other
instances recorded in this paper, appear to indicate a dry-season
(winter) generation in which the underside colouring harmonizes
with the exposed soil and withered herbage’.
Genus Curysorycuia, Wallengr.
71. CHRYSORYCHIA HARPAX (Fabr.).
@. Papilio harpax, Fabr. Syst. Ent., App. p. 829. n. 327-328
(1775).
3. Chrysorychia tjoane, Wallengr. K. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl.
1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 44.
Ehanda (August and September), Okavango River (December),
and Omaramba-Oamatako (January). Five examples; three males
and two females.
In all these specimens the underside colouring is pale and dull,
and its metallic spots small and faint, while the male from
Omaramba-Oamatako presents the peculiarity of a rather conspi-
cuous dark-grey submarginal fascia in the hind wings. On the upper-
side they have the ground-colour of a paler red, and the males have
a narrower dark apical border, than more southern examples; and
in all respects they resemble the Zambesian and Matabele-land
Specimens mentioned in my ‘South-African Butterflies’ (ii. p. 164,
note). One of the two Ehanda females agrees very closely with
Hopffer’s figure (Peters, Reise Mossamb.,Ins. pl. xxvi. f. 2) of a
Querimba individual of the same sex.
1 Mr. de Nicéville (Butt. India &e. iii. pp. 354, 360, 364, 1890) gives evidence
tending to show that occasional dimorphism occursin several Asiatic species of
Aphneus.
90 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES [ Jan. 20,
72. CHRYSORYCHIA AMANGA (Westw.).
3 Q. Zeritis amanga, Westw., Oates’ ‘Matabele-land,’ &e. p. 351.
n. 62 (1881).
Omrora (August and November) and Humbe (October). Ten
examples ; six males and four females.
These males on the upperside differ from the Transvaal one
figured in ‘South-African Butterflies ’ (ii. pl. 9. f. 1) in the much
larger red field in the fore wings, extending more or less over the dis-
coidal cell and the upper discal area beyond the cell. Both sexes have
the underside of a very uniform reddish-ochreous—a character
which I have previously noticed in some of the females only.
Genus Zeritts, Boisd.
73. ZERITIS LEROMA (Wallengr.).
2. Arhopala? leroma, Wallengr. loc. cit. p. 42 (1857).
3 2. Zeritis leroma, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 375,
pl. vi. f. 10[ oJ.
Otiembora (November to December), Okavango River (December),
Omaramba-Oamatako (January).
74. ZERITIS ARANDA (Wallengr.).
3. Cygaritis aranda, Wallengr. loc. cit. 1857, p. 43.
Omrora (August). Three male examples.
On the underside the ground-colour in these specimens is duller
and paler than usual, but the sub-metallic spots of the hind wing
are whiter and more shining.
75. ZeRITIS MOLOMO, Trim.
@. Zeritis molomo, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 373,
pl. vi. f. 9; and var. A (¢ @), S.-Afr. Butt. ii. p. 206 (1887).
Humbe (October), Okavango River (December), and Omaramba-
Oamatako (January). Nine examples; four males and five females.
These specimens approximate more nearly to the var. A above re-
ferred to, but are decidedly smaller than usual. The males have the
fore wings longer apically, and the anal angular projection and short
tail of the hind wings longer; the orange ground-colour is brighter,
the dark costal patch is larger in both fore and hind wings, and the
dark border of the fore wings is wider at the posterior angle. The
females are nearer to the typical form than usual in having the
hind-marginal border of the fore wings but slightly pierced by
nervular projections of the ground-colour.
76. ZERITIS DAMARENSIS, n. sp. (Plate IX. fig. 17 3.)
3. Eap.al. 1 in. 4-53 lin.
Closely allied to Z. molomo, Trim., but much larger. Orange-
yellow paler and duller and in both wings restricted to discal area,
the basal area being widely obscured with ochreous-fuscous.
Unpersipr.—Costa of fore wing above costal nervure, and base and
1891.] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 91
upper median portion of hind wing, conspicuously clouded with whitish.
Fore wing: silvery-white centres to discocellular and discal spots
large and bright ; lowest spot in discal series large and curved ; a
small black spot (as in Z. picrus, Cram.) immediately below sub-
basal discocellular spot. Hind wing: sub-metallic spots whiter
but not so bright asin Z. molomo, the outer discal series more remote
Jvom the inner one and more regular; last two spots of both outer
discal and hind-marginal series fuscous, outwardly bounded by
whitish. ;
The variability and intimate alliance of the various forms of this
(the Thyra) section of Zeritis render a satisfactory discrimination
of them exceedingly difficult, but I think that the difference of size
and the peculiarities of marking above noted warrant the separation
of Z. damarensis as a distinct species. It should be observed that
the specimens described were taken at the same place and during
the same month as Z. molomo.
Omaramba-Oamatako (January). Three male examples.
Genus ERikssonia, 0. g.
Imaco.—Head small, clothed with short down; eyes smooth ;
antennee rather short, thick, very gradually incrassate from about
middle to tip (which is obtuse ); palpi long, horizontally porrect,
not convergent but apart throughout their length, laterally com-
pressed, clothed with short scales above and with long densely-packed
hair-like scales beneath, terminal joint long, acuminate, but not very
slender.
Thorax very short, slender, very sparsely clothed with scales and
hairs. Fore wing elongate, produced apically ; costa but slightly
arched at base, and thence almost straight to apex; hind margin
slightly convex between upper radial and 3rd median nervules ;
subcostal neuration like that of Zeritis, except that the 4th nervule
is shorter and terminates on costa just before apex; discocellular
nervules almost vertically transverse, slightly curved, the lower
about twice as long as the upper one ; upper radial nervule united
to subcostal nervure at some distance beyond extremity of cell;
discoidal cell short, less than half the length of wing. Hind wings
with costa very prominently convex at base, but thence only
moderately curved ; hind margin slightly sinuate (in female andin one
of the male specimens with a very slight subangular prominence at
extremity of 3rd median nervule); at anal angle a short acute
projection ; costal nervure terminating at apex; subcostal nervure
branching a little before extremity of cell ; discoidal cell very short ;
radial nervule starting from junction of discocellular nervules nearer
to 2nd subcostal than to 3rd median nervules. Legs rather long and
stout, thickly clothed with scales ; tibize very sparsely, tarsi closely
spinulose beneath; middle and hind tibie with very short terminal
spurs ; fore tibiz im male armed with a long straight terminal spur
outwardly and superiorly ; middle and hind tarsi with the first joint
longer than tibia (and in male as thick), and with the terminal claws
large and strong; fore tarsi longer than tibia, in male more slender
92 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES [ Jan. 20,
than tibia and ending in a long slightly-curved acute claw, in female
as thick as tibia and like the other tarsi except that the first joint
is shorter.
Abdomen of moderate length, slender, laterally compressed,
arched, acuminate.
The structural characters italicized in the above diagnosis are
those that mainly distinguish thisnew genus from Zeritis ; but the whole
aspect, notwithstanding similarity of colouring and to a less extent
of marking, is very different from that of the latter genus, and
resembles that of the small Acree represented by A. serena, Fabr.
Though much more normal as a Lycenid than such aberrant
African genera as Deloncura and Lachnocnema, Erikssonia exhibits
considerable divergence from the typical groups of the family, and
is probably best placed between Zeritis and Mimacrea, but nearer to
the former than to the latter.
77. ERIKSSONIA ACRHEINA, n. sp. (Plate IX. figs. 18 g, 19 Q,
20 3.)
Exp. al. (3) 1 in. 13-43 lin.; (2) 1 im. 6 hin.
3. Varying from pale to deep fulvous-ochreous, with narrow
fuscous marginal borders. Fore wing: a moderately broad cosial
border, commencing before first third of wing, becoming gradually
wider to apex, but very deeply excavated by the ground-colour a
little before apex; a terminal narrow elongate transverse disco-
cellular fuscous mark joined to costal border (in one of the larger
examples almost obsolete); some of the underside markings,
consisting of two discocellular dark spots and a discal and a sub-
marginal series of dark spots, mdistinctly traceable; hind-marginal
border, below apical costal expansion, evenly narrow to posterior
angle, its inner edge emitting short nervular dentations; cilia pale
ochre-yellow, with two or three rather indistinct dark nervular inter-
ruptions along upper half of wing. Hind wing: hind-marginal
border without internal dentations, narrower than in fore wing,
except at apex, where there is a considerable fuscous expansion much
like that in fore wing; from the lower inner corner of this expansion
there runs (in the two paler smaller examples) a somewhat sinuated,
slightly tapering, outwardly denticulated, submarginal fuscous streak,
the extremity of which is curved to join that of hind-marginal border
at anal angle; in one of the two large examples only the very
commencement of this streak is distinct, in the other the whole
streak is wanting and the apical dark marking is much reduced.
Cilia long, creamy, with regular narrow nervular fuscous interruptions.
Unpersipe.—Paler and duller than upperside,varying (in accordance
with tint of upperside) from pale dull ochre-yellow in the two
smaller examples to pale fulvous-ochreous in the two larger ones ;
in both wings—three discocellular black spots (one terminal), an
irregular discal row of smaller black spots, a submarginal black
streak (submacular in fore wing) bearing along its inner side a sub-
macular glittering-siluery streak, and a hind-marginal well-marked
black edging line, immediately preceded by a creamy one (the latter
ances
1891. | FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 93
less distinct in the smaller, paler specimens). Fore wing: costa
edged with creamy in basal fourth, and beyond that by a very
slender black line ; a small black mark on costal nervure at base; Ist
discocellular spot close to base, 2nd about middle of cell; a small
extra-cellular spot occurs immediately below the middle cellular spot
in both wings of one of the larger examples, and (minutely) in the
left wing of the two smaller examples; 6 spots in oblique discal row,
of which the 6th (wanting in one of the larger examples) is consider-
ably before and smaller than the rest and situated just below Ist
median nervule, while the 4th and 5th are slightly before the upper
three. Hind wing: ground-colour paler than that of fore wing, but
in the two large examples much clouded with pinkish red, most
developed beyond discal series of spots (in which part there exists a
faint tinge of the colour in the smaller examples): Ist discocellular
spot at base, 2nd nearer to it than to terminal spot (which is slender
and sublunular) ; three other sub-basal black spots, one immediately
above, the others immediately below discoidal cell; discal series
consisting of 8 small spots, of which the Ist is considerably the
largest, close to costa, and (as well as the 8th, on inner margin)
situated far before the rest, and the 6th (between Ist median nervule
and submedian nervure) is sublunular, elongate, and a little before
the 5th and 7th ; neuration between sub-marginal and hind-marginal
black streaks more or less defined with black. Cilia as on upper-
side.
Head fuscous above, creamy, or creamy and fulvous-ochreous,
frontally ; a white lime round the eyes; palpi fuscous above, ochreous-
creamy beneath ; antennze fuscous above, creamy-whitish beneath,
the tip and the underside of the elongate incrassation chestnut-red.
Thorax black above, with fulvous-ochreous collar and creamy-
ochreous pterygodes—creamy-ochreous mixed with white beneath.
Legs creamy-ochreous throughout. Abdomen above and laterally
paler or deeper fulvous-ochreous, beneath paler; an inferior lateral
black line, bordered cn each side by a series of white marks.
©. Like g. Fore wing: upper three spots of discal series of
underside well represented and completely united, so as to form a
conspicuous, transverse, fuscous streak, about midway between
terminal discocellular spot and hind-marginal border ; base with a
moderate fuscous suffusion ; inner edge of hind-marginal border more
deeply indenting ground-colour on nervules. Hind wing: a moderate
basal fuscous suffusion ; spots of underside better indicated than
in male ; apical fuscous and submarginal streak well-developed.
Unversipre.—As in larger males; but silvery-marked submargiual
streak broken in fore wing into six quite separate spots, and pinkish-
red clouding of hind wing, though generally diffused, not so bright,
especially just before submarginal streak.
2 ¢ (smaller and paler), Omrora, November.
2 ¢ (larger and brighter), Okavango River, December.
1 2, Otiembora, between 20th November and 2nd December.
The amount of variation in so small a number of specimens is very
noteworthy, and indicates the unstable condition of a species to all
94 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 20,
appearances under process of modification in mimicry of the genus
Acrea. While the fulvous colouring and dark borders unquestion-
ably give this butterfly a strong resemblance to A. bwatoni, Butler,
as far as the upper surface goes, the spotting and colouring of the
under surface present (especially in the hind wings) an unmistakable
likeness to those of A. axina and A. atergatis, Westwood, the
mimicry being further strengthened by all the details of colouring in
the head, body, and legs. I regard this as a most instructive case
of mimicry in progress, because, on both surfaces of the wings, the
ordinary coloration and markings of the section of Zeritis to which
Z. molomo, mihi, and Z. aranda, Wallengr., belong would appear
to have afforded the obvious material on which natural selection has
worked to bring about the very decided, though still incomplete,
likeness to Acrea, the lengthening of the fore wings materially
assisting in producing the effect required.
Genus ALANA, Boisd.
78. ALANA AMAZOULA, Boisd.
Acrea (Alena) amazoula, Boisd. App. Voy. de Deleg. dans l’Afr.
Aust. p. 591. n. 60 (1847).
Okavango River (December). One female example.
This is the most northern and western station known to me for
this species. Other tropical localities for it are Bulawayo im Mata-
bele-land, and Umfula River in Mashuna-land, whence examples
have been sent to me by Mr. F. C. Selous.
Family PAPILIONID4.
Subfamily Prerin az.
Genus Tertas, Swains.
79. TERIAS BRIGITTA (Cram.).
@. Papillio brigitta, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. t. ceexxxi. ff. B, C
(1780).
Omrora (August), Ehanda (August-September), Humbe (Octo-
ber), and Okavango River (December). Twenty-two examples ;
ten males and twelve females.
One of the three males from Ehanda has the underside with-
out any tinge of rufous, and resembling that of the ordinary male
zoé, Hopff., in tint, but the markings are almost obsolete.
80. Trias Zot, Hopff.
Q. Terias zoé, Hopff., Monatsh. Akad. Wissensch. Berl. 1855,
p. 640; and Peters, Reise Mossamb., Ins. p. 369, t. xxiu. ff. 10,
11 (1862).
Omrora (August and November), Ehanda (September), Humbe
(October), and Omaramba-Oamatako (January). Seven male
examples.
1891.] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 95
81. TERIAS FLORICOLA, Boisd.
Xanthidia floricola, Boisd. Faun. Ent. Madag. ete. p. 21. n. 2
(1833); and (Zerias fl.) Sp. Gen. Lép. i. p. 671. n. 29 (1836).
Omrora (August and November), Ehanda (September), and
Humbe (October). Hight examples ; six males and two females.
Mr. Eriksson’s specimens all show a difference from more southern
examples in having the apical portion of the black border of the
fore wings with a more prominent inward projection, so as more to
resemble the corresponding markings in 7. buéleri, mihi. Moreover,
two of the males taken in the summer at Humbe and Omrora
respectively approach 7’. butlerz in the absence of the usual under-
side markings; and another male from Omrora (November) has
the same markings only slightly developed.
82. TERIAS BUTLER], Trim.
3 2. Terias butlert, Trim. S.-Afr. Butt. ii. p. 23. 1. 244 (1887).
Omrora (November), Humbe (October), and Okavango River
(December). Nine examples; seven males and two females.
83. TERIAS REGULARIS, Butl.
3. Terias regularis, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser.
xvii. p. 486 (1876).
3 Q. Terias regularis, Trim. op. cit. p. 26. n. 246 (1887).
Ehanda (September). One female example.
It is with some doubt that I refer this specimen to the species
named, as on the upperside it has the fore-wing border considerably
narrower apically, and the hind-marginal nervular marks reduced (as
in 7’, desjardinsii, Boisd., 2) to dots, while on the underside there
is a decided rufous tinge over the margins of the hind wings and
the apex of the fore wings and the ordinary markings are obsolescent.
Except in its being narrower apically, the fore-wing border agrees
with that in the female 7’. regularis ; and altogether the specimen is
intermediate between this form and the closely-allied 7. desjardinsiz.
Genus Myxoruris, Butl.
84. MyLoTHRIS AGATHINA (Cram.).
3. Papilio agathina, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. pl. ccexxxvii. ff. D, E
(1779).
Omrora (August) and Humbe (October). Three examples ;
two males and a female.
The two (d and 2) specimens from Omrora are markedly
smaller than usual ; but the Humbe example is of full size.
Genus Pieris, Schrank.
85. Pieris MESENTINA (Cram. ).
3. Papilio mesentina, Cram. op. cit. il. pl. cclxx. ff. A, B (1780).
Ehanda (August-September), Humbe (October), and Omaramba-
96 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 20°
Oamatako (January). Nine examples; seven males and two
females.
Excepting two from the last-named locality, all these specimens
are rather small.
86. PiERIs SEVERINA (Cram.).
@. Papilio severina, Cram. op. cit. iv. pl. ecexxxvil. ff. G, H
(1781).
Omrora (August) and Ehanda (August-September). Two male
examples.
These two rather small males closely agree with the two from
Limpopo River, noted in my ‘South-African Butterflies’ (iu.
p. 70), having the underside of the hind wings clear lemon-yellow
with the neuration almost without fuscous clouding.
Genus Herpanta, Butl.
87. Herpanta erteHta (Godt.).
Pieris eriphia, Godt. Encycl. Méth. ix. p. 157. no. 134 (1819).
3. Pontia tritogenia, Klug, Symb. Phys. t. viii. ff. 17, 18
(1829).
Ehanda (August-September), Humbe (October), Okavango River
(December), and Omaramba-Oamatako (January). Twenty-four
examples ; twenty-two males and two females.
The Ehanda specimens (twelve males and a female) all belong to
the var. melanarge, Buti., in which the hind wings and the apex of
the fore wings are on the underside suffused with dull ochry-reddish
(in the paler parts with a carneous tinge). Ali the other specimens,
taken in three different localities from October to January, are of
the ordinary typical form ; and there thus appears some evidence for
thinking that the var. melanarge, met with only in August and
September, will prove to be a form of the species peculiar to the
cool or dry season’. The underside colouring is probably protective
during the parched state of the earth and herbage.
Genus TERACOLUS, Swains,
88. TERACOLUS SUBFASCIATUS, Swains.
Teracolus subfasciatus, Swains. Zool. Ilustr. 2nd ser. ii. pl. 115
(1833).
Omrora (August), Ehanda (August-September), and Omaramba-
Oamatako (January). Fourteen examples; thirteen males and one
female.
These localities show a further range northward for this beautiful
species than was previously known, Ehanda being in about 16° §.
lat. The four male examples captured in August and September
1 Tn Angola rain falls only during the hot season, from the end of October to
the beginning or middle of May (see Monteiro, ‘ Angola and the River Congo,’
ii. p. 233); and I am informed that similar climatal conditions prevail in
Ovampo-land.
1891.] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 97
differ from those taken in January in the tint of the underside,
which, instead of being greenish white, is decidedly yellowish, with
a tinge of lilacine-pinkish over the lower two-thirds of the hind
wings, thus resembling the female specimens from the Transvaal
and Bamangwato noted in my ‘South-African Butterflies’ (iii.
p- 92).
89. Trracouus ERts (Klug).
3. Pontia eris, Klug, Symb. Phys. t. vi. ff. 15, 16 (1829).
Omaramba-Oamatako (January). One male example.
The solitary specimen in the collection agrees with the usual sub-
tvpical form prevalent in South Africa, having the white hind-mar-
ginal spot (between 2nd and 3rd median nervules) and marks above
the posterior angle of the fore wings.
90. TERACOLUS AGOYE (Wallengr.).
3. Anthopsyche agoye, Wallengr. K. Sv. Vetensk.-Akad. Handl.
1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 15. no. 11.
Ehanda (August-September). One female example.
The apical patch in the fore wings is larger than usual, and
immediately preceded by a very faint tinge of yellow; its dark
borders are very faint and diffused. In both fore and hind wings
the discocellular terminal dot is more faintly shown, especially on
the underside. This specimen is much wern.
91. TERACOLUS REGINa (Trim.).
So 2. Anthocharis regina, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd ser.
i. pe 520. n. | (1863).
Humbe (October). Two male examples.
These are of the typical form, having the underside of the hind
wing almost white, with the slightest yellowish tinge.
92. TeRACOLUS EVENINA (Wallengr.).
Q. Anthopsyche evenina, Wallengr. loc. cit. p. 12. n. 3 (1857).
3. Anthopsyche deidamia, Wallengr. Wien. ent. Monatschr.
1860, p. 35. n. 7.
Omrora (August), Ehanda (August-September), Humbe (Octo-
ber), and Omaramba-Oamatako (January). Six examples; four
males and two females.
These specimens belong to the variety A (decdemiotdes, Auriv.),
described in my ‘ South-African Butterflies,’ iii. p. 127, in which
the blackish markings of the upperside are much reduced in the
male, and the underside of the hind wings is in both sexes more or
less tinged with pinkish-creamy irrorated with grey. Of the two
females received, one, from Ehanda, has the dark markings of the
upperside much fainter than usual, while the other, from Omaramba-
Oamatako, has them very dark and strongly developed.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. VII. 7
98 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 20,
93. TERACOLUS SIMPLEX, Butl.
3. Teracolus simplex, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 148.
Mees.
Ehanda (August-September). Two male examples.
94. TERACOLUS ANTEVIPPE (Boisd.).
S Q. Anthocharis antevippe, Boisd. Sp. Gén. Lép. 1. p. 372,
pl. 18. f. 3 (1836).
Omaramba-Oamatako (January). One male example.
This male is a very fine individual, in perfect condition, and
larger than any that [ have previously measured (exp. 2 in. 1 line).
There is only a very minute trace of black on the middle of the inner
edge of the apical bright red patch of the fore wings, and the hind-
marginal nervular black marks in the hind wings are sufficiently
large to be contiguous, and so to form a very sharply dentated
narrow border. On the pure white underside, the nervules of the
hind wings and of the apical half of the fore wings are blackish
near the hind margin, as in those examples of 7. achine (Cram.)
which are mentioned in my ‘ South-African Butterflies ’ (an. p. 133),
as inhabiting the Transvaal and the Eastern South-tropical tracts.
95. TeRACOLUS ACHINE (Cram.).
Q. Papilio achine, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ceexxxvi. ff. HE, F
(1781).
Humbe (October), Okavango River (December), and Omaramba-
Oamatako (January). Five female examples. -
All these specimens exhibit on the white ground of the fore wings
a slight tinge of yellow immediately before the inner edge of the
orange apical patch; they approach the form gavisa, Wallengr., in
their upperside marking of the fore wings, but (with the exception
of one from Omaramba-Oamatako) are not nearly so heavily marked
on the hind wings. On the underside, three of the five have the
neuration in parts very finely marked with blackish, which is also a
feature indicating approach to gavisa. They agree very nearly with
specimens collected on the Marico River (in 1883) by Mr. F. C.
Selous, and at the junction of that river with the Limpopo (in 1887)
by Mr. Eriksson, and tend to strengthen the view that gavisa is not
truly separable from 7. achine.
96. TERACOLUS GELASINUS, Butl.
3. Teracolus gelasinus, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 143.
n. 52 (1876).
Omrora (August). One male example.
The Angolan specimens on which this species was founded were
two taken by the late Mr. J. J. Monteiro, respectively at the Quanza
(August 1872) and Ambriz (October 1872). The species belongs
to the group of which 7’. daira, Klug, is representative, its nearest
ally being the Angolan 7. interruptus, Butl., which is larger and
has the black markings more developed. The male 7. gelasinus
1891. ] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 99
has no dusky stripe along the inner margin of the fore wings, but
a male taken in Mashuna-land by Mr. F. C. Selous has a faint
marking, representing the extremity of such a stripe, beyond the
middle.
97. TERACOLUS ANTIGONE (Boisd.).
3. Anthocharis antigone, Boisd. op. cit. p. 572. n. 19 (1836).
Ehanda (September). One male example.
This specimen has all the blackish markings faint and reduced ;
the inner-marginal stripe of the fore wings is represented only by a
very indistinct spot beyond the middle.
98. 'TERACOLUS PHLEGETONIA (Boisd.).
BARES! ;
&. Anthocharis phlegetonia, Boisd. op. cit. p. 576. n. 25
(1836).
Omaramba-Oamatako (January). Seven examples; three males
and four females.
_ A good deal of variation in size is shown by these males; the
smallest has the inner-marginal black stripe of the fore wings
relatively much reduced. In the females the spots in the apical
patch of the fore wings vary in tint from duil reddish to dull
yellowish grey.
99. TERACOLUS THEOGONE (Boisd.).
3 2. Anthocharis theogone, Boisd. op. cit. p. 575. n. 23 (1836).
Ehanda (August-September) and Humbe (October). Two male
examples.
There is no trace in either of these specimens of any longitudinal
blackish markings on the upperside.
Genus CatuiprRyas, Boisd.
100. CALLIDRYAS FLORELLA (Fabr.).
Q. Papilio florella, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 479. n. 159 (1775).
Ehanda (September), Omrora (November), Otiembora (November—
December), and Okavango River (December). Six male examples.
Mr. H. L. Feltham’s observation ‘, that the males of this butterfly
that appear early in the season are all less distinctly freckled and
hatched on the underside than those of the midsummer and autumnal
brood, was borne out by specimens which he sent to me, and re-
ceives further confirmation from Mr. Eriksson’s examples. I noted
that Mr. Feltham’s specimens (from Griqualand West) presented
the further peculiarities of smaller size (exp. al. 2 in. 23-6 lin.) and
a yellower tint on the underside; and all three distinctive characters
are presented by Mr. Eriksson’s Ehanda male. The Omrora ex-
ample (November) is also but faintly marked on the underside ;
the one from Otiembora is larger and more distinctly marked ; and
. the two taken on the Okavango River in December are full-sized
and strongly marked beneath.
1 See my ‘South-African Butterflies,’ ii. p. 187, footnote.
oH
/
100 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 20,
Subfamily Paprnionina.
Genus Parixio, Linn.
101. Parinio ANTHEUS, Cram.
Papilio antheus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iit. pl. ccexxxiv. ff. B, C
(1779).
Ehanda (August-September). Fifteen male examples.
These specimens, except in not being so large, appear to approach
the variety from Lake Nyanza separated by Mr. Butler (Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th ser. xii. p. 106, 1883) as P. lurlinus, having
most of the pale green markings (especially the discocellular waved
strice of the fore wings) wider than usual, and the strize just referred
to (particularly the outermost of them) more strongly bisinuated.
102. ParprL1o CORINNEUS, Bertol.
Papilio corinneus, Bertol. ‘‘ Mem. Acad. Sci. Bologn. 1849, p. 9,
tole theleng
Omrora (August). Nine male specimens.
Considerably smaller than usual, expanding from 2 in. 6 lin. to
3 in. One specimen is a notable aberration in colouring, the basal
red in both fore and hind wings on the underside being entirely
absent, and replaced by the ochre-yellow of the ground-colour.
103. Papitio mMoRANIA. (Plate IX. fig. 21,3.)
Papilio morania, Angas, Kafirs. Illustr. pl. xxx. f. 1 (1849).
Omrora (August). Eighteen male examples.
These specimens, like those of P. corinneus, are much below the
usual size, expanding from 2 in. 43 lin. to 6 lin. only. They all
belong to a variety approaching P. corinneus in the following parti-
culars, viz.: in the fore wings the terminal discocellular white
marking is unequally divided by a curved oblique black streak, and
the external superior projection of the large white patch is consider-
able ; and in the hind wings the white field is more restricted than
in ordinary morania, having a somewhat broader hind marginal
black border. Nine of the specimens want the small subbasal disco-
cellular white spot in the fore wings, and two others have it very
‘faintly expressed; whereas in typical morania this spot is better
developed than in corinneus *.
When compared with the typical P. morania of the south-eastern
coast, this Omrora variety is most interesting, as possibly indicating
one of the stages in the differentiation of the species from P. corin-
neus, which is itself so near an ally of the more northern P. pylades,
Fabr.
1 Tn connection with these Omrora specimens, which, though on the whole
nearer to P. morania, exhibit decided variation in the direction of P. corinneus,
I note here, on the other hand, a male example of the latter (sent to me from
Malvern, Natal, by Mr. Cecil N. Barker) which approaches P. morania in the
markings of the underside of the hind wings, where the four white spots of the
submarginal series are nearer to the white field than usual, and are also
blackish-edged internally, and the inner marginal red is much fainter towards
its extremity.
1891.] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 101
104. Papit1io peEMoLEUs (Linn.).
Papilio demoleus, Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulr. Reg. p. 214. n. 33
(1764), and Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 753. n. 46 (1767).
Omrora (August) and Ehanda (August-September). Ten male
examples.
Family Hesperip2%.
Genus Pyreus, Westw.
105. Pyreus vinpEx (Cram.).
Papilio vindex, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. cecliii. ff. G, H (1781).
Omrora (August) and Omaramba-Oamatako (January). Three
male examples.
106. Pyreus Dromus, Plotz.
Pyrgus dromus, Plotz, Mitt. naturw. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm. u.
Riigen, 1884, p. 6. n. 13.
Ehanda (August-September). One male example.
107. Pyreus mara, Trim.
Pyrgus mafa, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 386, pl. vi.
Nes
Ehbanda (September). One male.
The single specimen that I believe is referable to this species is
smaller than usual, expanding barely 11 lin. The upperside differs
in no respect from ordinary P. mafa, but on the underside of the
hind wings the ground-colour is duller and paler, and the subbasal
and median white stripes are rather narrower, more widely inter-
rupted (so as to present a more macular appearance), and (in
common with the submarginal series of white spots) with much
broader and darker brownish-grey edging.
108. Pyreus piomus, Hopff.
Pyrgus diomus, Hopff. Monatsb. Akad. Wissensch. Berl. 1855,
p. 643; id. Peters, Reise nach Mossamb., Ins. p. 420, t. xxvil.
ff. 9, 10 (1862) °.
Ehanda (August-September) and Omaramba-Oamatako (Janu-
ary). ‘Ten examples; nine males and one female.
The two Ehanda males differ from the rest (and from all other
specimens that have come under my notice) in the narrowness of the
median white oblique band on the underside of the hind wings,
which in one example is.not more than half the usual width.
' T have not seen any specimen that entirely agrees with Hopffer’s figure of
- the underside, the white bands of the underside of the hind wing being in every
instance more oblique. The direction of the bands in this figure is intermediate
between that found in P. dromus, Plotz, and the decidedly oblique course just
referred to, ,
102 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 20,
109. Pyreus secrssus, n. sp. (Plate IX. fig. 22, 3.)
Allied to P. sataspes, Trim.
3. Exp. al. 11 lin. to 1 inch.
Fuscous brown, with small dull white spots; in submarginal
series the spots are minute and obsolescent, except two in hind wing
(respectively above and below 2nd median nervule). Fore wing:
three discocellular spots, of which the middle one is very small and
situated close to subcostal nervure; discal series of spots in number
and arrangement as in P. sataspes, but 5th spot largest and more
quadrate, while 6th and 7th are much reduced in size. Hind wing:
a small subbasal discocellular spot; median marking reduced to a
moderate-sized terminal discocellular spot, with a rather smaller
spot immediately below it. UnprrsipE.—Hind wing and apex of
fore wing dull yellow-ochreous with a reddish-brown tinge, the
former with the median band very dull creamy (in one of the two
examples much darker, scarcely distinguishable from basal ground-
colour), rather broad, oblique, almost straight, irregularly denticu-
lated externally, and bounded internally by three separate brown
marks. Fore wing: middle discocellular spot quite as large as the
two others. Hind wing: subbasal cellular spot, and two others
above and a little beyond it (in one specimen obsolescent), indicate
an irregular subbasal transverse band; median hand externally
bounded by dark brown, which gradually shades off into yellow-
ochreous ; a submarginal sinuated series of minute paler spots very
faintly indicated.
Among the more marked distinctions of this form from P. sataspes
are (besides the dull tint, straightness, and even width throughout
of the much broader median band of the underside of the hind
wings) the presence in both fore and hind wings of a subbasal disco-
cellular spot, the different relative sizes of the lower spots of the
discal series in the fore wings, and the ill-defined, narrow, inter-
rupted (instead of dark, continuous, well-developed) internal border
of the median band of the hind wings on the underside. The
possession of a subbasal cellular white spot in both fore and hind
wings is usual in the genus, but P. swéaspes, P. nanus, and the
aberrant P. sandaster, Trim., want this feature.
Omrora (10th—25th August). Two male examples.
Genus Pampuita, Fabr.
110. PAMPHILA CALLICLEs (Hewits.).
2. Cyclopides callicles, Hewits. Deser. New Hesp. il. p. 42. n. 6
(1868); and Exot. Butt. v. pl. 59, ff. 10, 11 (1874).
Omaramba-Oamatako (January). One female example.
111. Pampeuina moranti, Trim.
2. Pamphila morantii, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1873,
p- 122; and g, S.-Afr. Butt. iii. p. 311, pl. 12. f. 3 (1889).
Ehanda (August-September), Okavango River (December), and
Omaramba-Oamatako (January). Five male examples.
1891.] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 103
All these have the underside yellow-ochreous, without any ferru-
ginous tinge, belonging to the variation P. ranoha, Westw. In one
of the two Okavango specimens the small black spots of the under-
side are wanting, but in the other, though smaller than usual, they
are distinct.
112. PaMPpHILA OBUMBRATA, n. sp. (Plate IX. fig. 23, 3.)
Closely allied to P. hottentota (Matr.).
Hap. al. (6) 1 in. 14 lin.; (2) 1 in. 1 lin.
3S. Pale dull greyish brown ; inferior half of hind wing and basal
halt of fore wing suffused with greenish ochreous-yellow ; on lower
discal area of fore wing, between 2nd median nervule and submedian
nervure, a very large, rounded, highly glossy, fuscous-grey sexual
badge, formed of small densely packed tilted scales. UNDERSIDE.—
Very dull pale yellowish grey. Fore wing: two exceedingly faint
paler discal spots between lst and 3rd median nervules (near their
origin). Hind wing: a discal series of very faint elongate confluent
spots, from costa to submedian nervure, sharply angulated on 2nd
subcostal nervule.
@. Without any yellow suffusion. Fore wing: five small
yellowish spots in discal series, viz.: two minute ones together close
to costa, and three obliquely placed between 3rd median nervule and
submedian nervure. Hind wing: a faint trace of a macular yellowish-
white streak in upper part of disk. UNpersipe.—Slightly yellower
than in male, the hind-wing markings Jess indistinct. Hore wing:
besides the five discal spots of upperside, there is a trace of two
additional minute spots, beyond the rest, between Ist radial and 3rd
median nervules.
Besides the extraordinary sexual badge, a more pointed apex
characterizes the fore wing in the male, and the hind wing is more
prominently lobate at the anal angle than in P. hotientota. The
female example is much worn, but appears to be singularly close
to the typical female P. hottentota, except in the failure of yellow
on both surfaces.
Ehanda (Augnst—September). Two examples; a male and a
female.
113. PAMPHILA OCCULTA, Nn. sp.
Allied to P. hottentota (Latr.) and P. lugens, Hopff.
Exp. al. (S$) 1 in. 13-3 lin.; (@) 1 in.’3 lin.
6. Dull brown. Fore wing: a fuscous-brown cloud from base
to beyond middle of costa, covering discoidal cell and extending down-
ward to submedian nervure about middle; commencement of a discal
macular series very faintly indicated by a costal transverse row of
three minute pale spots, in the customary position beyond extremity
of discoidal cell. Unpersipe.— Very much paler ; hind wing and
‘costal and apical area of fore wing rather sparsely sprinkled with
hoary scales. Fore wing : usual discal series of seven small whitish
spots tolerably distinct. Hind wing: an elbowed discal series of
104 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES [ Jan. 20,
five or six indistinct small whitish spots ; inner marginal fold glossy
pale grey.
Palpi, thorax, and abdomen beneath uniform dull whitish.
@. Uniform pale dull brown. ore wing: discal macular series
as on underside of male in position and arrangement, but larger,
whiter, quite distinctly defined, and subvitreous. UNprERsIDE.—
Very slightly tinged with yellowish. Fore wing: discal spots as on
upperside. Hind wing: discal spots more distinct than in male.
This exceedingly obseure little species is distinguished from
P., hottentota by its much duller (and in the male darker) upperside
without any yellowish suffusion, and by the want (in the male total)
of yellow colouring on the underside, as well as by the small size,
separateness, and whitish tint of the discal series of spots on the
underside of the hind wings; the whitish instead of yellow tint of
the underside of the palpi and body is also a distinction, and the
marked prolongation of both the fore and hind wings more resembles
that presented by P. monasi, Trim. The colouring of P. occulta,
however, is not nearly so dark as that of P. dugens, Hopff., which is
also a larger butterfly, with broader and blunter wings, and has the
underside almost as dark as the upperside. But for the almost
entire suppression of the discal spots of the fore wings in the male,
P. occulta looks much like a miniature of P. fatuellus, Hopff.
I have received two Transvaal males of this insect, one without
locality or date, but the other captured at Barberton by Mr. C. F.
Palmer early in 1888; and a third, taken at Potchefstroom by
Mr. T. Ayres, which differs from all the rest in being totally devoid
of the usual small indistinct spots.
Omrora (August), Otiembora (November—December), and Oka-
vango River (December). Two male and two female examples.
114, Pampnrya moritiui (Wallengr.).
Q. Hesperia moritili, Wallengr. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857,
Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 49. n. 4.
Humbe (October). One male example.
115. Pampenuiva Ayrestr, Trim.
3 Q. Pamphila ayresii, Trim. 8. Afr, Butt. ii. p. 321, pl. 12,
f. 1 (1889).
Omrora (August) and Ehanda (August-September). One male
and two temale examples.
116. PAMPHILA BORBONICA (Boisd.).
Hesperia borbonica, Boisd. Faune Ent. de Madag. p. 65. n. 3,
pl. 9. ff. 5, 6 (1833).
Otiembora (November—December). One male example.
117. PAMPHILA MOHOPAANI (Wallengr.).
9. Hesperia mohopaani, Wallengy. loc. cit. p. 43 (1857).
Ehanda (September). One male example.
1891.] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 105
Genus Apantis, Hopff.
118. ABANTIs venosa, Trim. (Plate IX. fig. 24, 3.)
3. Abantis venosa, Trim. §.-Afr. Butt. i. p. 339. n. 361
(1889).
Leucochitonea umvulensis, E. M. Sharpe, Anu. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
6th ser. vol. vi. p. 348 (Oct. 1890).
Omrora (August) and Ehanda (August-September). Three
male examples. |
These specimens have already been described, as ‘‘ variety A”’ of
the species, in my work above quoted, one of the two Ehanda ex-
amples being further noted (p. 340, footnote) as wanting the vitreous
spots of the fore wings and having the white and black on the
underside of the hind wings obsolescent.
119. Apantis pARADISEA (Butl.).
6. Leucochitonea paradisea, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870,
p- 499; and Lep. Exot. p. 167, pl. lix. f. 8 (1874).
Ehanda (September). One male example.
The white markings in this specimen have a decided yellowish
tinge, giving it some resemblance to the female.
120. ABANTIS ZAMBESINA, Westw.
3. Hesperia (Oxynetra) zambesina, Westw. Thes. Ent. Oxon.
p. 183, pl. xxxiv. f. 9 (1874).
Omrora (August) and Ehanda (August-September). Seventeen
male examples.
I noted these specimens of this extremely beautiful Hesperid
last year in vol. 13. of my work above cited (p. 344). Ina footnote
I called attention to the circumstance that the sides of the abdomen
are pure white, and suggested that their being dull yellowish in the
type-specimen figured by Westwood was due to discoloration.
Since then one of Mr. Hriksson’s examples has changed from white
to ochreous-yellow in the part mentioned.
121. ABantis LEVuBU (Wallengr.).
3. Leucochitonea levubu, Wallengr. op. cit. p. 52 (1857).
3 2. Abantis levubu, Trim. S.-Afr. Butt. ii. p. 345, pl. 12. f. 5
[g] (1889).
Omrora (November), Otiembora (November-December), and
Omaramba-Oamatako (January). Eight male examples.
In the fore wings the black on margins and nervules is more
developed than in specimens received from more southern tracts.
Genus Prerycospipea, Wallengr.
122. PreryeGospipEA motozi, Wallengr.
Pterygospidea motozi, Wallengr. op. cit. p. 53 (1857).
Ehanda (August-September). Two male examples.
One of the specimens is of a greyer tint than usual, espeeially on
106 MR. R. TRIMEN ON BUTTERFLIES [ Jan. 20,
the underside, where the pale ochre-yellow tint is reduced to a mere
tinge of the pale greyish-brown ground. The other, althongh a
male, agrees with the female examples noted in my ‘ South-African
Butterflies’ (iii. p. 358)—from Natal and Delagoa Bay—as having
the vitreous spots of the fore wing much reduced in size; it also
has, to a greater extent, the sparse discal hoary scaling on the
upperside of both fore and hind wings which characterizes those
examples. From the occurrence of other examples of both sexes
recently on the Natal coast, I am disposed to think it not unlikely
that this supposed variety of P. motozi may prove to be a distinct
species.
123. PrERYGOSPIDEA JAMESONI. (Plate IX. fig. 25.)
Antigonus jamesoni, KH. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
6th ser. vol. vi. p. 348 (Oct. 1890).
Allied to the North-Indian P. 6hagava (Moore).
Exp. al. 1 in. 5-7 lin.
3. Pale ochre-yellowish-brown, with conspicuous white vitreous
black-edged spots in fore wing, and a very broad median white band
(marked externally with black spots) in hind wing; cilia white,
interrupted at extremity of nervules with brown in fore wing and with
black in hind wing. Fore wing: terminal discocellular spot large,
more or less rounded ; spots in discal row nine, larger than usual,
all very distinct, arranged in three groups, viz.: two smallest,
united, next costa ; three somewhat larger, rounder, separate, form-
ing a curved row below and beyond first two; and four below
discoidal cell, of which the uppermost (between 3rd and 2nd median
nervules) is separate and of moderate size, while the remaining three
(of which the uppermost, between 2nd and 1st median nervules, is
the largest on the wing) are more or less closely united in a slightly
oblique line beneath terminal discocellular spot. Hind wing: basal
area of a darker tint ; inner edge of broad white band well-defined,
almost straight, outer edge rather suffused with ground-colour on
nervules; biack spots very conspicuous, forming a roughly semi-
circular series of nine, of which the first is on the brown inner edge
of white band (between costal and subcostal nervules), but all the
rest, from costal to submedian nervure, a little within the outer
edge. UnpErsipr.—Paler, the ground-colour without ochre-yellow
tinge. Fore wing: edgings of vitreous spots very attenuated and
in parts obsolete; some whitish scaling near base and along inner
margin. Hind wing: basal area greyish white except on costal
border; white band extending rather further beyond black spots,
which are in five specimens rather smaller (especially the 3rd, 4th,
and 5th).
Head and body of ground-colour above (the four terminal abdo-
minal segments with slender white half-rings) ; white beneath, in-
cluding palpi. Antenne black above, whitish beneath.
This delicately tinted species clearly belongs to the group named
Satarupa by Moore (Proc. Zool. Soe. 1865, p. 780), which is
characterized by the hind wings presenting on both surfaces a broad
1891.] FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AFRICA. 107
median white or whitish band bearing black spots externally, and
also by the completeness and strong upper curve of the discal series
of vitreous spots in the fore wings. Though not distantly related
to P. bhagava (Moore), P. jamesoni is nearer to an allied form,
from Coimbatoor and Moulmein, in the British Museum, but differs
from the latter in its paler yellower ground-colour, larger fore-
wing spots (with better developed black edges), whiter, inferiorly
narrowed (instead of widened) hind-wing band, and varied instead
of plain cilia.
Miss E. M. Sharpe describes this species as inhabiting the Umvuli,
a river in Mashuna-land.
Omrora (August). Six male specimens.
Genus Hesperia, Fabr.
124. Hesperia FORESTAN (Cram.).
Papilio forestan, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexci. ff. E, F (1782).
Otiembora (November—December). Ouae male example.
125. Hesperia PISISTRATUS, Fabr.
Hesperia pisistratus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. i. 1, p. 345. n. 311
(1793).
Omrora (November). One female example.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats VIII.
Fig. 1. Acrea atolmis, 3, p. 63.
2. atolmis, 2.
3. atolmts, var. 2.
4, atolmis, §, Summer or Wet-Season Form (acontias,
Westw.).
3. felina, 3, p. 65.
6. Selina, 2.
ic onerata, 3, p. 67.
8, 8a. onerata, 2.
9! asema, 3, p. 68.
10, 10a asema, 2.
Puate IX.
Fig. 11. Acrea ambiqua, 9, p. 70.
12. Crenis natalensis, var. 3, p. 76.
13. Deudori« obscurata, 8, p. 84.
14. Hypolycena ceculus, §, Summer or Wet-Season Form, p. 85.
15. Aphneus erikssoni, 9, p. 86.
modestus, 6, p. 87.
17. Zeritis damarensis, 3, p. 90.
18. Hrikssonia acreina, S, p. 92.
acreina, 2.
acreina, var. 3.
21. Papilio morania, var. 3, p. 100.
22. Pyrgus secessus, 3, p. 102.
23. Pamphila obumbrata, 3, p. 108.
24, Abantis venosa, 3, p. 105.
25. Pterygospidea jamesoni, S, p. 106.
108 ON A WHITE BREAM WITHOUT PELVIC FINS. [Jan. 20,
4. On a Specimen of the White Bream (Abramis blicca,
Bloch) without Pelvic Fins. By H.H. Brinpiey, M.A.,
St. John’s College, Cambridge.
[Received January 3, 1891.]
(Plate X.)
The fish forming the subject of this communication was obtained
from the Cam last August. It is a specimen of Abramis blicca, Bl.,
of which the commonest English name, the “‘ White Bream,” distin-
guishes the species from the Common or Yellow Bream (4. drama).
The former fish is described by Jenyns‘ as ‘‘ very common in the
Cam” andas the “ Breamflat”’ of the fen fishermen. The specimen
exhibits all the appropriate specific characters except as regards the
pelvic fins, which are altogether absent. A normal example of the
species was captured at the same place and during the same hour,
and for the sake of comparison an outline of it is given below the
figure of the abnormal fish.
In the normal example the ventral surface from below the posterior
edge of the operculum to the origin of the pelvic fins is flattened and
is covered by four rows of scales, the scales of the two outer rows
having their outer edges bent upwards to interlock with the scales
of the lowest.rows of the sides of the body and so round off the
sides of the ventral surface. Posteriorly to the pelvic fins the ventral
surface suddenly becomes sharp or rather ceases to be present, the
ventral edges of the scales in the lowest rows of the sides of the body
meeting in the ventral lme.
This ventral compression of the body into an edge behind the
pelvic fins is a generic character *.
The above are also features of the abnormal example, subject to
the following modification at the proper place of origin of the pelvic
fins. The four last scales of each row of the posterior end of the
flattened portion of the ventral surface are of about the same size
and shape as the antecedeut scales, but overlap each other much more
than the latter, viz. to the extent of about two-thirds of their
individual areas. These scales are, however, arranged regularly and
cover completely the proper place of origin of the absent fins.
Dissection of the body-wall in this region, by stripping off the
different layers one by one, revealed no irregularity of arrangement,
the myocommas meeting in the ventral line in the same manner as
in the rest of the region between the pectoral and anal fins.
On macerating the muscles, no trace of a pelvic girdle was found.
The case is therefore one of entire absence of the pelvic girdle and
appendages, their presence normally not being suggested by any
rudiments. That the defect is congenital and not the result of
accidental injury, which would be unlikely on other grounds, is
indicated by the absence of any external mark or scar and the
complete regularity in the musculature.
1 J. Jenyns, ‘ Manual of British Vertebrate Animals, 1825.
2 A, Ginther, ‘ Catalogue of Fishes in British Museum,’ vol. yu. p. 300.
i eS eS Pe
imp.
Mintern. Bros.
H.H.Brindley del. J. Smit lth.
BLL CA,
ABRAMIS
1891.] ON HELODERMA HORRIDUM AND H. SUSPECTUM. 109
The fish is 19°5 cm. in length (with caudal) and weighs 74 grms.
It is interesting to note that, in spite of its totally wanting one pair
of organs of locomotion, the specimen had, when caught, every
appearance of being in as good condition and as well nourished as
the normal fish of about equal size obtained from the same shoal, and
most likely therefore of about the same age.
In connection with this case of abnormal absence of pelvic fins
may be mentioned the fact that their normal absence among Teleostei
is a much more frequent specific character than the absence of
pectorals.
Day * mentions that pelvic fins were entirely absent in eleven out
of thirteen specimens of Gasterosteus pungitius obtained by him in
Treland, and when present were very small. This abnormality was
accompanied by modifications or absence of the pubic plate and
ventral spine. In all the examples of G. spinachia and G. aculeatus
pelvic fins were present.
I am indebted to Prof. G. B. Howes for a Goldfish, 7 em. in
length, in which the left pelvic fin is absent, the other being well
developed. The abnormal Bream has been placed in the Musenm
of the Royal College of Surgeons.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATE X.
Fig. 1. Specimen without pelvic fins.
Fig. 2. Outline of normal fish.
Fig. 3. Ventral view of pelvic girdle and fins of 2.
5. Notes on the Osteology of Heloderma horridum and H. sus-
pectum, with Remarks on the Systematic Position of the
Helodermatide and on the Vertebree of the Lacertilia.
By G. A. BouLeNcER.
[Received January 6, 1891.]
The skeleton of a fully adult specimen of Heloderma horridum,
obtained by Dr. A. Buller in Mexico, has recently been prepared
for exhibition in the galleries of the Natural History Museum, and
at the same time Professor Stewart prepared a skeleton of an adult
H. suspectum for the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. It
appeared to me that it would be interesting on this occasion to make
a comparison of the skeletons of the two species and to record
whatever differences they might present ; for although a good deal
has been published on the osteology of H. horridum? and H. sus-
nectum *, no direct comparison of the two has yet been made.
i Day, ‘‘On some Irish Gasterostei,’ Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. yol. xiii.
* Troschel, F. H. De Helodermate horrido. Orat. in facult. phil. Bon-
nensi. Bonn, 1851].
Troschel, F. H. Arch. f. Nat. 1853, p. 294, pls. xiii, & xiv.
Kaup, J. Arch. f. Nat. 1865, p 33, pl. iii.
Gervais, P. Journ. de Zool. ii. 1873, p. 453, pl. xii.
* Shufeldt, R.W. P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 214, pls. xvii. & xviii.
110 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF ([Jan. 20,
With the kind aid of Professor Stewart, I have been able to bring
together and compare the following material :-—
HI. horridum, Wiegm.
1. Adult 2 skeleton from Salina Cruz, Mexico, obtained by Dr.
A. Buller. In the British Museum.
. Imperfect skull of a younger (half-grown) specimen from
Mexico, extracted from an oldskin. Inthe British Museum.
ine)
HH. suspectum, Cope.
1. Adult 2 skeleton. In the College of Surgeons.
2. Disarticulated skeleton, without the skull, of an adult g. In
the College of Surgeons.
3. Right moiety of skull. In the British Museum.
In the following notes I have limited myself to the skull and
vertebral column’, which have alone yielded specific differences, the
other parts of the skeleton of the two species not differing in any
important point, so far as I can see.
Skull.
The following characters distinguish the skulls of H. horridum
and H. suspectum :—
In the latter, the oral portion of the preemaxillary is narrower,
and its ascending internarial bar wider, than in the former—this
Hicaste
d
Premaxillaries of H. horridwm and H. suspectum.
Front view and upper view; nat. size.
jnternarial bar measuring, at its narrowest point, one third instead
of one fourth or one fifth of the greatest width of the bone. Hight
or nine premaxillary teeth are present in H. horridum, and only six
in H. suspectum. Dr. Shufeldt, however, represents eight teeth in
the latter species; bat his figure, showing all the teeth as of the
1 J must, however, remark that the number of phalanges is 2, 3, 4, 5, 3 in
the manas, as correctly described by Shufeldt, whose figure, nevertheless,
represents only four in the fourth finger, and 2, 3, 4, 5, 4 in the pes. Through
terming the fifth metatarsal bone a tarsal, Shufeldt allows Heloderma but three
phalanges in the fifth toe.
1891.] HELODERMA HORRIDUM AND H. SUSPECTUM. 111
same size, looks very diagrammatic; the outer premaxillary teeth
are always larger than the median. The postorbital arch is more
slender in H. suspectum. Palatine and pterygoid teeth appear to be
constantly absent in H. suspectum, whereas they are present in both
skulls of H. horridum examined by me as well as in those described
by Troschel and by Kaup, who first noticed their presence. It is
remarkable to find so importaut a difference between two species so
closely allied. The presence of palatine teeth is quite exceptional
among Lacertilia; they are only known in two other genera, viz.,
Ophisaurus and Chameleolis. My adult specimen has six or seven
teeth on each pterygoid and three on each palatine; the younger
specimen has only one palatine and two pterygoid teeth on each side.
I was much surprised to find on the adult skull of H. horridum a
small azygous ossification in the cartilage of the mandibular sym-
physis, apparently the homologue of the symphysial (mento-mecke-
lian) bones of roost tailless Batrachians. On referring to Dollo’s
paper on the skull of Iguanodon’, I find that an apparently similar
ossification has been noticed by Kolliker* in Man. Whether the
preesymphysial bone (Dollo) of Dinosaurs is homologous with this
is still questionable, especially since the discovery of a corresponding
bone in the upper jaw, the “rostral bone” of Marsh*. The con-
Symphysial portion of mandible of H. horridum.
Lower view ; nat. size.
dition of this little bone in Heloderma appears to be very much the
same as in Man, as far as may be judged from the few words
devoted to it by Kélliker, and it is likewise only of exceptional
occurrence, as I have failed to find a trace of it in any but this solitary
specimen.
Another individual peculiarity of this same skull of H. horridum
is the presence of a small tooth-like bony knob on the anterior por-
tion of the under surface of the basioccipital, such as is often found,
Bull. Mus. Belg. ii. 1883, p. 224.
* Entwickelungsgeschichte des Menschen, &e., 2nd ed. p. 473.
* Am, Journ. Sci. xxxix. 1890, pp. 81, 418.
112 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF [Jan. 20,
more or less developed, in the Ophidians. As observed by Shufeldt,
the bony dermal tubercles of the head are so intimately adherent to
the bones that it is extremely difficult to remove them in adult
specimens; but in the half-grown skull of H. horridum, which is
quite as large as that of the adult H. suspectum, they could be de-
tached very readily, and the skull shows all the sutures perfectly
distinct, as correctly figured by Gervais and by Bocourt'*. I niay
add that bony tubercles are also present on the dorsal and lateral
Pigs.
Skin of the middle part of the body of H. suspectui, epidermis removed,
showing the bony tubercles; nat. size.
surfaces of the body, but wide apart and gradually diminishing in
size towards the ventral surface, which is entirely devoid of dermal
ossifications or shows mere ring-like traces of them, except on the
preeanal region, which, like the back, is studded with bony tubercles.
Vertebral Column.
This consists of 8 cervical, 26 dorsal, 2 sacral, and 40 caudal
(=76) vertebrae in H. horiidum, of 8 cervicals, 26 or 28 dorsals, 2
sacrals, and 27 caudals (=63 or 65) in H. suspectum. In the (2)
specimen of the latter species, with 28 dorsal vertebrze, both centrum
and arch of the 21st vertebra are anchylosed with the 22nd.
I was anxious to examine the atlas, as I had been much struck
by Dr. Shufeldi’s statement (P. Z. S. 1890, p. 214) that it is ‘* com-
posed of five separate pieces; three of these are devoted to the for-
mation of its anterior cup for the cranial condyle. Of these three
pieces, one is a mid-ventral one, while either of the others are ventro-
laterally situated. Each side of the neural arch is formed by one of
the two of the remaining pieces of the five of the component ele-
ments of this vertebra ; and in a large specimen of this lizard none
1 Miss. Sc. Mex., Rept. pl. xx. n.
1891.] HELODERMA HORRIDUM AND H. SUSPECTUM. 113
of these five parts had co-ossified.’’ I can, however, now confidently
affirm that Dr. Shufeldt has been deceived in his examination. The
atlas-ring of Heloderma is formed, as in all Reptiles, of three pieces,
a ventral and two dorso-lateral. The presence of five elements in
the atlas-ring, if such had been the case, would have entirely upset
the current view on the morphology of the vertebral column, which
holds the said ring to be formed of the neural arch of the atlas and
the proatlanto-atlantic hypapophysis or intercentrum ; the centrum
of the atlas being either free behind the ring or fused with the
centrum of the vertebra following (odontoid process of the epistro-
pheus). I regard the views held by Cope’, Baur’, and Credner’®
on the morphology of the vertebral column, based as they are on the
evidence of the primitive structure afforded by many Stegocephalians,
as thoroughly sound, and borne out by everything we know of the
structure of recent and fossil Reptiles.
The vertebre of Reptiles are composed of the following
elements :—Neural arch (neurapophyses), centrum, and _ inter-
centrum (hypapophyses, subvertebral wedge-bones, chevrons). No
Reptile shows an exogenous hypapophysis together with an auto-
genous hypapophysis, wedge-bone or chevron on the same centrum *,
and the continuity of the series of intercentral autogenous hypapo-
physes throughout the vertebral column, together with the gradual
passage of the wedge-bones into the chevrons, is clearly exhibited in
Sphenodon and the Geckos. The homology of the cervical hypapo-
physes with the chevrons is further manifested by such Squamata
as have the chevrons attached toa single centrum, viz., the Anguide,
Varanide, and Mosasauride, having the cervical hypapophyses like-
wise on the centrum ; whilst those having the chevrons intercentral,
viz., the Agamide, Iguanide, Lacertide, most Scincide, Chameleon-
tide, &c., have also the cervical hypapophyses so disposed.
In Sphenodon and Geckos, in which the branches of the anterior
chevrons are united at the base, the hypapophysis anterior to the
first chevron is single, but when the chevrons are V-shaped the
hypapophysis preceding them is paired. Such is the case in Helo-
derma, and I have observed the same thing in many other Lizards,
where these little bones bear much resemblance to the cervical hypa-
pophyses of many Chelonians, or of Lacerta agilis, as figured by
Leydig (Deutschi. Saur. pl. iv. fig. 53). I believe, however, that
paired autogenous hypapophyses have not been recorded before in
the caudal region of Lizards. The paired inferior processes of the
caudal vertebrae of Snakes must be likewise regarded as homologous
1 Amer. Nat. 1878, p. 327, and Tr. Am. Philos. Soc. (2) xvi. 1888, p. 248,
2 Biol. Centralbl. vi. 1886, p. 332.
3 Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges. xlii. 1890, p. 260.
4 Hulke (P.Z.8. 1888, p. 422) states that in the cervical vertebrae of Zra-
chydosaurus rugosus “the ‘ intercalary’ or intercentrum coexists with a genuine
[exogenous] hypapophysis ;’ but I have been unable to find any substantiation
of this statement on a specimen of that Lizard in the College of Surgeons,
which I have had especially cleaned for examining this point. It is possible
that the part termed by Hulke intercentrum is an epiphysis of the hypapophysis
such as is so well developed in Varanus and Mosasauria.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. VIII. 8
114 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE OSTEOLOGY oF [Jan. 20,
with the chevrons, especially if we look at the state of things in the
anterior caudal region in the Mosasaurs, where we find distally
disconnected paired hypapophyses, whether fused with the centrum
(Mosasaurus)' or not (Liodon), passing into true chevrous.
As to the term to be employed for the element under discussion,
we have the choice between Owen’s hypapophysis * and Cope’s later
intercentrum. The objection that may be made to the former term,
of implying a process of the centrum, may be set aside from the
fact that Owen himself intended it for auto- as well as exogenous
formations, the two being, as far as Reptiles are concerned, certainly
homologous—the exogenous hypapophyses of the cervical region of
certain Lizards and Snakes, and of the caudal region of Snakes and
certain Mosasaurians, being nothing but the primitively autogenous
aud intercentral elements (intercentra) shifted forwards or backwards
as the case may be® and fused with the centrum. And Cope’s term
' The chevrons are also anchylosed to the centrum in Diploglossus and Ophi-
saurus.
> The term hemapophysis should be entirely discarded, as based on a theo-
retical conception which isnot borne out by our present knowledge. ‘The loose
application of the term hemal spine by Owen is best shown in one of his later
papers (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1877, p. 709), where “hemal spine” stands
for the cervical hypapophysis of Jywana, the hypapophysial epiphysis of the
cervical vertebre of Clidastes, as well as for the chevrons. The denomination
hemal crest or hemat spine should be restricted to such ventral outgrowths of
the centra as the keel found in many Chelonians or the long process of the
lumbar vertebrae of the Rabbit.
* On examining a large variety of skeletons of Lizards, it is obvious that the
intercentral chevrons have in most cases been shifted forwards, as every passage
can be found between the position they occupy in Gecko and Jguwana on the one
hand, and Varanus and Mosasaurus on the other. But in Tupinambis, a mem-
Fig. 4.
Caudal vertebrae of Tupinambis qigropunctatus ; nat. size.
ber of the family Tetide, I find a very curious form of chevrons: the branches
are in their proximal portion horizontal and applied against the centrum pos-
terior to their intercentral attachment, the descending portion originating a
little in advance of the middle of the centrum. We may easily imagine that such
an arrangement may lead, by the fusion of the basal portion of the hypapo-
physes with the centrum, to a form of chevron coinparable to that of a Varanus,
but by a totally different process of evolution. By the way, it may be men-
1891. ] HELODERMA HORRIDUM AND H. SUSPECTUM. 115
may be likewise objected to on the ground that it is not expressive
of the position assumed by the element in a great number of Reptiles.
Fig. 5.
Ti lf ia
" Wh
AY)
Three posterior dorsal and three anterior caudal vertebre of Heloderma sus-
pectum, § (a) and 9 (0), and H. horridum, @ (¢); nat. size.
I therefore think it best to retain the name hypapophysis (Owen), of
which zntercentrum (Cope) becomes a synonym.
Turning back again, after this somewhat lengthy digression, to the
tioned that the zygosphenal articulation of the vertebra exists in Tupinambis
and Teius as in most [gwanide. Owen was mistaken in denying the existence
of the zygosphene in Amblyrhynchus, where it is present as in most Iguanoids,
including Phrynosoma and Basiliscus; only two Iguanoid genera are known to
me to lack this additional articulation, viz., Anolis and Polychrus.
It appears to me very probable that the Lizards from the Eocene of Wyom-
ing, described by Marsh (Am. Journ. (3) iv. 1872, p. 299) under the name of
Thinosaurus, as haying vertebree resembling those of Varanus, but with zygo-
sphenal articulation, belong to the family Tedide, and there can be no shadow
ef a doubt that the Cretaceous (Neocomian) Hydrosaurus lesinensis of Korn-
huber (Abh. geol. Reichsanst. v. 1873, H. 4, pl. xx.), placed by Zittel in the
Varanide, belongs to the Dolichosawride, possibly to the genus Dolichosaurus
proper. ae
116 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF ([Jan. 20,
comparison of the vertebral columns of the two species of Heloderma,
we have merely to notice the following differences :—A short rib
is present on the third cervical in H. horridum, which is absent in
H. suspectum ; the neural spines are more elevated in the middle and
posterior portion of the dorsal region in H. horridum, specimens of
the same sex, of course, being compared. The neural spines are
much more developed in the male.
Systematic Position of Heloderma.
That Heloderma is the type of a distinct family of Lizards is now
universally admitted, but views differ as to its position in the system.
The place of the Helodermatide between the Anguide and the
Varanide, which I assigned to them in 1884, is, I still think, the
most natural. They agree with the Anguide in the structure of the
tongue and the presence of dermal ossifications’, and it is probable
that direct comparison of them with the numerous remains from the
Eocene of Wyoming, described by Marsh (Am. Journ. (3) i. 1871,
p. 456, and iv. 1872, pp. 302 and 305) as Glyptosaurus, would
reveal their closer resemblance to these than to any of the existing
members of that family. Marsh remarks of his Glyptosaurus that
‘“‘the head was covered with large osseous shields, symmetrically
arranged and highly ornamented, resembling in this respect the
modern Heloderma.” In G. rugosus ‘‘the prefrontal and post-
frontal bones approach each other above the orbit.”
The agreement with the Varanide is in the arrangement of the
bones of the palate and the presence of descending laminee of the
frontals forming a bridge under the olfactory lobes of the brain (a
character shown by the Geckonide, Uroplatide, Eublepharide, and
Snakes*). Apart from the secondary character of the presence of
grooves, the teeth of Heloderma resemble those of Anguis and Va-
ranus, The most important character which differentiates Heloderma
from all other Lizards is the presence of a bony postorbital arch,
combined with the absence of a zygomatic arch. The absence of a
transverse limb to the interclavicle is not of more than generic impor-
tance, as it occurs also in an Agamoid, Lophura, and the reverse
modification, viz., the suppression of a longitudinal limb, in an
Iguanoid, Phrynosoma.
The latest attempt at fixing the systematic position of Heloderma
is Baur’s* proposal to group the Varanide, Mosasauride, and Helo-
dermatide together as follows :—
mde.
VARANOIDEA.......... 1 Varande
Mosasauride.
PLATYNOTA. |
HELODERMATOIDEA.... Helodermatide.
' Through a printer’s error, it is stated in my ‘ Catalogue of Lizards,’ vol. ti.
p- 266, that the dermal plates “are provided with a system of fine tubercles.”
Tubercles is so obviously a misprint for ¢wbules that I should not have thought
it worth while to correct the statement here but for the fact that it has been
repeated in several recent paleontological works.
> But not by the Mosasaurs.
® Science, xvi. 1890, p. 262.
1891.] HELODERMA HORRIDUM AND H. SUSPECTUM. Mil7/
Although fully admitting the name Pythonomorpha' to have been
ill chosen, I cannot but agree with Prof. Cope in maintaining the
Mosasaurs as a suborder, if only for the hyperphalangy of their
limbs * and the type of their dentition, the large osseous bases which
bear the teeth being inserted in a groove of the jaws, a feature
which may be regarded as midway between the thecodont and acro-
dont types; whereas the Monitors and Heloderms belong to the
pleurodont type. The Helodermatide on the other hand are true
Lacertilia, more closely related, in my opinion, to the Anguide than
to the Varanide. And although there are undoubtedly many points
common to the Monitors and the Mosasaurs, I hold that Dr. Baur
is mistaken in proposing to revert to the Cuvierian views 0 the
affinities of the large extinct marine Reptiles. Dr. Baur says: “It
is evident that the Mosasauride are very closely related to the
Varanide. They simply represent highly specialized aquatic forms.”
Does this mean that limbs so strongly specialized as those of the
Monitors can have been modified into the paddles of the Mosasaurs ?
A glance at the figures (see fig. 6, p. 118) suffices to refute such a
theory. But we can perfectly well conceive the hind limb of a Doli-
chosaurian becoming modified into the said paddle; and I can see
no reason for not regarding these Cretaceous Lizards as the pro-
genitors of the Mosasaurs, and at the same time of the true Lacer-
: tilia of which the Pleistocene and recent Varanide are a family.
This view is besides in accordance with the suggestion made by
Dollo*, that the progenitors of the Mosasaurs must have possessed
the zygosphenal articulation.
The Order Squamata may very well be divided into the following
_ five Suborders, merely with regard to the structure of the limbs and
vertebral column :—
A. Pectoral arch or its rudiments present. Caudal hypapophyses
forming chevrons.
I. Dolichosauria. 15-17 cervical vertebre. Extremities
(Fig. 6 A, p. 118) archaic, 2. e., approaching the Batrachian
type.
Il. Pythonomorpha. 9 or 10 cervical vertebree. Extremities
(Fig. 6 B, p. 118) paddle-shaped, with hyperphalangy.
Ill. Lacertilia. 8 or 9 cervical vertebree. Fibula reduced
proximally ; fifth metatarsal reduced in length and strongly
modified (Fig. 6 C, p. 115).
IV. Rhiptoglossa. 5 cervical vertebree. Extremities pincer-
shaped ; all the metatarsals reduced in length and strongly
modified (Fig. 6 D, p. 118).
B. No trace of pectoral arch. Caudal hypapophyses disconnected
distally.
V. Ophidia.
t Pythonomorpha, Cope, 1869,= Mosasauria, Marsh, 1880.
> At least three phalanges in digit I.
* Bull. Soe. Belge Géol. iv. 1890, p. 167.
118 ON HELODERMA HORRIDUM AND H.susPEcTUM. [Jan. 20,
The probable affinities and phylogeny of these five groups are
expressed by the following diagram :—
Rhiptoglossa.
Pythonomorpha. Lacertilia. Ophidia.
RSE hae
Dolichosauria.
Fig. 6.
A. Hind limb of Dolichosaurus lesinensis (after Kornhuber) ; B. of Edesto-
saurus (after Marsh) ; C. of Varanus; D. of Chameleon.
These figures illustrate the principal modifications of structure of
the limbs in the four Suborders in which they are developed.
us
oy
ect
COR gy
mn
"Re
PP. Z.5. 1837 aa
Vis oe
C. Stewart del. Mamtern Bros. hth.
ANATOMY OF HELODERMA
sui
1891.] ON THE ANATOMY OF HELODERMA. 1p)
6. On some Points in the Anatomy of Heloderma.
By Prof. C. Stewart,
[Received January 20, 1891.]
(Plate XI.)
Having had an opportunity of examining the more or less entire
viscera of three specimens of Heloderma, viz.a male and female of
HI. suspectum, and one female of H. horridum, I have thought that
a comparison between them might be of interest, and also that it
was desirable to call attention to some features in which my specimens
appeared to differ from the recorded observations of others, and to
give a brief description of the male urogenital system of H. suspectum.
Dr. J. G. Fischer, in a paper published in 1878, has given figures
and a full account of the poison-apparatus, hyoidean muscles, &ec. of
HT. horridum. In the ‘ Proceedings ’ of this Society for 1890 is a
very complete description of the anatomy of a female specimen of
HZ. suspectum by Dr. R. W. Shufeldt.
Thyroid Gland.—The thyroid of H. suspectum is figured and de-
scribed by Dr. Shufeldt as a bilobed structure, the lobes united by a
transverse isthmus, and situated in front of the trachea at the base of
the heart, but in a footnote (op. cit. p. 206) he states that he may
have mistaken blood-stained tissue for the thyroid, but that he failed
to find anything else which resembled that organ. In all my speci-
mens it was readily found, as a paired organ, the lobes placed one
on each side of the trachea and totally unconnected by an isthmus.
They were surrounded by a well-defined capsule, to which they
were attached by trabeculee, the capsule apparently forming the
walls of a lymph-sinus.
In H. horridum the lower border of the thyroid is 47 mm. from
the base of the heart, and 73 mm. from the laryngeal opening. The
right lobe is 9 mm. long, 5 mm. broad, and 14 mm. thick. The
left lobe is 7 mm. long, with width and thickness the same as the
right.
The lower border of the thyroid in the male H. suspectum is 46
mm. from the glottis, each lobe was 11 mm. long and 33 broad ;
the extremity of the left lobe nearest the trachea was pointed, and
from the corresponding end of the right lobe there was a delicate
prolongation extending forwards, in length equal to that of the main
body of the lobe. Inthe female H. suspectwm the thyroid was similar
in shape, but somewhat smaller than in HZ. horridum.
Trachea, Larynx, and Lungs.—The length of trachea and larynx
from the glottis to bifurcation of bronchiwas 110 mm. in HZ. horridum;
from bifurcation to point of entrance into lung 13 mm. There were
- seven large openings from the continuation of the bronchus into the
lung-tissue, in front of its posterior termination. They are situated
on the ventral surface. Each of the posterior three shows more or
less a division into two, a condition more marked in other Lacertilia,
120 ON THE ANATOMY OF HELODERMA. [Jan. 20,
e. g. Varanus. The length of the continuation of the bronchus
through lung-substance is 55 mm. }
The lung is 173 mm. long, the thin-walled rounded posterior end
is the larger; anteriorly the lung terminates in a blunt point.
Dr. Shufeldt points out that in Heloderma the bronchi are long,
but that Prof. Mivart states that they are short in Lacertilia. May
not this discrepancy be due to the latter anatomist having measured
from the bifurcation to the point of their entrance into the lungs,
whilst Dr. Shufeldt included the prolongation into lung-substance ?
Kidneys.—If the kidneys of the large female H. horridum be
compared with those of the somewhat small specimen of male
H. suspectum, one is struck by the relative small size and more
numerous lobulation of those of the former. They also show a marked
distinction into an oval anterior region, and a tail-like posterior
prolongation formed of from four to six small lobules closely adherent
to the ureter. In H. suspectum the kidney gradually tapers to the
posterior extremity. The length of the fore part of the kidney in
H. horridum was 35 mm. ; its breadth 15 mm.; the tail-region 15
mm. long.
In the large male H. suspectum the kidney was 70 mm. long and
16 broad.
Genitalia.—The genitalia of the male H. suspectum presented the
ordinary Lacertilian features. The dorsal wali of the cloaca was
provided with a couple of anal glands, whilst a belt of similar
though smaller glands surrounded the ventral half of its circum-
ference.
The female H. suspectum was much the smaller of the three
examples of the genus examined. In it the left ovary contained two
nearly ripe ova, the right ovary three; the largest ovum measured
24 mm. by 21 mm.
Inferior labial Poison-glands.—The most interesting feature in
the anatomy of Heloderma is probably the poison-apparatus figured
and described by Fischer and Shufeldt. These both agree in stating
that from the surface of each “ submaxillary gland” nearest the lower
jaw proceed from four to five ducts which pass into the sabstance
of the jaw, and finally discharge the secretion of the gland at the
bases of certain of the grooved teeth. This view of the structure I
hold to be incorrect, and believe that the gland and its ducts are
altogether external to the jaw; that the ducts pass directly from the
substance of the gland to their openings, which are situated to the
inner side of a fold of mucous membrane which intervenes between
the lip and the jaw. In 4H. horridum I only found one opening
on either side, a guarded bristle could readily be passed through this
into the upper of the three chief lobes of the gland ; and on injecting
the substance of eitner lobe by means of a hypodermic syringe, the
fluid escaped by this orifice alone.
When the gland of H. suspectum was similarly treated, the fluid
in like manner freely flowed from all the four or five openings on
the mucous surface, without a trace passing into the supposed ducts
which went to the jaw, these being in my opinion only the branches
1891.) THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 121
of the inferior dental nerve and associated blood-vessels which are
normally found in this situation.
The glands have not a smooth surface such as the figures given
would indicate, but are divided into well-defined lobules, which in
H. suspectum converge and partly fuse as they pass upwards and
forwards from lower border to the anterior extremity.
Behind the poison-glands are a few small mucous glands.
When dissecting the fresh specimen of Heloderma under water, the
slightest pressure on the poison-gland caused a milky fluid to escape
from the gland-openings referred to above ; this fluid readily diffused
itself in the water, whereas the mucus from the other glands hung
about as more transparent ropy clouds.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.
Fig. 1. Dissection of the ventral surface of the head and neck of H. suspectum.
G. Left poison-gland ; the right gland has been raised to show the
branches of the inferior dental nerve and blood-vessels. 'T. Left
lobe of thyroid gland.
. Inner surface of left poison-gland of H. horridum.
3. Diagrammatic section of lower jaw and poison-gland. J. Jaw;
G. Gland; D. Its duct; 8. Skin.
4. Left kidney of H. horridum.
5. Left urogenital system of A. suspectum. K. Kidney; B. Bladder;
U. Ureter; T. Testis; V.D. Vas deferens; R. Rectum; R.M.
Rectal muscles; C. Cloaca; D.A.G. Dorsal anal gland; P. Penis;
C.M.P. Constrictor muscle of penis; R.M.P. Retractor muscle of
penis; 8. Skin.
February 3, 1891.
Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society's Menagerie during the month of January 1891 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of January was 76, of which 62 were by
presentation, 4 by exchange, 4 by purchase, 1 by birth, and 5 were
received on deposit. ‘The total number of departures during the same
period, by death and removals, was 71.
Amongst the additions special attention may be called to :—
A Yellow-crowned Penguin (Hudyptes antipodum), from New
Zealand, presented by Sir Henry Peek, Bart., F.Z.S.
This is a scarce species (cf. Buller, B. New Zealand, pl. xlvi.
p-. 294), and we have never received a specimen of it before.
Mr. Larkworthy, who procured this Penguin for Sir Henry Peek,
writes as follows concerning its capture :—‘‘ There is an Oyster Fishery
established at the Bluff Harbour, Southland, N. Z., and the operations
of the fishermen are carried out in the straits between the Middle
Island and Stewart’s Island. This bird and others, six in all, were
captured by the crew of one of the oyster-boats, in one of the small
bays in Stewart’s Island, and sent thence to Port Chalmers, Otago,
to wait for a steamer.”
122 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON THE [Feb. 3,
A letter was read from Dr. Emin Pasha, C.M.Z.S., dated Bussisi
(on Lake Victoria Nyanza), October 6, 1890, announcing the despatch
to the Society of a collection of Birds which he had made on his
way up from the coast.
ee
The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of Mr. J. W. Willis-Bund,
F.Z.S., a specimen of the Collared Petrel (Gstrelata torquata,
Macg.), which had been shot off the Welsh coast in Cardigan Bay
in December 1889, as recorded in the ‘ Zoologist’ for 1890
(p. 454).
This was the first instance of the occurrence of this South-Pacific
species in the British seas.
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Question of Saurognathism of the Pici, and other
Osteological Notes upon that Group. By R. W. Sav-
reLpt, C.M.Z.S. &c.
[Received January 9, 1891.]
For a number of years past the doubt has been growing in my
mind as to the correctness of the interpretation placed upon the
osseous structures at the base of the skull in the Pict by three
morphologists who are the upholders of the idea of a state of sauro-
enathism in these birds. This doubt has been strengthened durmg
these years by many studies of the anatomy of Woodpeckers im all
stages of growth and of many species. Within the past year the
osteology of all the United States genera of this group in numerous
cases, including skeletons of adults, subadults, and nestlings, has been
carefully reviewed by me upon ample material. This last investiga-
tion has confirmed my doubts.
Of all those ornithotomists of authority who have made researches
in this direction, the opinions of but three shall be adverted to here,
and references will be made to Huxley, Parker, and Garrod.
’ No blame is attached to that host of most capable systematic
ornithologists who, never having dissected a Woodpecker in their
lives, have in their published works more or less blindly adopted the
views of those who have relegated the Pied to a saurognathous group
created to contain them. Asis well-known, among the more recent
interpreters of the structures exemplified on the part of birds, Pro-
fessor Huxley, in his remarkable paper which appeared in the Pro-
ceedings of this Society for 1867 on the Classification of Birds,
presented the results of some of his studies of the cranial peculiarities
seen among the Woodpeckers. And so impressed was he with the
apparently unique condition of certain osseous structures seen at the
1891. ] SAUROGNATHISM OF THE PICI. 123
cranial base in these forms, that he suggested a separate group for the
Pici, viz. the Celeomorphe.
But in characterizing this group, he was, from an insufficient
supply of material, led into several errors,—errors of omission and
errors of commission,—which have since been appreciated by the
avian morphologist. Professor Huxley held that in the Wood-
peckers “the vomers are very delicate rod-like bones, which in
some cases, at any rate, remain permanently separate.”’ It will be
observed that he makes no reference to that median bone which is
seen to lie between the palatines in some species, and which Parker
afterwards designated as the “‘ medio-palatine.”
It would be superfluous for me to enter upon the question here of
the enormous, and upon the whole beneficial, influence this masterly
and opportune memoir has had upon the study of avian structure
and taxonomy.
Later on Professor Garrod called into question the conception of
these parts as arrived at by Professor Huxley’.
Garrod remarked that ‘‘ Professor Huxley, in his paper ‘On the
Classification of Birds,’ has entered into considerable detail respect-
ing the Woodpecker’s palate, and from not finding a vomer present,
and observing the peculiar longitudinal bony spicula connected with
the inner edges of the palatine bones, opposite to and behind the
fenestree they assist to enclose, is led to think that these spicula are
the rudiments of the vomer, which has not ossified across the middle
line. But in carefully prepared skulis they look much more like the
inner edges of the imperfectly ossified palatines, as they are connected
completely with them at both ends. Further, in most of the speci-
mens of Gecinus viridis and its allies that I have had the opportunity
of examining, I have found a median bone, situated between the
palatines, and supported like a vomer on the basisphenoid rostrum,
at the anterior end of its broader portion. This bone is small, and
shaped very much like a spear-head with the tip directed forwards,
whilst posteriorly it gradually becomes fibrous and tends to bifurcate,
but not in the ossified part. It does not extend backwards quite so
far as the pterygo-palatine articulation.”
It is evident that Garrod saw the vomer of the Pici in the median
bone which Professor Huxley had overlooked, and construed the
spicula given off by the palatine bones, no¢ as vomers, but as palatine
spurs of processes.
Next appears the beautiful monograph of Professor W. Kitchen
Parker, entitled ‘‘On the Morphology of the Skull in the Wood-
peckers (Picidee) and Wrynecks (Yungidee),” which was read before
the Linnean Society of London in April 1874. It is illustrated by
five superb 4to plates coloured, giving enlarged views of the skulls of
several Woodpeckers, Jynz, &c. In this work Professor Parker
essentially adopted the views of Huxley in the premisses and amplified
them. The saurognathism of the Picz, however, evidently still had its
doubters and opponents, for in the work just quoted Professor Parker
1 Garrod, A. W., “ Note on some of the Cranial Peculiarities of the Wood-
peckers,” Ibis, 1872, pp. 857-60, October 1.
124 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON THE {Feb. 3,
is constrained to say that, ‘‘ Thus in the large series of types which
I have determined to compare together, it has seemed fit to me to
take a very small territory; yet that territory contains parts that
have undergone the greatest amount of metamorphosis of any in the
whole body of a high and noble vertebrate, and moreover being, in
the bird, the skeletal framework of the whole upper face, these
parts are, as it were, an index of the amount of specialization under-
gone by any particular type—the ruling determining structures that
lead to all, and really demand all, the changes that take place in the
rest of the organism. This is especially explained for the benefit of
those who will accuse me, and have already accused Professor Huxley,
of taking a narrow view of the Bird-types—touching with the point
of a needle some little tract, but unacquainted with and not able to
appreciate the Bird as a whole.”
After long thought and, as stated above, after many dissections
of Woodpeckers of various genera, the writer is led to believe in
regard to this question that—(1) The Prci are peculiar in regard to
certain osseous structures of the cranium, du¢ inasmuch as all the rest
of their organization exhibits a high order of specialization, nearly
equalling some of the highest among birds, these few characters must
not be considered as being the representatives of the corresponding
parts, in structure and arrangement, as found among some Lizards.
We have abundant evidence of the Reptilian origin of birds without
damaging this evidence by straining such points as these.
(2) That inasmuch as the vomer in all adult birds, even in the
Ostrich-types, is single and median, the ‘‘ medio-palatine”’ of Parker
must be considered the vomer of the Picz. And when other small,
median ossifications are found along in the line of the vomer, when
the latter is present, they are simply adventitious ossicles occurring
in the soft, membranous medio-septa of these vertebrates; such
structures are occasionally seen in certain Hawks and Owls.
(3) That the processes designated as the vomers of the Pici by
Professor Parker are merely apophysial outgrowths of the mesial
borders of the palatines, and as the palatines are paired bones in
AVES, we cannot conceive of such a structure in them as a “ medio-
palatine.”
(4) That they are not desmognathous means nothing in a saurian
sense, for even among the so-called Desmognathze, Hilanus is a non-
desmognathous bird; and that the ‘“ maxillo-palatines”’ are but
little developed in the Pict, applies also with almost equal truth to
the Trochili, where we find them much reduced.
(5) That the fact that the basipterygoid processes are arrested
would not especially entitle them to be called a saurognathous group.
We see the same in some Accipitres, and they are functional im the
Owls and other highly organized birds.
(6) That we do not believe that the pterygoid of a Woodpecker
im any way especially answers to that bone in a Snake or a Lizard,
any more than does the pterygoid of any other highly specialized
bird. And further, that some of the peculiarities of the Pzcz may be
due to the fact that these birds have long used their bills to strike
_ 1891.] _ SAUROGNATHISM OF THE PICI. 125
heavily with, which in time may have come to modify certain struc-
tures of the cranium, as has been pointed out by Garrod *.
(7) It is quite characteristic of many of the skulls in the Pici that
some of the free margins of the cranial bones, during the growth of
the species, are prone to ossify by what may be designated as a
“ragged border,’’ and this will account for the minute granular islets
of bone which occur along the mesial margins of the palatines ; they
are the so-called ‘‘septo-maxillaries”’ of Parker,—but they really
belong to the palatines. We have found them to vary greatly in
number, and in position in the same species. They are likewise
adventitious ossifications, and they belong to the same category as
the ‘‘ Wormian bones” of anthropotomy.
(8) Finally, as to the nasal labyrinth, we find nothing especially
saurian beyond what we see in other highly specialized types of birds.
Parker has said in the article “Birds” of the ‘Encyclopedia
Britannica’ (9th ed. p. 717), that “ these birds are saurognathous in
other respects, e. g., their nasal labyrinth is unusually simple. The
‘inferior turbinal,’ which has three coils in Rhea and Tinamus, and
two in most birds, is in Gecinus merely bi-alate ; in Iynx it makes less
than a single turn, whilst the alinasal turbinal of that bird has two
turns, and that of Gecinus one. Gecinus is in all respects the most
specialized, Picumnus the most embryonic, and Iyna the most pas-
serine of the Celeomorphe. Also, in Gecinus the nasal labyrinth is
most ossified, and in Iynw least.”
This strikes us as rather peculiar logic when arguing for the saurian
organization of certain cranial structures as seen in the Pict: especi-
ally when we come to recognize the relative position of Rhea in the
system, and the high position held by the Passeres.
Indeed, we must believe that too close study of a single set of
characters stands in danger of making us blind to the significance of
the tout ensemble of the characters presented on the part of the
entire economy of the form examined.
In his Linnean paper quoted above, Professor Parker says of
Picumnus minutus that “1 have had to work out the parts of this
bird’s palate from the fractured skull in a dry skin.’ His entire
knowledge of the structures of this interesting genus of birds probably
rested upon this examination. It is evident, then, what we most
need now in this direction is a full description of the entire structure
of several genera of the Pzci, with the same for Iynv and Picumnus,
and these thoroughly compared with several of the Cotingide and
Formicariide and allied forms.
As I have already remarked on a foregoing page, I have recently
examined series of skeletons of many species of Woodpeckers found
in the United States. The results of these investigations have been
written out to form one of the chapters of my work upon the Osteo-
logy of Birds of this country. Two sections terminate the chapter
and they are herewith presented in advance of the publication for
which they were written.
1 Coll. Sci. Memoirs, p. 117.
126 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON THE [ Feb. 3, |
Summary of the chief Osteological Characters of the
North-American Pict.
1. Large, but simple-scrolled turbinals; there may be a free
turbinal. .
2. Bulging of the frontal region over the transverse cranio-facial
line may (Picoides) or may not (Colaptes) exist.
3. Generally the external cranial vault is more or less dinted by
the ends of the quills of the capital feathers.
4. The interorbital septum is sometimes entire and sometimes
shows a fenestra.
5. Pars. plana large, and often the os wneznatum is well-developed.
6. Lacrymal usually vestigial in character.
7. Quadrato-jugal aborted.
8. Tympanic bull cowrie-shell shaped, and otherwise peculiar.
9. A large spur on the upper side of either pterygoid for muscular
attachment.
10. A median, dagger-shaped vomer sometimes present but some-
times absent.
11. Maxillo-palatines rounded, laminar and very much aborted.
12. A more or less imperfect nasal septum usually present.
13. Vestigial basipterygoid processes are distinctly developed in
some species.
14. As ossification advances in the palatines it may be characterized
as being “ragged” along the antero-mesial and antero-external
margins of these bones. This often leaves little osseous islets not
absorbed, a few of which may persist here and there throughout the
life of the individual.
15. Either palatine is characterized by possessing an “‘ interpala-
tine spine” or process, and this may be continued forwards to fuse
with the mesial border of the bone by its free tip. Hither palatine
also possesses a paladine spur, springing from the anterior point of
the internal lamina of the bone and being directed forwards.
It may also in some species pass on to fuse with the mesial edge of
the palatine to which it belongs by its free end. The postero-
external angle of a palatine is either truncated or shows various
degrees of being bluntly rounded.
16. The mesopterygoid process of a pterygoid is not paddle-shaped,
but long and narrowly pointed.
17. Distinct orbito-sphenoids exist in the nestling.
18. Mandible very strong, typically V-shaped in pattern ; sides
deep; symphysis varies in depth; ramal vacuity absent, or minute ~
if present, and never large. Posterior angular processes more or
less truncated ; internal angular processes large. In some species
the posterior third of the inferior ramal border somewhat tumefied
and roughened.
19. Rudimentary cerato-hyals which early fuse together.
20. Uro-hyal absent.
21. Elongated thyro-hyal elements curl up over the cranium to
a greater or less extent. They may pass round the right orbit. —
1891.] SAUROGNATHISM OF THE PICI. 127
They may come to the posterior margin of the right external narial
aperture. They may hardly come up on the cranium at all.
Whenever they.do, the cranium is usually externally furrowed to
receive them.
22. Sclerotal plates of the eye commonly fuse completely together
around their external periphery and towards the centre.
23. “ Double ‘ infrastapedial ’ and ossified stylohyal”’ (Parker).
24, Rings, semirings, and other parts of the trachea ossify.
25. There are 19 free vertebrze between the skull and pelvis: the
vertebrarterial canals pierce the atlas, and in some species the axis ;
the atlantal cup is perforate; there are no parial parapophyses ; the
carotid canal may or may not be entirely closed in by bone; where
they are present the neural and heemal spines are usually very large.
There are three pairs of cervical ribs, five pairs of dorsal ribs, and
one pair of sacral ribs. The heemapophyses of the latter do not reach
the sternum. In some species the first pair of costal ribs are very
robust, as are the last pair of cervical ones. There are five or
usually six tail-vertebrze (free), with an enormous pygostyle. Most
of these parts are highly pneumatic.
26. The sternum is 2-notched on either side of the carina; the
manubrium is either slightly or very much bifurcated; the costal
processes are long and pointed, and the keel is usually rather
shallow, projecting forwards and carried up under the manubrial
process. The sternum is usually completely pneumatic.
27. In the pelvis we find the ilia gradually diverging from the
sacral crista as they pass forwards. _Parial interdiapophysial fora-
mina are either very minute or entirely absent. Ischial notch on the
posterior margin of the bone long, rounded, and shallow. Acetabulze
large, and bases completely absorbed. Sides of pelvis usually very
deep. Postpubis slender, extends beyond ischium, the foot of which
latter may or may not fuse with it. Obturator space large, and
may or may not merge with the obturator foramen. Three of the
vertebree of the sacrum anteriorly throw out their processes against
the ventral iliac walls. The pleurapophysial and transverse processes
of the sacral vertebrze opposite the acetabulze are not modified and
lengthened so as to act as braces at the points in question. The
pelvis is commonly completely pneumatic.
28. Bones of the shoulder-girdle pneumatic, with the excep-
tion (sometimes) of the furcula. This latter is of the U-shaped
pattern, without hypocleidium, large, flat scapulo-coracoid ends
(which originate from separate ossific centres in the young), and with
laterally compressed limbs. Posterior end of scapula more or less
modified te be bent or to curl outwards, giving the bone a very
unique form. Coracoids long, not very stout, and with the anterior
end more or less laterally compressed.
29. An os humero-scapulare present at either shoulder-joint ;
functional, and has much the same shape as the ossicle has in the
Passeres.
30. Either the humerus alone, or it together with the long bones of
_ the antibrachium, may be pneumatic. A s:mal] sesamoid is found at
128 ON THE SAUROGNATHISM OF THE PICI. [Feb. 3,
the elbow. Seven prominent osseous papille occur at nearly equal
distances apart down the shaft of the ulna. The flat, rounded
process from the postero-upper third of the shaft of index meta-
carpal is present. The slender last metacarpal extends below the
one of index, and its free digital joint is larger than either of the
other terminal phalanges. The proximal phalanx of index digit has
its posterior blade almost entirely aborted. There are no claws.
31. Femur is always pneumatic, and so may be the tibio-tarsus in
some species. Inthe former the trochanter major does not rise above
the summit of the shaft ; the excavation on the head is very shallow.
Shaft nearly straight; condyles rather small; popliteal fossa and
rotular channe very shallow. Pic possess patella. © Cnemial crest
of tibio-tarsus elevated above summit of bone, with pro- and ecto-
cnemial ridges nearly or quite aborted. Condyles of this bone very
distinct, and intercondyloid valley very deep. Bony bridgelet
confines tendons in front. Fibula short and free, its lower spicula-
like end being held well away from shaft of tibio-tarsus by the
increasing height of fibular ridge on the latter bone.
Hypotarsus of tarso-metatarsus both grooved and perforated for
passage of tendons. An erect process occurs on the summit of this
bone of the leg. Its shaft is nearly straight, and its terminal
trochlese are specially modified to meet the podal requirements of the
picine zygodactyle foot.
Joints of pes normal, 2, 3, 4, and 5 to the first, second, third, and
fourth toes respectively. Fourth toe permanently reversed, and first
toe, together with its free metatarsal bone, may be entirely absent:
(Picoides). A larger sesamoid articulates with a special trochlea
(intended for it) to the inner side of the fourth toe. The osseous
claws usually large, and the other phalangeal joints more or less
laterally compressed. The tendons of the leg sometimes ossify to a
certain degree, and minute sesamoids may occur in certain tendons
near the knee-joint.
Brief Remarks on the probable position of the Pici in the System,
and on their Affines.
Huxley in his ‘‘ Celeomorphze ” comprehended only the Picide
and [yngide, and Parker long ago said that “the ‘ Celeomorphz’
of Huxley form a most natural and well-defined group—a group equal,
zoologically, to the Pigeons or the Parrots. Evidently this differ-
entiation has taken place through the gradual extinction, during long
secular periods, of conjugational types more generalized than those
now extant.” In this much the present writer agrees with the tw
great authorities we have just quoted.
To those at all familiar with the osteology of existing birds it must
be very evident that in an anatomical system, at least, the Pzci hold
many characters in common with the Passeres, a fact that will be
evident when we come to treat of that group later on. It is my
opinion that it is to the great Passerine group that the Pzez are more
P.2Z.5. 169°) ee
J.Smit bth Hanhart imp -
PLATYCERGUS FERYIBROCE? Wi Sie
1891.] ON NEW PARROTS OF THE GENUS PLATYCERCUS. 129
nearly allied than to any other existing suborder of birds. One
good genus of linking forms, at least, is the South-American
Picumnus, as Parker has already shown; and Parker believed that
the Picz ‘‘ have a Passerine foundation.”
I here venture to state that as our knowledge of the morphology
of Aves becomes more perfect, the fact will be appreciated that the
Pict and the Passeres are divergent groups from a common stock in
time ; and that the former have simply become highly specialized and
modified in accordance with their mode of life and habits. This
common stock Furbringer has referred to as the ‘ Pico- Passeriformes,’
and the root-stock just prior to the divergence the ‘ Pico-Passeres,’
which latter he again subdivides into his families. This also appears
to be in keeping with our present knowledge of the subject, and what
the osteology of the groups in question seems to indicate.
2. Descriptions of two new Species of Parrots of the Genus
Platycercus. By T. Satvapori, C.M.Z.S.
[Received February 2, 1891.]
(Plate XII.)
1, PLATYCERCUS XANTHOGENYS, Sp. nov.
Head, sides of the neck, and all the under surface dull scarlet ;
the feathers of the breast and abdomen with narrow pale yellow edges ;
cheeks pale yellow; feathers of the nape and back black, bordered
with red ; feathers of the rump and upper tail-coverts also black,
broadly margined with olive-grey, the longest upper tail-coverts
stained with red at the tip; a black patch on the upper wing-coverts,
the exterior ones from the bend of the wing down to the primary-
coverts and also the base of the outer webs of the primaries blue ;
inner greater wing-coverts and inner secondaries with grey edges,
stained with yellowish or reddish; under wing-coverts blue ; quills
underneath black ; sides of the body tinged with yellowish ; thighs
grey ; central tail-feathers dull blue, the next pair of tail-feathers
blue, brighter on the outer webs and tipped with white, the remaining
tail-feathers light blue tipped with white and with the basal portion
deep blue; bill horn-colour; feet brown. Total length 125 inches,
wing 5°45, tail 6, bill 0°56, tarsus 0°63.
Hab. Unrecorded, but no doubt Australia.
This species is nearly allied to P. icterotis (Temm.), from which it
differs in being larger and in having the cheeks of a paler yellow, the
feathers of the back edged with red, the rump-feathers and upper
tail-coverts edged with greyish olive, and the central tail-feathers blue,
with no green. There are also other minor differences.
The type of this species, formerly in Gould’s collection, is now in
the British Museum ; unfortunately it has no original label.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. IX. 9
130 ON NEW PARROTS OF THE GENUS PLATYCERCUS. [Feb. 3,
2. PLATYCERCUS ERYTHROPEPLUS, sp. nov. (Plate XII.)
Male? Head, neck, and lower parts red; cheeks blue, whitish
near the lower mandible; feathers of the upper part of the back
black with dark red edges, asin P. pennanti (Lath.); scapulars black,
edged with pale yellow and tipped with red; lower back and rump
greenish yellow, each feather edged with red ; the red feathers of the
breast and abdomen with yellow bases ; middle of the abdomen and
flanks yellow, with the edges of the feathers red; wings as in P.
eximius ; a black patch on the upper wing-coverts ; edge of the wing
and outer wing-coverts blue, the inner median and greater wing-
coverts black, with a green longitudinal stripe inside the yellowish
edges ; primaries and anterior secondaries black, edged with blue
near the base; inner secondaries black, edged with yellow and green ;
central tail-feathers green, passing into bluish at the tip, the remainder
of the tail-feathers dark blue at the base, passing into light blue on
the median part and white at the tip; bill whitish horn-colour ;
naked skin round the eyes and feet dusky flesh-colour ; iris black.
Size of P. pe:
Female? Similar to the male, only smaller and with the yellow
colour on the sides of the breast and flanks more extended.
Hab. Australia.
These descriptions are taken from two specimens, apparently male
and female, now living in the Society’s Gardens, which were bought
from a dealer, as from S. Australia.
They are intermediate between P. pennanti and P. eximius, and
on examining them one cannot help thinking that they may be
hybrids of the two species mentioned. But as cases of hybridism in
wild birds are very rare, it becomes highly improbable that two
hybrids should have been bought together, so that, 1 think, I am
justified in considering them as belonging to a new species, interme-
diate, as I have already stated, between P. pennante and P. eximius.
The following are the leading points of distinction :—
The red colour of the head and breast is, like that of P. exvimius,
a little brighter than in P. pennanti.
The feathers of the upper parts have broad red edges as in
P. pennanti, while the scapulars are edged with pale yellow as in
P. eximius, but tipped with red.
‘The red colour predominant on the underparts associates the new
species with P. pennanti, but at the same time the yellow bases of
the feathers of the breast and abdomen show a certain degree of
affinity to P. ewimius.
The yellow colour also in the middle of the abdomen and on the
flanks and the two green central tail-feathers, passing into blue at the
tip, betray affinity with P. eaimius.
ey ace
SONISVaOo “SMa etre
16st 34 ch
“yar qtuig pP
9
1891.] MR. Pp. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TARAPACA. 131
3. On a second Collection of Birds from the Province of
Tarapaca, Northern Chili. By P. L. Scuarsr, M.A.,
Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society.
[Received January 50, 1891.]
(Plate XIIT.)
Mr. H. Berkeley James, F.Z.S., has placed in my hands for
determination a second collection of birds from Tarapacd, made for
bim by Mr. Ambrose A. Lane in 1890. The series embraces
altogether about 150 skins, referable to 53 species. Most of the
VICINITY oF TARAPACA
CHILI
Approximate altitudes HET ID C25 Te 4,000
22° OS 2 30 49 50
species are, as might have been expected, the same as those obtained
by Mr. C. Rahmer in the same district, of which I gave an account
to the Society in 1886‘. But there are 21 species represented in
1 See P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 593.
g*
\
132 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TARAPACA. [ Feb. 3,
the present collection which were not in Mr. Rahmer’s series, and
one which is apparently new to science.
It appears from Mr. Lane’s letters that he made two excursions
from San Pablo, a station on the Nitrates’ Railway, into the Cordil-
leras of Tarapaca, one in January 1890 and the other in March and
April. The principal localities visited were Pica (alt. 4000 ft.),
Lake Huasco (alt. 12,000), and Sacaya (alt. 10,000), all marked in
the map attached to my paper on the previous collection from the
same district, which I now exhibit (see p. 131).
The only additional information given concerning the Avifauna of
Tarapaca since the publication of my previous communication on
this subject is contained in the short paper on the birds of the Desert
of Atacama and the Province of Tarapaca by Dr. R. A. Philippi,
published in ‘Ornis’ for 1888 (‘ Ornis,’ vol. iv. p. 155). In this
paper Dr. Philippi gives a nominal list of 80 species of birds collected
during a scientific expedition sent by the Chilian Government into
the provinces of Antofagasta and Tarapaca in 1884. The leader of
the expedition was Prof. Friedrich Philippi, and the collector was
Carl Rahmer, who subsequently procured for Mr. James the birds
from Tarapacd which I described in my previous paper. Dr.
Philippi gives 80 species in his list; but it embraces many species of
Antofagasta and the coast, and does not materially add to our
knowledge of the avifauna of Tarapaca.
On the whole we may say that this new portion of the Chilian
Republic has brought a considerable admixture of Bolivian and
Peruvian species into the Chilian Avifauna, as is shown by the
occurrence in it of such species as the following, which are men-
tioned in this or 1m my preceding paper, but which were previously
unknown to the list of Chilan birds :—
1. Turdus chiguanco. 11. Cinclodes bifasciatus.
2. Atticora cinerea. 12. Colaptes rupicola.
3. Conirostrum cinereum. 13. Bolborhynchus orbignesius.
4. Phrygilus atriceps. 14. Phcenicopterus jamesi.
5. Phrygilus coracinus. 15. Querquedula puna.
6. Xenospingus concolor. 16. Chameepelia cruziana.
7. Chrysomitris atrata. 17. Fulica gigantea.
8. Centrites oreas. 18. Recurvirostra andina.
9. Geositta frobeni. 19. Tinamotis pentlandi.
10. Upucerthia jelskii. 20. Rhea darwini.
Of these it should be mentioned Phrygilus coracinus, Pheenico-
pterus jamesi, and Recurvirostra andina have not yet, so far as I
am aware, been met with outside of Tarapaca and the adjoining new
provinces of Chili, but will almost certainly be found to occur also
in the neighbouring districts of Bolivia.
1. ATTICORA CINEREA (Gm.).
Atticora cinerea, Sharpe, Cat. B. x. p. 184.
Sacaya.
This is an addition to the list of Tarapacan birds. Examples of
it were obtained by Whitely at several localities in the province of
Arequipa, Peru.
1891.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TARAPACA. 133
2. CONIROSTRUM CINEREUM, d’Orb. et Laff.
Conirostrum cinereum, Scl. Cat. B. xi. p. 15.
Pica.
Also new to the list, and obtained by Whitely near Arequipa.
See remarks on the range of this species, ‘Ibis,’ 1880, p. 31.
D’Orbigny met with the original specimens of this bird in the
ravines of Tacna, now within the frontiers of Chili.
3. ZoNOTRICHIA PILEATA (Miill.).
Zonotrichia pileata, Sharpe, Cat. B. xii. p. 611.
Pica.
One of the most widely spread birds in South America, also ob-
tained by Whitely near Arequipa, but an addition to the present list.
4, PsEUDOCHLORIS AUREIVENTRIS (Phil. et Landb.).
Sycalis aureiventris, Scl. P. Z. S. 1886, p. 397.
Pseudochloris aureiventris, Sharpe, Cat. B. xi. p. 777.
Sacaya.
5. PuryGitus aTricers (d’Orb. et Lafr.).
Phrygilus atriceps, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 397; Sharpe, Cat. B.
Xl ps. /80-
Sacaya.
6. PHRYGILUS CORACINUS, sp. nov. (Plate XIII.)
Supra obscure niger, uropygit et dorsi inferioris plumis cinereo
mixtis ; alis caudaque nigris, tectricum alarum marginibus
angustissimis albis: subtus niger, hypochondriis in cinereum
trahentibus ; crisso nigro, plumis albo marginatis : rostro flavo ;
pedibus rubris : long. tota 7°A poll. Angl., ale 4:0, caude 3-2,
tarsi 1:0.
Hab. Chiliz prov. Tarapaca.
Obs. Affinis P. fruticeti, sed capite et dorso unicolore nigris
distinguendus.
Two specimens of this bird are in the collection, both obtained at
an Hstancia eight leagues from Sacaya, on the 20th March, 1890,
and marked as males. The second specimen is not quite in such full
plumage as the one described, and shows more cinereous colour on
the back and belly.
The species is obviously nearly allied to P. fruticeti, but at once
recognizable by its much blacker coloration.
7. XENOSPINGUS CONCOLOR (d’Orb. et Lafr.).
Xenospingus concolor, Sharpe, Cat. B. xii. p. 799.
Five examples of both sexes from Pica.
This remarkable Fringilline bird was discovered by d’Orbigny near
Arica, rather further north. Whitely obtained specimens of it in
the province of Arequipa (see P. Z. S. 1868, p. 174).
134 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TARAPACA. [Feb. 3,
8. CuRysomMITRIS ATRATA (d’Orb. et Lafr.).
Chrysomitris atrata, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 397; Sharpe, Cat. B.
xii. p. 212.
Sacaya and Lake of Huasco.
9, AGRIORNIS MARITIMA (d’Orb. et Lafr.).
Agriornis maritima, Scl. Cat. B. xiv. p. 6.
Sacaya.
New to Tarapacd, but a well-known Chilian species. Obtained
by Rahmer in Antofagasta (‘ Ornis,’ 1888, p. 154).
10. MuscisaxicoLA ALBIFRONS (Tsch.).
Muscisazicola albifrons, Scl. P. Z. S. 1886, p. 397; id. Cat. B.
xiv. p. 54.
Sacaya.
11. MusctsaxtCcoLA RUFIVERTEX, d’Orb. et Lafr.
Muscisazicola rufivertex, Scl. P. Z. S. 1886, p. 398; id. Cat. B.
Xiv. p. 98,
San Pablo and Sacaya.
12. Exarnxva ausicers (d’Orb. et Lafr.).
Llainea albiceps, Scl. Cat. B. xiv. p. 141.
Pica.
Of wide distribution in the Patagonian Subregion, but not in-
cluded in my former list.
13. GrosirrA FROBENT, Phil. et Landb.
Geositta cunicularia, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 398.
Geositta frobeni, Scl. Cat. B. xv. p. 6.
Sacaya.
14. UpucertTuia JELSKII, Cab.
Upucerthia jelskii, Scl. Cat. B. xv. p. 18.
Sacaya.
This is an addition to the list, but might well be expected to
occur here, as it was obtained by Jelski in Central Peru, and by
Bridges in Bolivia.
15. CiNCLODES Fuscus, Vieill.
Cinclodes fuscus, Scl.. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 398; id. Cat. B. xv.
p- 23.
Sacaya.
16. CrNCLODES BIFASCIATUS, Scl.
Cinclodes bifasciatus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1886, p. 398; id. Cat. B. xv.
p: 20.
Sacaya.
1891.] MR. Pp. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TARAPACA, 135
17. LepTASTHENURA &GITHALOIDES (Kittl.).
Leptasthenura egithaloides, Scl. P. Z. S. 1886, p. 398; id. Cat.
BSeve p. 35.
Sacaya.
18. SrprorNis Mopesta (Eyton).
Siptornis modesta, Scl. Cat. A. B. xv. p. 66.
Sacaya.
This is a well-known Chilian and Argentine species, but new to
the avifauna of Tarapaca.
19. Couapres ruPricona, d’Orb. et Lafr.
Colaptes rupicola, Harg. Cat. B. xvii. p. 26.
Yrpa, near Uzilugo, 11. 4. 90.
A single female, which shows no traces of crimson on the nape,
and therefore, I suppose, belongs to C’. rupicola, and not to C. puna
(Harg. op. cit. p. 27), if these two species are really different.
20. BoLBORHYNCHUS ORBIGNESIUS (Bp.).
: Bolborhynchus orbignesius, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 399.
Sacaya.
21. Buso vireGinianus (Gm.).
Bubo virginianus, Scl. et Huds. Arg. Orn. ii. p. 50.
Vilugo.
22. SPEOTYTO CUNICULARIA.
Speotyto cunicularia, Scl. et Huds. Arg. Orn. ii. p. 52.
Canchosa and Sacaya.
These two Owls are not included in my former list, but are both
widely distributed over America.
23. Butzo rryTHRONOTUS (King).
Buteo erythronotus, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 399.
Sacaya and Canchosa.
24. FALCO FUSCO-CHZRULESCENS, Vieill.
Falco fusco-cerulescens, Sc]. et Huds. Arg. Orn. ii. p. 69.
Vilugo.
New to this district, but of wide distribution in South Ameriga.
25. MitvacGo MEGALopTERUwS (Meyen).
Milvago megalopterus, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 399.
Sacaya.
26. ARDEA EGRETTA (Gm.).
27. ARDEA CANDIDISsIMA, Gm.
136 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TARAPACA. [Feb. 3,
28. Nycricorax opscuRvs, Bp.
Examples of these three Herons from Sacaya.
Only A. candidissima was in the former list.
29. PHG@NICOPTERUS ANDINUS, Philippi.
Several examples of this Flamingo from the salt-marshes of
Canchosa.
Mr. Lane did not meet with Ph. yamesi (P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 399,
pl. xxxvi.), which probably only occurs at still higher altitudes, and
writes that he could obtain no intelligence of it.
I observe that Dr. Philippi includes two Flamingoes in his list
(‘Ornis,’ 1888, p- 160), but calls the second species P. ignipal-
liatus.
30. BERNICLA MELANOPTERA, Kyton.
Sacaya. Adult and young.
**The Andean Goose builds in holes in banks or cliffs. I had
rather a job taking its nest. I lowered myself with a rope, and
hung for nearly an hour and a half before I could get at it. The
wind was so high and the dust so bad I could not see. The nest
and eges were beyond my reach in a slight hollow; however, after
some time I raked them out.”—A. A. L. in litt.
31. QUERQUEDULA CYANOPTERA (Vieill.).
32. QUERQUEDULA OXYPTERA (Meyen).
33. QUERQUEDULA PUNA (Tsch.).
34. Darina sprnicauDA (Vieill.).
Examples of these four Ducks from Sacaya.
35. CHAMAPELIA CRUZIANA (d’Orb.)-
Pica.
36. RaLLUs RHYTORHYNCHUS, Vieill.
Rallus rytorhynchus, Scl. et Huds. Arg. Orn. ii. p. 149.
Pica.
This Rail is found in Argentina, Chili, and Patagonia, but is not
in the former list.
37. GALLINULA GALEATA (Licht.).
Sacaya.
38. Fuxica eieantea, Hyd. et Soul.
39. FuLica arpeEsiaca, Tsch.
Examples of these two Coots from Sacaya.
40. VANELLUS RESPLENDENS (Tsch.).
1891.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TARAPACA. 137
4]. ANGIALITIS OCCIDENTALIS, Cab.
Both these Plovers were included in Herr Rahmer’s series. Ex-
amples were obtained near Sacaya.
42. ArTaGis GAYt, Less.
A single example of this bird obtained ‘three leagues south-west
of Sacaya.” The species is not in the former list.
43. THINOCORUS RUMICIVORUS, Eschsch.
One example from La Noria (2. 6. 90). This species is not in
the former list.
44, THINOCORUS ORBIGNYANUS, Less.
Sacaya, Lake Huasco, and Canchosa. See P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 403.
45. RECURVIROSTRA ANDINA, Ph. et Landb.
Sacaya and Lake of Huasco.
46. TrRrnGA MACULATA, Vieill.
47. TRINGA BAIRDI, Coues.
48. ToTANUS FLAVIPES.
49. GALLINAGO PARAGUAIZ (Vieill.).
Examples of these four Waders from Sacaya. The last was not
in the former list.
50. Larus seRRANUS, Tsch.
Sacaya and Lake of Huasco.
51. Popicers CALIPARUS, Less.
Podiceps calipareus, Scl. et Huds. Arg. Orn. ii. p. 204; Philippi,
Ornis, 1888, p. 160.
A specimen of this Grebe in immature or winter dress from the
Lake of Huasco. Dr. Philippi has recorded its occurrence at
Antofagasta.
52, TINAMOTIS PENTLANDI, Vig.
Sacaya and Canchosa.
53. RaEA DARWINI, Gould.
Rhea darwini, Scl. et Huds. Arg. Orn. ii. p. 219; Sclater, P. Z. 8.
1890, p. 413; Philippi, Ornis, 1858, p. 159.
Mr. Lane’s first box contained two young specimens and portions
of an adult of this Rhea. The second box contained an adult male
from Canchosa, obtained February 4, 1890.
138 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE POUCH AND [Feb. 3,
4, On the Pouch and Brain of the Male Thylacine.
By Frank H. Bepparp, M.A., Prosector to the Society.
[Received January 31, 1891].
On the 5th day of February of last year the male Thylacine which
was purchased by the Society in 1884 died. Its death gave me the
opportunity of noting a few points in the structure which have not
been as yet described and figured, or have been only briefly and
incompletely dealt with.
The Pouch.
The specimen being a male, I was greatly surprised to find a
distinct though small pouch, which is shown in the accompanying
drawing (fig. 1, p. 139). On referring, however, to the literature of
the subject, I discovered that the existence of a pouch in the male
Thylacine, although unknown to me, had been previously noted.
Sir Richard Owen has thus described * it :— “ In the male Thylacine
the rudimentary marsupium is retained in the form of a broad
triangular depression or shallow inverted fold of the abdominal
integument, from the middle of which the peduncle of the scrotum is
continued.”
This account is repeated in the ‘Anatomy of Vertebrates’ by
the same author.
Sir Richard Owen refers in his article “ Marsupialia”’ to a paper
by Laurent ”, in which the foetus of the male Opossum is stated to
possess a trace of this pouch. There is a description of this
structure illustrated by figures in another paper ® by the same writer,
to which I have been able to refer. It is there stated that the
male mammary foetus of Didelphis virginiana has a pouch as well as
teats, but that there are no traces in the adult of either structure.
The figure which Laurent* gives is not at all unlike the drawing
of the Thylacine’s pouch which I herewith submit to the Society ;
the scrotum depends from the pouch in a precisely similar way.
M. Laurent did not find the pouch to be present in the other
species of Dide/phis which he examined.
A recent paper upon the same subject *, but dealing with a large
1 Todd’s Cyclopedia, Article Marsupialia, vol. iii. p. 328.
2 « Recherches Anatomiques et Physiologiques sur les Mammiféres Marsu-
piaux,” Annales Frang. d’Anat. et Phys. 1839, vol. iii. p. 231. This paper is
called ‘‘ Hxtraits de plusieurs mémoires insérés dans la zoologie du voyage de
la Favorite,” &e.
* “ Recherches Anatomiques et Physiologiques sur les Mammiferes Marsu-
piaux,” Mag. de Zool. 1837. This paper is repeated, with the Plates, in the
‘Voyage de la Favorite,’ 1839.
* Pile 22. figs. i, La, 0:
° O. Katz, ‘Zur Kenntniss der Bauchdecke und der mit ihr verkniipften
Organe bei den Beutelthieren,” Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. Bd. xxxvi. pp. 611-670,
pls. XxxVill., XXxIXx.
1891.] BRAIN OF THE MALE THYLACINE.
Fig. 1
ht he.
ty
Zi
a
iL
Yr EEL/.
ZF Lig ZE
GL Z
AAA
LL
A oA 1)
Y fe
Z- LA] yt! fy
Ly
Zi
LLG PAE
CZ
=
» | eN \
Hf | ) i Mt) a
hs Po
i i / | "i Ou
: Why \
rnp His is | i)
Pouch of young male Thylacine. S, Scrotum.
\
\
»
yj yy \
La \
/ HNN y HW Ny ‘i IY
i De LM i | 1) \\ \
NN \
| ii i} \
a.
) \\
n\
139
140 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE POUCH AND [ Feb. 3,
variety of different types, shows that the transitory existence of a
pouch in the young male is quite a common feature among
Marsupials, especially perhaps among the carnivorous forms.
A pouch was found in the young male Dasyurus ursinus up to
the age of four months (its length being at that time 19-8 cm.), and
one occurs in the young dcrobates pyymea.
A pouch was barely traceable in the young male Phalangista vulpina,
just visible in a 4°6 cm. long Belideus breviceps, three weeks old.
The adult males of these forms have of course no pouch nor trace of
one.
In Perameles nasuta there was a trace of a pouch discoverable in
the young, but none in Halmaturus thetidis.
The pouch is stated to open backwards in Dasyurus, as Owen says
of Thylacinus and MM. Kydoux and Laurent of Perameles.
It is evident from the paper to which I have referred, that the
existence of a pouch, transitory or otherwise, among the male
Marsupials is not confined to the carnivorous section of the Order,
though apparently more commonly met with and longer persistent
among the members of that section.
As the organ in the male Thylacine has not to my knowledge
been illustrated, I have thought it desirable to have the accom-
panying drawing (p. 139) prepared.
The figure shows the pouch, which was sketched by Mr. Smit
immediately after the death of the animal, and the scrotum con-
taining the testicles, which depends from the interior of the pouch.
The drawing also shows that there is not merely a tract of naked
skin surrounding the testes, but a deepish pouch which is over-
hung by the surrounding integument; the pouch is deepest in
front and gradually gets shallower behind; it follows therefore that the
pouch is directed backwards as in Perameles. The general outline
of the pouch is oval, or rather pear-shaped, for there is a narrow
continuation of it backwards; the scrotum supported on a short
stalk depends from the interior of the pouch nearer to the posterior
than to the anterior extremity.
The Brain.
In order to injure the skull as little as possible, the brain was
extracted in two halves, the skull having been sawn through the
median vertical longitudinal plane. The brain was hardened in
alcohol, and had a curious yellow colour not always seen in brams so
prepared ; the brains of a Kangaroo and a Wallaby, which I had
prepared for comparison with that of the Thylacine, were white; on
the other hand, the brain of a Sloth (also preserved in alcohol)
showed the same brownish-yellow tint.
The total length of the brain, measured from the end of the cere-
bellum to the anterior extremity of the olfactory lobe, was 76 millim.
Greatest length of cerebral hemispheres 48 millim.
Greatest height of cerebral hemispheres 26 millim.
These measurements refer in all cases to the hardened brain.
1891.] BRAIN OF THE MALE THYLACINE. 141
The only descriptions of the Thylacine brain with which I am
acquainted are contained in Professor Flower’s memoir upon the Mar-
supial brain’, that by Gervais, and that by Sir Richard Owen in the
‘Anatomy of Vertebrates.’ Prof. Fiower figures the internal aspect
of a longitudinal median section as well as a transverse section
through the corpus callosum. His description of the brain is
limited to the following passage in his paper (p. 646) :—
“The large carnivorous Marsupial, the Thylacine (Thylacinus
KU \ \ \
S NLS ‘
Se
LZ
RIGHT HALE
Brain of Thylacine, right and left halves, a little reduced from
natural size. S, Sylvian fissure. Z, Rhinal fissure.
eynocephalus), so widely separated in external characters from both
the Kangaroo and Wombat, shows the same general peculiarities of
cerebral organization, but attended with a smaller development of the
superior transverse commissure, especially of its anterior part, and
a greater reduction of the thickness of the interventricular septum.”
Sir Richard Owen (Joc. cit. vol. iti. p. 105) remarks that Thylacinus
‘“has the anterior apex of the hemisphere marked off by a deeper
transverse fissure, extending to the inner surface,” and that ‘‘ there
is a short fissure above the back part of the hippocampal one.” Ue
does not, however, refer to any fuller description of this brain, but
* “On the Commissures of the Cerebral Hemispheres of the Marsupialia and
Monotrem ata as compared with those of the Placental Mammals,” Phil. Trans.
1865, pp. 633-651, p Is. xxxvi.-xxxviii.
142 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE POUCH AND [ Feb. 3,
only to Prof. Flower’s paper already cited and to a paper by himself *
which contains no description or figures of the Thylacine’s brain.
Gervais’s description ” is not taken from the actual brain, but from
a cast of the interior of the skull which is figured ° from above: he
writes :—‘‘ The principal peculiarities presented by this cast consist
in the preponderance of the posterior lobule of the hemispheres over
the anterior, and, in consequence of this peculiarity, in the forward
position of the Sylvian fissure. The anterior lobule is besides more
compressed than in other Marsupials, and we have already seen in
that fact a means of removing Thylacoleo from Thylacinus in classi-
fication. In the last-mentioned form the olfactory lobules are
borne by a strong peduncle and they project notably beyond the an-
terior border of the hemispheres. As regards the hemispheres them-
selves, it appears that they are not without convolutions ; it is easy
to distinguish one around the Sylvian fissure, and there is a marked
transverse depression nearly median, although laterally it tends
towards the posterior boundary. It marks the line of division
between the two lobes, and may be considered as representing the
fissure of Rolando. An anterior depression corresponds to the
crucial sulcus, and there are traces of convolutions in the part which
forms the posterior lobule.”
Since the Thylacine is an animal which is getting scarcer, I have
thought that an attempt at a fuller description of the brain than is
to be found in the memoirs cited might be acceptable, particularly
if illustrated sufficiently.
The press of other work unfortunately prevented me from studying
the brain in the fresh condition, which would have been very de-
sirable. Prof. Huxley * points out what erroneous conclusions may
be reached by drawing inferences from the preserved brain only.
But I am inclined to think that he has a little exaggerated the
danger which is incurred from this proceeding. At any rate I’ can
find no such alteration in the direction of the fissures in the brain
of a Kangaroo which I sketched before and after preservation in
alcohol. It is noticeable that the brains figured by Prof. Huxley,
in which an alteration is to be observed, are of different sexes, though
of about the same size. With brains prepared as carefully as they are
in my laboratory, the danger of alteration is reduced to a minimum.
In the brain when viewed from above, the cerebral hemispheres, as
in other Marsupials, do not only not overlap the cerebellum, but they
only just reach it; they come nearer, however, than in the Wallaby
(Halmaturus bennetti) or in the Koala (Phascolarctos) according to
Mr. W. A. Forbes’, or in the Opossum according to Owen®. This,
1 “On the Structure of the Brain in Marsupial Animals,” Phil. Trans. 1837,
pp. 87-96, pls. v.—vii.
2 “Mémoire sur les Formes Cérébrales propres aux Marsupiaux,” Nouy. Arch.
Mus. t. v. pp. 229-251, pls. xiii., xiv.
S Tek sxe kee.
4 «On the Brain of Ateles paniscus,” P. Z. 8. 1861, pp. 247-260, pl. xxix.
> “On some points in the Anatomy of the Koala (Phascolarctos cinereus),”
P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 191, fig. 3.
6 Phil, Trans. Z. ¢. pl. y. fig. 6.
1891.] BRAIN OF THE MALE THYLACINE. 143
coupled with the divergence of the two hemispheres posteriorly,
leaves the corpora quadrigemina partially exposed. The degree to
which the corpora quadrigemina are exposed is about the same as in
the Kangaroo, but considerably less than in the Wallaby or Opossum,
or for the matter of that inthe Rodent Dolichoéis, the brain of which
I propose to describe later.
The cerebral hemispheres are not greatly convoluted. Judging
from Owen’s figures of the Opossum and the Dasyurus ursinus, there
is a progressive complication of the folds in passing from the
smaller to the larger forms, such as is often seen among mammals ;
the Thylacine, which is the largest animal, has the greatest develop-
ment of furrows of the three. Nevertheless the brain of this Mar-
supial is much smoother than that of a Kangaroo of about the same
size. Sir Richard Owen’s figure of the Dasyure’s brain * is a little
indistinct ; I am not therefore able to compare it with the Thylacine
very accurately. As compared with the Kangaroo’, the sulci are
less numerous and often shallower.
In the Kangaroo’s brain the Sylvian fissure is deep and the con-
volutions are arranged in a series of arches round and above this
fissure, as in the Carnivora; the “ arched” arrangement is perhaps
not so plain as in the Carnivora, and there are only two arches. In
the Thylacine such an arrangement of the gyri could not be made
out, the priucipal furrows passing obliquely so as to divide the brain
into three unequal segments. The furrow separating the hemispheres
proper from the olfactory portion (the hippocampal gyrus) is well
marked, and as usual is bent upwards at about the middle of its
course, but the angle formed is not so acute as in Macropus. From
the highest point of this bend arises the Sylvian fissure (S, fig. 2,
p- 141), which passes nearly vertically upwards and is about half an
inch in length. On one side of the brain the Sylvian fissure could
be followed as a very shallow groove into the posterior of the two
principal sulci.
On a dorsal view the hemispheres are seen to be divided into
three unequally sized areas by two furrows running obliquely and
approximately parallel to each other. The posterior fissure reaches
the middle line of the brain 29 mm. in front of its posterior
boundary, z.e. 19 mm. behind anterior boundary of hemispheres.
On the left side of the brain this fissure runs parallel with the rhinal
fissure ; the commencement only is shown in Gervais’s figure: near
to its posterior termination it gives off a short descending fissure
which does not reach the rhinal fissure, but stops short about a
1 Loe. cit. pl. v. fig. 5.
2 I follow Owen’s figure (Phil. Trans. 1837, pl. v. fig. 4, and pl. vi. fig. 1),
which, except for some slight differences, probably individual, agrees with a
brain in my possession. Gervais’s figure of the brain of a ‘‘ Kangurou géant ”
(loc. cit. pl. 18. fig. 1), which I take to be the same species, is that of a larger
individual (?) and is more convoluted, and the convolutions are a little different ;
- but the cast which he figures is like the brain before me. Sir W. Turner’s figure
(‘The Convolution of the Brain; A Study in Comparative Anatomy,’ Journ.
Anat. Phys., Oct. 1890, p. 118. fig. 11) of Macropus major is nearly identical with
the brain I haye examined.
144 ON THE POUCH ETC. OF THE MALE THYLACINE. [Feb. 3}.
quarter of an inch in front of it. On the right hemisphere this
fissure is slightly different, as will be seen from a comparison of
figs. 2 and 3, and the indentations on the posterior lobe are a little
better marked.
The second furrow is continuous with the rhinal furrow just in
front of the Sylvian fissure ; its course is much the same on both
sides of the body. The anterior lobe of the brain cut off by this
fissure is U-shaped, a longitudinally running furrow nearly dividing
it into two.
Sir William Turner’ remarks that “‘the configuration of the
brain and the pattern of the convolutions have followed in each order
a process of evolution characteristic of the order, the arrangement of
the convolutions does not follow the same plan in the various orders.
Hence, in the comparison of the brains of mammals with each other,
diversities often are recognized which make it impossible to determine
the presence of precisely homologous fissures and convolutions in the
whole series of the Gyrencephala.”’
It appears to me that this statement might also be extended in
the case of the Marsupials to a single order; it is extremely
difficult to compare the convolutions of the brain of Thylacinus with
those of the brain of Macropus.
The points which they have in common are:—(1) The strongly
marked and continuous rhinal fissure; but this is found in most
mammals, (2) The separation of an anterior lobe (¢/. fig. 2, p. 141)
by a transverse fissure ; such a lobe is not for example to be seen in
the brain of Dolichotis, nor is it of course to be seen in the
“* lissencephalous”” Koala &c. Judging from Gervais’s figures this
lobe was particularly conspicuous in the extinct Thylacoleo.
M. Gervais’s observations upon the cast of the brain of this latter
Marsupial are of particular interest in relation to a well-known
controversy. 1 may remark, however, that the brain of T'hylacoleo
appears to have differed from those of the Wombat and Kangaroo
no less than from that of the Thylacine by the outward direction
of the longitudinal furrow dividing the anterior lobe. However,
in Halmaturus bennetti the furrows m question are intermediate
between the two extremes, being straight. It appears to me that
Halmaturus and Hypsiprymnus come much nearer to Thylacoleo
than the Wombat does in the form of their cerebral convolutions.
M. Gervais himself considers that the Wombat is the closest ally
of Thylacoleo in these points of structure. (3) In common with
many other lower mammals, the lobus hippocampi is not marked by
furrows, and is not covered by an extension downwards of the
pallium. Finally, of course, there are the important differences in
the commissures.
With the exception of the Sylvian fissure and the sulcus which
divides off the anterior lobe of the brain and the rhinal furrow, it
seems to me to be very difficult to compare the furrows and
convolutions of Thylacinus with those of the Diprotodont Marsupials.
The Sylvian fissure is directed at first slightly forwards, and then
1 Loe. cit. p. 152.
1891.] MR.T. D. A. COCKERELL ON CLAUSILIA RUGOSA. 145
bends back. In the Kangaroo and Wallaby it is directed backwards,
and apparently also in the Koala.
The fissure which separates the anterior lobe of the cerebellum
is directed forwards in the Thylacine ', but is nearly vertical in the
Kangaroo and Wallaby, though with a decidedly forward inclination.
I do not feel able at present to identify any of the remaining fissures
of the Thylacine’s brain with those of the Kangaroo.
With regard to the other viscera, I have not much to add to Prof.
Cunningham’s* excellent account; I may remark, however, that
one of the papillary muscles connected with the right auriculo-ven-
tricular valve is attached to the free wall of the ventricle. I call
attention to this point since Mr. Hatchett-Jackson* has particularly
mentioned as a characteristic of the Marsupials that all these muscles
arise from the septal part of the ventricular wall. I have preserved
a record of the number and arrangement of the papillary muscles in
order to compare them with those of other Marsupials. I do not,
however, think that a description would serve much purpose until I
am in the position to describe a large series of specimens ; the varia-
tion in these muscles from individual to individual needs to be first
discounted.
February 17, 1891.
Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
Mr. Edward Gerrard, Jr., exhibited a very fine head of a Koodoo
Antelope (Strepsiceros kudu). The specimen had been shot by Mr.
F. C. Selous, near the River Macloutsie, Khama’s Country, South
Africa, on May 23rd, 1890. The length of the horns was 3 ft. 93 in.
on one side, and 3 ft. 9 in. on the other, measured in a straight
line from the base to the extremity.
Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell exhibited some abnormal specimens of
Clausilia rugosa, Drap. (C. bidentata, Str6m), and made the follow-
ing remarks :—
The specimens exhibited were all found in the same place, at the
base of a wall, at Isleworth, Middlesex, on Feb. 15th. The specimen
with the two apertures (figs. 1, 2, p. 146) shows a curious result of
a fracture of part of the body-whorl behind the original mouth of the
1 The importance of this furrow is shown by the fact that it is the most
prominent one next to the rhinal fissure in the Opossum. See Appendix to
Dr. Elliott Coues’s paper “On the Osteology and Myology of Didelphys vir-
_ giniana,” Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1872, by Dr. Wyman, where a figure will
be found.
2 In Zool. Chall. Exp. vol. v.
* Forms of Animal Life, 2nd ed. p. 369.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. X. 10
146 MR. T.D. A. COCKERELL ON CLAUSILIA RUGOSA. [Feb. 17,
shell, which remains uninjured. Instead of merely repairing the
wall of the shell, the animal has constructed a new aperture, which,
although not so perfectly formed as the first one, still has the
lamellee aud general structure of the normal mouth. A _ similar
monstrosity is figured by Moquin-Tandon, Hist. Nat. Moll. France,
pl. xxiv. fig. 19.
The other two specimens (fig. 3) are noticeable because, although
from the same place, they differ so much in size, form of the aperture,
Specimens of Clausilia rugosa from Isleworth, Middlesex.
Figs. 1, 2. Specimen with two apertures, the new one having been formed after
a fracture of part of the body-whorl.
Fig. 3. Specimens having different characters, A being fully developed, and B
probably stunted by an algoid growth.—A. Nearly symmetrically
pyriform aperture of clean specimen, 12 millim. long; B. Non-
symmetrically pyriform aperture of specimen coated with alga,
and 10 millim. long.
and general structure that they look almost like examples of different
species. It will be noticed that the larger specimen, 12 millim. long,
with the nearly svmmetrically pyriform aperture, is clean; while the
smaller one, 10 millim. long, with the asymmetrically pyriform aper-
ture, is coated with an algoid growth, which was green and conspi-
cuous when the shell was found. Possibly this affords us a clue to
the reason of the differences between the shells. Messrs. Bornet and
Flahault (Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 1890) have been investigating
certain parasitic algee which live in shells, and, penetrating under the
epidermis, destroy the hard structures by degrees. This has been
observed in marine and freshwater shells, and is very possibly one
1891.] MR. BOULENGER ON PROTOPTERUS ANNECTENS. 147
cause of that very common condition among the latter known as
decollation. Is it not therefore possible that something of the kind
may occur in the case of those small examples of Clausilia rugosa
one often finds coated with a green algoid growth? ‘The destruction
caused by the alga would seem in this case to be of a very gradual
character, not preventing the growth of the shell, but tending to
make it small and on the whole less well-formed.
If this explanation is correct, the peculiarities of these small
forins are clearly somatogenic, and it would be a matter of interest
to ascertain whether they are in any degree inherited.
The species here called Clausilia rugosa has been divided by some
authors into two or more, and the characters given for the supposed
distinct species are often such as we have just noted above. Mogquin-
Tandon (1855) described C. perversa, which somewhat resembles
our small form, and C. nigricans, which in the form of the aperture
is like our larger one. Westerlund (1884) gave C. bidentata, Strom,
10 millim. long, and C. rugosa, Drap., 12 millim. long; and these
are just the respective dimensions of our two forms.
It thus appears that, although these specimens do not prove the
specific identity of these and other segregates from C. rugosa, they
show that some of the characters relied upon to distinguish them
are probably of no specific importance.
Mr. Boulenger exhibited the renewed left pectoral limb of a
Protopterus annectens, living in the Society’s Gardens, and made
the following remarks :—
A few days ago Miss Catherine Hopley kindly informed me that
one of the Protopteri now living in the Society’s Gardens, after
having had its left pectoral limb nibbled off by one of its companions
about three months ago (as she had been informed by the keeper of
the Reptile-house), had reproduced the said limb in a trifid condition.
Fearing that so interesting an object might be lost by being again
bitten off, I removed the reproduced trifid portion of the limb, which
T now exhibit.
The limb was bitten off about two-thirds of an inch from its base,
and on being regenerated presented, in addition to the prolongation
of the longitudinal axis with its series of mesomeres, two preaxial or
dorsal branches, similar to, but shorter and more slender than, the
axial; these additional branches are, like the axial, divided into
cartilaginous segments, comparable to the parameres of the Cera-
todus-limb. My friend Prof. Howes, who has kindly made a prepa-
ration of the specimen, has ascertained that the supplementary rays
are fused together at the base by their proximal segments.
A few years ago Albrecht’ described and figured a Profopterus
with a bifid right fore limb, remarking that its condition might be
regarded as giving support to Goette’s and Wiedersheim’s theory of
the evolution of the pentadactyle limb. The specimen now noticed
Sitzungsb. Ak. Berl. 1886, p. 545, pl. vi.
10*
148 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON JACOBSON’S [Feb. 17,
is therefore interesting as invalidating such an interpretation, as well
as the morphological significance attached by Albrecht to his
Specimen, the bifid limb of which, I have no doubt, was likewise
produced by regeneration. Whether the case now noticed is one of
reversion, as I have noticed in the scaling of the reproduced tails
of Lizards, or merely comparable to the bifid or trifid tails of the
same Reptiles, is a point on which I will refrain from expressing an
opinion.
Mr. Boulenger also exhibited young specimens and eggs of a
South-African Siluroid fish, Galetchthys feliceps, which had been
sent to him by Mr. J. M. Leslie, of Port Elizabeth, with the infor-
mation that the ova had been obtained from the mouth of the
adult fish. The fact that in the genera Arius and Osteogeniosus the
male takes charge of the eggs in this manner was well known, but
Mr. Leslie’s observation was of importance as adding a third, though
closely allied, genus to the list of the Siluroids which thus protect
their offspring. According to Mr. Leslie, the number of eggs in one
fish’s mouth was about thirty, each of which measures about six lines
in diameter.
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Probable Existence of a Jacobson’s Organ among
the Crocodilia ; with Observations upon the Skeleton of
that Organ in the Mammalia, and upon the Basi-Man-
dibular Elements in the Vertebrata. By G. B. Howss,
P.Z.8., F.L.S., Assistant Professor of Zoology, Royal
College of Science, London.
[Received February 17, 1891.]
(Plate XIV.)
7
I. The Black Caiman (Caiman niger), of Inter-Tropical America,
is, with the exception of Tomistoma, the only Emydosaurian living in
which the vomers are freely intercalated between the bones of the
palato-maxillary series. In Yomistoma they are so disposed as to
he visible from beneath over a short and constricted area between the
posterior ends of the palatines, as was first shown by Miller and
Schlegel *. In Caiman niger they are, unlike those of all other Croco-
dilia, prolonged forwards into the premaxillo-maxillary region, and
their inflated free ends (vo.'", Plate XIV. fig. 7) oceupy a wide inter-
1 Of. Huxley, Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond., Zool. vol. iv. pp. 17, 19 (1860). For
synonymy see Boulenger’s Brit. Mus. Cat. of Chelonians, Rhynchocephalians,
and Crocodiles, 1889, p. 276.
P.AZS1891, Plate XLV,
G.BHad nat.
MP. Parker lith,
West Newman imp.
Supposed Jacobson’s Organ in the Crocodilia.
1891.] ORGAN IN THE CROCODILIA, 149
space between the premaxillo-maxillary sutures (s.m.), to be referred
to in full later on. This remarkable departure from the Crocodilian
type of structure was first.described by Owen’; Huxley redescribed
it seven years later *; and both writers referred it to the one isolated
species named. Gray, with that mischievous originality for which he
was so notorious, gave the character’ as diagnostic of the genus
Jacare, and his error has been transcribed by Lydekker in the
‘Paleontologia Indica’*. it remained for Boulenger to rectify
matters ; and in having done so, to show’ that the feature remains
distinctive of the species (C. niger) in which it was originally de-
scribed, and of none other.
The leading fact that the vomers of Caiman niger are, at their
point of intercalation between the premaxillo-maxillary bones, inflated
and bullate (vo."", fig. 2) was apparently known to Owen (/oe. cit.) ;
and a detailed account of the general relationships of these bones
has been given by Huxley®. ‘Their remarkable characters, however,
have neither received that attention which they deserve, nor have
attempts been thus far made to decipher their meaning. It is
precisely this gap in our knowledge which, thanks to some specimens
generously placed’ at my disposal by Prof. Huxley, I would now
attempt to fill.
The vomers of the short-snouted Crocodilia in ordinary (vo.’, fig. 1)
usually commence to taper anteriorly at a point more or less verti-
eally disposed above the maxillo-palatine suture (s.mp.). ‘There is
much variation individually and with age im respect to the exact
position of the point referred to; but while it generally lies behind
the suture named, it may more rarely be situated in front of it (ex.
Alligator mississippiensis, fig. 4). From this point forwards, each
vomer rapidly tapers and disappears on the upper surface of the
palatine process of its corresponding maxilla (ma.), and with that it
may become early ankylosed (ex. Crocodilus niloticus). In Caiman
niger, however, the vomers (vo.', fig. 2) pass on to the middle
maxillary region (¢. e. beyond that point at which these bones
ordinarily cease altogether in other Crocodilia) before they commence
to taper ; instead of dwindling away to a pointed extremity, they
descend, becoming bullate as they do so, and, thrusting them-
selves between the maxillary bones, terminate as aforesaid within
the palatal region. These expanded intercalary extremities of the
vomers (vo.””, fig. 2) may be appropriately termed their palatine lobes.
The Orocodilia and Hatteria are exceptional among living Reptilia
in that their “ pterygoid bones send forward median processes which
separate the palatines and reach the vomers ” “; an essentially similar
condition appears to be realized in some Chelonia by the backward
' Cat. Ost. Ser. R. Coll. of Surgeons, vol. i. p. 166 (1853).
Goer Cit. ps 4:
° Brit. Mus. Cat. Shield Rept. ii. p. 25 (1872).
+ Vol. x. (iii.) p. 210 (1885).
* Loc. cit. p. 293.
5 Loc. cit. pp. 4-0. ended
7 Huxley, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xxxi. p. 426 (1875).
150 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON JACOBSON S [ Feb. 17,
prolongation of the vomer’. The pterygoids of the Crocodilia (pt.,
fig. 2) unite before reaching the vomers to forma gutter-like bed for
reception of the free edge of the septum nasi (cf. fig. 5), ima manner
repetitional of that of the Mammalian vomer. They furnish, as is
well known, the median longitudinal partition for the narial pharynx
(marked pé. in fig. 1), and the rostrum formed by their union bifur-
cates autero-dorsally to give attachment to the vomers, while antere-
ventrally it tapers off into a delicate spur (* of fig. 1) which enters
the palatines from behind, and may be traced forwards through their
substance to the region of the maxillo-palatine suture (s.mp.).
Setting this spur aside, the point of termination anteriorly of the
pterygoid rostrum (pé., fig. 1) is usually coincident with that of
the post-palatine foramen (f.pl.”). In Caiman niger (fig. 1) it lies
well in front of this; and, as the vomer in that animal extends for-
wards to an unusual degree, it might appear that there is, so to speak,
asympathy or correlation of growth between the two bones. Indica-
tions of such a correlation are forthcoming on comparison of a series
of skulls, but examination of a larger number is needed before more
can be said upon this point. Another and perhaps more significant
feature arrested my attention, while comparing a series of longitudinal
sections of skulls of Crocodilus palustris and Alligator mississippiensis
of different ages—viz. that the vomer reaches farthest forwards in
the younger individuals, and that, whereas in the adult Crocodilus
palustris the point of anterior termination of the pterygoid rostrum
(pt., fig. 1) closely approximates, as has been said (supra), to that
of the post-palatine foramen (f.pl.’), im the young (half-grown)
individual it lies well in front of it. In other words, there is evidence
to show that during the early post-embryonic life of the Crocodile
the vomers and pterygoids grow less rapidly than the adjacent bony
parts, and become, as it were, shortened up.
iI. Having adduced reason to believe that the Crocodilian vomer
in all probability undergoes, in ordinary, a process of shortening up
during early life, the question naturally presents itself whether the
differences between the vomer of Caiman niger and the other
short-nosed Crocodilia might not be expressive of degrees of abbre-
viation of that bone from before backwards; and if so, whether that
which I have here termed its palatine jobe (above, p. 149) may not
represent something which the remaining Crocodilia have lost. I
have already shown that, among those forms examined by myself,
Alligator mississippiensis approximates most nearly to Carman niger
in the forward prolongation of its vomer ; and, with this fact in
mind, I naturally turned to the former animal as most hkely to
yield traces of the missing parts. In this I was not disappointed,
as the sequel will show; and my investigation has brought to light
some facts of unexpected interest.
Upon first comparison of the skulls of Caiman niger and Alligator
1 Cf. Boulenger, op. cit. pp. 2, 17.
on,
1891.] ORGAN IN THE CROCODILIA. 15]
mississippiensis (figs. 1 and 2), the bullate cavity of the vomer of the
former (vo.'”) might appear to lie within the area of, and indeed to be
represented by, the anterior divisions of the maxillary sinus of the
latter (sv.). The distinctness in the Caiman of the two bones
named shows, firstly that this cannot be the case, and secondly
that the extension of the maxilla of Alligator mississipiensis into the
region of the palatine lobe of the vomer of Caiman niger must have
been one of the changes resulting from the loss of the latter, should
that have been brought about as supposed.
The premaxillo-maxillary sutures of the adult Alligator mississip-
piensis meet at all points, and the two pairs of bones form a con-
joint and complete osseous roof to the mouth. It has, however,
hitherto escaped notice that matters may be otherwise in the young of
this species, for the sutures in question may be, in them, interrupted
by a couple of rounded fenestree (fig. 6, f. pl.) having the cus-
tomary relationships of the prepalatine foramina of other Amniota.
On cutting away, from above, the greater portion of the olfactory
organ, and then carefully dissecting off the mucous membrane and
cartilaginous floor’ of the same in the largest juvenile of Adligator
mississippiensis which I have examined (total length 112 centim.),
I was surprised to find a couple of small sacs (jc.?, fig. 4) lying
within the embrace of the prepalatine foramina. Each is a firm and
resistant structure, invested in a fibro-cartilaginous wall, and con-
taining a soft (? vascular) linmg. I have been unable to trace any
connection either between the capsules of these sacs and the car-
tilaginous alze of the olfactory wall, or between their central cavities
and those of either the mouth or the nose. So far as I have been
able to examine them, they appear to be to all intents and purposes
closed vesicles, vestigialin nature. That they correspond in position
with at least the anterior extremities of, and must be looked upon
as directly related to, the bullate palatine lobes of the vomers of
Caiman niger, I hold it to be sufficiently clear; and it remains now
to seek the clue to the remaining portions of the latter bones.
On laying bare the nasal organ of any Crocodile from the side, it
will generally be found, on removing the mucous membrane, that
the anterior truncated extremity of the vomer is buried in a more or
less powerful ligament (/g., fig. 4) which runs forwards towards the
premaxillary region. Among those genera and species which I have
examined, this ligament is most powerful in Ostfeolemus tetraspis
ot W. Africa; in my specimen of that animal it assumes the form
of an upturned fold or keel, which, as viewed from the side, continues
forwards as it were the body of the vomer, instead of the more
general one of a cord-like structure continuous with its tapering
extremity. This vomerine ligament (lq., fig. 4), as already stated,
may be traced forwards into the premaxillary region; its fibres
usually there blend with those of the premaxillo-maxillary peri-
osteum, and when (as for ex. in Crocodilus palustris, fig. 1) a
‘palatine process” of the premaxilla (p.p.) is present, they may
be traced to an insertion into that. In the young Alligator missis-
1 A portion of this is represented in situ at ns.f. in fig. 4.
152 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON JACOBSON’S [Feb. 17,
sippiensis, in which I found the areze of the pre-palatine foramina
to be occupied by the two small sacs before mentioned (je. ?, fig. 4),
the fibres of these vomerine ligaments could be traced to a connection
with both the membranous expansions closing the former and the
fibro-cartilaginous walls of the latter. The established doctrines of
morphology and the rules of precedent alike allow us to regard
these ligaments as the equivalents of the “ missing parts,’’ and to look
upon them and the sacs of the prepalatine foramina as the vestigial
remains of the palatine lobes of the vomers of Caiman niger with
their associated structures.
I have unfortunately been unable to cbtain the head of a Caiman
niger in spirit ; but inasmuch as in a small C. sclerops of 125 centim.’”
I have found pre-palatine foramina to be present in a form identical
with that of Alligator mississippiensis, the conclusion formulated above
receives additional support. I find the pre-palatine foramina to be
present in most, but not all, of the skulls of Aliigator mississippiensis
which I have examined smaller than the one afore dealt with in
detail (total length 112 centim.) ; while in the skulls of two adults
preserved in the Natural History Museum, which Mr. Boulenger
has kindly afforded me an opportunity of examining, I find (on the
left side of the one and the right side of the other) an insignificant
perforation which may perhaps be a last vestige of the prepalatine
foramen (?), but this is doubtful. It is clear, from all, that the
structures possessed by my specimen here figured (figs. 5 and 6)
when present must disappear with advancing age; and it has yet
to be ascertained if their like is not to be found in other allied genera
and species.
III, The only structure with which it is possible to homologize a
cartilaginous sac in intimate relationship with the prepalatine fora-
men of a Reptile is the Organ of Jacobson. This has of late years
received an exceptional amount of attention. Leydig has described *
its general features and relationships in certain Lacertilia, in that
masterly manner so peculiarly his own. Its more detailed characters
and origin have been incidentally dealt with by Born, in the course
of a series of lengthy monographs * devoted to a comparative study
of the nasal chamber and its ducts; while Solger, Wright, and others *
have furnished details about it in certain reptilian forms. Concerning
the Crocodilia, its absence is everywhere proclaimed ; and Beard,
who has most recently investigated the facts of its early develop-
ment, specially states’ that he “searched for it in Chelonians and
in embryo Crocodiles, but in vain.”
All recent inguiry has rendered it more and more clear that the
1 Tail broken; measurement taken to posterior extremity of cloacal orifice.
Die in Deutschld. lebend. Arten d. Saurier. Tiibingen, 1872, pp. 96-99.
Morph. Jahrb. Bd. i. bis, viii. (1877-1885).
4 For a full bibliography with detailed references, see Beard in Zoolog.
Jahrb. Bd. ii. pp. 778-780 (1889).
Roe nerzen ena) he:
ww wv
1891.] ORGAN IN THE CROCODILIA. 153
essential functional constituent of Jacobson’s organ is to be regarded
“as a highly specialized portion of the olfactory epithelium ”’ ’.
As it exists among Reptiles it may be defined as a distinct sac lying
(on each side) immediately beneath the anterior portion of the nasal
chamber, and communicating with the mouth-cavity by means of a
delicate duct, which arises posteriorly and passes obliquely down-
wards and forwards, immediately external to the vomer, to reach its
anterior extremity ~. Examination of any ordinary Lizard will show
that the organ itself lies immediately above and to the outer side of
the vomer, and that the point of communication between its duct
and the mouth lies within the embrace and at the anterior end of
a fold of mucous membrane common to it and the posterior nostril.
Jacobson’s organ, as is well known, attains its greatest differ-
entiation among Mammals. Its more minute structure has been
worked out by Klein*, Harvey *, and others; and a more general
communication upon it has been recently published by Herzfeld’, in
which a classification has been attempted, in accordance with the
presence or absence of naso-palatine canals and with other leading
features described. This organ lies, in Mammals, within the embrace
of a cartilaginous sheath (je., fig. 3) derivative of a downgrowth
(ns.") of the alary cartilage of the nose (xs."’), and it is in communi-
cation with the olfactory chamber by a wide orifice (e,.) which
overlies the naso-palatine (Stenson’s) canal (c.s.). The main body
of the organ of each side, with its surrounding cartilage, is supported
upon a scroll-shaped prolongation of the premaxilla (p.m.) usually
termed its palatine process (p.p.) This passes back and at the
posterior extremity of the entire organ meets a special lobe of
the vomer (vo.’”); between the latter bone and the supporting
apparatus of the Jacobson’s organ there is invariably an intimate
relationship.
Comparison of the Mammal (fig. 3) with the Crocodilian Caiman
niger (fig. 2) shows that there is a fundamental similarity in position
between the so-called ‘‘ palatine process’’ of the premaxilla in the
former (p.p.), and that which [ have herein termed the palatine lobe
of the vomer in the latter (vo.'”). Albrecht °, Sutton’, and Parker °
have directed attention to the fact that the so-called ‘palatine
process ”of the Mammalia may be distinct in origin from the body
of the premaxilla with which it ankyloses. I have long been
suspicious of a similarly distinct origin of the same for the Common
Rabbit (Lepus cuniculus) here figured; and my pupil, Mr. R. H.
Burne, who, at my request, has looked into the matter, has shown
me that such is the case in embryos measuring 8 centim. in length.
Parker has described the vomer of certain Edentata, Insectivora,
1 Ramsay Wright, Zoolog. Anzeiger, 1883, p. 393.
2 Cf. Leydig, op. cit. pp. 96, 99, and pl. viii.
5 Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n.s. vol. xxi. pp. 219 & 549 (1881).
Ibid. vol. xxii. p. 50 (1882).
Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. iii. p. 551 (1889).
Corresp. deutsch. anthrop. Gesellsch. Miinchen, 1888, no. 11, p. 170.
P.Z.S. 1884, p. 566.
Phil. Tr. pt. i. 1885, pp. 1-275.
® ah o
154 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON JACOBSON’S [ Feb. 27,
and Marsupialia as consisting, in the young animal, of a series of
distinct elements, for the most part paired, which he asserted ’ may
be (Cuscus) as many as ten in number. Sutton, following in the
same wake, has proposed to homologize the ‘‘ prepalatine”’ centre of
the mammalian maxilla with the vomer of the Ichthyopsida, and to
interpret the vomer of the former as the parasphenoid of the latter.
He relies chiefly upon discoveries of Albrecht’s, which have been
shown by Sir W. Turner”® to be of exclusively pathological interest 5.
and, even were this not so, the subsequent researches of Parker are,
in themselves, sufficient to show that his conclusions will not stand
the test of further inquiry (cf. infra). The joint observations of
these three observers, however, testify to a feeling of doubt as to the
exact homologies of those bones lying about the base of the septum
nasi and its immediately adjacent structures.
The vomer of the Ichthyopsida and lower Amniota, be it paired or
single, is variably a non-repetitional bove lying immediately behind
the premaxilla ; and there is considerable evidence to show that the
apparently “single vomer ”’ of some of tliese animals really represents
the pair so often present, in a confluent condition. When, in accom-
modation to the enlarging olfactory organ and the posterior nares, this
bone becomes shifted backwards or laterally expanded, its anterior
extremity generally remains true to its relationship with the pre-
maxilla. It is necessary to stand firmly upon these facts in dealing
with the question now in hand.
Parker’s observations show, among other things, that there is no
constancy of position and extent of the apparently single portion of
the vomer of young mammals. They thereby completely undermine
the older conception of that bone, based upon analogy to the adult
man, which regarded it as a median element. They suggest, with
much forcibility, that we may the more reasonably look upon the
mammalian vomer in all its variations as morphologically paired,
and that the argument deduced above from the study of the vomers
of the Ichthyopsida and lower Amniota may apply throughout.
With this Sutton’s second conclusion above cited must remain
in abeyance.
Chief among the supernumerary elements which Parker has de-
scribed as giving origin to the Mammalian vomers, together with the
palatine processes of the premaxille, are certain bilaterally sym-
metrical ossicles to which he applies the terms “anterior”? and
‘*posterior paired vomers.’’ Critical examination of his mono-
graph will show that he has in all probability deseribed the same
elements in some embryos as ‘‘ posterior paired vomers,’ and in
others as ‘‘ethmo-turbinals; ” and further investigation must show
whether he has, as I believe, or has not confused the two with each
other, if with nothing else. Concerning his “ anterior paired vomers, ”
however, there is less, if any, room for doubt. He has shown that
these, together with the ‘‘ palatine processes ”’ of the premaxillze, may
arise early, before the full differentiation of the bodies of the pre-
' Loc. cit. pp. 270-271.
? Journ. Anat. & Phys. vol. xix. p. 198 (1885).
1891.] ORGAN IN THE CROCODILIA. 155
maxille is effected. He asserts that in some of the forms he
examined he regarded the anterior paired vomers as the sole repre-
sentatives of the palatine processes of the premaxille. In describing
some embryos, his language is only to be so construed as to show
that he regarded the latter as representing ( Hrinaceus, p. 149, Talpa,
p- 179, Galeopithecus, p. 253) a fusion of true palatine spurs of
the premaxillee with his anterior paired vomers so often alluded to.
In having declared that in the Mole the ‘‘ anterior paired vomers. . .
are slightly separated from the palatine processes of the pre-
maxillaries ”’ (loc. cit. p. 106), that in the same animal the “‘ antero-
lateral vomers ... have a very temporary and doubtful existence
independent of these processes of the premaxillaries ” (p. 17Y), and
that while the palatine processes of the premaxillaries of the Shrew
in having “no separate antero-lateral vomer attached to them” have
“the same deficiency ”’ as the Mole (p. 200), he has both involved
himself in a contradiction and shown that he was unable to draw a
sharp distinction between the palatine processes of the premaxille
and his anterior paired (or lateral) vomers. The salient conclusions
which arise out of Parker’s investigation are (a) that we can no
longer regard those structures ordinarily described among mammals
as ‘‘ palatine processes of the premaxille” as throughout homolo-
gous; and (3) that the latter are, in a number of cases, no parts of
the premaxille at all, but rather referable to the vomerine category.
In his discovery of the complex nature of the (non-pathological)
premaxilla of mammals Parker is at one with Albrecht, who has
shown that there is reason for regarding the premaxillze of the adult
Ornithorhynchus as a combination of distinct elements *.
All those mammals for which Parker has recorded the presence
of “anterior paired vomers ” are long-nosed*. Comparison of the
skulls of the adults with those of the young, as figured by him,
will show that while the bones in question may in some cases
pass over to the true vomers, they more generally remain exclusively
related to Jacobson’s organ, which they ensheath in the form of the
so-called premaxillary palatine processes, and their products of
fusion and metamorphosis lie, for the most part, within the area of
the latter as ordinarily described—occupy, that is to say, that of the
palatine lobe of Caiman niger (vo.'", fig. 2), in which the present
inquiry finds its focus. Putting all together, nothing is clearer than
that the vomers and palatine processes of the premaxillaries, which
have been, I take it, sufficiently shown to be serial elements of a
common category, lie collectively within the area of the vomers of
the lower Amniota on one hand, and of the Crocodilian Caiman niger
on the other. Collating these facts with those before recapitulated
concerning the non-duplication and fundamental relationships of the
vomers in the lower Vertebrata, we may most reasonably conclude
that the bones referred to as anterior paired vomers and palatine
processes have ‘‘ become separate by absorption” (most probably
| Anat. Schriften, Hamburg & Leipzig, Op. 31, 1888.
2 Centetes, Cyclothurus, Erinaceus, Galeopithecus, Manis, Orycteropus, Rhyn-
chocyon, Sorex, Talpa, Tatusia.
e
156 PROF. G. B. HOWES ON JACOBSON’S [Feb. 17,
under elongation of the snout, with its accompanying specialization)
in the manuer suggested by Parker himself for the “ inter-palatines ”’
of Tarsipes’.
IV. The foregoing considerations justify us in regarding the
palatine process of the mammalian premaxilla, which, be it
remembered, ensheaths the organ of Jacobson, and the palatine lobe
of the vomer of Caiman niger as, at least provisionally, one and the
same element ; and it is necessary now to turn to the latter, by way
of inquiriug how far its inner capsule may or may not be found to
agree with that of the organ named.
There can be now no doubt that that structure sometimes referred
to in the Amphibia as an organ of Jacobson is a maxillary sinus,
non-homologous with the Jacobson’s organ of the higher Ver-
tebrata. The latter exists, in that which the known facts of de-
velopment show to be most nearly its original form, among the
Lacertilia. Its general relationships in these animals have been
already described (above, p. 153). That the naso-palatine canal of
the quadrupedal mammals (c.s., fig. 3) is the representative of the
closed duct of the Lizards can hardly be doubted, on comparison of
the two types; it has been shown by Herzfeld to be regularly
absent in some mammals, while the aperture of communication
between the body of Jacobson’s organ and the floor of the nasal
chamber (a.j.', fig. 3), met with in most mammals, is unrepresented in
reptiles. On a survey of the known facts, I incline to the belief that
the development of the last-named orifice is to be correlated with the
loss of communication between the naso-palatine duct and the body of
the organ, and that its appearance may have led up to that suppression
of the duct in question seen in some forms (ex. Hquus*). Be this
supposition worth what it may, the accepted principles of mor-
phology forbid our looking upon the Jacobson’s organs of Reptiles
and Mammals as in any way distinct.
The vomerine bulla of Caiman niger (vo.'", figs. 2 and 5) occupies
an essentially similar position to the body of Jacobson’s organ in both
Mainmals and Reptiles. Its aperture of communication with the
nasal pharynx lies, like that of the duct of the Jacobson’s organ in
the Lizards (and less conspicuously, but no less surely, like that of
mammals), within the area of the true posterior nostril. As I have
been unable to examine a spirit-preserved head I am not in position
to state whether, as seems not unlikely, a tubular duct may have
arisen at this point or not. While, however, I have been unable to
detect in any other Crocodile the entrance thereabouts of any nerve
or blood-vessel such as might conceivably have been transmitted by it,
sufficient of the dried remains of its lmimg membrane was present to
enable me to assert, with assurance, that it contained a prolongation
of the olfactory mucous membrane. This being so, its orifice might
be not inaptly compared either to that of the Jacobson’s organ of a
1 Stud. Mus. Univ. Coll. Dundee, yol. i. p. 80 (1890).
? Herzteld, loc. cit. p. 556.
1891. ] ORGAN IN THE CROCODILIA.— 157
Lizard in a backwardly displaced position, such as it might have
come to assume under changes incident on the elongation of the
snout, or to that of communication between the body of this organ
and its duct—the latter having presumably disappeared.
From the foregoing facts and considerations, the conclusion seems,
to me, inevitable that those animals from which both Crocodilia
and Mammals have descended must have possessed, among other
things, a vomer which met the pterygoids behind, and, like that of
the Ichthyopsida and lower Amniota, extended to the premaxillary
region in front,—in a word, the vomer of the living Hatteria. Born
has shown’ that the Jacobzon’s organ of the Lacertilia is largely
supported upon the vomer; did that bone completely enclose it, a
condition of the parts essentially like that of the bullate palatine lobe
of Caiman niger would result. Klein has shown” that whereas in
the Radbéit the cartilaginous sheath of Jacobson’s organ (je., fig. 3)
is a complete tube and its bony sheath an incomplete one, in the
Guinea-pig the latter tends to form ‘‘ an almost complete capsule ”’
anteriorly. In this, the palatine process of the premaxilla of the
mammal, assuming its apparent vomerine homology, clearly approx-
Imates towards the condition of the palatine lobe of the vomer of
Caiman niger.
Putting the foregoing facts and considerations together, the
probability that the vomer of Caiman niger may lodge a (perhaps
modified) Jacobson’s organ becomes very great indeed ; especially if,
as is sometimes stated, that organ may ° “ degenerate into a mere
air-sinus.”
I am fully alive to the possibility that, on the grounds laid down
by Parker, the vomer of Caiman niger may be perhaps a compound
structure. I should be exceedingly grateful to anyone who would
procure me well-preserved heads of this animal, old and young,
for the further elucidation of the questions raised.
If the characters and relationships of the vomer are to be taken as
criteria of affinity, I need hardly point out that the facts herein dealt
with indicate that the short-snouted Alligators, as represented by
Caiman niger, must be considered to be the least modified of living
Emydosauria,—the prevailing view to the contrary notwithstanding.
V. The Crocodilian premaxilla (p.m., fig. 1) often bears that
which might at first sight be taken to represent a palatine process
(p.p.); and the existence of this spur of bone appears to have been
generally overlooked. It is very variable in its individual deve-
lopement, and my own skulls of Crocodilus palustris show that it
increases in length with advancing age. It is absent in Caiman
niger ; and, when present in other forms, it invariably overlies the
maxilla as represented in fig. 1. These facts, in conjunction with
1 Op. cit. Bd. v.
2 Loe. cit. pp. 554-555.
3 Wiedersheim, Lehrb. d. vergl. Anat., Aufl. 2, p. 400 (1886).
138 ON JACOBSON’S ORGAN IN THE CROCODILIA. [Feb. 17,
those already described (ante, p. 151) concerning its relationship to
the vomerine ligament (dg., fig. 4), show it to be a secondary
outgrowth, arising in correlation with the shortening up of the vomer,
and having little, if anything, to do with the palatine process as
ordinarily understood. °
VI. Parker, in his monograph on the development of the skullin
the Crocodilia, described’ the early differentiation of a basi-mandi-
bular cartilage, such as he had previously encountered * in the embryo
of Chelone viridis. He states, on the authority of Prof. C. Stewart,
of the R. College of Surgeons, that in the embryo Crocodile the
conjugated distal ends of the mandibles (Meckel’s cartilages) become
dilated. My friend Mr. Boulenger has recently called attention in
these ‘ Proceedings’ * to the existence of a small bone in the mandi-
bular symphysis of Heloderma; and he inclines towards asso-
ciating it with the mento-Meckelian bones, well known to occur
in the living Anura. The latter (m.m., fig. 8) arise as ossifications
of the Meckelian cartilages, and the distal ends of those rods gene-
rally unite, in these animals, to form a prominent mass which
may exactly correspond to the symphysial cartilage of Stewart. I
have long been familiar with the fact that in some Anura (ex. Hyla
cerulea, fig. 8) this (m.b.) may become segmented off in the manner
of the basal cartilages of the postoral visceral arches of the lower
Ichthyopsida, and of the cartilage described by Parker in the young
embryos of Crocodilus and Chelone ; it would therefore appear to be
altogether independent of the mento-Meckelian bones.
The existence of this ‘‘ basi-mandibular”’ element of the mandi-
bular arch is not without interest, in view of the belief in the serial
homology between the latter and the postoral skeletal arches ¢.
During this investigation I have had the good fortune to have been
repeatedly in conference with my friend Mr. Boulenger ; and my best
thanks are due to him for having, by his valuable assistance and
advice, rendered my task, in itself pleasurable, doubly so.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.
Fig. 1. Crocodilus palustris. Median longitudinal section through nasal region
of dried skull. One-third nat. size.
Fig. 2. Caiman niger, dried skull. A similar section to fig. 1, cut to the right
of the middle line. One-third nat. size.
Fig. 3. Lepus cuniculus. Dissection of inner portion of olfactory capsule of left
side ; to show the vomer and other supporting elements, in relation to
the organ of Jacobson. Twice nat. size.
1 Trans. Z.8. vol. x1. p. 280 (1883).
? Challenger Rep. Zool. vol. i. pt. 5, p. 20 (1880).
> Above, p. 111.
4 Cf. Huxley, Journ. Anat. and Phys. vol. x. pp. 421 & 427 (1876); and
Parker, op. cit. White has recently recorded the existence of a basi-mandibular
cartilage in Lemargus (Anat. Anz. 1890, p. 260).
1891.] ON THE VARIATION OF THE LEPORINE STERNUM. 159
Fig. 4. Alligator mississippiensis, juv. of 112 centim. total length. Floor of olfac-
tory chamber, as seen from above, after the removal of the olfactory
mucous membrane and the underlying cartilaginous floor of the
olfactory capsule. (A portion of the latter, which was left in position,
is indicated at ms.f.) Nat. size.
Fig. 5. Caiman niger. Comparison dissection to fig. 4; dried skull only. One-
third nat size.
Hig. 6. Alligator mississippiensis, juv. Premaxillo-maxillary suture with parts
adjacent, ventral aspect. Three times nat. size.
Fig. 7. Caiman niger. Premaxillo-maxillary suture with adjacent parts, for
comparison with fig. 6. Ventral aspect. One-half nat. size.
Fig. 8. Hyla ceruiea. Mandibular symphysis, with related structures.
Anterior aspect. Zhree times nat. size.
Reference Letters.
a.)'. Anterior orifice of Jacobson’s n.s'. Septum nasi.
organ. ns". Alary cartilage.
ap. Orifice of vomerine sae n.s'', Alary cartilage, internal,
(? Jacobson’s organ). lamina of.
.s. Naso-palatine (Stenson’s) ss.f. Floor of cartilaginous
canal, cartilaginous wall olfactory capsule.
of. pl. Palatine.
fo. Symphysial fibrous pad. pm. Premaxilla.
~p. Premaxillary foramen. p.p. Palatine process of pre-
f.pl'. Prepalatine foramen. maxilla.
f-pl''. Postpalatine foramen. pt. Pterygoid.
Jr. Frontal. s.mp. Maxillo-palatine suture.
je. Jacobson’s cartilage. sm. Maxillary sinus.
lg. Vomerine ligament. vo'. Body of vomer.
m.b, Basi-mandibular cartilage. vo’. Wing of vomer (osseous
m.m. Mento-Meckelian bone. floor of postnarial portion
mx. Maxilla. of olfactory chamber).
na. Nasal. vo’. Palatine lobe of vomer.
n. p. Posterior nares.
2. On the Variation and Development of the Leporine
Sternum. By R. H. Burne, B.A. Oxon., F.Z.S.
[Received February 17, 1891.]
The mammalian sternum has been shown by Ruge’ to be entirely
costal in origin. The ventral ends of each pair of ribs come into
apposition and subsequently fuse in the middle line to form, by
ossification and segmentation, a sternebra; each sternebra is a product
of the pair of ribs immediately behind it.
This holds good for the whole sternum, with the exception of its
most anterior segment or manubrium: that, although in Man a
product of the first two pairs of ribs, and therefore serially homo-
logous with a couple of the sternebre, is still further a compound
structure, for Goette* has shown that it may embody (Talpa) the
remnant of the episternum (interclavicle*) of the lower Vertebrata.
1 “Untersuchg. i, d. Entwickelungsvg. am Brustbein,”’ Morph. Jahrbuch,
pp. 375 et seg. (1880).
'? Archiv f. Anat. u. Phys., Bd. xiv. p. 563 (1877).
$ Howes has recently suggested that this may be the vanishing vestige of a
coracoidal archisternum of the Ichthyopsida (‘ Nature,’ vol. xliii. p. 269, 1891).
160 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE [ Feb. 175
Ruge has pointed out that the xiphisternum (processus ensiformis)
of Man owes its origin to the eighth and ninth pairs of ribs; for he
says, in the course of the paper above referred to, “das achte und
neunte Rippenpaar vom Sternum sich loslésend ihre medialen
Produkte noch im Processus ensiformis wiedererkennen lassen.”
The Leporine sternum usually consists of four segments, exclusive
of the omosternal and xiphisternal ones, and it therefore follows
that that pair of ribs which stand related and give origin to the last
prexiphisternal sternebra is the sixth pair; and as this is so the
xiphisternum, on analogy to the human subject, might be expected
to arise from the seventh and eighth ribs, one or both. The seventh
pair of ribs ultimately break loose and approximate in the ventral
middle line.
Not unfrequently, in both Rabbits and Hares, there is an extra
sternebra intercalated behind the sixth (= fourth sternebra as
ordinarily enumerated), and the occurrence of this structure (figs.
A-F, p.161) has not previously been recorded.
This extra sternebra is invariably displaced dorsally ; the lower
ends of the seventh pair of ribs pass over its ventral surface and
meet in the middle line, repeating as it were, in regard to it, those
relationships which they more normally bear to the head of the
xiphisternum.
The sternebra in question always lies behind the sixth pair of
ribs ; these are attached to the synchondrosis between the sixth and
the extra sternebra (VII), wherefore the latter would appear to be
derived from the seventh pair of ribs.
This seventh sternebra is very variable in size, presumably as the
result of variation in degree of absorption. It is probably not un-
common, for of thirteen fully ossified Leporine sterna, which I have
examined, six possessed it in some form, and although in one case
somewhat minute, it was yet distinctly recognizable.
Figs. A-G represent a series of fully formed sterna. In figs. A,
B, C, D, E the extra sternebra (S. VIT) will be seen to be represented
more or less by bone; but in fig. F it is only present in cartilage,
and in fig. G it is not present at all.
In rare cases the two portions of the primitive cartilages from
which this sternebra is derived may be found still more or less un-
united, a distinct groove being recognizable upon its dorsal surface
(fig. F). I have found this to be so in animals possessed of an
otherwise fully formed and ossified sternum. Be the individual
conditions what they may, the seventh pair of ribs invariably meet
in the ventral middle line, and are in no way attached at the sides
of their intersternebra as are the ribs in front of them.
Turning now to the development of the seventh or “‘ extra”
sternebra. The earliest stage in its formation which I have
observed was in an embryo Rabbit 3 cm. long. At this age (fig. I)
the median cartilages of the sternum had only fused at their
anterior ends; the first seven pairs of ribs were joined to them,
but the rest floated free. The costal segments related to each pair
of ribs had manifestly been formed each in the same way, the only
1891.] VARIATION OF THE LEPORINE STERNUM. 161
Series of sterna of Lepus cuniculus showing absorption of the seventh
sternebra (dorsal aspect). Nat. size.
A, B, C, D, E show the seventh sternebra ossified; F, the seventh sternebra
ouly represented in cartilage (the two halves had not as yet completely
fused); G, normal sternum; H, side view of sternum, showing dorsal
displacement of the seventh sternebra; I, sternum of embryo of 3 cm.
total length; J, horizontal longitudinal section of sternum of embryo of
7 cm. total length ; K, longitudinal section of sternum of embryo of il
em. total length; L, sternum of embryo of same age.
Reference letters: f, fontanelle ; pe., ensiform process ; 8. V-VIII, sternebre.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1891, No. XI. sf!
162 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE [Feb. 17,
apparent difference being that the seventh was smaller than the
others. This seventh sternebra may thus be regarded as arising
from the seventh pair of ribs, just as the other sternebree do from
the ribs in front, and as having a like morphological value with the
former.
In the next stage (7 cm. long, fig. J, p. 161) the sternum had begun
to ossify, centres of ossification being present in the xiphisternum
and in all the sternebree except the seventh; this structure, however,
was still clearly present, although only represented in cartilage.
The seventh sternebra, in comparison with those remaining, is of
the same size as in the previous stage. In sterna of this age the
seventh pair of ribs have already begun to approximate ventrad of
their sternebra, their lower extremities reaching nearly halfway to
the middle line. Thus far the growth of the sternum has been
regular and uniform, with the exception of the lack of ossification in
the seventh sternebra; but about this time the sternebrze begin to
grow unequally, and consequently to manifest slight differences in
their proportions (figs. K, L). The gap between the sixth and
seventh pairs of ribs is, at this stage, usually shorter than in the
earlier ones; but occasionally these ribs are separated by a gap
(fig. L), indicating that the seventh sternebra is still in process
of growth. In none of these specimens was there, however, any
sien of ossification in the seventh sternebra, although in all the
other sternebree it was much more pronounced than before.
The points of the seventh pair of ribs had in all cases approached
much nearer the middle line than at the earlier stages.
In Rabbits just born (14-15 cm.) the most noticeable feature is
the apposition of the lower extremities of the sixth and seventh pairs
of ribs, the latter having by this time met in the middle line. None
which I examined showed any trace of an ossific centre between the
sixth sternebra and the xiphisternum.
It has been seen that in all 3 cm. embryos the seventh costal
segment is formed from the seventh pair of ribs, in the same way as
are the other costal segments from their respective ribs, and there-
fore it has morphologically the same value as each of those more
normally present ; it is, however, somewhat smaller than the other
segments. We may therefore assume that in all cases the seventh
sternebra is invariably present at an early age and that it differs only
from its fellows in size.
All segments of the sternum appear now to grow uniformly; for
in all 7 cm. embryos the seventh sternebra is relatively of the same
size as in the previous stage; but it is stili cartilaginous, all the
others being now ossified. So far all the sterna of the same age are
much alike; but in 11 em. embryos the seventh sternebra is usually
shorter in comparison with its fellows than in the earlier stages,
although in some cases it is still of moderate size. ‘Those in which
it was short I take to be the more normal, the seventh sternebra
having developed with the rest to a certain extent, and then, when
the embryo was about 8 or 9 cm. long, having ceased to grow: the
xiphisternum and sixth sternebra, as they increase in size, grow over
1891.] VARIATION OF THE LEPORINE STERNUM. 163
this minute half-developed cartilaginous seventh sternebra and, as it
were, blot it out. Thus there would be left the more familiar form
of sternum with no trace of anything between the sixth sternebra
and the xiphisternum.
The followmg, as compared with the above, are the stages in
metamorphosis of the permanently seven-segmented type. After
the embryo has reached a length of 7-8 em. the seventh sternebra,
instead of ceasing to grow, as in the more familiar form, continues to
do so for a longer or shorter time. The growth of this sternebra
seems to stop at different ages in different individuals; at a some-
what later stage ossification sets in, more or less strongly, forming
in some cases a large bone (fig. A), in others merely a minute
nodule (fig. E); in others, again, ossification never occurs at all,
and the sternebra persists as cartilage (fig. F).
From the foregoing it may be justly inferred that at some past
date the Leporine sternum consisted of eight sternebree (the xiphi-
sternum being counted as one), and that afterwards, for some
unknown reason, the seventh pair of ribs became detached and grew
forward over the ventral surface’.
The place of the seventh sternebra having been thus usurped by
the ribs which gave rise to it, the latter (degradation following
disuse) apparently began gradually to disappear, until there was
realized the condition in which we now find it, 2. e. that of maximum
absorption.
These facts are not only interesting in themselves, but they throw
light upon the origin of the xiphisternum. For if it be granted that
each sternebra arises from the pair of ribs immediately behind it, the
sixth sternebra would be the derivative of the sixth pair of ribs, the
seventh when present of the seventh pair, and therefore the eighth
(xiphisternum) of the eighth.
The Leporine xiphisternum would thus appear to be not (as the
study of it in ordinary would suggest) different in origin from that
of Man, but, on the contrary, homologous with it—at any rate as
far as concerns its origin from the eighth pair of ribs. I have not
been able to ascertain whether the ninth pair of ribs takes any part
in its formation as it does in that of Man, but it seems not impro-
bable that it may do so.
Another variation of some slight interest occurs in the xiphi-
sternum: this structure is occasionally seen to be forked, a fonta-
nelle being contained between the prongs (cf. fig. A). This split.
recalls in a minor degree the phenomenon of the “cleft sternum”
well known to occasionally occur in the human subject*. The groove
in the seventh sternebra in fig. F is probably an example of the
same failure to unite, but to a still less marked degree. Both
these specimens will bear comparison with the Cetacean sternum,
1 There seems to be an inclination on the part of all the ribs to do this, their
articulation with the sternum being much more ventral than dorsal.
2 Cf. Turner, “ Description of a Cleft Sternum,” Journ. Anat. & Phys. p. 103
(1879).
iis
164 MR. 'S. B. WILSON ON THE GENUS CHASIEMPIS. [Feb. 17,
of which Parker’ remarks: ‘There is an oval fontanelle (such as
is common in Lizards) in the preesternum and a large part of the
mesosternum, and the hinder part of the preesternum is occupied by
the primordial fissure.”
This inquiry has been carried out in the Biological Laboratory of
the Royal College of Science, South Kensington, at the suggestion
of my teacher, Prof. G. B. Howes; and to him my sincere thanks
are due for his help and supervision.
The features noted apply equally to both the Rabbit (Lepus euni-
culus) and Hare (Lepus timidus): no differences of fundamental
importance being recognizable between them.
3. On the Muscicapine Genus Chasiempis, with a Description
of a new Species. By Scorr B. Witson, F.Z.S.
[Received January 31, 1891.]
I propose in the present paper to state briefly the distinctions
between the various species of this interesting genus of Flycatchers
which are to be found inhabiting the various islands of the
Hawaiian group, and this object will, I think, be greatly furthered
by akey. In drawing this up, I have to some extent followed that
given by my friend Dr. Stejneger (Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. 1887,
p- 87), and I should also mention here that, quite recently, I sent
him a series of the different species in my collection, with the idea
of ascertaining his opinion on some difficult pots. Dr. Stejneger
kindly answered me very fully, and I am glad to say that our views
are nearly, if not quite, in accord on the subject.
Graf Hans von Berlepsch was kind enough to send me a short
time since a paper of his on Chasiempis, containing a good coloured
figure of one species. 1 do not agree with the conclusions at which
he arrives, and think that they are partly due to the insufficient
material he had to work upon; for, though the collection upon
which he based his observations is rich enough as regards the
number of specimens, but one island—-Oahu—seems to be repre-
sented init. Ishall comment at length on this paper in the Part of
my ‘Birds of the Sandwich Islands’ which deals with Chastempis,
merely stating here that Graf von Berlepsch unites Chasiempis ridg-
wayi, Ch. ibidis, Ch. sclateri, and Ch. gayi under the head of
Chasiempis sandwichensis, and is of opinion that his series of skins
bears this out. As will be seen further on, my views are very
different from his, but are more probably correct, as I have had
specimens from the different islands for comparison, while he had to
rely in a great measure on figures and descriptions.
Another article which must be referred to is that by Dr. Sclater,
“‘On the Muscicapine Genus Chasiempis”’ (Ibis, 1885, p. 17), a
1 W. K. Parker, Ray Society’s Monograph on the Shoulder-girdle and
Sternum in Vertebrates, p. 217. Cf. also Flower, ‘Osteology of Mammalia,’
pp. 99, 100, figs. 37, 39.
1891.] MR.S. B. WILSON ON THE GENUS CHASIEMPIS. 165
paper by which the investigation of this difficult genus has been
greatly promoted. Dr. Sclater gives two coloured figures, fig. 1
being taken from one of the two specimens obtained by the
‘Challenger’ Expedition at Hilo, Hawaii, in August 1875; while
fig. 2 is from a skin obtained by Dr. Sclater from Verreaux of Paris,
and presented to the British Museum. These two specimens he
figures under the name of Chasiempis sandwichensis, taking them to
be the male and female of the same species. He also considers
Chasiempis sclateri of Ridgway to be identical with fig. 2.
However, as the material I have had to work upon, though of
large extent, is in some ways incomplete, I do not feel justified in
giving my conclusions as final; nor does Dr. Stejneger, as the fol-
lowing extract from his letter to me will show. He says, “I consider
that my conclusions are only provisional ; and also that they are the
only ones that can be properly drawn up from the material at my
disposition now; .. . . additional material might alter my views
considerably.”
On one point, however, Dr. Stejneger and I are quite decided—the
status of one of the species inhabiting Oahu. This is distinct beyond
any doubt; and, being so, I have named it after my friend Mr.
Francis Gay, of Makaweli, a gentleman whose knowledge of the
Avifauna of his native islands is very considerable and to whose
assistance I owe much of my success whilst exploring the island of
Kauai.
I will now give a short description of the chief distinctive
characters of Chasiempis gayi.
CHASIEMPIS GAYI.
Breast brown, streaked with black; tail-feathers with white
markings occupying only half the extent they do in Ch. ridgwayi,
though graduated in size from the outer feathers in the same
manner; bill biuish black, broader at the base and stouter generally
than in any other species of the genus.
Hab. Oahu.
Provisional Key to the genus Chasiempis.
a, Wing-markings pure white. Bill bluish black.
b'. Upper parts of the body deep smoky grey ...... Ch. dolei, Stejn.
b?. Upper parts of the body brown; forehead,
crown of the head, and breast bright chestnut. Ch. ridgwayi, Stejn.
[Ibis, 1885, pl. i. fig. 1.]
63, Breast brown, streaked with black; white
markings on the tail-feathers occupying only
about half the extent they do in Ch. ridqway ;
bill stouter and broader at the base than in.
TMOUMOISPEGIES saa anesracuesisen ack aBeigsanciicy vor Ch. gayi, sp. nov.
a?, Wing-markings tawny, or “ferruginous white.”
Bill horn-colour, yellow towards the base of the
“mandible.
ce’. Breast light tawny with no trace of black;
upper parts of the body bright tawny, as also
are the sides of the head and ear-coverts;
166 _ ON A NEW SPECIES OF HIMATIONE. [Feb. 17,
rump, flanks, and under tail-coverts bright
TES Wis ooc.ccar sadoeanbannageddeacce dapsoesdaseabaGa0Rqance Ch. sclatert, Ridgw.
c?, Breast, rump, and flanks lighter tawny than in
the preceding species ; under tail-coverts white,
very slightly tinged with tawny. Dimensions
smaller than the preceding species ............... Ch. ibidis, Steyn.
[Ibis, 1885, pl. i. fig. 2.]
It thus follows that there are, so far as is at present known, five
species of Chasiempis inhabiting the Sandwich Islands :—
1. Ch. dolet, Stejneger. enten
2. Ch. sclateri, Ridgway. ;
3. Ch. gayi, Wilson.
4. Ch. ibidis, Stejneger. } Oahu.
5. Ch. ridgway?, Stejneger. Hawaii.
Dr. Stejneger inclines to the belief that there still remains a sixth
species, a form with tawny wing-markings, the Sandwich Flycatcher
of Latham (Ch. sandwichensis of Gmelin), the real habitat of which
may be one of the islands between Hawaii and Kauai. His reason
for this theory is that Latham’s description of the Sandwich
Flycatcher, Ch. sandwichensis, which is plainly that of a species with
tawny wing-markings, does not agree in detail with that of either Ch.
sclateri or Ch. ibidis. In his letter to me he further says “ that you
did not find it there (on Hawaii) may be due either to it having
become exterminated, or to a particular misfortune of yours in not
coming across it during your stay on that island.”
I have in my collection four specimens from Hawaii with tawny
wing-markings, but these I take to be immature examples of Ch.
vidgwayt. Dr. Stejneger, however, may be right, but this is a
question I hope will be satisfactorily solved by the time the part of
my ‘ Birds of the Sandwich Islands’ including this genus appears.
4, Description of a new Species of the Genus Himatione from
the Sandwich Islands. By Scorr B. Wixson, F.Z.S.
[Received January 31, 1891.]
I herewith give a brief description of a new species of Himatione,
based on a single specimen which I obtained in the district of Kula
on the island of Maui, in July 1888. I may mention that I killed
it and an immature example of Himatione sanguinea at one shot.
I have named it after my friend Mr. Dole, whose name is so well
known amongst those ornithologists that have studied the Hawaiian
Avifauna. j
HiMATIONE DOLEI, sp. nov.
Crown of the head grey, shading into dull brown-pink, which is
tinged on the sides with dull red ;_ rest of the upper parts dusky brown
1891.] ON BRITISH REMAINS OF HOM@OSAURUS. 167
mottled with greenish buff; beneath, the throat and breast grey,
the tips of the feathers brown ; belly greenish buff, shading off into
white on the under tail-coverts; wing-quills and tail black, the
former edged outwardly with a narrow line of white; wing-coverts
and secondaries black, edged with brown-pink ; irides dark hazel ;
bill and feet horn- colour.
Dimensions. ‘Total length 5°20 inches, wing 3:10, tail 2°20,
culmen °55, tarsus 1°5.
Hab. Maui.
5. On British Remains of Homeosaurus, with Remarks
on the Classification of the Rhynchocephalia. By
G. A. BouLENGER.
[Received February 3, 1891.]
The specimen which I have the pleasure of exhibiting before the
Society is the greater portion of the left ramus of a mandible which
Fig. 1.
Left mandibular ramus of Homeosawrus major (specimen in the College of
Surgeons) and H. maximiliani (after v. Ammon). Natural size.
agrees,except in the larger size,with that of Homeosaurus maximiliant,
H.v. Mey.*, an Upper Jurassic Rhbynchocephalian Reptile, remains
of about half a dozen individuals of which are known from Bavaria.
The chief interest of this specimen lies in its being believed to be
HL vy. Meyer, Jahrb. Miner. 1847, p. 182, and Faun. d. Vorwelt, Rept.
Lithogr. Schief. p. 101, pl. xi. (1860).
L. y. Ammon, Abh. bayer. Akad. xy. p. 499, 2 pls. (1885).
168 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [Feb. 17,
British, having been found along with other unnamed fossils from this
country in the Museum of the College of Surgeons. I have submitted
the specimen to my colleague Mr. Etheridge, who was so kind as to
examine the matrix and have a section of it prepared, and he informs
me that the fossil is in all probability from the Forest Marble, Bath
Oolite, of Chippenham or Corsham, Wiltshire. Mr. A. Smith
Woodward, for whose kind advice I likewise applied, on being’shown
the specimen at once produced another, a left maxillary showing
its inner aspect, of what I believe to be probably the same animal,
but surrounded by a very different matrix. This specimen, recently
acquired for the British Museum from Mr. P. Rufford, was obtained
in the Purbeck beds of Swanage, Dorsetshire ; it bears the Museum
Register No. R. 1765, had been identified by Mr. Woodward as
Rhynchocephalian, and was most courteously placed by him at my
disposal for examination.
The left ramus in the Museum of the College of Surgeons is
imperfect anteriorly, but the missing portion cannot have been great,
as may be deduced from the condition of the teeth, of which there
are seven, gradually decreasing in height from back to front, so
that the symphysial end of the mandible must have had a sharp,
nearly straight edge, as we know to be the case in Homeosaurus.
The coronoid process is perfectly preserved, triangular, its height
nearly equalling that of the jaw. ‘The postcoronoid portion is lost,
but has left its impression on the stone, and it agrees with the corre-
sponding part in Homeosaurus, differing in its shortness from Sphe-
nodon. The bone is of a dark brown colour. The length of the
entire mandibular ramus must have been about 35 millim., as against
25 in H. maximiliani. In this respect it agrees with the specimen
from the Kimmeridgian of Hanover described by Struckmann’.
There is no doubt, in my opinion, that the larger size of the Hanover
specimen is not to be attributed to age, considering the state of the
dentition in the typical H. mazimiliani, which indicates an adult
animal ; and as I can find no difference between the Hanover speci-
men and the mandible described above, I propose to designate them
both as H. major. Comparison cannot, unfortunately, be instituted
with Sapheosaurus, H. v. Mey., which agrees very nearly in size, but
of which the mandible and the alveolar border of the maxillary are
still unknown.
As regards the systematic position of Homeosaurus, there can be no
doubt that it stands in close relation to the living Sphenodon, from
which it differs, however, in three important points, viz. the absence
of the ectepicondylar foramen in the humerus, the absence of uncinate
processes to the ribs, and the absence of intercentra or hypapophyses
between the dorsal vertebrae, to which characters a fourth may pro-
bably be added, viz. the fuller ossification of the vertebral centra,
which appear to be less deeply excavated at either end than in Sphe-
nodon. All these characters, except the absence of uncinate processes,
may be regarded as indicating a higher development in the Rhyncho-
cephalian line. I hold that of the two most recent writers on the
1 Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges. xxv. p. 249, pl. vii. (1878).
1891. ] BRITISH REMAINS OF HOM@OSAURUS. 169
classification of the Rhynchocephalia, Lydekker * and Zittel*, the
former has overrated the importance of these characters in assigning
to Homeosaurus and allies the rank of a suborder, opposed to Sphe-
nodon, Rhynchosaurus, and Hyperodapedon; while the latter has
underrated their importance in uniting Homeosawrus and Sphenodon
in one and the same family. Homeosaurus deserves to stand as the
type of a distinct family, in the immediate neighbourhood of the
Haitteriide, to which it is more nearly related than to the Rhyncho-
sauride or than are the latter to the Hattervde.
The classifications of the two authors above referred to differ as
follows :—
1. LYDEKKER.
Fam. Hom«osauride.
Subord. Homeosauria » Pleurosauride.
Ord. Rhynchocephalia » Lelerpetide.
¢ » Sphenodontide.
Subord. Sphenodontina iiomaisscon Bip.
Orde Rrokerosauliay | ccascnescsasonssnestecscceccseisenseseos » Proterosauride.
Champsosaurus is not mentioned, but forms a third Suborder
(Simeedosauria) of the Rhynchocephalia in the author’s more recent
Manual *.
2. ZITTEL,
P Fam. Sphenodontide.
itera. Rhynchocephalias. s. { . Bgmeosc tie.
Ord. » Lroterosauride.
iemabedgseata] Subord. Proganosauria ......... » Mesosauride.
L , Champsosauride.
Both these arrangements appear to me unsatisfactory. The Prote-
rosauria are allowed ordinal rank by Lydekker merely provisionally
and ‘in deference to the views of Prof. Seeley.” But his definition
of the Order is not diagnostic, for such characters as “ Cervical ver-
tebree much elongated” and ‘ Posterior caudal vertebrze with divided
neural spines ” can certainly not be meant to characterize an Order.
As to the latter character in particular, I have to remark that it
occurs in certain Lacertilia, and is particularly marked in a genus
which, one would think, might not have escaped notice. I now ex-
hibit a skeleton of Lacerta ocellata, with the object of showing the
curious division of the neural spine of some of the caudal vertebree
(fig. 2, p. 170) into an anterior and a posterior part, as believed to
be characteristic of the Proterosauria. In the specimen exhibited,
the caudal vertebree, from the 9th to the 19th inclusively (the rest of
the tail being regenerated), bear two neural spines, the anterior
directed obliquely forwards, the posterior directed obliquely back-
wards. Both are processes of the posterior moiety of the vertebra
(the caudal vertebrz of these and other fragile-tailed Lizards being
divided into two), thus showing that the division of the spine has
1 Cat. Foss. Rept. i. p. 290 (1888).
* Handb. Pal. iii. p. 583 (1889).
3 Nicholson and Lydekker, Man. Pal. 11. (1889).
170 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [Feb. 17,
nothing to do with the division of the vertebra. I have also noticed
a less complete division, or rather bifurcation, of the caudal neural
spines in dgama bibronit. The specimen further shows very clearly
the paired intercentral hypapophyses at the base of the tail, to
which attention was called by me at a previous meeting’.
Returning to the classification of Lydekker, I can only repeat
what I have said above as to his division of the Rhynchocephalia
into two suborders Homeosauria and Sphenodontina, that the only
Lateral view of middle caudal vertebrze, and lower view of second sacral and
three anterior caudal vertebree of Lacerta ocellata. Twice natural size.
diagnostic differences revealed by the definitions are that in the
former the preemaxillaries apparently do not form a beak and the ribs
have no uncinate processes, whilst in the latter the preemaxillaries
form a more or less deflected beak and the ribs have uncinate
processes. These characters, even if well founded, would be insuf-
ficient for subordinal separation; but they are not exact, for it is
well known that Sphenodon has preemaxillary teeth; it is therefore
1 See above, p. 114.
1891.] BRITISH REMAINS OF HOM@OSAURUS. 171
incorrect to speak of a beak, and there is, I think, no evidence of the
existence of uncinate processes in Hyperodapedon.
Zittel’s method differs from Lydekker’s in this respect, that he
entirely abstains from defining his suborders. ‘We are therefore left
to guess how the Proganosauria differ from the Rhynchocephalia
sensu stricto, and for what reason, for instance, the Champsosauride
are placed in the former group rather than in the latter. Then, again,
as the Proterosauride are included in the Proganosauria, why is the
latter term employed in preference to the name Proterosauria, which
has priority? It is true this is but one instance out of many of
Zittel’s disregard of the rules of nomenclature. But does this group
Proganosauria, originally founded upon Stereosternum, Cope,which is
now generally accepted to be synonymous with Mesosaurus, Gerv.,
really belong to the Rhynchocephalia? This is a matter of con-
siderable difficulty to decide, because the two essentially distinctive
characters separating the Plesiosauria from the Rhynchocephalia, in
the wide sense in which I would take these Orders, viz. the mode of
implantation of the feeth and the presence or absence of a lower
zygomatic arch in the skull, are not shown by the remains of Meso-
saurus at present known. But considering other characters, such as
the remarkable thickness of the ribs, the shape of the skull and teeth,
the absence of claws, I cannot but agree with Seeley and Lydekker
in regarding Mesosaurus as an early, generalized form of the Notho-
saurs, which gradually pass into the long-necked, marine Plesiosaurs.
The Proganosauria would nevertheless have to be considered as allies
of the early Rhynchocephalia, from which they diverged in the
Plesiosaurian direction, the Plesiosauria being, as I think all will now
admit, closely connected with the Rhynchocephalia. The point as
to whether Mesosaurus should be incorporated into the one or the
other of these two orders can only, I repeat, be decided on a precise
knowledge of the temporal arches and the dentition.
As regards the grouping of the Rhynchocephalian families, I
hold that the Champsosauride should not be placed in a suborder
apart from the true Rhynchocephalia, and less still together with
Paleohatteria and Proterosaurus; and that the latter genera well
deserve to rank as separate families. In fact, it seems to me that the
only satisfactory arrangement of the Rhynchocephalia, on the basis of
our present knowledge, may be expressed in the following synopsis.
Forms of which we know too little, such as Telerpeton, Sauroster-
num, &c., are necessarily omitted.
Order RHYNCHOCEPHALIA.
Subord. 1. ProrerosauRia.
Each transverse segment of the plastron composed of numerous pieces.
Pubis and ischium plate-like. Fifth metatarsal not modified.
Vertebr conically excavated at either end, with
persistent notochord, all with intervertebral
hypapophyses ; limb-bones without condyles ;
humerus with entepicondylar foramen ......... 1. Paleohatteriide.
172 MR. F. E- BEDDARD ON AN (eb. Wiz,
Vertebre fully ossified, cervicals opisthoccelous 1,
dorsals biconcave; no hypapophyses between
the dorsal vertebre ; limb-bones with condyles ;
humerus with ectepicondylar foramen or
RRO Ch aonoosasdoseqsoenunouobondotdonocosdebsoddasnob4 se 2. Proterosauridé.
Subord. IL. RayncHocEPHALIA VERA.
Hach transverse segment of the plastron composed of three pieces, a median
angulate and a pair of lateral. Pubis and ischium elongate and fifth meta-
tarsal modified, as in the Lacertilia.
A. Nasal openings distinct. Mandible with coronoid
process, the rami not united by suture. Vertebre
deeply biconcave.
Humerus with ectepicondylar and entepicondylar
foramen ; ribs with uncinate processes ; all the
vertebree with intercentral hypapophyses ...... 3. Hatteriide.
Humerus with entepicondylar foramen; ribs with-
out uncinate processes; no hypapophyses be-
tween the dorsal vertebree.............2..00.--0e-000 4, Homeosauride.
B. Nasal opening single. Mandible without coronoid
process, the rami united in a solid symphysis.
Vertebre fully ossified, teebly biconcave ; no hypa-
pophyses between the dorsal vertebree. Humerus
with ectepicondylar foramen or groove.
Snout short, ending in a beak................00- sssesee 5. Rhynchosauride.
Snout Crocodilian in shape, with toothed przmaxil-
NANTES eeiceasaciaiecte testes cearusctwenaceneeetncle ee eeaers 6. Champsosauride.
The first family comprises a single genus, Paleohatteria, Credn. ;
the second, Proterosaurus, H. v. Mey., and perhaps Cadaliosaurus,
Credn., and Aphelosaurus, Gerv.; these four types are Permian. The
third family is for the recent Sphenodon, Gray ; the fourth contains
the Jurassic Homeosaurus, H. v. Mey., Sapheosaurus, H. v. Mey.,
and Pleurosaurus, H.v. Mey. ; the fifth the Triassic Rhynchosaurus,
Ow., and Hyperodapedon, Huxley; the sixth and last the Upper
Cretaceous and Lower Kocene Champsosaurus, Cope.
6. Preliminary Account of an Earthworm from West Africa
referable to a new Genus. By Frank EH. Bupparp,
M.A., F.R.S.E., Prosector to the Society.
[Received February 17, 1891.]
The investigations of Rosa’, Michaelsen*, aud myself* have
1 I think, after careful examination of the type specimen in the College of
Surgeons, that the cervical vertebre were opisthoccelous in Protercsaurus, as
described by Seeley; that hypapophyses were absent, except between the anterior-
most cervical vertebra ; and that the long, slender cervical ribs were forked
proximally.
2 «T,ombrichi dello Scioa,” Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vol. vi. (1888).
3 « Beschreibung der yon Herrn Dr. Franz Stuhlmann im Mimdungsgebiet des
Sambesi gesammelten Terricolen,” Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anstalt, Bd. vii. (1890) ;
and “ Oligocheten des naturhistorischen Museums in Hamburg, IV.,” 7d. Bd.
viii. (1891).
4 «Preliminary Note on a new Earthworm belonging to the Family Hudri-
lide,” Zool. Anz. no. 346 (1890); and “ Preliminary Note upon Heliodrilus, a
new Genus of Hudrilide,” 2b. No. 349 (1890).
a
1891. ] EARTHWORM FROM WEST AFRICA. 173
shown that the Earthworm fauna of tropical Africa is very dis-
tinctive of that region. A large number of the species that have
been described belong to a series of remarkable new genera of the
family Eudrilidee ; and these have been found both upon the East and
the West coasts, though at present the species and the genera are
confined to one side of the continent or the other. Besides the
Eudrilidee, representatives of the genus deanthodrilus have been met
with and a few other forms.
The following is a complete list of Central and South-African
Earthworms, excluding only representatives of the genera Lumbricus
and Allolobophora, which are probably not indigenous except in the
North ; those that are queried require further identification.
(1) Eudrilus jullient, Horst. Liberia’.
(2) Teleudrilus ragazzti, Rosa. Scioa.
(3) Nemertodrilus griseus, Michaelsen. Quilimane.
(4) Libyodrilus violaceus, nov. gen. et n. sp. Lagos.
(5) Polytoreutus ceruleus, Mich. Mainland opposite Zan-
zibar.
(6) Stuhlmannia variabilis, Mich. Mainland opposite Zan-
zibar.
(7) Freussia siphonocheta, Mich. Barombi, Cameroons.
(8) Paradrilus rose, Mich. Barombi, Cameroons.
(9) Hudriloides gypsatus, Mich. Zanzibar.
(10) Eudrilotdes parvus, Mich. Quilimane.
(11) Hyperiodrilus africanus, mihi. Lagos.
(12) Heliodrilus lagosensis, mihi. Lagos.
(13) Pygmeodrilus quilimanensis, Mich. Quilimane.
(14) Acauthodrilus capensis, mihi. Cape.
(15) Acanthodrilus (Benhamia) stuhlmanni, Mich. Quilimane.
(16) Acanthodrilus (Benhamia) schlegelii, Horst. Liberia.
(17) Acanthodrilus (Benhamia) biittikoferi, Horst. Liberia.
(18) Acanthodrilus (Benhamia) beddardi, Horst. Liberia.
1 This species has been recently described by Dr. Horst (‘Sur quelques
Lombriciens Exotiques appartenant au Genre Hudrilus,” Mém. Soc. Zool. France,
t. iii. p. 228) from Liberia, and has been described by Dr. Michaelsen as occurring
in Barombi. From Horst’s description it is difficult to separate the species
from those which have now been recorded from New Caledonia, Martinique,
Rio Janeiro, Bahamas, British Guiana, New Zealand; I can add St. Helena as
a new locality. Prof. Lovén has kindly exchanged with me specimens of some
of the Earthworms described five-and-twenty years ago by Kinberg; among
them was a specimen of Kinberg’s ‘‘ Lwmbricus eugenie.” His definition of
that species was as follows :—‘‘ Lobus cephalicus terminalis, superus reticulatus,
partem mediam tertiam latitudinis, partem dimidiam longitudinis, segmenti
buccalis occupans ; segmentum buccale lateribus et primum corporis longitudine
sequali; cingulum e segmentis 13-17 1. 12-14 conjectum; tubercula ventralia
duo, inter segmenta 16-17 1. 15-16; segmenta 180; longitudo 180 mm.” It is
clear from the position of the clitellum that this species could not be a Lum-
bricus. Having dissected it, I find that it is a Hudrilus, though I have not
‘been able to find any characters which distinguish it as a species. This genus
even now requires revision; it occurs in so many and such widely separated
localities that the forms must probably differ specifically.
174 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON AN [Feb. 17,
(19) Acanthodrilus (Benhamia’) scioana, Rosa. Scioa.
(20) Acanthodrilus (Benhamia) rosea, Mich. Gaboon.
(21) Acanthodrilus (Benhamia) affinis, Mich. Quilimane.
(22) Acanthodrilus (Benhamia) tenuis, Mich. Barombi.
(23) Perionyx, sp., Mich. East Africa.
(24) Callidrilus scrobifer, Mich. Quilimane.
(25) Microcheta rappu, mihi. Natal.
(26) Microcheta beddardi, Benham. Natal.
(27) Siphonogaster egyptiacus, Levinsen. Banks of Nile.
(28) Siphonogaster millsoni, mihi. Yoruba-land.
(29) Digitibranchus niloticus, Levinsen (? = Alma nilotica).
Banks of Nile.
(30) Perichzta capensis, Horst. Cape of Good Hope.
?(31) Lumbricus capensis, Kinberg. Cape’.
2(32) Geogenia natalensis, Kinberg. Natal ”.
?(33) Hegesipyle hanno, Kinberg. Natal *.
It is clear therefore that the Ethiopian region is very well marked
as a region by its Earthworm fauna, but that its resemblances are
with Patagonia and New Zealand as regards the prevalence of Acan-
thodrilidee. [In this list those genera which also eccur outside of
the Ethiopian region are printed in larger type. |
The specimens of Libyodrilus violaceus 1 owe to the kindness of
Mr. Alvan Millson, Assistant Colonial Secretary at Lagos, West
Africa ; Mr. Millson was so good as to bring a large number of living
specimens with him in January of the present year. The living
worm is of a uniform greyish-purple colour; it is not active in its
movements ; when killed in spirit the worms generally protruded
the buccal cavity, which, from its rich blood-supply, appeared bright
red. One of the characteristics of the genus Pericheta is that the
buccal cavity is continually protruded and retracted while the animal
is in motion ; but the protruded portion of the alimentary tract is of
a greyish colour, which indicates either the thickness of its walls or
1 Several other species have been described by Kinberg, but they cannot at
present be identified, and I do not therefore think it worth while to mention
them in this list. I mention Lumbricus capensis, because it is one of those
species which I have been able, through the kindness of Prof. Lovén, to
examine for myself. This examination, however, bas not led to any important
results ; the specimen was very much softened—a fate which is apt to overtake
Earthworms that have not been properly preserved in the first instance. I have
found out that Luwmbricus capensis is not a Lumbricus at all; Kinberg puts it
in that genus on account of the supposed paired character of the setz. The
set, as a matter of fact, are not paired ; the sete of each segment are placed
far apart from each other, so that from Kinberg’s own point of view this species
should not have been included in the genus Lumbricus. I find too that the
gizzard is situated anteriorly, in or about the eighth segment. The species is very
possibly an Acanthodrilus, but I could not detect any of the other organs of the
body, and cannot therefore say more than that it is not a Lwmbricus.
2 Perrier (Comptes Rendus, t. cii.) regards this as a distinct generic form;
but that was before the various papers on the Hudrilide of Africa were
published.
3 This, according to Perrier (doc. cit.), is an Acanthodrilus.
1891. ] EARTHWORM FROM WEST AFRICA. 175
its deficiency in blood-capillaries—perhaps both ; the extreme vascu-
larity and tbe thinness of the walls of the buccal cavity in Libyo-
drilus perhaps account for the fact that it is not usually (? ever)
protruded during locomotion.
The sete are strictly paired.
There are no dorsal pores.
The clitellum occupies segments 15 and 16 (in some specimens a
part of segment 14 also), and is complete, that is it entirely encircles
the body.
The male reproductive pore is single and median, upon the border
line between segments 17 and 18. The orifice is situated upon the
summit of a conspicuous elevation of a yellowish colour.
The spermathecal pore is also median and unpaired; it lies on
segment 13 between the ventral pairs of sete.
The oviducal pores occupy what is at present a unique position
among Earthworms, viz. on segment 15. Thus another of the
characters supposed to distinguish the group Terricole no longer
holds universally.
The chief characteristic of the family Eudrilide is the remarkable
development of ccelomic sacs which enclose the different parts of the
female reproductive organs.
Libyodrilus, though in some respects approaching Hyperiodrilus,
offers a new type. A large sac occupies the dorsal region of
segments 14-18; it is closely adherent to the dorsal vessel and
cesophagus; this sac gives off three pairs of approximately corre-
sponding diverticula; anteriorly it divides into two, and embraces
the cesophagus as in Hyperiodrilus; the two parts are reunited
immediately below the cesophagus and run forwards and downwards
until they reach the nerve-cord ; here they again divide and reunite
upon the ventral side of the nerve-cord, to open by a single median
orifice upon segment XIII.
The oviduct passes from this sac on each side straight to its ex-
ternal orifice. In transverse section it may be seen that the oviducal
funnel opens into the interior of an egg-sac (=receptaculum ovorum,
auctorum) which is quite independent of the large spermathecal sac,
though lodged within it.
The ovaries are only visible in immature worms; they occupy the
usual position in segment XIII.
The sperm-ducts, which open by ciliated funnels into segments x.
and x1., opposite to the ¢es¢es, retain their distinctness until the point
of opening into the atria.
The atria have a very thick muscular coat ; they open by a common
orifice on to the boundary line between segments xvii. and XVIII. ;
each is provided with a sac containing a single short penial seta, not
ornamented, and ending in a blunt rounded free extremity.
The nephridia are paired, but are connected with an integumental
network of tubules opening on to the exterior by numerous pores.
- The alimentary tract consists of the usual divisions ; the cesoph-
agus has no calciferous glands nor ventral pouches (‘‘Chylustaschen ”’
of Michaelsen), which are so characteristic of the Eudrilide. There
176 MR. F. FINN ON A FUNCTIONAL DUCTUS [ Feb. 17,
are three gizzards, which, like those of Heliodrilus and Hypertodrilus,
are situated at the junction of the intestine and cesophagus; each
gizzard occupies a single segment. ‘These three genera, which
belong to Perrier’s Intraclitellian group, show that one of the cha-
racters made use of to distinguish that group from the Anteclitellians
no longer holds. M. Perrier * writes :—“ Chez les Lombriciens anté-
clitelliens que nous avons étudiés, le gésier s’est toujours trouvé
placé en arriére des organes génitaux et de leurs organes accessoires,
en arriere aussi des anses contractiles ou cceurs latéraux de l’appareil
circulatoire. Dans ces Vers, l’cesophage est d’ailleurs trés-allongé
et la ceinture rejetée relativement trés-loin en arriére ; quelquefois
presque au milieu du corps.
‘© Au contraire, chez tous les Lombriciens intra- ou postclitelliens,
le gésier est placé en avant des testicules et des ovaires, c’est-a-dire
en avant des organes essentiels dela génération. I] est également en
avant des centres dimpulsion du sang, que ce soient des cceurs
dorsaux impairs, comme chez |’ Anteus, ou des cceurs latéraux,
comme chez les autres Lombriciens.” Since Dr. Horst has dis-
covered * an Intraclitellian earthworm, Glyphidrilus, in which the
clitellum occupies the “ anteclitellian ”’ position, viz. from segment
23-31, it is impossible any longer to retain the group.“ Antecli-
telliens.””
It is clear, from this brief account of the salient features m the
structure of Libyodrilus, that it forms a quite new generic type,
concerning the particular affinities of which I do not for the present
offer any suggestion.
7, On a Functional Ductus Botalli in Nycticorax violaceus
and Dafila spinicauda. By Franx Finn, B.A., late
Scholar of Brasenose College, Oxford. (Communicated
by F. E. Bepparp, F.Z.8S., Prosector to the Society.)
[Received February 17, 1891.]
In his memoir on the “‘ Development of the Branchial Arches in
Birds,’ . published in the Transactions of the Royal Society of
London for 1888, Dr. J. Mackay has described and figured an
abnormality which he met with in the dissection of a Guillemot
(Lomvia troile). This consisted in the existence of “the remains
of the dorsal connection between the third and fourth arches upon
the right side,” “as a distinct cord passing between the common
carotid artery and the descending portion of the aortic arch.” Dr.
Ferdinand Hochstetter also records two obliterated ductus botalli in
Aquila nevia and Circus cineraceus (“‘ Ueber den Ursprung der
Arteria subclavia der Vogel,’’ Morph. Jahrb. xvi. p. 484, 1890).
1 «Mémoires pour servir etc.,” Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. vili. p. 156.
2 Nederl. Dierk. Vereen. Verslag. op. d. Vergad. v., 26 Oct. 1889.
1891.] BOTALLI IN CERTAIN BIRDS. 177
Within the last few months I have come upon two cases of an
abnormality similar to the above, but still more marked, inasmuch
as instead of a cord a functional vessel was present. In the first
instance, which occurred in a Violaceous Night-Heron (Wycticorax
violaceus), the deviation from the ordinary arrangement was very
marked, as is well shown in the figure, which was drawn from the
injected specimen by Mr. Harrison, under my supervision. The
right carotid was very large at its origin, and ran for about an inch
towards the left (this portion of the vessel being marked in the
figure by an asterisk), when it turned almost at right angles
and ran forward in the usual manner, giving off at the turning
point the right vertebral, and a rather larger vessel which ran
back to join the dorsal aorta at the base of the heart. In the figure
the heart is removed, and the aorta pulled forward to show this
junction. Injection proved that this connecting duct had a lumen
and was thus quite functional, though apparently not of equal
2D. Ao
Carotids of Nycticorax violaceus.
Ca, carotids; V, vertebrals; D.B, ductus botalli ; Zn, immominates;
D.Ao, dorsal aorta, The « marks the enlarged part of the right carotid.
calibre throughout. The vertebrals (V, V), though given off so far
apart, reached the spinal column at about the same point; nor did
I observe any abnormality in the vessels of the left side.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XII. 12
178 ON A DUCTUS BOTALLI IN CERTAIN BIRDS. [Feb. 17,
The appearance of the abnormal vessels in the other specimen,
a Chilian Pintail (Dajfila spinicauda), though the abnormality was
essentially the same, was less striking; the right carotid ran towards
the left as in the Heron, for a short distance, but seemed relatively
smaller and straighter ; but it similarly turned suddenly forwards,
at the point of giving off the vertebral, and sent a vessel backwards
to the dorsal aorta, which it joined, at the left side of it opposite
the base of the heart. This specimen was not injected, but I was
able, by passing a bristle down the tube, to satisfy myself that the
connection between the carotid and the aorta was a functional one. I
also noted that in this specimen the artery supplying the skin of the
neck sprang, on the right side, from the same point as the vertebral,
while on the left it was smaller and given off a little posteriorly to
the vertebral. A ductus arteriosus stretched from the left side of
the dorsal aorta to the left pulmonary artery. Professor G. B.
Howes has kindly drawn my attention to Professor Turner’s paper
on Globiocephalus svineval (Journ. Anat. & Phys. ii. p. 66, 1868), in
which the existence of a closed ductus arteriosus between the aorta
and pulmonary artery is recorded as occurring in that Cetacean.
Messrs. Marshall and Hurst also mention it in the Rabbit.
Although I have dissected examples of upwards of 90 species, the
above is the only abnormal variation in the carotids which I have
observed ; and that in the two specimens in which it occurred it can
only be regarded as an individual peculiarity 1 have had ample oppor-
tunities of proving, having dissected three other specimens of Nyec-
ticorax violaceus and one other of Dafila spinicauda, besides two
specimens of Nycticorax griseus aud one of Dafila bahamensis, none
of which exhibited this abnormality. I find, too, that the late
Prof. Garrod has examined the three first-named species, besides
Nycticorax caledonicus, and has not recorded any abnormality in
their carotids.
It would seem therefore that this approach to the reptilian
structure does not characterize any particular species or genus, but
is liable to appear sporadically in individual specimens of species
belonging to widely separated groups.
In conclusion, I have to express my thanks to the Society for the
facilities for study which they have afforded me, and in particular
to their Prosector, without whose kind tuition and assistance this
communication would have been impossible.
LIST OF INSTITUTIONS
TO WHICH
COPIES OF THE SOCIETY'S PUBLICATIONS ARE PRESENTED.
AFRICA.
The South-African Museum, Cape Town.
AMERICA, SOUTH.
The Museum of Natural History, Buenos Ayres.
The Museum of Natural History, Santiago, Chili.
AUSTRALASIA.
The Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart.
The Zoological and Acclimatization Society of Victoria, Melbourne.
The Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney.
The Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney.
The New-Zealand Institute, Wellington.
AUSTRIA.
The Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna.
The Zoological and Botanical Society, Vienna.
BELGIUM.
The Entomological Society of Belgium, Brussels.
The Malacological Society of Belgium, Brussels.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Brussels.
The Royal Museum of Natural History, Brussels.
BRITISH INDIA.
The Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta.
The Geological Survey of India, Calcutta.
The Indian Museum, Calcutta.
CANADA (DOMINION OF).
The McGill College, Montreal.
The University of Toronto, Toronto.
The Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa.
2
CHINA.
The China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Shanghai.
EAST INDIES.
The Royal Society of the Dutch East Indies, Batavia.
FRANCE.
The Linnean Society of Normandy, Caen.
The Agricultural Society, Lyons.
The Entomological Society of France, Paris.
The Museum of Natural History, Paris.
The National Society of Acclimatation, Paris.
GERMANY.
The Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Berlin.
The Society of Friends of Natural History, Berlin.
The Natural-History Union for Rhineland and Westphalia, Bonn.
The Senkenbergian Society, Frankfort.
The Royal Society of Sciences, Gottingen.
The Natural-History Society, Halle.
The Natural-History Union, Hamburg.
The Medical and Natural-History Society, Jena.
The Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences, Munich.
The Union for Natural History of Wirtemberg, Stuttgardt.
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.
The Philosophical Society, Cambridge.
The Royal Dublin Society, Dublin.
The Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.
The Geological Society, Dublin.
The Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh.
The Royal Society, Edinburgh.
The Free Public Library and Museum, Liverpool.
The Atheneum Club, London.
The British Museum of Natural History, London.
The Entomological Society, London.
The Geological Society, London.
The King’s College Library, London.
The Linnean Society, London.
The London Institution.
The Royal College of Physicians, London.
3
The Royal College of Surgeons, London.
The Royal Geographical Society, London.
The Royal Institution, London.
The Royal Society, London.
The University College, London.
The Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester.
The Owens College, Manchester.
The Tyneside Naturalists’ Field-Club, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
The Plymouth Institution and Devon and Cornwall Natural-History
Society, Plymouth.
The Marine Biological Laboratory, Plymouth.
The Yorkshire Philosophical Society, York.
HOLLAND.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam.
The Royal Zoological Society, Amsterdam.
The Dutch Society of Sciences, Haarlem.
The Dutch Entomological Union, The Hague.
The Royal Museum of the Netherlands, Leyden.
ITALY.
The Royal Institute of Superior Studies, Florence.
The Italian Society of Natural Sciences, Milan.
The Zoological Station, Naples.
The Royal Academy of the Lincei, Rome.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Turin.
RUSSIA.
The Natural-History Society, Dorpat.
The Society of Sciences of Finland, Helsingfors.
The Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow.
The Entomological Society of Russia, St. Petersburg.
The Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg.
SCANDINAVIA.
The Society of Sciences of Christiania, Christiania.
The Royal Danish Society of Sciences, Copenhagen.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Stockholm.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Upsala.
SPAIN.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Madrid.
SWITZERLAND.
The Philosophical and Natural-History Society, Geneva.
The Helvetic Society of Natural Sciences, Lausanne.
The Society of Natural Sciences, Neuchatel.
The Natural-History Society, Zurich.
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.
The Boston Society of Natural History, Boston.
The New-York Academy of Sciences, New York.
The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.
The American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.
The Entomological Society, Philadelphia.
The Peabody Academy of Sciences, Salem, Mass.
The Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
The United-States Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.
RAARARRARRARA ADA AAAI LEAPED
The Publications (except in special cases) are sent out direct as
soon as they are issued. It is requested that they may be ac-
knowledged by the return of the form of receipt sent with them,
in order that any mis-delivery may be brought to notice.
Publications sent in exchange to this Society should be addressed
to the Librarian at this Office. It is requested that they may be
sent direct by post, as much delay is caused by their transmission
through booksellers and in other ways.
By order of the Council,
P. L. SCLATER,
Secretary.
3 Hanover Sauare, Lonpon, W.,
June 1, 1891.
LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London
are of two kinds — “ Proceedings,” published in an octavo
form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto.
According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings”
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings ” by the
Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates
and engravings are attached to each annual volume of the
“‘ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable
species of animals described in them. Amongst such illustra-
tions, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living
state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.
The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the
first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part
published in April completing the volume for the preceding
year.
The “Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
They are issued at irregular intervals.
Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled
to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less
than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re-
duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications
issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of five pounds.
_ The following is a complete list of the publications of the
Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s
Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the
Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, H.C.), or through any
bookseller.
[June, 1891.1]
2
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
4to. 12 vols. and 2 Parts.
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public.
Se eiae sands
Vol. I., containing 59 Plates.... (1833-35) .... 313 6. 418 0*
Vol. II., Bs Fe ge OL BS5—4 1) Pee rea ee Oe 5 6 6% -
Vol. III., wy 63. 4s Pe oO bone 411 O0*
Vol. IV., a 17) 2k Oe ASSL =O2 i Ae eon rome 8 2 6%
WO Won a OF “eth Mees 1866-699 ee ME ae Siem si NG) O
Vol. VI., ue 99°40. s, (1866-69) 22. ITS OO) eee aie
Vol. VIL., A 73° ge) once. (1869-72)... TO 4 OL ee
Wolee Villines. 82 a (1872-74) 2.0. D8 ae
Vol. IX., a4 99), lees (1B(5=77) 220212) 1 6 Rae
Vol. X., ep 95° 4, 22. (1877-79) 2-2) 10) 0 3 eee
Index, Vols exe ere ieee (1833-79)....-.° 0 7) 6 2 ORG gant
Vol. XI., containing 97 Plates .. (1880-85) .... 90112) On ae
Vol. XILI., OD. ee pes (SSO 290) meee moe On EE 7) AO
Wall, xGUM Ton 1th og Gis Pee Gant Veo eer on ome i aaa 30)
e i AG hes 6 ee Apr sol) eC lon. oir Led
PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols.
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public.
Part 1 1830-3i-- 1 vole Svoy.ocsva. cele ann oe 4s.6d. .. 6s.T
ellis eB Ray th Pe ies ereyaremee en Neghtenrrt: As: Gd. sOS:
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.)
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.
Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d... 6s.t | Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
Piiceeleg1834),) IR. ede. Gao eebs: » xX. 1842. 4, 4ssGqeueuem
» Ll. 1835. * 45. 6d. .. 6s. ey ONS 433 s 4s. 6d. .. 65.7
Be WINUIS36 9s 6 As: Gd 6s. » XID 1844. 4, 46. 6m
pe yee a7) Nice 4s) Gal, os: » XII. 1845. 4, 457GHeaes
Se VSeR il. UN) lots Gd. 56s: » XIV. 1846. ,, . 4s, 6d. uieemg
, NIL 1839. ,, , 4s.6d... 6st} ,, XV. 1847. ,, . Sue
” VIII. 1840. |, 4s. 6d. .. 6s.t | Index 1830-1847. ,, 4s, (6 uae
8vo. 18 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)
Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.
So) a £ shades 0
Part XVI. 1848a volasvo.4s. Od: a oes sOS tees See ee 1 0-8 5.35
33 XVII. 1849. Ss AS SGdie. Pee ROS a, Tiere veer 1 0 8 1 7 48h
» XVIII. 1850. Pe As Gd. ae THOSt Eee eee 1 8 6 118 Of
53 XIX. 1851. Pe Ast Gdhith | WOSSik oe ee O15 9 1 (TeaGe
a XX. 1852. a ASE Gd eo ROSE aie een 015 9 1 Yaae
a XXI. 1853. 55 45) (00. ite OSSay ee He 018 O 1 4. 0;
os XXII. 1854. _ ASTOds oN nie OSs cae eee 019 6 1 6 707
» XXIII. 1855. a AS Odie < tas OSM We © 118 OF
» XAXIV. 1856. a5 4s- Gd iy OST a pene ORS 1 ia
ie XXV. 1857. ee 45.1605 22 oe OSA eee 1 0 8 L7G
» AXVI. 1858. 5 As AGd rei GSoee eee 111 6 2° (ONaGr
» XXVIII. 1859. a As! Cave ee (OSH Eee Want G 2 Qo
» XXVIII. 1860. ss A§. (602 2 oa 1G OSs ec eee 111 6 PO) (0
Index 1848-1860. ae 456d.) 40S:
* No perfect copies in stock. t Out of print.
3
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public,
BOOM yee As! Gdn aie Gs... 9s. 2 LOstayeke ie: 33s. 9d. .... 45s.
S02 Cans: Gd)... Gs) 9s. Bias A Ih Be 33s. 9d. .... 45s.+
BAGG mas Gy 0. Gs. ck. e, 9s. , 12s. SOS Id, La Abs:
BSO4 Ash Gil ose Ga ke 9s. o Lg theca: 39s. 9d. .... 45s.
BSOoP e4ShGd. 682. o oss 9s. 12 s)he 33s. 9d. .... 45s.
USGG). 45° 6d. ..... 68%. 0.0... 9s. IIE ity ee 33s. 9d. .... 45s.
LOG: 3 Se Aer eer eae 9s. 2s 33s. 9d. .... 45s.
LSAUSS Say Page 9s. LD sirens atten 33s. 9d. .... 45s
LONGED oy ST ears a 9s. Losers 33s. 9d. .... 45s.
IRSV/D) a AOS SUR eae er a ame Re 9s. Lo she tere 33s. 9d. . 45s.
idexSIS61=1870 .o......... Asi Oda 26S.
LSI cra a aa en 9s, 12s.* 33s. 9d. .... 45s.
LISV/E) kee Soe pan eee ae 9s. ND si .ccowea. 33s. 9d. .... 45.4
US sc: Bese i a ae ema a 9s. MD sschira uter as 33s. 9d. .... 45s.+
RS Paper ete GS parte 9s. Re geal ako nats 36s. 485.+
NEVIS sich gle Ae et Meals ae ene 9s. LASS EHR ere 36s. 483.7
IEE soe, Soa ea oe nC 9s. OSS Frets nciitl, 36s. 48s.T
Lisi 7/76 cerate: eae a a 9s. 12s. 36s. 48s.
LOVES a. Cae a ie 9s, VOR AES ya 36s. 48s.
US) ed Reagent ee ona ae 9s. OAS eta 36s. 48s.
StS) cB ic a eee fa 9s. Ds sapere 36s. 485%
hudexsl87/1=S1880 (2.2 06008. ASS6di tenn UGS:
OSU dee ue Ge 9s. SUD Seeicliae Ws! 36s. 485.%
SS Dimers see ci8 o ee ae 9s. Se ie 36s. 48s.
ESOS ae sie eG aNibec choo 9s. 12s. 36s. 48s.
RS SA eee cs aks Seis ok 9s. A ee he 36s. 48s.
INSYSIS) ol wlchey ponte eae ge ead Rh ae 9s. OS 36s. 485.%
LISTS ny sly oN AE ea a ee 9s. sc06), IDs: 36s. 48s.
SESS) 2 ali a 9s. aye gil OS ates tie 36s. 483.7
NSS Siesta; scenes eae 9s. Bo DAG ea ee 36s, 48s.
IGE AS) go A RI aa en ee 9s. PS tee EB Ge ... 48s,
LSIDO 6: oid Sesser esemieeestn Soe 9s. RRS ie ee 36s. . 48s.
* No perfect copies in stock.
+ Out of print.
PROCEEDINGS or tax GENERAL MEETINGS For SCIENTIFIC
BUSINESS or razr ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Publie.
Be cpapart ly (Janae Feb) cicieey ich. beetle tes i) Ds 00s a Oss
LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.
List of Vertebrated Animals
Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vo. 1862. Price Is. 6d.
_List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals
Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals
Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
ae, Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d.
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.
8vo. 1872.
(Fifth Edition.)
Price 2s,
4
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1872, 1875, and 1874. 8vyo.
1875. Price Is.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Hdition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con-
taining Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Eighth Edition.) Cloth,
8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d.
THE Zootocicat Recoxp.
The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1885. Twenty-two
volumes. Price £5 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-third
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1887.
Price 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-fourth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1888.
Price 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-fifth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Hdited by Franx E.
Brepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record for 1889, being Volume the Twenty-sixth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Hdited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 30s.
Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.
(Fourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s.
These publications may be obtained at the Socrety’s Orrice (3
Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,
.C.), ov through any bookseller.
ee a esas Shae iy -Conrents (continued).
| a 3, 1891.
r, Emin Pasha, C. M.ZS., Letter from, pemguncing the ack to the Society of a Collec-
ie eee of Bird eee ena Se EB pinss Ho bouaraiiig plese ah acu Scum era rele acoA wath oN a ee rais tees SoM 122
& 7 :
Mr. J. LW, Willis: Bund, F.Z. S., Exhibition of, ‘and remarks upon, a specimen of the Collared
: Petr el ( Bistrelata torquata) shot off the Welsh coast of Corea Bays oie ees oe 122
q On the Question of aurounathian of the Pici, and other Osteclogical Notes upon that
Group. By R. W. SHUFELDT, 0. M. Pi COUC, © cores ears tee ee een arc OR oo , 122
p iicocipiione of worn new Species of Paves of the Genus Platycoreus By! T. Satvaport, te
OMAS. Saas Sees we B eae Fenn cere ewe wees tai owe Soke eects Bepees 143!
Ona Sahoad Collection of Birds from the Province of Tarapacd, Northern Chili. By
Bie bral: ScLATER, M.A, Pi_D., E.R.S., Secretary to the Bee: (Plate XII.) ..2..
“February 17, 1891.
Mr. . Edward Gerrard: i Exhibition. of a = Aiea of a 1 Koodoo. Antelope (Strepsiceros
is D. A. Goekaeil Exhibition Se and a upon, some- abnormal specimens of
- Chausilia aos See ar ea ere eae EG el oan Bue anne Sin See
ee oclenecy. Exhibition of, and remark upon, a renewed left pectoral limb of a Proto-
1 eee GMMECTONS vs eine sev eneees aren eee pee rttee ae ae Meter esere'ip ioe shataceenie sits gece
fh ae Tiehibition of, and ie upon, young “specimens ae eggs of a South-
Be rien Silur oid ane (Galeichthys peasy Pee aces see SRST cea aa PD age soon
ae the s Probable Existence of ad eGBEOn 8 bee among the Crocodilia ; with Obserya-
tions upon the Skeleton of that Organ in the Mammalia, and upon the Basi-Mandi-
~ bular Elements in the Vertebrata... By G. B. Howes, E.ZS., F.L.S., Assistant
- Professor of AoCleey,. Hoya! College of Rerente London. Cae XIV.) aeiaress Geta core
n the ieniion and Development of the Apane Sieeunrs By R. H. Burne, B.A.
x Oxon., WAS ees Se sees Fe SA tN Poe APS Ee MESES: pues Hea ea nS
333 the Massena ores Chasiempis, with a- Dace pon of a new Species. a Scorr
escription- of a new Saasies of the Genus Himatione from the Sandwich Islands. Py
ae Ls SON, eA Sista oe ema eas Pee eR BR oN Be Ee ipaciba passe ehs
n ritish Remains of EAE with Remarks on the Classification of the Rhyncho-
2 cephalia.. “By G. A. Boununcmr.. 0%... 6 edi netic nace Sere nee geen be van
f ae Pational Deke Botalii j in Nycticorax violaceus sid Dafila spinicauda. By Frank
N, B.A., late Scholar of Brasenose College, Oxford. (Communicated by F. E.
and, PLS. Exosectoy to the ee maint dieraia isle phatbie pure nie’ co dares. 4 See eye 3
i On ‘the Pouch and Brain of the Male Thylacine. By Frank HE. Bepparp, M.A,, Prosector’
a Baie Sogenes Son vet ee eee e te eer ees es phe erent eres ra Re CR ea nee
Page
121
145
148
148
159
ae cy IBLE NE Or sore SER CGI ia Se RT eh ara See aes Te Re ho 164
166.
167
176
LIST OF PLATES.
1891.
PARE LT
Plate
I. Greunblephans gates Reems Sous sa ee le La ea a
IT. | S
II. | “
ae ‘ New Bornean Land- Shells
Vv. |
VIL. )
VII. - Anatomy of Anodon and Unio
VIII.
X. - Abramis blicca .>.5 0.20 s0.0. ahi, Ub ar eee pie epee
XI. Anatomy of Heloderma ...........+.-. Bae Ve shila ia ce ate
XII. . Platycercus erythropeplus, G Q lose. eee see haves nam
XIII. Phrygilus coracinus .....0-. +60. scscee rete eee eees S ase
XIV. Supposed Jacobson’s Organ in the Crocodilia
NOTICE.
The ‘Proceedings’ are issued in four parts, as follows :—
Page
Pace
Co ee
Ix } New Butterflies from Tropical South-western Africa ........-
Ce Ce ke ee ee
» 108
Part I. containing RAPEEE read in January and February, on June Ist.
II. Fi ss »,. March and April, on August 1 Ist.
REL OS ay ae ON Sy 39 May and June, on October Ist.
IV. sf ‘aes -,, - November and December, on | April Ist.
aa
PROCEEDINGS
_ OF THE
=
- GRNERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE
_100L081CAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON
1891.
= SONIA Ty,
oe
PART I
NOV 27 1925
- CONTAINING PAPE s4qpep IN
MARCH AND APR
8
Nat. fruse®- 4
AUGUST 1st, 1891.
“PRINTED F OR THE SOCIETY, -
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HAN OVER SQUARE.
- LON DON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.
PATERNOBTER? “ROW.
[Price Twelve Shillings. |
LIST OF CONTENTS. = <2
PART I1.—1891.
March 3, 1891. se oy
Page ag
_ ‘The Secretary. “Raper on the Adiitions to the ee, S es February 1891 eres TTO
Mr. Sclater. “Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a . specimen of ances S “Paradise-bird
(Cnemophilus macgr CGONL) vv vedaceacecsenreres SS a ee Sage oem a: 179 as
Mr. Arthur Thomson. Report on the Tnsect-house OU ree = pe 179
1, On a Collection of small Mammals made by Mr: F. J. UR in Bastern sitien By Pee
Ouprinip ‘Thomas. (Plate XV.) i303 5s pe ee SES ese ao oa Em. ete eee
BD)
Descriptions of New Butterflies collected by Mr. F. J. Jackoon: EZS., io Bal Fad
Africa, during his recent Expedition. —Part I. _By ee Mary ‘SUARPE. - (rs
REY TEX VER yore ord ew usearas Cae ome Ctr hoo tes Sed ae en Se a
a
On the ‘Goutparative ae eey. of the United States Columbide. By R. Ww. Suureupr,
C.M.Z.S.. : ‘
March 17, 1891.
Mr, Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two specimens of the Home of an Antelope _ @
from ae land ..... See Gae as pees ty Sane ao aes Dame SE Soe ware wet ae eine are hos
> Mr: Sclater. Exhibition of skins of the Ounes (Felis ae. a remarks! upon its ee
distribution ROR IA coe Wee ee MgGw As oh Caled wane onl ote eves © mete es ee Sale i97
1. Note on some Dermal Plates of Hlomosteus teow the Old- Red Sandstone of Caithness. ae
By A. Smita Woopwarp, #.Z.8., of the British Museum ee History) — eee 198
23. On pont pee Lacerta simonyi. ‘By G. A. Bouumome, F.ZS. (Plates XVIII. &
gS B.S rp aiulin soi sjalete a Geracte wlaotr avis “athe ve ;
Oe aE a My,
& NOV 47 1925 +
a ay
SLi wan mse”
PROCEEDINGS,”
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Fellows who wish to complete their sets
of the “Proceedings” are requested to take
notice that it is now possible to supply
coloured copies for some of the years which
have hitherto been marked as “ out of print,”
in particular those for 1864, 1875, 1879,
1880, and 1884. The following volumes for
other years may also be had under special
arrangements for colouring the plates, pro-
vided that applications are received for them,
viz. 1873, 1876, 1881, 1885, 1886, and 1887.
THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDOR,
NN
Tats Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir
Houmenrey Davy, Bart., Sir Sramrorp Rarries, and other eminent
individuals, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology,
and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal
Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.
During the period which has elapsed since the opening of the
Gardens in the Regent’s Park in 1828, a very large number of
species of Mamwmats, Brrps, and Repritzs has been obtained, detailed
lists of which will be found in the published Catalogues of the
Collection. To these were added, in 1853, collections of Fisuxs
and of the Lower Aeuaric ANIMALS, both marine and freshwater,
and in 1881 a House for the breeding and exhibition of Insects and
other Articulata.
Patroness.
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN.
Wice-Patron.
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALKS, K.G.
COUNCIL.
PROF. W. H. FLOWER, C.B., LU.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., President.
Wixxiam Bateson, Ese., M.A. | Lr.-Grn. Str H. B. Lumspen,
Wits T. Branrorp, Ksa., | K.C.S.1.
F.R.S. | Dr. St. Georer Mrvart, F.RB.S.,
Masor-Gen. Henry Crmre, R.A., | Vice-President.
BS: | Proressor ALFRED Newron, M.A.,
Henry E. Dresser, Ese. | ERAS. Vice-President.
Cranes Drummonp, Ksa., | Sre Anperr K. Rorirr, M.P.,
Treasurer. LL.D., D.C.L,
Sie Josppa Fayerer, K.C.S.1., || THe Lorp Arraur Rosset.
F.R.S., Vice-President. 1 OssertT Satvin, Esa, F.R.S.,
Joun P. Gasstor, Esa. | Vice-President.
F. DuCane Gopman, Ksa., F.R.S., ! Howarp Saunpurs, Esa.
Vice- President. | Parure Lurney Scrarer, Esa.,
Dr. Atsert GinrHer, F.R.S., M.A.,Pu.D.,F.R.S., Secretary,
Vice-President. | Henry Sersonm, Hse.
EK. W. H. Hotpsworrs, Esa. JosepH Travers Surru, Hse.
2
The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and
Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws.
The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.
till Sunset ; and the Offices and Library (3 Hanover Square, W.),
where all communications should be addressed, from Ten till Five,
except on Saturdays, when they close at Two o’elock p.m.
The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the
Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every
month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.
The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice
a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and
October, at half-past Hight o’clock p.m.
The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m.
TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.
Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-
bution of £3, due on the Ist of January, and payable in advance,
or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,
including the Admission Fee, being £35.
Fetzows elected after the 50th of September are not lable for
the Subseriptions for the year in whieh they are elected.
PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.
Frttows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two
Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the
entrance gate.
Fettows of the Society receive a Book of Saturday, and a Book of
Sunday Orders. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on
each Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the
Saturday Orders are not available if the Frxtow uses his privilege
of personally introducing two companions on the same day.
Futtows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday
Orders for Twenty Tickets, available for any day during the year of
issue. The Book of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a
similar packet of Twenty Tickets. These tickets will admit only
one person, whether child or adult.
3
Fritows also receive Twenty Free Tickets, each valid for the
admission of one adult any day of the week including Sunday,
or Forty similar Tickets, each valid for the admission of one child
(under Twelve Years of age) any day of the week, including Sunday.
These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are available
for following years.
The Books of Orders and the Free Tickets are sent to all Fstitows
who shall have given a General Order for their delivery, on the Ist
of January in every year, at any specified address. Forms for this
purpose are supplied on application.
The Wtire of a FELLow can exercise all these privileges in his
absence.
Ferttows have the privilege of receiving a complete set of the
Society’s Publications on payment of the additional Subscription of
One Guinea every year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of
January and must be paid before the day of the Auniversary
Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Fxrttows are likewise
entitled to purchase the Transactions and other Publications of the
Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged to the public.
A further reduction of 25 per cent. 1s also made upon all purchases
of Publications issued prior to 1871, if above the value of Five
pounds.
Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual
Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1 (which includes
delivery in the United Kingdom), payable on the Ist July in each
year, but this privilege only holds good if the subscription is paid
before the 1st of December following.
Frettows may obtain, on the payment of One Guinea annually,
an Ivory Ticker, which will admit a named person of their imme-
diate family, resident in the same house with them, to the Gardens
with One Companion daily.
They may also obtain a TRaNsFERABLE Ivory Ticker admitting
Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,
on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.
Any Frttow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom
during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the
|
Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the
“dormant list,’ and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of
his annual contribution during such absence.
Any Frxtow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to
withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.
Persous who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested
to communicate with the undersigned.
PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Px.D., F.E.8.,
Secretary.
3 Hanover Square, W.,
August \st, 1891.
The LIBRARY (under the superintendence of Mr. F. H. Warer-
Housk, Librarian) is open from 10 a.m. to 5 p.M.; on Saturdays to
2pm. It is closed in the month of September.
-_
1891. ] BOTALLI IN CERTAIN BIRDS. 177
Within the last few months I have come upon two cases of an
abnormality similar to the above, but still more marked, inasmuch
as instead of a cord a functional vessel was present. In the first
instance, which occurred in a Violaceous Night-Heron (Nycticorax
violaceus), the deviation from the ordinary arrangement was very
marked, as is well shown in the figure, which was drawn from the
injected specimen by Mr. Harrison, under my supervision. The
right carotid was very large at its origin, and ran for about an inch
towards the left (this portion of the vessel being marked in the
figure by an asterisk), when it turned almost at right angles
and ran forward in the usual manner, giving off at the turning
pomt the right vertebral, and a rather larger vessel which ran
back to join the dorsal aorta at the base of the heart. In the figure
the heart is removed, and the aorta pulled forward to show this
junction. Injection proved that this connecting duct had a lumen
and was thus quite functional, though apparently not of equal
P.Ao
Carotids of Nycticorax violaceus.
Ca, carotids ; V, vertebrals; D.2, ductus botalli; Zi, innominates ;
D.Ao, dorsal aorta. The x marks the enlarged part of the right carotid.
calibre throughout. The vertebrals (V, /), though given off so far
apart, reached the spinal column at about the same point; nor did
I observe any abnormality in the vessels of the left side.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XII. e
178 ON A DUCTUS BOTALLI IN CERTAIN BIRDs. [Feb. 17,
The appearance of the abnormal vessels in the other specimen,
a Chilian Pintail (Dafila spinicauda), though the abnormality was
essentially the same, was less striking; the right carotid ran towards
the left as in the Heron, for a short distance, but seemed relatively
smaller and straighter; but it similarly turned suddenly forwards,
at the point of giving off the vertebral, and sent a vessel backwards
to the dorsal aorta, which it jcined, at the left side of it opposite
the base of the heart. This specimen was not injected, but I was
able, by passing a bristle down the tube, to satisfy myself that the
connection between the carotid and the aorta was a functional one. I
also noted that in this specimen the artery supplying the skin of the
neck sprang, on the right side, from the same point as the vertebral,
while on the left it was smaller and given off a little posteriorly to
the vertebral. A ductus arteriosus stretched from the left side of
the dorsal aorta to the left pulmonary artery. Professor G. B.
Howes has kindly drawn my attention to Professor Turner’s paper
on Globiocephalus svineval (Journ. Anat. & Phys. ii. p. 66, 1868), in
which the existence of a closed ductus arteriosus between the aorta
and pulmonary artery is recorded as occurring in that Cetacean.
Messrs. Marshall and Hurst also mention it in the Rabbit.
Although I have dissected examples of upwards of 90 species, the
above is the only abnormal variation in the earotids which I have
observed; and that in the two specimens in which it occurred it can
only be regarded as an individual peculiarity I have had ample oppor-
tunities of proving, having dissected three other specimens of Nyc-
ticorax violaceus and one other of Dafila spinicauda, besides two
specimens of Vycticorax griseus and one of Dafila bahamensis, none
of which exhibited this abnormality. I find, too, that the late
Prof. Garrod has examined the three first-named species, besides
Nycticorax caledonicus, and has not recorded any abnormality in
their carotids.
It would seem therefore that this approach to the reptilian
structure does not characterize any particular species or genus, but
is liable to appear sporadically in individual specimens of species
belonging to widely separated groups.
In conclusion, I have to express my thanks to the Society for the
facilities for study which they have afforded me, and in particular
to their Prosector, without whose kind tuition and assistance this
communication would have been impossible.
1891.] MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 179
March 3, 1891.
Prof. Flower, ©.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1891 :—
The tctal number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of February was 65, of which 35 were
by presentation, 1 by birth, 15 by purchase, 3 were received in
exchange, and 11 ondeposit. The total number of departures during
the same period, by death and removals, was 69.
Mr. Sclater exhibited the typical and unique specimen of Mac-
gregor’s Paradise-bird (Cnemophilus macgregori) from the Queens-
land Museum, Brisbane, which had been kindly lent to him by the
authorities of that Institution for the purpose of being figured in
‘The Ibis.’ Mr. Sclater remarked that Cnemophilus, though possibly
allied to Xanthomelus, was a very distinct genus, having a structure
of the bill and frontal plumes something like that of Diphyllodes.
Mr. Arthur Thomson, the Society’s Head Keeper, exhibited a
series of Insects reared in the Insect-house in the Society’s Gardens
during the past year, and read the following Report on the subject :—
Report on the Insect-house for 1890.
Examples of the following species of Insects have been exhibited
in the Insect-house during the past season :—
Silk-producing Bombyces and their Allies.
Indian.
Attacus atlas. Antherea mylitta.
pernyi. Actias selene.
cynthia. Cricula trifenestrata.
ricint.
American.
Samia cecropia. Telea promethea.
—— ceanothi. angulifera.
Telea polyphemus. Hypochera io.
African.
Antherea cytherea. Gynanisa isis.
menippe. Bunea caffraria.
* Henucha smilax.
* Exhibited for the first time. ‘
12*
180 MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [ Mar. 3,
Diurnal Lepidoptera.
Papilio podalirius. Melanagria galathea.
machaon. Lycena corydon.
Thais polyxena. adonis.
ie cerisyi. wcarus.
Vanessa antiopa. - alsus.
10. Anthocharis cardamines.
— urtice. Argynnis paphia.
levana. aglaia.
Apatura tris.
American.
Papilio ajax. Papilio cresphontes.
asterwas. Limenitis disippus.
Nocturnal Lepidoptera.
Smerinthus ocellatus. Macroglossa bombyliformis.
tilie. Saturnia pyri.
populi. —— carpini.
ee seas Aid Neca
oreodaphne. acles regalis.
* Protopace carolina. —— imperialis.
5 celeus. * Dryocampa rubicunda.
* Ceratomia amyntor.
*Cherocampa capensis.
Liparis dispar.
Odenestis potatoria.
elpenor. Bombyx neustria.
Deilephila euphorbie. * Setina trrorella.
galit. *Cucullia scrophularie.
vespertilvo.
Of the insects which I have the honour to place before the
Meeting this evening the following are exhibited for the first time,
viz. :—Henucha smilax, from Natal; Thais cerisyi and Lycena alsus,
European ; Sphinx oreodaphne, Protopace carolina, Protopace celeus,
and Ceratomia amyntor, from N. America; Cherocampa capensis,
from 8S. Africa; and Dryocampa rubicunda, also from N. America.
During the past season I was again able to rear a fine lot of the
larvee of Limenitis disippus, from N. America, upon Weeping-willow ;
but I am sorry to say that I was not so successful with the Silk-
producing Moths.
We received from Mr. J. C. Warburg some specimens of Hmpusa
egena from the South of France. One of the specimens sent laid
some eggs in the case after arrival and these subsequently hatched
out, but I regret to say that, with all our endeavours, we could not
succeed in rearing them.
The eggs laid by the Stick Insects( Diaphemora femorata) in 1889
also hatched out at intervals, but they did not do by any means so
well as the imported eggs.
* Hixhibited for the first time.
PZ. B16 Sie eee a
J.Smit del.et lth.
Mintern Bros. imp.
CUNO MING Sy TSWACRS ONT
1891.] ON SMALL MAMMALS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 18]
In July and August we received some Spiders from Messrs, Raleigh
and C. F.R. Blandy. There are examples of two species of Taran-
tulas (Zycosa nigra and Lycosa porto-santana) and specimens of the
Zebra Spider (Argyope fasciata). These are all from Madeira. One
of the Zebra Spiders made a web and laid some eggs; these pro-
duced young ones, but they all died.
The following papers were read :—
1. On a Collection of small Mammals made by Mr. F. J.
Jackson in Eastern Africa. By Otpririp THomas.
[Received February 2, 1891.]
(Plate XV.)
By the kindness of the Misses Jackson I have been entrusted with
the examination of the small Mammals collected by their brother,
Mr. F. J. Jackson, during his recent successful expedition to the
interior of the British East-African Company’s Territories and up
Mount Elgon. Mr. Jackson has already distinguished himself as a
collector, and this last expedition, so far beyond the region explored
by naturalists, has resulted in the discovery of a very large number
of novelties. Mr. Jackson is much to be congratulated on his striking
success in this direction’.
The localities at which the Mammals were collected were as
follows :—
Mount Elgon, a volcanic peak, about 14,000 ft. in altitude, N.E. of
the Victoria Nyanza, about 1° N., 34° 35’ H.* Never ascended
previously by any European.
Turquel, in the Stik country, between 1° and 2° N. and 34° and
35° E.; inland British East Africa.
Mianzini, just east of Lake Naivasha, about 0° 55'S. and 36°
25' K.; at an altitude of nearly 9000 feet.
The geographical affinities of the collection are extraordinarily
mixed, and even dividing the localities, for Mount Elgon is nearly
200 miles distant from Mianzini, the same peculiarity is observable.
Thus of the three species marked as from Mount Elgon *, one is
new, with distinct South-African and Abyssinian, not West-African,
affinities ; one is typically West-African (as are many of the birds),
1 See papers on the Birds by Messrs. Sharpe and Grant, ‘Ibis,’ 1891.
2 These positions are taken from the map in Mr. Joseph Thomson’s ‘Through
Masai-land,’ 1885.
3 Unfortunately some of the specimens, although numbered by Mr. Jackson,
have not the localities marked on them, so that until his notes arrive the exact
localities cannot be recorded ; and some of these specimens may also be from
Mount Elgon.
182 MR, O. THOMAS ON SMALL [ Mar. 3,
and the other occurs over the whole of Africa. The same sort of
thing is the case with the other specimens.
In this part of the new British Territories, therefore, we seem to
possess a region of exceptional zoological interest, as being the
meeting-place of the North-eastern, Western, and Southern faunas ;
and it is much to be hoped that under the auspices of the Imperial
British East-African Company other naturalists will follow Mr.
Jackson’s spirited example, and that we shall thereby gain a thorough
knowledge of the manner in which the different zoological districts
pass into one another within our “ sphere of influence.”
The collection consists of 38 specimens, referable to 15 species,
of which three, two Rodents and a Bat, are new to science’. The
forms mostly belong to groups so obscure zoologically, and so trouble-
some and difficult of collection under the trying circumstances in-
separable from such an expedition, that Mr. Jackson deserves the
sincere thanks of zoologists for this material contribution to our
knowledge of the smaller Mammals of Africa.
1. HERPESTES GRACILIS, Riipp.
a. One specimen.
2. PETRODROMUS TETRADACTYLUS, Ptrs.
a. 3. One specimen.
3. CRocIDURA HEDENBORGI, Sund.
a. Mianzini. 8/89.
4. EpomopHorus mrinor, Dobs.
a-c. Turquel, Sik. 1/90.
This rare species has been obtained at Zanzibar and Bagamoyo,
and also, by Dr. Emin Pasha, at Kiriamo, just south of the Albert
Nyanza.
5. NYCTINOMUS LOBATUS, sp. 0.
a. &. Turquel, Sik. 1/90. Type.
Allied to N. cestoni, Savi, or rather N. teniotis, Raf.’, as it ought
to be called, and to WV. africanus, Dobs.; but distinguished from both
by its larger ears, larger tragus, higher antitragus (fig. p. 183), and
coloration, while in other respects it agrees sometimes with one
and sometimes with the other, and forms in some respects a con-
necting-link between them. a ‘
Ears very large, rounded, laid forward they, extend quite a quarter
of an inch beyond the tip of the muzzle ; their inner bases united on
the muzzle; their substance comparatively thin and transparent ;
keel of the conch scarcely thickened below ; antitragus very high
1 Preliminary descriptions of the new species were published in Ann. & Mag.
N. H. (6) vii. p. 803 (1891).
2 N. Giorn. Lett. p. 2380 (1825).
3 Précis découy. somiol. p. 12 (1814)
1891.] MAMMALS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 183
posteriorly, the notch behind it more than 5 millim. deep, as com-
pared to about 3 millim. in the two allied species. Tragus large
and broad, quadrangular, its tip sharply angular, and its outer upper
border long and straight. Lips apparently not deeply wrinkled.
Gular sac apparently present. Pads at base of thumb distinct.
Lower incisors 4. Colour everywhere above, and on the chin,
shoulders, and sides of thorax below dark brown ; chest, belly, base
of tail, and thighs to below knees pure white.
Nyctinomus lobatus.
Under surface of head, showing ears and antitragus. a, tragus. Nat. size.
Dimensions :—Head and body 77 millim., tail 56; tail free from
membrane 30; ears, length from base of post-antitragal notch to
tip 30; forearm 63 (=2°47 in.).
This fine new Bat is distinguished at once from all the other species
of the genus, except IV. miarensis, Grand., and the two above-
mentioned, by its much greater size, none of them having a forearm
exceeding two inches in length. NV. miarensis is at once separated
by its structural characters and is not really allied to NV. lobatus.
Of the two species to which it is allied, V. africanus isa native of the
Transvaal, and 1. teniotis of Abyssinia’, extending northwards over
a great part of the Paleearctic region: the new form is therefore inter-
mediate between them in habitat as in many of its characters ; but
there can be no question as to the specific distinctness of all three.
. SCIURUS RUFOBRACHIATUS, Waterh.
. Mount Elgon, in thick forest. 6000 ft. 25/2/90.
. Mount Elgon, in thick forest. 22/1/90.
- Mount Elgon.
. Savi, Mount Elgon. 14/2/90.
This is a typically West-Atrican species, and its occurrence on
Mount Elgon still further extends its known range to the eastward
QAern NH
1 The Abyssinian WV. midas, Sund., and N. ventralis, Heugl., are unquestionably,
as Mr. Dobson has shown, synonymous with NV. t@niotis.
184 MR. O. THOMAS ON SMALL [ Mar. 3,
beyond that already recorded in the two papers on Emin’s Mam-
malia’.
7. SCIURUS ANNULATUS, Desm.
a, 6. Two specimens.
8. Scrurus cePart, Smith.
a, 6. 3. Kikuyu.
e. 9. Kikuyu.
ifm lege
9. XERUS ERYTHROPUS, Geofir.
a. One specimen.
10. Oromys rrRoRATUS, Bts.
a~e. Mianzini. 8/89.
These five skins exemplify very well the considerable variation
in colour to which this species is subject, two of them being dark
umber-brown, two dark sandy fawn, and the fifth grey, with a
wash of brown on the head and centre of back. These differences,
however, may be due merely to age, as, judging by the skulls, the
last described specimen is the youngest, and the first two the next
in age of the set, the fawn-coloured specimens being therefore the
oldest of ali.
All the five have 7 lamine in ™.’ and 4 in m., and therefore con-
firm on the whole the conclusions come to by Prof. Barboza du
Bocage* as to the identity of his O. anchiete, which has 7-5
laminz in the two teeth, with O. irroratus of S. Africa, which
ordinarily has only 6-4. There may be perhaps a tendency to an
increase northwards in the number of laminz in the last upper molar,
as S.-African specimens seem very rarely to attain the number found
in all of the Mianzini ones, which are the most northern recorded.
11, Oromys Jackson], sp. n. (Plate XV.)
a, Crater of Mt. Elgon, at 13,200 ft. 17/2/90. Type’.
6, ¢ (without skulls). Ditto.
Allied to O. zrroratus, but readily distinguishable by the lower
incisors having two deep grooves on their anterior faces instead of
only one.
Size rather smaller than in O. irroratus; general form, as usual,
very vole-like. Fur excessively long and soft, the general mass of
the hairs on the back attaining a length of 18-20 millim.
1 P.Z. 8, 1888, p. 8, and 1890, p. 447. In the second of these two papers a
misprint occurs (p. 446), which I may take this opportunity of correcting.
The type specimen of Anomalurus orientalis, Peters, is there said to be in the
British Museum, but it should, of course, have been Berlin Museum.
2 J. Sci. Lisb. (2) iii. p. 206 (1889).
8 ‘Phe single skull, on which of course the species is really founded, was not
definitely allocated to any one of the three skins; but in its size it appears to
fit a the best, and as it certainly belongs to one or other of the three, the point
is not of very great consequence,
1891.] MAMMALS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 185
Colour a coarsely grizzled brownish yellow mixed with black, the
grizzling appearing all the coarser from the great length of the fur.
Longer hairs on centre of back black-tipped, those on sides yellow-
tipped. Bases of hairs all over, above and below, pale slaty grey for
seven-eighths of their length ; tips of belly-hairs dirty yellow. Lars,
as usual, large and rounded. Tail short, bicolor, black along the top,
shining greyish white along the sides and under surface.
Skull very much as in O. trroratus, but the bones rather lighter
and more delicate.
Teeth. Upper incisors narrower and flatter in front than in
O. irroratus ; their anterior faces each with one deep groove in the
position of that of O. zrroratus, a faint internal one also as in that
species, and between the two a third very faint and indistinct one,
just flattening the part of the tooth that is most convex in the allied
species. Lower incisors each with two deep and distinct grooves,
the outer one clearly corresponding to the single groove in O. zr-
roratus, the mer one running along the part that is so prominently
convex in that species. Lamina formula of molars as as in all the
present set of O. zrroratus.
Dimensions :—Head and body approximately 120 millim. ; tail (of
6, that of a being broken) 47 ; hind foot 25°5.
Skull. Basal length 31:4, greatest breadth 18:1; nasals, length
16, breadth 6-2; interorbital breadth 4; interparietal, length 4°9,
breadth 9-5; anterior palatine foramen 6:5; diastema 7°7; length
of upper molar series (crowns only) 7°8 ; combined breadth of upper
incisors 3°6 ; lower jaw, condyle to incisor tip 23°8.
As already shown, the more numerously grooved incisors separate
this new species at once from O. irroratus, while O. brantsii, Smith,
and O. unisulcatus, F. Cuy., the only other species recognized, have
incisors even less grooved than in the form to which I have com-
pared it. It represents therefore a most interesting step towards
Oreomys typus, Heugl.", a native of the high mountains of Abyssinia,
which has no less than three deep grooves on each of its incisors,
and a lamina formula of =? in fact its discovery may necessitate
the union of “ Oreomys ” with Otomys, the number of incisor grooves
being in this group evidently not a generic, but only a specific
character. Without having examined a specimen of Heuglin’s
animal, however, and only from his description, I do not care for the
present definitely to abolish the genus.
This striking new species is one of the many important zoological
discoveries made by Mr. Jackson during his ascent of Mount Elgon
in January 1890, and it is with much pleasure that I connect with
it the name of so distinguished an explorer and naturalist as he has
proved himself to be.
Reise N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 76 (1877).
? Heuglin, in his description, stated that there were 4 upper molars present
in Oreomys, with a lamina formula of 3-2-3-5; but he had evidently mistaken
the long posterior tooth for two, and I have therefore corrected his formula into
that above given.
186 ON SMALL MAMMALS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. [ Mar. 3,
12. Mus poLicuvurus, Smuts.
a-d. @ and 3 young ones. Mount Elgon. 2/90.
«Found in a Barbet’s nest in a hole in a tree in thick forest.”
Mus arborarius, Peters *, originally described from the Zambezi,
and recorded by Pagenstecher from Mguruman, Masai-land, is no
doubt synonymous with the earlier described M. dolichurus*. So
also, in all probability, is the same author's J/. rutilans* from the
Cameroons, while a specimen from Fayum, Egypt, in the Berlin
Museum, which is marked “ Mus argillosus, Licht.” *, appears also
to be the present form. ‘The species therefore ranges over the
whole of Africa, from Egypt to the Cape, although it is evidently
very rare, as so few specimens have been brought to Europe. .
The three young ones, taken from the nest by Mr. Jackson, are
clothed with straight crisp hairs above and are nearly naked below ;
their upper surfaces are of a dark mouse-grey colour with prominent
yellowish patches bebind the ears; their chins, chests, and bellies
are bordered with bright cream-colour. As im other long-tailed
species, the tails of the young are comparatively short, barely equalling
the length of the body without the head.
13. Mus (Isomys) aByssinicus, Rupp.
a, 6. Turquel, Sik. 1/90.
14. Mus (Isomys) puminio, Sparrm.
a, 6. Mianzini. 8/89.
15. Ru1zoMys ANNECTENS, Sp. 2.
a. Ad. do. Type of species.
(?) 6, ¢. Yg. Mianzini. 8/89.
Like R. splendens, Riipp., but considerably larger, although not
attaining the size of 2. macrocephalus, Riipp.
Dimensions of @ :—Head and body (circa) 240 millim. ; tail 45 ;
hind foot, without claws 29, with claws 33.
Skull dimensions :—Basion to gnathion 51; basion to front sur-
face of one of the incisors 52 ; zygomatic breadth 39-4 ; nasals, length
21, greatest breadth 7°65 breadth between outer corners of infra-
orbital foramina 15°3; diastema 21:5; combined breadth of upper
incisors 8°2; length of upper molar series (crowns only) 10:0.
Lower jaw, length (bone only) 36 ; back of condyles to incisor tips
43:5.
The basal length of the skull of R. macrocephalus appears, from
Riippell’s figures, to be about 63 millim., while that of the largest of
six specimens of 2. splendens in the British Museum is only 41.
1 Giugeth. Mossamb. p. 152 (1852).
2 Hn. Mamm. Cap. p. 38 (1832). :
8 MB. Ak. Berl. 1876, p. 478. The type of this species is said to have only
0—2=4 mamme; but this is probably an abnormality, as there is a specimen
in the Museum from the Niger with the usual number, 1—2=6.
4 No description published, so far as I can ascertain. The specimen was
collected by Hemprich and Ehrenberg.
P. 2.9. 1600S ieee
M.H Fisher del et hth. Mintern Bros. Chromo.
NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM BRITISH YN AVENE
P. Z.S . 182 eieeraa.
Mintern. Bros. Chromo.
HM Fisher del et lith.
NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM BRITISH EAST APRICA.
1891.] ON NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 187
The three species therefore form a gradational series, all extra-
ordinarily alike externally, and merely differing in the sizes of their
skulls.
Mr, Jackson’s discovery of this interesting connecting-link in the
genus is the more remarkable as f. splendens has been found both
to the north of its habitat, in Abyssinia, and to the south, on and
near Mt. Kilimanjaro, whence Mr. H. C. V. Hunter obtained four
specimens in 1888, which he was good enough to present to the
National Collection. These specimens are quite identical with
Abyssinian examples.
It may just be mentioned, although probably of but little importance,
that 2. annectens has not the darker muzzle ordinarily present in
R. splendens, that it has a paler tail, and that its bulle appear to
be proportionally rather smaller.
Specimens 6 and ec are too young to be determined with absolute
certainty, at least until the exact local ranges of R. annectens and
R. splendens are known. ‘They are remarkable for their very long,
soft and silky hair, and their peculiar bluey-grey colour, utterly un-
like the reddish-brown characteristic of the adult. In fact, with-
out the skulls, one might have been excused for looking upon them
as representing a totally distinct form.
2. Descriptions of New Butterflies collected by Mr. F. J.
Jackson, F.Z.S., in British Hast Africa, during his recent
Expedition .—Part 1. By Emity Mary SuHarpr.
[Received March 3, 1891.]
(Plates XVI. & XVII.)
This paper records the names of some new species of Papilionide,
Pieride, and Acreide discovered by Mr. F. J. Jackson in the
Kikuyu and Sotik districts and on Mount Elgon. I shall hope,
later on, to give an account of the entire collection made by Mr.
Jackson in these regions; but as it contains a number of Lycenide,
this project will take some little time to accomplish, as the working
out of the last-named family is a very difficult matter.
Subfam. PaprLioNin az.
1. ParILio MACKINNONI, sp. n. (Plate XVI. fig. 1.)
Nearest to P. constantinus of Ward, from Ribé (Afr. Lepid.,
part i. pl. i. figs. 1, 2), but easily distinguished by the position of
the ochreous band across both wings, the absence of the submarginal
-row of yellow markings, and by the want of the large oval spot in
the discoidal cell.
Generai colour rich brown, almost black, ithe all the spots and
markings ochreous.
Fore wing. Hind margin scalloped with a half-circular edging of
188 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON NEW [ Mar. 3,
ochreous between each nervule. From the costa, near the apex, is
a row of nine ovate yellow spots forming a transverse band down to
the inner margin, the spots distinctly separated from each other by
a line of brown, marking each nervule ; the spots on the disk below
the radial and median nervules being much larger. Between
the second and third subcostal nervules, and situated at the base of
these two nervules, is a small hastate spot, smaller in size than in
P. constantinus and nearly obsolete.
Hind wing. Similar to the fore wing in colour and markings, the
transverse band of ochreous spots being continued in the same line
as on the latter; the hind margin similarly scalloped with a fringe
of ochre between the nervules, the tail being scalloped on the inside
only.
The ochreous markings on the hind wing are more longitudinal in
form than on the fore wing : those of the disk are in the form of longi-
tudinally-ovate twin spots, between which is a scarcely visible line
of brown; the spot near the anal angle very small and rounded.
Underside. Resembles the upper surface in general character of
its colour and bands, but the transverse band on the hind wing is
of a pearly appearance.
The general colour of the under surface is dark brown, but there
are irregular mottlings of lighter brown on the basal area of the
hind wing, causing the darker brown ground-colour to take the
form of a band in continuation of the ochreous band, which does not
extend higher than the second radial nervule.
Exp. 44 inches.
Hab. Between Sotik and Kavirondo, Oct. 1889.
The female is very similar to the male in colour, but the ochreous
markings are larger, especially on the hind wing, where they form a
broad band composed of entire (not twin) spots, which are obtusely
oval towards the base of the wing and scalloped towards the hind
margin.
Exp. 43 inches.
Hab. Kikuyu, August 1889.
2, PAPILIO JACKSONI, sp. n. (Plate XVII. figs. 1, 2.)
Nearest to P. cynorta of Fabricius, but differing in the white
band of the fore wing, which, instead of being continuous with that
of the hind wing, is broken up into spots.
General colour black, with white bands, spots, and markings.
Fore wing. Hind margin obsoletely scalloped with a white fringe
between the nervules, a transverse row of eight spots slanting from
the apex towards the inner margin, those between the radial and
median nervules much smaller and more hastate in shape than im
P. cynorta; the submedian spot of white consisting of a twin spot
longitudinal in shape. Below the discoidal cell, the areas of the
wing adjoining the nervules are marked by a shade of ashy brown,
the texture of the wing at the same time being hirsute.
Hind wing. Hind margin distinctly scalloped with white between
the nervules; a submarginal row of five white spots, rounded in
1891. ] BUTTERFLIES FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 189
shape, four on the disk and one above the second subcostal nervule :
the basal area somewhat browner and followed by a broad oblique
transverse band of yellowish white.
Underside. Fore wing blackish, the transverse row of white
ovate spots distinctly marked, but becoming obsolete towards the
apex, where there is a distinct shade of ashy; on the upper fore
margin of the discoidal cell is an indistinct spot of white.
Hind wing light brown, darkening towards the apex and across
the disk ; the white spots not so distinct as on the upper surface,
the middle one of the five being obsolete; between the second sub-
costal nervule and the radial nervule is an additional spot of white ;
basal area rufous, with a spot and streak of black above the sub-
costal nervure; the discoidal cell with three black lines; the rufous
base followed by a white band not so distinct as on the upperside of
the wing, and shaded with lilac under certain lights.
Exp. 4 inches.
Hab. Between Sotik and Kavirondo, Sept. 1889.
The female is rather larger than the male, and is distinguished by
the patch of rufous ochre which takes the place of the white trans-
verse band of the male. There is a submarginal row of six white
spots on the hind wing, instead of five asim the male. Instead of
the band of longitudinal spots on the fore wing of the male, the
female has a submarginal row of rounded white spots differing in
size, five in number in a continuous series, confined to the disk,
absent between the fourth and fifth subcostal nervules and between
the latter and the first radial, but re-occurring between the third and
fourth subcostal nervules near the apex. There are three irregular
large white spots, one triangular on the upper margin of the dis-
coidal cell, another below the cell, ovate in shape, between the first
and second median nervules, and the third, a twin spot of irregular
shape, at the base of the fifth subcostal and first radial nervules.
Exp. 47 inches.
Hab. Kikuyu, Sept. 1889.
This species is also nearly allied to P. echerioides of Trimen (ef.
S. Afr. Butterfl. i. p. 255), a species figured in the ‘ Transactions
of the Entomological Society’ for 1868 (p. 72, pl. vi. figs. 1, 2).
The position of the white spots on both wings is quite different,
and both spots and bands are white, not yellowish white as de-
scribed by Dr. Trimen.
Subfam. Prerinz.
3. MYLOTHRIS WINTONIANA, sp. n. (Plate XVI. fig. 2.)
Female. Similar to the female M. clarissa of Butler, and with a
yellowish hind wing as in that species, but with a very much broader
blackish border.
Fore wing white, the basal area pinkish; costal margin and an
oblique patch on the apex blackish, with four triangular spots on
the hind margin diminishing in size towards the posterior angle, the
spot at the end of the submedian nervure being very minute, those
190 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON NEW [ Mar. 3,
at the end of the three median nervules becoming gradually larger,
and the mark at the end of the radial nervules being confluent with
the blackish apex.
Hind wing creamy ochreous, with a pinkish tinge on the basal
area, the hind margin scalloped with a white fringe, before which a
broad band of black, confluent at the end of the subcostal and radial
nervules, and succeeded by a large rounded spot of black at the end
of each median nervule. At the end of the submedian nervure is a
sinall spot of black, the adjoining portion of the wing being shaded
with orange.
Underside. Fore wing pearly white, rich orange at the base,
and shaded with orange-yellow towards the apex, with a distinct row
of black spots on the hind margin of the wing, and extending round
the apex till they become evanescent on the costal margin.
Hind wing orange-yellow, a little deeper in colour near the base;
the hinder margin with a row of large black rounded spots.
Exp. 4 inches.
Hab. Kavirondo, Oct. 1889.
4, My.oruris JACKSON], sp. n. (Plate XVI. fig. 3.)
Nearest to M. narcissus of Butler (P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 95), frem
Kilimanjaro, but differing in the broad black border, which extends
along the inner margin to the base of the fore wing.
Fore wing white, with a complete black border all round, the
base black, with a swollen area of black, extending from the base
along the upper margin of the discoidal cell to the middle of the
costal border, where the black costal margin is decidedly narrower ;
the border on the hind margin denticulated on its inner edge.
Hind wing bright sulphur-yellow, with tiny black spots marking
the end of each nervule on the hind margin; and with a broad
black streak, extending along the edge of the wing from the apex to
about the end of the subcostal nervule.
Underside. Fore wing white, with the costal margin black,
becoming yellow towards the apex, which continues yellow as far as
the third median nervule. Each nervule is marked by a tiny black
_ spot on the hind margin; these spots are more distinct on the
hind wing, which is entirely sulphur-yellow.
Exp. 22 inches.
Hab. Kavirondo, Oct. 1889; Kikuyu, Aug. 1889.
5. MYLoTHRIS MACKENZIANA, sp. n. (Plate XVI. fig. 5.)
Nearest to M. rueppelli of Koch, but with no yellow at the base of
the hind wing ; the orange of the fore wing much more restricted aud
extending in an oblique patch across the basal third of the discoidal
cell to the costal margin; the latter is black; there is no apical
patch, but the costal margin shows two confluent black spots near
the apex, and each nervule is marked with a tiny black spot on the
hind margin as far as the first median nervule.
Hind wing white, with a tiny black spot at the end of each
nervule on the hind margin.
1891.] BUTTERFLIES FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 191
Underside considerably different from that of M. rueppelli, the
hinder wing and the apex of the fore wing being ochreous,
each nervule being represented on the hind margin by a spot of
black ; the base of the fore wing with an oblique mark of bright
orange as on the upper surface, but this orange mark is extended
much further along the costal border and reaches beyond the limit
of the discoidal cell.
Exp. 22 inches.
Hab. Kavirondo, Oct. 1889.
6. TERACOLUS ELGONENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XVI. fig. 6.)
General colour greenish white, with a small black spot at the end
of the discoidal cell. The costal margin is narrowly edged with
black, which is much broader at the apex, and continues along
the hind margin, decreasing in width towards the submedian nervure,
where the black terminates. Near the apex, between the third
subcostal and first radial nervules, is an ovate spot of deep crimson
followed by two cther spots smaller in size, the last being nearly obso-
lete. At the base near the inner margin is a slight shading of grey.
The hind wing is greenish white with no visible markings.
Underside. Fore wing white, with the costal margin, hind
margin, and apical portion pale yellow, the small black spot at the
end of the discoidal cell visible.
Hind wing entirely pale yellow, the costal margin narrowly edged
with orange ; a small streak of black is very distinct at the end of
the cell; from the end of the costa to the submedian nervure is a
half-cirele of light brown spots between the nervules.
Exp. 3 inches.
Hab. Mount Elgon, Feb. 1890.
7. BELENOIS MARGARITACEA, sp. u. (Plate XVI. fig. 4.)
Fore wing with more than the basal half pearly white, the apical
portion of the wing with the costal margin black, this black
extending to the posterior angle but becoming much narrower in
this direction. Some slight indications of subapical whitish
streaks.
Hind wing pearly white with a bluish reflexion; the hind margin
with a tolerably broad band of black indented by subterminal spots
of bluish white, becoming smaller and more longitudinal between
the first and second median nervules, and becoming obsolete above
the submedian nervure.
Underside. Fore wing with the basal portion white, with a yellowish
tinge, inclining to pale orange near the extreme base ; costal margin
and apical portion of the wing black, inclining to bronzy black at
the apex and on the hind margin ; this leaves a subterminal band of
deeper black bordering the white area.
' Hind wing bronzy black, with a spot of orange-yellow before the
apex, and with a slight edging of yellow near the base of the costa ;
a slight indication of a paler subterminal shade of bronzy brown
along the hind margin.
192 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON NEW [ Mar. 3,
Exp. 2 inches.
Hab. Sotik, Sept. 1889.
Allied to B. raffrayt of Oberthiir (cf. Etudes d’ Entomologie, p. 17,
pls. i. & iii.).
Subfam. Acr@Inz&.
8. ACRHA EXCELSIOR, sp.n. (Plate XVII. fig. 3.)
Of the same group as 4. bonasia, but with a yellow subapical
patch on the fore wing and a yellow patch on the hind wing. The
underside differs from that of any species of Acrea which I have
yet seen.
Fore wing. A large basal area of deep orange-rufous extending
over two thirds of the cell and over all but the hind margin of the disc,
so that it occupies the major portion of the wing. The base black,
extending as a broad border along the costal margin to the apex,
and round the hinder margin and along the inner margin, though
here it is much narrower ; where the rufous portion touches the black
which borders it, there is a slight indication of a yellow intermediate
line, near the costal margin and the outer posterior and inner
marginal border. The subapical patch of pale yellow is tinged with
rufous, and in shape is long and oval, extending from near the
costal margin almost to the hind margin, crossing the base of the
subcostal nervules and radial nervules almost to the posterior
margin of the third median nervule. This yellow patch is separated
from the rufous area by a black band from the costa to the hind
margin.
Hind wing. Basal area black, with a rufous spot above the
subcostal nervure; the centre of the wing crossed by a broad
band of yellow, from the costa to the inner margin, washed with
rufous towards the former and above the disk; the hind margin
with a broad black band which occupies, at least, a quarter of the
wing.
Under surface. More than the basal half orange-rufous, streaked
with yellow at the base and along the costal margin, which is other-
wise dusky black as well as the apex and hind margin of the wing,
the latter narrowing towards the anal angle and ornamented with a
mesial streak of crimson on the hinder margin between each
nervule. A yellow subapical patch is enclosed by a band of black,
exactly as on the upper surface.
Hind wing. Beautifully varied with yellow and crimson, the greater
part of the wing being yellow. The base is crimson, enclosed in a
triangular line of black, with a white spot at the base of the ternal
nervure. About the middle of the costal border is another tri-
angular patch of crimson, enclosed by black, reaching to the hind
margin of the discoidal cell. The hind margin of the wing is
occupied by a broad border coequal with that of the upper surface,
the nervules marked by a broad line of ashy black, the intervening
spaces being crimson with a well-marked subterminal spot of white,
the hind margin being fringed with black.
1891.] - BUTTERFLIES FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 193
Exp. 2 inches. *
Hab. Kikuyu, Sept. 1859.
9. ACREA MELANOXANTRA, sp. n. (Plate XVII. fig. 4.)
Black and yellow as in A. circeis, which it somewhat resembles,
especially on the underside ; it is, however, much smaller, and has
fewer transparencies on the fore wing.
Fore wing black, with a double row of spots; two are twin-
spots, one being at the posterior end of the cell, and the other
adjoining it at the base of the disk, between the first and second
median nervules. ‘These two spots are irregularly oblong in shape
and of a yellow colour. A second row of subapical spots consists of
three, also irregularly oblong in shape, but transparent white ; these
are situated in juxtaposition, below the fifth subcostal and second
radial nervules.
Hind wing blackish, with a patch of yellow, irregular in shape,
occupying the middle of the wing. The basal area of the wing is
black, extending in a black band along the costal margin, which
joins the broad black border of the hind margin. The yellow colour
of the hind wing reaches to the inner margin about its centre; the
black nervules are indicated plainly as they cross the yellow area,
and two black spots are also visible on the yellow of the upper
margin of the discoidal cell.
Underside. Fore wing ashy brown for the basal two thirds,
the white spot of the upperside indicated below, with a dusky spot
at the base of the fifth subcostal nervule; apical area and hind
margin of the wing coppery bronze, each interspace with a black
mesial line, the nervules also marked out in black; the hind margin
fringed with black.
Hind wing. Basal area ochreous yellow, deeper near the base, all
this pale area numerously dotted with black spots, clustering nearer
to the base and on the inner margin ; hind margin with a broad band
of coppery bronze, with the same mesial line of black and the black
lines of the nervules also strongly indicated; the hinder margin
fringed with biack.
Exp. 2 inches.
Hab. Mount Elgon, Feb. 1890.
10. Acr#A orkEAs, sp. n. (Plate XVII. fig. 5.)
Resembling 4. melanoxantha on the upper surface, with two rows
of triple white spots, the subapical ones, however, not being trans-
parent. The hind wing is further different in the yellow central
patch being entirely shut in by black. ‘The under surface, however,
is totally different from that of 4. melanowantha and is more in the
style of 4. cabira.
Fore wing. Upper surface black, with two rows of oblong white
spots: one row about the middle of the wing consisting of three
dissociated spots, one in the middle of the cell, a second below the
base of the second median nervule, and the third near the hind
margin below the first median nervule. The second row of white
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1891, No. XIII. xo
194 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON THE COMPARATIVE — [ Mar. 3,
spots are subapical, two spots being close together below the fifth
subcostal nervule, the second between the first radial, while the
third is a little further off near the hind margin, below the second
radial nervule.
Hind wing black, enclosing a large yellow area which reaches
from near the base of the wing, spreads over the cell, and occupies
the basal third of the disk.
Underside. Fore wing dusky, the apex somewhat reddish ; the
base buff chestnut, extending along the basal edge of the costal margin.
The white spots of the upper surface indicated by pearly-white spots
below.
Hind wing. Bright chestnut at the base, with tiny dots of black,
followed by a yellow mesial area, almost coextensive with the same
area on the upper surface, but reaching to the inner margin of the
wing behind the chestnut, which has sharply quadrate borders on its
hinder aspect ; the whole of the hind margin bronzy brown with a
reddish tinge, forming a very broad band, the nervules marked by
black lines, with a mesial line of black between each nervule to the
hind margin.
Exp. 24 inches.
flab. Mount Elgon, Feb. 1890.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XVI.
Fig. 1. Papilio mackinnoni, sp. u., p. 187.
2. Mylothris wintoniana, sp. n., p. 189.
3. Mylothris gacksoni, sp. u., p. 190.
4, Belenois margaritacea, sp. n., p. 191.
5. Mylothris mackenziana, sp. u., p. 190.
6. Teracolus elgonensis, sp. u., p. 191.
Prats XVII.
Fig. 1. Papilio jacksont, sp. n., 3, p. 188.
2. Papilio jacksoni, sp. n., 9, p. 188.
3. Acrea excelsior, sp. n., p. 192.
4. Acrea melanoxantha, sp. u., p. 193.
5. Acrea oreas, sp. n., p. 193.
3. On the Comparative Osteology of the United States
Columbide. By R. W. Suuretpt, C.M.ZS.
[Received February 2, 1891.]
Opportunity has recently been afforded me to compare together
examples of the skeletons of the following species of Pigeons of our
avifauna, viz.:—EKctopistes migratorius, Zenaidura macroura, Engy-
ptila albifrons, Melopelia leucoptera, Columbigallina passerina, Scar-
dofella inca, and Starneenas cyanocephala. I have also had at hand
during this work skeletons of several of our domesticated varieties, a
large series of skeletons of nearly all our gallinaceous birds, and the
published accounts of the osteology of many forms of columbine
1891.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES COLUMBID&. 195
types, such as have been described by the Newtons, by the Parkers,
by Furbringer, and by many others’.
So far as I have examined them, then, I find the Pigeons of this
country to be :—
1. Completely schizognathous birds; and with elongated narial
apertures in the skull, which are not separated by an osseous
septum nasi.
2. A large lacrymal bone is present, which fuses extensively with
the pars plana, thus forming an unbroken plate.
3. With large vacuities in the anterior wall of the brain-case, the
lower one of which merges with a hig one in the interorbital
septum.
4. Zygoma very slender.
5. Basipterygoid processes present, which may (in all save
Ectopistes ?) or may not articulate with the short pterygoids ;
the latter not in contact in the middle line anteriorly.
6. Palatines very slender, with theirlaminze somewhat reduced,
and with their postero-external angles completely rounded off.
7. Maxillo-palatines antero-posteriorly elongated, internally
spongy, and fused with the prepalatines, the maxillary, and
the premaxillary.
8. The premaxillary process of the nasal bone carried far forwards,
beneath the osseous culmen.
9. Sphenoidal rostrum sharp in front, thick and rounded behind.
10. Vomer may or may not be present (?). Huxley figures the
palate of Columba paluméus, and says ‘‘ the vomer is very
slender” (P. Z. 8S. 1867, p. 434); Parker says the Pigeons
are without a vomer.
11. Quadrates typically ornithic, and with two transversely dis-
posed facettes for articulation with mandible.
12. Mandible V-shaped, its symphysis short and feeble ; arti-
culatory ends transversely truncated posteriorly, from above,
downwards and forwards; ramal vacuity may (ctopistes)
or may not (Starnaenas) be present.
13. Eighteen (Zctopistes) or nineteen (Starncenas) vertebre in
the spinal column between the skull and pelvis. ‘Three
leading dorsal vertebree fuse together to form one bone
(Ectopistes), and with it may fuse the ultimate cervical
(Melopelia). Five (Starnenas) or six (Kctopistes) free
caudal vertebree. A good-sized pygostyle present. Pelvis
broad and shallow; no prepubic spine present.
14. Os fureula U-shaped; without hypocleidium, and very
slender. ,
1 To the U.S. National Museum, and to Mr. F. A. Lucas of that Institution,
I am indebted for the use of a skeleton of Ectopistes and one of Columbigallina
- passerina ; one of the assistants also, Mr. Schollick, has presented me with a
skeleton of the domesticated Pigeon known by the name of the “ Archangel.”
Mr. J. 8. Singley of Giddings, Texas, has likewise forwarded me several valu-
able specimens. My private cabinet also contains numerous skeletons of our
various species of Columbide.
13s
196 ON THE UNITED STATES COLUMBID&. [ Mar. 3,
15. Sternum large, with very deep carina; two pairs of flaring
xiphoidal processes, usually making the bone 4-notched, but
the posterior or more inconspicuous internal pair of xiphoidal
processes may unite by their extremities with the mid-xiphoi-
dal prolongation and thus create fenestrae behind. Manu-
brium small. Corpus sterni often narrow for its entire length.
Usually four articular facettes upon each costal border.
16. The humerus is straight, pneumatic, and its radial crest is
triangular in form. The radvus is straight and the ulna is
bowed.
17. Trochanter of femur elevated above the summit of the shaft.
Patella may be very small and in two pieces, or it may be
larger with a single minute piece near it (Sfarnenas).
Ossific centres in tibial cartilage.
18. Hypotarsus of tarso-metatarsus of short cubical form, and is
both pierced and grooved for the passage of tendons.
Hallux on a level with the other toes, and its metatarsal
peculiarly twisted. Phalanges of pes 2, 3, 4, 5 for the
Ist to 4th toes respectively.
CONCLUSIONS.
Our Suborder of Columbe in the United States contains but one
family—the Columbide. Whether the Quail-Doves of the genus
Starneenas should be awarded a subfamily of the Columbide can
only be settled when we are in possession of a full knowledge of
their anatomy. So far as the osteology of Starnanas cyanocephala
goes, it would seem to indicate that a subfamily line separates it
from our other Pigeons?.
One of the best established facts in ornithology is that the
Columbide are nearly related to the great gallinaceous group of
birds, so then the nearest relatives they have in our avifauna are
the Tetraonide, especially the Grouse. Then beyond them are the
Cracide and Turkeys. Huxley has said (P. Z.S. 1867, p. 460)
that ‘on the other side they seem to be allied with the Owls and
Vultures.” Such affinities, however, must be quite remote. There
is no question about the links that connect the Columbine types
with the Grouse and Ptarmigans (Lagopus), for they are most
perfectly seen in the Sand-Grouse, holding as these latter do a
morphological position directly between them. The Plovers are
not so far off in another direction, and Tinamus and Hemipodius
have also distant claims to kinship. The extinct Dodo and the
existing Didunculus of Samoa show other and perhaps nearer
relations. Fossil remains of Pigeons, so far as the present writer is
aware, have not as yet been found in this country, though those of
several species of Turkeys have.
1 With its enormous sternum, its differently constituted vertebral column, and
a number of other points, it will at once be seen that, osteologically, Starnenas
is quite different from any of our other Pigeons. ‘These characters are also
supported by others already pointed out by Coues (Key, 2nd ed. p. 571), who
-has ereated for it the subfamily Starnwnadine, and I am strongly inclined tu
believe he is right.
a.
1891. ] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON FELIS UNCIA. 197
March 17, 1891.
Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S., in the Chair.
Mr. Sclater exhibited two specimens of the horns, with scalps
attached, of an Antelope from Somali-land which he had received
from his correspondent Capt. H. G. C. Swayne, R.E.
Writing from Berbera (February 11th, 1891), Capt. Swayne
stated that the specimens had been lately given to him by some
Dolbohanta Somalis (see map in James’s ‘ Unknown Horn of Africa,’
where the district of Dolbohanta is marked to the S.E. of Berbera
about 100 miles distant), who had brought them from the interior,
and told him that this “kind of Gazelle’? was not found anywhere
near the coast-line. Its size was said to be “about the same as
that of Waller’s Gazelle, which is found all over Somali-land.” Its
Somali name was “ Dip-tag.”
Capt. Swayne was starting next day on a shooting expedition into
the Dolbohanta country, where he hoped to meet with this Antelope
and to be able to send better specimens.
_ Mr. Sclater stated that, with the kind permission of Mr. Oldfield
Thomas, he had compared the present specimens with the skull
upon which Mr. Thomas had just founded his Cervicapra clarket
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1891, vii. p. 304), and that there was no
doubt that they all belonged to the same species. But Mr. Sclater
could not at all agree with Mr. Thomas that the Antelope in question
wasa Cervicapra. Itappeared to him to be rather one of the Desert
Antelopes allied to Gazella, and, judging from the form of the cranium
shown in Mr. Thomas's specimen, to be probably allied to Waller’s
Gazelle (Lithocranius walleri).
Mr. Sclater exhibited two skins of the Ounce (felis uncia) in
reference to the specimen of this Cat lately acquired by the Society ',
and made some remarks on its distribution, which appeared to be
entirely confined to the High Plateau of Central Asia. From the
Himalayas it undoubtedly extended north of the Altai and into
Amur-land and the island of Saghalin (cf. Schrenck, Amur-Reisen,
vol. i. p. 96). But the story of its occurrence in Asia Minor, in-
vented by Mr. D. G. Elliot, had now been quite upset by Messrs.
Danford and Alston (see P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 51). Nevertheless, Mr.
Sclater had thought it would be of interest to get a living specimen
of the so-called Felis tulliana, from the mountains above Smyrna,
and had consequently applied to Mr. Frederic Holmwood, la Aashe
at present H.B.M.’s Consul General at Smyrna, to use his best
endeavours to obtain an example of this animal.
The following papers were read :—
1 See below, p. 212.
198 MR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON [Mar. 17
1. Note on some Dermal Plates of Homosteus from the Old
Red Sandstone of Caithness. By A. Smita Woopwarp,
F.Z.8., of the British Museum (Natural History).
[Received March 2, 1891.]
So much is now known concerning the dorsal shield of the large
armoured fish Homosteus, from the Old Red Sandstone of N. Scot-
land and N.W. Russia, that little remains to be added beyond
points of detail concerning the form of the various plates. The
ventral shield, however, is still unrecognized, and much has yet to
be determined in connection with the facial bones. Existing know-
ledge of the subject is due chiefly to the researches of Hugh Miller’,
Asmuss*, Pander *, and Traquair*; and further advances can only
be made by the discovery of additional specimens.
For one such discovery, which makes known a few novel features
of interest, the writer is indebted to Mr. Donald Calder, of Thurso,
who has recently forwarded to him an associated group of five
dermal plates of Homosteus millert from the Thurso flagstones.
The three occipital plates are isolated and beautifully exhibited from
the visceral aspect ; a smaller, bilaterally symmetrical plate, also
exposed from the visceral face, seems to be the anterior median
ventral element ; and another plate, with an adjacent fragment, is
most probably one of the anterior ventro-laterals. The median
occipital is shown in the accompanying drawing, fig. 1, p. 199, the
left lateral occipital in fig. 2, the anterior median ventral in fig. 3,
and an impression of the supposed left anterior ventro-lateral in
fig. 4; all the figures being of one quarter of the natural size.
It has long been known that the median occipital plate in
Tomosteus overlaps the lateral occipitals to an enormous extent, but
the precise limits of the great facette on each side have not been so
clearly exhibited as in the new specimen (fig. 1,7). Except in the
hinder two thirds of the anterior half, the overlapping surface is
more extensive than the exposed visceral face ; and in front, where
the bone is very robust, it exhibits a pair of broad facettes (/),
distinct from the lateral pair and thus evidently overlapping the
central plates immediately in advance. The exposed median portion
exhibits a longitudinal ridge arising shortly in front of the occipital
border and soon bifurcating into a symmetrical pair of ridges, which
1H. Miller, ‘ Footprints of the Creator (1849), p. 70, figs. 24, 27-29, 36,
37, 39-41. ;
2 H. Asmuss, ‘ Das vollkommenste Hautskelet der bisher bekannten Thier-
reihe’ (Inaug. Dissert. Dorpat, 1856), pp. 8, 30.
‘CO. H. Pander, ‘Die Placodermen des devonischen Systems’ (1857), p..74,
pl. viii. figs. 2, 3, 6, 7.
4 ®R. H. Traquair, “ Homosteus, Asmuss, compared with Coccosteus, Agassiz,”
Geol. Mag. [8] vol. vi. (1889), p. 1, pl. i.
1891.] DERMAL PLATES OF HOMOSTEUS. 199
gradually diminish to the anterior third of the bone and then pass
into broad undulations bounding a median longitudinal hollow.
Posteriorly, where the two lateral oceipitals approach most closely,
the ridge is an arrowhead-shaped boss, the apex directed back-
wards and the base forwards; and at this poimt there may have
been a descending plate of bone. At its bifurcation the ridge
Figs. 1-4. Dermal plates of Homosteus milleri, from the Caithness Flagstones ;
all shown from the visceral aspect, of one quarter the natural size.
1, median occipital ; 2, left lateral occipital ; 3, anterior median
ventral; 4, impression of left anterior ventro-lateral. jf, facettes
for overlap.
becomes much less elevated, broader and rounder, gradually dimin-
ishing forwards as just described; and on either side is a series of
shallow, transverse linear grooves, symmetrically disposed in several
200 ON-DERMAL PLATES OF HOMOSTEUS. [ Mar. 17,
pairs, all directed both backwards and outwards. These markings
become very feeble anteriorly, and still await explanation ; behind
they are very suggestive of an impression of the anterior part of the
spinal cord with its divergent nerves, but in front they appear
rather as if corresponding to the septa between the myocommas of
the muscular system. The brain itself would certainly have occu-
pied a more anterior situation.
Both the lateral occipitals are well shown from the visceral aspect
in the fossil, and that of the left side is represented in fig. 2. The
postero-external angle and posterior border are much thickened for
articulation with the dorso-lateral plate, but the specimen is some-
what fractured at this margin. A narrow lenticular facette (f)
extending along the greater part of the outer border, and a large
distinct facette (f/) occupying the anterior apex of the bone, show
that it overlapped the marginal and central plates ; but the remainder
of the visceral surface would be in direct contact with the soft parts
of the animal, and it is quite smooth or exhibits only lines of growth,
except at the postero-external angle, where a feeble short ridge is
directed forwards and inwards, evidently to strengthen the bony
lamina at that point.
Though occurring on a detached fragment of matrix, the bone
here interpreted as anterior median ventral (fig. 3) was found so
closely associated with the occipitals already described, that Mr.
Calder, who is an experienced collector, has no doubt as to its
pertaining to the same individual. Its borders are completely pre-
served, thus proving that its obvious bilateral symmetry is not
accidental ; and the absence of facettes on the smooth visceral as-
pect, except possibly behind, indicates that it must have been over-
lapped by any lateral plates that were originally adjoining. The
anterior border is nearly straight, and accompanied by a low,
rounded, transverse ridge ; and the anterior is the broader end of the
bone, being produced on either side into a short and broad triangular
extension. The thin hinder border is excavated by a symmetrical
re-entering angle, into which the front margin of a diamond-shaped
median ventral plate doubtless fitted.
The fourth plate under consideration (fig. 4) also occurs upon a
detached fragment of matrix, and is shown only as an impression of
its visceral surface. ‘The borders, however, are almost completely
preserved; and the impression proves that the bone was not quite
flat, but marked by two broad rounded folds extending and diverging
from the shortest of the four margins. This margin is gently ex-
‘cavated, with a sharp angle at one end and a rounded corner at the
other ; while the only distinct evidence of an overlapping facette is
at the opposite border, which seems to have been much attenuated.
The state of preservation does not permit of ascertaining whether
any other facettes were present ; but the outline of the bone agrees
so closely with that of the anterior ventro-lateral plates of Coccosteus
that it is probable the two long borders joining those already noticed
were also overlapping. Indeed, the element now described seems to
differ only from the anterior ventro-lateral plates of Coccosteus in its
IP, ZS, IB. Il, SCV.
Mintern Bros . imp.
Peter Smit del.et lth.
:
A
O
a
oO
{
=
ne
ea
S)
<
4
on
pie
My *
_—_
P. 2.5 isd) oie as
Cx,
<
* er, y
Lo {|
S Neeue”
ay: feo ey eS oO,
SN Genes
Pree Falta
% LOSS
ako Coon eee Py
Peter Smut del.et lith. i Mintern Bros imp
LACERTA SIMON YT-
1891. ] MR. G. Ae BOULENGER ON LACERTA SIMONYI. 201
comparatively short and broad proportions—the same feature by
which the dorsal shield of Homosteus is most conspicuously distin-
guished from that of Coccosteus ; and it may be added that if the
originals of figs. 3 and 4 are correctly determined as anterior median
ventral and ventro-lateral respectively, they represent a fish of ex-
actly the same size as that indicated by the occipital plates with
which they are associated.
In conclusion, the new evidence seems to show that the ‘‘ cranial
shield” of Homosteus extended backwards far beyond the hinder
extremity of the brain ; while there are suggestive indications of the
ventral shield having been as remarkably short and broad as the
dorsal. The last mentioned result is exactly such as might have
been anticipated ; but the former, if substantiated by further dis-
coveries, presents some novel features for investigation.
2. On Simony’s Lizard, Lacerta simonyi.
By G. A. Boutrnesr, F.Z.8.
[Received March 3, 1891.]
(Plates XVIII. & XIX.)
The largest of the three specimens of Lacerta simony?, Steindachner',
obtained by Canon Tristram on the Rock of Zalmo, near Hierro,
Canary Islands, and presented to the Society by Lord Lilford,
having recently died, has been acquired by the British Museum. I
propose to give a description and figure of this rare Lizard asa
supplement to Dr. Steindachner’s account. The specimen here
described is a male.
Physiognomy and general proportions of Lacerta ocellata. Head
large, with swollen cheeks ; snout moderately long, obtuse. Rostral
entering the nostril; a single postnasal, in contact with the first
and second labials ; frontal as broad as long, not quite as long as the
frontoparietals ; supraoculars separated from the supraciliaries by a
series of granules; interparietal very narrow, as long as the occipital ;
occipital large, trapezoid, its posterior border two thirds the width
of the frontal ; five upper labials anterior to the subocular; temple
covered with large irregular shields; a narrow elongate shield on
the upper anterior border of the ear; the so-called masseteric
shield more or less enlarged. Gular fold absent ; 34 gular scales
on a line between the collar and the third pair of chin-shields;
collar with serrated edge, composed of 13 plates. Dorsal scales
small, oval, strongly keeled, separated from one another by minute
granules; 90 scales across the middle of the body; two or three
series of scales on the sides correspond to one ventral plate. Ventral
' plates square in the middle, longer than broad on the sides, in 20
longitudinal and 34 transverse series. Przeanal plate bordered by
three semicircles of small plates. The hind limb reaches the axilla.
1 Anz. Ak. Wien, 1889, p. 260.
202 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON LACERTA SIMONYI. [Mar. 17,
Femoral pores 31—31. Tail nearly once and a half as long as head
and body (reproduced) ; caudal scales strongly keeled, with truneate
posterior border. Blackish brown above; a lateral series of six or
seven roundish pale yellow spots, gradually decreasing in size from
front to back, the first above the shoulder; three other large:
yellowish spots lower down on each side, extending on to the outer.
ventrals ; lower parts brown, yellowish in the middle of the belly ;
some of the ventrals tinged with red.
millim
Motaldlene thieves el act-taeie eet 535
18 Revive Pear en | SMM ARBRE fox lec ae SG ge 57
Wiadthvot head’ oc 3...) weaves ee 45
From end of snout to fore limb ........ 90
From end of snout to vent............ 210
Fore limb...... BE Gyan ee ibang 80
Hind Vinal.) ose c ee oe ae ee
Dails(reproduced) evs: \ererse eee 325
The teeth have tricuspid crowns, the lateral cusps being stronger
and more regular than in any of the adult Lacerte which I have
examined. They differ much from those of a Lacerta ocellata of
similar size in not being worn down, as may be seen from the figures
(Plate XIX. figs. d, e) appended to this paper, which represent the
lateral teeth in the two Lizards.
Lacerta simonyi has been correctly compared by Steindachner with
L. galloti from the Canary Islands, which must be regarded as its
nearest ally. Its affinities to DL. ocellata are, however, equally
striking, for though it agrees with the former in its single postnasal,
its five anterior labials, and the number of femoral pores, it differs
from it and agrees with the latter in its temporal scutellation and its
denticulate collar. It appears to me, therefore, that L. ocellata and
L. galloti are more intimately connected than has been hitherto
believed.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prate XVIII.
Lacerta simonyi, $. Two thirds natural size.
Prats XIX.
a. Upper view of head of Lacerta simony?.
d. Lower view of head of ditto.
c. Anal region of ditto.
d. Maxillary teeth of ditto. Multiplied two diameters. —
e. Maxillary teeth of Lacerta ocellata. Multiplied two diameters.
nr
we
; 1¢
“
-
i
PZ SoS 16g ees
Sa
Pot
le ates
oO
an 80. LX
Bas Hs eee eo,
Epo e ot RN Eh
Se saSa tint moe
EH Michael del. et lith. Mintern Bros imp
NEW DRAGONFLIES FROM CESALOUN .
1891.] ON NEUROPTERA-ODONATA (DRAGONFLIES). 203
3. On some Neuroptera Odonata (Dragonflies) collected
by Mr. E. E. Green in Ceylon. By W. F. Krrsy,
F.L.S., F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Department,
British Museum (Natural History), S. Kensington.
[Received March 17, 1891.]
(Plate XX.)
Among the insects from Ceylon which Mr. E. E. Green has lately
presented to the British Museum are a few Dragonflies, repre-
senting 16 species, 3 of which appear to be new, while one or two
of the others have not previously been recorded from the island.
As they are nearly all carefully marked with dates and localities, I
think it will be useful to enumerate them, though the small number
of species represented renders it impossible to attempt any generali-
zations.
LIBELLULIDA4.
LIBELLULINE.
Ruyoruemis, Hag.
1. RHYOTHEMIS MARCIA.
Iibellula marcia, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent. ii. pl. xlv. f. 3 (1773).
A common East-Indian species.
TriTHEmIs, Brauer.
2. TRITHEMIS TRIVIALIS.
Inbellula trivialis, Ramb. Ins. Névr. p. 115 (1842).
Kandy (Aug. 1888).
Occurs in India and Ceylon.
3. TRITHEMIS YERBURII.
Trithemis yerburit, Kirb. Cat. Neur. Odon. p. 18. n. 5 (1890).
Pundaloya (April 1889).
In the British Museum from India, Ceylon, and Borneo.
De Selys considers this species to be the true 7’. aurora, Burm.
OrtTHETRUM, Newm. ,
4. ORTHETRUM PRUINOSUM.
Libellula pruinosa, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 858. n. 63 (1839).
Pundaloya (Sept. and Oct. 1888).
A common species in the East Indies.
A specimen taken in January 1889 may be a variety of the female
of this species, or may belong to O. carnaticum; it is tawny yellow,
with two broad reddish-brown stripes on the sides of the thorax, the
uppermost intersected by a black line close to its upper edge,
204 MR. W. F. KIRBY ON NEUROPTERA ODONATA [Mar. 17,
5. ORTHETRUM CARNATICUM. (Plate XX. fig. 1.)
Libellula carnatica, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 284 (1798).
_ Pundaloya, Ceylon (Feb. 1889).
Not previously known from Ceylon; the British Museum has
specimens from Nepal.
The insect, which I identify with the Fabrician species, is closely
allied to O. triangularis, Selys; but De Selys refers Fabricius’s
description to 7'rithemis cesia, Ramb.
AGRIONID&.
AGRIONIN#E.
Nevurosasis, Selys.
6. NEUROBASIS APICALIs, sp. n. (Plate XX. figs. 2, 2 a.)
' Exp. nearly 3 inches.
Male. Bright green above; head with a short black streak in
front of the ocelli; antennze black, conspicuously testaceous beneath ;
labrum black, with the rim and a large spot on each side testaceous ;
labium testaceous, lined with black. Thorax with the sutures black
in front and testaceous behind; under surface testaceous. Legs
black. Wings iridescent-hyaline, front wings shining with magenta,
and hind wings with coppery-green in the sunlight ; tips of all the
wings dusky. Upper anal appendages hairy, with a triangular tooth
on the lower surface and 5 teeth on the upper.
Nawala-pittia, Ceylon.
It is to be regretted that Mr. Green only obtained one damaged
specimen of this handsome species, which resembles an Echo in its
markings, though its neuration clearly shows it to be a Neurobasis.
Psrupopu#a, Kirb.
7. PSEUDOPH#HA SPLENDENS.
Euphea splendens, Selys, Syn. Cal. :p. 52 (1853).
Pundaloya (Sept. 1888).
Mr. Green obtained both sexes; the female is rarer in collections
than the male. é
Micromerus, Bamb.
8. MicroMERUS FINALIS.
Micromerus finalis, Selys, Bull. Acad. Belg. (2) xxvii. p. 665
(1869).
Nawala-pittia (Oct. 1889).
Originally described from Ceylon.
C@NAGRIONINA.
Puarysricra, Selys.
9. PLATYSTICTA GREENT, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 3, 3a.)
Long. corp. 48 millim ; exp. al. 62 millim.
Male, Pterostigma brown, the lower edge twice as long as the
(1891.] (DRAGONFLIES) FROM CEYLON. 205
preadth, covering one or two cells; some of the apical cells beyond
divided; nodal sector broken through the greater part of its length,
rising from the vein descending from the nodus ; subnodal alin,
rising separately a little before the other ; ; 21-26 postcubital
nervures ; sectors of the arculus rising froma short stalk ; sometimes
two basal postcostal nervures close together instead of one, in one or
other of the wings.
Head bronzy “black ; rhinarium, labrum, and base of inadibles
white. Prothorax bronzy black above, shading into bronzy green
at the extremity; under surface testaceous, withian oblique white or
very pale green stripe on the sides; the extremity beneath and on
the lower border of the same colour. Legs, except the tibiz and
tarsi, which are black, some spots between the wings above, and the
base and under surface of the abdomen rufous ; the oreater part of
the three terminal segments of the abdomen with a pale mark above,
which is probably blue during life. Upper appendages more than
twice as long as the 10th segment, obtuse, and crossing inwards
and downwards, with a strong Rosch on the inner side near the base.
Lower appendages about half as long, slender, the tips turned inwards
at a right angle.
_ Belongs to the group of P. iSitanae Selys, but is apparently more
like P. maculata, Selys, in general appearance, to judge from the de-
scription of that species.
Pundaloya (Aug. 1889).
DispaARONEURA, Selys.
10. DisPARONEURA C4&SIA.
Alloneura cesia, Selys, Bull. Acad. Belg. (2) x. p. 460 (1860).
Pundaloya (Aug. 1889).
MicronymMpuHa, Kirb.
11. MicRoNYMPHA AURORA.
Agrion (Ischnura) aurcra, Brauer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xv.
p- 510 (1865).
Taken at Pundaloya.
A widely-distributed East-Indian and Australian species.
Arcuisasis, Kirb.
12. ARCHIBASIS CEYLONICA, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 4.)
Exp. al. 50 millim.
Head rufo-testaceous, paler beneath. Thorax tawny above,
inclining to greenish on the sides; beneath pale testaceous, as well
as the legs; the short spines, and a stripe on the femora above,
black. Abdomen with the first two segments, the sides and under
surface dull greenish brown ; second segment with a bronzy black
stripe on the median line, expanded at the lower extremity, where
there is a groove in the middle, but not quite reaching the end of
the segment, which is marked with a narrow black transverse stripe.
206 ‘ MR. 0. THOMAS ON SOME [ Mar. 17,
A bronzy black stripe, showing slightly greenish in some lights,
covers segments 3-6 above (terminal segments wanting). Wings
hyaline, with 11 postcubital nervures ; pterostigma pale yellow, very
oblique and pointed at the ends, and covering less than one cell.
Kandy (August 1888).
Allied to Stenobasis occipitalis, Selys, from New Guinea; but
in A. ceylonica the head is concolorous, and consequently there
are no postocular spots, a character which I regard as purely arti-
ficial. Archibasis (Stenobasis, Selys) appears to differ from
Teinobasis (Telebasis, p., Selys) in the position of the basal post-
costal nervure. In Archibasis it is placed about halfway between
the level of the two antecubital nervures, whereas in Tenobasis it is
placed close to the level of the second.
13. LEsTES ELATUS.
Lestes elata, Selys, Bull. Acad. Belg. xiii. p. 319 (1862).
Pundaloya.
14. LesTEs GRACILIS (2).
Lestes gracilis, Selys, Bull. Acad. Belg. xxiii. p. 327 (1862).
A pair of Lestes in Mr. Green’s collection from Purdaloya agree
fairly well with De Selys’s description of this species, but they present
no trace of bluish colouring, and the male has only 9 postcubital
nervures on the anterior wings; the female has 12. The genus
Lestes is well represented in Ceylon; and I do not feel justified in
describing Mr. Green’s specimens as new in the absence of others of
the same section from the island.
I have passed over two other Dragonflies in Mr. Green’s collection,
allied to Agrionoptera and Cenagrion respectively, pending the
acquisition of a larger series.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XxX.
Fig. 1. Orthetrum carnaticum, Fabr., p. 204.
2. Neurobasis apicalis, sp. n., neuration, p. 204.
2 a. , anal appendages.
3. Platysticta greeni, sp.n., p. 204.
3a. —— , anal appendages.
4, Archibasis ceylonica, sp. n., p. 205,
4. On some Antelopes collected in Somali-land by
Mr. T. W. H. Clarke, By Oxpriztp THomas.
[Received March 17, 1891.]
(Plates XXI. & XXIL.)
By the kindness of Messrs. Rowland Ward & Co., the well-known
taxidermists of Piccadilly, I have been entrusted with the examination
of the fine series of Antelope heads and horns recently collected in
~Somali-land by Mr. T. W. H. Clarke. These Antelopes prove to
Smit del. et lith
Mintern Bros imp.
SKULL OF AMMODORCAS CLARKEI
a
ie elie ¥
PER eas og
J, Smit del.et lth. 73 : Mintern Bros . 1mp.
AMMODORCAS CLARKEI.
-1891.] ANTELOPES FROM SOMALI-LAND. 207
be of so much interest zoologically, one of them representing not
only a new species, and that a most beautiful one, but even a new
genus, that I have thought it well to go through the whole collection,
to record the length of the horns in all the specimens, such records
of their local development being often very useful, and to make such
notes upon them as appeared necessary.
The species represented in the collection are 8 in number, and,
with the exception of the new one, Ammodorcas clarkei, have all been
obtained in Somali-land before, although they have not in all cases
been recorded.
Besides the Antelopes, Mr. Clarke obtained in Somali-land a skin
of Proteles cristatus, Sparrm., a species, so far as I am aware, not
hitherto recorded north of Angola.
1. Oryx Betsa, Rupp.
$.L.' 781 millim. C.’ 158.
2. Lirnocranius* wALuerRt, Brooke.
6. L. 336. C. 140. Rings 27.
6.L.311. C. 133. Rings —.
Go wilds ColS0 Rings).
As usual with Somali collections, several Gerenook Gazelles were
obtained. This remarkable species has been made the type of a
distinct genus by Dr. Kohl, and I believe rightly, for not only has it
a very different skull from that of Gazella, but its external form and
its habits are both quite unlike those of any member of the genus.
3. AMMODORCAS CLARKEI*, g. et sp. n. (Plates XXI. &
XXII.)
a. L.* (round curve posteriorly) 286; do. anteriorly 279 ; base
to tip ina straight line 222. C.120; tiptotip114. Rings 10.
6. L. (round curve posteriorly) 267; do. anteriorly 254; base
to tip ina straight line 222. C. 114; tip to tip 89. Rings 8,
e. L. (round curve posteriorly) 245; do. anteriorly 245; base
to tip ina straight line 221. C.112; tip totip 134. Rings 7.
This most remarkable animal combines the horns of a Reed-buck
(Cervicapra) with the essential characters of a Gazelle, showing a
special relationship to that most aberrant Gazelle the Gerenook
(Lithocranius walleri), and appears certainly to be worthy of generic
distinction. On the first arrival of the specimens, before the skulls
were cleaned, and before Mr. Sclater had received from Mr. Swayne
the face-skins mentioned below, the animal was naturally supposed
to be a Reed-buck from the character of its horns, little likely as it
1 Length round curves anteriorly. 2 Circumference at base.
3 * Titocranius,’ Kohl, Ann. Mus. Wien, i. p- 82 (1886).
* Preliminary description of the species given, under the erroneous generic
name of Cervicupra, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) vii. p. 304 (March 1891). See also
Mr. Sclater’s remarks, above. p. 197.
° Kor the benefit of sportsmen and others not having metric measures ayail-
able, it may be noted that the five measurements of the horns of 4, in English
inches, are 114, 11-0, 83, 43, and 43 respectively.
208 _ MR. 0. THOMAS ON SOME [ Mar. 17,
appeared that a Reed-buck would occur in the dry sandy plateau of
Somali-land. Now, however, that better material is available, [ am
able to draw up a fairly complete account of the more essential
characters of this most beautiful Gazelle, of the discovery of which
Mr. Clarke, both as sportsman and naturalist, has so much reason
to be proud.
Muzzle, character of face-markings, and presence of anteorbital
glands as in Gazella. General form (as described by Mr. Clarke,
see below) and skull more as in Lithocranius. Horns in curve and
general appearance as in Cervicapra.
~ Coloration of face, using Sir Victor Brooke’s phraseology’, as
follows :—Central facial band deep rich chestnut-rufous, becoming
duller towards the bases of the horns; light facial streaks pure white,
very prominent and sharply defined, extending the whole length of
the head from the bases of the ears to the corners of the nostrils,
somewhat duller and more indistinct at their extremities, but broad-
ening in the middle to encircle the eves; dark facial streak present
but not strongly marked. Cheeks and sides of neck pale fawn;
throat white. Crown between and behind horns brown or grizzled
fawn, the latter condition occurring in the older of Mr. Swayne’s two
head-skins ; a marked whorl of hairs situated between the ears. Back
of ears short-haired, dark fawn basally, gradually darkening to black
terminally ; insides white-haired, but with black tips.
Horns evenly curved upwards and forwards, the basal halves
running backwards and the terminal halves nearly vertically upwards,
the main curvature being therefore exactly in the opposite direction
to that found in Gazella and Lithocranius. The horns themselves
slender, their smooth unridged portion very long, the first indistinct
ridge occurring about 5 inches from the tip. Ridges widely separate,
strongly defined anteriorly, but becoming abruptly obsolete about
halfway round, the sides and back showing scarcely a trace of them ;
their number amounting to 10 in the oldest specimen available, a
number probably but seldom much exceeded, judging by 6 and ¢,
which, although fully adult, have only 8 and 7 ridges respectively.
Of Mr. Swayne’s two specimens one has 8 and the cther 5 ridges.
Skull diverging from that of Gazella and approaching that of Litho-
cranius by being unusually low, long in the occipital region, with a
comparatively straight cranio-facial angle, with very small bullee, with
the postero-internal wall of the suborbital fossee imperfect, and with
a remarkably small and slender lower jaw. On the other hand, it
differs from the same skull by being peculiar to a less extent in all
these points, by the greater development of the premaxillz pos-
teriorly, where they have a broad articulation with the nasals, by
the larger nasals and smaller interparietal, and by the larger and
more powerful teeth, which are absolutely larger in the smaller
animal.
In its skull-characters, therefore, Ammodorcas stands just inter-
mediate between Guzella and Lithocranius ; in its muzzle and in the
1 PZ. §. 1873, p. 536.
1891.] ANTELOPES FROM SOMALI-LAND. 209
characters of its markings it agrees fairly with both, but in general
form with the latter only, that animal, like it, being peculiar for its
extraordinarily long neck ; and, finally, in the curvature of its horns
it differs absolutely from both, as also from any of the other Gazelline
genera, while it agrees with a group so different from it in all essen-
tial respects that the resemblance must evidently be an accidental
one and not indicative of any relationship. Presumably the whole
of the horn of this species is homologous with the terminal three or
four inches of the Gerenook’s horns; that is to say, with the upwardly
curved part, the greater part of the horn having become obsolete
while the upwardly curved tips have attained to a remarkable pro-
portionate development.
The following are the dimensions of the skull of specimen ¢ :—
Length, occiput to gnathion, 210 millim., tip of nasals to occiput
176, greatest breadth 95; height, crown to angle of lower jaw 94;
nasals, length 67, breadth 26 ; interparietal, length 24, breadth 39 ;
height of orbital opening 35, gnathion to front of anterior premolar
63; length of molar series 53. Lower jaw, condyle to front of
symphysis 153; height from coronoid process to angle 70; height
of ramus at centre of m? 15°4, at posterior end of symphysis 9.
In a letter addressed by Mr. Clarke to Mr, Rowland Ward, the
following notes on the appearance and habits of this species are given:
“The Somali name for these Antelopes is ‘Debo Tag.’ I shot them
in the new country I went into, and did not see them in any other
part. They have a very long thin tail, and, when they run, throw it
up and over towards the neck. The neck is very long and thrown
-back towards the tail, so that the twe look as if they would touch
each other.”
Shortly after the arrival of Mr. Clarke’s specimens, Mr. Sclater
received from Mr. Swayne two scalps of this species which he had
bought in Berbera, and these scalps Mr. Sclater has most kindly
handed over to me for the purposes of the present paper. Fortu-
nately the muzzle of one of them has been preserved, so that I have
been able to make out its strictly Gazelline character, and the de-
scription of the colours above given has also been taken from these
specimens.
It is much to be hoped that more specimens of this beautiful
Gazelle will soon be obtained, and that we may thereby gain a full
knowledge of its range, habits, and natural affinities’.
1 P.S. (May 14th).—Mr. Clarke has favoured me with the following notes
on this new Gazelle :—
“T saw this Gazelle for the first time on December 17th, 1890, about three
hours from ‘ Bairwell,’ or about one day from ‘Buroa Well, Habergerhagi’s
country, and afterwards on the road all the way into the Marehan district,
8° N. 47° E. I killed a male, and found one of the horns broken off close to the
skull, which had apparently been done a year or so ago.
“They are very graceful animals, with a iong neck and well-proportioned
head and horns; the body is rather slender, but considerably larger than in
Gazella spekit, about the size of a female G. walleri. The legs are long and
slender; the hoofs are not so triangular as those of G‘. speXiz, and small for the
size of the animal.
Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1891, No. XIV. 14
210 MR. 0. THOMAS ON SOME [ Mar. 17,
Mr. Clarke informs me that the female of Ammodorcas is without
horns, a character which allies it still more closely with Lithoera-
nius, and removes it from the typical Gazelles. The exact locality
at which he obtained the specimens is about a day and a half from
the Buroa Wells, Central Somali, about 100 miles south of Berbera.
4. GAZELLA SEMMERRINGI, Cr.
3. L. 449. C, 133. Rings 22.
3. L. 450. C. 127. Rings 22.
3. L. 425. C.130. Rings 21.
OF A0 Gs Caro:
As noted by Mr. Lort Phillips’, the Scemmerring’s Gazelles of
Somali are larger and have longer horns than those found in A byssinia.
Mr. Clarke’s female horns are especially noteworthy for their length
and slenderness.
5. GAZELLA SPEKEI, Blyth.
Gazella spekei, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxiv. p. 296 (1856) (description) ;
id. Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. p. 172 (1863) (name given); Blanf.
Zool. Abyss. p. 261, pl. i. fig. 5 (1870); Kohl, Ann. Mus. Wien, 1.
p. 77, pls. ui., iv. (animal, skull, and horns) (1886).
Gazella, sp. (Flabby-nosed Gazelle), Lort Phillips, P. Z. S. 1885,
p. 932.
Gazella naso, Sclat. P. Z.S. 1886, p. 504, pl. li. (head).
go. L. 292. C.107. Rings 21.
“They have small ears and a long upper lip, just like those of G. walleri or a
Giraffe. The horns are of the shape of a sickle, and less than 12 inches in
length, the longest, out of the 11 males killed, measuring 11 inches. The
tail, from what I remember, is about 12 or 13 inches in length, very thin, and
thinly covered with black hair about one inch long.
“The colour of the body is like that of the neck, of a kind of pink fawn, but
the belly is whitish and the tail black.
“‘ The face resembles that of G. wadleri, only G. wallert has no white from
the eye.
“When running, or rather jumping, they look very peculiar; their long neck
and head thrown back and the tail thrown forward, and there appears to be
only a foot between head and tail.
“The country they are mostly found in is of low thorn-bush and sandy ; they
do not seem to like the big bushes, though at times they are found there. In
this respect they differ from G. walleri, this species liking many bushes to go
and rest in.
“The new Gazelle is to be found one day’s journey from Buroa Wells, at an
elevation of 3100 feet, to the Marchan country (800 feet), general course about
S. by E., and is more numerous than any other kind of game, excepting
G. semmerringi; but these are found only in the open country.
“ Several times I saw the new Gazelle and G. wadleri feeding together, but I
never saw more than eight in a bunch, and on this occasion there was a male
G. semmerringt with them.
“They have great vitality; this I put down to the large quantity of blood
they have.
«©The female resembles the male, but is without horns.
‘Somali name ‘Debo Tag,’ which means ‘ carries tail high.’ ”
1 P.Z. 8. 1885, p. 982.
1891. ] ANTELOPES FROM SOMALI-LAND. 211
3. L. 273. C. 102. Rings 19.
3. L. 272. €.98. Rings 17.
oF S24 €. 70:
Mr. Clarke’s specimens prove the fact, unsuspected or forgotten
since 1856, that the original G. spekei of Blyth is the Flabby-nosed
Gazelle of the Somali plateau, and not the smooth-nosed one of the
lowlands near Berbera, te which the name has been applied by
Mr. Lort Phillips. The smooth-nosed one is that described by
Dr. Kohlas G. pelzelni (loc. infra cit.), the horns of the latter brought
by Mr. Clarke agreeing absolutely with one of the specimens of
“*G. spekei”’ obtained by Mr. Lort Phillips.
Without entering into details, the identity of “ G.naso”’ with
G. speket is readily shown by the following extract from Lieut.
(afterwards Sir Richard) Burton’s notes on G. spekei given in Blyth’s
description :—‘‘ as you may observe that there is an elevation of loose
replicated skin upon the nose.”
The mistake has arisen not unnaturally by supposing that at
Berbera Speke got the Berbera Gazelle (G. pelzelni), and there is
little in Blyth’s own description and nothing in Mr. Blanford’s figures
to have aroused a suspicion of the true state of the case.
The horns of G. speket are readily distinguishable from those of
G. pelzelni by their much greater curvature, those of the latter species
being almost as straight as those of G. thomsoni, Giinth., to which
in fact G. pelzelni is most nearly allied. The black nose-patch of
G. spekei affords also a ready mark of distinction from G. pelzelni,
in which the upper surface of the muzzle is quite uniformly coloured.
Mr. Clarke says:—‘The Gazelle heads were all shot beyond
Ragar and have the big nose. The straight-horned one [ G. pelzelni |
is the common one round Berbera, but when once you get on the
plateau, the big-nosed ones take their place. The two species are
very much alike in the body, but the horns of the Berbera one are
straight and it has no loose nose.”
6. GAZELLA PELZELNI, Kohl.
Gazella speket, Lort Phillips, P. Z.S. 1885, p. 931 (nec Blyth).
G. pelzelmi, Kohl, Ann. Mus. Wien, i. p. 76, pls. iii. & iv. (animal,
skull, and horns) (1886).
a. G6. i. 267. €.95. Rings 17.
6. 6. L. 297. C.86. Rings 19.
Specimen 6 has nearly an inch of rough but un-ringed horn at
the base below the large rings, showing that 19 rings are about as
many as this species ever develops.
7. OREOTRAGUS SALTATOR, Bodd.
Ge a 95.
8. NEOTRAGUS SALTIANUS, De Blainv.
6. Horns, |. 70.
All the North Somali Neofragi seem to belong to this, the Abys-
sinian species, and not to N. kirki, Giinth., the East-African form,
#
212 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TOTHE MENAGERIE. [Apr. 7,
which, however, Mr. Lort Phillips obtained in Central Somali-land ?.
The same gentleman, and also Herr Menges, collected several speci-
mens of JV. saléianus in the neighbourhood of Berbera, and these
are now in the British Museum. It may be noted, for the
benefit of sportsmen, that besides the decided dental and osteological
distinction described by Dr. Giinther*, the horns of JV. saltcanus
may be distinguished from those of .V. Airki by being flattened along
their inner side and therefore triangular in section, while those of
the latter species are rounded and therefore circular in section.
April 7, 1891.
F. Du Cane Godman, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1891 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of March was 83, of which 35 were by
presentation, 3 by birth, 39 by purchase, and 6 on deposit. The
total number of departures during the same period, by death and
removals, was 96.
Amongst the additions I may invite special attention to the
following :—
1. A young example of the Ounce or Snow-Leopard (Felis
uncia), purchased of Mr. W. Jamrach, March 6th, and believed to
have been obtained in Bhotan. I have already (see above, p. 197)
spoken of the acquisition of this most interesting animal, an example
of the only species of the larger Cats which we have not previously
been able to exhibit in the Gardens.
2. A small-clawed Otter (Lutra leptonyx) from India, acquired
by purchase March 16th, being the second specimen of this Otter
which has been obtained by the Society *.
3. A Lhuys’ Impeyan Pheasant (Lophophorus lhuysi), male. A
fine example of this rare Pheasant from Szechuen, Western China,
obtained by Mr. A. G. Pratt during his recent visit to that country,
and purchased of him on the 18th March. This is the first example
of the species received in Europe.
I may also remark that among the deaths registered in the
Society’s Gardens during the month of March was that of a
European Crane (Gus cinerea), which was acquired by purchase on
the 13th May 1848, and had thus lived nearly forty-three years in
captivity.
=
Gf. Phillips, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 932, and Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 504.
P. Z.S. 1880, p. 17.
Cf. P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 564.
w tb
1891.] MR. W. L. SCLATER ON A HYBRID DUCK. 213
The Secretary called attention to the breeding of the beautiful
Antelope Tragelaphus gratus in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society Natura Artis Magistra of Amsterdam (ef. P. Z. S. 1889,
p- 220), and exhibited a water-colour drawing of the female and
young two days old of this species, forwarded to him by Dr. C.
Kerbert, the Director. The following extract from Dr. Kerbert’s
letter on this subject was read :—‘ Enclosed I have the pleasure to
forward to you the coloured drawing of the female Tragelaphus
gratus with young two days old, and I beg to add a few particulars
about them. The male was received very young about 5 years ago,
two females two years later, and the third was purchased last year,
all of them from the West Coast of Africa. The first female was
covered the 16th March, 1890, and the young born the 11th
November; the second female was covered the Ist August, and
within a short time we expect another young one.
““The young is growing very rapidly, and is at this moment
60 em. high.”
The Secretary exhibited on behalf of Mr. W. L. Sclater, F.Z.S.,
a specimen of a Duck apparently a hybrid between the Mallard
(Anas boscas) and the Gadwall (4. strepera), and read the following
extracts from a communication received from Mr. W. L. Sclater on
this subject :—
«A specimen of a very curious Duck was brought to the Museum
the other day; it was brought here alive, and there can be no
doubt that it was obtained somewhere in the vicinity of Calcutta.
‘I puzzled over it for some time, but was quite unable to identify
it with any of the Indian Ducks or others of which I could easily
find figures.
“* Mr. Fraser, of this Museum, has suggested that it may bea hybrid
between the Mallard and the Gadwall, and I have now little doubt
that he is correct in his surmise.
“The following is a description of the bird, which proved on
dissection to be a male:—Forehead and crown dark reddish brown,
sides of the head and nape bright green, the green extending round
the neck so as to form a ring, which is edged with a very thin band
of white posteriorly and ventrally ; cheeks and chin lightish brown ;
fore part of the back and scapulars grey barred with brown, getting
darker till on the rump is blackish green; no recurved feathers in
the tail; tail ashy, slightly edged with grey; primaries ashy grey ;
secondaries almost black, but with the typical bottle-green speculum ;
greater secondary coverts grey, broadly tipped with black; median
coverts slightly tipped with chestnut-red; beneath, fore part of the
breast red with black spots, the colour and spots gradually fading
posteriorly, where the plumage is white narrowly barred with black ;
under tail-coverts black; axillaries white. Beak black on the
culmen throughout the whole length; on either side a broad yellow
band from the lores to the tip; feet bright red, nails black.
‘A perusal of the description given above will, I think, convince
214 MR. T. D. A. COCKERELL ON THE (Apr. 7,
every one that the bird is intermediate in its coloration between a
Mallard and a Gadwall.
«The head, the wing, and the lower parts are specially noticeable,
and the only conclusion one can come to is that it is a hybrid.
Complete evidence on the subject of naturally bred hybrids of course
it is almost impossible to obtain, but I do not see how this bird can
be explained in any other way.”
Mr. E. T. Newton exhibited and made remarks on a small and
abnormally shaped egg of the Common Fowl.
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Geographical Distribution of Slugs.
By T. D. A. Cockrrett, F.Z.S.
[Received March 12, 1891.]
The Slugs, or naked Land-Mollusea, are found in almost every
inhabitable part of the globe, but the distribution of the several
families and groups is much more restricted, presenting features of
considerable interest. Salt water is fatal to Slugs, and it is evident
that on land they are little fitted for extensive migrations, their tardy
pace being proverbial. They frequent old logs and trunks of trees,
and may very possibly be carried down rivers or even over short
arms of the sea on floating timber; but, broadly speaking, their
means of distribution may be said to be almost as small as those of
any group of living organisms, not excepting the Mammalia and
Amphibia. It follows, therefore, that their geographical distribution
offers points of special value as bearing on questions relating to the
former extent of land, and also, perhaps, to the climate of earlier
times.
For various reasons, which need not be discussed in the present
paper, it is practically certain that at least the great majority of Slugs
have descended from téstaceous forms. This is especially clear
in the Limacide, where in Parmacella and other genera the young
is much more enclosed in a shell than the adult; while the life-
histories of many of the slug-like Helicarionine are suggestive of a
series of the still existing adult forms.
It is also evident that the Slugs are of polygenetic origin, a fact
which should prevent their being nearly all classed under a single
family, asis still sometimes done. Of the six families of Slugs recog-
nized in the present paper, five are more nearly allied to as many
testaceous groups than to each other.
The classifications of various authors are exceeding diverse, and
especially does there seem to be the widest divergence of opinion
among good authorities as to what constitutes a family. Thus Ray
Lankester’ gives a family Limacide, which includes three families
1 Art. Mollusca, reprinted from Encycl. Brit. 1891.
1891. ] GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SLUGS. 215
according to my classification, two of which are usually considered
more nearly allied to two of the genera he places in Helicide than
to each other. On the other hand, Simroth’* uses the family term
Urocyclide for a group which I here place only as a tribe of the
subfamily Helicarionine.
In order to bring the classification of the groups into a condition
of approximate uniformity, I have to propose a partly new
arrangement, based on the structural characters of the animals, and
especially the jaw and lingual membrane. In this arrangement, for
the sake of clearness, I have included the testaceous families which
are more related to families of Slugs than to each other (see p. 216).
SuccinEIpa&.—Janelline.
A very remarkable subfamily, confined to the Australian region.
The genera differ in the degree of development of the curious sulci-
form grooves on the back. From an examination of some very
interesting material in the British Museum, I am able to classify the
generic groups more clearly than has been done before. The following
genera may be recognized :—
ANEITEA, Gray, 1860.—This seems to be the most highly deve-
loped of the genera. The respiratory orifice is situated at the apex
of a grooved triangle, the base of which forms part of the dorsal
groove. The described species are seven in number :—
A, macdonaldi, Gray.—New Caledonia, and reputed also to occur
in the New Hebrides.
A. hirudo (Fischer).—New Caledonia.
A, modesta (Cr. & Fisch.).—New Caledonia.
A. megalodontes (Q. & G.).—New South Wales. This is the Limar
megalodontes of Quoy and Gaimard, from near Port Jackson. It
may not belong here ; the description is not very clear.
A. graffei (Humbert).—Queensland and New South Wales. The
British Museum has examples of this large species from Brisbane
and Sydney (Challenger Coll.).
A. krefftii (Keferst.).—Australia. A specimen in the British
Museum is from the head of the Murray River (Sir G. Macleay).
This species is very close to the last, but 4. krefftii is yellowish-white,
while A. grdffei is grey and has the triangular “ mantle” longer in
proportion to its breadth.
A, schutei (Keferst.).—Australia.
Probably the number of species will be considerably reduced when
they are better known. Tvriboniophorus, Humb., is a synonym of
A evtea.
ANEITELLA, n. gen., type A. virgata (Smith, P.Z.S. 1884).—This
genus, from the Admiralty Is., differs from Aneiéea in having only
one of the grooves which form the triangular so-called mantle in that
genus, namely that running obliquely backwards to the respiratory
orifice. The only known species is well described and figured by
' Noy. Act. Ac. Czes. Leop.-Car., 1890.
&
is)
a
Z
e
=
4
fa
ce
a
y
2)
3
©
<
a
b
rs
a
216
‘umoUy Jod SI Sfo}ORLLYD LL[LUMIS JO Sng ou ‘ uostavduoo coy ator pepnpuy ‘Asawy ‘nwoprgsag lov -
“petormeUt edoy JOU serytrerpnoed Aeyjo snore
YG poyepet.too ore you “nots yore Jo stopowteyo UWeut ey} Jo wuororpur ue ATaaow oats 7 sisdouds SI} UL FV} poojsatepun oq 0} St 47 ,
Duajuapay “jug
‘WCILIND IAG
‘WCINIOVIIO
“DULUOWOIYOET
‘DUIUalqVA
", DUNUOPLISIMT “JONG
"‘WCILINOZ
“WaTOI1s AL
DULIUIIINGY
“@ CIGNIOONG
‘Sor
plowing 0 proorjary
‘muryadoyshy “Jong
“Duuupyyoouobhri 7 “you
t dl 247, “JANG
‘© OILINGIGG
‘WAITIGOVISH,
“DULUOLUDIYVIFT “JONG
DUuMUY, “JONG
“DUYJIOVUMADT “JONG
“DUIIDULYT “FQNG
*WCIOVINIT
‘ouyjodog “yang
‘aumhauung jqng
‘DUUoUIp “Jan
“Puhmopyd ‘Jqng
‘WCINOIUY
‘ouynubng jong
"DUNJIIU0NA A “JONG
‘WOITONIOV A
“DUIAUIOONG "JONG
‘DULvUYvhET "JONG
‘DUYIIUDP “JONG
"KATUNIONAG
“shigsy
etc e ele t cee tee eres eee ereaeens peewee
“* poqqnt wep -¢
iineeeee sobnasesaodonuoaneasadscandae “+ THOOUIS MEP “D
SOOO Cnn inci iniiciry Deere eee eee eee eee eens tee eee tees rsapses queseid wep 9
BoP Gente sae e Raat alec era cee aeons see rio NTE
“MOLIBU [[@ W907, “1
Sony Uae ee ewe tw eee rete e ere neers eoeu as oeeseretttesses-seserace podojeaep
yea orod-snonut ¢ ArejnoMpna 10 paptoyM ssey 10 oLOTU Tay 0
p aep ures = 9r0d-snonul [epned OU : PIOULAZIA Sse] tO e10un [Joy *A
“~~-erod-snonut [epneo OU f payor ssoy to exout ATpvorde jay ¢/
oeeereess gtod-snonut [epneo ou { [eUdezur ‘qeards-uou yoyg *”
“YJOOUIS MBP “¢
edges pecsoeh one tnughentnnes PAG = 0k ors sega ee essa e ss racine fees
oyvetnoe s[eutdavur ‘ayeapenh ssey to aAOUI T3904 [eLayZVL pure PeAyWED, “Ir
ereee Pinisr atic tiie eft e's aise ele leiy oiniaeiareleienniectiticiels sles Re TTC) TT T19us S yjJoous MEP a7)
srreeeeceseceesecssseress-vode 48 SV] Jv “PapLOT[M ssey to arout tjayg °%
‘ouou 10 ‘AavjuUetMTpnA ‘feuseyUT Teys ‘ Apoq SuL1eA09 Jou opULPT “g
SASS ae Bo aG ARO a zane Ni panenosoAsCOSDOOOG ayRraN TU ETS Apoq SutreA00 ayueyyr “2
peqqr Ayjensn mee -p
oreres givapend ssey 10 etOUl Y399} [BUIS.IeU pure ‘[etoye] ‘[eayUED “1
*JOUTISIP JOU SOOHIAIO [eld OTB, PUL OVP *Z
: wel OT OQTAA 9
a> efels(elsfe[alalsisi=/5 {sipln[oleLely)oiels/e]sisisirinlaialsis{sIs/aisteisielareisielel(oleteletere wel e TL “2
teva nae Sonnndccaosa0N008 "eesess09 QOUTISTP SDH ILO [eqtues oyVUley PUL OTeT “T
: ‘oqerd ayeapenb Arossedov ou YIM MEP “gy
[vtids pue [eutezxe ssey 10 aout Tey ‘2
“saueserd epyuvut ‘Arvyneuipnd [Joys *¢
sooo eseesesees QTQUVI ONT] OU “[TEYS TeUteyxXo ON “D
cect ereereersnsncrres fgset givers meeclcli eae aye eyeipenb Azossooov We WIM Mee “y
bebe e esas ane sceceo esses
1891. ] GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SLUGS. 217
Mr. E. A. Smith as Athoracophorus virgatus, and the original
specimens are in the British Museum.
ATHoRACcOPHORUS, Gould, 1852 (=Janella, Gray).—A New-
Zealand genus, consisting of small species with a dorsal groove,
but in the typical forms no triangular ‘‘ mantle” like that of Aneitea.
A. bitentaculatus (Q. & G.).—New Zealand.
A. bitentaculatus forma antipodarum (Gray).—New Zealand.
Gray’s type is in the British Museum, as well as a specimen from
Wellington (Otago Univ. Museum). The variety differs from the
type in being without spots.
Subg. Konophora, Hutton.-—This subgenus or section scarcely
differs from Athoracophorus, but the dorsal groove, in a specimen
in the British Museum, is not carried forward medially beyond the
point where it branches, and the diverging branches converge below
the tentacles and unite just above the mouth.
A. marmoreus (Hutton).—New Zealand, South Island.
A. marmoreus forma nov.: 22 millim. long (in alcohol). Whitish,
with scattered pale brownish depressed-raised tubercles, foot with a
fairly well-defined margin. Dunedin (Otago University Museum),
in the British Museum. This form differs very much in colour from
Hutton’s description of the type.
Subg. Pseudaneitea, nov.—Small Slugs of New Zealand and the
Auckland Is., resembling Athoracophorus, but showing a decided
tendency towards the formation of a ‘“ mantle-area” like that of
Aneitea. The Janella papillata of Hutton may be taken as the
type.
A. papillatus (Hutton).—New Zealand, North Island and South
Island; also Auckland Is. and Chatham Is. A specimen from Dun-
edin (Otago University Museum) is in the British Museum. This
Species is widely different from A. bitentaculatus, of which it was
considered a variety. ‘The “ mantle-area” is quadrangular, and the
edges of the foot are excavate-grooved. The dorsal groove persists
somewhat on the face.
A, verrucosus, V. Mts. in Simroth. Auckland Is. Very nearly
allied to the last. The “‘ mantle-area ” is triangular.
A, marmoratus, V. Mts. in Simroth. Auckland Is. This will
probably form a distinct subgenus or section. ‘The specific name is
unfortunately chosen, as there is already a marmoreus of Hutton.
NEOsJANELLA, n. g. The most simply developed of the family,
lacking both the ‘‘ mantle-area ” and the dorsal groove,
Neojanella dubia, n. sp.—Length (in alcoho!) 53 millim., breadth
11 millim. Sole not differentiated into parts, aud only a very slight
groove between the sole aud back. No “ mantle-area.” Respiratory
orifice situated on the back, slightly to the right of the median line.
Tail rounded, flattened, no keel, no mucus-pore. Sole pale yellowish.
Back pale yellowish, marbled all over with black or dark bluish
grey. _ Respiratory orifice pale, on a pale patch, which is ringed
with black. Head injured and shrivelled in the specimen described.
218 MR. T. D. A. COCKERELL ON THE [Apr. 7;
External genital orifice on a pale patch, below and slightly anterior
to respiratory orifice. No regular dorsal grooves.
Genital orifice trom head 13, from respiratory orifice 5, from sole
24 millim. Respiratory orifice from head 16, from genital orifice 5,
from sole 7 millim.
Described from a specimen in the British Museum, from the south
side of Cook’s Straits, New Zealand (Wellington Museum).
Hyalimacine.
Contains the genus Hyalimaw, H. & A. Ad., with one species in
the Andaman Is., one in the Nicobar Is., one in Bourbon, two in
Mauritius, and one only on the Asiatic mainland—Z. viridis Theob.,
of Pegu.
Suceimeine.
The typical but testaceous genus Swecinea is widely distributed in
both hemispheres. A slug-like genus, Omalony«, d’Orb, is found
in Trinidad, British Guiana, Brazil, and La Plata, and reported also
from Guadeloupe and Juan Fernandez. A specimen in the British
Museum from Pernambuco (H. N. Ridley) may be O. patera,
Doring ; it is paler and less marked than O. unguis, Fér.
VAGINULID#&.— V eronicelline.
This subfamily consists of the genus Veronicella, Blainv.
(Vaginula, Fér.), with very numerous species in tropical regions,
and the monotypic genus or subgenus Leonardia, Tapp.-Can.,
which differs in the more posterior position of the female genital
orifice. The genus Veronicella consists of about 133 species, distri-
buted as shown on pp. 219-220. The correct numbers cannot be
exactly ascertained, as it is probable that some of the species will prove
synonymous with others, while others may have to be placed in dis-
tinct genera’. It is also probable that many species remain to be dis-
covered. The numbers given for each country, added together, make
more than the total of 133, owing to the fact that several species
inhabit more than one country. Asarule, however, the species have
not a wide distribution ; very many are peculiar to islands. There
are no species in the Paleearctic or Nearctic Regions, the occurrence
of V. floridona in Florida being merely an indication of the West-
Indian affinities of the fauna of that State ; while the anomalous fact
of a species (V. schivelye, Pilsbry) in Bermuda seems to find its
explanation in the probable introduction of the Bermuda species
1 For example, I have recently examined specimens in the British Museum
from the Neotropical region which seem worthy of at least subgeneric distine-
tion, namely a species from Rio Janeiro referred to V. tawnayst, Fér., and the
true Veronicella levis, Blainy., from Jamaica. Férussac’s name Vaginula may
be used for the former, and thus we get :— Mk
(1) Veronicella, Blainv. Sole narrow, rounded and not projecting beyond
mantle posteriorly. Female genital orifice post-median. (Type, V. levis,
Blainy.) :
(2) Vaginula, Fér. Sole broader, projecting beyond mantle posteriorly.
Female genital orifice antemedian. (Type, J’. taunayst, Fér.)
ae
1891. ] GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SLUGS. 219
from Mexico. I have compared the description of V. schivelye
with that of the Mexican V. moreleti, Crosse and Fischer, and they
would certainly seem to be the same species, though the female
genital orifice of V. schivelye is said to be more posteriorly situated
than that of V. morelet.
DISTRIBUTION OF VERONICELLA.
(1) Neotropical Region.
Uruguay.... 1 species. Buenos Ayres. 3 species.
azar peel One nes Peruse 1 as
Venezuela .. 4 Be Chileweee Ortaca:
Keuador .... 11 ait Argentine AP es
Guiana Aiki ee Mexico Ave hss
Bolivia palit) WRB INicarasua eames.
Cuba oi VAs Florida ey al Least
Marty. AEN iBermucaneyeey yy lentes
ainiaicayiim cross Rorto Rico
Dominiea, Gace Stem Vaincemt) smn elma
iMantmique treme 12) 55 Si Dhomasiae a aes
Guadeloupe.. 1 ,, IEEIRETER 6 64 Bay
iirimiclacdleee neo
V. olivacea, Stearns, is reported from California, but it does not
appear to be native there. V. marianita, Cousin, lately described
from Keuador, is apparently identical with V. solea, d’Orb.
(2) Ethiopian Region.
33
Natalie.) 0 1 species. Madagascar.. 5 species '.
Delagoa Bay. 1 ,, Comorowlst yous
Mozambique. 1 a Mauritius 4 -
/ANAVA\cy eee i Boughoutas os lias,
DeTitta) het os Rodriguez i Weare:
Golde@oastinneaslite Seychelles Bhi
Princes I. 1 25
(8) Oriental Region.
Mat Ue) eet ot 2 species. Ceylon .... 4 species.
Burma ist ey yc a Sunaina) Aas
SEIU eae Ti Mes zhnlippintese ie) oes,
Cochin China. 2 _,, Nias Ley ae
Dam Opa as aul was Borneo AS ae
Chinn) Sipe aes Java dD sein aks
Malacca... 20°. 5 Celebes 1 is
Saleyver saycn ar Lene, Bilonesi). i Gdaaccbee
Wolinecds.- 0s Sy 0s, ANTM OHIA hs er etomn wel lage Tey
' In Madagascar we get a subgenus Jmerinia (subg. nov.), which has the sole
very narrow, not projecting posteriorly ; mantle above and below thickly im-
pressed-punctate, and above with scattered raised warts; 9 orifice postmedian,
not very near to sole; median dorsal line slightly impressed; anterior right
edge of mantle sometimes tufted with red-brown bristles. This subgenus is
founded on some specimens from Imerinain the British Museum, which will be
described more fully elsewhere.
220 MR. T. D. A. COCKERELL ON THE [Apr. 7,
(4) Australian Region.
New Guinea .. 2 species. Queensland.. 3 species.
New Caledonia. 1 ,,
There are also specimens from Port Elizabeth, S. Africa, Panama,
Honduras, and St. Lucia in the British Museum collection, of which
I hope to write at some future time’.
Vaginuline.
While the Veronicelline have a ribbed jaw and quadrate marginal
teeth, the Vaginuline have no jaw and the teeth all aculeate. Thus
the two subfamilies differ from one another much as the Arionide
differ from the Testacellide, so far as these particulars are concerned,
but in other respects they seem so closely allied that they may be
united under a single family. It wouid be interesting to ascertain
whether the Vaginulide are carnivorous, as from their structure they
should be.
Under Vaginuline are three genera:—Rathousia, Heude, with three
species, from China; Vaginulus, “Stol.”*, Cochin China and the
Malay Peninsula; and Aéopos, Simroth, found in Amboina and
Mindanao, and apparently also in New Guinea and Queensland.
Perhaps these three genera will not all prove distinct, but I have
not made any critical examination of them myself. Superficially,
the species of Vaginulus may be known by their subcylindrical shape
and broad sole, Veronicella being flattish with a narrow sole. A
species which I refer to Vaginulus is in the British Museum, from
Penang ; and an Atopos (or something closely allied) from Huon
Gulf, New Guinea. This last is probably the V. prismatica, T.-Can.,
which is, I suppose, a species of Atopos’.
Arionip#&.—Philomycine.
Consists of a single genus Limacella, Blainv. (Philomycus, faf.),
which I have treated in some detail in Ann. Mag. N. H. for Nov.
1890. The distribution of Limacella is very remarkable. It occurs
in Central America and Eastern North America, but not at all west
ofthe Rockies. It reappears in the Chino-Malay and Indian regions,
the only intermediate localities being Japan and the Sandwich Is.
1 Dr. Simroth has just published a paper (see Bes. Abdr. nat. Ges. Leipzig)
in which many new species are indicated ; I have altered the statistics above so
as to include these. For the anatomy of many species of this genus see Semper,
Reisen im Arch. Phil. 1885.
2 Stoliczka is quoted as authority for this genus as here limited, but he did
not actually propose a genus Vaginulus ; indeed he described (Journ. As. Soc.
Bengal, 1873) a species from Penang with the characters of this genus under
the head of Veronicella birmanica. Vaginulus,as here understood, was defined
by W. G. Binney in 1879.
3 Since this was written, I have received a letter from Dr. Simroth, to
whom I had sent some particulars of the Penang and Huon Gulf specimens.
He thinks that the Penang one (which is certainly a species of Vaginulus
W. G. Binney) is congeneric with his Atopos, and that the Huon Gulf one (ap’
parently 7”. prismatica, T.-Can.) probably represents a new genus or subgenus.
1891.] GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SLUGS. 221
Arionine.
There are seven recognizable genera in this subfamily.
Arion, with numerous described species, is confined to the Kuropean
region, except that species have been introduced by human agency
into North America, New Zealand, and St. Helena. The St. Helena
species is A. hortensis, Fér.; six specimens from this locality are in
the British Museum, collected by Mr. A. E. Craven. The New
Zealand species was described as a new species, A. incommodus,
Hutton; but a specimen in the British Mnseum from Dunedin
(Otago Univ. Mus.) shows it to be the cinereo-fuscus form of A.
subfuscus, Drap. The genus Arion also occurs in Madeira and the
Azores, where it has some appearance of being native, though none
of the species are peculiar. There are two specimens of A. subfuscus
from Madeira in the British Museum (Mr. Mason), and A. empiri-
corum, Fér., has been recorded from there. Among the Azores species
there is, according to Simroth, a smail insular variety of A. dusitanicus,
Mab.
Ariunculus, Lessona, is a small genus of the Mediterranean region,
with one species in Sardinia, and three in Piedmont. One of the
latter is also found in the Dept. of Var, in S.E. France.
Geomalacus, Allman, with its subgenus Letourneuxia, Bet., has
nine supposed species, found in different parts of Portugal and
Algeria, with one species at the Straits of Gibraltar and another in
Co. Kerry, Ireland. ‘The distribution of the Irish species, G. macu-
losus, is very interesting, as it seems to be confined toa small district
in 8.W. Ireland, and Portugal, though it has been reported also from
N.W. France. It is also worthy of notice that in the more northern
part of its range the genus shows a strong tendency to lose its bands
and become dark with pale spots, while the southern species are
“very distinctly and invariably dark-banded.
Tetraspis, Hagenm., an extraordinary genus with a mantle-aperture,
from Carniola, may safely, I think, be put on one side, because
Hagenmiller’s description and figure seem to belong merely to a
specimen of Arion allied to hortensis, with an artificially-made hole
in the mantle! The flexion of the mantle-bands does not prove the
hole to be normal, as A. alpinus, which has no mantle-aperture, has
them strongly curved outwards much as in Tetraspis. Aspidoporus,
Fitz., 1833, from Austria, is another supposed genus with mantle-
aperture, founded really on a species of Amalia’.
The next genus of the subfamily is met with in the far-distant
Himalayas, namely, Anadenus, Heynem. For an account of the
species see Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1890. There are six described
Species, some of them of great size. From the Himalayas eastward
there are no other Asiatic representatives, the subfamily being, so
far as is known, entirely absent in the Chinese, Malay, and Australian
regions. It is also absent in South America, and in all parts of
North America except the Pacific region, where it is largely developed,
with three distinct genera. driolimav, Morch, contaming some
‘ See Heynemann, Jahrb. d. mal. Ges. 1884.
222 MR. T. D. A. COCKERELL ON THE [Apr. 7,
forms of considerable size, is found along the Pacific coast of the
United States and in British Columbia, while a subspecies of A. cali-
fornicus occurs even so far south as Costa Rica. Prophysaon has a
somewhat similar distribution, but does not go into Central America ;
it has its strongest development in the State of Washington, and
goes inland as far as Idaho.
Anadenulus, a monotypic genus allied to Anadenus, is confined to
Southern California.
Binneyine.
This subfamily is proposed for certain slug-like genera, resembling
the Helicarionine outwardly, but having the jaw and dentition of
Arionine. Binneya, J. G. Coop. (= Xanthonyx, Cr. & F.), may be
taken asthetype. It is found in Mexico and on Santa Barbara Island,
off the coast of California. Mr. W. G. Binney sent me a shell of
B. notabilis from the latter locality. Cryptostracon, W. G. Binn.,
from Costa Rica, and Hemphillia, Bl. & Binn., from the N.W.
United States, both monotypic genera, may also be conveniently
referred here, and also Peltella from Brazil, with the allied or identical
West-Indian genus Gaoéis, Shuttl. Curiously, also, the genus
Otoconcha, Hutton, from North Island, New Zealand, has all the
characters of this subfamily, nor is this the only resemblance between
the Mollusca of Western North America and New Zealand.
Oopeltine.
Contains only the genus Oopelta, Morch, in Heynem., from the
Guinea and Cape of Good Hope regions. I have never seen the
type species, O. nigropunctata, but I refer the “ Arion’’ aterrimus,
Gray, contained in the British Museum, to this genus.
Limacipa2.—Limacine.
(1) Limax, auctt.—This genus, as restricted by modern authors,
is indigenous only in the Western Palzearctic or HKuropean region.
It is true that many species of Zimax have been described from
distant regions, but in every case, so far as can be ascertained, they
are either European species introduced (thus Z. flavus received two
synonyms in Australia) or they do not belong to Limaz at all. The
most typical form of Limaz has its greatest development in Northern
Italy, and consists of numerous species or subspecies allied to L.
maximus, L., and L. cinereoniger, Wolf. Allied to these is L. flavus,
L., which has become almost cosmopolitan through its introduction
into various countries by human means. Thus, the British Museum
contains examples of this species from Rarotonga and the New
Hebrides (Rev. Wyatt Gill), St. Helena (J. C. Melliss), Sydney
(‘ Challenger’ Coll.), Savannah, United States (W. G. Binney), and
I have received it from Washington, U.S.A. (Dr. R. #. C. Stearns),
Lexington, Virginia (Prof. J. H. Morrison), and Burlington, New
Jersey (W.G. Binney). Another subgroup (Lehmannia, Heyn.)
has its type in L. marginatus, Miill., a species widely distributed in
1891.]| GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SLUGS. 223
Europe, frequenting beech-woods, and often found at considerable
altitudes above the sea. In Ireland it has developed a remarkable
spotted race, maculatus, Roebuck.
Limacopsis or Frauenfeldia is a group belonging to S.E. Europe,
at present little known.
(2) Matacotrmax, Malm.—A genus with six species intermediate
in some respects between Limax and Agriolimax, belonging to the
Western Palearctic region. Mr. Pollonera has sent me MZ. nyctelius,
Bgt., from Algeria, and M. valentianus, Fér., from Barcelona.
Mesolimax, Poll., founded on M. brauni, Poll., from Asia Minor,
is somewhat similar, but more allied to true Limax.
(3) AgRriotrmax, Morch.—This genus, differently from Limaz,
is exceedingly widely distributed, having apparently indigenous species
in the Palearctic, Ethiopian, Australian, Nearctic, and Neotropical
regions. It is found, however, that all the species outside of the
Palearctic region resolve themselves into either (1) 4. agrestis, L.,
of Europe, introduced, or (2) allies of the European A. Jevis, Miller.
Dr. Simroth is of the opinion that these numerous /evis-allies are all
referable to the true A. Jevis; but I have examined a good many of
them, and am confident that a few species of non-Palzearctic Agrio-
limax will have to be kept as valid. In North America I should
regard A. campestris, Binn., as a species, with montanus, Ing., hyper-
boreus, Wst., and occidentalis, Coop., as slight races of it.
A. berendti, Strebel, of Central America, has a Californian race
hemphilii (Limaz hemphilli, W. G. Binn., 1890); this species re-
sembles LZ. agrestis rather than campestris in its dentition. I shall
have occasion to discuss the genus Agriolimax in detail at some
future time, and so will not give further particulars here.
(4) Amatia, Mog.—Consists of three sections :—Subamalia, Poll.,
with four reputed species from S.E. Europe; Tandonia, L. & P.,
with many species, all European, except one in Syria (concerning
which see Ann. Mag. N. H., Oct. 1890); and Pirainea, L. & P.,
which is very well developed in the Mediterranean region, occurs
throughout Western Europe and in the Atlantic Islands, and also
at the Cape, in Brazil, in Juan Fernandez, in the Sandwich Islands,
on the Pacific coast of North America, in New Caledonia, and in
New Zealand, Australia, and Tasmania. It seems to be native out-
side of the European region in North America (the Pacific coast
only) and in New Zealand and Australia; but its wide distribution
elsewhere is no doubt largely due to accidental introduction by human
means, Broadly speaking, Pirainea may be said to be cosmopolitan
in damp temperate regions ; but I will not here give the distribu-
tion in detail, as I shall treat the group fully on another
occasion.
Prof. Ralph Tate in 1881 described two species of Amalia (as
Milaz) from the Australian region. -A. tasmanica, from Tasmania,
seems allied to the New-Zealand A. antipodarum, while A. nigricola,
from Adelaide, South Australia, should be compared with A. maura
(Q. & G.) from New South Wales. A. nigricola has been reported
as A. nigricollis from Tasmania, but I believe erroneously.
224 MR. T. D. A. COCKERELL ON THE [Apr. 7,
The genus or subgenus Gigantomilax, Bttg., was founded on a
large species from the Caucasus. Lytopelte and Platytoxon are
names used for a West-Asiatic group with few species, seemingly
intermediate between Amalia and Agriolimaz.
(5) Eumivax, Bttg. (Paralimaz, Bttg.).—Consists of species from
the region of the Caucasus and Armenia, with the external appear-
ance of Amalia and the dentition of Agriolimax, but differing
obviously from both these genera in the anterior position of the
respiratory orifice. I have examined specimens of Paralimax inier-
mittens, Bttg., and Humilax brandti, V. Mts., in the British Museum,
and they seem to belong to the same genus. EHumilaw, being the
prior name, must be used.
Parmacelline.
This subfamily contains only the genus Parmacella, Cuv., which
is, perhaps, the most highly specialized of all the Slugs. There are
8 supposed species, found in Western Asia, Egypt, Algeria, Morocco,
Spain, Portugal, and the Canary Is.
A subspecies of P. valenciennit, which I described as var. maculata,
is found, together with its form olivacea, on both sides of the Straits
of Gibraltar. It is interesting that the forms of P. valenceenniz
found at Gibraltar and Tangier should be identical ; further north,
in Portugal and France, the species gradually loses the dark markings
on the mantle and becomes spotless.
Vitrinine.
Vitrina, Drp., isa testaceous genus characteristic of the Palzearetic
and Nearetic regions and the Atlantic Islands. Many species have
been described from South Africa and other localities, but until the
soft parts of all are known, it will not be possible to say how many
may be really referable to Helicarion. Other slug-like genera re-
ferred to this subfamily are Vitrinoidea, Vitrinopsis, and Vitrinoconus
of Semper, from the Philippines, and Parmella, H. Ad., from the
Fini Is.
Helicarionine.
I have given a table of the genera of this subfamily in Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist. for Jan. 1891. Their distribution is in many ways
instructive. The Urocyclus-group is very characteristic of, and
confined to, the Ethiopian region.
Estria and Aspidelus, from the Guinea region, are two monotypic
genera which may prove identical, or at least only subgenerically
distinct.
Vitrinozonites from the Eastern United States, and Velifera from
Costa Rica, represent the subfamily in America.
Tbycus occurs in the Himalayas, in Siam, and in Java; it also
exists in Borneo, if, as I believe, the Parmarion baccarii and P. dorie
of Issel (which are probably two forms of the same species) are
correctly referable to it. Girasia is specially characteristic of the
1891.] GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SLUGS. 225
Indian region’. Mariaella, a-very distinct genus, has almost
identical forms in S. India, Ceylon, and the Seychelles. Parmacochlea
has a single species from the northern extremity of Queensland,
but is represented in the Indian region by a subgenus Pseudaustenia
(nov. nom.) of Ibycus, the type of which is the Africarion ater of
Godwin-Austen. -Austenia is a genus of the Indian region, with some
very different species, which will probably form new subgenera.
Helicarion is very numerous in species, about 101 being known.
The genus is quoted from Africa, the Indian, Chinese, and Malay
regions, Australia, &e. It is very noteworthy, however, that it seems
to be absent in New Zealand, the H. dimidiatus of that island being
an Otoconcha. It is found, nevertheless, in the Auckland Is. (/7.
zebra, Le Guill.), Lord Howe’s I. (H. Ailli, Cox), and New Caledonia
(1. keppelli, Pfr.). It is best developed in Australia (18 species)
and the Philippines (17 species). When the animals are fully
known, the genus will doubtless have to be subdivided. Such species
as H. cumingii, Beck, and H. bocki, Smith, might be separated from
Helicarion by their shells alone, at least subgenerically.
H. vitrinina and H. ramsayi of Liardet, from the Fiji Is., probably
represent a single species showing colour-variation of the animal.
TESTACELLIDA.
Testacella and Daudebardia are genera belonging to the Huropean,
or, more precisely, Western Palearctic, region, each with a fair
number of species. These genera have also been reported from New
Zealand, but probably the species referred to by Hutton (Trans.
N. Z. Inst. 1883) belong to some other genus. Chlamydephorus is
a distinct and peculiar genus from South Africa, with one species.
Selenochlamys, Bitg., founded on a species from Transcaucasia, is
allied to Daudebardia, but has no shell.
SrLenrtTip“%.—Trigonochlamine.
A family allied to Testacellide, but possessing ajaw. The present
subfamily includes Triganochlamys and Pseudomilax trom the Cau-
casian region, and Plutonia from the Azores, the latter monotypic’.
Cystopeltine®.
Contains only the remarkable genus Cystopelta of Tate, founded
on a single species, C’. petterdi, found in Tasmania.
1 The group of G. crocea, G.-A., although true Girasia, shows a resemblance
to Mariaella in some of its characters. The species which I described as Girasia
depressa 1 now consider to be a variety or subspecies of G. crocea.
2 A most important work by Dr. Simroth on the Portuguese, Azores, and
other Slugs has just appeared (Nova Act. Acad. Cxs. Leop.-Car. 1891), con-
taining a detailed account of Plutonza.
8 Mr. Hedley has lately published a very interesting paper on Cystopelta in
Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. 1890, p. 44. It would seem that this subfamily is
intermediate between Selenitide and Helicarioning,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XV. 15
226 MR. A. ALCOCK ON A VIVIPAROUS [Apr. 7,
This completes the subfamilies and recognizable genera of Slugs.
I have in this paper preferred to give the facts almost without any
discussion of the problems illustrated by them, partly because such
a discussion would be more suitable in connexion with a paper of
less limited scope, and partly because it would render the present
contribution unduly long.
2. On a Viviparous Bathybial Fish from the Bay of Bengal.
By A. Aucocx, M.B., Surgeon I.M.S. (Communi-
cated by Prof. J. Woop-Mason, F.Z.S.)
[Received March 16, 1891.]
In the ‘Annais and Magazine of Natural History’ for November
1889 (vol. iv. ser. 6, pp. 389-390), I described under the name of
Saccogaster maculata a new type of Brotuline Ophidiids allied to
Catelaz. The two specimens upon which the genus was established
were described as females 33 and 4 inches long, with gravid
ovaries; they were taken in 193 fathoms off the mouths of the
Gangetic Delta. .
Among the characters which distinguish Saccogaster the two
most marked are its sac-like abdomen and its loose imperfectly-
scaled skin.
On the 24th December last, in a very successful haul of the trawl
in 240 fathoms off the mouths of the Kistna Delta, another speci-
men of Saccogaster maculata was obtained. It proved to be an
adult male, 34 inches long, with ripe milt. Though otherwise
resembling the female in external characters, it differs in having a
deep post-anal depression or excavation, which is filled by a large
bilobed papilla with the genital pore opening into the groove between
the lobes. The papilla is thick, fleshy, and smooth; each lobe is
about 2 mm. long and 1°25 mm. broad, and is pigmented at the
apex. ;
te consequence of the discovery of this genital papilla a micro-
scopic examination of a portion of one of the ovaries of the original
type specimen was made, and it was found that in the ova as
they lie im situ the development of the embryo is already far
advanced.
Unfortunately the material is not in the best state of preservation,
but the ova are still in a sufficiently good condition to show the
general relations of the embryo.
The embryos are vermiform; they are about 1°5 mm. in length,
and are closely applied to the yolk-sac, which they embrace through
rather more than three-quarters of its circumference; the cerebral
lobes, optic vesicles, and long free tail-fold are plainly apparent, but
beyond these and the continuous bright line of the notochord
nothing can now be made out; the yolk-sac is a little more than
1891.] BATHYBIAL FISH FROM THE BAY OF BENGAL. 227
half a millimetre in the major diameter and a little less in the other
diameters.
The fact of the viviparity of Saccogaster maculata being thus
established, we may infer that the genital papilla of the male is an
organ for effecting the internal impregnation of the ova.
In the female no copulatory modification of the oviduct can be
made out; but the circumference of the genital pore is thickened
and spongy.
In the males of two other Brotuline Ophidiids (namely, Dine-
matichthys ilwoceeteoides and Bythites fuscus) post-anal appendages
have been described, and as a converse inquiry we may ask whether
these two species may not be viviparous.
The inflated condition of the abdomen in Saccogaster maculata is
doubtless directly related to the viviparous process; but it is
interesting to note that this character is nearly as well marked in
the adult male as in the adult female.
Again, the peculiar arrangement of the scales, which are scattered
and non-imbricating, is probably one of the implications of intra-
Saccogaster maculata.
abdominal gestation ; for it would facilitate the increasing distension
of the abdomen which must follow the growth and enlargement of
the embryos. And it is worthy of note that this character also is
as conspicuous in the male as it is in the female.
The drawing represents the male of Saccogaster maculata, natural
size.
These notes are, I am well aware, very incomplete. We
require to know something of the histological appearances of the
ovarian wall—whether or not it is furnished with glands or other
structures which might supply nutrimert to the developing embryo,
through the yolk-sac or otherwise. We require to know more of
the details of structure of the embryo—whether or not it possesses
any organs for absorbing nutriment beyond that supplied by the
yolk. But the scanty material available is not in a fit state for
histological manipulation ; and as the capture of a pregnant female
of a particular species of deep-sea fish is not an event to be calcu-
lated upon with any certainty, I venture to present these rough
notes on an interesting subject just as they are.
15*
228 PROF. F. JEFFREY BELL ON [Apr. 7,
3. Observations on a rare Starfish, Bathybiaster vexillifer.
By F. Jerrrey Brit, M.A., Sec. R.M.S.
[Received March 18, 1891.]
(Plates XXII. & XXIV.)
Among much valuable material received last year by Dr. Giinther
from Mr. John Murray there was a specimen marked “ Archaster
veuillifer, Wyv. T. (unique).” This is, I doubt not, the type of the
species shortly described by the late Professor Sir Wyville ‘Thomson
in his popularly written narrative of the cruises of the ‘ Porcupine.’ *
This specimen, unfortunately, never came into the hands of Mr.
W. Percy Sladen, who has given us ample details as to the Starfishes
collected by the ‘ Challenger,’ and as to most of those obtained by
earlier and later deep-sea expeditions.
Messrs.. Koren and Danielssen, the acute and talented describers
of the Starfishes of the Norwegian North-Sea Expedition, when
instituting? a new genus for the form which they first called
Astropecten pallidus, suggested that Thomson’s Archaster vexillifer
should likewise be placed under Bathydiaster, and to this suggestion
Mr. Sladen has assented.
The rarity and interest of species of this group justifies, I think,
a detailed account of Thomson’s unique specimen, but that account
cannot, unfortunately, be made as complete as it should, for the
specimen has been dried.
General Form.—The species is, obviously, flattened, but in the
drying the arms have been, unequally, drawn up so that the tips now
point upwards, and the dorsal surface is more or less concave. The
arms are very regularly triangular, 18°5 mm. wide at the base, and
gradually and regularly tapering to a fine point; they are about
87 mm. long from the centre of the disc, the radius of which is
18mm. The angle between the arms is rather sharp. The sides of
the arms are straight and high at the base, where they measure as
much as 12 mm.; the diminution in depth of the arms is brought
about very gradually. The sides of the arms have a very stout
appearance.
Ambulacra.—Wyville Thomson was fuliy justified in drawing
attention to the remarkable width of the ambulacra, for they are
nearly (8 mm. at the widest) half the whole width (17 mm.) of the
arm, near the base, and this relation of groove to bounding plates is
retained till quite near the tip of the arm. The proximate cause of
this great width is to be found in the relative position of the ambu-
lacral ossicles, which, instead of being set, as they ordinarily are, at
an angle to one another, are set side by side and in one and the same
plane; the median groove is so extraordinarily shallow that one
cannot but be struck by the exposed condition of the ambulacral
1 «Depths of the Sea,’ London, 1878, p. 150.
2 Den Norske Nordhays-Expedition, Zoologi—Asteroidea (1882), p. 89.
By ZS) Wei Pil DOU
Berjeau dé High! ey: delet lith Hanhart imp.
BATHYBIASTER VEXILLIFER .
Pe nS NSO Pl XOay
Hanhart amp -
Berjeaud Eighley,delet hth .
BATHY BIASTER VEXILLIFER .
———
i
1891.] _—,s BATHYBIASTER VEXILLIFER. 229
nerve-cord ; the ossicles are broad and strong; the orifices for the
passage of the tubes are very deeply set, and the walls are so ex-
cavated as to form a pit which shelves inwards (Plate XXIV. fig. 2).
| The adambulacral plates form projecting angles into the groove, and
the sides of this angle are at right angles to one another. Fixed on
the angle is a short spine and on either side there are generally four,
none of which are long, all of which are blunt, and the three inner
of which are much broader than the fourth or outermost. Attached
to the spine at the angle is a blunt movable spine-like process, the
possession of which is the cause of the specific name’, and which
may be, indifferently, spoken of as a ‘‘ vexillum.”’
The single specimen has, as I have said, been unfortunately dried,
and I can say nothing, therefore, as to whether or not there are, as
in Bathybiaster pallidus, any elastic peduncle or strong muscular
fibres, while the membrane which, apparently, surrounded the spine
has shrivelled up in the drying. All that can be said, then, is that
the spine has a shallow groove along its upper end, and that its sides
are produced into fine denticulations (see Plate XXIV. fig. 1), which
recall, though they by no means equal, the denticulation of the
pedicellarize of B. pallidus. It is to be hoped that the species, when
next dredged, will be so preserved that a satisfactory and detailed
account of these spines may be made.
The buccal apparatus is grooved, and projects well into the angles of
the mouth (Plate XXIV. fig. 5); it is closely covered with two rows
of about fifteen flattened stout subequal spines; the adambulacral plate
on either side of it is elongated and flat, not angulated where it pro-
jects into the groove (Plate XXIV. fig. 5). The next distal plate
has a long spine-bearing side and a much shorter side with no spines ;
the next has three spines on its shorter side, and in the next the
proximal and distal sides of the plate are almost subequal, in the
next they are equal. The dried ambulacral suckers are only slightly
conical.
The intermediate plates in the interbrachial angle and along the
sides of the ambulacra are densely covered with squamiform granu-
lations (Plate XXIV. fig. 5), which become iarger, looser, and more
erect near the angles of the mouth and near the sides of the ambu-
lacra.
The two rows of marginal plates (supero- and infero-marginal) are
so closely approximated and covered with so uniform a granulation,
that it is almost possible to believe that there is a single and not a
double row of plates. They are strictly confined to the sides of the
arms, which they form alone; the fact that the infero-marginal
plates practically take no part in forming the lower surface of the
arm may be explained by the flattening out of the ambulacral
1 Described by Wyville Thomson in the following terms:—“The inner
spine of each comb on the side of the ambulacral groove is longer than the others,
and bears on the end a little oblong calcareous plate usually hanging from it
somewhat obliquely like a flag, with sometimes a rudiment of a second attached
to it in a gelatinous sheath, which makes it probable that it is an abortive
pedicellaria.”
230 PROF. BELL ON BATHYBIASTER VEXILLIFER. ([Apr.7,
groove. Along the top, the middle and the base of each side, there
runs a row of short, sharpish spines; the uppermost of them is
wanting near the disc and the lowermost fades out near the tip of the
arm.
The arrangement of the paxilleecan be seen from the drawings
given herewith ; as there is but a single specimen I have not removed
the upper plates or injured the type in any way (Plate XXIV. fig. 3).
There can be little doubt that this species has a small anus, and it
will be remembered that Sir Wyville Thomson regarded it as an
Archaster and notas an Astropecten. The definition of the genus as
given by Messrs. Koren and Danielssen must be so far modified as
to run “Anus present or absent ” (cf. Plate XXIV. fig. 6).
The colour of the dried specimen is light yellow; ‘Thomson states
that during life it is of a pale rose, with a tinge of buff, the suckers
semi-transparent and pale pink.
The single specimen recorded by Thomson was dredged at
‘“‘ Station 76 ” by H.M.S. Porcupine in 1869; Faeroe Channel, 60°
36’ N., 3° 9' W., 344 fms.
The specific characters may be thus stated :—
R=5 r.
Arms and disc flat, the former with deep vertical sides formed by
the marginals, of which there are about 70 in each row; those of the
superomarginal series have each a single short spine near the upper
edge, and the inferomarginal similar and subequal spines near the
upper and lower edges. The adambulacral spines are arranged by
fours on two sides of a triangular plate, the apex of which looks into
the furrow and bears aspine. Connected with this spine isa grooved
spiniform body or “ vexillum,”’ which may be an aborted pedicellaria,
and the edges of which are finely denticulated. A small anal orifice.
Madreporite small, near margin of disc.
Generic Affinities.—The general characters of this form obviously
ally it to Bathybiaster, as Messrs. Koren and Danielssen suggested,
but it appears to be necessary to make some modifications of the
original generic diagnosis.
The first statement is that the body is flat ; to this B. loripes var.
obesa is an exception.
The next is ‘‘ 5-rayed, with an extremely wide ambulacral furrow,
having long pedunculated, peculiar pedicellarize along its margins.”
I am inclined to suggest that the expression “ peculiar pedicellarize ”’
might be replaced by the indifferent term “ vexillum.” Owing to the
dried condition of Thomson’s specimen, I cannot make any addition
to or critical remark on the descripticns of previous writers, but it will
be remembered that the learned Norwegian naturalists recognize the
great differences between these appendages and normal pedicellariee,
and that Thomson says no more than that they may be ‘‘ abortive
pedicellarie.”’ In Mr. Sladen’s species the structures at the sides of
the ambulacral grooves are not pedunculate pedicellarize placed on an
adambulacral spine, and I very much doubt whether that form should
Dimon IO Ol nS AGIOL LOW SM GOT eINia 2g STSNVaTSoIN SNaOTAWTd 1
=
>
ag, sozg uaequEy )
ASO dl “USS SZ al
: Mimtern. Bros. lth.
1.CHATOSTOMUS CIRRHOSUS 2.BUNOCEPHALUS IHERINGL.
3, TRICHOMYCTERUS MINIS.
1891.] ON SILUROID FISHES FROM BRAZIL. 231
be regarded as congeneric with Thomson’s or Koren and Danielssen’s
species. Might not the second section of the generic diagnosis run
thus ? : “ 5-rayed, with anextremely wide ambulacral furrow, some of
the bounding spines of which bear vexilla”’ ?
The diagnosis goes on, ‘‘ The interbrachial space broad and closely
beset with sessile pedicellarize.” I cannot from the figure given regard
B. pallidus as having a broad interbrachial space, and B. vewillifer
certainly has not; there is nothing in the dried specimen to justify
our speaking of the scales which thickly cover this areaas pedicellariz,
but I am not entitled to traverse Messrs. Koren and Danielssen’s
description ; I would suggest that the lines run ‘‘ The interbrachial
space closely covered with pedicellaria-like scales.”
I am by no means sure that B. loripes, Sladen, is a true Bathy-
bzaster ; it is not an Astropectinine, as the Astropectinine are defined
by Mr. Sladen; the ambulacral ossicles are set at an angle and
not side by side, and the groove is not nearly so wide as in the two
northern species.
Individual Peculiarity.—Here and there two superomarginals,
apparently separated only in their upper half, correspond to one
inferomarginal.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XXIII.
Fig. 1. Bathybiaster veuillifer from above, to show the general form and
appearance of the specimen.
2. The same from below, to show particularly the great width of the ambu-
lacral grooves:
Both three fourths the natural size.
PLATE XXIV.
. A “vexillum,” x 20. a, The dried membrane attached to the spine
shown in si¢z, as seen in the dried specimen.
. The structure of the ambulacra, x 2.
. The form and characters of the dorsal paxille, x 2.
. A view of the side of the arm, xX 2.
. The mouth-plates and adjoining ossicles, x 2.
. The region of the anus, x 4.
Fig.
Soon CORO ee
4, An Account of the Siluroid Fishes obtained by Dr. H. von
Thering and Herr Sebastian Wolff in the Province Rio
Grande do Sul, Brazil. By G. A. BouLencrr.
[Received March 21, 1891.]
(Plates XXV. & XXVI.)
During the last few years, the British Museum has received a
great number of Fishes collected in the Province Rio Grande do Sul
by Dr. H. von Ihering and Herr Sebastian Wolff. The recently
published excellent synopsis of the American Siluroids by Dr. and
232 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [Apr. 7;
Mrs. Eigenmann* hag induced me to make a thorough re-examination
of the Siluroids collected by those gentlemen, the more so as Dr.
Hensel’s account? is much in need of revision.
1. Prmetopus (PIMELODELLA) LATERISTRIGA, Mill. & Trosch.’
2. PrmeLopus (PIMELODELLA) NIGRIBARBIS. (Plate XXV.
fig. 1.)
Pimelodus (Pseudorhamdia) nigribarbis, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag.
N. H. (6) iv. 1889, p. 266.
D. 1/6; Ay a7s oPy 0/8:
Head bony above, granulated, once and two thirds to once and
four fifths as long as broad; occipital process obtusely keeled, twice
as long as broad, in contact with the basal bone of the dorsal spine ;
length of head thrice and a half to thrice and two thirds in the total
(without caudal) ; eye rather large, its diameter four and a half times
in the length of the head, once and a half in the length of the snout,
twice in the interorbital space; maxillary barbel extending to the
origin of the anal, outer mandibular to the extremity of the pectoral.
Premaxillary teeth present, but very feebly developed. Pectoral spine
a little longer than dorsal, three fourths the length of the head,
serrated on both sides. Dorsal fin much deeper than long, the
spine strong, but little shorter than the anterior branched rays, two
thirds the length of the head; adipose fin one sixth to one eighth
of the total length (without caudal), two thirds to one half of its
distance from the dorsal. Depth of body about one fifth of the total
length. Caudal deeply forked, with the lobes pointed, the upper
being the longer. Upper parts and fins powdered with black, most
closely on the ventrals and anal and on the barbels, which are almost
black.
Total length 155 millim.
I have now before me three specimens, from the Camaquam * or
Icamaquam River. They differ from the description of Pimelodus
valenciennis, Liitk., in the width of the head being more instead of
less than half the length, and in the larger eye, the diameter of
which is contained four and a half times instead of six times in the
length of the head.
1 Occasional Papers of the Calif. Acad. of Se. i. 1890.
* Arch. f. Nat. 1868 & 1870.
3 I have compared my specimens with one from the Rio das Velhas, described
by Prof. Liitken, and received from the Copenhagen Museum. I have seized
this opportunity to re-examine my P. buckleyi aud compare it with a specimen
from Macacos recently received from the Museum of Comparative Zoology
under the name of P. buckleyi. In the types the pectoral spine is as long as
the distance from the anterior border of the eye to the opercular border and
practically smooth on its inner edge; in the specimen from Macacos the pec-
toral spine is stronger, as long as the distance between the base of the maxillary
barbel and the opercular border, and its inuer edge is distinctly though very
feebly serrated. There can be no doubt that the two are distinct, and I venture
to propose for the species described by Dr. and Mrs. Higenmann as P. buckleyi
the name of Pimelodus (Pimelodella) eigenmannt.
* Not Camapuam, as stated by mistake in the original description.
1891. ] SILUROID FISHES FROM BRAZIL. 233
3. PimELopus MacutaAtus, Lacép.
4. Pimetopus (Raampra) nrarti, C. & V.
5. PrmeLopus (PsEUDOPIMELODUS) COTTOIDES, sp. n. (2).
(Plate XXV. fig. 2.)
DaiO. Ac 9-0 Pao:
Head naked above, a little broader than long ; cccipital process very
short, in contact with the basal bone of the dorsal spine, and two fifths
the length of the latter; length of the head nearly one fourth of the
total (without caudal); eye very small, hardly half as long as the snout;
maxillary barbel extending to the middle of the pectoral spine, outer
mandibular extending as far as the maxillary, mental a little shorter.
The band of preemaxillary teeth of moderate breadth, without pro-
longed lateral portion. Pectoral spine very stout, very strongly
serrated along its inner, less so along its outer edge; humeral process
strong, half as long as pectoral spine. Distance between end of snout
and dorsal spine one third or two fifths of total length (without caudal) ;
dorsal fin considerably deeper than long; adipose fin as long as
dorsal, separated from it by a space not quite twice its length. Depth
of body one fourth total length (without caudal). Caudal emarginate.
Handsomely marked dark brown and pale reddish brown above, the
latter colour forming a band across the nape, a spot on each side of
the body, below the middle of the dorsal, a broad band behind the
dorsal, an oblong spot in front of the adipose fin, and a band round
the tail, involving the end of the adipose fin; dorsal fin dark brown,
with a whitish spot occupying the basal half of its posterior moiety ;
pectoral dark brown, with a small basal whitish spot; anal whitish
in the middle, crowded with dark brown spots at the base and in its
distal moiety ; ventrals whitish at the base, crowded with dark brown
spots on the remainder ; caudal whitish, with a distal crescentic band
of closely-set dark brown spots; barbels annulate with black; lower
parts pale brown, marbled with dark brown.
Total length 92 millim.
Two adult and several young specimens from the Camaquam
River.
I should have referred these specimens to Valenciennes’s P. charus
but for the fact that it is identified by Steindachner with P. bufonius,
C. & V., a species with avery different dentition. The nearest ally
of P. cottoides would then be Pseudopimelodus parahibe, Stdr.,
with which it is possibly identical. The proposal of a new name is,
however, justified, even should the two species be the same, as the
name parahibe is preoccupied in the genus Prmelodus for a species
of the subgenus Rhamdia (R. parahibe, Stdr.).
6. HrprarpreRus MUSTELINUS, Val.
Numerous specimens, from 42 to 220 millim. They vary greatly,
irrespective of size, in the elongation of the body, the length of the
head being contained from five times and one third to six times and
a half in the total (without caudal). The number of anal rays varies
from 19 to 23.
234 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [Apr. 7,
7. Arius commErRsoNt, Lacép.
Notes on the habits and development of this Siluroid in the Laguna
dos Patos have been published by Dr. v. Ihering, Biol. Centralbl. viii.
1888, p. 268.
8. GENIDENS CUVIERT, Cast.
9. CALLICHTHYs asPrER, Q. & G.
I agree with the Kigenmanns in referring C. afinis, Gthr., and
CO. hemiphractus, Hens., tu this species. The Rio Grande specimens
have usually = scutes; and I may add that we have a specimen from
ain 29
Bahia with as many as 5.
10. Catyticutuys (CoryYDoRAS) PALEATUS, Jen.
11. Loricarta anus, Val.
In a large specimen, 420 millim. long, the length of the first
dorsal ray is 1,4, in the length of the head (to extremity of occiput),
and the diameter of the orbit (without the notch) is 44 in the length
of the snout. In a small specimen, measuring 170 millim., the
length of the first dorsal ray is 14 in the length of the head,
and the diameter of the eye 2? in the length of the snout. Two or
three minute teeth are present on each side of the upper jaw. Upper
caudal lobe considerably longer than the lower.
12. Loricaria Lima, Kner.
Although I have examined but three specimens, two of which I
would refer to ZL. strigilata, I am much inclined to agree with
Dr. v. Ihering (im Uitt.) in regarding L. strigilata and L. cadee of
Hensel as based on variations of L. lima.
13. OTOCINCLUS NIGRICAUDA, sp.n. (Plate XXV. fig. 3.)
Ds dif hls We yy A fae Te, S08
Closely allied to O. affinis, Stdr., but snout more rounded, eye
rather smaller, its diameter two fifths the length of the snout, and
ventral shields more numerous and irregular, forming five to seven
longitudinal series. The coloration is very different from that of
O. affinis. Dark olive-brown above; dorsal, anal, and paired fins with
the rays barred black and white ; caudal deep black, with the outer
rays spotted with white.
Total length 42 millim.
Several specimens.
14. PLEcostomus COMMERSONH, Val.
15. CyzTostomvus cirruHosus, Val. (Plate XXVI. fig. 1.)
I give figures illustrating the very marked differences between the
heads of male and female as shown by specimens from Dr. v. Ihering’s
collection. In addition to the rostral appendages and the stronger
preopercular armature, the male differs in the longer pectoral fin,
which extends to the middle of the ventral spine instead of to its
base.
1891.] SILUROID FISHES FROM BRAZIL. 235
16. BuNocEPHALUS IHERINGI, sp.n. (Plate XXVI. fig. 2.)
Doan VAS 9S VIPs) VA Ves:
Head much depressed, its depth twice in its width, once and one
third in its length ; upper jaw not projecting ; cranial ridges feebly
prominent ; interorbital space concave, one third the width of the
corresponding part of the head; maxillary barbel extending a little
beyond the base of the pectoral ; mental barbel half as long as and
not reaching to postmental. Pectoral spine slightly curved, the
terminal hooks largest ; coracoid process slightly divergent, extending
to middle of pectoral spine and beyond humeral process. Dorsal fin
nearer the end of the snout than to the caudal. Hind portion of
the tail compressed. The length of the caudal fin contained about
five times in the total length. Skin everywhere covered with small
warts. Dark brown above; a blackish lateral stripe, with small
greyish spots; greyish white below.
Total length 60 millim.
Two specimens.
The only other described species with 9 anal rays, B. aleuropsis,
Cope, from Pebas, Ecuador, differs in the longer maxillary barbel,
which is said to reach the middle of the pectoral spine. The discovery
of this new species extends the range of Bunocephalus considerably
southwards.
17. TRICHOMYCTERUS BRASILIENSIS, Litk.
18. TRICHOMYCTERUS MINUTUS, sp. n. (Plate XXVI. fig. 3.)
D.8. A. 6.
Length of head two ninths of the total (without caudal); eye a
little nearer the end of the snout than to the opercular border, mea-
suring two thirds the interorbital width ; gill-opening not continued
forward to below the eye; maxillary barbels three fifths the length
of the head, not reaching the gill-opening; nasal barbels short,
extending to the eye. Dorsal fin entirely in front of anal; none of
the fin-rays prolonged ; the origin of the dorsal midway between the
end of the snout and the extremity of the caudal. Caudal fin
rounded, Pale brown above, with three longitudinal series of large
squarish dark brown blotches ; fins immaculate.
Three specimens from the San Lorenzo district.
The largest measures only 40 millim.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PuatTE XXYV.
Fig. 1. Pimelodus (Pimelodella) nigribarbis, Blgr.
2. Pimelodus (Pseudopimelodus) cottoides, Blgr.
3. Otocinclus nigricauda, Bler.
Puate XXVI.
' Fig. 1. Chetostomus cirrhosus, Val. Upper views of heads of male and female.
2. Bunocephalus theringti, Bley.
3. Trichomycterus minutus, Bler.
1 The last ray is adnate.
236 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [Apr. 7,
5. Notes on the Anatomy of Dolichotis patagonica. By
Frank KE. Bepparp, M.A., Prosector to the Society.
[Received April 7, 1891.]
I am not acquainted with any paper dealing with the structure of
this Rodent; the following notes may therefore be of some use.
Alimentary Canal and Viscera.
The hard palate, as in many Rodents, is narrow anteriorly, and
the ridges are in consequence much reduced and modified. The
accompanying drawing (fig. 1, p. 237) shows that they are only
represented by two pad-like structures (a), each of which terminates in
a pair of horny processes directed backwards; those of the posterior
ridge are the longest. As the palatal ridges are characteristic in
various Rodents, I have thought it worth while to illustrate their
very peculiar form in Dolichotis. There are no ridges at all between
the molar teeth ; the mucous membrane is there perfectly smooth.
The tongue is divisible into two regions—a broadly oval tract
behind and a narrow long anterior portion; the former has two
circumvallate papillz, and a large ‘“ Mayer’s organ”’ on each side
measuring about half an inch in length.
The intestines measure altogether 18 feet 6 inches.
The cécum is large; it measures along the greater curvature,
from the free extremity ‘to the exit of the colon, about 18 inches ;
these measurements apply to the gut when distended with alcohol.
Its structure appears to be a little similar to that of the Capybara
as described by Garrod’; both the ileum and colon open into a
pouch separated by an incomplete valve from the rest of the ceecum ;
their apertures are not very close together, about an inch apart ;
the aperture of the colon is guarded by a sphincter. One lip of the
ileo-czecal orifice is formed by the fold which divides the czecum
proper from the colic pouch. From the sphincter valve of the
colon three ridges like the typhlosole of the earthworm’s intestine
pass along its inner surface; these are in addition to the numerous
closely-set fine ridges which traverse the first part of the colon
running parallel to each other ; these latter are very evident in the
ceecum of the Paca, of which I have a dried specimen.
The first of these ridges can only be followed for a short way ;
the other two, on the contrary, extend for avery long way down. I
1 «On the Cecum coli of the Capybara (Hydrocherus capybara)” P. 4.8. 1876,
p. 19. Garrod, however, states in that paper that “ neither in Cavia, Dolichotis,
Capromys, nor in any of the allied forms with which I am acquainted, does the
strong sigmoid curve of the large intestine, at the commencement of thesacculated
cecum, develop into a true secondary cecum in the manner that it does in the
Capybara.” -The difference appears to be chiefly in the fact that the colon in
Capybara is prolonged beyond its opening, thus forming the second cecum ; the
arrangement in Dolichotis is more like that of Hrethizon as figured and
described by Mivart. I may mention that in Sphingurus prehensilis there is
no such separation of the cecum into two chambers.
1891.] DOLICHOTIS PATAGONICA. 237
traced them for the distance of one foot from the sphincter, but I
do not know how much further they extended. These two ridges,
Rigate
Palate of Dolichotis patagonica.
a, processes upon palate representing palatal ridges.
as shown in the accompanying drawing (woodcut, fig. 2), are at first
some distance apart (about ? of an inch); they become gradually
closer until they are only separated by a little less than half an inch ;
they then run parallel. These ridges are clearly very like those of
Aulacodus swindernianus figured and described by Garrod’; they are
1 «On the Visceral Anatomy of the Ground Rat (Aulacodus swindernianus),”
P.Z. 8. 1873, p. 786.
238 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON [Apr. 7,
slightly ‘‘ puckered” in the same way, and posteriorly run parallel to
each other ‘like railway-lines”; but in Dolichotis the intestine is
sacculated between these two bands, which causes the appearance of
a number of transverse ridges between them like railway-sleepers.
The cecum has externally, as in Hrethizon, three longitudinal
bands ; its extremity is blunt.
The /iver is not unlike that of the Porcupine, though the proportions
Fig. 2.
Portion of colon and cxcum of Dolichotis patagonica.
a, valve of colon; C@c., commencement of cecum ; S./., small intestine ;
Col., colon.
of the lobes are a little different. The left lateral lobe is the largest ;
the right and left centrals are about equal to each other and to the
right lateral; the lobes are not much divided, the caudate and
Spigelian are well-marked; a gall-bladder, so variable in its occurrence
in Rodents, is present.
The heart gives off one innominate artery.
The Jungs are made up of two lobes on the left and three on the
right side besides the lobus impar ; the upper lobe of the left side is
nearly divided into two.
The right kidney is a little in advance of the left, about half an
inch.
The generative organs have large vesiculee seminales, each about
3 inches in length.
1891.] DOLICHOTIS PATAGONICA. 239
Some of the Muscles.
In dissecting the muscles of Dolichotis I have confined myself to
those of the limbs and for the most part to the flexors and extensors
of the limbs.
I commence by describing those muscles which I have dissected,
and shall presently point out the resemblances to other Rodents.
Musctes oF THE Fore Limp.
The Trapezius is a very extensive muscle, its origin extends back
as far as the last rib; it is continuous in front with a strongly
tendinous fascia which passes into a thick layer of muscle, forming
thus an almost separate anterior portion of the muscle. The hinder
\
ANS ZZ
SZ
Arm muscles of Dolichotis patagonica.
Pect., pectoralis primus; C.B., coraco-brachialis; Bi., biceps; Brach. ant.,
brachialis anticus; Z7i., triceps; Lat. Dor., latissimus dorsi; D. ep.,
dorso-epitrochlear; H., humerus; Teres Maj., teres major; x, second
part of brachialis anticus.
part of the trapezius is attached to about the middle of the spine of
the scapula ; this insertion is continuous with that of the anterior part
. of the muscle, which is to the metacromion and by fascia on to outer
muscles of humerus ; this insertion is partly covered by that of the
panniculus carnosus.
The Latissimus dorsi is not attached to the infraspinatus, as it
is stated to be in the Agouti by Messrs. Murie and Mivart ; its
240 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [Apr. 7,
insertion is on to humerus by tendon in common with the teres
major ; it gives off, as is so usually the case in this group of animals,
a dorso-epitrochlear slip which runs to elbow.
The Teres major arises from about the upper half of the posterior
margin of the scapula ; it is inserted, as already menticned, in common
with the latissimus dorsi by a flat tendon about half an inch long
and rather more than half an inch broad at its insertion.
The Deitoid consists of two more or less distinct portions—one
arising from the spine of the scapula and apparently also from the
fascia covering the infraspinatus; the smaller part of the muscle
springs from the acromion and metacromion ; the two are inserted in
common on to the deltoid ridge by an insertion which is fleshy above
but tendinous below.
The Pectoralis primus is much blended with the panniculus carnosus ;
its insertion is shown in the accompanying drawing (woodcut, fig. 3)
to extend a long way down the humerus.
The Triceps consists of four distinct parts, or of five if the dorso-
epitrochlear be reckoned as belonging to the Triceps. The first
part arises from scapula and also from the fascia covering the infra-
spinatus; the second part is blended at its origin with the insertion
of the infraspinatus ; it arises from the neck of the humerus and from
the deltoid ridge. The third part is smaller ; its origin is tendinous
from the neck of the humerus just below the insertion of the teres
major and latissimus dorsi. The fourth part is entirely fleshy and
arises from the greater part of the shaft of the humerus.
The Coraco-brachialis arises from the coracoid by a strong flat
tendon; its insertion is also tendinous for the greater part and
extends for some way down the humerus, beginning with the head ;
the posterior part of its insertion is fleshy.
The Biceps has only a single origin and a single insertion on to
the ulna.
The biceps is also inserted in common with a peculiar muscle
shown in the accompanying drawing (woodcut, fig. 3, x) ; this muscle
arises by two fleshy heads from the humerus, one on either side of
the insertion of the pectoralis.
The Brachialis anticus curves round the arm as it does in other
Rodents ; it has a tendinous imsertion on to the ulna beyond that
of the biceps.
The Pronator radii teres is not a very strong muscle ; it arises from
the outer condyle of the humerus and is inserted on to the radius.
The Flexor metacarpi radialis is the next muscle to the pronator
radii teres ; it is attached by a long tendon to the second metacarpal
(= 3rd digit) near to the proximal end.
The Fleaor carpi ulnaris is attached in the usual way by a very
stout tendon.
The Flexor sublimis arises in common with the flexor profundus ;
it divides into three delicate tendons which supply digits 2, 3, and 4.
The Flexor profundus and Flexor pollicis longus are difficult to
distinguish ; the common tendon arises from the fusion of four
more or less distinct muscular heads. Two of these arise from the
1891.] DOLICHOTIS PATAGONICA. 241
condyle of the humerus, one of them (the more superficial) being
much larger than the other. The two remaining heads arise
respectively from the radius and ulna.
The Extensor metacarpi radialis is a large muscle, the largest of
the extensors; its tendon is inserted on to outer side of metacarpal
of 3rd digit, having previously given off a slip to the head of the
first metacarpal (¢. e. that of 2nd digit).
The Extensor communis digitorum arises not only from the
external condyle of the humerus, but also by a few fibres from the
ulna; its tendon splits at the wrist into four tendons supplying the
four digits.
The Hatensor minimi digiti is the smallest of the three upper
extensors ; it arises from extensor condyle and from ulna ; it supplies
Ath and 5th digits.
The Hatensor carpi ulnaris calls for no special remark ; it is as
in the Agouti.
These are all the extensors of the manus of Dolichotis.
Musctes or THE HIND Lims.
The Gracilis consists of two distinct parts as in other Rodents.
One part of the gracilis is sometimes spoken of as sartorius ; the
muscle is inserted on to fascia covering leg from knee to ankle-
joint ; it also appears to have a tendinous connection with both the
semimembranosus and semitendinosus.
The Semitendinosus is a strong and fleshy muscle; it arises from
the spines of the sacral vertebree and from the tuberosity of the
ischium ; it is inserted by a moderately broad flat tendon, which
becomes thicker at its insertion to outside of cnemial crest of tibia.
The Biceps has two origins—(1) from sacral vertebree in front of
the semitendinosus and continuous with it; (2) from tuberosity of
ischium, also in front of semitendinosus. It is inserted by a continuous
broad sheet of muscle on to fascia covering leg.
The Tibialis anticus arises by two heads—(1) by a long tendon from
the femur which passes beneath the patello-tibial ligament; (2) by a
fleshy head from tibia and fibula. The two parts are blended a short
way down and inserted by a strong tendon on to inner side of inner
metacarpal.
The Extensor communis arises by a long tendon from the femur ;
its tendon of insertion passes under two annular ligaments, one at
ankle-joint through which the tendon of the tibialis anticus also
passes, and another near the proximal end of the metacarpal ; just
before passing through the second annular ligament the tendon splits
into two; each of these again splits into two ; the two outer of the
four tendons supply the two outer digits; the two inner ones both
go to the middle digit.
The Extensor hallucis is a slender muscle arising from the tibia
- and fibula; its tendon does not pass through the lower annular
ligament ; it supplies the second digit.
The Extensor brevis is a small flat triangular muscle, two tendons
arise together from the muscle and supply the two inner digits,
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1891, No. XVI. 16
242 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [Apr. 7,
The only Peroneal muscles present are the Peroneus longus and
the Peroneus quarti digiti; the latter has an attachment to ankle
as wellas to 4th digit.
There are three long flexors.
The Flexor communis overlies the Tibialis posticus ; their tendons
join at the ankle ; the tendon of the Flexor hallucis joins the common
flexor tendon a little further down just before its trifurcation. Inter-
osseiform a thick mass covering sole of foot. There is only one
Lumbricalis arising from flexor tendon of outer digit.
The myology of the Guinea-pig is to a considerable extent
described by Messrs. Murie and Mivart in their memoir upon the
Agouti’; it presents a number of differences from Dolichotis, of
which the following are the principal :—
(1) There is no second part to the brachialis anticus, arising from
the humerus *.
(2) The Triceps has only three heads.
(3) The Flexor sublimis has four tendons.
(4) There are several extensor muscles of the hand not present in
Dolichotis.
(5) Peroneus brevis present.
In most of these points Dolichotis also differs from the Agouti—in
all except as to the second part of the Brachialis anticus (see foot-
note). ;
On the whole in myology Dolichotis is nearer to the Agouti than
to the Porcupines, but it differs from both in the reduction of the
extensors of the manus and the peroneal muscles.
There are at present so few Rodents of which the myology is known
that I do not propose to deal with the resemblances of Dolichotis to
such types as are known at greater length.
Brain.
As there is no description known to me of the brain of this Rodent
and no figures, I endeavour to supplement this deficiency.
The brain (see fig. 4, p. 243) measures 59 mm. in length (to the
end of the cerebellum) and 41 mm. greatest breadth.
The corpora quadrigemina are well exposed, as is the case with
most Rodents, but not in the Squirrel and Porcupines.
The cerebral hemispheres are provided with well-marked sulci,
which are more numerous than in a brain of Celogenys paca of
about the same size.
The relation between the size of the animal and the complexity of
the cerebral convolutions is not so plain in the Rodents as in some
other groups; the Porcupines form the principal exception ; they
have all very smooth brains, as compared with other Rodents of a
similar size or even smaller. gs
The Rhinal fissure of Dolichotis is deeper behind than in front ;
1 PZ. 8. 1866, p. 383.
2 T think that the muscle which I figure (woodcut, fig. 3, x) must correspond
to the one so named in the Agouti, though its insertion is quite different in
Dolichotis.
1891. ] DOLICHOTIS PATAGONICA. 243
the Sylvian fissure is very deep; it passes forwards and then back-
wards, forming a line which is convex anteriorly ; after this it bends
forwards at a sharp angle and nearly joins the principal longitudinal
sulcus (see fig. 4). The upper surface of each cerebral hemi-
sphere is marked by a strong sulcus running with a sinuous
outline approximately parallel to the long axis of the brain; these
sulci commence a little way in front of the hinder margin of the
Brain of Dolichotis patagonica.
A, from the side; B, from above: S, sylvian fissure; 7, rhinal fissure.
brain ; anteriorly each bends outwards and joins the rhinal sulcus ;
the other fissures are of less importance and are illustrated in the
drawing exhibited (fig. 4).
I have been able to compare the brain of this species with those
of the following Rodents at present in my possession :—
Castor fiber (a cast of the brain’),
1 For this and several other casts of the brain itself, not of the cranial
cavity, I am greatly indebted to Prof. d’Arcy Thompson. ee
244 MR. BEDDARD ON DOLICHOTIS PATAGONICA. [Apr.7,
Lepus cuniculus,
Sciurus vulgaris,
Celogenys paca,
Sphingurus prehensilis,
Cavia porcellus,
Lagostomus trichodactylus,
and with the following Rodents known to me only by descriptions
and figures :—Hrethizon dorsatus (Mivart, “ Notes on the Anatomy
of Erethizon dorsatus,” P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 250, woodcut fig. 7) ;
Pectinator spekit (Peters, “ Contributions to the Knowledge of
Pectinator &c.,” Trans. Z. 8. vol. vii. p. 405, pl. 50. figs. 7-10) ;
Hystrizx (Owen, ‘Comp. Anat. of Vertebrates,’ vol. in. p. 110,
fig. 77, and Gratiolet and Leuret, Comp. Anat. Syst. nerv. pl. iil.
figs. 1, 2); Castor, Agouti, Paca, Water-Rat, Squirrel, Rabbit (all
figured in the work just referred to).
In comparing the brain of Dolichotis with those of the other
types mentioned in the above list, I have paid particular attention
to the classificatory importance of this structure. The primary
division of the Rodentia into Duplicidentati and Simplicidentati is
borne out by the characters of the brain. In the brain of the
Rabbit the lateral lobes of the cerebellum form an angle with the
middle lobe and reach rather further forward, while the flocculi
stand out prominently. The rhinencephalon is sharply bent down, and
the posterior half forms an exceedingly prominent convex projection.
These characters are not met with in the other genera that I have
examined. At the same time I cannot find any characters except
negative ones that bind together the Simplicidentati.
Lagostomus and Ccelogenys are most like Dolichotis, but in the
two former the furrow dividing the external gyrus is broken in the
middle. In Ceelogenys the Sylvian fissure is hardly marked, but the
rhinal fissure is exceedingly deep; Cologenys shows a further point
of agreement with Dolichotis in the presence of a supraorbital sulcus ;
this extends further back, running parallel with the rhinal fissure in
Dolichotis. The most important fissure in the pallium of the
Rodent’s brain is clearly the one which bounds the external gyrus.
In the Rabbit and Guinea-pig, which have nearly smooth brains,
traces of this furrow exist for a short extent posteriorly. Probably
the dints on the upper surface of the brain in the Poreupines are
still further reduced traces of the same furrow. I may take this
opportunity of mentioning that the brain of Sphingurus prehensilis
agrees very closely with Mivart’s description and figures of the
brain of Hrethizon dorsatus. I cannot indeed detect any point in
which they differ.
On the whole it seems that the anatomy of Dolichotis brings it
into relation with the Agoutis rather than the Porcupines.
1891. ] MR. R. E. HOLDING ON OVIS ARIES. 245
April 2], 1891.
Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The following note on a Mungoose (Herpestes mungo) breeding
during domestication, by Lieut.-Col. Sir O. B. St. John, K.C.S.1.,
R.E., F.Z.S., was read :—
Early i in November 1889 my daughter bougnt a young female
Mungoosein Madras. It was apparently about six weeks old. It soon
became extremely tame, ran about the house as it liked, but always
slept at the foot of its mistress’s bed. It accompanied | us on a two
months’ tour in Coorg, during which, though it travelled in a box,
it was at liberty at other times; it went with us to Ootacamund,
and was in short thoroughly domesticated. It was never remarked
in company with wild brethren, but about the middle of September
showed signs of approaching maternity, and on the 20th gave birth
to two kittens in some hole which we could not find. The mother
reappeared the next day for food, but the young ones were not seen
for a month or more, when they were as big as she had been when
purchased. One has since disappeared, and the other, now almost
as big as its parent, accompanies her to the house for food, but will
not allow itself to be touched. The mother is as tame as ever, but
spends less time in the house and more in the grounds than she
used to. It may be gathered that the Mungoose, in Southern
India at least, begins to breed at a year old, drops its kittens
about September, and has two or perhaps more at a birth.
Karly in September 1883 I saw a family of a mother and three
young ones of Herpestes auropunctatus in Kashmir, and the next
day caught one of the kittens, which I judged to be about two
months old. It proved untamable and I liberated it, and never
saw it again. In the first or second week in December 1882 I
bought a young female H. mungo in Bombay, which was, I should
say by the light of my later experiences, two to three months old.
This little beast became extremely tame and affectionate, and
accompanied us in many wanderings from Kashmir to Bangalore,
and from Quetta to England. As she grew old she became
gradually averse to strangers, and took to avoiding the house when
any were staying with us. At last, after seven years’ domesticity,
she came to the “house during our temporary absence, found no one
she knew, disappeared and was never seen again. Though this
Mungoose was always at liberty and was often in the company of
wild Mungooses she never showed any signs of breeding.”
“Bangalore, March 8th, 1891.”
Mr. R. E. Holding exhibited and made remarks on some speci-
mens of the horns of Rams of various breeds of the domestic Sheep
( Ovis aries).
246 ON THE CAUSE OF DEATH OF A RHINOCEROS. [Apr. 21,
Messrs. Beddard and Murie exhibited some drawings and speci-
mens illustrative of the cause of death of an African Rhinoceros
(R. bicornis), and made the following remarks :—
“«‘The Society purchased from Mr. Carl Hagenbeck, of Hamburg,
in September 1868, a young male African Rhinoceros (R. bicornis),
which had been captured inthe neighbourhood of Cassala, Upper Nubia.
The animal in question has been figured in the ‘ Proceedings,’ 1868,
pl. 41, and again in Dr. Sclater’s memoir ‘On the Rhinoceroses
now or lately living in the Society’s Menagerie’ (‘ Transactions,’
vol. ix. pl. 99). The relative differences in the size of the anterior
and posterior horns according to age are therein shown, and may be
instructively compared with their different proportions in the more
aged animal, as illustrated in the outline diagram taken after its
death, and where the posterior horn is the largest. Whether, there-
fore, the so-called R. keitloa may eventually turn out to be only a
variety due to age and other circumstances remains a doubtful and
open question.
“Our young R. bicornis when received was supposed to be about
2 years old. As it lived in the Gardens close upon 22 years, its
age may be roughly reckoned at 24 or 25 years. When a denizen
of the Menagerie it fed well and throve amazingly, latterly reaching
a gigantic size.
“For a long time this African Rhinoceros exhibited every
appearance of perfect health and activity. But a few years back
there annually appeared what may be regarded as an eruption of
the skin, in the form of slight roughened elevations, which became
abraded with an ulcerous aspect. These, however, passed away
without leaving any bad effects. The sores on the legs were
regularly washed with a syringe of tepid water containing a little
carbolic acid. The most noticeable sores appeared on those parts of
the animal which rested on the ground, and might be compared to
the bed-sores of bed-ridden human beings.
“About a twelvemonth ago its Keeper began to observe that it
declined in flesh, though its appetite still continued fairly good.
Within a couple of months ago more prominent symptoms of
wasting appeared. But even quite towards the last, it still took its
food, though seemingly a trifle more dainty in its appetite. | With-
out any other striking feature of illness, it died on Sunday, the
12th April.
‘* On a post-mortem examination of the body the next day, the
flesh generally was seen to be soft, flabby, and anzemic. For such
a huge body it was decidedly lean and impoverished, and the fatty
tissue not only meagre in quantity, but everywhere reduced to a
watery condition. In other words, the carcass bore evidence of a
gradual wasting or debility having occurred.
“In the stomach there was a considerable amount of food—viz.,
chopped hay, straw, carrots, and other vegetable substances ; and
along the intestinal tract, especially the colon and cecum, much
pultaceous material in various stages of digestion. Altogether most
of the visceral organs and the brain were sound in general aspect,
1891.] MR. E.T. NEWTON ON TROGONTHERIUM CUVIERI. 247
though lax in consistence—the liver, for example, which was very
friable.
“The anterior moiety of the palate, though, was apparently in a
state of degeneraticn. The fore pad particularly was considerably
absorbed and the surface raw and ulcerous-looking. Other parts of
the mouth and fauces were healthier, but lined with a superabun-
dance of glutinous mucous deposit and exudation. The cesophagus,
however, was not affected.
“About the middle of the stomach towards the great curvature
there was a triangular elevated patch, about 3 inches long by 23
inches wide at its broadest part. This cancerous tumour was
situated on the top of the elongate mucous ridges ; its more pointed
part directed towards the pyloric end of the organ. Its higher
wedge-shaped, flattish, abraded surface was of a brownish-yellow
tint, intermingled with vascular punctations, This was surrounded
by paler-coloured, roughened, nodular excrescences, radiating there-
from and filling the depressions alongside the mucous ridges.
««The tumour was firm and solid in consistence and the subjacent
submucous and muscular tissues thickened, condensed, and of a
glistening texture when cut into. Excepting pallor of the sur-
rounding mucous membrane, and the tumour in question, the
stomach otherwise was not diseased.
“The said tumour bore a strong resemblance to, and doubtless, as
microscopic examination showed, was the same as, a cancer of the
human stomach.
«The more immediate cause of death however, may be attributed
to endocarditis, the right ventricular cavity being affected. Both
on its septal and opposite peripheral wall were layers of soft lymphy
exudation. ‘These even extended as rough, flocculent masses upon
the fleshy columns and tendinous cords. ‘There was no deposit in
the other cavities of the heart or large arteries. Under the micro-
scope the cardiac exudation proved not to be cancerous in nature.
“Judging from the pathological conditions met with, the course
of the animal’s illness is pretty evident. Whatsoever may have
originated the cancer is obscure; but, once set up, the only positive
symptom of serious ailment was the gradual emaciation of the body,
in spite of a goodly consumption of tood. With defective nutrition
and the wasting of tissues arose the tendency to blood impoverish-
ment, resulting in the diseased condition of the heart, which was
quickly fatal.
“Cancer of the stomach in Solipeds and Ruminants is rare,
though occasional instances are recorded in veterinary publications.
Its occurrence in the Rhinoceros, therefore, is a noteworthy fact, as
taken in conuection with its belonging to the Perissodactyla—a
limited living group, whereof the Horse tribe represent the domes-
ticated and the Tapir and Rhinoceros the wild examples.”
Mr. E. T. Newton read a paper on a Skull of Trogontherium
248 MR. E.T. NEWTON ON TROGONTHERIUM CUviERI. [Apr. 21,
cuvieri from the Forest-bed of East Runton, near Cromer, of which
the following is an abstract :—
In the year 1846 Sir Richard Owen referred certain Beaver-like
jaws and teeth from the Cromer Forest-bed to the Trogontherium
cuvieri of Fischer, and although some doubt was thrown upon this
reference he maintained the’ correctness of his determination in
1869, when describing some further remains of this rodent. The
type of Fischer’s Trogontherium being a skull, it was very desirable
that a similar specimen should be found in the Forest-bed, which
could be compared with it; but hitherto the only parts of skulls
which have come to hand have been mere fragments. Recently,
however, Mr. A. Savin, of Cromer, has obtained a nearly perfect
skull from East Runton, and it is this which is fully described in
the present communication. A comparison with the skull of a
Beaver (Castor) shows that although in a general way resembling
it, yet the differences are certainly of generic importance. One of
the chief points of difference is found in the structure of the cheek-
teeth; for while in the Beaver the enamel-folds are open to the
exterior of the teeth down to their bases, in the Trogontherium
they are open for only a short distance from the summit, and
consequently with wear they are soon separated from the exterior
and form islands of enamel, some of which may become obliterated
at a comparatively early stage. It follows from this that well-worn
teeth may have fewer enamel-folds than others in an earlier stage
of wearing, a fact which has led to errors in the determination of
the affinities of this fossil rodent.
When compared with the type skull of Trogontherium, this
Forest-bed specimen is found to agree so closely with it in form and
structure, as well as in the arrangement of the enamel-folds of the
teeth, as to leave little doubt as to their specific identity. Anda
further comparison with the Conodontes boisvilletti of Laugel, from
the Pliocene of Saint Prest, reveals no difference of specific value.
The study of this new specimen from the Cromer Forest-bed thus
confirms Sir Richard Owen’s reference of these English and French
rodents to the Z'rogontherium cuvieri of Fischer.
This memoir will be published entire in the Society’s ‘Trans-
actions.’
The following papers were read :—
PZS1891 Plate 2OWiL,
} chr. hth.
West, Newman
Horace Knight
New Asiatic Butterflies.
1891.] ON BUTTERFLIES FROM THE NAGA HILLS, ETC. 249
1. On Butterflies collected by Mr. W. Doherty in the Naga
and Karen Hills and in Perak.—Part I. By H. J.
ELWEsS.
[Received April 1, 1891.]
(Plate XXVII.)
In the following notes I have given a list of the rarer and more
interesting Butterflies collected in the years 1889 and 1890 by
Mr. Doherty; but I have not thought it necessary to mention the
commoner ones which have already been recorded from the neigh-
bouring regions, as it is obvious that no list can be anything like
complete unless based on coilections made during a much longer
time than Mr. Doherty has been able to devote to one locality.
The principal places he visited were as follows :—During March
and April 1889 he was at Margharita, which is near the coal-mines
S.E. of Sadya in Upper Assam, and this locality, owing to the very
cold, rainy, and unfavourable weather, was very unproductive. Some
of the more interesting species occurring here have been already
described by him in the ‘Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’
1889, p. 125. It appears that there is here among the insects, as
amongst the birds, a general prevalence of the common Indo-Malay
species which are found all along the sub-Himalayan forest and
throughout the low country of Assam and N.E. Bengal, with a
slight admixture of forms peculiar to Upper Assam, and having
more relationship to species found in China and East Tibet than to
Indian species. ;
Writing from Margharita, Upper Assam, on May 6th, 1889,
Mr. Doherty says:—‘‘I had to go to Darjiling for my Lepchas and
got two fairly good men; I have also two other men, one of whom is
quite as good as the Lepchas, and hope by high wages and continual
presents to keep them permanently in my service. I have had no
success as yet. I reached here April 23rd. As this is probably the
best collecting-ground in the Assam valley, and as both my expeditions
have failed, and I will never make a third, I will give yon some notion
of the seasons, so that you may secure better success to anyone who
comes later. Last year the rains continued down to the cold weather,
November Ist, after which Butterflies disappeared entirely, though
Moths flew till December Ist. During October very few species
were flying, though some were fairly abundant, including four
species of red Charazes, and even Rhinopalpa fulva. There were
scarcely any Lyceenidee or Hesperide. The forest-paths were all
flooded and impassable till the cold weather had well begun. So
the autumn is quite hopeless for collecting. This spring I learn to
my surprise that a host of Butterflies came out about March 15th,
in spite of the cold and violent winds, disappearmg during the first
week of April. The Chota barsat (little-rains) began in the last
days of March. April was exceedingly wet and cold. We were
wearing heayy ulsters and double flannels in the steamer from
250 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM ___[Apr. 21,
Tezpur upwards. The rain still continues, the country is flooded,
and the nights are so cold that few Moths are flymg. Everyone says
that in June the second brood of Butterflies comes out in full force
in spite of the rains, but then hill expeditions (and Margharita is
quite among the hills) are out of the question. I cannot stay here
till then, as the road to Kohima, in the Naga Hills, will be closed,
except for coolies, by June Ist, and I have better hopes of success
there. Nevertheless I am getting a few new and good things, such
as Apatura ulupi, Pithecops fulgens, Calliana pieridoides, and
Limenitis austenia 9 , Papilio elephenor and P. telearchus.”
The rainy season of 1889 was spent by Mr. Doherty in the Naga
Hills, which had previously been almost unexplored by entomo-
logists, though a considerable number of Butterflies were collected
on their lower slopes by Messrs. Peal and Sherwill and a small
collection was made by Dr. Watt on his march from Manipur
through the Naga Hills to Assam in 1883 or 1884, and described
by Mr. Butler in the ‘Annals & Mag. of Nat. Hist.’ for 1885.
After leaving Margharita, where the rain continued till the end
of May, Mr. Doherty went up to the Naga Hiils, marching vid
Dinapur. He writes of the route from Nichugard, Naga Hills, on
June 10th, as follows :—
«The Dhansiri valley is a perfectly flat jungly country 300-500
feet above the sea and wholly uninhabited. We moved on very
slowly. I hired coolies to push the carts through the mud, and they
as well as my men and myself were at work all day long on them ;
but all the same we made less than a mile an hour, the distance
being 83 miles. It is still 36 to Kohima.” Mr. C. B. Clarke has
described this road, which is the only approach to the Naga Hills
from Assam at present, as being in the rainy season a sea of mud,
lined with the carcasses of cart-bullocks which have succumbed on
the journey, and almost impassable.
«Whenever the rain stopped we caught Butterflies and Cicin-
delide. There are no jungle species, the road being bordered by
40 feet of high grass. Still there are a few good Butterflies, Papilio
elephenor and P. sakontala |The last I did not receive.—H. J. E.],
and Libythea rohini (L. narina, Godt.), but only a few very
common Lyczenide, Pieridee, and Hesperidee. 1 am now at Nichu-
gard, at the mouth of the gorge of the Dhansiri river, and am glad
to have a quiet day after so much rough work. It is a great
disappointment to find that there are now no Moths here. As to
Butterflies, I have not yet found out whether there are any; but if
there are collecting will be delightful, as the country is divine, the
jungle-paths excellent, and we have several hours of sunshine every
day, though it rains every morning till ten. It will give you some
idea of the cost of travelling here when I say that I am obliged to
pay 4 rupees a maund (say 8 per cwt.) for getting my luggage
cairied from here to Kohima, 36 miles. Yet at Kohima I am only
at the beginning of my expedition, and I have 16 maunds of
luggage besides provisions.”
The physical features and peculiarities of the Naga Hills have
1891. ] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 251
been so well described from a botanical point of view by Mr. C. B.
Clarke, F.R.S., in the ‘Journal of the Linnean Society, Botany,’
vol. xxil. 1886, p. 128, that I need not say much about them here;
but I extract from Mr. Doherty’s letters some details of interest.
He says, writing from Mao, Manipur, on September 9th, 1889 :—
**T have not marked the altitudes exactly, as we ascend 2000 feet
nearly every day, and I know the exact elevation only of those I
catch myself. Huploca midamus ranges up to 6500 feet and is the
only Huplea found above 4000 feet. Limenitis austenia is confined
to the low country. J. dudu is rather common, much more so than
zuleima ; these species approximate to Parthenos (austenia is almost
a Parthenos in structure) and are easy to catch. The numerous
Celebesian species belong to that part of the genus nearest dthyma,
Moduza, and Pandita, and are hard to catch: one characteristic of
what I call the Nymphalide (7. e. the Neptis-Huthalia-Limenitis
group) is the entire absence of true genera; the structure is plastic,
and one type melts insensibly into another. Besides Euthalia nara
i send a female near it, but perhaps different (#. anyte 2), and
also what seems a new species, a local form of H. anyte, apparently
quite distinct. Lbythea rohini occurs only below 3000 feet.
Nearly all the Darjiling Erycinide have turned up here, as well as
several specimens of my hitherto unique Hveres kala, which is
distinct from the Tenasserim species, £. umbriel, Doh. I also
send Hveres nyseus and parrhasius. Here the latter has the tails
rudimentary or absent. Among Ilerde I send I. epicles, which
occurs from the piains to 6000 feet, androcles trom 6000-9000
feet, brahma 4500-5500 feet, tamu 4500-8500 feet. I. androcles is
variable, the green hind wing almost disappears in some, and when
flying they have the air of obscure black Butterflies. I send a
large set of Dercas wallichii, which is curiously like Gonepteryx
zaneeka of the North-west. It flew in June and disappeared in
July. Leptocircus is very common in Assam, ranging up to 6000
feet [I found it in the Khasias only at low elevations in very hot
dense forests—H. J. H.]. I took it on the Dibong north of
Sadiya, probably the northern limit of the genus.
“Of Teinopalpus I send a broken male; your account of its habits
agrees exactly with what I have seen of it up here. I senda
battered specimen of Papilio krishna, so all the four species of
green Papilios (krishna, paris, ganeesa, and arcturus) are found here,
but are provokingly rare. P. evan occurs at Margharita, but I have
seen none here, though P. gyasis not uncommon. I send a fine
female of P. rhetenor, also a single female of dulocera loha, from
an elevation of 5500 feet in Northern Manipur.
“The Armandias sent seem to be slightly different from the
Bhutan form. [The only ditierence I see is that they average
smaller.—H. J. E.] It first turned up about August 10th, in the
beautiful uninhabited Zulla valley, the border country between the
Angami tribe and the Kachla Nagas, 10 to 15 miles from Kenoma,
in the direction of Khorioma. It generally kept to the ridges,
occasionally descending into the valley, once almost down to 5000
202 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM _[ Apr. 21,
feet. Afterwards [I found it on the western side of Japoo, at
7000-8000 feet, and between these two places we got one or two
every day. At Mao, in Manipur, I have taken worn specimens at
7500-9000 feet. My Lepchas, who collected at Buxa, in Bhutan,
say there is no chance of another brood. Strange to say, I have
never seen a female. The Butterfly drifts about among the tree-
tops, rarely descending to the ground; the crimson of the hind
wings is not so conspicuous as one might think, and if one loses
sight of it for an instant it is very hard to make out again, its
transparent dark grey wings being hardly distinguishable among
the shadows, and it is blown about by the wind, more like a dead
leaf than a living insect. Its flight is much like that of Hestia, but
less buoyant and circling, as might be expected from its angular
wings ; nevertheless its resemblance strikes one. Seen from above
it must be much more conspicuous, and is no doubt a protected
insect ; at the same time its weak flight may even add to its chance
of escape, as it certainly does with Hestza, for it is impossible to
calculate the direction in which it is making. The whole body and
wings give out a delicious odour, which remains for some days after
death. In some positions and at some distance Armandia looks
like Danais tytia, which is very common in the same places.
Armandia hovers about flowers, like other Papilios. During rain it
alights on a leaf, and droops its fore wings over the hind ones, thus
covering the bright colours. Several were taken in this way; but I
confess I only caught one myself, as I have not the patience to do
as my men do, and watch ene of these lovely things for hours and
follow it over these steep jungly hills, on the very small chance of
catching it finally. Falls, leeches, and torn clothes are the only
things you can count on, but there is a fair chance of a fall into a
tiger-pit. I came very near staying permanently on Kohoni, having
fallen into one of these pits yesterday whilst chasing an drmandia.
I can usually detect one of these pits by the broken twig that marks
it, but this was an old one overgrown with weeds and away from any
path. It was like a cistern, 12 feet deep, roofed over with logs,
leaving but a small opening, so that if a deer or pig is caught
and the tiger is hungry, he jumps in and cannot get out. I
thought I was gone, for there was no chance of being found there,
and it seemed quite impossible to get out. It took me 8 hours
hard work to doit. I made steps up the side with my knife, and
contrived to hang somehow at the top beneath the roof. After
trying three sides I saw a small stout stick six feet from the opening,
and after several hours succeeded in pulling it to me with my broken
butterfly-net ; then I put it across the opening and with great
difficulty swung myself out, and I came home in the dark, very
thankful to have escaped. The Nagas are not afraid of these pits,
as they go nowhere alone; but they have another sort of trap of
which I have a perfect horror, and so have they. It consists of
great stones hung from trees, and set free by a vine across the path,
crushing any animal which touches it. Each village has its own
traps, and every child knows their positions. For fear of these
1891. | THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 253
infernal machines, no Naga will venture into the forest land of
another village. Nevertheless many deaths are caused by them. I
myself saw one only just in time on Japoo, and my Lepchas on
account of them, and their lack of enterprise, never wander far. So
far every locality in which we have taken any good Butterflies on
_ this expedition has been found by me. My men, even my Maslaman,
who is a good jangal-wala, rarely go beyond where I have led them.
This very likely explains the comparatively small results achieved
by them at Buxa, which seems to be naturally a grand place for
insects.
**Tt is my opinion that there will be no autumn brood of Butter-
flies in the high country of these hills. As for the lowlands there is
some chance of one about October Ist, though none came out last
autumn at Sadiya and Margharita. Wood-Mason found August
and September best at low elevations in Cachar. Here there was
nothing in August below 5000 feet, nothing at all. I think you have
an exaggerated view of the ‘ succession of broods’ through the rainy
season, or Sikkim at least must be very exceptional in this respect.
In Borneo, during my first week there in September, I got about
90 good Butterflies a day, in most monotonous virgin forest without
paths. In January here, except two or three common Junonias, anda
few truly continuous species like Ypthimas and Ragadia crisia,
perhaps ten in all, I did not see more than three Butterflies a day
on an average, compared with about 500 in my first week.
“Hitherto I have found here only the seven Sikkim species of
Cyaniris (of which puspa was taken at low elevations only, the other
six only at high ones) and an additional one chennelh, of which I
send the undescribed female. I had hoped to get a much larger
number, because in Java of eight species examined only three
(namely, puspa, placida, and dilectus) were Indian.”
Writing from Nichugard, on his return there on November 2nd,
Mr. Doherty says :—
‘IT sent two men to the low country after the middle of Septem-
ber, but they scarcely caught anything.
«Tt rained furiously, and now I feel sure that there is never an
autumn brood in these hills either in high or low country. Possibly
on their southern face at Manipur it may be otherwise, as it is at
Cherra-punji and apparently in North Cachar. My trip up Japoo
towards the end of September did not result in much. I gota
number of Armandias, several of them in good condition, so, strange
as it seems, there must be an autumn brood after all. At the
extreme summit, 9895 feet, I got Everes kala and a worn Zephyrus.
At night I got a number of Geometridz, mostly small, in my camp
at 8000 feet. ‘This shows the lateness of the season, as they are
always the last [? first —-H. J. E.] Moths out. As the weather was
warm and wet, I expected a great variety of Moths, especially as I
had failed there in July, and as I had done so well at Margharita
last year up to December 7th, though it was very cold and dry all
through November.
“Throughout the rains my baits failed, and I prematurely con-
254 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Apr. 21,
cluded that the Moths of temperate climates did not care for them.
However, after a number of experiments I began to succeed, and am
doing very well now, so I wish I had persevered longer on Japoo in
July.
One great drawback was the nervousness brought on by over-
much climbing. Every night I went out with baits I never slept a
wink, and my men were afraid of tigers and Nagas, and scamped
their work unless I was with them. I had previously thought that
Bombyces never came to baits, except Syntomis, and a few Agaris-
tidee and Arctiide, any more than the Tineide do. Now I think
that nearly all Moths (Macros) will occasionally come to good baits
well placed, except perhaps Saturniidze, which apparently never
feed.
‘“‘ Sweet baits I find best for Noctuas and nasty ones for Geo-
meters and Pyrales. The greatest difficulty is that the best baits
will only attract Moths from a short distance, not like lights, and
consequently to obtain good species one must put them in virgin
forest, so that the fatigue and worry is enormous.
“¢On the other hand, I have concluded that lights are a failure.
Taken into the jungle my big lamps simply frighten away Moths,
and even in a white tent they only attract a few little Noctue. I
am inclined to think that Moths have to be gradually accustomed to
lights. In a large station they get used to coming to lighted
houses, especially those that are lighted every night. At Kohima
the dak bungalow is far better situated for Moths than any other
house, and my lamps were the best in the station, but I always had
to go to other peoples’ houses for Moths. In coffee-plantations the
Moths would keep beating agaist the windows of the bungalow,
though there might be only a candle or two inside, while my tent
in the jungle close by, lit with a good lamp, attracted not a single
insect.””
These notes will be very interesting and useful to collectors,
but the Moths collected in the Naga Hills are far too numerous to be
described in this paper, although I hope to deal with them as soon
as possible. After leaving the Naga Hills Mr. Doherty spent six
weeks in Calcutta and Darjiling and then proceeded to Perak,
where he stayed but a short time. As this locality is well known
and I have mentioned the most interesting of his captures in their
order, I need say nothing more. After leaving Perak he went to
Rangoon and started on an expedition to the Karen Hills, where he
remained for some weeks at Peti-chaung, and wrote to me as follows
on April 16th :—
““T have been collecting since March 17th in the Karen Hills east
of Toungoo. I see Mr. Grose Smith has described some Karen
species sent him by Mr. Noble, who does not know exactly where
they came from. I think it was from Kaserdo or Kacherdo, called
by the Burmese Taung-gyi, ‘ the big hill’ ; an isolated hill 1500 feet
high 10 miles east of Toungoo, and quite in the plain of Pegu. My
collection is from several places 30 or 40 miles east of Toungoo. [
would label everything simply ‘East Pegu’ with the elevation, as the
1891. ] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 255
term Karen Hills is misleading. My high-country specimens are
chiefly from Thandaung and the neighbouring hills, from 4000 to
5000 feet. The low-country ones chiefly from Peti-chaung 500 to
2000 feet. I have made only this division, as between 2000 and
4000 feet I got only a dozen or so species, chiefly Ypthimas. The
high-country Butterflies were nearly all of the Khasia species ; the
low country contained some interesting Tenasserim and Malayan
forms. We have had to work very hard to secure this small result.
Until the last day or two it was the dry-season brood we caught,
but most of the Papilios have been flying all the winter, and the
Stictophthalma louisa only came out a week ago along with Neope
bhima and a few others in the low country only. On the mountains
I doubt if the wet-season broed comes out before the middle of May ;
we got everything there was out up there. At Thandaung there are
four peaks. I lived on one, the others were four miles away forming
a triangle a mile apart. Each of my men used to take a peak and
stay there all day, and Pambu actually made a platform of boughs
on the top of a tree and stood on it all day long like an orang-utan,
but we did not any of us catch much. I do not think we averaged
till quite lately above twelve specimens per day each, and many of
these were useless.
‘« There is no virgin forest anywhere on the hills, though about here
it is very fine. The Karens, though a civilized and intelligent
people (all Baptists west of Thandaung, though the Red Karens are
heathen still), still keep up their bad old habit of ‘juming.’ This
is the system of cultivation practised by nearly all the hill men of
Indo-Chinese race, and consists in cutting, burning, cultivating, and
abandoning fresh tracts of forest every two or three years, so the
whole country is a desert of scrub and bamboo. I spent two days
going to Lepya gyi, and again up the hill north of Thandaung, about
5000 feet I think, but got nothing, though the Thandaung jungle,
bad as it looks, is, I imagine, as good as any west of the Salwin river.
Thandaung used to be a sanatorium, but was abandoned on account
of fever and a certain terrible fly that infests it. Tigers are very
abundant, and there is tigers’ dung all along the road, on which all
my Huthalia taooana were taken. I imagine that this country from
Tenasserim to the Lushai Hills will be the great tiger preserve of
the future, as except on the plains it is too barren ever to support
many people. I must explain that I sent a great many bad speci-
mens, as | thought there were enough to make an article about, and
I think, altogether, of 300 species good and bad. In the Danaide I
got nothing at all uncommon. sites angularis occurred in the low
country along with a rare new species, of which the hind wing is
produced more at the middle than at the upper median vein. Of
Zethera diademoides only males, which were numerous at 1000 to
2000 feet. Isee Mr. Holland makes a new genus of it, Huplomima ;
but why not call it Anadebis?
“TJ send a few of both sexes of a Thaumantis near aliris (pseuda-
iris, Butl.). Like the other two species, it mimics when flying a
large protected Cicada (Posena melanoptera’). It swarms in Borneo,
256 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM _[ Apr. 21,
where I have often mistaken the butterfly for the cicada, and vice
versd, though after death the cicada faded, so that the resemblance
is hard to see. I also send Zeuxidia masoni; the fragrance of the
male is peculiar but very sweet. JI have been unlucky with
Cyrestis nivalis, of which I have seen half a dozen. From its extreme
timidity I think one can see that it is at the limit of its range,
and just maintains itself. In the Apaturide I got very little of
interest. The Stibochiona seems new. It was very rare and confined
to the summit at from 4000 to 4500 feet. If you describe it please
mention the hairy eyes of this genus; this is its most remarkable
feature and not mentioned by Westwood.
“A fine pair of Prothoé caledonia are perhapsthe best things I got,
no others were seen, but Prothoé angelica was more common and was
taken on the body of a dead Python. It is very fragrant in both
sexes. There are several Charazes of the polyxena group, the names
of which I do not pretend to know ; also C’. durnfordi, of which I am
very proud; it is very hard to catch, even more difficult than
Prothoé caledonia. I have noticed enough facts to be confident that
timidity is a source of protection. Inthe Eastern Ghats, where Neptis
nandina is rare, I could always tell it from NV. varmona a hundred
yards off, because it flew away ; but then varmona is like hordonia,
a protected species. All the Charazes in the Malayan region are
hal to catch, as poor Kunstler used to insist ; but there is nothing
more helpless than most Charawes in the Indo-Burmese region.
They fly so straight that you can take them on the wing nine times
out of ten; they persistently return to the same spot and love to
light on projecting twigs, where you can easily get them by a stroke
of the net from below. But that is not the case in the Malayan
regions ; I do not know how many hours I spent in the interior of
Sumba trying to catch a huge undescribed Charawes of the pyrrhus
group; and the polywena group never seem common down there as
in India.
‘*T send many males of Neurosigma doubledayi. It seems to me
distinct from the Sikkim form, of which I took dozens in the
Chittagong hill-tracts, all black and fulvous above. All the Athymas
sent are from the high country above 4000 feet. I donot know
why.”
Mr. Doherty then gives a lot of notes about various Lycznide,
which will be inserted in their places, and shortly afterwards left for
the Ruby-Mine district north of Mandalay, whence he wrote from
the Injok valley near Bernardmyo, on May 25th, as follows :—
“ T have been at Bernardmyo at 5400 feet, and here in a hut at
Injok since May 2nd; we had rather an absurd journey. At Thabeit
kyin on the Irawadi river the country was wholly parched up, not
a green leaf for miles, and the grass on fire everywhere. From there
the road goes to Mogouk nearly 70 miles. Transport had broken
down, but I managed to borrow two carts, for two of my Lepchas
were sick and could not walk, and hired two pair of bullocks at 35
rupees each. They broke down at a desolate place 12 miles out, .
where I had to stay two days. Then, luckily for me, General
1891. | THE NAGA ANP KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 257
Wolseley came along and got me bullocks, and we went on together
fora stage. Then my drivers ran away, and my cook and I had to
drive the carts ourselves, and as I have no gift at all for bullock-
driving it took us eight days to reach Mogouk. There were no
insects all the way but a few dry-country species such as Antigonus,
and one or two Neope bhima at 2000 to 3000 feet. Mogouk is a
lovely place, but no Butterflies, so I came to Bernardmyo and found
it just as bad. No Lepidoptera or shells. The few Butterflies
taken (Zophoessa sura and yama quite common) were all Naga-Hill
Species except a curious Cellerebia (?) with a sex-mark as in Ypthima
(Y. narasingha), which is very scarce. No sign of any Chryso-
phanus. No Jlerda but brahma. Bernardmyo is a dreary place in
the midst of a vast fern-pasture, stuck all over with charred stumps;
for all this country was high forest twenty years ago, and there were
no natural meadows, and no flowers, only grass and fern.
“* The high peak here is 7500 feet, and there are two others nearly
as high. The nearest bit of forest is four miles from Bernardmyo,
and nearly all above 6000 feet, so that collecting is weary work. I
thought that I had come just at the right time, for the grass-burning
was over, the grass just springing, and the first showers had fallen.
We had two weeks of bright weather, but since then it rains every
day from 9 to 3, clears off at 5, and the nights are clear, cold, and
windy, bad for Moths. For the last ten days I have been doing well
in beetles, but there are no flower-haunting species like Cetonias.
The Moths are just beginning to come out, but there are no
Butterflies nor any hope of them.
“The forest is singularly fine, full of tree-ferns, better than
anything in the Naga Hills, and the trees are nothing like so much
buried in moss and orchids; so the climate must be much drier than
that of Kohima, though the rainfall, 70 inches (at Mogouk 119), is
nearly as large. To-morrow I leave for the low country in the Shan
State of Momeit ; I hope I may come back alive, for the authorities
have solemnly warned me against gommg. All my men have been
almost constantly sick, and Longchung has quite broken down, so I
leave him here. I have not been very strong myself, so I hope the
long voyage to Sumatra will set me up again. This is a desperately
expensive country : fowls are 2 to 4 rupees each, and coolies get 14
rupees a day each. At Bernardmyo I luxuriate on commissariat
bread and beef, and every one both civil and military has been very
kind.
“You ask me about the Himantopterus dohertyi which you de-
scribed in the Trans. Ent. Soc. ‘Ihe first specimen with the tails quite
filiform ( 2 ) I caught crawling out of an ant’s nest in the ground. I
dug the nest open, but did not find any more. The others were all
I think taken flying in broad daylight along the road from Kohima
to Keowema at 5000 to 6000 feet, usually in the morning. They
flew heavily and slowly; I noticed a slight offensive smell, much as
in Histia flabellicornis. With regard to that superb Campylotes
(C. desgodinsi, var. splendida, Elwes), I hardly ever saw such a con-
spicuous insect; it shone in the jungle like a little fire. Igotit in the
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XVII. 17
258 MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM __[ Apr. 2],
Zulla valley along with Armandia ; the other species (C. histrzonicus,
var. altissima, Elwes) came, [ think, from lower ground. The mimicry
in this species seems very perfect at a little distance, both im flight and
colouring ; so that it is only when you look closely that you see that
all the colours are quite different from those of Danais genutia. The
long-bodied Sphinx-like Bombyx you think a new genus (allied to
Tarsolepis fulgurifera, Wk.) was taken in cracks and hollows of
trees high above the ground, and was hard to distinguish from the
bark. The creatures can hardly fly at all, and I brought down one
with a stone.”
I may add that the species just referred to came from the Naga
Hills, not from Burmah. :
On his return from Momeit, which I see is also written Momeik,
and is now to be annexed to British Burmah, Mr. Doherty writes
me from Mandalay on June 30th:—“ Among the Momeit Butterflies
are a number of Libythea rohina (L. narina), which occurs there along
with myrrha. Also a few pairs of Yoma vasuli, Doherty. I think
Yoma will stand as a genus in spite of Semper’s rash identification
of it with Salamis. Each of the islands trom Java and Celebes
eastwards seems to have its form of Yoma, all very dubiously distinct ;
though constant enough on the upperside, vasukz is no better
species than two or three more. Among the Bernardmyo species is
a broken specimen of Papilio machaon taken at 5500 feet. The
soldiers there took several broken examplesof P. gyas and P. krishna,
also a bad specimen of Lethe purana, none of which I got. The
weather at Bernardmyo was much colder than I expected, colder
than Darjiling in the rains. During June the weather was lovely,
and I do not understand why the woods were so devoid of all animal
life. May was a good month for beetles and I did very well; but
June was a failure all round, both on the high and low country. I
was detained beyond my intentions, as Longchung was too ill to be
moved, and then I could get no transport. At last I got away in
the ‘ burst of the monsoon’ and had a most uncomfortable 70 miles
to the river. Thabeitkyin, where scarcely any rain falls, was like a
paradise when we got there, and I was able to dry all my specimens,
which I hope will reach you in good order. My men are all very
low with fever and dysentery. The Ruby Mines are the most
unhealthy district I ever heard of; I suffered far less than my men,
and yet I lost 15 pounds weight.”
The extracts which I have quoted above give a graphic picture of
the life of a collector in the more unexplored and out-of-the-way
hill-tracts of India; and though Mr. Doherty constantly speaks, as
Wallace does in the Malay Archipelago, of his want of success, yet
he has done more than I could have expected in the time, and his
collection of Moths in particular, though not so numerous in Burmah
as in the Naga Hills, includes many novelties, and will take me some
time to work out. After leaving Burmah Mr. Doherty went to
Sumatra, and is now on his way to the Eastern islands of the Malay
Archipelago, whence I trust he will return in safety with rich
collections. He has already done more than any other single man I
1891.] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 299
know of, not only in collecting, but in studying the materials he
obtains.
For further particulars as to the physical features, climate, and
natural productions of the Karen and Shan Hiils, I may refer to
Capt. Wardlaw Ramsay’s paper on the Birds of Karen-nee in ‘ The
Ibis,’ 1875, p. 348; to Mr. Hemsley’s paper on the Botany of
Upper Burmah and the Shan States, in the ‘ Journal of the Linnean
Society,’ vol. xxviii. 1890, p. 1 e¢ seg.; and to Dr. Manders’s list of
the Butterflies collected by him in the Shan States, in the ‘ Trans-
actions of the Entomological Society,’ 1890, which will supplement
my paper.
Subfamily Saryrinz.
ZETHERA DIADEMOIDES.
Z. diademoides, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 824, t. 51.35; Butt.
Ind. 1. p. 98, t. xiv. 33 ¢.'
Abundant at lower levels in Bast Pegu, and does not vary
perceptibly.
C@LITES NOTHIS.
C. nothis, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. D. L. p. 368, t. 66. 2 (1851) ;
Butt. Ind. i. p. 101.
Not found by Doherty, but occurs at Bhamo. Major Adamson
took it in dense forest.
Ca:LiTES EPIMINTHIA.
C. epiminthia, Westw. Gen. D. L. p. 368 (1851); Butt. Ind. i.
jis WIS tis Sani tes oyllie
Perfectly distinct from the last, and not uncommon at Perak.
CQ@LITES EUPTYCHIOIDES.
Oclites euptychioides, Feld. Reise Nov. i. p. 499.
Colites humilis, Butl. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, xx. p. 403 (1867).
Celites euptychioides, var. humilis, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 45, fig. 15.
A pair of this fine species from Perak.
MYcALESIS ANAXIAS.
M. anaxias, Hew. Ex. Butt. ii. Myc. t. 4. 25, 26 (1862); Butt.
Ind. i. p. 106.
Occurs with the next at low levels in Hast Pegu.
MYCALESIS ANAXIOIDES.
M. anaxioides, Marsh. Butt. Ind. i. p. 107.
Two pairs from East Pegu at 1500 feet agree perfectly with the
description and in the points of difference mentioned by Marshall ;
they are also larger than any specimens of M/. anaxias I have seen.
1 T have cited Marshall and Nicéville’s ‘ Butterflies of India’ throughout this
paper simply as “ Butt. Ind.”
re
260 MR. H. J, ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM __—[Apr. 21,
MYCALESIS SANATANA.
M. sanatana, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. i. p. 231; Butt. Ind. i. p. 108.
Common in East Pegu in March and April at 4000 to 5000 feet.
MYCALESIS GOPA.
M. gopa, Feld. Nov. iii. p. 501; Butt. Ind. i. p. 107.
A specimen from the Naga Hills taken in August together with
specimens of MW. perdicias, Hew., from Hongkong and Ichang in
China, tend to confirm the opinion I have previously expressed, that
these forms are inseparable.
MycaLEsiIs GOTAMA.
M. gotama, Moore, Cat. B. I. C. i. p. 232 (1857).
M. charaka, Moore, P. Z.S. 1874, p. 566; Butt. Ind. i. p. 109.
Sadarga oculata, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 158.
M. oculata, Butt. Ind. i. p. 109.
A specimen of the so-called J. charaka from Margharita taken by
Doherty in May, and one from Bhamo obtained by Major Adamson,
are inseparable from MW. gotama, which also occurs in the Loochoo
Islands (Pryer) and at Kiukiang (Pratt).
MYycALESIS MALSARIDA.
M. malsarida, Butl. Cat. Satyr. p. 134, t. 3. 14 (1868); Butt.
Ind. i. p. 127.
M. khasiana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 566; de Nicév. J. A. S. B.
vol. lvii. pt. 1. p. 273 (1889) ; Butt. Ind. i. p. 127.
The wet-season form of this butterfly was taken in May by
Doherty at Margharita.
MYycALESIS NICOTIA.
M. nicotia, Hew. Gen. D. L. p. 394, t. 67. fig. 4 (1851); Butt.
Ind. 1. p. 129.
Males of this species were common in Hast Pegu at 4000 to 5000
feet in March and April, and differ from those taken at the same
season in Sikkim in the ground-colour of the underside, which is much
paler. A female from the Naga Hills at about 6000 feet, taken in
August, is of the rainy-season form, and agrees with others from
Bhutan and Sikkim taken in June and August.
MycALESIS MALSARA.
M. malsara, Moore, Cat. B. I. C.i. p. 231; Butt. Ind. 1. p. 129.
Samanta rudis, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 166.
Mycalesis rudis, Butt. Ind. i. p. 130.
Common in March and April in the Karen Hills.
The ocelli and breadth of the white band below are very variable,
but all are nearer to the form rudis than to the rainy-season form
1891.] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 261
malsara, whilst one sent by Major Bingham from the Karen Hills in
February is a perfect rudis. { think there can be no question of
the seasonal dimorphism in this species.
MYCALESIS SURKHA.
M. surkha, Marsh. J. A. S. B. vol. li. pt. ii. p. 37, t. iv. fig. 1 g
(1882); Butt. ind. i. p. 133.
Var. ustulata.
M. ustulata, Dist. Entomologist, vol. xviii. p. 289 (1885); Rbop.
Mal. p. 418, t. xh. fig. 163.
With the exception of the larger ocelli, broader transverse lilac
band, and more distinct markings of the underside, in which, as
Distant says, it forms a transition to the Javan MV. oroates, Hew., I
see nothing to distinguish W. ustulata, of which I have two pairs taken
by Doherty at Perak in February, from swrkha, which I have trom
‘Tavoy. The difference is just that which might be expected to be
produced by a damper and hotter climate, and I have little doubt
that both forms will be found at different seasons in the same locality,
if the dry and wet seasons are well marked.
MYCALESIS FUSCUM.
Dasyomma fuscum, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 401 (1860).
Mycalesis diniche, Hew. Ex. Butt. ii. Mye. t. iv. fig. 23
(1862).
Mycalesis fusca, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 53, t. v. fig. 1 2.
Taken at Perak by Doherty, and also common in the island of
Nias off the coast of Sumatra (Mogdiliant).
MYCALESIS DOHERTYI, nu. sp. (Plate XXVII. figs. 3 g,4 2.)
Mr. Doherty sent a pair from the low country of Perak which
seem to me, as to him, tu belong to an undescribed species of the same
group as the last, in which the base cf the costal, median, and
submedian veins are much swelled in both sexes, and the male has
a tuft of fine silky hairs at the base of the hind wing covering a
glandular patch.
3S. Dark hair-brown above, with an ocellus near the apex of fore
wing, another larger one below it. The hind wing has three small
ocelli above and two larger ones below.
Beneath, the wings are paler brewn, with a faint broken pale
transverse oblique band near the base, another distinct whitish one
across both wings not reaching the inner margin of hind wing.
Ocelli as above but more distinct, the upper one on the hind wing
larger but not so large as the fourth and fifth, and two additional
small ones at anal angle which do not show above.
Below, the band of ocelli is edged on both sides with whitish, and
there are two pale marginal zigzag lines of same colour.
The female is like the male but rather larger, paler above, and
with rounder wings.
262 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Apr. 21,
MYCALESIS MAIANEAS.
M. maianeas, Hew. Ex. Butt. iii. Myce. t. v. 27, 28 (1864);
Butt. Ind. i. p. 108; Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 48, t. vi. fig. 4 2.
A single female of this species from Perak agrees with the plate,
except that the dull orange band of the fore wing is much fainter and
almost obsolete except near the costa.
MYCALESIS JANARDANA.
M.janardana, Moore, Cat. E. 1. C.i. p. 234; Butt. Ind. i. p. 128;
Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 54, t. v. fig. 2.
Martanda janardana, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 169.
Seems fairly common at Perak in January aud February. Fresh
males show a black velvety sexual patch of scales covering the whole
of the centre of the fore wing, which is not mentioned by Moore or
Distant. The female is larger and with rounder wings.
I should include this in the same group as M. fuscum and
dohertyi and probably mataneas ; though Moore says the subcostal
tuft of hairs on the hind wing is double, I can see no difference in it.
MYCALESIS MNASICLES.
M. mnasicles, Hew. Ex. Butt. ii. Myce. t. v. 22, 33 5 ; Butt.
Ind. i. p. 126.
This species, which has hitherto been considered rare, was taken in
some numbers by Doherty at the foot of the Karen Hills in East
Pegu.
MYCALESIS ANAPITA.
M. anapita, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. i. p. 232; Dist. Rhop. Mal.
p. 418, t. xxxix. fig. 8.
Not rare at Perak in January.
LETHE BHAIRAVA.
Debis bhairava, Moore, Cat. E. 1. C. 1. p. 217 (1857); Butt.
Ind. i. p. 139.
Abundant in the Naga Hills at 6000 to 7000 feet and agrees with
Sikkim specimens.
LETHE LATIARIS.
Debdis latiaris, Hew. Ex. Butt. iii. Debis, t. 1. 4 (1862); Butt.
Ind. i. p. 140.
Abundant in the Karen Hills at 4000 to 5000 feet.
LETHE SINORIX.
Debis sinoriz, Hew. Ex. Butt. in. Debis, t. 3. 19, 20 (1862).
Lethe sinorix, Butt. Ind. i. p. 144.
Occurs in the Naga Hills, and in the Karen Hills at 4000 to
5000 feet.
1891. ] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 263
LETHE KANSA.
Debis kansa, Moore, Cat. B. 1. C.i. p. 220 (1857).
Lethe kansa, Butt. Ind. i. p. 145.
Common in the Karen Hills at 3000 to 5000 feet.
- LETHE DISTANS.
L. distans, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 488; Lep. Exot.
Ds Co le Bas Zhe y DS Hote Monel Te Tooele
This occurs not unfrequently in the Karen Hills, but no females
were sent by Doherty.
LETHE VINDHYA.
Debis vindhya, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iii. p. 402 (1859); Elwes,
Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 313. -
Occurs not uncommonly in the Karen Hills at 4000 to 5000 feet,
and in the Naga Hills more rarely.
LETHE MEKARA.
Debis mekara, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. i. p. 219.
Lethe mekara, Butt. Ind. i. p. 148.
Occurs in the Karen and Naga Hills at 1500 feet.
LETHE GULNIHAL, var.
Lethe guinthal, de Nicév. P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 450, t. 39.7 ¢.
A species which agrees nearly with the figure and excellent de-
scription of LZ. gulnihal was found not uncommonly by Doherty at from
2000 to 5000 feet in the Karen Hills, and I have also a single specimen
taken by Dr. Manders in the Shan Hills. They differ, however, from
the type from Bhutan in Moller’s collection, now in the possession of
Mr. J. H. Leech, in having the narrow lines which cross both wings
beneath more zigzag and irregular, and the uppermost ocellus of the
hind wing smaller. The female, which is undescribed, is much paler
on both surfaces than the male, and has the costa of the fore wing, a
spot near the apex, and a faintly marked patch below it of a
lighter brownish yellow, with a whitish spot on the first median
interspace. The hind margin of the wing not bowed as in the male.
The ocelli of the hind wing showmg on the upper surface, and the
transverse lines of the underside are wider apart and much faiuter.
The ocelli are also smaller and nearly obsolete on the fore wing.
LETHE, sp. ine.
? Lethe brisunda, de Nicév. J. A. 8. B. lv. pt. ii. p. 249, t. xi.
fig. 13 2 (1887).
Two specimens were sent from Konoma in the Naga Hills with
note that they belonged to a species different from LZ. dinarbas on
account of the prehensores; and though I cannot see enough dit-
ference in them to separate them myself, they appear to be as near
to L. brisanda from Bhutan as to L. dinarbas.
The members of this group of the genus are so nearly allied to
264 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Apr. 21,
each other that it is not safe to decide without seeing a series, and I
know L. brisanda only from the description and plate.
LETHE DINARBAS.
Debis dinarbus, Hew. Ex. Butt. iii. Debis, t. iti. 15 ¢; Butt. Ind.
1. ps loo:
Common in the Naga Hills at 7000 feet.
LETHE SERBONIS.
Debis serbonis, Hew. Ent. Mo. Mag. xii. p. 151 (1876); Butt.
Ind. i. p. 155.
LETHE MINERVA.
Pap. minerva, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 493.
Lethe minerva, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 414, t. xxxvi. 8 ¢ ; Butt.
Ind. i. p. 140.
A single female from East Pegu sent by Doherty. I have another
from Rangoon taken by Major Adamson.
This species may be distinguished from others of the same group
by the short band inside the cell of the fore wing beneath, and by
the ocelli of the hind wing below, which have black centres broken
into numerous minute dots.
LETHE CHANDICA.
Debis chandica, Moore, Cat. E. 1. C. i. p. 219; Butt. Ind. 1.
p- 149.
Karen Hills at low elevations.
LETHE SIDONIS.
Debis sidonis, Hew. Ex. Butt. iii. Debis, t. ii. 16 d; ; Butt. Ind.
1. p. 159.
Specimens from the Naga Hills agree with those from Khasia in
being larger, brighter, and better marked below than Sikkim
specimens ; they are, however, hardly separable.
LETHE SIDEREA.
Lethe siderea, Marsh. J. A.S. B. xlix. pt. ii. p. 246 (1880) ; Butt.
Ind -i..p: 159:
Occurs near Bernardmyo and agrees perfectly with Sikkim
specimens.
ZOPHOESSA SURA.
Zophoessa sura, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. D. des Iie Psp 302, tO lle
Butt. Ind. i. p. 164.
Common near Bernardmyo at 6000 feet.
ZOPHOESSA YAMA.
Zophoessa yama, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. i. p. 221; Butt. Ind. i.
p- 169.
Also common near Bernardmyo and in the Naga Hills. It is
1891. ] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 265
remarkable that this genus, which is so well represented in Sikkim,
where eight of the nine known Indian species are found, should have
produced no species peculiar to the more eastern hill-tracts, except
Z. andersoni, which Mr. Doherty did not take.
Several other species occur, however, in Western China.
NEOPE PULAHA.
Lasiommata? pulaha, Moore, Cat. KE. I. C. i. p. 227.
Neope pulaha, Butt. Ind. i. p. 170. .
Very abundant in the Karen Hills at 4000-3000 feet, and occurs
also in the Naga Hills.
The Burmese form of this species differs from that found in the
Himalayas and Naga Hills slightly but so constantly that it might
almost be separated. :
A series of six pairs from Sikkim and the same number from the
Karen Hills show the following points of distinction are constant :—
Above, the spots in the Karen-Hill specimens are paler. Beneath,
all the markings are lighter in tint, especially the ocelli of the hind
wings and the broad lunules outside them, which are fulvous instead
of dark brown. A single male from the Naga Hills does not show
these differences so clearly, but is nearer to the Burmese than to the
Sikkim form.
Until I see more specimens from intermediate localities to prove
that the transition is not gradual, I think it will be best to allow this
form to remain unnamed.
Neope agrestis, Oberthir, from Ta-tsien-lo, is a smaller species,
which seems nearly allied to pudaha, but distinct.
NEOPE BHADRA.
Lasiommata? bhadra, Moore, Cat. E.I.C. i. p. 227.
Neope bhadra, Butt. Ind. i. p. 171.
Occurs in the Karen Hills at 4000-5000 feet, but, except that the
markings of the hind wings are somewhat paler, does not differ from
Sikkim and Khasia specimens.
NEOPE ARMANDII.
Saiyrus armandii, Oberth. Et. Ent. ii. p. 26, t. 11. 5 ¢ (1876).
Neope khasiana, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 306; Butt.
Ind. i. p. 172.
Doherty sent two males from the Naga Hills and one from Ber-
nardmyo. I should have been inclined to refer these to two species
if I had not seen a large series of specimens from Western China
in Mr. Leech’s collection, showing with some variation the same
differences of colour on the hind wing as the Naga specimens, which
are undoubtedly Ahastana, Moore, do from the Bernardmyo one,
which is inseparable from armandii and differs in having the outer
part of the hind wing yellowish instead of brown. The Chinese
specimens in Mr. Leech’s collection belong to both forms, and seem
by their labels to occur in the same localities; there are also some
266 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Apr. 21,
more or less intermediate specimens. The pattern of the underside
in this, as in most other Satyridze, is the surest guide.
NEOPE MUIRHEADI.
Lasiommata muirheadi, var. bhima, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. vi.
p- 28 (1862).
Neope bhima, Marsh. J. A. 8. B. xlix. pt. ii, p. 246 (1880); Butt.
Inestep 072; texas 200s
I have several specimens taken by Doherty in the Karen Hills
and at Momeit, Upper Burmah, at 1500-2000 feet, also two from
Dr. Manders taken in the Shan Hills, which seem to show that this
species cannot be specifically separated from N. muirheadi. Of the
latter I have three males from Ningpo, the original locality, which
are easily distinguished by the small ocelli almost obsolete on
the upperside and the less distinct markings, and in some cases
almost obsolete white band on the hind wings below.
But three males and two females from Kiukiang and a female from
near Shanghai show that these characters are not at all constant,
and the ocelli of the Chinese females are like those of the Burmese
males. The Burmese female I have resembles the plate but is
larger, whilst the males have only one or two small brown marks on
the upperside of the fore wing instead of the three well-marked ocelli
beneath.
These four species are all the Neopes known to occur in India, as
I think that VV. moorei, Butl., may be dropped from the list alto-
gether, as a very doubtful species of still more doubtful origin.
RAPHICERA SATRICUS.
Lasiommata satricus, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. D. L. t. 64. 4.
Raphicera satricus, Butt. Ind. i. p. 175.
Occurs in the Naga Hills at 6000-7000 feet.
SATYRUS LOHA.
Aulocera loha, Doh. J. A. S. B. lv. pt. ii. p. 118 (1887).
Satyrus loha, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 323, t. ix. 6 ¢.
Two temales from Mao on the Manipur frontier of the Naga Hills,
taken at 8500 feet in August by Doherty, and marked by him “ Joha
apparently,” also seem to me to belong to this species, but without
the male sex it is not possible to distinguish it certainly from
S. padma.
RAGADIA CRISIA.
Euptychia crisia, Hiibn. Zutr. ex. Schm. t. 675, 676 (1832).
Ragadia erisia, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 420, t. xix. 7.
Seems to be common at Perak.
RaGADIA CRITO.
Ragadia crito, de Nicév. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. v. p. 199
(1890).
Several specimens from Margharita in Upper Assam agree with
typical specimens from Bhutan.
1891.] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 267
YprHima MeTHorRA. (Plate XXVII. fig. 1, 3.)
Vpthima methora, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, ii. p. 291, t. xviii.
20, 21 2 (1864); Elwes, op. cit. 1888, p. 326; de Nicév. J. A.S. B.
vol. lv. pt. i. p. 233 (1887).
_ In writing of this species only two years ago I endeavoured to
show how the form which I believed to be identical with Hewitson’s
species might be distinguished in Sikkim from Y. sakra, Moore, and
from Y. philomela, Hibn., with which I thought it had been con-
fused by Marshall and de Nicéville.
I have now received numerous specimens of three forms of
Ypthima, collected by Doherty in Hastern Pegu at 2000 feet eleva-
tion and upwards, which I find it difficult to name with certainty.
The difficulty arises from the fact that the types of Y. methora in
Hewitson’s collection are females, and therefore we are unable to say
whether it belongs to the group in which the male is characterized
by the presence of a sexual mark or patch of raised scales on the
upperside of the fore wing, as seen in Y.philomela and Y. motschulskyt,
or whether it is, as I supposed, more nearly allied to Y. sakra, in which
there is no sexual mark.
Of the three forms now in question from Burmab, one is what is
spoken of as Y. methora by Marshall and de Nicéville in Butt. Ind.
i. p. 215, of which Y. marshalli, Butl., is the cold-weather form,
with minute ocelli, and which has been bred from Y. philomela at
Calcutta by de Nicéville (cf. J. A. S. B. ly. pt. 11. 1886, p. 231).
The male has a more or less indistinct sexual patch, which in
some quite fresh specimens is hardly if at all visible, and which makes
me doubt the propriety of using this as a character on which the
genus can be divided into groups’. The ocelli are constant in
number and position but variable in size. The underside is crossed
by three distinct bands.
The second form is like it but smaller, with the inner and
middle bands on the underside almost obsolete, and but for the
faintness or absence of the sexual patch would, without any hesita-
tion, be called Y. philomela.
The third is much larger, with larger ocelli, and agrees with what
I spoke of as the rainy-season brood of Y. methora in my Sikkim Cata-
logue, which I have from Sikkim, Bhutan, the Khasia and Naga
Hills, except that the underside is much paler and the ocelli even
more prominent, especially the second one on the hind wing above.
This is the more remarkable because the specimens appear to have
been taken at a time, March and April, when the form with minute
1 Since writing this I have seen very large numbers of Ypthime in Mr.
Leech’s collection from China, which tend to confirm my opinion that the so-
called sex-mark is an inconstant character. Some of these are Y. motschulskyz,
which normally has a well-defined sex-mark, but in others from the same
locality this is faint or altogether wanting, and the variation in size and in the
striation of the underside is so great that one cannot tell whether they belong
to one or more species. Seasonal dimorphism does not seem to occur in China
in this genus or in Mycalesis to anything like the same extent as in India,
which is only to be expected when we know how different are the seasons.
268 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM _[Apr. 21,
ocelli occurs in Sikkim and when it would have been expected also
in Burmah.
This last form has no trace of a sexual patch or of transverse
bands on the underside, and might be considered a form of Y. sakra
as it was by Doherty, who wrote Y. nikea on the paper, this
name being considered both by de Nicéville and myself as little
more than a synonym of Y. sakra.
It would appear from these specimens that although in Sikkim,
whence we have much larger series taken at all seasons, Ypthima
sakra, methora, and philomela are distinguished by fairly good
characters, in East Pegu the same characters do not hold good;
and that neither the sexual patch nor the striation or bands of the
underside can be relied on to separate or name them. I hope, how-
ever, that by pointing out the difficulties which arise, collectors in
different parts of Burmah may be led to take particular notice of
the species of Ypthima, and if possible clear up the confusion which
at present exists among them.
YPTHIMA SAKRA.
Yphthima sakra, Moore, Cat. E.I.C. i. p. 236; Butt. Ind. i.
p- 232, t. xvil. 67 ¢.
Specimens of this, which agree well with those from Sikkim and the
Khasias, were sent from the Naga Hillsas well as from Bernardmyo.
YPTHIMA PANDOCUS.
Y. pandocus, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. i. p. 235 ; Butt. Ind. i. p. 223.
¥. corticaria, Butl. Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. i. p. 557
(1879).
Common at Perak in January and February.
YPTHIMA NARASINGHA. (Plate XXVII. fig. 2, 2.)
Y. narasingha, Moore, Cat. E.1.C. 1. p. 236; Butt. Ind. i.
p- 225.
Taken by Doherty at Bernardmyo in May.
The female, which is undescribed, differs from the male in being
_ larger, of a greyer tint above, and a more greenish shade on the
underside. The striation of the underside is less marked than in
Hewitson’s type specimen.
I doubt the occurrence of this species in Sikkim, where it has never
keen found by any recent collector, and believe that this is the first
time that it has been found since Hewitson described it. Doherty
supposed it to be a new species of Callerebia, to which genus it
seems to have as much or more resemblance than to Ypthima.
ERITES MEDURA.
Hipparchia medura, Horsf. Cat. E. I. C. pt. ii. t. v. figs. 8, 8 a
(1829).
? Erites angularis, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1878, p. 825; Butt. Ind. i.
p. 236, t. xvi. 50 2.
Numerous specimens were sent by Doherty from East Pegu, taken
1891. ] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 269
at about 1500 feet, of which several females and one male were
by him supposed to be, and marked as, a distinct species. These cor-
respond to the female taken in the Thoungyeen forests by Major
Bingham and described by Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. i.
p- 237, as nearer to L. medura of Java than to LH. angularis.
. After examining the series closely and comparing them with one
Javan specimen, I do not see how to separate the two species, for,
though in the supposed new species the ocelli on the upperside of the
hind wing are much larger than in the other form from the same
locality, whilst on the underside both the ocelli and the bands are
almost obsolete, I am rather inclined to suspect seasonal dimorphism,
and to think that this form is the last of the first brood, and the
others, among which males are far more numerous, are the first of a
second brood. In the Javan specimen we have the hind wing like one
form below and the other above. Further observations are requisite
in order to decide the question.
CALLEREBIA ORIXA.
C. oriza, Moore, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 555; Butt. Ind. i. p. 245.
Erebia polyphemus, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. ii. p. 33, t. 1. 2 5 (1876).
Several specimens from the Naga Hills agree with those I took in
the Khasias, and cannot be separated from Chinese examples, of
which I have two from near Ichang, two from Ta-tsien-lo, and one
from Moupin. The female, which is undescribed, does not differ
from the male except in being slightly paler in colour.
CYLLOGENES JANET.
C. janete, de Nicév. P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 453.
A single male was taken by Doherty in the Naga Hills, and agrees
with a specimen from Bhutan in my collection.
ELYMNIAS PENANGA.
Melanitis penanga, Westw. Gen. D. L. ii. p. 405.
EL. penanga, Butt. Ind. i. p. 269.
One specimen was sent from the low country of Hast Pegu,
another from Perak.
ELYMNIAS OBNUBILA.
E. obnubila, Marsh. Butt. Ind. i. p. 272.
Rare in the Karen Hills at about 2000 feet in April; Doherty
says that he has also taken it west of Bassein.
ELYMNIAS PEALI.
Elymnias peali, Wood-Mason, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, xi. p. 62, t. ii.
(1883).
Dyctis peali, Butt. Ind. i. p. 276.
A single specimen of this distinct species was taken at Margharita
in May.
270 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Apr. 21,
ELYMNIAS PATNA.
Melanitis patna, Westw. Gen. D. L. ii. p. 405.
Dyctis patna, Butt. Ind. i. p. 277.
Two specimens from the Karen Hills taken at 4000 feet.
Though Marshall and de Nicéville have adopted Butler’s genus
Dyctis in their book, their remarks show that they do not believe it
to be a natnral one, and my own observations so far as they go lead
me to the same opinion.
Subfamily MorpHin2.
ZEUXIDIA AMETHYSTUS.
Z. amethystus, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 485; Dist. Rhop. Mal.
De (2, tonvits Wea 2 1S
Z. masoni, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 826; Butt. Ind. 1. p. 286.
Several specimens of both sexes were taken at the foot of the
Karen Hills by Doherty in March and April, which agree with a
male from Perak.
I am unable from these specimens to see how Z. masoni differs
from Z. amethystus, to which both Distant and de Nicéville consider
it closely allied. I have another male from Borneo which is identical
with the Burmese species.
ZEUXIDIA AURELIUS.
Pap. aurelius, Cram. Pap. Ex. ii. p. 110, t. 168. A, B.
Zeuxidia aurelius, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 425, t. xxxvil. fig. 1 g.
A single male of this fine species sent from Perak by Doherty
was unfortunately much damaged.
AMATHUSIA AMYTHAON.
A. amythaon, Doubl. Ann. Nat. Hist. xix. p. 175 (1847); Butt.
Ind. i. p. 291.
? A. portheus, Feld. Reise Nov. iii. p. 461 (1865) ; Butt. Ind. i.
p- 293, fig.
? A. westwoodi, Butl. Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 55 (1869); Butt.
Ind. 1. p. 292.
I received three males and a female of this species taken at the
foot of the Karen Hills by Doherty, which agree with one from
Sikkim in Mr. Godman’s collection, identified by him with A. por-
theus, also with a pair taken by Major Bingham in Tenasserim in
my collection. I agree with the authors of the ‘ Butterflies of
India’ in thinking that only one species is represented by the three
names given above.
ENISPE EUTHYMIUS.
Adolias euthymius, Doubl. Ann. Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 179 (1845).
Enispe euthymius, Butt. Ind. i. p. 300.
Seems to be very common in the Karen Hills at 1500-4000 feet.
1891.] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 271
ENISPE CYCNUS.
E. cycnus, Westw. Gen. D. L. ii. p. 330; Butt. Ind. i. p. 301.
Taken by Doherty in the Naga Hills at low elevations, and also at
Bernardmyo.
. JEMONA LENA.
44. lena, Atkinson, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 215, t. xii. | g ; Butt. Ind.
i. p. 302.
A single male taken by Doherty in the Karen Hills at 2000 feet.
It also occurs near Bernardmyo in Upper Burmah.
THAUMANTIS DIORES.
T. diores, Doubl. Ann. Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 234 (1845) ; Butt. Ind. i.
p. 304.
T. ramdeo, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. i. p. 215; Butt. Ind.i. p. 305.
Occurs, but not abundantly, in the Karen Hills.
THAUMANTIS LUCIPOR.
T. lucipor, Westw. Gen. D. L. i. p. 337 (1851) ; Dist. Rhop. Mal.
p. 77, t.ix.8 3,99.
A few specimens in bad order from Perak.
THAUMANTIS NOUREDDIN.
T. noureddin, Westw. 1. ¢.; Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 78, t. vil. 3 o,
to be Oe
Also sent from Perak by Doherty.
THAUMANTIS PSEUDALIRIS.
T. pseudaliris, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soe. vol. xiii. p. 115 (1877) ;
Butt. Ind. i. p. 307 ; Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 79, t. viil.3 3.
Seems to be not rare at the foot of the Karen Hills, whence
Doherty took several specimens in fresh condition, All these agree
with the specimens taken by Major Bingham in Tenasserim, and
differ slightly from the type from Malacca in the British Museum,
which has the band of the fore wing rather shorter and narrower than
my specimens.
'STICTOPHTHALMA LOUISA.
Thaumantis louisa, Wood-Mason, J. A. 8. B. xlvii. pt. it. p. 175
(1878).
Stictophthalma lowisa, Butt. Ind. i. p. 311.
This species, which was hitherto only known in Europe from the
few specimens taken in the Thoungyeen Valley by Major Bingham,
seems to be very numerous at the foot of the Karen Hills, where
Doherty took many males, but only two or three females, in March
and April. They do not vary appreciably, and in colour are just
halfway between S. camadeva and S. howqua, but perfectly distinct
from both.
272 MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM _[Apr. 21,
CLEROME GRACILIS.
C. gracilis, Butl. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, xx. p. 401 (1867); Dist.
Rhop. Mal. p. 81, t. vii. 1 ¢.
A good species, of which four males and two females were sent
from Perak by Doherty. The female, which was unknown to Dis-
tant, differs only in the shape of the wings.
CLEROME ARCESILAUS.
C. arcesilaus, Fabr.; Butt. Ind. i. p. 313.
Also taken at Perak by Doherty, and constantly distinct from
the last, which is smaller and of a different colour below.
MELANOCYMA FAUNULA.
Clerome faunula, Westw. Gen. D. L. ii. p. 334, t. 54. 1 Q (1851);
Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 81, t. vill. 2 9.
Clerome (Melanocyma) faunula, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. n.s. iv.
p. 186, t. 21.2 2 (1858).
A good series of this fine species were sent from Perak by
Doherty. As the male does not seem to have been described, I
may note that it has a curious sexual character in the shape of a
large tuft of grey hairs between the submedian and internal veins
of the hind wing near the anal angle. The same tuft exists, but in
a much less developed form, in the male of Clerome assama, Westw.,
and seems to have been overlooked in the ‘ Butterflies of India’ as
well as by Westwood, though it has been remarked as occurring in
Xanthotenia busiris. On this account and on account of its very
different appearance from any other of the genus Clerome known to
me, I think Westwood’s genus should be adopted.
XANTHOTAENIA BUSIRIS.
Clerome (Xanthotenia) busiris, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. n. s. iv.
p: 187 (1858).
Xanthotenia busiris, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 82, t. v. fig. 7; Butt.
Ind. i. p. 284.
A pair sent from Perak by Doherty.
EURYTELA HORSFIELDII. .
E. horsfieldii, Bdv. Faun. Ent. Mad. p. 54, 2 ; Butt. Ind. ii.
p- 12, t. xvili. 69.
Two males were sent from the Karen Hills by Doherty, and I
have another from Singmo in the Shan States taken by Dr. Manders.
EuRYTELA CASTELNAUI.
E. castelnaui, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 401 (1860) ; Reise
Nov. t. 61. figs. 5, 6.
Seems not common at Perak, as Doherty sent four males only,
but no female. They are somewhat larger than, but otherwise iden-
tical with, a specimen from Borneo.
1891. ] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. a Fics
TERINOS ROBERTSIA.
T. robertsia, Butl. Aun. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, xx. p. 399, t. viii. 2-4
(1867).
Several pairs of this pretty species from Perak.
“TERINOS CLARISSA.
? T. clarissa, Bdv. Sp. Gén. i. t. ix. 4 (1836); Butt. Ind. 11. p. 39,
t. xxii. 101 ¢.
? T. teuthras, Hew. P. Z.S. 1862, p. 89; Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 183,
GaexOlG
A single male from Perak agrees with de Nicéville’s figure of a
Tenasserim specimen except in wanting the white spot on the under-
side and having the velvety patch of fore wing rather larger. It
agrees even better with Distant’s plate of T. tewthras, but without
seeing a series I am not able to say whether there are two species
or not. A Bornean specimen in my collection has the ochreous
border of the hind wing very much larger and brighter than the
Perak one.
STIBOCHIONA NICEA, var.
Adolias nicea, Gray, Lep. Nepal, p. 13, t. xl. 1 (1846).
Stibochiona nicea, Butt. Ind. i. p. 120, t. xix. 81.
Doherty sent four males and one female from the Karen Hills
taken at about 4000 feet, of which one was marked by him “ new
sp.,” and which at first sight seem very different from S. nicea and
nearer to the Javan 8. coresia. They are small, with a broader white
border to the hind wings than is found in Indian specimens and a
second blue line inside this border. I have, however, females from
Bhutan and Khasia which are nearly the same, and therefore doubt
the propriety of separating them, No species of this genus is re-
corded by Distant from the Malay Peninsula. Mr. Doherty calls
attention to the hairy eyes in this genus, which he says is its most
remarkable feature.
HELCYRA HEMINA.
H. hemina, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, ii. p. 245, t. xv. 1
(1864) ; Butt. Ind. ii. p. 45, t. xix. 83 ¢.
One male from the Naga Hills and four from the Ruby-Mine dis-
trict, taken in June.
SEPHISA CHANDRA,
Casialia chandra, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. p. 200, t. vi.a. 4.
Sephisa chandra, Butt. Ind. ii. p. 46.
Two males from the Naga Hills agree with Sikkim specimens.
APATURA ULUPI.
A, ulupi, Doh. J. A. 8. B. 1889, p. 125, t. x. fig. 2 ¢.
One of the types of this very distinct species was sent by Doherty
from Margharita and is in my collection.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XVIII. 18
274 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM _[Apr. 21,
CIRRHOCHROA BAJADETA.
C. bajadeta, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. p. 150, t. iii. a. 3 (1857).
Two specimens from Perak agree with a Sumatran one in my
collection.
CiRRHOCHROA ORISSA.
C. orissa, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 399 (1860) ; Reise Nov.
ie ANA 5 (oe
A few examples of this distinct species from Perak.
NEPTIS DINDINGA.
? N. dindinga, But). Trans. Linn. Soe., 2nd ser. Zool. i. p. 542,
t. 68. 6 (1879); Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 141, t. xvil. 5 Q ; Butt. Ind.
ii. p. 80.
I have a pair from the foot of the Karen Hills, of which the
female agrees with Distant’s plate; the male is much smaller, and has
the outer fulvous line on the hind wing almost absent, whilst in a
specimen from Moulmein, from whence the type came, it is quite gone,
and the markings of the underside are much more diffuse. In this
specimen also the orange band on fore wing above extends below the
median nervure.
I have another specimen from Bernardmyo, and one from
Pyanyoung in the Shan Hills collected by Dr. Manders, which
agree above with the Karen-Hill female, but are much paler below,
and have the markings partly obsolete.
After studying de Nicéville’s key to this genus in the second
vol. of the ‘ Butterflies of India,’ I am inclined to think that some of
the characters used by him are too variable to be relied on, and that
there are not nearly so many species of Nepéis as he allows. ‘The
group requires to be studied with much larger material than he
possessed, and the actual types would then be of very little import-
ance, as they represent individuals rather than species.
NEPTIS RADHA.
NV. radha, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. i. p. 166, t. iv. a. fig. 4; Butt.
Ind. ii. p. 84.
A single male, very pale in colour, from Bernardmyo, and two or
three more from the Naga Hills at 6000 feet.
NEPTIS MIAH.
NV. miah, Moore, 1. c. p. 164, t. iv. a. fig. 1; Butt. Ind. ii. p. 85.
Occurs in the Naga and Karen Hills, and seems to vary a cae
deal in the breadth and position of the bands of the hind wing ;
single male from Perak has much less of the poet colour Baio,
and may be another species.
NEPTIS ANANTA.
N. ananta, Moore, l.c. p. 166, t.iv.a. fig. 3; lyst Tod. ii. p. 85.
Occurs in the Naga and Karen Hills at 4000-6000 feet.
1891.] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 275
NEPTIS ANJANA.
N. anjana, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 309; Butt. Ind. ii.
p- 92.
This species seems common in the Karen Hills at 4000-5000 feet,
A single specimen was also sent from Perak by Doherty.
NEPTIS CARTICA, Var. BURMANA.
N. cartica, Moore, P.Z.8. 1872, p. 562; Butt. Ind. 1. p. 89.
N. burmana, de Nicév. Butt. Ind. ii. p. 89 (1886).
A single female, which I can only refer to this species, was taken
by Doherty inthe Karen Hills. It differs from females of N. cartica
from Sikkim in the points mentioned by de Nicéville, except in the
hind wing below, and is not, in my opinion, specifically distinct from
that species, though more specimens are necessary to decide the
question.
NeEprtis AMBA, Var. CARTICOIDES.
N. amba, Moore, P. Z.S8. 1858, p. 7, t. xlix. 4; Butt. Ind. i.
p- 88.
N. carticoides, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 309 ; Butt. Ind.
li. p. 90.
Several specimens from the Karen Hills, taken at 4000-5000 feet,
agree with Sikkim examples in my collection, but are somewhat
larger. I think that this form is much nearer to amba of the N.W.
Himalayas than to cartica, and is hardly separable from it. De
Nicéville says the markings of carticoides are narrower and tinged
with fuliginous, but I find considerable variation in both respects in
amba, and the range of the species appears to be continuous.
NEPTIS NATA.
N. nata, Moore, Cat. E. 1. C. i. p. 168, t. iv. a. fig. 6; Butt. Ind.
ii. p. 100.
?N. khasiana, Moore, P. Z.S. 1872, p. 562, t. xxxii. 7; Butt,
Ind. i. p. 100.
A single female from the Karen Hills agrees with the plate and
description of mata very fairly and with a specimen from Moulmein
taken by Major Adamson. Another specimen from him, marked
** Akyab, March ’83, rare,” is intermediate between rata and khasi-
ana, of which I have two specimens, taken by Doherty in the
Dhansiri valley of Upper Assam.
NEPTIS DURYODANA.
N. duryodana, Moore, P. Z.S. 1858, p. 10, t. xlix. 8; Butt. Ind.
ii. p. 101.
Seems common at Perak. Very like the last above, but distin-
guished by the basal band of hind wing below being double instead of
single.
18*
276 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM _[ Apr. 21,
NEPTIS EURYNOME.
Limenitis eurynome, Westw., Don. Ins. China, p. 66, t. xxxv. fig. 4.
Neptis varmona, Moore, P. Z. 8.1872, p. 561; Butt. Ind. ii. p. 95
et seq.
I am unable to separate the numerous forms of this very wide-
ranging species, which have been described by Moore as disrupta,
adara, meetana, and kamarupa, by Butler as swinhoei, eurymene, and
mamaja, and which are described and compared as far as possible by
de Nicéville, who appears te take much the same view as I do.
If the South-Indian form described as varmona be compared alone
with the Chinese form called by Westwood eurynome, it might per-
haps be separated ; but on bringing together a_ very large series of
nearly 100 specimens from all parts of India, China, and Burmah,
I can find no reason for doing so, and think that they may be con-
sidered as the tropical form of NV. aceris, which occurs in Europe,
Amur-land, and Japan, from which they are principally distinguished
by the yellower colour of the underside. LV. aceris is represented in
the Himalayas by N. mahendra, which I should consider identical
with it. L. eurynome seems common everywhere, and was taken by
Doherty in the Naga and Karen Hills and at Perak.
NEPTIS NANDINA.
N. nandina, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. i. p. 168, t. iv. a. 7; Butt. Ind.
ii. p. 104.
This species seems fairly distinct though nearly allied to WV. aceris ;
de Nicéville says that it may be recognized by the sudden widening
out at the costa of the discal band on underside of hind wing. This
I find to be hardly the case in my series. I should say rather that
the band becomes gradually broader in nine cases out of ten. I received
specimens from Bernardmyo and the Karen Hills, where it seems to
be fairly common. Neptis clinia of Moore, vaguely recorded from
Bengal and Siam, may, I think, be dropped from the Indian list as
a form which cannot be ideutified.
PENTHEMA DARLISA.
P. darlisa, Moore, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 829 ; Butt. Ind. ii. p. 145.
Two or three in bad condition from the foot of the Karen Hills.
LIMENITIS ZAYLA.
ZL. zayla, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. D. Lep. t. xxxv. 4; Butt. Ind. ii.
p- 159.
Not a rare species in the Naga Hills, and does not differ from
Sikkim specimens.
LIMENITIS DUDU.
L. dudu, Westw. Gen. D. Lep. ii. p. 276 (1850) ; Butt. Ind. ii.
p. 159.
Also found in the Naga Hills.
1891.]. THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 277
LIMENITIS DANAVA.
L. danava, Moore, Cat. E. 1. C. p. 180, t. vi. a. 2; Butt. Ind. i.
p- 157.
Less common than the last two in the Naga Hills; a female from
there is darker in colour than others from Sikkim and Landour.
ATHYMA KANWA.
: A. kanwa, Moore, P. Z.8. 1858, p. 17, t. ti. fig. 2; Butt. Ind.
il. p. 169.
; Several males of this were taken in the Karen Hills at 4000-5000
eet. :
ATHYMA PRAVARA.
A. pravara, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. p. 173, t. v.a. 4; Butt. Ind. i.
p- 170.
Sent by Doherty from Margharita and the Karen Hills.
ATHYMA MAHESA, var. RANGA.
A. ranga, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. p. 175, t. v. a. 6; Butt. Ind. il.
p- 172.
A single specimen of this, which I consider to be a form of mahesa,
taken in March in the Karen Hills.
ATHYMA OPALINA, var. ORIENTALIS.
A. orientalis, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 354, t.ix. fig.4 3.
Males of this from the Naga Hills are exactly like those from
Sikkim, Bhutan, and Khasia, which I called orientalis, but two from
the Karen Hills are nearer to the typical opalina. This inclines me
to think that the race is not so constant as I supposed, and 1 there-
fore drop the name as a specific one.
NEUROSIGMA DOUBLEDAYI, var.? (Plate XXVII. fig. 7,3.)
Acontia doubledaiit, Westw. Cab. Or. Ent. p. 76, t. xxxvil. 4 2
(1848).
Adolias siva, Westw. Gen. D. Lep. ii. p. 291 (1859).
Neurosigma siva, Butt. Ind. ii. p. 151, t. xix. fig. 80 ¢.
Seems common in the Karen Hills at 4000-5000 feet ; but males
only were sent.
These are perfectly distinct from the same sex of the form found
in Sikkim, Bhutan, and Khasia, having the rufous colour confined
to the base of the fore wing only, and not spread over the greater
part of the fore and inner half of the hind wing as in Sikkim. In
fact they resemble Westwood’s figure, which represents a female
from the Khasia Hills, except in the absence of a yellow dash near
the base of the hind wing. I have a specimen collected by Doherty
in the Chittagong Hills, which is like the Sikkim form.
If, therefore, the female from the Karen Hills proves different from
the Sikkim and Khasia one, I should have no hesitation in nammg
this form as distinct ; at present, however, we may only have a case
278 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM‘ [Apr. 2],
of male dimorphism in which the male and female are different in
some localities and resemble each other in others.
Two names also exist, of which siva is the one most generally used,
though doubledayi has priority. It is a curious fact that the extremely
rare female sex should have first been sent to England, whilst I
have never been able to procure one, and de Nicéville had never
seen one when the second volume of his book was published. A
specimen in Mr. Crowley’s collection, however, is exactly like the
plate of A. doubledayt.
LIMENITIS AUSTENIA.
Lebadea austenia, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 560, t. xxxii. fig. 1.
Limenitis austenia, Butt. Ind. u. p. 157.
Four males and a female of this rare species were taken at Marg-
harita in May 1889 by Doherty. According to his observations it is
a low-country species.
EUTHALIA TAOOANA.
Adolias taooana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 831; Butt. Ind. u.
p- 197.
Seems abundant in the Karen Hills at 4000-5000 feet, but only
males were sent by Doherty. The female remains undescribed, but
probably does nct differ materially from the male.
There is some variation in the small spots near middle of the hind
margin of fore wing above. Normally there are two, but in some
specimens one or both are wanting. On the hind wing above the
two uppermost spots are present, but of the lower ones one or both
are sometimes absent. The ground-colour of the underside is paler
than in any other of the group.
This is nearly allied to H. confucius of Westwood, from China, a
species which I have not been able to examine.
EUTHALIA NARAYANA.
Ef. narayana, Grose Smith, Rhop. Ex. pt. xv. p. 6, t. i. 4, 5 (1891).
I have two males from the Naga Hills differmg from each other
as well as from F. nara. One of them is the same as the form de-
scribed from the Ruby Mines as HL. narayana, the other is more like
EF. iva, Moore. I am not able to say without seeing more specimens
from different localities whether this should be considered a good
species or not.
KUTHALIA NARA, Var.
? Adolias nara, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. n.s. v. p. 78, t. viil.
1 9 (1859).
. nara, Butt. Ind. ii. p. 197.
Two males sent from the Naga Hills by Doherty differ from a pair
from Sikkim and others from Khasia in having the spots in the band
of fore wing of a greenish rather than a bluish shade. The series of
spots on hind wing below are rounder and arranged in a more curved
line than in nara.
1891.] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 279
EUTHALIA ANYTE.
Adolias anyte, Hew. Ex. Butt. iii. Adol. t. ii. 5 (1862).
H. anyte, Butt. Ind. ii. p. 198.
Occurs in the Naga Hills, whence I have what I take to be the
undescribed female of this species. I had it as well from Bhutan and
Sikkim, but had confused it with Z. nara, to which it bears a close
resemblance. It may, however, be distinguished by the colour of
the underside, which is of a paler green, by the position and shape
of the band of spots on hind wing below, which corresponds much
better with that of the male Z. anyte than with #. nara, and by the
smaller size and rather different shape of the markings at base of
hind wings below. In the female from Naga Hills the band below
is much shorter than in the Bhutan and Sikkim females, and the
corresponding spots above are absent. ~ In the male these white spots
take the form of a yellowish patch, varying in size but larger than
in the female. The fact that this female has come with the male
anyte from no less than three localities seems to me to confirm my
opinion °.
EuTHALIA FRANCIZ.
Adolias francie, Gray, Lep. Nepal, p. 12, t. xiv.
E. francie, Butt. Ind. ii. p. 202.
Occurs in the Naga and Karen Hills and at Bernardmyo. The
specimens vary here as elsewhere in the breadth of the white bands
and slightly in the tint of the upperside, but after comparing a
large series I do not think any local races can be recognized.
EUTHALIA SATROPACES.
Adolias satropaces, Hew. Ent. Mo. Mag. xii. p. 150 (1876).
E. satropaces, Butt. Ind. ii. p. 206.
Occurs in the Karen Hills.
? EUTHALIA BIPUNCTATA, Var.
? Adolias bipunctata, Snell. v. Voll. Tijd. Ent. v. p. 191, t. 10. 4
(1862).
A single male from Perak is unlike anything described by Distant
or de Nicéville, and is nearest to one from Padang in Sumatra which
is named bipunctata by Moore. I have not the original description
to refer to, but the species is nearest to #. kesava and differs from it
in its smaller size, brighter blue border to the hind wings, and beneath
in having a series of small pale bluish spots near the apex of fore
wing, which in the Sumatran specimen are also obsolete.
1 Since writivg this I have seen in Mr. Leech’s collection large numbers of
an insect from Western China, described by him as £. ome?, which evidently
represents H. anyte in China; the male has the upper part of the hind wing
yellowish; the female, which he had described as a different species, is almost
exactly similar to the female of £. anyte from Sikkim, and confirms the opinion I
have expressed above.
280 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Apr. 21,
? EUTHALIA ALPHEDA.
? Nymphalis alpheda, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 384 (1823).
Euthalia alpheda, Butt. Ind. i. p. 213.
? Adolias parta, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. p. 185.
Euthalia paria, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 437, t. xxxvil. 7 3.
I received from the Karen Hills many examples of a species which 1
name alpheda with doubt, as the type of Godart is not available, but
it is not the same as what I received from Java named L. alpheda by
Snellen. The male is exactly like the one figured by Distant as
E. parta, which he says was identified by Moore, though it does not
agree with his figure. It is the darkest and most uniformly black
of all the species known to me, having only a trace of pale blue at
the apex of fore wing below. The female is dull brown, with the
usual markings of the group, and a curved series of six pale spots
across the fore wing reaching the costa, showing with equal distinct-
ness on both surfaces. Below, the greater part of the hind wing is pale
lilac and the outer series of spots faint. This does not agree with
Moore’s description of parta ©, but it is almost certainly the female
of my species, as the number of both sexes showed that it was far
commouer than any other in the locality where they were taken.
EvuTHALIA ZICHRI, var. ?
? Adolias zichri, Butl. Cist. Ent. i. p. 6 (1869).
Euthalia zichri, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 438, t. xliu. 6.
A single male from East Pegu, at the foot of the Karen Hills,
agrees well with Distant’s plate. The type in the British Museum
trom Borneo is the same above, but differs on the underside ; it may
be a distinct race, but I cannot judge from one specimen.
EuUTHALIA APPIADES.
Adolias appiades, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. ii. p. 120, t. ix. 4 ¢; Butt.
Ind. i. p. 207.
? Adolias xiphiones, Butl. P. Z.S. 1868, p. 609, t. xlv.6 3; Butt.
Ind. i. p. 209.
Adolias parvata, Moore, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 831, t. hi. 3 Q.
Euthalia balarama, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 766, t. xli. 3S.
This seems abundant in the Karen Hills, but I am not able to see
how to distinguish it with certainty from A. ziphiones, Butl., or A.
balarama of Moore, which latter Col. Swinhoe also considers distinct.
There is much variation in the size and tint of the males, and still
more in the females.
The points relied on by Butler and de Nicéville are variable in the
male sex ; of these I have 6 from Sikkim, 4 from Bhutan (of which
2 are named balarama, Moore, by Col. Swinhoe), 1 from Cachar, 2
from Araccan and Moulmein, 1 from Tenasserim, and 3 from the
Karen Hills. The southern form is somewhat smaller and darker,
but the difference is trifling.
Among the females, 1 from Nepal, 7 from Sikkim, | from Bhutan,
and 1 from Cachar have the pale band and white spots at apex of
1891. ] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 28].
fore wing quite or almost obsolete ; whilst 1 from Bhutan (named
sahadeva by Col. Swinhoe), 3 from Cachar, 1 from Khasia, 1 from
Burmah, 2 from Tenasserim, and 4 from the Karen Hills have the
whitish band more or less well marked, and the apical patches distinct
and well defined. ‘Two species might very well be made ef the
female sex, but as both forms are found in the central part of its
range I should rather consider it as a case of sexual dimorphism.
EUTHALIA JAHNU.
Adolias jahnu, Moore, Cat. E. 1. C. p. 1922; Butt. Ind. ii. p. 211.
Adolias sananda, Moore, Traus. Ent. Soc. 1859, p. 76, t. vil. 3d.
One male and three females from the Naga and Karen Hills; the
latter are rather smaller and paler than those from Sikkim and
Khasia.
EvuTHALIA KESAVA, var. DISCISPILOTA.
Adolias discispilota, Moore, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 831, t. li. 2; Butt.
Ind. i. p. 213.
Though the form found in the Karen Hills and Tenasserim is
smaller and slightly different in the markings from Aesava of Sikkim
and the Khasias, I hardly think it can be treated as a distinct species ;
the male in this case is more different from sesava than the female,
which is almost identical.
ATHYMA NEFTE, Var. NIVIFERA.
A. nivifera, Butl. Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. i. p. 540, t. 69.
4 (1879).
A. nefte, var. nivifera, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 163, t. xvi. 6, 7.
A single male from Perak has the white band above suffused and
edged with blue. I follow Distant in treating it as a variety of nefte,
not having the material which would allow me to judge for myself.
ATHYMA KRESNA.
A. kresna, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 12, t. 1.46.
A male from Perak agrees with one in my collection from Sumatra.
ATHYMA SULPITIA-:
Pap. sulpitia, Cram. ii. t. ecxiv. E, F.
A, sulpitia, Butt. Ind. i. p. 174.
A specimen from Bhamo, collected by Major Adamson, agrees
with Chinese examples from Ningpo and the valley of the Yang-tse-
kiang.
ATHYMA SELENOPHORA.
Limenitis selenophora, Koll. Hiigel’s Kash. iv. p. 426.
A. selenophora, Butt. Ind. ii. p. 176.
Two pairs from the Karen Hills, of which the females are much
smaller than any of my Indian specimens.
282 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM _[Apr. 21,
ATHYMA ZEROCA.
A. zeroca, Moore, P. Z.S. 1872, p. 564; Butt. Ind. i. p. 177.
Several males from the Karen Hills have the apical white spots
larger and better marked than in the Himalayas.
ATHYMA CAMA.
A. cama, Moore, P. Z.8. 1858, p. 14; Butt. Ind. il. p. 178.
Two males from the Karen Hills.
ATHYMA AMHARA.
A. amhara, Druce, P.Z.S. 1873, p. 344, t. 32. 2; Butt. Ind.
ii. p. 181; Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 162, t. xvi. 5g.
A pair from Perak. What I take to be the female of A. amhara
agrees precisely with the male on the underside, which is by far
the safest guide in this group, but on the upperside differs from the
female described by Druce and Distant. It is almost exactly like a
small female of A. selenophora, but that species is not known to occur
so far south, and the underside is also quite different in colour, being
dark grey instead of rufous.
SYMBRENTHIA NIPHANDA.
S. niphanda, Moore, P. Z.S. 1872, p. 559; Butt. Ind. it. p. 243.
Not common in the Naga Hills, where the specimens are larger
than in Sikkim, but otherwise quite similar.
CYRESTIS NIVEA.
Amathusia nivea, Zinken-Sommer, Nova Acta, xv. t. xiv. 1 (1831).
Cyrestis nivea, Butt. Ind. p. ii. 252.
C. nivalis, Feld. Reise Novy. iil. p. 414.
Common at Perak. I quite agree with de Nicéville that the
Indian form is not separable from C. nivea, of which I have both
Javan and Bornean specimens.
CYRESTIS COCLES.
Pap. cocles, Fabr. Mant. ii. p. 7.
C. cocles, Butt. Ind. ii. p. 254.
C. formosa, Feld. Reise Nov. iii. p. 412.
C. earli, Dist. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, xi. p. 174 (1883); Rhop.
Mal. p. 141, t. xiii. 5.
Doherty took both C. cocles and C. earli at Perak, and a form
intermediate between them at Momeit. I quite agree with de Nicé-
ville that these varieties all belong to one species and are too variable
to be separated.
CYRESTIS PERIANDER.
Pap. periander, Fabr. Mant. ii. p. 9.
C. periander, Butt. Ind. il. p. 255,
Seems common at Perak.
1891.] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 283
CYRESTIS RISA.
CO. risa, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. D. Lep. ii. p. 262, t. xxxil. 4; Butt.
Ind. i. p. 256.
Occurs in East Pegu at low elevations.
‘CYRESTIS RAHRIA.
C. rahria, Moore, Cat. E. I. C. p. 147, t. ui. a. 2; Batt. Ind.
li. p. 256.
Appears to be common at Perak.
KALLIMA INACHUS.
Paphia inachus, Bdv., Cuv. Rég. Anim., Ins. i. t. 139. 3.
Kallima inachus, Butt. Ind. 11. p. 261.
Kallima limborgii, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 828; Butt. Ind. 11.
p- 262.
Occurs in the Naga and Karen Hills and Ruby-Mines districts.
I can see no reason for separating the Burmese form from that found
in Sikkim and the Naga Hills, as they vary in all the characters
mentioned by Moore and de Nicéville.
KALLIMA PARALEKTA.
Paphia paralekta, Horsf. Cat. E. 1. C. t. 6. fig. 4 (1829).
K. buxtoni, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1879, p. 10; Dist. Rhop.
Mal. p. 429, t. 37. 2.
Seems uncommon at Perak. The specimens sent by Doherty
agree with Distant’s figure and seem to me inseparable from Javan
specimens.
KALLIMA KNYVETTI.
K. knyvetti, de Nicév. Butt. Ind. ii. p. 267 (1886).
? K. alompra, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1879, p. 14.
Seems to be not uncommon in the Naga Hills at about 5000 feet.
The female, which is undescribed, differs from the male in having
the apex of the fore wing very much produced and a large hyaline
spot. Whether K. alomprais the same or not I cannot say ; but if it
really occurs in Burmah it is probably the same, as no other blue
Kallima has been taken in Burmah to my knowledge since it was
described, and by the description it cannot be separated. As, how-
ever, this must remain uncertain, I think de Nicéville’s name had
better stand.
CHARAXES DELPHIS.
C. delphis, Doubl. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1843, p. 217, t. vil. ; Butt.
Ind. ii. p. 272.
Two specimens from the foot of the Karen Hills.
CHARAXES SCHREIBERI.
Nymphalis schreiberi, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. Suppl. p. 825.
Charaxes schreiberi, Butt. Ind. ii. p. 274.
Doherty picked up a tattered male of this insect in the streets of
Toungoo.
284 MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM _[Apr. 2],
CHARAXES JALYSUS.
C. jalysus, Feld. Reise Nov. iti. p. 438, t. lix. 5 (1866); Dist.
Rhop. Mal. p. 108, t. xiii. 4.
Two specimens from the Karen Hills.
CHARAXES DURNFORDI.
C. durnfordi, Dist. Ent. 1834, p. 191; Rhop. Mal. p. 432, t. xl. 8.
Several specimens were taken by Doherty at the foot of the
Karen Hills which agree with Distant’s figure.
CHARAXES LUNAWARA.
C. lunawara, Butl. Lep. Ex. p. 99, t. XXXvii. 2) Butt. sins aie
p. 282.
Two specimens agreeing with those from Sikkim were sent from
the Karen Hills.
PROTHOE FRANCKII.
Prothoé franckii, Wall. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1869, p. 80.
Prothoé angelica, Butl. Aun. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, xvi. p. 53 (1885)
Butt. Ind. ii. p. 295, front fig. 120 (3).
Prothoé uniformis, Butl.1.c.; Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 434, t. 38.
fig. 4.
Occurs not uncommonly at the foot of the Karen Hills in East
Pegu, and at Perak, where the specimens are somewhat larger and
have in the male less white in the blue band of the fore wing. I
cannot see how to distinguish them from a Sumatran specimen in
my collection which is P. franckii, and should say that Prothoé
uniformis, Butl., as figured by Distant from Perak, was also the same
species. The females differ in being larger than the males, have
the blue band whitish shaded with blue on the edges, and the wings
below the band dull greenish instead of bluish black. Mr. Duherty
calls attention to the tuft of hairs at the base of the hind wing above
in the male ; this varies in colour from fulvous to black.
PRoTHOE CALEDONIA.
Nymphalis caledonia, Hew. Ex. Butt. i. p. 86, t. 43. 3, 4.
Prothoé caledonia, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 110, t. 13. 9.
Three specimens of this splendid species were taken by Doherty
at Petichaung, at the foot of the Karen Hills, and two others at
Perak.
? RHINOPALPA POLYNICE.
Pap. polynice, Cram. ii. p. 4, t. 195. D, E(¢).
? Vanessa eudoxia, Guér. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 44; Deless. Voy.
Inde, p. 73, t. xx. 2 (1843).
Rhinopalpa fulva, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 399; Butt. Ind.
li. p- 246, t. xxii. 102 (d).
I cannct be sure of the identification of the Burmese R. fulva with
1891.] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 285
R. polynice of Cram., as I have no Javan specimens ; but I cannot
separate it from those found in Sumatra, and have little doubt that
Guérin’s plate represents a female from the Malay Peninsula, as I
have one from Nias Island which almost exactly agrees with it.
Doherty took two in the Dhansiri valley of Assam, a single speci-
men at the foot of the Karen Hills, and a pair at Perak, which agree
with others from Mergui, Nias, and Sumatra.
RHINOPALPA VASUKI.
Rhinopalpa vasuki, de Nicév. Butt. Ind. ii. p. 247.
Yoma vasuki, Doherty.
I received several pairs of this species from Mr. Doherty, taken
near Momeit in Upper Burmah. As they are rather variable I should
hardly have seen sufficient reason myself to separate it from R. sabina,
Cram., which is found in Java and Amboyna; but as I have but one
specimen of the latter for comparison, and Mr. Doherty knew both
species better than I do, I have followed him in treating it as distinct.
His remarks already given (above p. 258) should be noted.
LIBYTHEA NARINA.
Libythea narina, Godt. Ene. Meth. ix. p. 171 (1819).
Libythea rohint, Marsh. J. A. S. B. xlix. pt. i. p. 248 (1880) ;
de Nicév. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1890, p. 208; Butt. Ind. ii.
p- 303, t. xxiv. 114 (9).
Doherty sent two specimens of this taken in the Dhansiri valley of
Upper Assam in June 1889, and found it common near Momeit in
Upper Burmah in June 1890, at about 2000 feet.
It agrees very fairly with specimens from Celebes and Amboina
in Mr. Godman’s collection, which confirms the identification made
by de Nicéville, and cited above. There is some variation in the
size and colour of the spots and band above and of the markings
beneath, but the species is perfectly distinct from either of the
others found in India.
ARASCHNIA PRORSOIDES, n. sp. (Plate XXVII. figs. 5 6,6 2.)
Vanessa prorsoides, Blanch. Comptes Rend. Acad. Sci. Ixxii.
p- 810 (sine deser.) (1871).
This is one of the most interesting additions made by Mr. Doherty
to the Indian fauna and was taken abundantly by him above Mao, on
the Manipur side of the Naga Hills, at 6000-8000 feet elevation, in
Aug.—Sept. 1889, where it was common in open ground near water ;
the larva feeds on a species of nettle. identify it with Blanchard’s
species by a specimen taken by the Abbé David at Moupin, which I
received under that name from the Paris Museum, and which agrees
with numerous others taken by Mr. Pratt at Ta-tsien-lo in East Tibet.
It is nearest to the large form of L. levana var. prorsa found in
Japan, but may be distinguished by the narrower and straighter
white band of the hind wings, beneath by the absence of the broad
chocolate outer band.
286 MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM [Apr. 21,
It may be described as follows:—Above most like the European
form porima, Ochs., but has the broad band on the fore wing above
in a straight line with that on the hind wing, and the outer bands
paler and straighter than in European or Japanese specimens.
Beneath, the general coloration and markings resemble burejana
more than porima, but this species is paler than either, and has a lilac
patch round the white marginal spots on both wings as in burejana.
In size it is constantly much larger than European and rather
larger than Japanese specimens ; the margin of the hind wing is also
much more scalloped out between the veins.
It is perfectly distinct from A. burejana, of which I have a large
peculiar race, or new species, from Central China.
Subfamily NEMEOBIINE.
ZEMEROS FLEGYAS, Var. ALBIPUNCTATA.
Zemeros albipunctata, Butl. Cist. Ent. i. p. 236 (1874); Dist.
Rhop. Mal. p. 187, t. xviii. 12 (2).
A local race of Z. flegyas, which at Perak seems fairly constant.
In the Karen Hills a pale yellowish race of Z. flegyas is found.
ZEMEROS EMESOIDES.
Zemeros emesoides, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 396 (1860); Dist.
Rhop. Mal. p. 188, t. xviii. figs. 3, 4.
Taken at Perak by Doherty.
ABISARA NEOPHRON.
Sospita neophron, Hew. Ex. Butt. ii. Sospita, i. 3 (1860) ; Butt.
Ind. ii. p. 321.
Seems common in the low country of East Pegu.
ABISARA CHELA.
Abisara chela, de Nicév. J. A. 8. B. lv. pt. ii. p. 252, t. xi. 7
(1887) ; Butt. Ind. ii. p. 322.
Two specimens from the Naga Hills at 3000 feet elevation agree
with Sikkim examples.
ABISARA SAVITRI.
Abisara savitri, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 397 (1860); Dist.
Rhop. Mal. p. 189, t. xviii. fig. 5.
Taken at Perak by Doherty.
ABISARA KAUSAMBI.
Abisara kausambi, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 397 (1860);
Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 189, t. xviii. figs. 10 ¢, 11 9; Butt. Ind. ii.
p. 323.
Of this very variable insect, which should probably bear the name
of A. echerius, Stoll., widely differing specimens were taken at Perak
and in East Pegu; but I quite agree with de Nicéville that it is not
1891. ] THE NAGA AND KAREN HILLS AND PERAK. 287
possible to recognize even as local races the various forms named by
Moore.
ABISARA FYLLA.
Taxila fylla, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. Diurn. Lep. ii. p. 422, t.Ixix.3 g.
Abisara fylla, Butt. Ind. i. p. 321.
Seems abundant in the Naga Hills, as also in East Pegu and the
Bernardmyo district.
TAXILA HAQUINUS and var. FASCIATA.
Pap. haquinus, Fabr.
Abisara haquinus, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 190, t. xvii. 13 (9 ).
Taxila fasciata, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 832, t. lii.1(¢); Butt.
Ind. u. p. 318.
There appear to be two forms of this, one of which, 7’.
fasciata, Moore, distinguished by the absence of rufous colour on the
apex of the fore wing in the male and the less rufous tint of the
female, is common below the Karen Hills, and occurs also in Tenas-=
serim. Inthe Malay Peninsula at Perak the form which is identified
with haquinus (=drupadi, Horsf.) occurs. If no intermediate
examples exist, these forms can be distinguished.
TAXILA THUISTO.
Taxila thuisto, Hew. Ex. Butt. ii. Taz. t. i. figs. 5, 6 (1860).
Abisara thuisto, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 191. figs. 51 ¢, 52 2.
Two forms of this also occur, of which the one found in East
Pegu is distinguished from the one taken at Perak by the band
across the apex of the fore wing beneath showing faintly through
the deep black of the upperside.
LaxXITA DAMAJANTI.
Abisara damaanti, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 397 (1860) ;
Dist. Rhop. Mal. pp. 192, 449, t. xl. figs. 10 ¢, 11 @.
Taxila tanita, Hew. Ex. Butt. ii. Taz. t. i. (1860).
Abisara tanita, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 192, t. xviii: fig. 14 (2).
This lovely species, for which I adopt Butler’s genus Laxita (cf.
Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. i. p. 546 (1879); Butt. Ind. 1.
p- 318), was taken at Perak. Distant, though he figures it under both
names, gives no reasons for so doing, and I am unable to distinguish
two species in the Malay Peninsula.
LAxXITA TELESIA.
Taxila telesia, Hew. Ex. Butt. it. Taz. t.i. 1, 2.
Lavita telesia, Butt. Ind. ii. p. 319.
Abisara telesia, Dist. Rhop. Mal. p. 449, t. xl. figs. 2 6,3 9.
Two males of this beautiful species from Perak.
LAXITA ORPHNA, var. ?
Emesis orphna, Bdv. Sp. Gén. i. t. 21. f. 4 (1836).
Taxila orphna, Hew. Ex. Butt. ii. Taw. t. 1. f. 7.
Two specimens from Perak, of which one is like #. orphna from
288 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM PERAK. [Apr. 21,
Singapore ; the other bears a note by Doherty as follows :—
“This may be a new species. I have caught many males of orphna,
Bdv., both in Borneo and the Malay Peninsula ; they all had the band
broad and equal.’’ The bands of this specimen, however, are not
more than half as broad as in orphna and are indented in two places
on each side, so that they are half divided. It may be only an
occasional variety, but in any case I would not separate it without
some other specimens.
SrIBOGES NYMPHIDIA.
Stiboges nymphidia, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 309, t. xxii. 1 (2);
Butt. Ind. ii. p. 316, t. xxiv. 119 (@ ).
Seems common at Perak. A _ single female, in which the border
is narrower, was taken at Momeit in Upper Burmah at about 2000
feet.
DoDONA DIPG@A.
Dodona dipea, Hew. Ex. Butt. iii. Dod. t. i. 8 (1865); Butt.
tnd: uy SUL, t. xxiv. 116:CS).
Taken at about 6000 feet in the Naga Hills by Doherty.
Dopona ovipba.
Dodona ouida, Moore, P. Z. 8.1865, p.771; Butt. Ind. ii. p. 311.
This seems to be as common in the Karen Hills as in Sikkim and
the Khasias.
DopoNA ADONIRA.
Dodona adonira, Hew. Ex. Butt. iii. Dod. t. i. 1, 2; Butt. Ind.
Ripe
Occurs in the Naga Hills at 5000-6000 feet, but not commonly.
A single specimen also sent from Bernardmyo.
Dopona peopata. (Plate XXVII. fig. 8, 3.)
Dodona deodata, Hew. Ent. Mo. Mag. xiii. p. 151 (1876); Butt.
In¢. u-. p. 312.
? Dodona longicaudata, de Nicév. Proc. A. 8S. B. 1881, p. 12! ;
Butt. Ind. un. 313, t. xxiv. 117 (¢).
Several specimens takenin the Karen Hills at 4000—5000 feet are
intermediate between de Nicéville’s figure and Iewitson’s type, which
is much worn and broken. I think that there is little doubt that
the two names refer to one species, as the breadth of the white
band is variable, the base of the wings above is not really crossed
by three bands of brown, but is brown with (in some specimens) indi-
cations of the silvery stripes below, and the tails are broken off in
the type of D. deodata; thus there remains nothing by which to
separate them.
I have not, however, any Khasia specimens for comparison, but
Doherty, who has seen them, considers it identical.
1891.] ON THE BIRDS OF THE PH@NIX ISLANDS. 289
DODONA EGEON.
Taxila egeon, Doub]. & Hew. Gen. Diurn. Lep. ii. p. 422, t. 69. 2.
Dodona egeon, Butt. Ind. ii. p. 314.
Seems to be fairly common in the Karen Hills at 4000-5000 feet,
and occurs also at Bernardmyo. The female is undescribed, and
differs considerably from the male in having the yellow markings
paler and much more diffused. I have females also from Kula and
Sikkim, which are somewhat darker than these.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII.
Fig. 1. Ypthima methora, Hew., ¢, p. 267.
2. Ypthina narasingha, Hew., 2, p. 263.
. Mycalesis doherty?, n. sp., 6, p. 261.
Mycalesis dohertyi, n. sp., 2, p. 261.
. Araschnia prorsoides, Blanch., 6; p. 28:
. Araschnia prorsoides, Blauch., Q, p. 28
. Neurosigma doubledayi, var.?, ¢, p. 277.
. Dodena dceodata, Hew., S> Pp: 288.
CONT Sp G1 oo
2. Notes on the Birds of the Phoenix Islands (Pacific Ocean).
By J. J. Listzpr, M.A., F.Z.8.
[Received April 2, 1891.]
The Pheenix Islands are a scattered group of low coral islands
lying far out in the South Pacific Ocean, extending from 1° north of
the Equator to nearly 5° south of it. They are within 10° to the east
of the 180th parallel, which divides east longitude from west.
There are eight islands south of the equator, viz. :—Sydney,
Pheenix, Canton or Mary, Hull, Enderbury, Birnie, M‘Kean, and
Gardner Islands, and two outliers of the group to the north of it—
Howland and Baker Islands.
Situated in the dry, comparatively rainless belt which extends
some degrees on either side of the Equator, they are uninhabited
desolate places ouly frequented by sea-birds, which resort to them
in innumerable multitudes for nesting *.
The notices of birds of this group with which f am acquainted
are the following :—References to some of the islands as localities in
Cassin’s edition of the ‘United States Exploring Expedition,
Maimmalogy and Ornithology,’ and in the ‘ Fauna Centralpoly-
nesiens* of Finsch and Hartlaub ; a description by Canon Tristram
of an apparently new species of Duck (Dafila modesta, Tristram),
and mention of other birds collected by Mr. Arundel in Sydney
1 Of late years the islands have been turned to account as a source of
guano. An interesting general description of these and other guano islands
was read by Mr. J. T. AY rundel, H.R.G.S., before the Geographical Society of the
Pacific, in San Francisco. It was repr inted in the ‘New Zealand Herald,’
July 5 and 12, 1890. See also J. D. Hague, ‘On the Guano Islands of tho
Pacific Ocean” (‘ Silliman's Journal,’ xxxiv. 1842, pp. 224-243).
Proc. Zoou. Soc:—1891, No. XIX. 19
290 MR. J.J. LISTER ON THE [Apri2t,
Island '; and the references in the papers of Messrs. Arundel and
Hague mentioned in the footnote.
I had the opportunity, thanks to the kindness of Capt. W. J. L.
Wharton, R.N., F.R.S., Hydrographer to the Admiralty, of visiting
the group in the months of June and July 1889, in H.M.S. ‘ Egeria.’
The islands touched at during the cruise were Sydney, Pheenix,
Enderbury, Canton, Birnie, and Hull Islands, but it was only at
Pheenix Island and Canton Island that our stay was sufficiently long
to allow of any detailed observations on the birds.
Sydney Island, Canton Island, and Hull Island are regular coral
atolls, having a complete or nearly complete ring of land enclosing
a lagoon. Phoenix Island, Enderbury Island, and Birnie Island are
smaller, and in them the lagoon is absent. At Hull Island and Sydney
Island the land ring supports an abundant growth of trees; but at
the other four islands the vegetation consists only of low bushes with
coarse grass and a few trailing shore-plants.
The birds were assembled in the greatest numbers at Phoenix
Island. As the ‘ Egeria’ approached, a great column of wheeling
Frigate-birds could be seen over one part extending many hundreds
of feet up into the air, while at lower levels crowds of other birds
flew hither and thither, and the clamorous noise of their cries came
over the water from far away.
The island is of a rounded triangular shape, and measures about
34a mileacross. It is surrounded by a narrow reef of coral on which
the big rollers, coming up before the trade-wind, break, making a
deep undertone to the cries of the birds. On the leeward side
there is a gap in the reef, and here a party landed for the purpose
of making a survey of the island.
The beach of coral boulders slopes gently up to a height of
some 12 to 15 feet above the level of the reef platform. From the
top of this beach ridge there is a rather steep slope down to the flat
inner part of the island. Thus the island is somewhat saucer-
shaped, being flat with a raised margin. At the time of our visit
the interior of the island was occupied by a shallow brackish pond
with soft muddy sides, and swarming with mosquito larve. This
probably stood in a depression made when the island was worked
for guano. I[ found only four kinds of plants on the island. The
largest of these was a yellow-flowered shrub (Sida fullax, Walp.)
belonging to the order of the Mallows, and growing from two to
three feet high, with trailing branches spreading outwards from the
central stems. The others were a coarse grass growing in tussocks
and two small trailing plants. Bare tracts of coral-shingle inter-
rupted the covering of vegetation here and there.
I was on the island for about seven hours, and obtained specimens
of the following species of birds.
FREGATA MINOR (Gmel.).
From the boat I went off to the part of the island over which the
Frigate-birds were wheeling. Here I found their nests in great
1 IP, 4, (Sh ilesl6), ja. 7G)
291
1891. ] BIRDS OF THE PHGNIX ISLANDS.
numbers. They were built of small dead twigs of the plants of the
island, placed a foot or so above the ground on the spreading
branches of the Sida and on the beaten-down tussocks of grass. The
nests were placed as near together as supports could be found, and
there were well-defined limits to the colonies, although the bushes
beyond these limits appeared to be just as well suited for the
Lurpose as those within.
Hach nest was occupied by a bird. As one approached some of
these took flight and joined the wheeling crowd overhead, but the
rest remained sitting and allowed themselves to be touched with the
muzzle of my gun, only chattering their bills by way of remonstrance.
Both males and females were to be seen engaged in the duties of
mcubation.
The following table gives the points of difference which I noted
between the sexes :—
Males. Females.
Scarlet throat-pouch present. No throat-pouch.
Long nape- and back-plumes.
Bill yaries in colour from black to
grey.
Feet and skin round the eye black.
Wing-coverts black.
Breast and belly dark except for a
white streak on each side of the
No long nape-plumes.
Bill varies in colour from pink to
grey,
Feet and skin round the eye red.
Wing-coverts pale brown.
Breast and fore part of belly white ;
nape-band white to tawny.
latter. No pale nape-band.
A few of the birds had the white or pale tawny heads of the
immature plumage. They were in the proportion of about 1 to 100
of those in ordinary plumage. I saw none of these on the nests. -
The throat-pouch of the male is a most striking object. When
fully distended it reaches forward as far as the end of the bill and
downwards so as to completely hide the breast—a great smooth
semitransparent balloon of the most brilliant scarlet, which contrasts
finely with the dark metallic tints of the plumage. If any of the
birds in a group had their pouches distended, there were generally
several in this condition, as though they were vieing with one another
in the exhibition of their attractions. From several parts of the
group came a low vibrating note, a combination of a whistle
and a purr accompanied by the sound of the chattering of their bills.
While uttering this note the bird leans back on the nest, with the
head thrown right back, the pouch fully extended, and the wings
half spread and shaken with a quivering movement. The female
birds meanwhile were either wheeling overhead or sitting on the edge
of the nest near their admirers.
The pouch is not rapidly filled or emptied. When a bird with a
half-distended pouch takes flight, the latter is carried from side to
side with the movement through the air, gradually diminishing in
size. In the undistended state the bare wrinkled skin is completely
1 When the bills are grey, the colour is due to the rough surface and appears
to be a sign of age.
292 MR.J. J. LISTER ON THE [Apr. 21,
xn
my
.
SEY
Pa (a Ws
A Colony of Frigate-birds (regata minor) on Pheenix Island.
1891.1] BIRDS OF THE PH@NIX ISLANDS. 293
retracted to the level of the general contour of the neck. The
interior of the pouch is in communication with the air-sacs of the
neck ; it is therefore filled and emptied through the bronchi. Bands
containing blood-vessels, with which the wall of the pouch is very
richly supplied, traverse the cavity, passing from the fleshy part
of the neck to the outer wall. On blowing through a tube into the
- great air-sac at the base of the neck, the pouch becomes distended,
and remains so if a ligature is tied round the neck, below the
pouch.
By far the greater number of nests at Phoenix Island contained a
single white egg, about as large as a hen’s; some nests, however,
contained two eggs. There were no young birds at this island.
At Canton Island, though some nests contained young birds,
others were being built. I saw a male bird bringing sticks in his
bill to the female, who arranged them inthe nest. There are pools of
fresh water on this island, and here and at Swain Island (south of
the Union Islands), where there is a freshwater lagoon, I saw
Frigate-birds coming down to drink. Sweeping down to the
surface, they scooped up the water with the lower mandible.
Peale obtained the eggs of Frigate-birds (he does not give the
species) in the Caroline Islands (Enderby Island) in January, and at
Puka-puka (Honden Island), in the Low Archipelago, in August, and
at other islands during the intervening period. He states bis
opinion that there is no definite period for the nesting of these birds
in equatorial regions. The fact that there was not a single un-
fledged young bird among the thousands of nests with eggs at
Phoenix Island shows that the members of this colony had begun
nesting at the same time.
PHAETON RUBRICAUDA, Bodd.
There were several of this bird, which ranges through the tropical
parts of the Pacific and Indian Oceans. One was caught in its
nesting-place, which was in a pile of the rough coral blocks which
had been thrown together by the guano-diggers. There was a
single egg. At Canton Island I found the birds incubating their
solitary eges on the ground under cover of bushes; they were so
tame as to allow themselves to be caught.
The plumage was tinged with a pale pink colour, though more
deeply in some than in others.
There were three kinds of Gannets on the island :—Sula cyanops
(Sundev.), S. lewcogaster (Bodd.), and S. piseatrix (Liun.). These
species all have very extensive ranges in the tropics.
SuLA CyANops (Sundev.).
There were numbers of these birds, some solitary with their eggs
and some in groups. ‘The eggs are laid on the ground, singly or in
pairs ; they are of a pale blue colour almost covered with the white,
chalky, uric-acid covering. In some cases there were young birds,
who with the parents hissed and barked defiance with great spirit
294 MR. J.J. LISTER ON THE [Apr. 21,
as one approached. It was most amusing to watch the small
fluffy young one beside the parent bird joining in and adding its
weak notes of defiance to hers. She certainly managed to appear
very formidable with her feathers ruffled and powerful yellow bill half
open ready for attack, the pupil contracted toa speck in the middle of
the bright yellow iris, which gleamed out from the bare dark grey
skin surrounding it.
The feet are of a brownish-grey colour.
SULA LEUCOGASTER (Bodd.).
These were less numerous than the White Gannet. The bill is
rather less powerful, and is greenish blue, becoming bluer at the base.
The iris is grey and the feet a delicate pale green. ‘The young bird
has the blue bill and grey iris of the adult, but the feet are pale red.
The nest is built of sticks and placed on the bushes like those of
the following species.
SULA PISCATRIX (Linn.).
These birds built their nests on the Sida bushes a few feet from the
ground. They were not in colonies but scattered here and there,
and I noticed some in the middle of the Frigate-bird colonies, where
they lived apparently in perfect peace with their neighbours, though
it is one of the common sights to see the Frigate-birds chasing them
out at sea to make them hand over the fish they have caught. The
bird has a curiously incomplete look, the feathers not sittimg close and
smooth as in its allies, and the colours, though bright, appear to be
in indifferent taste. The bill is greyish blue, and the bare skin
which extends over the lores and behind the eye is bright blue.
At the base of both upper and lower mandible is a band of pink
gradually blending with the colours behind. ‘The skin between the
rami of the mandible and on the ‘chin’ is dark slate. The feet
are of a dark pink, almost magenta.
The eggs of the three species have the pale blue ground-colour
almost hidden by the chalky-white covering. Those of S. eyanops
are much larger than the others. My specimens vary in weight as
follows :—
So CUOUS: Sonn wa3 Sor 119 to 144 ers.
WS VENCOG ASIEN +. neni 80 to 88 ,,
IS ADUSCULTIG ees teat OO tO 83) a5
At Canton Island a clump of Tournejortia trees was habitually used
by these birds (S. piscatriz) as a roosting and preening place. Among
the pieces of down which were sticking to the bare branches, having
been preened out of the feathers, was found one entangled with a
seed of one of the trailing plants of the island (Boerhaavia tetrandra,
Forst.), which is beset with glandular hairs. Such an incident indi-
cates a method by which seeds may be distributed from island to
island by birds.
bo
io)
©r
1891.] BIRDS OF THE PHG@NIX ISLANDS.
TUBINARES.
PUFFINUS NATIVITATIS, Streets *.
Though this bird was frequently seen both at Phoenix and
Canton Islands, I only obtained one egg, which was placed in the
interior of a heap of rough coral blocks piled together by the
guano-diggers. It is pure white, and of a long oval shape, measuring
2°3 in. in length and barely 1°5 in. in breadth.
The bird was first described from Christmas Island (Pacific Ocean),
and two specimens have since been obtained at Krusenstern Island
to the west of the Sandwich Islands.
-CEsTRELATA PARVIROSTRIS (Peale ’).
There were numbers of this species, wheeling rapidly hither and
thither near the ground in wide figure-of-8 curves just as the smaller
Petrels do over the surface of the sea. They place their eggs, with
almost no nest, on the ground under the tangled branches of the
bushes. The egg is white, and measures 2°3 in. in length and
1°65 in. in breadth. A newly hatched young one was covered with
dark grey down.
The bird appears to be known only from Puka-puka (= Honden
or Dog Island, Low or Paumotu Archipelago), near which a single
individual was obtained by Peale® on the visit of the Wilkes Ex-
pedition. This specimen has remained hitherto unique.
FREGETTA ALBIGULARIS (Finsch).
During the middle of the day there were few of these birds to be
seen, but towards sunset before we left the island they came in in
considerable numbers. I watched one of them beating backwards
and forwards over a sandy tract sparsely covered with grass, in
which they make their burrows. It was some time before the bird
found his home and settled down. I caught it as it was disappearing.
On putting my arm into the burrow I found a second bird at the
extreme end, which was just as far as I could reach. I found no
eggs in the burrows, but on opening one of the birds that I obtained
I found an egg ready to be laid in the oviduct.
This egg measures 1°54 in. in length and 1°12 in. in breadth. It
is of a creamy-white colour, with minute spots profusely sprinkled
at the larger end, but sparsely over the remainder. Those of the
deeper layers are pale purple, the superficial ones reddish brown.
The sandy tract above mentioned contained a large number of
burrows, so that on walking over it the ground frequently gave
under foot.
This bird was first described as a distinct species by Finsch from
Kandavu in Fiyi*. It had been previously obtained from the
Marquesas Islands’ and from the New Hebrides”.
1 Bull. United States Mus., No. vii. 1877, p. 29.
2 Peale, Zoology of United States Exploring Expedition, 1848, p. 298.
3 Cassin, U. 8. Expl. Exped., Mammalogy and Ornithology, p. 411.
* Finsch, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 722.
° Bp. “ Ois. Marquises,” Comptes Rend. 1856, xh. p. 1109.
§ Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 150.
296 MR. J. J. LISTER ON THE [Apr. 21,
LARID&.
STERNA FULIGINOSA (Gmel.).
STERNA LUNATA (Peale ’).
These two species had precisely similar habits. There were
thousands of them on the island gomg about in large flocks, now
settled on the ground and now rising with shrill and deafening
cries. The flocks were not mixed, each being formed of a single
species. The eggs are laid on the bare patches of coral shingle,
the two species occupying separate areas. ‘Though I came on several
of these patches and collected numbers of the eggs, I never found
two eggs together, as though laid by one bird.
The habits of the Sooty “Tern (Sterna fuliginosa), with regard to
the number of eggs it incubates at one time, appear to vary. Pick-
ering states that among the hundreds of eggs he saw at Rosa
Island, he saw two eggs “together only in two cases *. — Similarly at
‘ Wideawake Fair’ on Ascension the bird is described as laying only a
single egg *. On the other hand, Hume found the eggs “two and
three together ” at the Laccadive Islands *, and Audubon states that
the bird lays three eggs ° in his description of their nesting-haunts in
the Tortugas Keys.
Both Arundel and Hague (op. cit.) say that the ‘‘ Wideawakes,”
under which term either or both of these species may be included,
have two laying-seasons in the year at these islands.
Sterna fuliginosa is found all round the world in the tropics,
occasionally visiting our own shores. Sterna /unata, which was
first obtained by the Wilkes Expedition at various tropical islands
of the Pacific, ranges also into the Indian Ocean.
The egg of Sterna lunata resembles that of S. fuliginosa in colour,
but it is smaller and rounder. My largest specimen is 1°68 in. long
and 1:26 broad, the smallest is 1 55 in. long and 1:2 broad. Theege
is creamy white, profusely and anion sprinkled with overlying
spots of rich brown and deeper ones of pale purple.
Anous stouipvus (Linn.).
These were present in hundreds, going about in large flocks.
They have a habit of settling packed together as close as ‘they can
stand. I found no eggs, but we came on half-fledged young birds
under the tangled branches of the Sida.
The bird is distributed through all the tropical seas.
ANnous CHRULEUS (Bennett °).
This exquisite little bird is of a delicate silvery-grey colour
and the most elegant proportions. ‘They follow one about in parties
1 Peale, Zoology U.S. Expl. Exped. 1848, p. 277.
2 Cassin, U. 8S. Expl. Exped., Zool. p. 388.
: Sperling, ‘This,’ 1868, p. 287. Penrose, Ibis, 1879, p. 278.
4 Hume, ‘Stray peaitee 1876, p. 430.
2 Audubon, ‘Ornithological Biography,’ vol. iii. p. 266.
*6 Narrative of a Whaling Voyage round the Globe, 11. p. 298 (1840),
1891.] BIRDS OF THE PH@NIX ISLANDS. 297
of four or six and perch on the top of a rock or shrub close at hand
in the most friendly manner.
I found the egg afterwards at Canton Island early in July. It
was laid in a hollow among the rough weathered clinkers of coral
rock above high-tide level. A few bits of thin shells, pieces of coral,
and some sticks composed the nest. There was one egg in each of
the two nests I found. The egg is astonishingly large tor the size
of the bird, measuring 1°5 in. in length and 1:03 in breadth. It is
pale cream-colour with a thin uniform sprinkling of small spots, the
underlying ones pale greyish brown and indistinct, the superficial
ones sharply defined and rich brown.
Peale found the eggs, three in a nest, at Puka-puka or Honden
Island in the Paumotu Archipelago, in August’, and Dr. Graffe
found them at M‘Kean Island, in the Phoenix Group, in October
and November ’.
The bird ranges widely, at least over the Central Pacific. It has
been recorded from Christmas Island*, Fanning Island*, the
Marquesas ’, the Paumotus°, and the Phoenix” and Ellice Islands’.
GyGis CANDIDA (Gmel.).
Abundant here and at Canton Island. They frequently came
flying round my head in pairs, uttering their curious nasal note, and
approaching so close that I quite naturally put up my hand fancying
for the moment they would alight. They lay their solitary eggs on
the bare coral rock in the absence of the branches of trees which
they use elsewhere. The bird is distributed widely through tropical
seas. It appears that it is absent from the shores of Africa and the
Malay Archipelago.
There were three kinds of Wading birds on the island—Curlews,
Plovers (Charadrius fulvus, Gmel].), and Turnstones (Strepsilas inter-
pres (Linn.) ); but as my specimens came from Canton Island I
will defer mention of them te the account of our visit there.
Rabbits are fairly plentiful on the island, having no doubt been
left here when it was worked for guano.
A large scarlet Hermit-crab is very abundant, and proved a great
nuisance in attacking the birds that were left under shelter, tearing
their feet and the bare skin about the throat. The birds arrived at
the ship in rather a draggled condition, having been wetted by a
shower; some of them had been mauled by the crabs, and, to finish
up, they were all more or less soused with sea-water as we were
putting off from the difficult landing.
All the time we were on the island there was a deafening clamour
1 Cassin, U. 8. Expl. Exped., Mamm. & Orn. p. 394.
° Finsch and Hartlaub, ‘Fauna Gereeudblynenons! p: 240.
° Bennett, loc. cit.
e Arundel ; Tristram, [bis, 1883, p. 48.
° Tristram, Ibis, 1881, p. 252.
6 Peale, Zool. U. S. Expl. Exped., Birds, p. 285.
7 Finsch and Hartlaub, Joc. cit.
8 Whitmee ; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 271.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XX. 20
298 MR. J.J. LISTER ON THE [Apr. 2],
of different birds’ notes. They were so numerous that several times
when shooting a bird a second dropped as well, happening to come
into the line of fire.
I was unable to land at Sydney Island owing to the heavy surf
on the beach. A boat effected a landing, but was so much knocked
about that no second attempt was made. It was very tantalizing,
as the greater part of three days was spent in the neighbourhood
of the island making soundings, and a great column of wheeling
Frigate-birds could be seen from the ship over one end of the island ;
and, flying over, I saw Gannets (Sula, 2 sp.), Boatswain-birds
(Phaeton rubricauda), Noddies (one of the large ones and the little
A. ceruleus), and Terns, and small squads of Curlew, Plover, and
Turnstone.
Canon Tristram has described a new species of Pintail Duck
(Dafila modesta)* from this island, which was obtained by Mr.
J. T. Arundel.
A stay of only a few hours was made at Enderbury Island, and I
had no opportunity of landing. There appeared to be fewer birds
here than at Phcenix Island.
We stayed at Canton Island from the Ist to the 9th of July.
As above stated this is an atoll-shaped island, formed by a belt of
low land enclosing a lagoon, which communicates only by one narrow
channel with the sea. Except for a few low bushy thickets of a
widely distributed tree (Zournefortia argentea, nearly allied to the
Heliotrope), this island is as treeless as Phoenix Island. Like that
island it is covered with a low bushy growth, but a rather larger list
of plants is found, amounting to some 10 species.
All the species of birds which we had seen at Phoenix Island
occurred here, except the Little Petrel (Fregetta albigularis). Besides
the Terns seen there I obtained :—
Srerna BERGII, Lichtenstein,
which ranges throughout the warm parts of the Indian and Pacific
Oceans.
STERNA MELANAUCHEN, Temm.
This is a very beautiful little bird, having a black horseshoe-
shaped band limiting the white crown, a pale and most delicate
shade of slate on the back, and the rest of the plumage white, tinged
with a pale rose-colour.
It is found in the Nicobar and Andaman Islands of the Indian
Ocean, and across the Malay Archipelago to the western part of the
Pacific Ocean, where it has been recorded from New Caledonia, Fiji,
Samoa, Tonga, Ponapé, and the Marshall and Gilbert Islands. I
failed to find the nest.
1 Tristram, P, ZS. 1886, p. 79.
1891. ] BIRDS OF THE PH@NIX ISLANDS. 299
Four species of Charadriidee were seen on the island.
NUMENIUS TAHITIENSIS (Gmel.).
This curious species of Curlew, which is rare in collections, was
abundant at Canton Island, and probably the birds I had previously
seen at Sydney and Phcenix Islands belonged to this species.
The character which distinguishes this bird from all others is the
peculiar development of the tibial plumes. Their shafts are pro-
duced into long shining bristles, which, projecting far beyond the
general investment of feathers, produce a curious appearance.
The Curlews were very tame. They went about in parties of six
or eight on the open shingly places and sandy shores of the lagoon,
or flew round one’s head uttering their notes like the words ‘‘ turree-
turree.”
The species was first obtained at Tahiti on Captain Cook’s second
visit and described by Gmelin’; since this it has been obtained at
Vincennes Island in the Paumotus, and at Samoa, the Marquesas,
Fanning, Gilbert, Phoenix’, and Sandwich Islands. Its breeding-
haunts appear to be in the far north of the American continent. It
has twice been obtained in Alaska® in the month of May, where the
birds were going about in pairs and were evidently in their nesting-
haunts.
CHARADRIUS FULVUS, Gmel.
There were small squads of this widely-distributed bird both here
and at Phoenix Island. Several of the males had assumed the fine
black front of breeding plumage. I failed, however, to find the
eggs or any indication of pairing.
The two forms of this species—Old World and New World—are
only distinguished by slight differences of size. ‘The measurements
of my Pheenix Island specimens are intermediate, so they cannot be
referred to one form or the other.
The only localities in which this bird is certainly known to breed
are the tundras of Eastern Siberia on the one hand, and on the other
the extreme north of the American continent, beyond the region of
forest-growth. Thence they wander down to China, India, the
Malay Islands, Australia, and the islands of the Pacific Ocean from
the western part of their range and to South America from the
eastern *. It is remarkable that so many birds should remain in their
southern haunts in the height of the breeding-season. The wedding-
plumage of the males shows that the birds were not immature.
STREPSILAS INTERPRES (Linn.).
These were also abundant, in flocks of 6 to 20 or so, working
along the outer reef platform, or settling close together on the
stretches of sand exposed at low tide on the shore of the lagoon.
There was no indication of nesting. The bird, as is well known, is
cosmopolitan in its range.
1 Syst. Nat. i. p. 656 (1788).
2 Obtained by Graffe at M‘Kean Island, Finsch and Hartlaub, J. c. p. 177.
3 Ridgway, Am. Nat. 1874, p. 435. Nelson, Oruise of the ‘ Corwin,’ p. 90,
4 Seebohm’s ‘ Charadriide.’
300 ON THE BIRDS OF THE PHG@NIX ISLANDS. —_[Apr. 21,
ToTaNus IncaNus (Gmel.).
A few solitary individuals of this Sandpiper frequented the sandy
shores of the lagoon of Canton Island.
The following twenty-six species of birds have been observed at
the Phoenix Group *:—
CHARADRIIDS.
Charadrius fuluus, Gmel. ......... Sydney Island (Arundel), Sydney,
Pheenix, and Canton Islands.
Strepsilas interpres (Linn.)......... Sydney, Phenix, and Canton Islands.
Numenius tahitiensis, Gmel. ...... Canton Island (Phenix and Sydney Is-
lands ?).
Totanus incanus (Gmel.).........++6 Sydney Island (Arwnde/), Canton Island.
Larva.
Sterna bergit (Licht.) ..........0066. Canton Island.
Poe, (ERE, ab aicoabeadecce M‘Kean Island (Gréffe).
— fuliginosa, Gmel. ............ Phenix and Canton Islands.
lunatay Peale) voc.4.s0.2c-s.02 +2 M‘Kean Island (Gréffe), Phoenix and
Canton Islands.
melanauchen, Temm. ......... Canton Island.
Anous stolidus (Linn.)............+- M‘Kean Island (Gréffe), Gardner Island
(Pickering), Phoenix and Canton Is-
lands.
ceruleus (Bennett) ............ M‘Kean Island (Gréffe), Sydney, Phoenix,
Canton, and Birnie Islands.
Gygis candida, Gmel......... sishNels M ‘Kean Island ( Grdffe), Sydney, Pheenix,
Canton, and Birnie Islands.
PELECANIDS.
Fregata minor (Gmel.) .........-.- Pheenix Island.
CHa aes | (Lytat cl) esp rreespncaeoaee M‘Kean Island (Gréffe).
Phaeton rubricauda, Bodd.......... M‘Kean Island (Grédffe), Sydney, Phoenix,
and Canton Islands.
e@thereus, Linn. .........+.-.- M‘Kean Island (Gréffe).
Sula leucogaster (Bodd.)...... ..... M ‘Kean Island ( Grdffe), Sydney, Phenix,
Canton, and Birnie Islands.
eyanops (Sundey.) ..........-- M ‘Kean Island (Gréffe), Gardner Island
(Pickering), Sydney, Phoenix, and Can-
ton Islands.
—— piscatriz (Linn.).............4- M‘Kean Island (Gréffe), M‘Kean, Gard-
ner, and Sydney (Pickering), Canton
and Phenix Islands.
PROCELLARIIDE.
Puffinus assimilis, Gould ......... M‘Kean Island (Grdffe).
——— dachrous, W. 6 EL. tice2.. 2c. M‘Kean Island (Gréffe).
—— chlororhynchus, Lesson ...... M:‘Kean Island (Graff).
nativitatis, Streets ............ Pheenix and Canton Islands.
(Estrelata parvirostris (Reale) ... Phoenix and Canton Islands.
Fregetta albigularis, Finsch ...... Pheenix Island.
ANATIDS.
Dafila modesta, Tristram ......... Sydney Island (Arundel).
! Dr. Graffe’s observations are quoted from Finsch and Hartlaub, ‘ Fauna
Centralpolynesiens’; Dr. Pickering’s, from Cassin, ‘U. 8. Expl. Exped.,’
Mamm. & Ornith.; those of Mr. Arundel, from Tristram, P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 79.
Where no reference is given the observation is mine.
LIST OF INSTITUTIONS
TO WHICH
COPIES OF THE SOCIETY'S PUBLICATIONS ARE PRESENTED.
AFRICA.
The South-African Museum, Cape Town.
AMERICA, SOUTH.
The Museum of Natural History, Buenos Ayres.
The Museum of Natural History, Santiago, Chili.
AUSTRALASIA.
The Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart.
The Zoological and Acclimatization Society of Victoria, Melbourne.
The Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney.
The Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney.
The New-Zealand Institute, Wellington.
AUSTRIA.
The Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna.
The Zoological and Botanical Society, Vienna.
BELGIUM.
The Entomological Society of Belgium, Brussels.
The Malacological Society of Belgium, Brussels.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Brussels.
The Royal Museum of Natural History, Brussels.
BRITISH INDIA.
The Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta.
The Geological Survey of India, Calcutta.
The Indian Museum, Calcutta.
CANADA (DOMINION OF).
The McGill College, Montreal.
The University of Toronto, Toronto.
The Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa.
CHINA.
The China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Shanghai.
EAST INDIES.
The Royal Society of the Dutch East Indies, Batavia.
FRANCE.
The Linnean Society of Normandy, Caen.
The Agricultural Society, Lyons.
The Entomological Society of France, Paris.
The Museum of Natural History, Paris.
The National Society of Acclimatation, Paris.
GERMANY.
The Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Berlin.
The Society of Friends of Natural History, Berlin.
The Natural-History Union for Rhineland and Westphalia, Bonn.
The Senkenbergian Society, Frankfort.
The Royal Society of Sciences, Gottingen.
The Natural-History Society, Halle.
The Natural-History Union, Hamburg.
The Medical and Natural-History Society, Jena.
The Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences, Munich.
The Union for Natural History of Wirtemberg, Stuttgardt.
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.
The Philosophical Society, Cambridge.
The Royal Dublin Society, Dublin.
The Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.
The Geological Society, Dublin.
The Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh.
The Royal Society, Edinburgh.
The Free Public Library and Museum, Liverpool.
The Atheneum Club, London.
The British Museum of Natural History, London.
The Entomological Society, London.
The Geological Society, London.
The King’s College Library, London.
The Linnean Society, London.
The London Institution.
The Royal College of Physicians, London.
é
3
The Royal College of Surgeons, London.
The Royal Geographical Society, London.
The Royal Institution, London.
The Royal Society, London.
The University College, London.
The Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester.
The Owens College, Manchester.
The Tyneside Naturalists’ Field-Club, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
The Plymouth Institution and Devon and Cornwall Natural-History
Society, Plymouth.
The Marine Biological Laboratory, Plymouth.
The Yorkshire Philosophical Society, York.
HOLLAND.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam.
The Royal Zoological Society, Amsterdam.
The Dutch Society of Sciences, Haarlem.
The Dutch Entomological Union, The Hague.
The Royal Museum of the Netherlands, Leyden.
ITALY.
The Royal Institute of Superior Studies, Florence.
The Italian Society of Natural Sciences, Milan.
The Zoological Station, Naples.
The Royal Academy of the Lincei, Rome.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Turin.
RUSSIA.
The Natural-History Society, Dorpat.
The Society of Sciences of Finland, Helsingfors.
The Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow.
The Entomological Society of Russia, St. Petersburg.
The Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg.
SCANDINAVIA.
The Society of Sciences of Christiania, Christiania.
The Royal Danish Society of Sciences, Copenhagen.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Stockholm.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Upsala.
SPAIN.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Madrid.
SWITZERLAND.
The Philosophical and Natural-History Society, Geneva.
The Helvetic Society of Natural Sciences, Lausanne.
The Society of Natural Sciences, Neuchatel.
The Natural-History Society, Zurich.
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.
The Boston Society of Natural History, Boston.
The New-York Academy of Sciences, New York.
The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.
The American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.
The Entomological Society, Philadelphia.
The Peabody Academy of Sciences, Salem, Mass.
The Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
The United-States Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.
LDL”
The Publications (except in special cases) are sent out direct as
soon as they are issued. It is requested that they may be ac-
knowledged by the return of the form of receipt sent with them,
in order that any mis-delivery may be brought to notice.
Publications sent in exchange to this Society should be addressed
to the Librarian at this Office. It is requested that they may be
sent direct by post, as much delay is caused by their transmission
through booksellers and in other ways.
By order of the Council,
P. L. SCLATER,
3 Hanover Seuare, Lonpon, W.,
August, 1891.
Secretary.
LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London
are of two kinds — “ Proceedings,” published in an octavo
form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto.
According to the present arrangements, the ‘“ Proceedings”
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings ” by the
Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates
and engravings are attached to each annual volume of the
** Proceedings,” to illustrate the new er otherwise remarkable
species of animals described in them. Amongst such illustra-
tions, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living
state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.
The “Proceedings” for each yeac are issued in four parts, on the
first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part
-published in April completing the volume for the preceding
year.
The “Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto ferm.
They are issued at irregular intervals.
Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the
Society’s Publications for the year. ‘hey are likewise entitled
to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less
than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re-
duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications
issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of five pounds.
The following is a complete list of the publications of the
Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s
Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the
Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any
bookseller. ;
[ August, 1891.1
2
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Ato. 12 vols. and 2 Parts.
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public.
# s. d. £ s. d.
Vol. I., containing 59 Plates.... (1833-35) .... 313 6. 418 O*
Vol. IL, be 71 ss dds SSD =a i ieisice, ao: REO et we 5 6 6%
Vol. ILl.. i 63 53 geese QLSAD aA Occ. s, Poin ome is 411i O*
Vol. iy, ra 71 hse stot CL Sp l= O2 arg. 20 Oa en Ot (Ge
Vol. V., e G7 TA Spee (1862-66) 5 tos ia te oye ioneanin(s) IE) @
Vol. VI., a 92 3) cf. « (1866269) 2 Ul 5) -O. 2 oe ene
Vol. VIL., 3 13 4g Gates » KASO9=72) C... 104 0. ae
Vol. VIII., ,, ro Dm ene trae () Key 7227/21) is oh RA al Mi ao 1211 O
Vol. IX., a 99 gs Leuye. 1: MLS MO—IMb) vos 2 oe ees 26, 16 2 O
Vol. X., a Oe bd eect CLOMeio estes LO Oetiae WG 70)
Index, Vols. 1.-X........+-+0+-> ClS33—79) ae O67 Gee 010 O
Vol. XI., containing 97 Plates .. (1880-85) .... 912 0. 1216 O
Vol. XII., RIGO tibet ate (ASSO Wier OS 1 hOne 7 4 0
Wall, SI00L, HR 6 anal gia Onto. (9he Lp tbe 46
pe aa eye trys Geen Conroe: 00, Vou oie ek)
PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols.
Price to Price so the
Fellows. Public.
rp) Wee Eile Wah thithecadouusocdodasuoc 4s. Gd. 2s 6say
» IL. 1832. Pees. yaad), 4s. 6d. .. 63.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 15 vols: and Index. (First Series.)
Priceto Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public
Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d... 6s.¢ | Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 65.7
9 II. 1834. a ASGds ns (GSe- lM ss X. 1842. ” 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
ey LE 835. pe 4s. 6d... 6s. ree) 8455 .; 4s. 6d. .. 68.F
So AS SEB) Bs 4s, 6d. .. 6s. » XII. 1844. 3 4s. 6d... 6s.
55 V. 1837. ee 4s. 6d. .. 6s. > XIII. 1845. 5 4s. 6d. .. 6s,
VAL leas. 5 4s. 6d. .. 6s. » XIV. 1846. ef 4s. 6d. .. 6s.T
sy Nill SED) AA 4s. 6d. .. 68.7 XV. 1847. e 4s. 6d. .. 68.7
yy VIII. 1840. =A 4s. 6d. .. 6s. Tndex 1830-1847. 4s, 6d. .. 6s.
8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)
Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Priee to the
Fellows. Publie. Fellows. Public.
#. sod. £ shade
Part: a XVIOIS418. livoki8vo. 4s16de Mee 7 0s.) 2 1. 0.8) 23 eeaGh
re XVII. 1849. 2 AS AOU saat conn MOSERMaE ema SE 1 0 8 L765
» XVIII. 1850. aH ASU OO ay Jeroen OS ep talden sy eee I fey 16 118 OF
a XIX. 1851. $3 AS Odi eis, MOS uate 015 9 1 10%
ee XX. 1852. 6s ASAOM Al rare MO Sea meets 015 9 1. Lo0r
5 XXI. 1853. % As siO deg eNOS Ses Be ehec 018 O lV 40%
» XXII. 1854. eS AS Gd Shi Mi AOS i Loot ea ie. c 0.19 6 1 6 OF
SADE, 1855. 3 ASNG dR ee IO Sa) eae us tniaes I SG 118 OF
» XXIV. 1856. Hy AiG dei Bites WOSons wT eathie ate 1 0 8 LO
33 XXV. 1857. op As. Ga k FAGSsF eee ee 10 8 NE ENS GHP
» XXVI. 1858. 3p AS JOM sm tem RNOSS com keene 111 6 2 Qc07
» XXVIII. 1859. as ASV OGO lig Wenn OSshietaielterayelats 111 6 2 2) 0
» XXVIII. 1860. 38 ASNOGs os) eh OSS eee ain 111 6 2) 205
Index 1848-1860. a Ag GG ew anos.
* No perfect copies in stock. + Out of print.
3
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Publie. Fellows. Public,
SGU sod, ai mS oe foe OOS: eh Sen a SSh9 dis) 1245s:
BSG er SOUS. ian OSs osc tneie 9s. slate! TEZ Se ae 33s. 9d. .... 45s.
PSGS ep SOG. eosin. nicks 9s, LG LS Steen SOSMO ds 8h. 455%
1864... 4s. 6d. .... 6s.*...... 9s. oe IS eee 33s. 9d. .... 45s.
WO 59 415 Gib cdc OS eodeco Ys, chontc! UGE Rea 33s. 9d. .... 45s.
XK 56 AS Oth Hood G86 60 oc 9s. Bee Weta rake aac 33s, 9d. .... 45s.
LUSKO7/ 1a. ce Mn PONCE Ieee SR mR 9s. Pers WIP eo do. Gk eh renee.
SOS rin cries eee 9s. ide LSS reer OOS MO Osis ad AG's
WEXGS) oc I RR Nice age Ske 9s. OPM) CK aY We BB Mh soon BG
JRSYAD) sa ae Nope eee ah Aer 9s. vedo 2s ee S3SMO ds ane Ase
Indexes tSO1—1870) aowsen oscet: AsxOd. oa OS:
HS7/ Th aes 6 Oe ey ere a 9s. ee NO ee hobo OO Cn eae “AG.
S/R cans h CS Se it es aii ce aR 9s. poe eS ada d COS Web oa ale.
Seopa cena eer ae mattis Let 9s. Wes 2S SOS AO GHA shy:
eee Seas eraleeet Senin sidan 2 nies eR Aaa 9s. pe ee ST Pew OSs soon Sheet
GD ohacoldio 0 echt ien ees oe ean er ee 9s. onunrenylLD Seer utias 36s. eee Ass
SWORE caret cos Aer ghe acide ee Ds: eee PLO See ay TOS caoe 4eear
LSS PSG SS Sr oe RS rt ott 9s. era SU ait SOS: none has:
SS Cee ee Sy de 9s, patel OSeet eens OOS SeeASs:
NS Air sesctere eerie coer (onaieaa ore 9s. SAAD Stas EO ke! 36s. sana Chel
SS Oren ey nitrates sey sian a ik one 9s. Woes SMe anit (VSS duoo Chess
MatlexauliS7Al SSO aac. cones 4s. 6d. .... 6s.
HS Siler toni aes cr te the as 9s. A Og mira se SER OS .... 485.%
WS BOR nes ci ctaheiscse ve = savevere asides: Boe ce We Sas OOS: Joon Che
[LS Saag (aue te eves atic el enciiaasteval erie testes Os. Be Wen 10) |S Sona ene 36s. sano 4hSs,
USS Airey tou hee eas kee 9s. seas Mo Saw aes oie ROOS: ASS
NGS ASE are ean etn ae als 9s. Beate ml Sit rato OS spo0 Gee
NISSGMee erase Svs crate necs ames cteeeete 9s. LOS Tae OSs SASS sii
TGS 7h ta este ES ROU aia es ene ty aa ee 9s. ON TAD GaN eet i OS) jan0. “ease
TSS Siac ees wee ena ami 9s. Bren Sikes sehen eaOOS: coo ChaGp
NSS Oe eee rk pone cqeeiocar cena siebalelce 9s. a MLS ee au OS: seen Step
TSLOYOT: Sian eRe eee nen mee ar A 9s. AEE ale SE yi sieees 36s. soon “IR
* No perfect copies in stock. + Out of print.
PROCEEDINGS or ras GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC
BUSINESS or raz ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Publie.
ne leppartely(dan. Se Webs), gina. stone se signe Nigro lee 9s. Od. .... 19s.
POR ee 2a Mat cGceAi rs) 8c) skaseseebs yar sea epenetees uA tepe abel aia Te Od ane Los!
LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (First Edition.) 8yo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Second Kdition.) 8vo. 1863. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price ls. 6d.
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.)
8vo. 1872. Price 2s,
a
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo.
1875. Price 1s.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth.
Syosn alswi. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardeys
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con-
taining Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Eighth Edition.) Cloth,
8vyo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d.
Tuer ZootocicaL Recorp.
The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1885. Twenty-two
volumes. Price £5 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1836; being Volume the Twenty-third
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1887.
Price 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-fourth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Bepparpd, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1888.
Price 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-fifth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Brepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record for 1889, being Volume the Twenty-sixth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Hdited by Franx FE,
Brpparb, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 30s.
Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.
(Fourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s.
These publications may be obtained at the Socirry’s Orrice (3
Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,
E.C.), or through any bookseller.
- Contents (continued).
March 17, 1891 (continued).
Page
3. On some Neuroptera Odonata (Dragonflies) collected by Mr. EK. E. Green in Ceylon.
By W. F. Kirsy, F.LS., F.ES., Assistant in Zoological oe British Museum
(Natural History), 8. Kensington. (GP abe EMS Ne tsa Sat om cee OOD
4. On some Antelopes collected in Somali-land by T. W. H. Clarke. By OxprizLp Tuomas.
lites MRT CMR EL Pr, 5 2 ere ek cua hs Ree g REN RESID vee OSE Er 206
April 7, 1891.
The. Seoretary. Bevan < on es odthons to the Society’s Menagerie, March 189 ES pease. 2425
- The Seeretary. Remarks upon the breeding of Fragelaphit gratus in the Gardens of the
Zoological Society of Amsterdam ~...... 02... see ee ee ee Settee ett eee e re eens 213
Mr. W. 1, Selater, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of-a hybrid Duck.: 213
Mr. E. T. Newton. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an abnormally shaped egg of the
Common Fowl:........ Baa Ee ree rece sep eeecet anes sets hea Jans cneege Ee Ie Z14
1. On the Geographical ae of Slugs. By T. D. A, Cocxnrenn, F.Z.8S. 2.2... .... 214
2. Ona Viviparous Bathybial Fish from the Bay-of Bengal. By A. Aucock, M.B., Surgeon
eee (Communicated By Prof. J, Woop-Masoy, F.ZS. =) Ene Som etn eG Ansan BE 226
Be Observations on a rare Starfish, Se pens BY F. Jerrrey Bery, M.A., Soc. ~
~ RMS. ee & XXIV.) : eerie ie, CaP a ea te Neen emir Me ESD s
ee Account of the Siluroid Fishes obtained by Dr. H. von Lhering and Herr Sebastian
Wolff in the Province Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. By G. A. Dover (Plates
AXYV. eee: Sncise ies caus sate tian anaiet lenals Me aig wh Confe Sp ae oS epee AOL
5. Notes on the aaakoniy of ees patagonica. By Franx E. Benparp, M.A., PSRs
to the Society ee Hermes Sees afestl ne neue he marae x sag Vineet ela rene nei ales oO
April 21, 1891,
Lieut,-Col. Sir O. B. St. John, K.C.S.I. Note on a case of a Mungoose (Herpestes mungo)
: breeding during domestication 4 245
Mr. R. E. Holding. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of Horns of Rams of
various biecas of the domestic SHEER OMS WIIE8) ce cate ses cares eal row Pe ece 245
Messrs. Peddard and Murie. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some drawings and specimens
_ illustrative of the cause of death of a an African Rhinoceros a a EA en 246
Mr. E. T. Newton. AMaineet ofa Memoir ona a Skull of Trogontherium cuvierc {rom the Forest-
~~ bed of Hast see MCAT CP OMOL = gains oe oeaigl de oNuS Dis E aes ae ee BS Oe Hae wae 247
1. On Butterflies collected by Mr. W. Doherty in the Naga and Karen Hillsand in Perak. —
t Part I. By Hi. oh SEW ES (cle ae Nae VE Le) seo gS saan gale WU See 0 wins» Hh algipen ag te Re 249
2. Notes on the Birds ‘of the Phoenix Islands (Pacific Ocean). By J. J. Lister, M.A., F.ZS. 289
LIST OF PLATES.
1891.
€ :
PAE TATE
Plate m : “Page
RVG c-Otomiys yacksont iy glen sp ai alice ee ees aS cele ate Pa lgcy em gine 1gh"s
Se } New Butterflies from British East Africa ...... Sees vite OAS
ae \ Dacerta sim onyis cos S26 «eel bows a diene > Ge NS eee ee 201
XX, New Dragonflies from Ceylon <.. 00. cssiseeueventeseva rene 203
XXII. Ammodorcas tlarkels... 05 sss e2e wee vip ae eee eee vere rs } 206
XXII. Skull of Ammodoreas clarkei .. +. +.-+ 2.11 ++ sere eee sees
ae } Bathybiaster vexillifer .. feo ete 228
XXV. Fig. 1. Pimelodus nigribarbis; Fig. 2. P. cottoides; Fig. 3
2 , Otocinclus nigricavidla PATE Sia sgl nalatnia aeetohe eee tale cts 23}
XXVL Fig. 1. Cheetostomus cirrhosus; Fig. 2. Bunocephalus iher- } 3
iit ingli; Fig. 3 . Trichomycter us minutus... +... 24. =
XXVI, New Asidtie “Gutterllies <> ciao ee ons ee aca 249
Beas: NOTICE.
The ‘Proceedings ‘are issued in four parts, as follows:—
Part I. containing payers read in January and February, on June Ist.
EH, Ff SS » March and April, on August 1st.
Ill. ,,..* 45, 3». May and June, on October 1st. ;
LY. RE a ,, November and December, on April Ist. :
RS
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ae ens FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL $0 CIETY
OF LONDON,
FOR THE YEAR
1891.
aoe MST Fi;
Ao Me
PART TL: NOV 27 4925 |
= “CONTAINING PAPERS REX .
See MAY anp JUNE.
OCTOBER 1st, 1891.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
; LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,,
PATERNOSTER-ROW.
[Price Twelve Shillings. | AG
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART IIL.—1891.
May 5, 1891.
Page
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie, April 1891.......... 301
Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell. Notes on some Slugs of the Ethiopian Region ............ a Soe
Mr. P. L. Selater. General remarks upon the Fatna of British Central Africa ....... ane OOL
Mr. G. A. Boulenger. On the state of our knowledge of the Reptiles and Batrachians of
British: Gentrad Attica ce raliiee. a Saree acne deere ates mami uate on te tees rea) OUD
Mr, Edgar A. Smith. On the Mollusca of British Central Africa ....-.600.00cse+ss vues 309
Mr. E. T. Newton. Notes on the Geology of British Central Africa ......+...++-..++ 1.» 810
Dr. Ginther and Messrs. Thomas, Stebbing, Salvin, and Beddard.. Remarks on the Fauna
of British Central Africa
Peis Spa Be ae we Ge elas Tees Soren we a te 312
1. Description of a new vee on of the Genus Carpophaga. By the Hon. WaxrEr RotuscHiLp,
HUA Sw, (CPlatagkx V EIT) 23 doesnot ods wrotey a uae aimee rage 92 Se aes soma Oe
2. Descriptions of some new Land-Shells from the Indian Region. By Col. R. H. Beppome, :
(GREY raw. @.G B.C) har ae ame ore Ving Seer siats seth G aNiacStitaas cored oats dake soaker hastened ae OLS
3. On the Fossil Remains of Species of the Family Girafide. By Dr. C. J. Forsyrn Masor. 315
June 2, 1891.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie, May 1891....... rate 0)
My, Sclater, Remarks on interesting animals observed during a visit to the Zoological
Gardens of Paris, Ghent, Antwerp, Rotterdam, Amsterdam, and The H Bene snecee O20
Prof, E. C. Stirling. Communication from, on the newly- toe Australian Mammal *
Notoryctes. typhlops ...s.+00: Been SEE tease ou pete A oienp Savage watcene sorte PIII Saris 327
The Secretary. Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. F. E. Blaauw, of specimens of the Long- tailed
Tit shot by him in Holland
Mr. Frank Finn.- Exhibition of a male hybrid between the Chilian Pintail (Dafila spini-
cauda) and Summer Duck (dir sonsa) bred in the Gardens ........-- Sere hee 330
Contents cOnceiee on page 3 of Wrapper,
eens
vk
“1
err EeS
ral a F;
AY eh STG, 4,
%
& NOV 47 1925 +
"4 : Ry
7 Ne yc ‘es A
AON AL MmiIuee
“SAVY RS jbetety=s mts a
“‘ PROCEEDINGS,”
AVOCOCIOAE SOCIETY Or BON DON:
Fellows who wish to complete their sets
of the “Proceedings” are requested to take
notice that it is now possible to supply
coloured copies for some of the years which
have hitherto been marked as “ out of print,”
in particular those for 1862, 1864, 1875,
1879, 1880, and 1884. The following volumes
for other years may also be had under special
arrangements for colouring the plates, pro-
vided that applications are received for them,
viz. 1873, 1876, 1881, 1885, 1886, and 1887.
THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
ee
Tuts Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir
Hompnrey Davy, Bart., Sir Sramrorp Rarrizs, and other eminent
individuals, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology,
and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal
Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.
During the period which has elapsed since the opening of the
Gardens in the Regent’s Park in 1828, a very large number of
species of Mammats, Brros, and Repritzs has been obtained, detailed
lists of which will be found in the published Catalogues of the
Collection. To these were added, in 1853, collections of Fisuxs
and of the Lower Aquatic ANIMALS, both marine and freshwater,
and in 1881 a House for the breeding and exhibition of Insects and
other Articulata.
Datroness.
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN.
Gice-PBatron.
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES, K.G.
COUNCIL.
PROF. W. H. FLOWER, C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., President.
Witu1am Bateson, Hsa., M.A.
Wittrmmu T. Branrorp, Ese.,
E.R.S.
Masor-Gen. Henry Crerk, R.A.,
F.R.S.
Henry E. Dresser, Ese.
Cuartes Drumuonp, Hsa.,
Treasurer.
Str JosepH Farrer, K.C.S.1.,
F.R.S., Vice-President.
Joun P. Gasstor, Esa.
F. DuCanr Gopmay, Ksa., F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
Dr. Atserr GintHer, F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
E. W. H. Hotpsworts, Ese.
Lr.-Gen. Str H. B. Lumspen,
Kee Sil:
Dr. St. Groner Mivarrt, F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
Proressor ALFRED Newron, M.A.,
F.R.S., Vice-President.
Sir Azupert K. Ronit, M.P.,
LL.D., D.C.L.
THe Lorp ArtauR RUSSELL.
Ospert Satvin, Ese., F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
Howarp SaunpErs, Esa.
Puitie Luriey Scrater, Ese.,
M.A., Pa.D., F.R.S., Secretary.
Henry Seesoum, Ese.
Josepx Travers Suiru, Ese.
2
The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and
Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws.
The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.
till Sunset ; and the Offices and Library (8 Hanover Square, W.),
where all communications should be addressed, from Ten till Five,
except on Saturdays, when they close at Two o’clock p.m.
The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the
Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every
month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.
The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice
a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and
October, at half-past Hight o’clock p.m.
The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m.
TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.
Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-
bution of £3, due on the Ist of January, and payable in advance,
or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,
including the Admission Fee, being £35.
Fetitows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for
the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.
PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.
Fettows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two
Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the
entrance gate.
Fettows of the Society receive a Book of Saturday, and a Book of
Sunday Orders. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on
each Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the
Saturday Orders are not ayailable if the Frttow uses his privilege
of personally introducing two companions on the same day.
Fertiows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday
Orders for Twenty Tickets, available for any day during the year of
issue. The Book of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a
similar packet of Twenty Tickets. These tickets will admit only
one person, whether child or adult.
3
Frtiows also receive Twenty Free Tickets (Green), each valid
for the admission of one adult any day of the week including
Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in lieu of Green
Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to one Adult’s.
These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are available
for following years.
The Books of Orders and the Free Tickets are sent to all Frntows
who shall have given a General Order for their delivery, on the 1st
of January in every year, at any specified address. Forms for this
purpose are supplied on application.
The Wire of a FrtLow can exercise all these privileges in his
absence.
Frtiows have the privilege of receiving a complete set of the
Society’s Publications on payment of the additional Subscription of
One Guinea every year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of
January and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary
Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Frrtows are likewise
entitled to purchase the Transactions and other Publications of the
Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged to the public.
A further reduction of 25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases
of Publications issued prior to 1871, if above the value of Five
pounds.
Frttows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual
Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the
lst July in each year, but this privilege only holds good if the
subscription is paid before the 1st of December following.
FrELLows may obtain, en the payment of One Guinea annually,
an Ivory Ticker, which will admit a named person of their imme-
diate family, resident in the same house with them, to the Gardens
with One Companion daily.
They may also obtain a TRansrrraBite Ivory Ticker admitting
Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,
on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.
Any Frtiow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom
during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the
Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the
4
“ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of
his annual contribution during such absence.
Any Frttow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to
withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.
Persons who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested
to communicate with the undersigned.
PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Pu.D., F-B.S.,
Secretary.
3 Hanover Square, W.,
October Ist, 1891.
MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
FOR
SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.
(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)
1891-92.
I8oI.
Turspay, Novemper 3and17 | Tuxspay, DecemBsr 1
1892.
Turspay, JanuARY 5 and 19 Turspay, APRIL .. 5
in Frepruary 2 ,, 16 a MAW) (25, as orano esas
a MAR OH EY 2 eal or eeg icy 5 JunE.... 14
The Chair will be taken at half-past Hight o'clock in the Evening
precisely.
The LIBRARY (under the superintendence of Mr. F. H. Warrr-
HOUSE, Librarian) is open from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m.; on Saturdays to
2pm. It is closed in the month of September.
LIST OF INSTITUTIONS
TO WHICH
COPIES OF THE SOCIETY'S PUBLICATIONS ARE PRESENTED.
AFRICA.
The South-African Museum, Cape Town.
AMERICA, SOUTH.
The Museum of Natural History, Buenos Ayres.
The Museum of Natural History, Santiago, Chili.
AUSTRALASIA.
The Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart.
The Zoological and Acclimatization Society of Victoria, Melbourne.
The Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney.
The Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney.
The New-Zealand Institute, Wellington.
AUSTRIA.
The Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna.
The Zoological and Botanical Society, Vienna.
BELGIUM.
The Entomological Society of Belgium, Brussels.
The Malacological Society of Belgium, Brussels.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Brussels.
The Royal Museum of Natural History, Brussels.
BRITISH INDIA.
The Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta.
The Geological Survey of India, Calcutta.
The Indian Museum, Calcutta.
CANADA (DOMINION OF).
The McGill College, Montreal.
The University of Toronto, Toronto.
The Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa
4
CHINA.
The China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Shanghai.
EAST INDIES.
The Royal Society of the Dutch East Indies, Batavia.
FRANCE.
The Linnean Society of Normandy, Caen.
The Agricultural Society, Lyons.
The Entomological Society of France, Paris.
The Museum of Natural History, Paris.
The National Society of Acclimatation, Paris.
GERMANY.
The Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Berlin.
The Society of Friends of Natural History, Berlin.
The Natural-History Union for Rhineland and Westphalia, Bonn.
The Senkenbergian Society, Frankfort.
The Royal Society of Sciences, Gottingen.
The Natural-History Society, Halle.
The Natural-History Union, Hamburg.
The Medical and Natural-History Society, Jena.
The Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences, Munich.
The Union for Natural History of Wiirtemberg, Stuttgardt.
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.
_ The Philosophical Society, Cambridge.
The Royal Dublin Society, Dublin.
The Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.
The Geological Society, Dublin.
The Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh.
The Royal Society, Edinburgh.
The Free Public Library and Museum, Liverpool.
The Atheneum Club, London.
The British Museum of Natural History, London.
The Entomological Society, London.
The Geological Society, London.
The King’s College Library, London.
The Linnean Society, London.
The London Institution.
3
The Royal College of Physicians, London.
The Royal College of Surgeons, London.
The Royal Geographical Society, London.
The Royal Institution, London.
The Royal Society, London.
The University College, London.
The Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester.
The Owens College, Manchester.
The Tyneside Naturalists’ Field-Club, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
The Plymouth Institution and Devon and Cornwall Natural-History
Society, Plymouth.
The Marine Biological Laboratory, Plymouth.
The Yorkshire Philosophical Society, York.
HOLLAND.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam.
The Royal Zoological Society, Amsterdam.
The Dutch Society of Sciences, Haarlem.
The Dutch Entomological Union, The Hague.
The Royal Museum of the Netherlands, Leyden.
ITALY.
The Royal Institute of Superior Studies, Florence.
The Italian Society of Natural Sciences, Milan.
The Zoological Station, Naples.
The Royal Academy of the Lincei, Rome.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Turin.
RUSSIA.
The Natural-History Society, Dorpat.
The Society of Sciences of Finland, Helsingfors.
The Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow.
The Entomological Society of Russia, St. Petersburg.
The Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg.
SCANDINAVIA.
The Society of Sciences of Christiania, Christiania.
The Royal Danish Society of Sciences, Copenhagen.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Stockholm.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Upsala.
SPAIN.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Madrid.
SWITZERLAND.
The Philosophical and Natural-History Society, Geneva.
The Helvetic Society of Natural Sciences, Lausanne.
The Society of Natural Sciences, Neuchatel.
The Natural-History Society, Zurich.
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.
The Boston Society of Natural History, Boston.
The New-York Academy of Sciences, New York.
The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.
The American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.
The Entomological Society, Philadelphia.
The Peabody Academy of Sciences, Salem, Mass.
The Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
The United-States Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.
PDIP LILI II III
The Publications (except in special cases) are sent out direct as
soon as they are issued. It is requested that they may be ac-
knowledged by the return of the form of receipt sent with them,
in order that any mis-delivery may be brought to notice.
Publications sent in exchange to this Society should be addressed
they may be
to the Librarian at this Office. It is requested that
sent direct by post, as much delay is caused by their transmission
through booksellers and in other ways.
By order of the Council,
P. L. SCLATER, °
3 Hanover Square, Lonpon, W.,
October, 1891.
Secretary.
1891.] DISCUSSION ON FAUNA OF BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 301
May 5, 1891.
Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of April :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of April were 83 in number. Of these 37 were acquired by
presentation, 23 by purchase, 11 by exchange, 6 were born in the
Gardens, and 6 were received on deposit. The total number of
departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 73.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :—
1. An adult male example of what appears to be the Lesser
Orang (Simia morio) of Owen, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 92*, presented by
Commander Ernest Rason, R.N., and received at the Gardens on
April 15th.
Commander Rason writes to me that he obtained this animal at
Kuching, Sarawak, from some natives, who brought it to him sus-
pended from a pole after the manner of a Sloth. At first it was
extremely savage and tried to bite, but soon became comparatively
tame, and after a week would allow itself to be carried about and
made a pet of. After three months’ time he says “George,” as he
calls the animal, does not seem to have grown in height at all, and,
judging by the look of his teeth, must be about ten years old; but
having had plenty to eat and little exercise has grown much fatter.
Simia morio is generally stated to differ from the larger S. satyrus
not only in its smaller size but also in the entire absence of cheek-
callosities, which are certainly not apparent in the present specimen.
The skull is also stated to be quite different from that of the larger
form.
2. An example of the Great-billed Tern (Phaethusa magnirostris)
from South America, obtained by purchase.
This Tern is new to the collection.
Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell read notes on some Slugs of the Ethiopian
Region, based on specimens in the collection of the British Museum.
It having been arranged that a special discussion should be held
on the Fauna of British Central Africa, Mr. ScuaTEeR opened the
subject with the following remarks :—
‘¢ British Central Africa” is the official name for that portion of
East-African territory under the British sphere of influence which
is situated immediately north of the Zambesi. On the south it is
bounded mostly by the Zambesi, a corner between the Zambesi and
the Lower Shiré having been cut off for the benefit of the Portuguese,
while to the east of the Shiré the Ruo forms the southern border.
From the highest affluents of the Ruo the boundary runs north to
Lake Shirwa, and thence in a slanting line to the eastern bank of
Lake Nyassa, which it reaches at about 13° 50'S. lat. The whole of
1 See also Rajah Brooke’s Note on this subject, P. Z. 8. 1841, p. 55.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XXI. 21
302 DISCUSSION ON THE FAUNA OF [May 5,
the western bank of Lake Nyassa belongs to British Central Africa,
and I suppose also the western half of the lake, from the end of
which the border-line runs irregularly westward to the base of Lake
Tanganyika, thus embracing the whole of what is called the
* Tanganyika Plateau.’ On the north-west and west the boundaries
of British Central Africa have still to be definitely settled. But it
is quite understood, I believe, that lakes Moero aud Bangweolo and
the adjoining lands to the east come within the sphere of British
influence, and that the Barotsi Highlands and the great valley of
the Loangwa and its eastern tributaries are also within the area of
‘« British Central Africa.”
To govern this enormous territory of perhaps some 500,000 square
miles in extent, Lord Salisbury has selected our Fellow, Mr. Henry
Hamilton Johnston, C.B., well known to science for his explorations
both in the Western and in the Eastern Tropics of the African Con-
tinent. Mr. Johnston has already departed from England for the
scene of action. But he leaves behind him Mr. Bertram L. Sclater,
R.E., the Chief of his Staff, and Mr. Alexander Whyte, F.Z.S., his
Naturalist, and for the benefit and instruction of these gentlemen,
who have favoured us with their company to-night, I venture to
bring before you a few remarks on the Zoology of this part of Africa,
chiefly in order to show how little we know and how much we want
to know, and to invite you to a discussion on the subject.
Mr. Johnston informs us that he wishes to make a thorough
examination of the Fauna, Flora, and Geology of British Central
Africa; that is, as already pointed out, of the shores and waters of
Lakes Nyassa, Tanganyika, Shirwa, Bangweolo, Moero, and of the
Rivers Zambesi, Loangwa, Shiré, &c., and of the country generally
comprised between the limits of the left bank of the Zambesi, the
east shore of Lake Nyassa, and the southern watershed of the
Congo.
I am sure we shall be all glad to help him in such a laudable
undertaking, and that he means to attempt what be says is shown
by his engagement of Mr. Whyte as Naturalist to his expedition,
and by his having supplied Mr. Whyte with all the apparatus neces-
sary for this purpose.
The large area just described as British Central Africa will be
divided for administrative purposes, I believe, into three sections :—~
(1) Nyassa-land, comprising the eastern portion, lying within the
basin of Lake Nyassa and the Shiré ; (2) Bangweolo-land, comprising
the north-western portion draining mostly into the Congo ; and (3)
Barotsi-land, comprising the south-western portion drained by the
upper affluents of the Zambesi. Of the two last-named divisions it
may be stated at once that, as regards their zoology, they are ab-
solutely ¢erre incognite. They have, in fact, as yet only been visited
by a few adventurous travellers, who have not had time nor occasion
to attend to natural science. As regards Nyassa-land the case is a
little different ; a certain number of Europeans, chiefly for missionary
purposes, have been settled in several parts of this territory for the
past thirty years, and a certain number of zoological specimens have
1891.] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 303
been acquired through their means. I will therefore say a few words
upon the general state of our knowledge cf the Zoology of Nyassa-
land.
So far as we can tell from our present very imperfect knowledge
of the subject, the fauna of Nyassa-land will be best considered in
three divisions :—(1) the Basin of the Shiré, (2) the Shiré Highlands,
(3) the Basin of Lake Nyassa. As regards our knowledge of its
Zoology, the following are the principal authorities to be referred
to :—
1. Bianconi’s ‘Specimina Zoologica Mosambicana,’ published at
Bologna in parts from 1850-67.
Bianconi was Professor of Zoology in the University of Bologna,
and described various specimens from the collections sent home to
him by Fornasini from Mozambique, in a somewhat antiquated
fashion. No complete account of the animals of any branch of
zoology is given in his work.
2. Peters’s ‘ Naturwissenschaftliche Reise nach Mossambique,’ in
four volumes, published at Berlin from 1852 to 1882. This is the
most important work that has yet appeared upon the Zoology of
South-eastern Africa. Our former Foreign Member, Dr. W. Peters
of Berlin, passed six years at various stations in Portuguese East
Africa from 1842 to 1848, and made excellent collections in every
branch of zoology. Peters, though always hard at work, was some-
what dilatory in publication, and only succeeded in getting out the
four volumes above mentioned, though others were in contemplation,
and in fact had been partly prepared at the time of his death in
1883. The first volume, published in 1852, gives us an excellent
account of the Mammals of Mozambique ; the second, intended to
contain the Birds, was never published ; the third, relating to the
Reptiles and Amphibians, was issued in 1882; the fourth, containing
the Freshwater Fishes, in 1868. These three volumes were pre-
pared by Peters himself. The fifth volume, devoted to the Insects
and Myriapods, was written, except as regards the last-named group,
by Peters’s colleagues in the Berlin Museum.
3. Finsch and Hartlaub’s ‘ Vogel Ost-Afrikas,’? published at
Leipzig in 1870. This volume, which forms a portionof Von der
Decken’s ‘ Reisen in Ost-Afrika,’ is the only general systematic work
on the Birds of Eastern Africa yet published. But the discoveries
and explorations since made have been so numerous, that Finsch and
Hartlaub’s work, though nearly exhaustive at the time it was issued,
has now become more or less antiquated, and much requires to be
replaced by a new publication.
4. Dr. Kirk’s “ List of the Mammals of Zambesia,” published in
our ‘ Proceedings’ for 1864.
Dr. Kirk gives notes on 67 species of Mammals met with during
his various journeys up the Zambesi and Shiré to Lake Nyassa and
on the coast of Mozambique.
5. Dr. Kirk’s article “On the Birds of the Zambesi Region,”
published in ‘ The Ibis’ for 1864 (p. 307).
Dr. Kirk gives notes on 150 species of which he pe legicel examples
21
304 DISCUSSION ON THE FAUNA OF [May 5,
along the Zambesi, its tributary the Shiré, and on the western shore
of Lake Nyassa.
6. In the same volume of ‘ The Ibis’ (p. 301) I gave an account of
an excellent collection of rapacious birds made by the late Dr. Dick-
inson, principally at Chibisa on the Shiré near the upper limit of navi-
gation, where he died in 1863. It contained examples of 22 species.
7. Dr. Ginther’s Report on the Reptiles and Fishes collected by
Sir J. Kirk in the Zambesi and Nyassa Region, published in our
‘Proceedings’ for 1864 (p. 303). This paper gives a list of 30
Reptiles, 11 Batrachians, and 30 Fishes, of which examples were
obtained by Sir John Kirk. The paper is prefaced by some valu-
able remarks by the collector. A new genus of Cyprinoids from
Lake Nyassa is characterized as Pelotrophus.
8. Dr. H. Dohrn’s List of the Land and Freshwater Shells of the
Zambesi and Lake Nyassa collected by Sir John Kirk, published in
the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1865 (p. 231).
Twenty-four species are noticed in this list by Dr. Dohrn, of
which 7 are described as new.
9. The collection submitted by Sir John Kirk to Dr. Dohrn did
not include the Unionide. The specimens of this group were sent
to Mr. Isaac Lea of Philadelphia, a well-known specialist on this
group of Mollusks. Lea referred Sir John Kirk’s specimens to six
species, all of which he described as new in a paper read before the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia in April 1864 *.
10. In Dr. Giinther’s ‘Contribution to the Knowledge of Snakes of
Tropical Africa,” published in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural
History’ for 1888 (ser. 6, vol. i. p. 322), several species are
described from the Nyassa district, but the names of the collectors
are not recorded. The paper concludes with a list of 46 species of
Snakes known to inhabit the Central Lake district of Tropical
Africa.
11. Mr. Edgar Smith’s paper on the Shells of Lake Nyassa,
published in our ‘ Proceedings’ for 1887 (p. 712).
This was based principally upon specimens collected by Mr. F. A.
Simons.
12. Mr. R. Crawshay’s valuable notes on the Antelopes of
Nyassa-land, which was read at our meeting on the 2nd of December
last °.
Mr. Crawshay’s list of the Antelopes of Nyassa-land contains 12
species, but others no doubt, particularly among the smaller forms,
remain to be added to it.
This is positively the only information yet published on the
Mammals of the Nyassa Basin.
These are the principal publications relating to the fauna of
Nyassa-land that I am acquainted with. There are no doubt many
others which will be mentioned by the various naturalists who will
kindly contribute towards our information on this subject on the
present occasion. As I said before, Nyassa-land, so far as we at
1 See Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1864, p. 108.
2 See P. Z.S. 1890, p. 648.
1891.] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 305
present know it, appears to be best divisible into three sections for
faunistic purposes ; these are :—
1. The Basin of the Shiré below the cataracts, the fauna of which
is probably indentical with that of the Lower Zambesi. Katunga,
where the navigation of the Shiré ends, is about 500 feet above the
sea-level.
2. The Shiré Highlands, in parts of which the hills ran up to an
elevation of 8000 feet, and where we should accordingly expect to
find a considerable modification of the fauna.
3. The Basin of Lake Nyassa, where the lake itself lies at an
elevation of about 1500 feet above the sea-level. The adjoining
ranges on the western side, which is alone in British territory, will
probably be found to possess a fauna nearly allied to that of the Shiré
Highlands.
Mr. G. A. BouLtencer then read the following paper ‘‘On the
State of our Knowledge of the Reptiles and Batrachians of British
Central A frica.”’
As may well be expected, our information respecting the herpetolo-
gical fauna of this district is at present very meagre. The only
specimens with precise localities in the British Museum are derived
from five sources, viz.:—(1) 15 specimens from the Shiré Valley,
purchased in 1864; (2) 11 specimens from the Blantyre Mission
Station, on the Shiré highlands, and Lake Nyassa, collected by Mr.
F. A. Simons, purchased in 1877; (3) 5 specimens from Lake
Nyassa, collected by Mr. J. B. Thelwall, purchased in 1877 ; (4) 5
specimens from Lake Nyassa, purchased of Mr. Cutter in 1877;
(5) 7 specimens from Lake Nyassa, purchased of the Universities’
Mission in 1888.
Most of the Snakes have been noticed by Dr. Giinther in a recent
paper on the Snakes of Tropical Africa (Ann. & Mag. N. H. [6] i.
1888, p. 322), in which two new species from Lake Nyassa and one
from the Shiré are described, and most of the Lizards and Batra-
chians will be found mentioned in the British Museum Catalogues
(1882-1887). There are in addition a number of specimens in the
Museum which are labelled ‘‘ Zambesi,” or ‘‘ Zambesi Expedition,”
from Sir J. Kirk’s collections, many of which were procured in the
district with which we are at present dealing. A report on these
Reptiles was published by Dr. Giinther in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this
Society for 1864 (p. 303). Owing to the absence of precise infor-
mation as to localities, I have abstained from mentioning them in
the list appended to this communication. Other works of speciai
importance in the study of this fauna are Peters’s ‘ Reise nach
Mossambique,’ vol. ili. Reptiles, 1882, and Bocage’s numerous
papers in the “ Jornal de Sciencias” of the Academy of Lisbon.
No doubt many of the Reptiles described from the Portuguese
possessions of South-west Africa will eventually be rediscovered to
the East, our knowledge being already sufficiently advanced to show
in a striking manner the homogeneity of the herpetological fauna of
Southern tropical Africa.
306 DISCUSSION ON THE FAUNA OF [May 5,
In the following list I have enumerated all the Reptiles and
Batrachians of British Central Africa of which specimens with
localities are preserved in the British Museum.
LIZARDS.
1. Hemipacrytus mapouta, Mor.; Cat. Liz. i. p. 122.
Shiré Valley.
2. PACHYDACTYLUS OSHAUGHNESsYI, Blgr.; Cat. Liz. 1.
p- 204, pl. xvi. fig. 3.
Lake Nyassa (Thelwall ; Simons).
3. VARANUS ALBIGULARIS, Daud. ; Cat. Liz. 11. p. 308.
Lake Nyassa.
4. MoNOPELTIS SPHENORHYNCHUsS, Ptrs.; Cat. Liz. 1. p. 455.
Shiré Valley.
5. NucrAs TESsSELLATA, Smith ; Cat. Liz. ili. p. 52.
Lake Nyassa.
6. LyGosoMa SUNDEVALLI, Smith ; Cat. Liz. i. p. 307.
Lake Nyassa (Lhelwall).
7. ABLEPHARUS WAHLBERGI, Smith; Cat. Liz. i. p. 350.
Lake Nyassa (Thelwall).
SNAKES.
8. TyPHLops osrusus, Ptrs.
Typhlops obtusus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1865, p. 260, pl.—.
fig. 2, and Reise n. Mossamb. iii. p. 95 (1882).
Shiré Valley.
9. SIMOCEPHALUS NYASS, Gthr.
Simocephalus nyasse, Gunther, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) i. 1888, .
p- 328.
Lake Nyassa.
10. Prosymna amBicua, Bocage.
Prosymna ambigua, Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. iv. 1873, p. 218.
Shiré Valley.
11. CHLOROPHIS IRREGULARIS, Leach.
Ahetulla irregularis, Giinth. Cat. Col. Sn. p. 152 (1858).
Philothamnus wrregularis, Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. ix. 1882, p. 4.
Ahetulla shirana, Gunth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) i. 1888, p. 326.
Shiré Valley, Blantyre Mission Station (Simozs).
1891.] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 307
12. PHILOTHAMNUS SEMIVARIEGATUS, Smith.
Ahetulla semivariegata, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 307.
Philothamnus punctatus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1866, p. 889,
and Reise n. Mossamb. iii. p. 129, pl. xix. a. fig. 1 (1882); Bocage,
le, p. 14.
Shiré Valley (Kirk); L. Nyassa (Universities? Mission).
13. AMPHIOPHIS’ NOTOTANIA.
Coronella nototenia, Gtnth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 3509,
pl. xxvi. fig. 1, and Ann. & Mag. N.H. (6) i. 1888, p. 333.
Ablabes hildebrandtii, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1878, p. 205, pl. ii.
fig. 6; Fischer, Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. i. 1884, p. 7.
Tachymenis nototenia, Peters, Reise n. Mossamb. in. p. 118
(18382).
Lake Nyassa (Thelwall); Cape McLear, L. Nyassa (Simons).
14. PSAMMOPHIs SIBILANS, L., var. SUBTH#NIATA, Peters.
Psammophis sibilans, var. subteniata, Peters, Reise n. Mossamb.
iii. p. 121 (1882); Fischer, Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. i. 1884, p. 12.
Cape McLear, Lake Nyassa (Simons); L. Nyassa ( Universities’
Mission).
15, PSAMMOPHIS ANGOLENSIS.
Amphiophis angolensis, Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. iv. 1872, p. 82;
Peters, Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr. 1881, p. 149.
Ablabes homeyeri, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1877, p. 620.
Dromophis angolensis, Boettg. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1838, p. 55.
Cape McLear, Lake Nyassa (Szmons).
16. THELOTORNIS KIRTLANDI, Hallow.
Thelotornis kirtlandii, Peters, op. cit. p. 131, pl. xix. fig. 2.
Lake Nyassa (Universities’ Mission).
17. LepropIRA SEMIANNULATA, Gthr.
Leptodira semiannulata, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H (4) ix. 1872,
p- 3l.
Lake Nyassa ( Universities’ Mission).
18. CALAMELAPS MIOLEPIS, Gthr.
Calamelaps miolepis, Ginth. Aun. & Mag. N. H. (6) i. 1888,
p- 323.
Cape McLear, L. Nyassa (Simons).
1 Amphiophis, Smith, is closely allied to Psaimmophylax. Twelve subequal
maxillary teeth, followed by an enlarged, grooved tooth; mandibular teeth
subequal. Nasal semidivided; frontal narrow. Hye moderate, with round
pupil. Scales smooth, with apical pits. Ventrals rounded. ‘Tail moderate ;
subeaudals in two rows.
308 DISCUSSION ON THE FAUNA OF [May 5,
19. Uriecuis cAPENSIs, Smith.
Elapomorphus capensis, Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr., Rept., App.
p- 16 (1849).
Uriechis capensis, Jan, Icon. Gén. Ophid. livr. 15, pl. i. fig. 5
(1866); Peters, Reise n. Mossamb. in. p. 112 (1882); Gunth. Ann.
& Mag. N. H. (6) i. 1888, p. 324.
Cape McLear, L. Nyassa (Simons).
20. URIECHIS LUNULATA, Ptrs.
Uriechis lunulatus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1854, p. 623, & op.
cit. p. 113, pl. xviii. fig. 2; Gtinth. 1. c. p. 324.
Lake Nyassa.
21. Nata Haig, L.
Naia haie, Peters, Reise n. Mossamb. ii. p. 137 (1882).
Shiré Valley.
22. NAIA NIGRICOLLIS, Reinh.
Naia nigricollis, Remb. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. x. 1843, p. 269, pl. iii.
figs. 5-7 ; Peters, op. cit. p. 138, pl. xx. figs. 9 & 10.
Naia “MASTER Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1854, p. 625.
Shiré Valley.
23. ATRACTASPIS ROSTRATA, Gthr.
Atractaspis rostrata, Giuth. Ann. & Mag. N.H. (4) 1. 1868,
p- 429, pl. xix. fig. J.
A. bibronii (non Smith), Peters, op. cit. p. 142, pl. xix. a. fig. 3.
Lake Nyassa ( Universities’ Mission).
24. Causus RHOMBEATUS, Licht.
Causus rhombeatus, Peters, op. cit. p. 144.
Blantyre Mission Station (Simons).
BATRACHIANS.
25. Rappia concoior, Hallow.; Cat. Batr. Keaud. p.124.
Shiré Valley.
26. MEGALIXALUS FORNASINII, Biane.; Cat. Batr. Ecaud.
p- 130.
Shiré Valley ; Lake Nyassa.
27. HYLAMBATES MACULATUS, A. Dum.; Cat. Batr. Ecaud.
p- 134.
Shiré Valley.
28. PHRYNOMANTIS BIFASCIATA, Smith; Cat. Batr. Ecaud.
p. 172.
Shiré Valley.
1891. ] BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 309
29. BREVICEPS VERRUCOSUS, Rapp; Cat. Batr. Keaud. p. 177.
Lake Nyassa ( Universities’ Mission).
Mr. Epcar A. Smirn offered the following remarks on the
Molluscan Fauna of British Central Africa :—
So far as I can ascertain, very little seems to be known of the
Mollusca of this region, and it is only that part of the country near
Lake Nyassa and the lake itself which have been partially investi-
gated. Sir John Kirk was the first to collect in this district, and
the specimens he obtained were described by Dr. Dohrn in the ‘ Pro-
ceedings’ of this Society for 1865, and by Isaac Lea in the Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. for 1864. Some years later Mr. F. A.
Simons visited Nyassa and brought home a number of new forms
from the lake, which I described in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society
for 1877. Finally M. Victor Giraud, whilst travelling in the Lake
region, also made collections of shells from Nyassa, which were
reported upon by M. Bourguignat* in 1889. These were obtained
at the northern end of the lake, whilst those collected by Sir John
Kirk and Mr. Simons were from the southern extremity.
Judging from what we know of the Mollusca of that part of Africa
which lies to the east and south of this district, I do not anticipate
that many very remarkable forms will be discovered. Doubtless
interesting intermediate links connecting some of the large species
of Achatina may be met with, and a number of new species of other
groups of Helicide:, besides a few forms of freshwater shells, will be
found. It is to be hoped, however, that these conjectures may
prove incorrect, and that future investigators will be rewarded by the
discovery of many, not only new and interesting specific, but also
generic forms. .
In Capello and Ivens’s work ‘De Angola 4 Contra-Costa,’ a number
of species collected by those travellers has been enumerated by A.
Furtado. Although obtained to the south of British Territory,
some of them have already been recorded from the Nyassa region ;
and it is therefore probable that others, eventually, will also be
found to range as far northward.
Tn the following list none of the so-called species characterized by
M. Bourguignat are quoted, because, in my opinion, most of them,
if not all, are merely varieties of those previously described.
List OF THE KNOWN Species or Mouuvusca From Lake Nyassa.
1. Limnea natalensis, Krauss.
2. Physa nyassana, Smith.
oe succinoides, Smith.
4, Physopsis africana, Krauss.
1 Bull. Soc. Mal. France, 1889, pp. 1-40.
310 DISCUSSION ON THE FAUNA OF [ May 5,
Viviparus politus, Frauenfeld.
jeffreysi, Frauenfeld. ? Modifications
capillatus, Frauenfeld. of one species.
robertsoni, Frauenfeld.
. Bythinia stanlzyi, Smith.
10. Lanistes affinis, Smith.
Tk solidus, Smith.
iD? ovum, Peters.
13. purpureus, Jonas.
14. nyassanus, Dohrn.
15. Melania tuberculata, Miller.
16. nodicincta, Dohrn.
We simonst, Smith.
18. polymorpha, Smith. | ? Modifications of
19. —— turritispira, Smith. one species.
20. —— pupiformis, Smith.
21 nyassana, Suith.
22. Corbicula radiata, Parreyss.
astartina, Martens.
24. Unio nyassaensis, Lea.
25. Spatha alata, Lea.
nyassaensis, Lea.
Examples of the following species of Land-Shells were obtained
by Sir John Kirk, as quoted by Dohrn :—
. Helix mosambicensis, Pfeiffer.
. Streptazis kirkii, Dohrn.
. Ennea levigata, Dohrn.
. Achatina lamarckiana, Pfr.
panthera, Férus.
. Buliminus stictus, Martens.
catenatus, Martens.
. Cyclostoma caleareum, Sowerby.
CONT DOT Go DO
A communication was then read from Mr. E. T. Newron, F.Z.S.,
containing the following ‘‘ Notes on the Geology of British Central
Africa”? :—
Although so little is definitely known of the Geology of Nyassa-
land, that it may almost be said to be a new field for geological
exploration, yet we are not altogether without information as to
some points of its general structure.
Livingstone did not neglect the rocks over which he travelled,
and some scattered geological information may be found in his
‘Missionary Travels’ concerning regions bordering on ‘‘ British
Central Africa.”
Additional facts of no little value were made known by Mr. James
Stewart, C.E., in the Report of his journey on the western shores of
Lake Nyassa, read before the Geographical Society (Proc. R. Bees
Soc. vol. i. 1881, p. 264).
1891.} BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA. 311
The fullest and most interesting account of the Geology of the
Nyassa country is that given by Prof. Henry Drummond as “a
Geological Sketch” in chapter viii. of his ‘Tropical Africa,’ published
in 1881. This sketch embraces the whole of the country he traversed
from the mouth of the Zambesi to the Tanganyika Plateau. A
coloured map accompanying this sketch serves to mdicate in a
general way the positions of the rocks that have been recorded by
others, or directly observed by Prof. Drummond himself. In this
chapter the fossil] Fishes found by the author are described in detail
by Dr. R. H. Traquair.
Quite recently Prof. Rupert Jones (Geol. Mag., Dec. 1896) has
given «n account of the coal and the fossil shells which have been
found near the N.W. extremity of Lake Nyassa.
Starting from the mouth of the Zambesi, at a distance of about
50 miles from the coast, there is, according to Prof. Drummond, an
ancient Coral-reef, which, although standing only a few feet above
the sea-level, probably indicates a slight elevation of this part of the
coast.
About 20 miles further inland near Shupanga, and still only at a
very slight elevation, sedimentary rocks were met with consisting of
“a few thin beds of red and yellow sandstones and fine conglomer-
ates.” No fossils were found ; but these deposits are believed to be
of the same age as the beds at the Cape, which are known as the
Karoo formation (Lowest Mesozoic), which seems to extend as far
north as Zanzibar and Mombasa.
Beds of coal are said to occur far up the Zambesi, at a place
called Tete, and are probably associated with beds of the Karoo age,
which it is thought will be found to form a narrow belt fringing the
plateau of the interior.
A little above the junction of the Shiré River and the Zambesi,
the first hills of the plateau begin; they vary in height from 100
or 200 feet to 2000 feet, and those examined by Prof. Drummond
‘* consisted entirely of white quartzite,” the only quartzite he saw in
Central Africa. At the foot of one of these hills (Morumballa) there
is a hot spring, described by Livingstone.
Livingstone spoke of coal occurrmg about 2 or 5 days’ journey
N.W. of Morumballa, but Prof. Drummond, after careful search,
could find no trace of coal in the neighbourhood, and is of opinion
that a black rock (very dark diorite) which does occur, and in the
distance looks very like coal, must have misled Livingstone.
The great African Plateau, including the upper part of the Shiré
River and the greater part of the country surrounding the Nyassa
Lake, as well as half the plateau between the Nyassa and the Tan-
ganyika, consists almost wholly of granite and gneiss; the character
of the rocks being remarkably uniform throughout the area.
Volcanic rocks occur at several places along the Zambesi and also
at the northern end of the Nyassa.
About six miles S. by E. of Mount Waller, on the N.W. shore of
Lake Nyassa, Mr. James Stewart noticed some coal occurring about
a mile and a half from the Lake shore and about 500 feet above its
312 THE HON, W. ROTHSCHILD ON A NEW PIGEON. [May 5,
level. His report of this coal was very favourable, as it made a good
fire and burned up strongly. Prof. Drummond, however, who
seems to have examined the same bed, at the same place, is much
less satisfied with the coal fe tried, and did not think it of much
economic value.
Mount Waller, which rises some 3100 feet above the lake, was
visited by Mr. Stewart, and found to consist of horizontal argillaceous
and sandy beds, of varying degrees of hardness—three bands of
coarse grit forming a broad ledge along the mountain side at an
elevation of about 1200 feet.
Not far from the village of Karongo, at the N.W. extremity of
Lake Nyassa, Prof. Drummond met with a series of sedimentary
deposits, some of which are fossiliferous. These he believes to be
continuous with the coal-hearing series near Mount Waller, although
situated about 60 miles further to the north-west.
The fossils found are of much interest, being the first recorded
from Central Africa. They consist of some fragmentary fish-
remains and some shells. The fishes have been described by
Dr. R. H. Traquair as Acrolepis ? drummondi and A. africanus;
while the mollusks have been named by Prof. T. Rupert Jones
Iridina oblonga.
From these fossils it is evident that the deposits are closely related
to the Karoo formation, which is so well known further south on
account of the Dicynodon and other remarkable reptilian remains
which it has yielded. he des
Remarks were also made by Dr. A. Giinther on the Fishes, by
Mr. O. Thomas on the Mammals, by Mr. Stebbing on the Crusta-
ceans, by Mr. Salvin on the Butterflies, and by Mr. Beddard on
the Earthworms of British Central Africa.
The following papers were read :—
1. Description of a new Pigeon of the Genus Carpophaga.
By the Hon. Watrter Rornscuixp, F.Z.8.
[Received April 10, 1891.]
(Plate XXVIII.)
The Pigeon described below was sent from the Chatham Islands
by my collector Henry Palmer.
This Pigeon, which at Professor Newton’s suggestion I propose to
call Carpophaga chathamensis, is very closely allied to the Carpophaga
of New Zealand, Carpophaga nove zealandie, but can be at once
distinguished from it not only by the very considerable differences
in colour, but also by its much larger size and larger beak.
CARPOPHAGA CHATHAMENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXVIII.)
Adult male. Head, neck, and fore part of breast deep brownish
PZS5S189l,Plate XXVIII.
FW. Frohawk del ethith.. West, Newman chromo.
Carpophaga chathamensis.
PZ 1GOl Pleo
14
GeoWest & Sons del.lith etimp.
NEW INDIAN LAND SHELLS.
1891.| COL. BEDDOME ON LAND-SHELLS FROM INDIA. 313
purple, with a faint olive-green reflexion; shoulders, back, and wing
up to carpal joint brownish copper-colour, merging into greenish grey
on the back. Lower part of back and rump pale silvery grey.
Quills and their coverts pale grey, with a greenish light on the
coverts ; inner webs grey ; tail-feathers steel-blue, without the greyish
terminal band so conspicuous in Carpophaga nove zealandie:
under surface of tail-feathers dark grey-brown in their apical portion.
Underparts from breast downwards pure white, without the yellowish
tail-coverts found in the allied species ; linings of wings grey. Irides
and feet crimson; bill deep orange at base, yellow at tip; eyelids
yellow.
Total length 22 inches, extent of wings 34 inches, wing from
flexure 11 inches, tail 84 inches; bill along ridge 1 inch, along edge
of lower mandible 14 inch; middle toe and claw 27 inches.
Adult female. Similar to male.
Hab. Chatham Islands, South Pacific.
The collection contained nine specimens, which exhibit no varia-
tion.
2. Descriptions of some new Land-Shells from the Indian
Region. By Col. R. H. BeppomeE.
[Received May 2, 1891.]
(Plate X XIX.)
NANINA SUBCASTOR, Sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 1-3.)
Shell perforate, depressed, carinate, reddish brown, above obliquely
and finely striated, the striz being very indistinctly decussated by
spiral lines ; spire scarcely raised, nearly convex, depressedly conoid ;
whorls 54, very gradually increasing, the last not descending, slightly
convex above, moderately swollen beneath, where the decussation is
more distinct than on the upper surface, sharply angled at the peri-
phery ; aperture oblique, angulately lunate, broader than high ; peri-
stome very little thickened, a thm callus joining the margins,
reflected at the small punctiform umbilicus. Diameter 13-13 inch ;
height 3 inch.
Hab. The Myhendra Hill, South Travancore, at about 2500 feet
elevation.
The shape of this shell is almost the same as that of Nanina castor,
a Khasyan species, but the sculpture is quite different ; the drawing
of the Papuan Nanina tritoniensis in Tapparone-Canefri’s work * is
also exceedingly like it, only a little more depressed and with a
sharper angle at the periphery. It belongs, I think, to the section
Rhysota.
MacrocHLAMYs PERINGUNDENSIS, sp.nov. (Plate XXIX. figs.
13, 14.)
Shell thin, horny, shining, yellowish brown, plicated ; umbilicus
small; spire depressed subconical, apex obtuse, sutures prominent ;
1 Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, iv. p. 150, pl. i. figs. 18-20.
314 COL. BEDDOME ON LAND-SHELLS FROM INDIA. [May 5,
whorls 6, convex, gradually increasing, all the whorls plicated, but
the plications on the last not reaching the periphery, the upper
surface of the last whorl sometimes furnished with two thin, whitish,
concentric lines, one near the periphery, the other near the suture,
sometimes very indistinct or altogether absent; periphery bluntly
angled, with sometimes a second less prominent ridge below it; aper-
ture nearly vertical, lunate. Diameter 3 inch, height 5°; inch.
Hab. Near the summit of the Peringunda Hill, on the Coimbatore
side of the Anamallays, at about 5000 feet elevation, in moist woods.
Nearly allied to the Khasyan M. plicifera, Blanford, but a smaller
shell, less plicated, and with a shining epidermis. Type in the
Natural History Museum, South Kensington.
TROCHOMORPHA SUBNIGRITELLA, sp.nov. (Plate XXIX. figs.
4, 5, 6.)
Shell moderately umbilicate, depressedly turbinate, quite rounded
at the apex ; whorls 6, very gradually increasing, faintly striated, the
last sharply angled at the periphery, nearly flat on the underside ;
aperture oblique, subquadrate ; peristome simple, the margins distant ;
colour a rich dark brown, shining below. Diameter 3 inch, height
75 inch.
Hab. Andaman Islands (Dr. Hungerford).
This species recalls the Pacific forms of the genus rather than the
Indian ones, its nearest ally being 7. nigritella, which, however, is a
larger shell with the last whorl much broader. Type in the Natural
History Museum.
HELrx COLLETTI, sp.nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 7, 8, 9.)
Shell openly umbilicate, orbiculato-depressed, rather thin; spire
nearly flat ; whorls 5, the last obsoletely angulate at the periphery,
not descending, very prominently and coarsely striated obliquely ;
colour light fawn, with a dark band at the periphery ; aperture some-
what oblique, lunately suborbicular ; peristome simple, very slightly
reflexed, margins not joined. Diameter ? inch, height 2 inch, width
of umbilicus 5 mill.
Hab. The Shan States, Upper Burma.
Examples of this species were collected for Dr. Hungerford by
Mr. Boxall, who accompanied Col. Collett’s expedition. It belongs
to the section Planispira, Beck, bemg allied to H. fallaciosa, the
sculpture is very similar to that of H. gobanzi. Type in the Natural
History Museum.
HELIX SHANICA, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 10, 11, 12.)
Shell narrowly umbilicate, depressedly turbinate, rather solid ;
whorls 5, gradually increasing, rather convex, the last subangulate
at the periphery, slightly descending towards the mouth, all fur-
nished with a fine oblique striation, more prominent on the last
whorl; colour a light fawn, darker at the apex of the shell and near
the mouth, a narrow dark band just above the periphery ; aperture
oblique, rotundately lunar; peristome slightly reflexed, dark fawn-
coloured, the margins distinct. Diameter ;% inch, height 2 inch.
Hab. The Shan States, Upper Burma.
1891.] DR. C.J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON FOSSIL GIRAFFID&. 315
Also collected for Dr. Hungerford by Mr. Boxall. Referable to
the section Planispira. ‘Type in the Natural History Museum.
Ennea (HurTroneLia) SEATON, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs.
15-19.)
Shell cylindric, whitish, narrowly rimate; whorls 11, convex,
sutures deep, very slightly decreasing in size upwards, the upper two
smooth, shining, the others finely but prominently ribbed, the last
expanded and free towards the aperture ; aperture oval, nearly ver-
tical; peristome thickened inwards, the columellar margin with a deep
circular incision extending to the suture of the penultimate whorl,
above this cavity the margin of the peristome runs back into the
interior of the aperture, forming a strongly developed lamella, opposite
which there are two obscure teeth on the inner part of the peristome
well within the aperture. Length 2 inch.
Hab. Tenasserim, limestone rocks east of the Mooley-it mountain
near the Siam frontier.
Only a single example was found when visiting this mountain
with Col. Seaton, the Conservator of Forests for the Tenasserim
provinces. Its nearest ally is Ennea cylindroidea, Stoliczka, which
is, however, a much smaller shell.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXIX.
Figs. 1, 2, 3. Nanina subcastor, p. 313.
4, 5, 6. Trochomorpha subnigritella, p. 314.
7, 8, 9. Helix colletti, p. 314.
10, 11, 12. Helix shanica, p.314.
13, 14. Macrochlamys peringundensis, p. 313.
15, 16, 17, 18, 19. Ennea (Huttonella) seatoni, p. 315.
3. On the Fossil Remains of Species of the Family Giraffide.
By Dr. C. J. ForsytuH Masor’.
By far the most numerous remains met with in the fossiliferous
deposit of Samos explored by me in 1888 and 1889 appertain to
a new member of the family Giraffide. The rich materials at my
command furnish satisfactory knowledge of this new form, and at
the same time suggest novel considerations concerning the various
forms already described.
Falconer and Cautley, in describing a fossil Giraffe discovered in
the Siwaliks, wrote as follows :—‘*‘The Giraffe has hitherto been con-
fined to a single species, and has occupied an isolated position in the
order to which it belongs. It may be expected that, when the ossi-
ferous beds of Asia and Africa are better known, other intermediate
forms will be found, filling up the wide interval which now separates
the Giraffe from the antlered ruminants, its nearest allies in the order
according to Cuvier and Owen”’*. This was written 47 years ago.
1 Communicated by the President.
2 H. Falconer and Capt. P. T. Cautley,‘‘ On some Fossil Remains of Anoplo-
therium and Giraffe, from the Sewalik Hills,” Proc. Geol. Soc. Lond. no. 98,
1844.
316 DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON FOSSIL GIRAFFIDH. [May 3,
We shall consider on the present occasion how far the prediction
has been fulfilled, and see at the same time that the authors of the
‘Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis’ have themselves contributed to realize
their anticipation.
1. GIRAFFA.
First, as to the forms ascribed to the genus Giraffa itself. There
is one species which for nearly 50 years has haunted paleontological
papers, from which it is high time that it should disappear. This
is the Giraffa (Camelopardalis) biturigum, Duv., said to come from a
Tertiary deposit at Issoudun near Lyons*. Anyone who examines
with a little attention this supposed fossil, now preserved in the
Museum of the Jardin des Plantes, may perceive at once that we
have before us no fossil whatever, but the mandibular ramus of a
recent specimen of Giraffa camelopardalis. It was found at the
bottom of a dry well in the courtyard of a house belonging to a
chemist, and it seems to have found its way from the apothecary’s
shop to the place where it was discovered, in order to render it more
valuable.
Besides this spurious fossil, half a dozen Tertiary forms have been
ascribed to the genus Giraffa. The family is beyond doubt ; but
though we cannot for the moment assign them to any other genus
than Giraffa, this reference ought, in my opinion, to be considered as
provisional. In Paleontology, even when we assign a generic name
to some form imperfectly represented, it is with the reserve, though
sometimes unexpressed, that more complete finds will modify the
original opinion.
The form which appears to have the best claims to rank asa
species of the genus Giraffa is the Giraffa sivalensis (Fale. & Cautl.),
with which we have been made more thoroughly acquainted by
Lydekker’s description *, founded both on teeth and bones, and lead-
ing to the conclusion that the Siwalik Giraffes were constructed on
the same plan as the living species. Even in this case I would not
be too positive as to the genus, the skull being unknown, and the
reference of the bones and teeth to one and the same form, though
very probable, not being beyond all doubt.
1 Duvernoy,“ Sur une machoire de girafe fossile découverte 4 Issoudun (dép.
de l’Indre),” Notes communiquées a |’Acad. des Sciences, séances du 15 mai et
du 27 novembre 1844 ; id. Ann. Se. Nat. 3¢ série, t. i. p. 156, pl. 2 (1843). See
also on the same subject :—
H. Falconer and P. T. Cautley, “On some Fossil Remains of Anoplotherium
and Giraffe, from the Sewalik Hills,’ Proc. Geol. Soc. of London, no. 98, 1844,
postscript.—Blainville,‘ Ostéographie, Atlas, Genre Camelopardals, pl. ii. (Came-
lopardalis biturigum).—Gervais, ‘ Zoologie et Paléontologie frang., deux. éd.,
Paris, 1859, p. 142.—A. Gaudry, ‘ Comptes Rendus de Académie des Sciences,’
vol. xl. p. 802; séance du 26 novembre, 1860.—R. Owen, ‘ Palxontology,’ 2nd
edit., Edinburgh, 1861, p. 409.—A. Gaudry, ‘ Animaux fossiles et Géologie de
lV Attique,’ Paris, 1862, pp. 249, 250.—-L. Riitimeyer, “ Beitrage zu einer natiirl.
Geschichte der Hirsche,” Abh. d. schweiz. palaontol. Gesellsch. vol. viii. Erster
Theil, p. 73 (Ziirich, 1881).—R. Lydekker, Mem. Geol. Survey of India, ser. x.
Indian Tert. and Post-tert. Vertebr. vol. ii. pp. 102, 111 (Calcutta, 1884). 7
2 R. Lydekker, Z. c. vol. ii. pp. 103, 112.
Lod
1891.] DR. C.J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON FOSSIL GIRAFFIDE. 317
The same remarks apply to the Giraffu attica (Gaud. et Lart.),
from Pikermi, the limb-bones of which, the only parts known,
approximate this form to the living species. Some molar teeth are
also doubtfully referred to it. Gaudry himself, who described the
remains, calls attention to the fact that, the cranium being unknown,
no definite determination is possible *.
Concerning the Giraffa vetusta (Wagner), founded on an incom-
plete maxillary from Pikermi*, and the Giraffa micredon (Koken)
from China, represented by a few molars *, nothing more can be said
than that the teeth are very Giraffe-like and closely approach those
ascribed to the Giraffa attica.
Lastly, the Giraffa parva (Weithofer) from Pikermi * has been
pronounced of late by its describer® to belong to a different genus,
which we shall have to consider later.
2. SAMOTHERIUM °*.
When the first remains of a large ruminant were brought to light
by my Greek workmen at Samos, I believed I had found the Helia-
dotherium, the large Giraffe-like ruminant discovered at Pikermi by
Gaudry. The subsequent discovery of several skulls, all of them
hornless, showed at once differences from Helladotherium. Two
fragments of the frontal, each bearing a horn implanted directly
above the roof of the orbit, were so different from what is known in
existing Giraffes, as well as in Antelopes and Bovines, that I was not
at the time able to classify them. The subsequent discovery, however,
of the posterior part of the skull belonging to one of the frontals at
once resolved the enigma in quite an unexpected manner, indicating
a member of the Giraffidee provided with horns, but in every other
respect so closely identical with the hornless skulls just mentioned
that both must evidently be considered as belonging to the same
species, the hornless skulls: doubtless representing the female sex.
This is what I have called Samotherium boissiert". Later on was
found by me the nearly complete skull now in the British Museum,
shown of one-sixth the natural size in the accompanying figure
(p. 318).
1 A. Gaudry,‘ Animaux foss. et Géol. del’ Attique,’ pp. 245-252.
2 A. Wagner, “ Nachtrage zur Kenntniss der fossilen Hufthier-Ueberreste von
Pikermi,” Sitzungsb. der k. bayer. Akademie d. Wissensch. pp. 78-82, fig. 1
(Jahrg. 1861, Bd. 11, Miinchen).—K. A. Weithofer, “ Beitrage z. Kenntniss der
Fauna von Pikermi bei Athen,” Beitrage zur Palaéontologie Oesterreich-Un-
garns (Bd. vi.), Wien, 1888, p. 284, Taf. xvii. (viii.) figs. 1, 2.
3 H. Koken, ‘“‘ Fossile Saugethiere Chinas,” Palaont. Abh. herausgeg. yon
Dames und Kayser, Bd. iii. Heft. 2, 1885, p. 61, Taf. ii. (vili.). figs. 13-15.
+ A. Weithofer,“ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Fauna von Pikermi bei Athen,”’
(J. s. ¢.) pp. 281-285, Taf. xvi. (vii.)
5 A. Rodler und K. A. Weithofer,“‘ Die Wiederkauer der Fauna von Maragha,”
Abdruck aus dem lvii. Bande d. Denkschr. der mathem.-naturwiss. Classe der
kais. Akademie der Wissensch. Wien, 1890, pp. 6, 10.
6 Forsyth Major, “Sur un gisement d’ossements fossiles dans Vile de Samos,
contemporains de l’age de Pikermi, ” Comptes rendus de l’Académie des Sciences,
Paris, séance du 31 déc., 1888.
7 Loe. cit.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XXII. Zo
318 DR. C.J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON FOSSIL GIRAFFIDE. [May 5,
The principal difference from the skull of the living Giraffe, besides
the absence of horns in a certain number of perfectly adult and even
partially aged specimens, consists in the position occupied by the
horns present in some other crania, these being placed, as already
stated, on the very roof of the orbits, whilst in the living animal we
see them, as is well known, far more backwards, viz. partly on the
parietal and partly on the frontal bones.
First, as to the hornless skulls. Take away the protuberances and
\ Fig. 1.
Samotherium boissiert.
Side view of skull and mandible of male, one-sixth nat. size. Isle of Samos.
horns in a young skull of the Giraffe, and its affinity with the horn-
less skulls of Samotherium cannot be denied. In these last, as well
asin the horned specimens, the superior profile stretches nearly hori-
zontally from the upper part of the occiput towards the snout. The
roof of the orbits being made somewhat tumid by pneumatic cavities,
even in the hornless specimens, the region between them, occupied
in the Giraffe by the so-called unpaired horn, appears hollowed.
Another analogy of the superior profile, as well as of the upper con-
tour of the skull of Samotherium, is with the skull of the female
Elk, which last genus has been brought by Riitimeyer into close
relation with the Giraffe’.
1L. Riitimeyer, ‘ Beitrage zu einer nattrlichen Geschichte der Hirsche,’ i.
pp. 08-72.
189].] DR. C.J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON FOSSIL GIRAFFIDA. 319
As regards the horns of Samotherium, I have to state an interesting
fact. In the skull of an aged specimen of Samotherium, just above
the orbits where the large horns are placed in the horned specimens,
there occur very small processes separated by a suture from the un-
derlying part of the frontal. It appears that we have before us the
same sort of processes as in the living Giraffe. On examination of
the large horned skull of the Samotherium, a sort of burr is visible on
the anterior and interior base of the horn-cores, which apparently
corresponds to the coalesced suture. The skull in which the small
processes appear above the orbits is evidently that of an aged female,
and I think the explanation to be given is that in aged individuals
of the female sex, male characters occasionally make their appearance.
Riitimeyer has recorded that in an aged female of the Giraffe a sort
of stalactitic crust, as he terms it, corresponding to the dermal median
process of the male, sometimes covers the medial ‘“‘ horn ” *.
I do not propose to enter here into any detail respecting the den-
tition and the limb-bones of the Samotherium. As to the first, it
suffices to remark that the teeth differ from those of the Giraffe only
in slight particulars. Whilst the limb-bones in their relative pro-
portions come nearer to what is the rule amongst Ruminants, the
few cervical vertebree collected indicate that the Samotherium had a
far less elongated neck than the Giraffe.
In the British Museum is preserved a portion of the skull from the
ossiferous deposit of Maragha in Persia, which I have identified as
the Samotherium 6boissierts A similar remark may be made in re-
ference to some remains from the same deposits, nearly complete as
to the dentition, very imperfect as to the skull, lately deseribed by
Rodler and Weithofer under the name of Alcicephalus neumayri”.
The skull being so incomplete, there still remains some doubt as to
its specific identification with Samotherium bovssierc.
3. PALZOTRAGUS.
A near ally of the Samotherium is aruminant from Pikermi de-
scribed by Gaudry as an Antelope under the name of Pal@otragus
rouenii*, as a reference to the figure will at once show. Gaudry
entertains some doubts as to the systematic position of Paleotragus ;
he defines it :—‘‘ Ruminant quia des cornes comme les antilopes,quoi-
qu’il différe de ces animaux par la plupart de ses caractéres”*; and
farther on, ‘‘ Si je considére ses cornes, je le classe auprés des antilopes,
mais je doute de ce rapprochement, quand je regarde ses molaires
semblables A celles des cerfs et de la girafe, son occipital qui rappelle
celui d’un Ane, sa région pariétale allongée et rectangulaire,”’ ete.’
Riitimeyer is less hesitating as to the place which Pal@otragus
1 Riitimeyer, /. c. p. 66, note.
2 Rodler und Weithofer, ‘Die Wiederkauer der Fauna von Maragha, pp. 2-9,
Taf, i. fig. 1, Taf. ii., Taf. iii. figs. 1-6, Taf. iv. figs. 1-4.
3 A. Gaudry, ‘ Animaux fossiles et Géol. de l’Attique,’ pp. 264-267, pl. xlv.
4 ZL. c. p. 264.
5 Li. ¢. p. 207.
22"
320 DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON FOSSIL GIRAFFID#. [May 5,
ought to oceupy ; he says—‘* Am zutreffendsten scheint Paleotragus
in heutiger Sprache characterisirt zu sein, wenn man ihn als eine
Form yon Aegoceros (Hippotragus) mit noch brachyodontem Gebiss
bezeichnen wiirde ”’*.
The only resemblance with the Antelopes, and which seems to
have been the reason for assigning to Paleotragus a place amongst
them, is the position of the horns. Even this character does not
quite agree; for I know no instance amongst Antelopesof the horns
Paleotragus rouent.
Side view of skull, one-sixth nat. size (after Gaudry). Pikermi, Attica.
being separated by such a large interval, owing to the enormous dila-
tation of the skull between the orbits, in which character Pal@o-
tragus agrees as well with the Giraffe as with Samotherium ; and,
moreover, with the latter in the horizontal upper profile of the cra-
nium from the occiput to the snout. If it were not for the equine-
like constriction of the occiput of Paleotragus roueni, as described by
Gaudry, I should not have established a new genus for my Samos
remains, but should have united Samotherium with Palcotragus, so
very like are both in every other respect.
A hornless skull from Pikermi, described by Weithofer as Came-
lopardalis parva *, may turn out to be the female form of the Giraffoid
Paleotragus. Rodler and Weithofer have of late pronounced this
form to belong doubtless to their new genus Alcicephalus*®. This
last being synonymous with Samotherium, there is no great difference
in our respective opinions. ‘The skull of Camelopardalis parva being
rather incomplete and especially wanting the occipital region, it
cannot for the present be decided whether its affinities are with
Samotherium or with Paleotragus.
1 L. Rutimeyer,“ Die Rinder der Tertiar Hpoche, nebst Vorstudien zu eimer
natiirlichen Geschichte der Antilopen,” Abh. d. schweizer. palaontol. Ges. vol.
iv., Zurich, 1877, p. 83.
2
2 Sec!
3 Rodler and Weithofer, ‘ Die Wiederkauer der Fauna yon Maragha,’ p. 10.
189!.] DR. C.J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON FOSSIL GIRAFFIDE. 321
4. StvatHerium; and 5. HypASPITHERIUM ‘.
As is well known, the Siwaliks have yielded the remains of Siva-
therium and Hydaspitherium, about the relations of which there has
been a good deal of discussion. I have to recall to mind that Dr.
Murie placed the Sivathere in a distinct family, as showing affinities,
in his opinion, with several distinct groups of ruminants, but being on
the whole most nearly allied to Antilocapra”. These views as well
as those of Riitimeyer have been opposed by Lydekker, who groups
the Sivathere aud its allies (Hydaspitherium and Bramatherium)
in the same family as the Giraffe, basing his opinion especially on the
similarity of the molar teeth, as well as on the transition in the bones
of the limbs and neck from Sivatherium to the Giraffe, and on some
other characters of minor importance *. __
I find it necessary to enter into some detail regarding the views
propounded by Riitimeyer *, who is most positive in his assertion as
to Hydaspitheriwm, denying on the one hand that it has any relation
whatever with the Giraffe, and on the other hand insisting strongly on
its affinities with the Damalis group amongst the Antelopes. The
form of the forehead, as well as the implantation of the horns,
according to Riitimeyer correspond most of all with Damalis and
Alcelaphus. The conformation of the occiput is said to find its
nearest analogue in A/celaphus and especially in A. tora. On the
whole the structure of the cranium of Hydaspitherium is characterized
as an abbreviation of the Damalis skull.
Even if we admit that in Hydaspitherium the parietal region be as
narrow and as much displaced backwards as in some members of the
Damalis group (D. tora, caama, &c.), there would be no sufficient
grounds for referring it to these Antelopes, as this same extreme con-
formation is found not only in the skulls of some species of Damalis,
but is characteristic besides of Connochetes, of several Bovines, and
even of male adult skulls of some Ovines, such as Ovis argali,
O. polit, and O. nahoor. There is a fossil torm, too, found in Samos,
Criotherium, in which the parietal region is also reduced to a very
the narrow zone, behind and under the horn-cores ; the distinctness,
however, of this form from Damalis can be at ouce determined.
Moreover, the comparison of the Hydaspitherium skull with those
of the Damalis seems to me unjustifiable for other reasons. Riiti-
meyer starts from the assumption that the parietal region begins in the
Hydaspitherium, as is generally the case in Ruminants, nearly behind
the horn-cores—in other words, that the horn-cores are limited to the
1 Tam obliged to postpone my remarks on Bramatherium, having not yet
had the opportunity of examining the skull from Perim Island which is pre-
served in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.
2 Geol. Mag. vol. viii. 1871, pls. xii. & xiii—The original memoir on Siva-
therium is by Falconer and Cautley : “ Sivatherium gigantcum, a new fossil
ruminant genus, from the valley of Murkunda, in the Sewalik branch of the
Subhimalayan Mountains,” Asiatic Researches, vol. xix. 1836, p. 1.
3 R. Lydekker, 1, ¢. vol. i. pp. 118-142.
4 L. Riitimeyer, ‘ Beitrage zu einer natiirlichen Geschichte der Hirsche,’ i,
pp: 79-84.
322 DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON FOSSIL GIRAFFIDH. [May 5,
frontalia. It is, however, a well-known fact that in the Giraffe the
parietals participate also in the conformation of the horns. In the
skull of a very young Giraffe, such as that which is to be seen in the
remarkably instructive exhibition in the Hall of the British Museum,
it is evident that the pair of horns are not formed alone by the bony
processes which are situated partly on the frontals and to a large
extent on the adjacent parietal region, but that those bones themselves
are thrust up, the parietals still more than the frontals. It is not
possible to demonstrate with certainty the coronal suture in the cast
of the Hydaspitherium skull’. But its comparison with a young
Giraffe, and with the so-called skull of Helladotherium from the
Siwaliks, which is placed by Riitimeyer himself amongst the Girat-
fide *, is strongly suggestive that in all three the parietal region has
about the same extension and continues in the same direction as the
frontal region. The horns of Hydaspitherium, in my opinion, thes
occupy the same position as in the Giraffe—that is to say, on the
parietal as well as on the frontal bones, only extending much more
forwards than in theliving genus.
In spite of the enormous elevation of the bones which form the
brain-case, this last in Hydaspitherium is not much shorter than in
the hornless skull of the Siwaliks.
Similarly I am inclined to believe that in Sivatherium the parie-
tals also take part in the horizontal covering of the skull, so that
the analogy with the Gnu and the Bovines, advocated by Riitimeyer ’®,
is not justified. The posterior antler-like pair of horns, according
to my view, evidently arises from the parietals. The anterior pair
occupies the same position as the horns of Samotherium, the homo-
logy with which is completed by the important fact that we can
trace a suture between the anterior processes of Sivatherium and
their supporting frontals.
The supposition as to the extension of the parietalia in Sivatherium
and Hydaspitherium can be definitely proved only when weare able
to trace the coronal suture ; but evenif Riitimeyer’s improbable view
as to the position of the parietalia were right, there would not be, for
the reasons given, sufficient grounds for uniting these fossils with
some of the Antelopes.
Be that as it may, the present exposition of facts corroborates
Lydekker’s view that Sivatherium and Hydaspitherium are nearly
akin to the Giraffe*.
1 Lydekker was unable to trace the coronal suture in the original. He says
in the description of the skull of Hydaspitherium megacephalum in question
(Indian Tertiary and Post-Tertiary Vertebrata, vol. i. 1880, p. 163):—‘* Above
the occipital crest the common base of the horn-cores rises almost vertically,
somewhat after the manner of the intercoronal ridge of the oxen. It is impos-
sible to say how much of this portion of the cranium is formed by the parietais
and how much by the frontals, but I am inclined to think that in the middle
line the parietals formed a very narrow strip as in the true oxen.”
2 Th. cpp. T4718.
a a pes ‘Beitrage zu eimer natiirlichen Geschichte der Hirsche,’ i.
. 80-81.
De As to Vishnutherium, from the Siwaliks, described by Lydekker, I have no
new observations of my own to offer, but I completely share Lydekker’s views as
1891.] DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON FOSSIL GIRAFFIDS. 323
6. HELLADOTHERIUM.
What I have to remark about the so-called Helladotherium sup-
ports the views above stated. As to the systematic position of
Helladotherium duvernoyi, Gaud., from Pikermi’, Riitimeyer agrees
with Gaudry and Lydekker, that we have to do with a form related
to the Giraffe *.
With the Helladotherium of Pikermi Gaudry united a hornless
skull from the Siwaliks, which had been originally considered by
Falconer as a female Sivatherium *: Gaudry adds that Falconer him-
self inclines towards this opinion*. The French author confines
himself to pointing out a few differences between the Pikermi and the
Siwalik form which, in fact, as Lydekker remarks, would not be
sufficient to justify a specific distinction of the two specimens. We
have a nearly complete description of the Indian skull by Ritimeyer ’,
not from the original, but from the drawing in the ‘ Fauna Antiqua
Sivalensis.’ Riitimeyer also unites the two specimens. The rather
important differences between the two skulls he ascribes partly to
the artist of the French plates, partly to the deformation of the
Pikermi skull by crushing. I have been able to convince myself from
an examination of the original Pikermi skull in Paris that the draw-
ing is correct, and that the deformation is no more than Gaudry
himself admitted (‘‘ un peu comprimé de haut en bas”); so that the
remarkable elongation of the parietal region of the Pikermi skull,
which presents difficulties to Riitimeyer, is perfectly natural. As may
be seen from the accompauying sketches of the Helladotherium from
Pikermi (fig. 3, p. 324) and the so-called Helladotherium from the
Siwaliks (fig. 4 B, p. 325) the superior profile in the crania is remark-
ably different. The region above and behind the orbits is slightly
hollowed in the Greek Helladotherium, whilst in the Siwalik skull a
convexity is visible in the same position. As appears from the upper
view of the Siwalik skull (fig. 4A, p. 325), the highest point of the
elevation in question would correspond to the hinder extremity of the
nasals. Such being the case according to the drawing, the nasals
would have extended backwards beyond the orbits, an arrangement
unknown among Ruminants. A close examination of the original
specimen shows, however, that this cannot be. As the cranial roof
has been removed in this place, we see clearly that here are pneumatic
expressed in the summary of the chapter devoted to this genus. “* Whether these
remains belong to one or to several species or genera, they unmistakably indicate
a connecting link (or links) between the Sivathere and the Giraffe which so
effectually bridges over the gap hitherto existing between these animals, as to do
away with all family distinction between the two.” (Indian Tertiary and Post-
Tertiary Vertebrata, vol. ii. p. 116.)
1A. Gaudry, ‘ Animaux fossiles et Géologie de l’Attique,’ pp. 252-264,
pls. xli.—xliv.
2 L. Riitimeyer, ‘Beitrage zu einer natiirl. Geschichte der Hirscke,’ i. pp. 74-78.
3 A description of the Plates in the ‘Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis, Supplemen-
tary Plate A. figs. 1-1 ¢ (H. Falconer, Paleontological Memoirs and Notes,
1868, vol. i. p. 538).
PEiicn ps 260, 5 ZL. ec. pp. 75-78,
324 DR. C. J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON FOSSIL GIRAFFIP&. [May 5,
cavities filled with matrix exactly the same as those beneath the so-
called unpaired horn of the Giraffe. So that what in the figure
appears as the posterior half of the nasals is in reality situated in the
frontal region behind the nasals. We have thus here the homologue
of the median protuberance of the Giraffe.
The postorbital portion in the Siwalik hornless skull is a little more
elongated than in Sivatherium and Hydaspitherium, and would have
exactly the form of Hydaspitherium if the horns of this genus were
removed; in the hornless skull the superior profile is nearly hori-
zontal.
In the Helladotherium from Pikermi the parietal region is more
elongated still, as has been already stated. Gaudry describes on its
middle a feeble elevation of 2 cm. by 8 cm. in length, adding that
it corresponds perhaps to a sort of horn or central pyramid. The
examination of the original preserved in the Paris Museum showed
me that we have in reality two crests, as is visible too in the side
view, diverging a little forwards and circumscribing a sort of elevated
plateau, which in front is about 1 decim.broad, at the back 75 millim.
Fig. 3.
—S=
/
————S Een —=!a
Ss
aS
SSS SSs
S
Helladotherium duvernoyt.
Side view of skull, one-sixth nat. size (after Gaudry). Pikermi, Attica.
Tn front of these the profile runs nearly horizontal as in Samotherwum,
and very different from the proclivous direction in the Siwalik skull,
which besides is much higher in this part.
The orbits in both skulls are relatively small as in Sivatherium
and Hydaspitherium ; in the Helladotherium from Pikermi they
are situated farther back.
There are several other differences between the two skulls which
for the present purpose may be omitted. On the whole my conclu-
sion is that, apart from a general likeness, they are so different from
each other, that far from belonging to the same species they must
even be ascribed to different genera. The Siwalik skull, except its
being hornless, approaches so near to the horned forms of the Siwaliks
just mentioned, but especially to Hydaspitherium, that I think the
original view of Falconer, which later on was shared by Murie, is not
so far from the truth as has been since supposed. Falconer con-
sidered it to be the female of Sivatherium, the only one of the three
1891.] DR. C.J. FORSYTH MAJOR ON FOSSIL GIRAFFID&. 329
allied horned forms (Sivatherium, Hydaspitherium, Bramatherium)
then known. The Sivatherium having somewhat different molars,
whilst the teeth of Hydaspitherium, according to Lydekker, are not to
be distinguished from those of the so-called Helladotherium from the
Siwaliks, whilst, besides, the configuration of the skull approaches
more to Hydaspitherium, I think that we have before us the female
skull of a genus of which the male form cannot have differed much
from the form presented by Hydaspitherium megacephalum, Lyd.
ZF
a x
HN pod ull ——
NM
A ; GA BZ
; | AL meas
= Sh =
KK
\ AN
\
SS, A
Lp \\
y
Sivatherium giganteum (female).
Upper view (A) and side view (B) of skull, one-sixth nat. size (after
Falconer and Cautley). Siwalik Hills, India.
I wish to be far less positive as to the sex of the Helladotherium
skull from Pikermi. Having before us in the Pikermi fossil a geo-
logically older form, the development of horn-like appendages even
in the male may not have advanced beyond the stage shown in the
specimen figured by Gaudry.
At any rate we cannot be surprised at the general likeness of the
326 MR. P.L.SCLATER ON CONTINENTAL MENAGERIES. [June 2,
two forms. The female skulls being more or less in all mammals,
but especially in Ruminants, more conservative than the skulls of
males, the resemblance of the Siwalik skull to a more generalized
type, as represented by the Helladotherium skull of Pikermi, is not
more than we might have anticipated.
June 2, 1891.
Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of May 1891 :—
The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during the
month of May 1891 were 163 in number. Of these, 96 were
acquired by presentation, 41 by purchase, 4 by exchange, 10 were
born in the Gardens, and 12 were received on deposit. The total
number of departures during the same period, by death and removals,
was 89.
Amongst the former special attention may be called to the
following :— :
1. A female Water-buck Antelope (Cobus ellipsiprymnus) from
British East Africa, presented by George LL. Mackenzie, Ksq., F.Z.S.
This is a very acceptable arrival, as making a pair with the male of
the same Antelope presented by Mr. Mackenzie in November last
(see P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 589).
2. Three Blanford’s Rats (Mus 6blanfordi) from the Shevaroy
Hills, Madras, presented by Mr. W. L. Sclater, F.Z.S., Deputy
Superintendent of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. This species is new
to the Collection.
Mr. Sclater made some remarks on animals which he had noticed
during a recent visit to the Zoological Gardens of Paris, Ghent,
Antwerp, Rotterdam, Amsterdam, and The Hague.
In the Jardin d’Acclimatation at Paris the colony of breeding
Penguins, which Mr. Sclater had also inspected in the summer of
1890, was of special interest to the ornithologist. ‘Twenty-two
examples of the Black-footed Penguin (Spheniscus demersus) were
kept in an open wire enclosure. Many of these had paired and
nested in some wooden dog-kennels which had been placed in the
enclosure. Last year five birds had been bred, and only one of
these had been lost.
Of the three Sea-Lions living in the Jardin d’Acclimatation, one
adult male appeared to be referable to Otaria stelleri and not to
O. gillespii, the species usually brought from the Pacific coast of
America, from which it seemed to be distinguishable externally by
the sudden elevation of the front part of the cranium. But this
determination would require confirmation after the death of the
specimen.
A remarkable hybrid Pheasant in this Garden was said to have
1891.] PROF. E. C. STIRLING ON NOTORYCTES TYPHLOPS. 327
been produced by a male Lophophorus impeyanus and a female
Euplocamus albocristatus.
The Menagerie in the Jardin des Plantes was fortunate in still
having a male example of the Black African Rhinoceros (Rhinoceros
bicornis), received about ten years ago.
From the Antwerp Gardens Mr. Sclater had succeeded in obtaining
a few interesting birds for the Society’s collection. Amongst these
were two small Hornbills (Yoccus erythrorhynchus) and two African
Spoonbills (Platalea alba), the latter being new to the Society’s series.
In the Zoological Gardens of Rotterdam two interesting Antelopes
had lately been received from the Congo: these were a female of
Tragelaphus gratus and a male Cephalophus dorsalis. The colony
of wild Herons adjoining the large covered aviary in which the
Night-Herons bred (see P. Z.S. 1889, p. 219) was still flourishing
and consisted this year of twenty-eight pairs.
The Gardens of the Royal Zoological Society of Amsterdam (since
the death of the late Mr. Westerman under the direction of Dr.
C. Kerbert) had been next visited and many objects of interest had
been noted. Amongst these were a pair of the Elk (Alces machiis),
born in the Gardens on the 13th of June, 1890, a pair of the Bantang
Ox of the Sunda Island (Bos banteng), and a female example of
the Sassabey Antelope (Damalis lunata). The herd of the graceful
Antelope (Tragelaphus gratus) (see above p. 213) now consisted of
a male, two females, and two young ones lately born.
In the small Zoological Garden at the Hague, Mr. Sclater had
noticed an example of a beautiful species of Ground-Pigeon,
Phleqenas tristigmata, (see Ibis, 1865, pl. ix.), of Celebes, which he
had never seen before alive.
A drawing, sent to England by Professor E. C. Stirling of the
University of Adelaide, M.D. and a Corresponding Member of the
Society, was exhibited. This, being the first received in Europe,
represented the remarkable Australian mammal] which that gentleman
had now called Notoryctes typhlops, having described it without a
name in * Nature’ (vol. xxxviii. p. 588) of the 18th of October,
1888, in the following terms :—
‘“The total length is 13 cm., inclusive of the tail, which is 2 cm.
long. The head, relatively shorter than in Chrysochloris, has a
rounded muzzle, the dorsal surface of which is covered by a horny
shield. Nostrils transversely slit-like. No eyes visible, the skin
passing uninterruptedly over the ocular region; but on reflecting
the skin on one side of the face a small circular pigment-spot is
visible in the position of the eye. No apparent bony orbit. Tongue
fleshy, broad at the base, and tapering to a blunt point. No ex-
ternal ears, but the ear-openings distinct, 1 mm. wide, and covered
over with fur.
‘The fore limbs are short, resembling somewhat those of a Mole ;
but the manus is folded, so that the large nails of the fourth and
fifth digits only are visible in the natural position of the limbs. Of
these nails the fourth is 15 mm. long and of a uniform width of
328 PROF. E. C. STIRLING ON NOTORYCTES TYPHLOPS. [June 2,
4mm., ending very bluntly ; the fifth is very slightly shorter than
the fourth, broad at the base (8 mm.), tapering rapidly to a blunt
point, the two together forming an outline rather like that of a
goose-mussel (Lepas). The nails of the third, second, and first
digits, very much smaller, form a series gradually dimmishing in
size in the order named, and constitute a second row on the inside
of the fourth and fifth, by which, as stated, they are completely
concealed from view. What corresponds to the palm is the cleft
between the two rows of digits.
‘«‘'The hind limbs are also short, with the soles turned outwards.
Outline of Notoryctes typhilops.
What appears to be the fifth (anterior) digit is very short, with a
short, broad, and strong nail; the fourth is armed with a long
(7 mm.), narrow, curved, and sharp claw ; while the claws of the
third, second, and first are broad, flat, rounded at their pomts, and
joined together by a membrane which extends nearly to their points.
On the sole there is a hard, elongated, horny tubercle crossing it
transversely.
“The tail 2 em. long, and 5 mm. wide at the insertion, tapers to
3 mm. and terminates in a knob-like tip.
« About 15 mm. in front of the vent (? cloaca) there is a pouch in
the integument about 4 mm. wide, with the opening directed back-
wards and having a depth in a forward direction of from 4-5 mm.
The surface of this pouch is devoid of hair, but the bare area is
surrounded by thick fawn-coloured fur, with a slightly reddish tint;
it is possible, however, that this reddish tint is due wholly or in
part to some ferruginous-looking sand which is much mixed up
with the fur. The body generally, with the exception of the lower
two-thirds of the tail, which is bare, is covered with fur of a rather
lighter tint.
“ With regard to the internal parts, it is unfortunate that the
specimen came to us completely eviscerated and in a bad state of
preservation generally ; but ina small part of the lower bowel which
was left, remains of ants were found. The bowel terminates at a
wide vent (?cloaca), and I can find no trace of a separate genital
aperture, nor of such openings into the supposed cloaca. I have
not yet had time to examine with minuteness the skeleton, which
1891.] PROF. E. C. STIRLING ON NOTORYCTES TYPHLOPS. 329
unfortunately is also considerably damaged, especially about the
occipital region; but from a cursory examination of the recently
skinned body, I can note the following points with, I believe,
accuracy :—
‘* Cranium relatively large, no bony orbits ; zygomatic arches pre-
sent ; well-developed shoulder-girdles with slender clavicles, pectoral
muscles large ; pelvis large ands strong, with a rather wide symphysis
pubis, but no epipubic bones, either actual or rudimentary ; ribs 14 ;
angle of lower jaw markedly inflected.
“The teeth are peculiar, and require a more extended description
than I can give at present, but the formula appears to be :—
p- 2,m =)
p. 1,m. 47°
- 3 1 6 (9
1. 5, C. 7, m. = (!
«This, however, may require some modification, as just posterior
and external to the premolar (or first molar) of the right ramus of
the mandibie there is a small rudimentary conical tooth, which is
not to be found on the opposite side, nor at corresponding positions
in the maxilla.”
Portions of a letter since addressed by Professor Stirling, on 29th
of October, 1890, to Professor Newton were also read as follows :—
«....As to the new beast....]I am very sorry that various
causes .... have prevented my working itout .... It turns out not
to be a Monotreme, but a Marsupial, with Mole-like configuration.
The marsupial bones are exceedingly small nodules and escaped my
notice at first. Four or five of the cervical vertebree are fused, and
there is a keeled sternum, an enormously thick and short first rib,
which serves the purpose of buttressing the sternum in lieu of cora-
coids; a bird-like pelvis, with the ischia abutting on the spinal column ;
penis in the urogenital canal, and testes external in front of the penis ;
eyes mere pigment-spots underneath the skin and ¢emporalis muscle.
Altogether it is a curious beast .... the Mole-type of Marsupials.
It has a remarkable habit of burrowing for long distances in the
sand, and with great rapidity .... I have four specimens, but only
one in good preservation, which is not to be wondered at when I say
that they came 1500 miles wrapped up in a kerosined rag, and I
have not been able to get any more.... ‘This is the whole story
and I regret the delay ... . While I am working it out I should like
to keep all the specimens I have, as, with one exception, they are
not good alike in the soft parts, and I shall want them to supplement
each other.”
Ina later letter from Prof. Stirling, dated 29th March, 1891, he in-
formed the same correspondent that he was then about to cross the
Australian continent from Port Darwin to Adelaide, where he ex-
pected to arrive about the present time, hoping to travel through the
portion of the country inhabited by Notoryctes, and to obtain from
the natives some more specimens, though he was careful to say that
“they are not common” there. The full description of this form
had, it was understood, already appeared in the ‘Transactions of the
Royal Society of South Australia,’ though no copy of it had yet
reached England.
330 DR. 0. F. VON MOELLENDORFF ON [June 2,
The Secretary exhibited on behalf of Mr. F. E. Blaauw, C.M.ZS.,
specimens of some Long-tailed Tits shot by him last year in Holland
and belonging to the museum of the Royal Zoological Society
“ Natura Artis Magistra.”” They had been sent to this country for
the purpose of ascertaining whether they belonged to the British
form Acredula rosea or the white-headed Continental form A. cau-
data (see Dresser’s ‘ Birds of Europe,’ vol. iii. pp. 63-67). There
could be no doubt that these birds belonged rather to the British
form with striped head ; but Mr. Blaauw'stated that the white-headed
form was also met witb in Holland, and that he had occasionally
observed examples of the two forms paired together.
Mr. Frank Finn, B.A., exhibited a male hybrid between the
Chilian Pintail (Dafila spinicauda) g and Summer Duck (4v
sponsa) Q, bred in the Gardens, and pointed out that it differed
from both parents, though it was to a certain extent intermediate.
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Land and Freshwater Shelis of Perak.
By O. F. von Mortienporrr, Ph.D.
[Received April 15, 1891.]
(Plate XXX.)
Since the publication of my paper on the Land-Shells of Perak
(Journ. As. Soc. Beng. ly. pt. ii. no. 4, 1886), Dr. R. Hungerford
has been kind enough to supply me with some more materials from
that hitherto very imperfectly known region. Mr. J. de Morgan,
who collected in Perak in 1884, published descriptions of some new
species in ‘ Le Naturaliste’ (vil. 1585, no. 9, pp. 68-70), and gave a
more extensive memoir on the conchological fauna of the Malacca
peninsula in the Bulletin Soc. Zool. de France (x., 1885 ), with figures
of his novelties. This latter work I did not know of when I wrote
the above-mentioned paper, and the study of it now enables me to
rectify some of my former classifications, and at the same time to
correct a number of errors contained in de Morgan’s work. I think
it therefore advisable to give now a revised catalogue of all the
Land and Freshwater Shells at present known from Perak, with
descriptions of some further new species.
Fam. STREPTAXIDA.
1. Srrepraxis pLussENsIsS, de Morgan.
Streptawis plussensis, de Morgan, Le Nat. 1885, p. 68; Bull.
Soc. Zool. Fr. x. 1885, p. 23, t. i. fig. 1.
Mt. Tchehel, Pluss valley (de Morgan).
A good new species, somewhat related to S. lemyrez, Morel., from
Cambodia.
Dr. Hungerford obtained at Bukit Pondong a few specimens o
PL Zo ele NASI PICO
R.-Mintern del.et lith. Mintern Bros. imp.
IDAINID) ~SinUBILILS) Ol IRIaIPUAIEC.
Q
1891.] THE SHELLS OF PERAK. 331
a small white Patula-like shell, which from its fine and regular
striation, the silky aspect, and the inner varices must be an im-
mature Streptaxis, but not identical with the above species. It has
a diameter of only 3mm. and shows already 53 whorls.
2. Ennea (MicrostropuHiA) PERAKENSIS, Godw.-Aust. & G. Nev.
(Plate XXX. figs. 1, 1 a.)
Ennea perakensis, Godw.-Aust. & G. Nevill, P. Z.S. 1879, p. 735,
t. lix. fig. 2 (juv.) ; v. Mélldff. J. As. Soe. Beng. lv. 1886, p. 300;
Ancey, Bull. Soc. Mal. Fr. v. 1888, p. 341.
Bukit Pondong (Hungerford).
In the remarks on the name of the subgenus to which this
species belongs, I have committed the error of writing Martensia,
Nevill, instead of Nevillia, Martens. The latter name has been
given by Prof. von Martens to a group of Mascarene Enneas (Beitr.
Faun. Maur. 1880), but it was preoccupied by H. Adams (P. Z. S.
1868, p. 289) for a genus of the Rissoide. The group, which
comprises a number of Indian, Chinese, and Mascarene species,
I have renamed Microstrophia (Jahrb. deutsch. malakoz. Ges. xiv.
1887, p. 22). The Perak species is closely allied to E. stenopylis,
Bens.
3. Ennea (MicROSTROPHIA) HUNGERFORDIANA, v. Molldff.
(Plate XXX. figs. 2, 2 a.)
Ennea hungerfordiana, v. Molldff. 1. c. p. 301.
Bukit Pondong (Hungerford).
4. EnNEA (MICROSTROPHIA) SUBCYLINDRICA, v. Molldff.
(Plate XXX. fig. 3.)
T. anguste perforata, fere cylindracea, albido-hyalina; spira
superne conoideo-convexa, apice obtuso, tum cylindracea. Anfr.
7, conveaiusculi, costulis verticalibus subdistantibus—36 in
anfractu penultemo—regulariter sculpti, ultimus angustior, basi
subcompressus, paullum ascendens. Apertura verticalis, rotun-
dato-tetragona ; peristoma latiuscule expansum, albo-callosum,
superne continuum, subsolutum, sinuatum, margo dexter ad in-
sertionem subito attenuatus. Lamella parietalis valida, longe
intrans.
Alt. 2°75, diam. 1 mm.
Hab. ad Bukit Pondong leg. cl. R. Hungerford.
Fam. VirRinip&.
5. VITRINA NUCLEATA, Stol.
Vitrina nucleata, Stol. J. As. Soc. Beng. xii. 1873, p. 23, t. i.
fig. 12, t. 11. figs. 46.
isbaerean nucleatus, Tryon, Man. Pulm. i. p. 177, t. 41.
figs. 49-51.
Bukit Pondong (Hungerford); Penang (Stoliczka).
Tryon places this species in Heltcarion, whilst Stoliczka distinctly
states it to be a Vitrina.
332 DR. O. F. VON MOELLENDORFF ON [June 2,
6. ? VirrINOPsiIs DOUVILLEI, de Morg.
Gaeotis douvillei, de Morgan, Bull. p. 40, t. iv. fig. 9.
Mt. Tchabang (de Morgan).
The figure of the animal shows no trace of a mucous pore, so
that the species cannot be a Parmarion or Girasia. In Gaeotis
(=Peltella) the mantle covers the shell entirely ; besides, the
occurrence of a West-Indian and South-American genus on the
Malay Peninsula would be inconsistent with all our experience of
the distribution of land-shells. I believe that this interesting dis-
covery of de Morgan will prove to be a Vitrinopsis, hitherto not
found outside the Philippine Islands. The shell agrees perfectly
with the Philippine species, and the figure of the animal, at least,
does not oppose this classification.
Fam. NANINIDZ.
7. HELICARION Lowl, de Morgan.
Helicarion lowi, de Morg. Buil. p. 25, t. 1. fig. 3.
Mt. Kerbou, 2200 metres altitude (de Morgan).
A fine large species, of 32 mm. diameter.
8. MaAacROCHLAMYS STEPHOIDES, Stol.
Helix (Macrochlamys) stephoides, Stol. J. As. Soc. Beng. xlii.
WBZ35, Pe Wl 7sqbs le S79, be Mies lo OE
Macrochlamys stephoides, de Morgan, Bull. p. 27.
Kinta valley (de Morgan) ; Penang (Stoliczka).
9. MacrocHLAMYS HATCHONGI, de Morgan.
Macrochlamys hatchongi, de Morg. Bull. p. 28, t. i. fig. 6.
Between Lahat and Ipoh, Kinta valley (de Morgan).
10. Macrocuiamys sousourtl, de Morgan.
Macrochlamys jousoufi, de Morg. 1. ¢, p. 29, t. 1. fig. 7.
Ipoh, Kinta valley (de Morgan).
This and the preceding Macrochlamys seem to be varieties of
one and the same species, closely allied to JZ. kumahensis, Theob. &
Stol., from Aracan.
11. MacrocuLamys BARTONI, de Morgan.
Macrochlamys bartoni, de Morg. 1. c. p. 30, t. 1. fig. 8.
Mt. Tchora, Kinta valley (de Morgan).
Somewhat like M. consepta, Bens., in outline, but very much
smaller and less striated.
12. Hupiecta BisuGa, Stol.
Rotula bijuga, Stol. J. As. Soc. Beng. xlii. 1873, p. 14, t. i.
figs. 4-7, t. v. figs. 16-18; Tryon, Man. Pulm. ii. p. 22, t. iv.
figs. 56-59.
Rotularia biyjuga, de Morgan, Bull. p. 30.
Luplecta bijuga, v. Molldff. 1. ec. p. 302.
Bukit Pondong (Townsend, Hungerford); Penang (Stoliczka).
SS)
oS)
iss
1891.] THE SHELLS OF PERAK.
13. EupLuctTa PATANIENSIS, de Morgan.
Macrochlamys pataniensis, de Morgan, Ball. p. 28, t. 1. fig. 5.
Rhaman, Patani (de Morgan).
Certainly of the same group as the last species, and, so far as can
be judged from the figure, not very different from LH. anceps, Gld.,
Tenasserim.
14. SrrTaLA CARINIFERA, Stoliczka.
Sitala carinifera, Stoliczka, J. As. Soc. Beng. xlii. 1873, p. 16,
t. 1. fig. 8; Godw.-Aust. Land & Freshw. Moll. Ind. 1. 1882,
p: 35; v. Molldff. 1. c. p.302; Tryon, Man. Pulm. ii. p. 54, t. xxv.
fig. 16.
Bukit Pondong (Hungerford); Penang (Stoliczka).
15. KALIELLA PERAKENSIS (G. Nevill).
Kaliella perakensis, Godwin-Austen, |. c. 1. 1882, p. 8, t. il.
fig. 7; Tryon, Man. Pulm. i. p. 61, t. xxvi. fig. 59.
Perak (Townsend); Bukit Pondong (Hungerford)..
16. MicrocysTINA TOWNSENDIANA, G. Nev. & Godw.-Aust.
Microcystina townsendiana, G. Nevill & Godw.-Aust. P. Z. 8.
870s pa 7o0) ta lixe cigs 1 5 ve Molldtigle cy pas02:
Nanina (Microcystis) townsendiana, Tryon, Man. Pulm. ii. p. 120,
t. 40. figs. 49-51.
Bukit Pondong (Townsend, Hungerford).
17. Lamprocystis MALAYANA, v. Molldff. (Pilate XXX. figs. 4—
4b.)
T. semiobtecte perforata, depressa, tenuis, subpellucida, corneo-
lutescens, nitens ; spira humilis, depresse conica, apice obtuso.
Anfr. 5, levissime convexiusculi, sutura appressa submarginata
disjuncti, lente accrescentes, tenuissime striatuli, ultimus basi
convecus. Apertura parum obliqua, rotundato-elliptica valde
excisa ; peristoma simplex, weutum, margine columellari superne
breviter reflexo, subcalloso.
Diam. max. 3°66, alt. 2 mm.
Hab. ad Bukit Pondong leg. cl. R. Hungerford.
Allied to LZ. molecuda, Bens., from Burmah, but smaller and much
flatter.
18. Lamprocystis conutina, v. Molldff. (Plate XXX. figs. 5—
56.)
T. anguste perforata, depresse globoso-conica, tenuis, pellucida,
nitens, corneo-fiavescens ; spira conoidea, lateribus subconveris.
Anfr. 44, sat convext, sutura impressa discreti, microscopice
striatuli, ultimus basi inflatus. Apertura sat obliqua, exciso-
subcircularis ; peristoma simplex, acutum, margine columellart
brevissime reflexo.
Diam. maz. 1°66, alé. 1:25 mm.
Hab. ad Bukit Pondong leg. cl. R. Hungerford.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XXIII. 23
334 DR. O. F. VON MOELLENDORFF ON {June 2,
19. HemrpLecta sTriATA, Gray, var. LEECHI, de Morg.
Hemiplecta leechi, de Morgan, Bull. p. 31, t. 1. fig. 9.
Abundant all over Perak (de Morgan).
The author compares his form with H. crossei and H. weinkauffiana ;
I think, however, that it will prove to be a variety of the common
species of Singapore and the Straits generally, Wanina striata, Gray,
or Helix naninoides, Benson.
20. HemipLecra SAKAYA, de Morg.
Oxytes sakaya, de Morg. Bull. p. 32, t. ii. fig. 1.
Mt. Kerbou, 1200 metres altitude.
Allied to H. cymatium, Bens., of which it is perhaps a variety.
The specimen collected by Dr. Hungerford and mentioned by me
(J. c. p. 302) as H. cymatium, probably belongs to this form.
21. Ruysora sp. aff. pluto, Pfr.
Cf. v. Molldff. 1. c. p. 302.
Perak (Hungerford).
22. ARIOPHANTA KINTANA, de Morgan.
Ariophanta kintana, de Morg. Bull. p. 33, t. ii. fig. 2.
Kinta district (de Morgan).
This was probably mentioned by Nevill (Handl. Moll. Ind. Mus.
1878, p. 20) as Ariophanta, n. sp. (prox. A. interrupte), from Qualla
Kangsa, Perak.
Ariophanta lahatensis, de Morgan, Bull. p. 34, t. ii. fig. 4, be-
tween Labat and Ipoh, Kinta valley, seems to be based on an
immature specimen, which might very well be the young of the
present species.
Fam. TRocHOMORPHIDE.
23. TROCHOMORPHA TIMORENSIS, v. Mart.
Trochomorpha timorensis, de Morgan, Bull. p. 35.
Mt. I'’chora, Kinta valley (de Morgan); Penang (Stoliczka).
Helix swettenhami, de Morgan, Le Naturaliste, 1885, p. 68, and
H, thieroti, de Morgan, bid. p. 68, both belonging to either Trocho-
morpha or else Plectotropis, do not appear in his second memoir. The
latter species probably is the one now mentioned as 7’. timorensis.
Fam. HELicipz.
24. SA1suMA PERAKENSIS, Crosse.
Geotrochus perakensis, Crosse, J, de Conch. xxvii. 1879, p. 199,
t. viii. fig. 4; de Morgan, Bull. p. 38.
Helix perakensis, v. Molldff. 1. c. p. 303.
Perak (Townsend); Kinta valley (de Morgan).
Most decidedly not a Geotrochus, but one of the conical Fruticicola-
like shells, for which Adams created the subgenus Satswma (= Fruti-
eotrochus, Kob.). This group is widely spread over Hastern Asia,
1891.] THE SHELLS OF PERAK. 335
from Japan, China, the Malay Peninsula, to the Philippine Islands
and the Malay Archipelago.
25. ? Hexrx Bouryt, de Morgan.
Helix bouryi, de Morg. Bull. p. 35, t. u. fig. 3 (Petasia).
Mt. Tchora, Kinta valley.
The author classes this small snail, 3 mm. in diameter and height,
as a Petasia. I should bave thought it to be a form of Naninide,
if the peristome were not described as slightly reflexed. It will
prove to be a Satsuma.
26. CHLORITIS PENANGENSIS, Stol.
Trachia penangensis, Stoliczka, J. As. Soc Beng. xlii, 1873, t. ii.
fies. 1, 18-20. |
Fruticicola penangensis, de Morgan, Bull. p. 56.
Bukit Pondong (Hungerford); all over Perak (de Morgan);
Penang (Stoliczka).
27. CHLORITIS MALAYANA, v. Molldff. (Plate XXX. figs. 6,
6 a.)
Helix (Trachia) malayana, v. Molldff. 1. ec. p. 303,—an
= Planispira breviseta, Crosse, J. de Conch. xix. 1876, p. 336 (nec
Pfr.) ?
Perak (Hungerford),
28. CuLoritis wrayt, de Morgan.
Philidora wrayi, de Morgan, Bull. p. 36, t. il. fig. 5.
Lahat, Ipoh, Kinta valley (de Morgan).
29. CHLORITIS HARDOUINI, de Mogan.
Helix hardouini, de Morgan, Le Naturaliste, 1885, p. 68.
Philidora hardouini, de Morgan, Bull. p. 37, t. 1. fig. 10.
Between Lahat and Ipoh, Kinta valley (de Morgan).
Both Stoliczka and de Morgan have placed true species of Ch/orvéis
into different genera. The former accepted Trachia as a separate
genus, and classed H. penangensis, procumbens, Gld., delibrata,
Bens., and gabata, Gld., with it; but whilst he was quite right in
establishing a genus for these species, the name J’rachia should not
have been applied to it. The type of Trachiais H. asperella, Ptr.,
and the group should be restricted to those Indian species with almost
circular apertures and very approximate margins of the peristome,
as H. asperella, fallaciosa, Fér., ruginosa, Fér., and others. The
chief characteristic of Chloritis is the sculpture, which consists of
impressed points, placed in quite regular quincunz, bearing short
hairs or sete, always present in young specimens, often also in the
adults. Besides this typical sculpture, there is always a keel or
angle round the umbilicus which disappears at the basal margin of
the peristome, effecting at that place a slight production of the lip.
The general form of the shell is variable, most species showing very
23"
336 DR. 0. F. VON MOELLENDORFF ON [June 2,
narrow whorls. Taken in this sense, the genus Cfloritis includes
to my knowledge the following species :—
Solomon Islands: C. homéronis, Pfr., erinaceus, Pfr., gaimardi,
Desh.
Torres Strait: C. buwtoni, Braz., brevipila, Pfr.
Philippine Islands: C. sanziana, Hombr. & Jacq., spinosissima,
Semp., quieta, Reeve, leytensis, v. Molldff., brevidens, Pfr.,
caliginosa, Ad. & Rve., malbatensis, Hid.
Malay Archipelago: C. tomentosa, Pfr., crassula, Phil., grunert,
Pin
Malay Peninsula: C. deliciosa, Pfr., breviseta, Pfr., malayana,
v. Molldff., penangensis, Stol., delibrata, Bens., gabata,
Gld., procumbens, Gld., hardowini, de Mcrg., wrayi, de
Morg., samuiana, v. Molldff.
China: C. herziana, v. Molldff., hungerfordiana, Nev., fran-
ciscanorum, Gredl., ? submissa, Desh.
Fossil: C. lepidotricha, Alph. Br.
I have no doubt that there are many more species to be placed in
this interesting genus, but I have purposely only mentioned those
examined by myself.
The name Philidora, de Morgan, isto be entirely rejected, although
Prof. von Martens has rendered it the unmerited honour of adopting
it for H. gabata (J. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxi. 1887, p. 162). As the
author says himself (/. c. p. 36, note), the name is meant to replace
Philina, Albers, the latter being preoccupied by Philina, Ascanius
(17%2). Now Pailina, Albers (Hel. Ist ed. 1850, p. 119) contains
mostly species of -Odba, a few Planispire, and only one Chloritis
(brevidens, Pfr.), and was already in the second edition referred to the
synonymy of Odba. There was therefore not the slightest reason
to revive and to rename it. To create a new group for the species
in question was also unnecessary, as they without any doubt
belong to Chloritis. Only if it was thought advisable to make a
special subgroup or section of all carinated forms of Chloriiis,
the name might be retained; but as we have species of Chloritis
with rounded, subangulate, angulate, and keeled periphery, such sub-
division would be artificial and unscientific.
Fam. Bunimip.
30. AMPHIDROMUS PERVERSUS, Linn.
Perak (Townsend) ; all over Perak and Patani (de Morgan).
31. AMPHIDROMUS MELANOMMA, Pfr.
Mt. Tchora, Mt. Tchehel (de Morgan). Otherwise known from
Singapore, Penang, Borneo.
32. ? AMPHIDROMUS CHLORIS, Reeve.
Larut plain and Kinta valley (de Morgan).
Described from the Philippine Islands, so that its occurrence in
Perak is somewhat surprising. I cannot but doubt the correctuess
of the identification.
189] THE SHELLS OF PERAK. 337
I'am. STENOGYRID.
33. Haparus sousseaumt, de Morgan, Bull. p. 24, t. i. fig. 2.
Ipoh, Kinta valley (de Morgan).
34. PRosopras TCHEHELENSE, de Morgan.
Stenogyra tchehelensis, de Morgan, Le Natural. 1885, p. 69;
Bull. p. 40, t. ii. fig. 7.
Stenogyra (Subulina) tehehelensis, v. Molldff. 1. c. p. 304.
Stenogyra (Opeas) ? terebralis, Theob. (?n. sp.), G. Nevill,
Hand]. Moli. Ind. Mus. 1878, p. 166.
Bukit Pondong (Townsend, Hungerford); Mt. Tchehel, Pluss
valley (de Morgan).
The Perak species does not, as I have stated formerly, belong to
Subulina, the columella only being slightly twisted, not truncated,
but to the genus or subgenus Prosopeas, constituted by Moerch for
S. haughtoni and S. roepstorfi of the Andamans.
Stenogyra swettenhami, de Morgan, Bull. p. 41, t. ii. fig. 6, seems
to me ouly a slight variation of 7. tchehelense.
35. OPEAS GRACILE, Hutt.
Bukit Pondong (Hungerford).
36. RHoODINA PERAKENsIs, de Morgan.
Rhodina perukensis, de Morgan, Le Nat. 1885, p. 68; Bull. p. 42,
t. ui. fig. 9; v. Molldff. 1. c. p. 305.
Mt. Tchora, Kinta valley (de Morgan),
I must confess that even the more complete description and the
figure given by the author in his second memoir has not enabled me
to form a decided opinion on this alleged new genus. De Morgan
calls the “ columellar lip” spiral, reflex, and very prominent ; the
figure shows a sort of spiral lamella obliquely running from the
columella into the aperture, a formation which indeed resembles
somewhat the columellar lamella of Rhodea. his is, however, the
only resemblance to the American genus which this curious shell
presents.
Fam. Pupips.
37. Pura (BoysiDIA) PaLMIRA, Stol.
Pupa (Scopelophila) palmira, Stoliczka, J. As. Soc. Beng. xiii.
LSVau ps O2,pteelte tie. 3.
Pupa palmira, Pfr. Mon. Hel. viii. p. 409.
Scopelophila palmira, de Morgan, Bull. p. 43.
Penang and Province of Wellesley (Scoliczka).
38. HypsELOsTOMA HUNGERFORDIANUM, vy. Molldff. (Plate
XXX. figs. 7, 7 a.)
T. sat aperte umbilicata, turbinata, tenuis, corneo-brunnea, opaca.
Anfr. 43, angulato-conveat, sutura valde impresse disjuncti,
338 DR. O. F. VON MOELLENDORFF ON [June 2,
parum striatuli, supremi spiram concave turrito-conicam, apice
mammillari subexcentrico, efficientes, ultimus carina exserta
rotundata ad pertpheriam, altera ad umbilicum obtusiore, supra
et infra carinam periphericam sulco spirali leviter impresso
cinctus, a quarta parte solutus, porrectus, leviter ascendens, in
parte soluta fere tetragonus, basi spiraliter lineolatus. Apertura
sere verticalis, aliquantulum sursum spectans, rotundato-quad-
rangularis, intus dentibus 7 lamelliformibus coarctata, quorum
4 majores, ad modum crucis oppositi, parietalis validus longe
intrans, bipartitus, inter illum et columellarem 3 minoribus
interpositis. Peristoma liberum, simplex, tenue, sat late ex-
pansum, inter binas lamellas profundiuscule sinuatum.
Diam. maz. 3, alt. 24, apert. diam. cum perist. 1 mm.
Hypselostoma bensonianum, v. Molldff. 1. c. p. 306 (nec Blanf.).
Hab. ad Bukit Pondong leg, cl. R. Hungerford.
Although I have not yet been able to compare authentic specimens
of AH. bensonianum, Blfd., from Ava, I am convinced that the Perak
form cannot be combined with it, and that it constitutes a good new
species. It is somewhat more conical and comparatively higher than
the Ava form, the upper whorls are more convex, not ‘ planulati”’
as Blanford has it, the last whorl is more detached and stretches to
the right ; facing the shell the whole apertare is visible in H. ben-
sonianum, only part of it in H. hungerfordianum, ‘'There are seven
instead of four teeth, I suppose that the additional fifth tooth
inentioned by Blanford means that the parietal tooth or lamella is
divided as in the Perak species, but the latter possesses three more
between the parietal and columellar lamellee.
The following species of Hypselostoma are now kuown :—
1, H. tubiferum, Bens.—Ava,
2. H. bensonianum, Blfd.—Ava,
3. H. dayanum, Stol.— Moulmein.
4, H. hungerfordianum, v. Molldff.—Perak.
. A. transitans, v Molldff,—Samui Island, Gulf of Siam.
. H crossei, Morl.—Tonking.
. H. luzonicum, v. Molldff.—Luzon.
, var. imbricata, v. Molldff.—Cebu.
S71 Oy
\ Philippine Islands.
The genus is connected by H. transitans with Boysidia, Ancey,
a subgenus of Pupa created for P. hunanensis, Gredl., P. strophostoma,
vy. Molldff., and others from China, to which I believe some Indian
species, as P. palmira, Stol., plicidens, Bens., salwiniana, Theob.,
likewise belong. Hypselostoma is au extreme development of the
Boysidia type.
Fam. CiAUSILIIDZ.
39. CrausiLiaA (PsrUDONENIA) FILICOsTATA, Stol., var. TENUI-
costa, G. Nevill.
Clausilia (Pseudonenia) filicostata, var. tenuicostata, G. Nevill,
1891.] THE SHELLS OF PERAK. 339
Handl. Moll. Ind. Mus. 1878, p. 183; H. Crosse, J. de Conch.
xxvil. 1879, p. 337; v. Molldff. l. c. p. 306.
Phaedusa filicostata, de Morgan, Bull. p. 43.
Bukit Pondong (Zownsend, Hungerford).
The type was described from Penang.
40. CuausiLiaA (PSEUDONENIA) KAPAYANENSIS, de Morgan.
Pseudonenia kapayanensis, de Morgan, Bull. p. 43, t. i. fig. 8.
Gounang Lano (de Morgun).
De Morgan cites two ‘‘ genera” of Clausiliide, Phaedusa and
Pseudonenia. To begin with, we have not sufficient reasons as yet
to consider Phaedusa to be a separate genus, but even if such were
the case, Pseudonenia would anyhow be only a section of Phaedusa,
not another genus. The worst of it is that C. filicostata and penan-
gensis, which de Morgan quotes as Phaedusa, belong certainly to
Pseudonenia as well as his new species. The latter is, in fact, very
closely allied to C. filicostata, especially to its Perak variety ; and I
would not hesitate to identify it with the latter, if the author did
not speak of a third “tooth”? on the columellar margin, meaning an
emerged columellar lamella, which is not visible in C. filicostata.
Fam. AURICULIDE.
41. CasstpuLa musTe tina, Desh.
Prov. of Wellesley (de Morgan).
42. CASSIDULA AURIS-FELIS, Brug.
Bukit Tambun, mouth of Perak river (de Morgan).
43. AURICULA AURIS-JUD#, Linn.
Bukit Tambun, Prov. of Wellesley (de Morgan).
44. AURICULA AURIS-MID&, Linn.
Estuary of Krian river (de Morgan).
45. PyTHiA BORNEENSIS, Ad.
Telok-Anson, Bukit Tamban (de Morgan).
Fam. Limnz1p&.
46. PLANoRBIs ExustTus, Desh.
Wellesley (de Morgan).
Fam. CycLopHoripD&.
47. CycLotus (PLATYRHAPHE) HUNGERFORDIANUS, v. Molldff.
Cyclotus hungerfordianus, v. Molldff. 1. c. p. 306.
Cyclotus, n. sp., G. Nevill, Handl. 1878, p. 256.
? Aulopoma lowi, de Morgan, Le Nat. 1885, p. 69; Bull. p. 59,
t. il. fig. 6.
The comparison of de Morgan’s figure makes it all but certain that
340 DR. O. F. VON MOELLENDORFF ON [June 2,
his Aulopoma’’ lowi is the same as my Cyclotus hungerfordianus.
It is decidedly a Cyclotus and belongs to my group Platyrhaphe
(Jahresb. Senckenb. 1890, p. 267=Cyeloti suéurales, vy. Mart.) ;
how it could have been mistaken for an Aulopoma is hardly to be
comprehended. JI still think that the publication of a Cyclotus as
an Aulopoma does not entitle the name to priority, besides the
description is not sufficiently detailed and lucid.
48. Op1sTHOPORUS SOLUTUS, Stol.
Opisthoporus solutus, Stoliczka, J. As. Soc. Beng. xli. 1872, p. 266,
t. x. figs. 8-10; Crosse, J. de Conch. xxvil. 1879, p.337; v. Molldff.
l. c. p. 307; de Morgan, Bull. p. 51.
Bukit Pondong (Townsend, Hungerford) ; Mt. Tchora and Lano,
Kinta valley (de Morgan).
Cyclotus dautzenbergi, de Morgan, |. c. p. 50, t. iv. fig. 1, from
Mt. Tchora near Ipoh, is, according to the figure given, undoubtedly
an Opisthoporus, and most probably identical with O. solutus, Stol.,
which de Morgan quotes from the same locality.
49. OpisTHOPORUS PENANGENSIS, Stol.
Opisthoporus penangensis, Stoliczka, |. c. p. 265, t. x. fig. 7%
H. Crosse, ]. c. p. 338; de Morgan, Bull. p. 51; v. Molldff. 1. ¢.
p- 307.
Bukit Pondong (Townsend, Hungerford) ; Perak generally (de
Morgan).
Cyclophorus lahatensis, de Morgan, Bull. p. 61, t. iv. fig. 7, from
the Kinta valley, is apparently a young shell, of 11 millim. diameter.
The author compares it to “ Cyclophorus”’ penangensis, Stol.,
meaning probably Opisthoporus penangensis, which species he had
mentioned 10 pages before.
50. Rurosroma soussEAUMi, de Morgan.
Rhiostoma jousseaumi, de Morgan, Bull. p. 52, t. iv. fiz. 2.
Kinta valley.
According to the description and the very meagre figure, the
classification of this species as a Rhzostomais not quite beyoud doubt.
The detached last whorl and the tube connecting it with the penulti-
wate whorl render it rather probable, but the description of the
operculum does not mention the curious cup-shaped formation
characteristic of Rhiostoma.
51. PTEROCYCLUS REGELSPERGERI, de Morgan.
Cyclophorus regelspergeri, de Morgan, Le Naturaliste, 1885, p. 69.
Pterocyclus regelspergeri, de Morgan, Bull. p. 52, t. iv. fig. 3.
? Spiraculum regelspergeri, v. Molldff. 1. c. p 308.
Upper Kinta valley (de Morgan); Larut (coll. Ind. Mus.).
De Morgan’s mention of a tube behind the aperture is misleading
and made me suppose that the species belonged to Spiraculum. It
is not a proper tube, but only an enlarged “wing” typical of
Pterocyclus. ‘The species is very much hke P. albersi, Pet.
1891. ] THE SHELLS OF PERAK. 34]
52. CyCLOPHORUS BORNEENSIS, Metc.
Cyclophorus borneensis, de Morgan, Bull. p. 60.
Kinta valley (de Morgan).
As this Bornean form has been found also in Sumatra, by Prof.
von Martens, at Bukit Tima, Singapore, and by Stoliczka in Penang,
it may very well range into Perak. Still, a revision of de Morgan’s
identification would be desirable in this very difficult group.
53. CyCLOPHORUS SEMISULCATUS, Sow.
Bukit Pondong (Townsend) ; Perak generally (de Morgan).
54. CycLopHORUS AURANTIACUS, Schumacher.
Cyclophorus aurantiacus, EK. von Martens, Shells of Mergui, Journ.
Linn. Soce., Zool. xxi. 1887, p. 157, t. xiv.
Cyclophorus lowi, de Morgan, Le Nat. 1885, p. 69.
Cyclophorus malayanus, de Morgan, Bull. p. 62; v. Molldff. 1. c.
p- 3U9.
Larut (coll. Ind. Mus.) ; Perak generally (de Morgan).
From the able paper of Prof. von Martens I have convinced
myself that the large Perak Cyclophorus does not belong to C.
malayanus, but to C. aurantiacus, Schum. C. low of de Morgan’s
first paper is not mentioned in the second ; he seems to have entirely
ignored his former publication in the latter.
Whether ©. malayanus, mentioned by G. Nevill, Hand]. 1878,
p- 267, as brought from Bukit Pondong by Dr. Townsend, is the
true species of Benson or likewise a form of C. aurantiacus, 1 am
unable to say.
55. CycLoPHORUS EXPANSUS, Pir.
Cyclophorus expansus ?var., G. Nevill, Handl. 1878, p. 269.
(‘* Appears to be new; it is near C. cybeus.’’)
Bukit Pondong (Townsend).
56. LAGOCHILUS TOWNSENDI, Crosse.
Lagochilus townsendi, Crosse, J. de Conch. xxvii. 1879, p. 208,
t. viii. fig. 3; de Morgan, Bull. p. 63; v. Molldff. 1. c. p. 309.
Bukit Pondong (Townsend, Hungerford); Perak generally (de
Morgan).
57. LAGOCHILUS SWETTENHAM}, de Morgan.
Lagochilus swettenhami, de Morgan, Bull. p. 64, t. iv. fig. 8.
Kinta and Pluss valleys (de Morgan).
It does not appear whether ‘“‘ Cyclophorus baylei,” de Morgan,
Le Nat. 1885, p. 69, is identical with the first or the second of these
species.
58. Lepropoma Aspirans, Bens., Ann. Mag. N. H. 2nd ser. xvii,
1856, p. 229.
Bukit Pondong (Townsend, Hungerford).
342 DR. 0. F. VON MOELLENDORFF ON [June 2,
Fam. ALYCHID.
59. AtycmHus (ORTHALYCEUS) GIBBOSULUS, Stol.
Alyceus (Orthalyceus) gibbosulus, Stoliczka, J. As. Soc. Beng.
xli. 1872, p. 268, t. x. fig. 14; Crosse, J. de Conch. xxvii. 1879,
p- 339, t. xii. fig. 8; de Morgan, Bull. p.54; v. Molldff. 1. c. p. 310;
=A. chaperi, de Morgan, Le Nat. 1885, p. 70 (olim).
Bukit Pondong (Townsend, Hungerford) ; Mt. Tchora, Kinta
valley (de Morgan). Penang (Stoliczka).
60. Auycazus (ORTHALYCHUS) PERAKENSIS, Crosse.
Alyceus (Orthalyceus) perakensis, Crosse, J. de Conch. xxvii.
1879, p. 206, t. xii. fig. 7; de Morgan, Bull. p. 54; v. Molldff. 1. ce.
p- 310.
Bukit Pondong (Townsend, Hungerford).
61. Arycwus (ORTHALYCHUS) KAPAYENSIS, de Morgan.
Alyceus (Orthalyceus) kapayensis, de Morgan, Bull. p. 55, t. iv.
fig. 5.
Mt. Lano, Kinta valley.
A small species, 43 millim. in height.
62. Aryca#us (ORTHALYC#&US) THIEROTI, de Morgan.
Alycaus (Orthalyceus) thieroti, de Morgan, Bull. p. 55, t. iv. fig. 6.
Mt. Lano (de Morgan); Bukit Pondong (Hungerford).
Another small species, with which I identify an A/yceus collected
by Hungerford at Bukit Pondong.
As the description of the author is rather incomplete and some-
what vague, I give a new diagnosis from my specimens obtained
at Bukit Pondong.
T. peranguste perforata, globoso-conica, ? luteo-brunnea; spira
regulariter conica, apice acuto. Anfr. 43-5, convexi, regulariter
et confertim costulato-striati, ultimus inflatus, gibber, circiter
24 millim. ab apertura constrictus, tum ad aperturam glabratus,
tubulus suturalis brevis. Apertura sat obliqua, subcircularis ;
peristoma duplex, externum late expansum, companulatum,
interruptum, internum continuum, expansiusculum, superne
appressum.
Diam. max. 43-5, alt. 43-5 mm.
63. ALycm#us pipLocui.us, v. Molldff. (Plate XXX. figs. 8-
8 4.)
Alyceus diplochilus, v. Molldff. 1. c. p. 310.
Bukit Pondong (Hungerford).
64. ALYCHUS OLIGOPLEURIS, v. Molldff. (Plate XXX. figs. 9-
9b.)
Alyceus oligopleuris, v. Molldff. 1. c. p. 310.
Bukit Pondong (Hungerford).
1891.] THE SHELLS OF PERAK. 343
65. Anyc“us micropiscus, v. Molliff. (Plate XXX. figs. 10-
10 6).
Alyeeus microdiscus, v. Molldff. 1. c. p. 311.
Bukit Pondong (Hungerford).
66. Anycawus Parvutus, v. MOlldff. (Plate XXX. figs. 11-
118.)
Alyceus parvulus, v. Molldff. 1. c. p. 311.
Bukit Pondong (Hungerford).
67. Atycmus microconus, v. Molldff. (Plate XXX. figs. 12—
120.)
Alyceus microconus, v. MOolldff. 1. c. p. 311.
Bukit Pondong (Hungerford). ;
68. ALyczus souSSEAUMI, de Morgan.
Alyceus jousseaumi, de Morgan, Le Nat. 1885, p. 70; Bull. p. 54,
t. iv. fig. 4; v. Molldff. 1. c. p. 312.
Mt. Lano, Kinta valley (de Morgan).
This fine species, the largest Alycceus known to me, is allied to
A. umbonalis, Bens., and A. physis, Bens., but at once to be distin-
guished by the formation of two peristomes rather distant from each
other, somewhat in the manner of Cyclophorus foliaceus, Chemn.
Fam. DrPLOMMATINIDA.
69. OpistHosToMA PAULUCCI&, Crosse & Nevill.
Opisthostoma pauluccie, Crosse & Nevill, J. de Conch. xxvii.
1879, pp. 197, 205, 339, t. vin. fig. 1; Godw.-Aust. & G. Nev.
P. Z. S. 1879, p. 738, t. Ix. figs. 2, 2a, 26; v. Molldif. 1. c. p. 313.
Bukit Pondong (Townsend).
70. OPISTHOSTOMA PERAKENSE, Godw.-Aust. & G. Nev.
Opisthostoma perakense, Godw.-Aust. & G. Nev. P. Z. 8. 1879,
p- 738, t. Ix. figs. 1, la, 16; v. Molidff. 1. c. p. 313.
Bukit Pondong (Townsend, Hungerford).
71. DripLoMMATINA (SINICA) CANALICULATA, v. Molldff. (Plate
XXX. fig. 13.)
Diplommatina (Sinica) eanaliculata, v. Molldff. 1. c. p. 312.
Bukit Pondong (Hungerford).
72. DipLomMatTina (SINICA) NEVILLI, Crosse.
Palaina nevilli, Crosse, J. de Conch. xxvii. 1879, pp. 203, 539,
th Ville fie. 2)
Diplommatina nevilli, v. Molldff. 1. ¢. p. 313.
Bukit Pondong (Townsend, Hungerford).
73. DipLOMMATINA (SINICA) VENTRICULUS, v. Molldff. (Plate
XXX. fig. 14.)
T. dextrorsa, vix rimata, ventricoso-conica, lutescens. Anfr. 74,
344 DR. O. F. VON MOELLENDORFF ON [June z,
convexi, striati, supremt spiram regulariter conicam efficientes,
penultimus magnus, ultimus angustior, sat distortus, initio
constrictus, tum inflatulus, ad aperturam paullum ascendens,
basi suberistatus. Apertura fere verticalis, angulato-subcir-
cularis ; peristoma subduplex, sat expansum, incrassatum, albo-
labiatum, superne appressum, margine basali cum columellari
angulum fere rectum calcaris instar prominentem formante.
Lamella columellaris fere immerea, oblique intuentt conspicua,
sptraliter recedens, palatalis interna, modica, crassiuscula, supra
columellam conspicua.
Longit. 3, diam. max. 1°75 mm.
Hab. ad Bukit Pondong leg. cl. R. Hungerford.
74, DipLomMatiNa (Sinica) piminura, v. Molldff. (Plate XXX.
fig. 15.)
T. sinistrorsa, vix.rimata, gracilis, turrita, corneo-flavescens : spira
turrito-conica, apice obtusiusculo brunnescente. Anfr. 73, per-
convexi, medio subangulati, oblique costulato-striatt, 2 ultimi
paullum distorti, ultimus penultimo angustior, initio constrictus,
tum inflatulus, antice ascendens. Apertura parum obliqua,
angulato-subcircularis ; peristoma duplex, externum campanu-
latum, expansum, internum sat porrectum, expansiusculum,
margine columellari cum basali angulum subacutum formante.
Lamella columellaris modica, obliqua, palatalis longiuscula,
supra rimam tranlucens.
Longit. 2, diam. max. 0°9 mm.
Hab. ad Bukit Pondong leg. cl. R. Hungerford.
The four preceding species have, besides a very strongly developed
columellar lamella, which is produced iuto the interior up to the
constriction at the beginning of the last whorl, an inner parietal
and palatal plait; the latter is shining through just above the mouth,
Breaking up the shell just before the constriction, we see the three
plaits like teeth placed in a triangle ; they serve as a kind of rails for
the operculum, which rests behind them on the constricted part of the
whorl when the animal is retired. This development of the closing
apparatus is typical for my section Sinica (Jahrb. deutsch. malak.
Ges. xii. 1885, p. 369) ; as secondary character may be considered the
angle formed by the columella with the basal margin of the peri-
stome often ending in a spur-like projection. ‘‘ Sinica”’ is rather a
misnomer, as species of this group have since been found on the
Philippine Islands and the Malay Peninsula; some Indian species,
e.g. D. gracilis, Bedd., likewise belonging to it.
75. DipLOMMATINA (SINICA) SUPERBA, Godw.-Aust. & G. Nev.
Palaina superba, Godw.-Aust. & G. Nev. l. c. p. 732, t. Ix.
figs. 5, 5a.
Diplommatina superba, v. Molldff. 1. c. p. 313.
Bukit Pondong (Townsend, Hungerford.).
As I have pointed out, the similarity of this pretty little shell
to some species of Palaina consists cliefly in the sculpture, on
1891.] THE SHELLS OF PERAK. 345
which, however, generic or subgeneric distinctions should not be based.
Palaina is to be restricted to those species which have a constriction
at the beginning or within the first third of the last whorl, bet no
plaits or lamelle. D. superba having a strongly developed columellar
plait, cannot therefore be classed as a Palaina, but is a true Diplom- _
matina, and by its short palatal plait visible above the aperture belongs
to the same section as the four preceding species.
76. DIPLOMMATINA MIRABILIS, Godw.-Aust. & G. Nev.
Diplommatina mirabilis, Godw.-Aust. & G. Nev. P. Z.8. 1879,
p: 739, t.lx. figs. 4, 4a, 46.
Bukit Pondong (Townsend).
Fam. Puprnipa.
77. PUPINA AUREOLA, Stol.
Pupina aureola, Stoliczka, J. As. Soc. Beng. xli. 1872, p. 267,
t. x. figs. 11, 12; de Morgan, Bull. p. 66.
Mt. Tchora, Kinta valley (de Morgan).
I received from the late Mr. R. Damon some specimens of a
Perak Pupina under the name of P. lahatensis, de Morgan, appar-
ently collected by that gentleman. The name was probably aban-
doned by the author, as it does not appear in his paper. One of
these examples corresponds exactly with the figure of P. aureola,
Stol., the others with P. lowi, de Morgan.
78. Pupina Lowi, de Morgan.
Pupina lowi, de Morgan, Bull. p. 66, t. iii. fig. 3.
Lahat, Kinta valley (ae Morgan).
79. Purina ARULA, Bens.
Pupina arula, Benson, Ann, Mag. N. H. 2nd ser. xvii. p. 230; Pfr.
Mon. Pneum. Suppl. i. p. 95; Novitat. Conch. ii. p. 141, t. xxxvii.
fiz. 7-9 ; Crosse, J. de Conch. xxvii. 1872, p. 340; v. Molldff. 1. ¢.
p. 314.
Bukit Pondong (Townsend, Hungerford).
The Perak form is smaller, 8 instead of 9 millim. in length,
comparatively more slender, showing a diameter of 4 millim. instead
of 5, or a proportion of axis to diameter of 2: 1 instead of 9:5; the
apex is more pointed. It should therefore be separated as a variety :
Var. PERAKENSIS, v. Molldff.: testa minore, graciliore, apice
acutiore ; alt. 8, diam. 4 mn.
80. Purina artatTa, Bens.
Bukit Pondong (Dr. Townsend fide Crosse); Kinta valley (de
Morgan).
The small Pupina collected by Hungerford at Bukit Pondong,
which I took for P. artata, Bens., following Crosse, is certainly
different from Benson’s species. It is smaller, the apex more pointed,
346 DR. O. F. VON MOELLENDORFF ON [June &,
almost mucronate, the mouth much more protracted to the right,
the upper parietal ]Jamella much smaller and not, asin P, artata,
covering the upper canal ; the outer margin of the peristome is more
receding above, forming a decided, almost tooth-like angle before it
recedes. All these differences are quite constant in the dozen of
examples which I have examined and entitle the form to specific
distinction. Judging from de Morgan’s figure, they belong to the
following species.
81. PupIna TCHEHELENSIS, de Morgan.
Pupina tchehelensis, de Morgan, Bull. p. 66, t. iu. fig. 4.
Pupina artata, v. Molldff. 1. c. p. 314 (non Benson).
Mt. Tchenel (de Morgan); Bukit Pondong (Hungerford).
82. CoprocHILUs SECTILABRUM, Gould.
Perak (Townsend); Larut (coll. Ind. Mus.). Known from Penang,
Tenasserim.
83. Hyspocystis ELEPHAS, de Morgan.
Hybocystis elephas, de Morgan, Le Nat. 1885, p. 70; Bull. p. 56,
t. iti. fig. 1; Fischer, J. de Conch. 1885, p. 174, t. x. (anat.) ; Crosse,
ibid. p. 183, t. xi.; v. Molldff. . c. p. 314.
Valley of Perak river (de Morgan) ; Larut (coll. Ind. Mus.).
Hybocystis jousseaumi, de Morgan (Le Nat. 1885, p. 70; Bull.
p- 57, t. ili. fig. 2), from the same locality, appears to be based on
smaller and dead specimens and is to be suppressed (cf. v. Molldff.
l. ce. p. 315; Crosse, J. de Conch. 1887, p. 275).
Fam. HypROCcENID.
84. GEORISSA MONTEROSATIANA, Godw.-Aust. & G. Nev.
Georissa monterosatiana, Godw.-Aust. & G. Nev. P. Z.S. 1879,
p- 738, t. lix. fig. 6; v. Molldff. 1. c. p. 316.
Bukit Pondong (Townsend, Hungerford).
85. GrorIssA SEMISCULPTA, Godw.-Aust. & G. Nev.
Georissa semisculpta, Godw.-Aust. & G. Nev. P. Z. 8. 1879,
p- 740, t. lix. figs. 3, 3a.
Bukit Pondong (Townsend).
Fam, AMPULLARIIDA.
86. AMPULLARIA TURBINIS, Lea, var. SUBAMPULLACEA, G. Nev.
Ampullaria turbinis, var, subampullacea, G. Nev. Handl. Moll.
Ind. Mus. ii. 1884, p. 6.
Ampullaria sumatrensis, de Morgan, Bull. p. 70.
Perak (Townsend). Malay Peninsula generally (de Morgan).
Ampullaria perakensis, de Morgan (I. c. p. 70, t. iv. fig. 12), and
A, wellesleyensis, de Morgan (I. c. p. 71, t.iv. fig. 13), are probably
young shells.
1891. ] THE SHELLS OF PERAK. 347
Fam. ViviPaRriIp 2.
87. VIVIPARUS SUMATRENSIS, Dunker.
Paludina bengalensis, subsp. polygramma, G. Nevill, Handl.
Moll. Ind. Mus. ii. 1884, p. 22.
Paludina sumatrensis, de Morgan, Bull. p. 67.
Qualla Kangsa (Townsend) ; Perak generally (de Morgan).
88. ByTHrnia KINTANA, de Morgan.
Bythinia kintana, de Morgan, Bull. p. 68, t. i. fig. 7.
Kinta valley (de Morgan).
Fam. ASSIMINEID.
89. ASSIMINEA CARINATA, Lea.
Omphalotropis carinata, de Morgan, Bull. p. 69.
Assiminea carinata, Boettger, Jahrb. d. mal. Ges. xiv. 1887, p. 166.
Kinta valley (de Morgan).
Dr. Boettger, in his important monograph of Assiminea, considers
this species to be atrue Assiminea. De Morgan’s note on its habitat
does not contradict this classification ; according to him it lives in
marshy parts of the forest near brooks as well as in vegetable mould.
Fam. MELANIIDA.
90. Mevanta (STRIATELLA) TUBERCULATA, Mill.
Melanoides tuberculata, de Morgan, Bull. p. 73.
Prov. Wellesley (de Morgan).
91. Menanta (STRIATELLA) MALAYANA, Iss.
Melania tuberculata, var. malayana, Issel, Moll. Born. p. 100.
Melana malayana, Brot, Mart. Chemn. Mel. p. 253, t. 20. figs.
Ba
Melania tuberculata, subsp. malayana, G. Nevill, Handl. ii. p. 247.
Melanotdes malayanus, de Morgan, Bull. p. 74.
Sarawak (Issel). Abundant in all the brooks of the Malay
Peninsula (de Morgan).
92. Mevania (STRIATELLA) TRUNCATULA, Lam.
Melanoides truncatulus, de Morgan, Bull. p. 73.
Prov. Wellesley (de Morgan).
93. Mrezania (MELANOIDES) EPISCOPALIS, Lea.
Melania variabilis, Bens., subsp. episcopalis, G. Nevill, Handl.
ii. p. 256.
Sermyla episcopalis, de Morgan, Bull. p. 72.
Qualla Kangsa (Townsend fide Nevill). Abundant in Perak
generally (de Morgan).
348 ON THE SHELLS OF PERAK. [June 2,
Var. PERAKENSIS, de Morgan.
Sermyla perakensis, de Morgan, Bull. p. 73, t. iv. fig. 14 = Melania
infracostata, Reeve, Conch. Ie. fig. 14 (non Mouss.), teste de
Morgan.
Kinta valley (de Morgan).
“* Sermyla” chaperi, de Morgan, l.c. p. 72 (unfigured), is hardly
more than a slight variation of M. episcopalis. 'The brown bands
occur also in the type, and the second series of nodules in several
varieties, e.g. var. menkeana, Lea, to which de Morgan’s alleged new
species belongs.
Fam. UNionip&.
94. ANODONTA cumiNGII, Lea.
Kinta valley (de Morgan). Malacca, Java, Borneo, Siam, Cam-
bodia.
95. ANoDONTA CHAFERI, de Morgan.
Anodonta chape~, de Morgan, Bull. p. 75, t. v. figs. 1, 2.
Kinta valley (de Morgan).
96. Unio pERAKENSIS, de Morgan.
Unio perakensis, de Morgan, Bull. p. 76, t. v. figs. 3, 4.
Kinta valley (de Morgan).
Fam. Cyrenip&.
97. CoRBICULA MALACCENSIS, Desh.
Kinta valley (de Morgan). Malacca (Deshay-s).
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX.
Figs. 1, la. Ennea (Microstrophia) perakensis, p. 331.
2, 2a ( ) huagerfordiana, p. 331.
3. ——( ) subcylindrica, p. 331.
4-46. Lamprocystis malayana, p. 333.
conulina, p. 339.
6,64. Chloritis malayana, p. 339.
7,7 a. Hypselostoma hungerfordianun, p. 337.
8-8 6. Alyceus diplochilus, p. 342.
9 96 oligopleuris, p. 342.
10-10 6. —— microdiscus, p. 348.
11-116 parvulus, p. 343.
12-12 6. —— microconus, p. 343.
12. Diplommatina (Sinica) canaliculata, p. 345.
( ) ventriculus, p. 345.
15. —— (——) diminuta, p. 344.
1891.] ON THE INSECTIVORA OF THE NEW WORLD. 349
2. Note onthe Derivation and Distribution of the Insectivora
of the New World. By G. E. Dosson, M.A., F.R.S.
[Received April 24, 1891.]
Of the ten Families into which the Insectivora are divisible, two
only’, and these very closely allied, namely Soricide and Talpide,
are represented in the New World, and of the first-named family,
composed of eleven genera, three genera only—Sorex, Blarina, and
Notiosorer (with a single species)—have representatives in that
continent, where all are restricted to the Nearctic Region. On the
other hand, the closely connected Palzearctic Region includes repre-
sentatives of no less than eight genera, nearly four-fifths of the
whole. All the species of the two genera inhabiting the American
continent belong to the Red-toothed Shrews, and are, in fact,
modified forms of either Sorex or of Soriculus, the former common
to both the Palzearctic and Nearctic Regions, the latter found only
in a limited portion of the north-eastern parts of the Eastern Hemi-
sphere, but represented in the Nearctic Region by the species of
Blarina.
While the species of Blarina are characteristic of the Nearctic
Region, those of Sorer are, with few exceptions, closely related one
to another, so much so as to be, in my opinion, Nearctic local races
only of two well-known Palearctic species, namely S. vulgaris and
S. minutus (=S. pygmeus), of which the former extends to North
America, and the latter is represented there by its but slightly mo-
dified descendant S. personatus (=S. cooperi) and its varieties.
The Nearctic Shrews were therefore evidently derived from the
Palearctic Region, having migrated from thence probably at a
comparatively recent period, if we may judge from the fact that the
Water-Shrews of the New World are still referable to the genus
Sorex, the changes in their bodily structure due to their altered
mode of life not having yet advanced nearly so far as we find in the
much more highly specialized Water-Shrews (Crossopus) of the Old
World.
Assuming then, as I believe we are entitled to from a consideration
of the above-mentioned facts, that the American Shrews were de-
rived from the Palearctic Region, it is only reasonable to suppose
that the immigration took place by the shortest route, namely, from
west to east. The total absence of the White-toothed Shrews from
the Nearctic Region goes far to prove that the place of entrance of
the ancestors of the American Shrews from the Asiatic continent
must have occurred at some position north of N. lat. 50°, for one
species at least of the genus Crocidura extends as far north as the
region of the Ussuri river*. However, there is no difficulty in
supposing that the entrance took place in the latitude of Behring’s
1 Not taking into account the Solenodontide, the species of which are limited
to the islands Cuba and Hayti.
2 A tributary of the Amur River, in H. Manchuria.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XXIV. 24
350 ON THE INSECTIVORA OF THE NEW WORLD. [June 2,
Strait at a time when the continents were united at that point, for I
have examined specimens of Sorea vulgaris and of S. minutus from
higher latitudes, namely, from the banks of the Khatanga and of the
Olenek rivers within the Arctic Circle.
The Red-toothed Shrews are, in fact, pre-eminently boreal in
their distribution, braving the most rigorous climates of the northern
parts of both hemispheres, and thinning out quickly, to finally
disappear altogether as we advance south. Their limit appears to
be a climatic rather than a territorial one: thus their southern extent
in the Palearctic Region may be very correctly stated to be bounded
by the isothermal of 60° Fahr.; the few exceptions noticeable, such
as the presence of species of Soriculus south of this line on the
southern slopes of the Himalayas, being easily accounted for by the
fact that these animals are rarely found there at a lower elevation
than 6000 feet, where they enjoy a really temperate climate. This
explains how it happens that Shrews are wholly absent from South
America. Two species only are found in Central America, where
they extend as far south as Costa Rica, being, like the species of
Soriculus *, stragglers from the north along the high mountains and
elevated table-lands, and therefore enjoying, like them, a com-
paratively temperate climate, their further advance southward being
evidently prevented by the long depression which separates the
mountains and elevated plateau of Costa Rica from the Andes, and
not by the competition of other animals in the Neotropical Region,
as writers on geographical distribution would have us believe. The
high temperature of the Isthmus of Panama has, in fact, proved as
effectual a barrier to these inhabitants of a boreal zone as the low
temperature of the ancient northern isthmus between Asia and
America was of old to the sun-loving White-toothed Shrews.
There cannot be the least doubt that had a sufficient number of in-
dividuals of any of the species of White-toothed Shrews effected an
entrance into North America, they would speedily have found their
way into the southern part of that continent and thence into South
America, and have continued to exist and multiply there.
Similar remarks apply to the Talpzde, the species of which are,
like those of the Red-toothed Shrews, restricted to the temperate
and sub-boreal zones of the Northern Hemisphere, the instances in
which there appears to be an exception to this rule, as in the case of
two species which are found on the southern slopes and spurs of the
Himalayas, being accounted for by the high elevation of the districts
which they inhabit. Of the seventeen known species, four only are
found in the New World, and these have much the same distribution
as the Red-toothed Soricide, the chief difference noticeable being
that none have been found as yet north of the southern parts of the
shores of Hudson’s Bay nor to the south of Mexico, the high tem-
1 These have hitherto been supposed to be limited to the southern slopes of
the Himalayas; but I have recently discovered, in the collection of the Paris
Museum, a specimen of Soriculus caudatus from the mountains of Western
Fo-Kien, China, so that it is probable that this genus has really its head-
quarters in countries to the north and north-east of the Himalayas.
1891.] ON REPTILES ETC. FROM THE WEST INDIES. 351
perature of Central America proving, in their case, even a more
effectual barrier to their progress southward than with the Red-
toothed Soricide, examples of which, as we have seen, extend as far
as Costa Rica. Looking at the small number of American species,
and taking into consideration the fact that, while it is possible to
imagine the highly differentiated New-World Moles as capable of
being derived by modification from a common progenitor resembling
those of the genus Talpa, the reverse being unimaginable, it follows
that they, like the species of Soricide, were also most probably
derived from the Palearctic Region, whence their ancestor or
ancestors found their way into North America by the same route as
the Red-toothed Shrews. The close relationship existing between
Urotrichus (Netrotrichus) gibbsi, from the Pacific slopes of the
Rocky Mountains, and Urotrichus talpoides of Japan, points indu-
bitably to a common ancestor for these species at least, and their
limitation to the opposite shores of the same ocean to the route by
which the parent form entered the New World.
3. On Reptiles, Batrachians, and Fishes from the Lesser
West Indies. By G. A. BouLencEr.
[Received May 15, 1891.]
A first report on the Reptiles and Batrachians collected for the
West Indies Exploration Committee was published in 1888’ by
Dr. Gunther, dealing with collections made by Mr. Ramage in the
Island of Dominica. A list of the Reptiles of Barbados was published
by Col. Feilden in 1889°. ‘The present contribution deals with
further collections received from Dominica (collectors Mr. G. A.
Ramage and Dr. H. A. A. Nicholls, C.M.Z.S.), St. Lucia (Ramage),
and St. Vincent, Becquia and Moustiques (collected by Mr. H. H.
Smith and presented to the British Museum by Mr. F. D. Godman).
I. Dominica.
The following species are additions to Dr. Giinther’s list.
1. Hemipactyius masouta, Mor.
2. SPHZRODACTYLUS MICROLEPIS, R. & L.
Snout pointed, as long as the distance between the eye and the
ear-opening, once and a half the diameter of the orbit ; ear-opening
small, oval, vertical. Rostral moderately large, with longitudinal
cieft above; nostril pierced between the rostral, the first labial, and
three scales ; three upper labials ; four lower labials, the first longer
than the three others together; mental large, its posterior border
truncate and in contact with two scales. A small spine-like scale on
the upper eyelid, above the middle of the eye. All the scales on
1 Ann, & Mag. N. H. (6) ii. pp. 362-366.
* Zoologist, (5) xiii. pp. 295-298, 352 & 358. ¥
D4
=
352 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES, [June 2,
the head, body, limbs, and tail very strongly keeled; scales on the
snout larger than those on the back of the head ; scales on the back
and sides rhomboidal, not imbricate, small on the middle of the back,
increasing in size towards the sides, where they are only a little smaller
than the ventrals; the latter scales hexagonal and imbricate; 62 scales
round the middle of the body. ‘Tail cylindrical, tapering; upper
caudal seales pointed and raised, giving the organ a roughish appear-
ance ; lower caudal scales larger, rhomboidal, imbricate ; no subeaudal
enlarged shields. Dark brown above, with some lighter dots ; pale
brown beneath.
millim
TotalVlengthi 2. Secs. Soe. as ese, M7,
ead cel es OR ee ave lettens Coke 10
Width omhead ie eee i eet ae 6
Body! 2 ge eee mer he eaten fete eal
RoredimbiGore. tees ole ee coe 11
Ean dlim Die cio Seatac sieeeeet oe 14
Mail eae ate a ee at renee eee ae)
This Gecko differs from S. copii, Stdr., of which male and female
specimens were obtained by Mr. Ramage in Dominica, in the s maller
dorsal scales, the strongly keeled ventrals, and the absence of sub-
caudal shields.
A single male specimen, collected by Dr. Nicholls.
3. TYPHLOPS PLATYCEPHALUS.
Typhlops platycephalus, Dum. & Bibr. vi. p. 293 (1844) ; Jan,
Icon. Gén. Ophid. p. 18, livr. 3, pls. iv. & v. fig. 8 (1864).
Ophthalmidion fuscum, A. Dum. Cat. Méth. Rept. p. 203
(1851).
Typhlops fuscus, Jan, op. cit. p. 22, livr. 5, pls. v. & vi. fig. 4.
Snout rounded, rather depressed, strongly projecting; nostrils
lateral. Rostral about one third the width of the head, extending
to the level of the eyes ; nostril between two nasals, the anterior of
which is in contact with the first and second labials; przocular .
present, a little narrower than the nasal or the ocular, in contact
with the third labial only; eyes distinct ; upper head-scales not or
scarcely enlarged ; four upper labials. Diameter of body 40 to 50
times in the total length ; tail as long as broad or a little longer than
broad, ending in a spine. 24 scales round the body. Blackish
brown above and below, uniform or with a few of the scales of the
middle ventral row white; lower surface of snout and anal region
usually white.
Of this little known Typhlops, originally described from Mar-
tinique, numerous specimens were obtained by Mr. Ramage and
Dr. Nicholls. The largest measures 360 millim.
4. OxYRHOPUS PLUMBEUS, Wied.
Hitherto recorded only from Trinidad in the West Indies.
5, TRIGONOCEPHALUS LANCEOLATUS, Daud.
1891.] BATRACHIANS, AND FISHES FROM THE WEST INDIES. 393
II. Sr. Lucia.
Collected by Mr. Ramage.
1. HemrpactyLus MABoutA, Mor.
2. THECADACTYLUS RAPICAUDA, Houtt.
3. SPHHRODACTYLUS MIcROLEPTs, R. & L.
We have stated above that the male specimen from Dominica
bears no other markings but a few light dots. The St. Lucia
specimens, although agreeing entirely in structure with the above,
differ in having a black interscapular band, which may be preceded
by a pair of whitish spots; this black band is usually edged with
lighter behind. But then the Dominica specimens again differ
among themselves; some have large black or dark brown sym-
metrical markings or angular bands on the head and nape, and \V-
shaped black bands on the throat, whilst others have a uniform pale
brown head and a white throat. These differences are not sexual,
the head-markings only being not so dark in the females as in the
males. Dark spots or cross-bands may be present on the back.
This is evidently the most widely distributed of the West-Indian
Spherodactyli, since it is now known from St. Croix (Litken),
Dominica, and St. Lucia.
4, ANouiIs ALLIGATOR, D. & B.
Anolis lucie, Garman, Bull. Essex Inst. xix. 1887, p. 34,
5. GyYMNOPHTHALMUS PLEII, Bocourt.
Like Mr. Garman I find the St. Lucia specimens to be referable
to G. pleii, described by Bocourt as from Martinique, and not to
G. luetkenii, of the same author, from St. Lucia.
6. MaABUIA AGILIS, var. LUCI&, Garm.
Mabuia lucie, Bull. Essex Inst. xix. 1887, p. 51.
This form must be regarded as a variety of M. agilis. The four
specimens obtained by Mr. Ramage differ from the typical form
of this species in having two or three pairs of nuchals; but as
Mr. Garman says in his description “ one or two pairs of nuchals,”
it is clear the character is not constant. The black lateral band is
absent, as in a specimen from Barbados. In one specimen the
frontonasal is in contact with the rostral; in the three others, the
internasals are in contact behind the rostral. Two specimens are
males; they have 28 scales round the middle of the body, 59 and
63 from chin to vent: the two others are females, and have 30 scales
round the body, 64 and 69 from chin to vent.
7. Liopuis FuGitivus, Donnd.
Dromicus ornatus, Garman, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. xxiy. 1887,
p- 280.
Inhabits Guadeloupe, Martinique, and St. Lucia. Our specimens
304 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES, [June 2,
from St. Lucia have 188-196 ventrals and 82-89 subcaudals. The
Cuban Dromicus cursor of Bibron (in R. de la Sagra) is a distinct
but allied species, Liophis andrea, R. & L., recently renamed
Dromicus cubensis by Garman. These two forms cannot be
generically separated from Liophis, Wagl. (type L. regina, L.). The
genus Dromicus, Bibr., of which I take D. angulifer, Bibr., to be the
type, may be distinguished by its enlarged anterior mandibular teeth.
8. OxyRHOPUS PLUMBEUS, Wied.
9, LepropacTyLUs PENTADACTYLUS, Laur.
10. Hyza rupra, Daud.
This appears to be the first record of this South-American Tree-
Frog in the West Indies. Two female specimens were sent by
Mr. Ramage.
II]. Sr. Vincent.
Collected by Mr. H. H. Smith.
1. Hemipactyius Masours, Mor.
2. THECADACTYLUS RAPICAUDA, Houtt.
3. SPHZRODACTYLUS VINCENTI, sp. 0.
Snout acutely pointed, as long as the distance between the eye
and the ear-opening, once and a half the diameter of the orbit ; ear-
opening small, roundish. Rostral large, with longitudinal cleft
above; nostril pierced between the rostral. the first labial, and two
scales; three upper and three lower labials; mental large, its pos-
terior border truncate and in contact with two or three scales. A
small spine-like scale on the upper eyelid, above the middle of
the eye. Upper head-scales small, keeled, largest on the snout.
Dorsal scales moderately large, rhomboidal, juxtaposed, keeled, larger
on the sides, where they are about half the size of the ventrals ;
latter hexagonal, imbricate, smooth; 55 to 60 scales round the
middle of the body. Tail cylindrical, tapering; upper caudal scales
pointed and keeled; a series of enlarged subcaudal shields. Brown
above, head lighter; a pale, dark-edged V-shaped marking may be
present at the base of the tail; lower parts pale brown, the scales
edged with darker ; tail coral-red, all over or only on the lower
surface.
millim.
Motal dencthiee ate ae creel: 55
icadete re ie en lee norte cree 8
\WiGlila Ot yeahs a's omdibled aoe cone 5
TROON AAS Bieta tha atime orbit 6d. dere 20
Eorestimbisss. ee eerie ere ier 8
ind Simba i che ct aes 10
SDanlll Spee BAR oe 5 NNN SVG aoe enna te vote 7
Several specimens were obtained in damp forest, under rotting
leaves.
1891.] BATRACHIANS, AND FISHES FROM THE WEST INDIES. 355
4, Anouts autuicaTor, D. & B., var. vINCENTI, Garm.
Anolis vincentii, Garm. Bull. Essex Inst. xix. 1887, p. 46.
5. ANOLIS RICHARDIU, D. & B.
Anolis griseus, Garm. 1. c. p. 36.
6. IGUANA TUBERCULATA, Laur.
7. AMEIVA SURINAMENSIS, Laur.
Ameiva aquilina, Garm. |. c. p. 3.
8. Masuta AURATA, Schn.
Mabuia enea, Gray, Garman.
Two specimens. These have the supranasals separate, as described
by Garman; but these shields are in contact with each other in
the type specimen of WM. enea from St. Vincent. The keels on the
scales almost obsolete.
9. XIPHOSOMA HORTULANUM, L.
10. CoLUBER BODDAERTII, Sentz.
Ventrals 192, 200; subcaudals 92, 120.
11. HERPETODRYAS CARINATUS, L., var. VINCENTI.
More slender than the type. Ventrals 168, 166; subcaudals
155, 148. Three postoculars; temporals 1+2; three labials
entering the eye. Blackish brown or black above; upper lip and
gular region yellowish ; belly plumbeous or blackish.
Continental specimens of this species have usually 145-160
ventrals, 125-140 subcaudals, and two postoculars. However, as
we have in the British Museum a specimen from Venezuela with
164 ventrals and 171 subcaudals which is otherwise not separable
trom HH. carinatus, I must regard the St. Vincent specimens as
referable to a variety rather than to a distinct species. Specimens
from Guadeloupe and Trinidad do not differ from the typical
Hi. carinatus.
Five species of Herpetodryas may be distinguished, as shown by
the following synopsis :—
I. Scales in 12 rows; anal usually divided.
Four or more rows of scales keeled .................. 1. sexcarinatus, Wag.
Scales smooth, or only the two middle rows
Reel edt ian qascseemenceiceleceseaaeee cae cece iemanecuie 2. carinatus, L.
II. Seales in 10 rows.
Anal entire ; scales smooth, or only the two middle
rows keeled)! sve... scdeucedootinstsueresaecsnsicnse vee 3. fuscus, L.
Anal divided ; scales smooth...............se0eeseeceee 4. melas, Cope.
Anal divided ; scales keeled ...............se020eses0 5. grandisquamis, Ptrs.
12. HyLopDES MARTINICENSIS, T'sch.
13. LeEPTODACTYLUS CALIGINOsUS, Gir.
Leptodactylus validus, Garm. |. c. p. 14.
356 ON REPTILES ETC. FROM THE WEST INDIES. [June 2,
IV. Becauia AND MovustiqueEs, GRENADINES.
Collected by Mr. H. H. Smith.
1. Hemipacrytus maBoura, Mor. Becquia.
2. ANOLIS ALLIGATOR; var. GENTILIS, Garm. Becquia.
Anolis gentilis, Garm. 1. c. p. 34.
3. X1PHOSOMA HORTULANUM, L. Becquia.
4, COLUBER BODDAERTIT, Sentz. Moustiques.
Ventrals 198; subcaudals 117.
List of Fishes obtained in Fresh Water on Dominica and
St. Vincent.
I. Dominica.
Collected by Mr. G. A. Ramage and Dr. H. A. A. Nicholls.
Presented to the British Museum by the West Indies Exploration
Committee.
1. PristipoMa crocro, C. & V.
2. SicypIuM PLUMIEByJ, Bl.
. ELEOTRIS DORMITATRIX, Bl. Schn.
. ELEoTRIS GyRINus, C. & V.
GoBIESOX CEPHALUS, Lacép.
. AGONOSTOMA MONTICOLA, Bancer.
NO oO & W
. ANGUILLA LATIROSTRIS, Risso.
Il. Sr. Vincent.
Collected by Mr. H. H. Smith. Presented to the British Museum
by Mr. F. D. Godman.
1. Mrsoprion Grisevus, C. & V.
2. Pristrpoma crocro, C. & V.
3. GERRES RHOMBEUS, C. & V.
4. GERRES ARGENTEUS, B. & G.
5. SICYDIUM PLUMIERI, Bl.
6. Gosius BANANA, C. & V.
7. ELEOTRIS DORMITATRIX, Bl. Schn.
8. Exveorris Gyrinus, C. & V.
PZ.) 189i Pree
Hanhart imp
W.Purkiss Ith.
LYCA NIDA OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS .
PoZ/S 189) Pl wwe
W.Purkiss ith. Hanhart imp
LYCASNIDA OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS .
1891.]
ON THE LYCZNIDA OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS.
9. GoBrEsox CEPHALUS, Lacép.
10.
Ie
12.
13.
14.
MUGIL BRASILIENSIS, Ag.
AGONOSTOMA MONTICOLA, Bancr.
CITHARICHTHYS SPILOPTERUS, Gthr.
Soe INSsCRIPTA, Gosse.
ANGUILLA LATIROSTRIS, Risso.
4. On the Lycenide of the Solomon Islands.
By Hamitron H. Druce, F.ES.
[Received May 19, 1891].
(Plates XXXI. & XXXII.)
357
The present list is based on a large number of these Butterflies
obtained in the Solomon Islands by Mr. C. M. Woodford, and now
in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection, to which are added some
few collected by Mr. Gervase Mathew, R.N. The large majority
of the species are peculiar to these islands, whilst some few, such as
Lycenesthes emolus, Godt., Zizera gaika, Trimen, and Tarucus
plinius, Fabr., have, as is well known, a very extended range. Forty-
two species are here enumerated, 21 of which I have described as new.
The type-specimens are all in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s
collection.
Hypocurysors, Feld.
HyPoctRYSOPS CRATEVAS.
Hupochrysops cratevas, H. H. Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc.
p- 191, pl. x. ff. 16-18, pl. xi. f. 16.
Aola, Guadalcanar I.
HyPocuHRYSOPS ARCHITAS.
Hypochrysops architas, H. H. Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Pees pls x tao.
Fauro I.
HyPOCHRYSOPS SEUTHES.
Hypochrysops seuthes, H. H. Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc.
p: 192, pl. xi. ff. 4, 5.
Uru Bay and Tyoh, Malaita I.
HyPocHRYSOPS ALYATTES.
Hypochrysops alyattes, H. H. Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc.
p- 193, pl. xi. ff. 6-8.
Aola, Guadaleanar I.
1891,
1891,
1391,
1891,
358 . MR. H. H. DRUCE ON THE [June 2,
Piruecors, Horsf.
PiTHEcopPs pDionisius. (Plate XXXI. fig. 1.)
Lycena dionisius, Boisd. Voy. Astr., Lep. p. 82. n. 11 (1832).
Alu I., near Shortland I. Fauro I. Florida I. Treasury I.
(Mathew).
Mr. Woodford’s collections contain a large number of specimens
agreeing with those from N. Guinea. The first subcostal nervule
in this species is not anastomosed with the costal nervure to any-
thing like the extent that it is in the type of the genus (P. hylax,
Fabr.). I have figured a specimen from Alu I.
PITHECOPS DIONISIUS, var. STEIREMA. (Plate XXXI. fig. 2.)
Pithecops steirema, H. H. Druce, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan.
1890, p. 25.
Savo I. Aola, Guadalcanar I.
This form, which is distinguished from the preceding by having
scarcely any white on the hind wing, seems to be confined to the
two islands as noted above.
ZizeRA, Moore.
ZIZERA PHBE.
Zizera phoebe, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. x. p. 107 (1873).
Alu I., near Shortland I. St. Anna I., near San Christoval I.
Ugi I. (Mathew).
Several specimens agreeing well with the typical specimens from
Australia.
ZIZERA GAIKA.
Zizera gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1862, p. 403.
Alu I., near Shortland I. Guadaleanar I. N.W. Bay, Malaita I.
Ulaua 1. Treasury 1. (Matthew).
It seems to be a generally accepted fact that Z. pygmea, Snell.,
is asynonym of Z. gaika, otherwise I should have placed these speci-
mens under the former name.
Lycanestues, Moore.
LYCHZNESTHES EMOLUS.
Lycenesthes emolus, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 656. n. 133 (1823).
Alu I., near Shortland I. Guadaleanar I. Uru Bay, Malaita I.
Both sexes of this msect, which it is impossible to separate from
the Indian and Australian species.
Taticapa, Moore.
TALICADA CLEOTAS.
Polyommatus cleotas, Guér. Voy. Coq. t. 18. f. 4 (1829).
Alu I., near Shortland I. Fauro I. RubianalI. St. Anna I.
Several specimens agreeing well with examples from N. Ireland.
1891.] LYCEZNID OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 359
Nacapvusa, Moore.
All the species here included in this genus have the first branch
of the subcostal nervure completely anastomosed with the costal
nervure for a more or less considerable distance, and it would seem
that this fact may prove to be of much value in determining closely
allied species. For instance, N. felderi, Murray, is stated by
Mr. de Nicéville (Butt. India &ec. iii. p. 147), followmg Herr
Semper, to be a synonym of JN. nora, Feld.; but in N. nora (from
Sikhim) the first subcostal nervule is anastomosed with the costal
nervure for a distance rather less than equal to its length from the
subcostal nervure to where it joins the costal nervure, whilst in
N. felderi it is anastomosed nearly four times this length. The
type of N. nora is from Amboina, and it seems possible that the
Indian insect is wrongly identified.
NACADUBA ASTARTE. (Plate XXXII. fig. 109.)
Lampides astarte, Butl. Ann. Nat. Hist. (5) x. p. 150 (1882).
Alu I., near Shortland I. Fauro I. N.W. Bay, Malaita I.
Several specimens (@) agreeing well with Mr. Butler’s type
in the British Museum from New Britain.
There is a male of what I believe to be this species in Messrs.
Godman and Salvin’s collection, which on the upperside is a silky
brownish blue, and on the underside has the conspicuous white
bands somewhat narrower than the type, and also the specimens
referred to above. It is from the Duke of York I. The specimen
figured is from Fauro I.
NACADUBA PLUMBATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. figs. 3g, 49.)
Male. Allied to N. macrophthalma, Feld. Upperside dark violace-
ous blue, with the margin narrowly, and cilia dark blackish brown, the
outer margin of primaries more rounded, and in that respect resem-
bling NV. herms, Feld., from Amboina. Underside light brownish
grey, with all the macular markings and lunules slightly darker and
bordered outwardly with pure white. The fore wing slightly, and
the hind wing extensively, suffused with bright emerald-green scales
at the base. Primaries with a rather narrow band at the end of the
cell, and beyond that at about halfway between it and the outer margin
a continuous unbroken macular band of about equal width as far
down as the median nervure, below that gradually widening inwardly
to the submedian nervure; beyond this band a submarginal row of
darker crescent-shaped lunules enclosing a marginal row of large
indistinct spots. Secondaries with a basal band, broadest on the
costa, another near the end of the cell, and beyond that, com-
mencing rather beyond the middle of the costa, a very irregular
much-broken macular band reaching to the inner margin, that part
of it which is opposite the short band near the end of the cell being
placed nearer to the outer margin, so that its inner border runs in a
line with the outer border of its continuations. Beyond this band a
submarginal row of darker crescent-shaped lunules enclosing large
360 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON THE [June 2,
distinct spots. Supposing, as I do, that the median nervule is con-
tinued to the margin, there is a large deep black spot narrowly
bordered inwardly with pale orange, and outwardly with brilliant
metallic light blue, between the first and second branches; also a
lengthened black spot at the anal angle thickly covered with blue
scales, and bordered inwardly with a minute orange spot, which,
however, is not always present.
Female. Dull blackish brown. Primaries of a lighter and more
brilliant violaceous blue in the discal area, and the costal and outer
margins evenly and broadly bordered. Secondaries with a few blue
scales scattered over the surface, and a marginal row of large black
lunules, largest towards the anal angle, very narrowly bordered with
greyish blue. Underside as in male.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wings; antennz
black above, spotted with white beneath.
Expanse, ¢ 9 144-1; inch.
This species has a short black tail with a white tip on the lower
median nervule.
Guadalcanar I. Tyoh, Malaita I. Ulaua I.
The blue on the females from Ulaua I. has almost entirely dis-
appeared, and in specimens both from Malaita I. and Ulaua I. the
orange near the anal angle on underside of hind wings is replaced by
white.
The markings on the underside, although arranged much as in
N. macrophthalma, are much more distinct than in that species. It
is also a smaller insect.
NACADUBA UGIENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 5.)
Female. Allied to N. plumbata. Disks of upper surface suffused
with a lighter and more brilliant blue. Underside much paler, and
with bases of both wings much more strongly suffused with light
bluish-emerald-green. Expanse same as N. plumbata.
Ugi I. (Mathew).
Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection contains three specimens
obtained by Mr. Mathew, but Mr. Woodford does not seem to have
met with any. The pale colour and strong suffusion of green on
the underside gives the species a remarkable appearance.
NACADUBA EURETES, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. figs. 63,79.)
Male. Allied to N. prominens, Moore. Upperside much more
brilliant violaceous silvery-blue, with the brown margins broader.
Underside with markings much as in UN. prominens, but the sub-
marginal row of lunules on both wings very large, triangular, and
much darker than the bands.
Female. Dark greyish brown, with the disk of the primaries
brilliantly suffused with light blue.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with body. A short
brown tail tipped with whitish.
Expanse, ¢ 12-14 inch, 9 14-1,}, inch.
1891.] LYCZNID& OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 361
Aola, Guadaleanar I. N.W. Bay, Malaita I. Fauro I. Ru-
biana I. Ulaua J.
This species can be immediately distinguished from the preced-
ing by its having an additional band in the centre of the cell below,
which is also continued downwards nearly to the inner margin.
NACADUBA KORENE, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 8.)
Male. Allied to N. euretes, but all the bands on underside narrower,
and bordered outwardly with sordid white, not pure white as in
that species. The submarginal row of lunules is only slightly darker
than other parts of wings. Expanse srme as UN. euretes.
Aola, Guadaleanar I. Opposite Ugi, San Christoval I.
This form may prove to be a variety of the preceding, but in
a long series of specimens there do not appear to be any inter-
mediates.
NACADUBA AMAURA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 10.)
Male. Allied to N. ancyra, Felder, from Amboina and Aru, from
which it principally differs by having the bands on the underside
much more irregular, and by the submarginal row of crescent-shaped
lunules being large and dark, and by the greater preponderance of
white in the ground-colour, and by being grey in place of brown.
Female. Upperside dull greyish brown, the disk of the fore wing
suffused with blue ; hind wing slightly bluish, with a distinct marginal
row of grey-bordered lunules, that one between the median nervules.
being darker and bordered inwardly with orange. Underside browner
than in male, and more strongly diffused with white.
A short black tail white-tipped, and white below.
Expanse, ¢ 12 inch, 2 154 inch.
Alu I., near Shortland I. Rubiana I. Malaita I.
This may prove to be a variety of N. ancyra, Feld., as it is some-
what variable, but amongst the specimens before me are none which
agree well with it.
NaACaDUBA MANIANA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 9.)
Male. Allied to the preceding, but a darker shade of blue on
the upperside. Underside with all bands bordered with sordid
white, having altogether a much duller appearance, and with the
marginal row of lunules in the fore wing entirely gone, and the sub-
marginal very indistinct. Expanse 1,5, inch.
Ulaua I.
Several specimens not showing any variation.
NACADUBA LIGAMENTA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. figs. 11d, 129.)
Male. Upperside shining violaceous blue; cilia brown. Underside
with light brown bands, bordered with pure white on a greyish-
white ground. Primaries with a band in the middle of the cell,
another at the end, and beyond that, reaching from the costa to
the submedian nervure, a rather narrow macular band; a marginal
362 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON THE [June 2,
row of exceedingly minute indistinct lunules, and a submarginal row
of very narrow crescent-shaped lunules. The bands on the hind
wing arranged much as in NW. amaura and other allies, and the
lunules as in fore wing.
Female. Upperside as N. amaura. Underside pure white, so that
the borders to the light brown bands described in the male are in-
visible, and the submarginal rows of lunules appear more distinct.
Head, thorax, and abdomen brownish, antennez annulated with
white ; legs white, with a few black spots.
Expanse, ¢ 2 1+ inch.
Ugi I.
This species may be readily distinguished from its allies by the
white appearance of the underside.
NACADUBA KEIRIA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. figs. 13 g, 14 9.)
Male. Upperside dark lavender-blue, with two or three large indis-
tinct triangular marginal black spots at the anal angle of hind wing ;
cilia dark brown. Underside clear greyish white, suffused at the
base with bright green and with all the markings well defined.
Fore wing with two small blackish dashes about the middle of the
cell, one above the other, having their respective bases, one on the
upper and one on the lower wall of the cell; a long narrow light
brownish streak at the end of the cell and beyond that an irregular
band, the upper part consisting of separated spots, the lower usually
being a thickened streak; beyond this is a darker, submarginal,
zigzag line and a marginal row of somewhat triangular dusky
lunules. Hind wing with three black, white-ringed, distinct spots
encircling the base, viz. one on the costa, one about the middle, and
one on the inner margin close to the base; a rather long narrow
band at the end of the cell, bent outwards; beyond these, com-
mencing with a dark spot on the costal margin, a much-broken
light brown band, consisting of darker-edged, irregular, confluent
spots reaching to the submedian nervure, beyond this a submarginal
irregular line enclosing a marginal row of large greyish-brown lun-
ules; a black spot between the first and second median nervules
broadly bordered inwardly with reddish orange ; a short black line
on the anal margin near the end of the abdomen. ‘The outer mar-
gins of both wings very narrowly black ; cilia greyish white.
Female. Upperside greyish brown. Primaries with the disk very
slightly suffused with light blue scales. Secondaries with a rather
large outer-marginal row of slightly darker lunules, bordered in-
wardly with greyish and outwardly with a very fine greyish line,
the two anal lunules being darkest. Underside as in male, but
ground-colour rather browner and less green at base.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wings; legs white
with black spots. Antenne black, annulated with white. A short
black tail margined and tipped with white.
Expanse, ¢ 2 14-11 inch.
Alu I., near Shortland I. Aola, Guadaleanar I. N.W. Bay,
Malaita I. Tyoh, Malaita I. Fauro I. Florida I.
1891.] LYCHZNID OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 363
The only difference I can detect in a good series of specimens is
a slight one in the size of markings below.
Nacapusa pion, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 655 (1823).
Rubiana I. Ugi I.
The four specimens before me are females, and without seeing a
male I think it better not to describe them as a new species. They
seem to differ slightly from that sex of NV. dion from N. Australia by
having two large black spots with broad orange borders and metallic
silvery-blue scales at the anal angle of hind wing below.
NaCADUBA VINCULA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 18.)
Male. Upperside dull light greyish blue, having a hairy appear-
ance like C. platissa, Herr.-Schaff., very narrowly edged with black ;
cilia greyish, darker at ends of nervules. Underside rich dark
chocolate-brown, with darker white-bordered bands. Primaries with
a band in the middle of the cell, commencing on the costa and
reaching below the median nervure; a rather wider band at the end
of the cell having a small lengthened spot on the costa immediately
over it; beyond these a somewhat irregular semicircular macular
band commencing on the costa, gradually widening to opposite the
cell and reaching to the submedian nervure, where it is narrowest ;
the ground-colour outside the inner edge of this band suffused with
white scales ; a large marginal row of oval lunules with a faint grey
line running through them. Secondaries blackish at the base; an
irregular basal band and beyond this, commencing on the costa,
another which may be said to end on the median nervure, beyond
this another which commences on the subcostal and gradually
narrowing reaches the anal margin about the end of the abdomen ;
a submarginal row of triangular lunules and a marginal row of
oval lunules encircled with white ; a large reddish-orange spot near
the anal angle bordering inwardly a small black spot partly covered
with metallic green scales.
The outer margins of both wings very narrowly black ; cilia as
above.
Head, thorax, palpi, and legs black; antennee annulated with
white. Abdomen brownish above, light buff below. Eyes densely
hairy, with a pure white spot between them.
Expanse 12 inch.
Fauro I.
I have only seen one specimen of this fine insect, which is allied
to N. lineata, Murray, N. Australia, and V. palmyra, Feld. It may
be distinguished from the male of N. lineata (which I have seen
nowhere described) by its larger size, by the different colour, and
prominent white borders to the bands below, and by the outer margin
being rounded, not nearly straight as in that species.
It is probable that the female will prove to have a broad white
band on the primaries. I have examined the neuration of these
species, and find that the first subcostal nervure is anastomosed
with the costal nervure much as in typical Nacaduba. The following
364 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON THE [June 2,
is a short description of NV. lineata, Murray :—WMale. Upper-
side brownish silvery blue, browner at apex. Underside chestnut-
brown, with bands much as in JV. vineula, but narrower and not
bordered with white as in the female.
Tuysonotis, Hiibn.
I have followed Herr Semper in using Hiibner’s name for this
group. There is apparently nothing but what Mr. de Nicévile calls
“facies” to distinguish it from Nacaduba.
THYSONOTIS KRUERA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. figs. 165, 179.)
Male. Upperside dark violaceous blue, narrowly margined with
dark brown; cilia dark brown. Underside pure white, with costal
and outer margins of primaries dark brown, broadest at the base.
Secondaries brown at the base and the outer margin, on which is a
row of small, irregular, metallic blue spots with a few scales above
them towards the anal angle; a few metallic scales near the base
just outside the brown.
Female. Upperside dull greyish brown, with the disk, from the
base, dull light violaceous blue; hind wing with the outer margin
darkest, slightly bluish towards the base. Underside as in male.
Head and thorax dark brown; abdomen brown, annulated with
white as the bases of the segments ; antenne and legs dark brown
spotted with white.
Expanse, ¢ 2 14, inch. No tail.
Florida I.(¢). N.W. Bay, Malaita I. (2).
This species is allied to T. Aymetus, Feld., from Amboina, but is
darker blue above, and the female is very different, and to 7. piepersii,
Snellen, from Celebes.
THYSONOTIS CEPHEIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. figs. 1d, 29.)
Male. Upperside silky violaceous blue, with the margins narrowly
and evenly black ; lighter in the disk of the fore wing. Underside
allied to 7. schaeffera, Esch., but suffused with more brilliant green
at the bases and with the outer-marginal band enclosing the black
spots, which in that species is light buff, brilliant metallic green.
Female. Upperside asin 7. schaeffera, Esch., female. Underside
as in male.
Head and palpi greenish white ; thorax and abdomen brown ; legs
brown and white.
Expanse, ¢ 1,3,-14 inch, 9 1/5 inch.
Aola, Guadalecanar I.
In some specimens the outer border only of the band on the
underside of hind wing is metallic green, the inner border being buff
as in 7’. schaeffera, Esch.
T. cepheis can be at once distinguished from that species by the
upperside of male being almost entirely blue, in that respect resem-
bling another allied species, viz. 7’. calydonica, Feld., from New
Caledonia, which has been placed as a synonym of 7’. schaeffera by
1891.] LYCENID# OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 365
M. Semper and others; but on the underside it is a brilliant metallic
golden yellow, which is not shown in Felder’s figure.
THYSONOTIS CHROMIA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 3.)
Male. Upperside silky violaceous blue, costa and outer margins
very narrowly and evenly black; cilia black ; tail black, tipped with
white. Underside: fore wing creamy white, with the costal margin
broadly black ; outer margin narrowly black near apex, gradually
widening towards outer angle; an indistinct marginal whitish line,
and a distinct submarginal white line thickening at each nervule.
Hind wing: costa pure white from the base, gradually tapering
towards the apex; below that a broad black band between the costal
and subcostal nervures reaching from the base to the apex; below
this a broad white band from the inner margin running to a point
at the apex, even on its upper edge, zigzag on its lower; following
this a rather broad black band, and again beyond this a submarginal
row of black lunules bordered inwardly with large white crescent-
shaped lunules; the four lower ones being more or less covered
with brilliant shining czerulean-blue scales. A rather broad distinct
white marginal line from the apex to the anal angle, intercepted with
black at each nervule.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wings; antennz
black, annulated with white; legs black and white.
Expanse 1,5 inch.
Fauro I. Maravo I.
I have not seen the female of this insect. It is allied to 7’. sper-
chius, Feld., but has many points of distinction.
The specimen figured is from Fauro I.
EPIMASTIDIA, gen. nov.
Allied to Thysonotis; neuration the same; antennee somewhat
more slender and more gradually clavate. Upperside of hind wing
with subcostal nervure clothed from base for about two-thirds its
length with long slender hairs. Underside with no metallic spots
or markings.
Type Lycena inops, Feld.
In the British Museum collection Z. inops is placed in the genus
Pithecops, with which it also agrees in neuration, but I think from its
general appearance it is more nearly allied to Thysonotis. It may
perhaps be found convenient to retain the name Danis for the group
of which the Papilio danis, Cr., is the type, as they seem to be
coarser-scaled aud more robust insects.
Epimastidia contains tailless insects, Thysonotis tailed and tail-
less, and Danis tailless species.
EPIMASTIDIA ARIENIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 6.)
Male. Upperside uniform shining ceerulean blue, with the outer
margins of both wings rather narrowly blackish brown ; hind wing
with the costal third whitish brown, lighter towards the margin.
Underside pure creamy white, with the outer margins of both wings
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1891, No. XXV. 25
366 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON THE [June 2,
rather broadly and evenly bordered with brown, down the centre of
which is a marginal row of large black lunules, indistinctly bordered
inwardly with whitish and outwardly with distinct white spots, some
of which appear slightly bluish. :
Head, thorax, and abdomen blackish above, white beneath.
Expanse 1? inch.
Florida I.
I have before me three males of this beautiful species, which is
allied to E. inops, Feld., from Aru; but it appears to be of a more
brilliant shade of blue than specimens of that species, and on the
underside is distinguished by being entirely without the broad
brown border to the costal margin of fore wing, and the brown ultra-
median band to the hind wing.
PROSOTAS, gen. nov.
Allied to Nacaduba and allied genera, from which it differs by
having the first branch of the subcostal nervure very short,
reaching only to the costal nervure, which it joins, and disappears.
Type P. caliginosa, mihi.
PROSOTAS CALIGINOSA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 15, 3.)
Male. Upperside dark greyish brown, rather darker at the
margins ; slightly shining violaceous in the disks, especially of the
hind wing; cilia light brown. Underside dark brownish grey, with
bands and lunules edged with sordid white, much as in JN. ardates,
Moore, but having the submarginal row of lunules on both wings
large, indistinct, and darker than any other portions of the wing.
On the hind wing, near the anal angle, is a large black spot inwardly
edged with orange.
Female. Upperside uniform dull greyish brown, of a lighter shade
than male. Underside as in male but paler.
Head, thorax, and abdomen brownish; legs brown with small
white spots; antenne brown annulated with white.
Expanse #4 inch, ¢ @.
Alu I., near Shortland I. Aola, Guadaleanar I. Rubiana I.
Malaita I.
I have compared this species to VV. ardates, Moore, but on the
upperside it has a very different appearance, somewhat resembling
some specimens of the Kuropean Lycena alsus.
It is possible that this is the Lycena alsulus, Herr.-Schiff., but it
does not seem to fit the description.
Lycena biocellata, Felder, from Australia, possibly belongs to
this genus, but 1 have no specimen for examination.
JAMIDES, Hiibn.
JAMIDES AMARAUGE, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. figs. 20g, 219.)
Male. Upperside brilliant shining silvery light blue, greenish in
some lights; primaries with apex and outer margin broadly blackish
brown; secondaries with the outer margin brown-bordered and a
1891.] LYCEZNID£ OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 367
distinct marginal row of grey-circled lunules, largest at the anal
angle ; inner margin light brown. Underside rather dark greyish
brown, with indistinct bands and lunules edged with sordid white.
Primaries: a band at the end of the cell and beyond that a broad
band commencing on the costa, running in semicircular form to the
first branch of the median nervure, where it touches the short band
at the end of the cell, and then continues nearly to the submedian
nervure, where it ends, beyond this a marginal and a submarginal
row of faint lunules. Secondaries with three indistinct much-broken
macular bands, the first near the base, second rather before the
middle, and the third rather beyond, these last two converging into
one near the anal margin, beyond these an indistinct submarginal
row of crescent-shaped lunules enclosing a marginal row of circular
lunules. A large black orange-bordered spot near the anal angle.
Female similar to male, but without the gloss and of a slightly
more bluish tinge and with less green on the costa. Underside as
in male, but white rather more prominent.
Head, thorax, abdomen, and short tail greyish brown; palpi and
legs whitish.
Expanse, ¢ !+ inch, 9 14~1,4 inch.
Alu I., near Shortland I. Guadaleanar I. Florida I.
This species may be distinguished from its allies by its pale
coloration. There is scarcely any difference between the sexes,
except that the male is metallic and the female duller blue.
JAMIDES SMIAS, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. figs. 43, 59.)
Allied to J. woodfordii, Butl.
Male. Upperside rich dark shining purple, with the apex of fore
wing very narrowly black; cilia black. Underside much as in
species mentioned, but the ground-colour of the white-bordered
bands generally of a darker shade than the rest of the wing, and the
submarginal rows of crescent-shaped lunules large and distinct.
Female. Scarcely distinguishable from that sex of J. woodfordit,
but the marginal row of lunules on the hind wing larger and more
distinct. Underside as in male.
Expanse 1,3; inch.
Alu I., near Shortland I. Fauro I. Florida I. N.W. Bay,
Malaita I.
This species can be at once distinguished from its allies by its dark
purple coloration. I think that there can be no doubt that Mr.
Butler’s J. campanulata is a synonym of his J. woodfordiiz. I have
before me some 36 specimens of this form from the Fiyi Islands,
varying in size from + inch to 1+ inch, and having the submarginal
line noted by Mr. Butler as a principal distinction varying from blue
to white, and in some cases disappearing altogether.
JAMIDES CEPHION, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 19.)
Male. Brilliant morpho blue, with emerald-green reflexions ; apex
and outer margin narrowly black above, equal to that of J. semias.
Inner margin of hind wing densely black. Tail black, not tipped
25%
368 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON THE [ June 2,
with white. Underside much as in J. woodfordii, but rather darker
and the black spot over the tail larger and bordered inwardly with a
broader band of dark red, not orange.
Expanse 1,5 inch.
Aola, Guadaleanar I.
This species is perhaps nearest. to J. morphoides, Butl., from New
Hebrides, but is even more brilliant, and has much narrower borders.
Lampip_Es, Hiibn.
LAMPIDES ARATUS.
Papilio aratus, Cr. Pap. Exot. iv. t. 365, A, B (1782).
Lampides cerulina, Mathew, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1587, p. 46.
Alu I., near Shortland I. Fauro I. Guadaleanar I. Ugi I.
The types of Mr. Mathew’s species (now in Messrs. Godman and
Salvin’s collection) are stated (loc. cit) to be allied to L. elianus,
Felder, but they are not in any way distinguishable from Cramer’s
species from Amboina and Ceram.
LAMPIDES EVANESCENS, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 615.
Alu I., near ShortlandI. FauroI. Maravol. FloridaI. Aola,
Guadaleanar I. Cape Astrolabe, Malaita I. Opposite Ugi, San
Christoval I. Ugil. St. Anna lI. Ulaua I. :
I have before me a large series of this species which shows con-
siderable variation as to the breadth of the black border to the
primaries above, and as to all the other distinctions pointed out by
Mr. Butler (oc. cit.), excepting that the wings do certainly appear
somewhat shorter than Indian specimens of L. elianus, Fabr. There
are examples from most of the localities which agree well with the
types and other specimens in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection
from New Hebrides Islands.
There can be no doubt that ZL. elianus, Auct., is a synonym of
L. celeno, Cr., the type of which is, of course erroneously, stated to
have come trom Surinam.
LAMPIDES AREAS, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. figs. 73,82.)
Male. Upperside uniform light cobalt-blue, outer margins very
narrowly black. Underside much like Z. aratus, Cr., but the ground-
colour of both wings dark greyish in place of brownish, and all the
white markings narrower ; the black sagittate lunules on hind wing
being less distinct and somewhat smaller, and the upper black apical
spot being much the largest, the reverse being the case in L. aratus.
Female. Upperside: fore wing blue as in male, with the costa very
narrowly and the apex and outer margin broadly black. Hind wing
slightly suffused. with blue from the base to rather beyond the
middle, bordered with a distinct row of bluish-white spots, beyond
which and between the marginal row of deep black oval lunules,
which are bordered inwardly and near the anal angle outwardly with
bluish white, the wing presents a decided cupreous appearance,
which is caused by the abnormal quantity of orange on the underside
1891. | LYCEZNID& OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 369
showing through. Underside as in male, but with a large patch of
orange on hind wing reaching from the submedian nervure almost to
the apex. F
Both sexes with a short streak of silvery blue on each side of the
median nervules and the submedian nervure near the margin.
Expanse, ¢ 12-14 inch, 2 14-12 inch.
Alu I., near Shortland I. Aola, Guadalcanar I.
This species is similar to L. coruscans, Moore, on the upperside,
but differs in having the black margins reduced to a narrow line;
the fore wing also being broader, and the hind wing more produced
apically.
Carocurysops, Boisd.
Carocurysors cnesus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Supp. p. 480 (1798).
Alu I., near Shortland I. Guadaleanar I. Florida I.
Mr. Woodford’s collections contained several specimens of this
wide-ranging species.
CaTOCHRYSOPS PLATISSA, Herrich-Schaffer, Stett. ent. Zeit.
vol. xxx. p. 74, pl. iv. fig. 20 (1869), 2.
Alu I., near Shortland I. Aola, Guadalcanar I. N.W. Bay,
Malaita I. Fauro I.(@).
Specimens from these islands agree well with several from the New
Hebrides,in the British Museum sent by Herrich-Schiiffer under his
name, and I think that both Herr Semper and Mr. de Nicéville are
wrong in placing it as a synonym of C. strabo, Fabr. It is greyish
silvery blue, much like C. lithargyria, Moore, but darker ; and I
should much prefer to say that it was the same as the latter species
than the former.
We have specimens of C. strabo from N. Australia, whence the
type of C. platissa is stated to have cone. The male is described
as pale sky-blue, and it is impossible to recognize the species from
the figures given of the female.
Tarucus, Moore.
TARUCUS PLINIUS.
Tarucus plinius, Fabr. Ent. Syst. vol. ii. pt. 1, p. 284 (1793).
Lempides cassioides, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. x. p. 108 (1873).
Lampides pseudocassius, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. x. p. 126 (1873).
Malaita I. Florida I. Fauro I.
A large race of this variable insect seems to inhabit these islands,
and the only female before me (from Malaita J.) is much clouded with
brown and has very little blue on the disks. Some confusion still
seems to exist as to this species and its allies: Mr. Trimen (South-
African Butt. vol. ii. p. 69, 1887) places 7. pulchra, Murray, as a
synonym of T. ¢elicanus, Lang, whilst Mr. de Nicéville (Butt. Ind.,
&e. vol. iii. p. 194, 1890) places it under 7. plinius, and states
(p. 187) that 7. telicanus, Lang, is another species, which I think
will probably prove to be the case.
370 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON THE [June 2,
There is very little doubt that Mr. Murray has described another
variety of this species.
ArRHOoPALA, Boisd.
ARHOPALA SOPHAX.
Amblypodia sophax, Mathew, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 47.
AluI., near Shortland I. FauroI. Rubianal. Aola, Guadalcanar
I. Ugi I. (Mathew).
Closely allied to A. phryaus, Boisd., and A. helius, Cr., from which
it seems to differ on the underside in having the ultra-median
macular band on the fore wing more regular and the spots also
generally larger.
The type specimens are in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s col-
lection.
ARHOPALA SOPHROSYNE. (Plate XXXII. fig. 9, ¢.)
Amblypodia sophrosyne, Smith, Ent. Mo. Mag. xxv. p. 300
(1889).
Aola, Guadaleanar I.
A fine and distinct species, not closely allied to any with which I
am acquainted, but, as stated by Mr. H. G. Smith, nearest to
A. exone, Hew.
ARHOPALA EURISUS, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. figs. 11d, 129.)
Male. Upperside dark purple, slightly bluish at the base; costa
and outer margin of fore wing and outer margin of hind wing very
narrowly black; costa of hind wing rather broadly black ; anal fold
brownish black. Underside brown, with the spots and markings
darker than the ground-colour and bordered with whitish brown, with
the exception of the two in the cell and the one at the end of the
cell of fore wing, which are bordered with silvery blue. The markings
are arranged much as in A. adorea, de Nicév., but in the fore wing
the outer band, the spot on the costa, and the lower spot of the
ultra-median band are wanting, and on the hind wing the submarginal
line and the band within are absent.
Female. Light cobalt-blue, lighter at bases and shading off to
purple at its outer margin on the hind wing. Fore wing; apex and
outer margin rather broadly black ; costal margin light brown at the
base, merging into black about opposite the middle of the cell.
Hind wing: costal aud outer margins rather narrowly, and apex
rather broadly, black.
Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wings. Tail black,
tipped with white.
Expanse, ¢ 2 inches, 9 13-2 inches.
Fauro I. Aola, Guadaleanar I. Florida I.
In form and general appearance this insect resembles Mr. de
Nicéville’s figure of A. adorea (Butt. Ind., Burmah, & Cey]l. vol. iii.
frontis. fig. 139, 1890), but is rather smaller. It is also allied to
A. micale, Blanch., and is somewhat like Hewitson’s figure no. 29 of
A. adatha.
1891.] LYCEZNIDA OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 371
There is a specimen (¢) in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s col-
lection which is much like A. eurisus on the underside, but on the
upperside is of a darker purple and all the margins appear broadly
black. It is from Malaita I., but unfortunately so much broken that
I do not think it advisable to name it. A maleand female from Aola
are figured.
Devuporyx, Hew.
DEuUDORYX WwooprorDI, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. figs. 13 ¢
149.)
Allied to D. diovis, Hew.
Male. Differs in its larger size, and being rich cupreous in place
of dark orange on upperside, and on the underside by being dark
greyish brown, by the ultra-median band on fore wing being placed
at a greater angle to the outer margin, and by the marginal spot on
the hind wing between the lower median nervules being larger and
bordered inwardly with orange, not encircled as in D. diovis. The
front of the head, which in D. diovis is bright yellow, white.
Female. Upperside: dull greenish black (not brown as in D.
epijarbas, Moore), darker in the cell and along costal margin of fore
wing. Lobe dark orange, with a black spot on its outer extremity.
Underside as in male, but paler.
Head and thorax of male black ; anal half of abdomen cupreous as
wings ; basal half black. Head, thorax, and abdomen of female
concolorous with wings.
Tail black, tipped with white.
Expanse, 1,8; (¢) to 145 inch (@ ).
Aola, Guadaleanar I.
Mr. Woodford’s collection contained a number of specimens of
this species which do not show any variation.
DEUDORYX VIRIDENS, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 15.)
Male. Upperside intermediate in colour between D. diovis and
D. woodfordi. Underside pale as in D. diovis, but strongly dusted
over both wings with light green scales. The spot at the end of the
cell large and distinct and much darker than any other marking
on either wing, and the band beyond bent in its middle towards the
outer margin. The black spot near the margin between the lower
median nervules on hind wing smaller than in D. woodfordi and
bordered inwardly with silvery blue, outwardly with faint orange.
Head, thorax, and abdomen blackish brown.
Expanse 12 inch.
Aola, Guadalcanar I.
This insect can be readily distinguished from its allies by the
green appearance of the underside.
The black spot in the lobe in this species and in D. woodfordi is
always on the lower edge, in D. epijarbas and D. diovis it is always
in the centre.
I have not seen the female.
372 ON THE LYCHZNIDZ OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. [June 2,
Binpawara, Moore.
BINDAHARA ISABELLA.
Myrina isabella, Feld. Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien, math.-nat. Cl. xl.
p- 451. n. 10 (1860).
Q. Myrina jolcus, Feld. 1. c. n. 11 (1860); Hew. Ill. D. L. t. 13.
figs. 16, 17 (1863).
Sithon chromis, Mathew, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 47.
Alu I., near Shortland I. FaurolI. Aola, Guadaleanar I. N.W.
Bay, Malaita I. Ugi I. (Mathew).
I can find no points whereby to distinguish Mr. Mathew’s species
from B. isabella, which has been lately figured by Dr. Staudinger
(Exot. Schmett. pl. 95). Mr. Mathew states (Trans. Ent. Soe.)
that S. chromis is “ allied to S. phocides (Feld.!), but differs... .
in possessing ... . a deep purple blotch near apex, instead ofa short,
narrow, blue band.” The H. phocides, Fabr., is now known to bea
species without any blue whatever on the upperside.
Mr. Woodford obtained a large number of males of this species
varying very much in size, also several females which agree well
with Hewitson’s figure.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from the Aru Islands.
TuHecia (?) ALCESTIS.
Thecla alcestis, Smith, Ent. Mo. Mag. xxv. p. 300 (1889).
Gela I.
I have not seen specimens of this species and am unable to
determine to which genus it is rightly referable.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XXXII.
Fig. 1. Pithecops dionisius, p. 358.
2. — , Var. steirema, p. 308.
3. Nacaduba plumbata, 3, p. 359.
, &, p. 399.
—— ugiensis, 2, p. 360.
euretes, 3, p. 360.
— » 2, p. 360.
—— korene, 3, p. 61.
— maniana, 3, p. 361.
— amaura, 3, p. 361.
ligamenta, 3, p. 361.
—— hie a
. —— keiria, 5, p. 362.
, 2, p. 862.
. Prosotas caliginosa, g, p. 366.
. Thysonotis kruera, 3, p. 364.
, 2, p. 864.
. Nacaduba vineula, §, p- 363.
. Jamides cephion, 3, p. 367.
20. —— amarauge, 3, p. 366.
21. —— —,, , p. 366.
eg ee
€ OO NTS St CORD S COTS
1891. ] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON CERTAIN BIRDS EGGS. 373
Pruars XXXII.
. Thysonotis cepheis, 3, p. 364.
a peeoss
Fig.
1
2
3. chromia, p. 365.
4. Jamides semias, 6, p. 867.
5 » p. 367.
6. Epimastidia artenis, p. 365.
7. Lampides areas, 3, p. 368.
8.
9
10
11
» 2, p. 368.
. Arhopala sophr osyne, p. 370.
. Nacaduba astarte, p. 359.
. Arhopala eurisus, 3, p. 370.
. 370,
12
13. Deudorix wood ordi, io p- o71.
14. —— ON pot
15. — viridens, a p- 371.
June 16, 1891.
Dr. St. George Mivart, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Mr. H. A. Bryden exhibited, and made remarks upon, a distorted
pair of Horns of a cow Eland (Oreas canna) shot by him in 1890,
in the North Kalahari. Mr. Bryden also exhibited specimens of the
feet of the Lechée Antelope (Cobus lechée) and remarked upon
their peculiar conformation.
Mr. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks on
a nearly white skin of a Tiger from Northern India. The animal
had been sent for preservation to Messrs. Keilich and Son by Major
D. Robinson, Lancashire Fusiliers, Poona. From the skull and the
condition of the teeth it appeared to be an adult male in the prime
of life, the incisors being sharp and perfect.
Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, F.Z.S., remarked that in his long
experience in India he had only met with one similar example.
Mr. Howard Saunders also exhibited and made remarks on some
specimens of the eggs of the Spot-winged Gull (Zarus maculipennis)
and Trudeau’s Tern (Sterna trudeaui), from the province of Buenos
Ayres, obtained by Mr. Ernest Gibson, F.Z.S., and believed to be
exhibited for the first time. The eggs of the former bird were, as
might be expected, similar in character to those of other marsh-
breeding brown-capped Gulls. The eggs of Sterna trudeaui were
intermediate in their shape and pattern between those of the coast-
breeding Terns (Sterna) and those of the marsh Terns (Hydroche-
lidon). The nests of this Tern were stated to be placed in the
swamps, amongst those of the Gull above mentioned.
374 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [June 16,
Mr. Sclater read an extract from a letter addressed to him by
Dr. H. Bolau, C.M.Z.S., Director of the Zoological Garden, Hamburg,
and dated Hamburg, June 8th. In reply to inquiries Dr. Bolau
stated that there were now two examples of Sea-Eagles referred to
Haliaétus pelagicus living in the Hamburg Garden. One of these,
received as a present from a ship-captain, December 12th, 1882, had
been brought from Amoor-land ; the second, received on February 6th,
1887, had been presented by another captain, who had obtained it
in Corea. The first-named bird was.in full plumage and had a large
white shoulder-spot, a white tail, and white thighs, as represented by
Pallas (‘ Zoographia,’ i. p. 343). But the specimen from Corea,
although now more than four years in the Garden, had not changed
in colour. Its tail was white, but the shoulders and thighs showed
no traces of this colour, being of a brownish black like the rest of
the body. This bird was also larger than that from Amoor-land
and had a stronger bill. Dr. Bolau suggested that the Corean bird
might be a large female of H. pelagicus, which had not obtained
the adult coloration on account of its being kept in captivity ; but
Mr. Sclater pointed out that it was undoubtedly the same bird as
had been described by Taczanowski in his article on the birds of
Corea (P. Z. S. 1888, p. 452) as Haliaétus branickii, and was a
specimen of very great interest, as tending to confirm this somewhat
problematical species.
The only previously known example of H. branickii, upon which
the species had been based, had been obtained by the Polish collector
Kalinowski at Tsempion, on the coast of Corea, in February 1888.
But Kalinowski had stated that he had seen other similar birds in
the same country.
Dr. R. Bowdler Sharpe, F.Z.S., gave a verbal account of the
proceedings of the recent International Ornitholcgical Congress at
Budapest in which he had taken part.
The following papers were read :—
1. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Races of Rana
esculenta and their Geographical Distribution. By G.
A. BouLencEr.
[Received May 26, 1891.]
It is now a well-known fact that the Edible Frog, Rana esculenta, L..",
presents a greater amount of variation, both as regards structure and
colour, than perhaps any other species of Batrachians. Any herpeto-
logist having before him the Japanese and Spanish Frogs, without
1 [ wish to remark on this occasion that the current notion that the flesh of
this Frog is more valued than that of its European congeners is entirely
erroneous. The Frogs sold in the markets of Paris, Brussels, and Geneva are
almost invariably Rana LTRS ia, which are commoner and more easily
caught.
1891.] RACES OF RANA ESCULENTA. 379
any knowledge of the intermediate forms, would unhesitatingly
pronounce them as representing distinct species: they have, in fact,
been referred to distinct genera by such experienced workers as
Peters and Cope. But if we pursue our investigations over the wide
- area occupied by this Frog, viz. the whole of the Palearctic Region,
we soon find all the differences by which we were at first struck to
blend through such a number of intermediate forms as to leave no
other course open but to maintain intact the Linnean species.
However, a great difficulty still remains to be dealt with: the
principal of the differences ascertained are not merely individual ;
nor are they entirely dependent on locality or climate, as almost
identical specimens are met with at such distant points as North
Germany, the Sahara, and Baluchistan. And, what is more striking
still, in the case of two forms occurring in the same country, they
may be perfectly separable and not interbreed, as has been shown
to be the case in Germany. It is therefore not serving the interest
of exact taxonomy and zoogeography to be satisfied with the com-
prehensive notion of Rana esculenta. Attempts should be, and have
been, made at a division of the specific type into races or subspecies.
With this object in view, I have, for the last few years, been
amassing material and information, and have subjected the many
hundreds of specimens which have passed through my hands to a most
minute examination and comparison.
Although I have, unfortunately, failed in my attempt at drawing
very sharp demarcation lines between the various forms, I am still in
hopes that others may be more successful; and with the object of
furnishing them with a basis for future researches, I venture to
publish the following notes, which at the same time show the extent
of the material upon which I have worked.
The first attempt at subdividing Rana esculenta into subspecies,
published by Camerano in 1881’, proved on the whole a failure.
The two groups into which the species was divided are quite arbi-
trary; the author’s typical form appears to include part of R. ridi-
bunda, and his var. lessone evidently embraces specimens of the
typical form. In various papers* I have endeavoured to throw
some light on the matter, and my contributions have been supple-
mented by Bcettger and Wolterstorff. The latest work on the
subject is from the pen of J. de Bedriaga*, who admits four forms
in Europe and Western Asia, or one more than I am able to recognize,
the Spanish-North-African specimens being regarded by him as
forming a subspecies distinct from R. ridibunda = fortis.
I now propose to divide Rana esculenta into four principal forms,
Viz. :—
1. Var. RIDIBUNDA.
=R. ridibunda, Pall., R. cachinnans, Pall., R. caucasica, Pall.,
1 C. R. Assoc. Frang., Congrés d’Oran, p. 680. Also Mon. Anf. An. Ital.
p- 61 (1888).
2 Zoologist, 1884, pp. 220, 265; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1884, p. 573, pl. lv., and
1885, p. 666, pl. xl.
? Bull. Soc. Mose. 1889, p. 242.
376 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [June 16,
R. tigrina, Eichw., R. dentex, Kryn., ?R. maritima, Risso, R. his-
panica, Mich., vars. latastii, bedriage, Cam., R. fortis, Boul., var.
perezt, Seoane.
This is the largest and most widely distributed form, inhabiting
the whole of Europe with the exception of the North-western and
Central parts and Italy, Western Asia as far east as North Baluch-
istan, Afghanistan, and Eastern Turkestan, and North Africa. As
being on the whole the least specialized form, i. e. departing less
from the normal pattern of the genus to which it belongs, it deserves
to rank first in the list, although the denomination of forma typica
pertains to the next form, as having been first described under the
name of R. esculenta.
2. Forma TYPICA.
=R. esculenta, L., R. viridis aquatica, Rés., var. silvatica, Koch
(type examined).
Northern and Central Europe, Italy, Russia.
3. Var. LESSON &.
=var. lessone, part., Cam.
The habitat of this Frog, which in its characters is intermediate
between the preceding and the next, is still very incompletely ascer-
tained, specimens being known from England (Cambridgeshire and
Norfolk), the Rhine, the province Saxony, Piedmont and probably
other parts of Italy, and Malta. The British specimens are most likely
introduced from Italy. The opinion recently expressed by Bedriaga,
that Bell’s R. scotica may belong to this form, is due to his having
misunderstood that author. The figure given in the first edition of the
‘British Reptiles,’ and which has been reproduced in the second
edition and copied by Ecker (Anat. des Frosches), is ‘‘ taken from
a foreign specimen,” and represents R. esculenta typica. Bell’s
R. scotica is a synonym of R. temporaria.
4. Var. NIGROMACULATA.
=R. marmorata, Hallow. ; R. nigromaculata, Hallow. ; Hoploba-
trachus reinhardti, Peters ; Tomopterna porosa, Cope ; var. japonica,
Boul.
The name japonica should be reserved for a species of the
temporaria-group ; and R. esculenta, var. marmorata, Massal., is of
earlier date than R. marmorata, Hallow. I therefore adopt the name
nigromaculata, Hallow., which stands next on the list of synonyms.
This Eastern form ranges from Corea and Japan to Southern China
and Siam; the exact western limits of its habitat have still to be
ascertained, and it would be particularly desirable to know whether
it anywhere comes into contact with or overlaps the area of the
ridibunda form.
The principal characters which have proved of service in diagnosing
these forms are the following :—
1. The development of the inner metatarsal tubercle, whether
1891.] RACES OF RANA ESCULENTA. 377
large or small, blunt or compressed. The length indicated in the
measurements below is the basal, 7. e. taken along the attachment
of the tubercle to the foot; the length of the first toe, given for
comparison, is taken from the tubercle; and the length of the
tubercle is also compared to the length of the crus or tibia measured
in the flesh.
2. The comparative length of the tibia to the thigh ; this is
shown by pressing the two close together and maintaining the tibia
at right angles to the axis of the body ; the tibial extremity is then
found to overlap, to meet or to fail to meet its fellow placed in the
same position. Only in form 1 do they overlap’, and this character
alone differentiates it from the three others.
3. The presence or absence of short glandular folds along the
back, in addition to the glandular dorso-lateral fold. The presence
of these folds differentiates form 4 from the three others.
4. The presence or absence of bright yellow pigment on the
lumbar and post-femoral regions. This pigment is constantly
absent in form 1, and very seldom in form 2. The character
unfortunately cannot be made use of with spirit-specimens.
By means of these characters we are able to draw up the
following key, which is imperfect only in so far that forms 2 and
3 are not distinguished from each other in an absolute manner;
this difficulty, however, cannot be overcome, as the two forms do run
completely into one another, and future investigations may even
render their separation unadvisable.
( Heels overlapping. 1. ridibunda. Met. tubercle 24-4) = 93-14) 4
tod =
Nodorsal | (2. typica. 3 2-3| 82 710| 4
folds. ] a8 &
Heels not over-} 3. tessone. ts 14-2/°2 8 5-8] to
lapping = = 8
Morsalisfolds: [vera accesses \ 4. nigromaculata. i 112) es GPS a
Other characters have been added to complete the definitions.
In the following tables a complete list of the specimens in the
British Museum is given, together with measurements taken from in-
dividuals from various localities. In these measurements the figures
in column 1 give the length, in millimetres, from snout to vent ; in
column 2, the length of the tibia; in column 3, the length of the
foot measured from the outer metatarsal tubercle to the end of the
fourth toe; im column 4, the length of the inner toe ; and in column
5, the length of the inner metatarsal tubercle.
The specimens enumerated are but a portion of the material
studied, a picked series, in which consequently abnormal specimens,
i. e. such as fit least well in the technical definitions, are in greater
proportion than in collections made without discrimination. The
number of specimens in the Museum is also greater than appears
from the figures, as I have abstained from counting in any case
1 As in the various species of the ¢emporaria-group, all of which, however
long or short the hind limbs, possess this character.
378 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [June 16,
more than 10 specimens in each bottle ; and the skeletons are not
enumerated.
1. Var. RIDIBUNDA.
Inner metatarsal tubercle small, blunt, feebly prominent, its
length 23 to 4 times in the length of the inner toe measured from
the tubercle, and 94 to 14 times in the length of the tibia (in the
flesh); when the limbs are folded at right angles to the body, the
extremities of the tibize overlap ; tibia as long as or slightly shorter
than the foot measured from the outer metatarsal tubercle. Skin
smooth or more or less warty ; glandular lateral fold more or less
prominent, frequently as broad as the upper eyelid. Olive, dull
green, or bronzy brown above, rarely bright green, spotted or
speckled with dark olive or blackish; the spots never forming
longitudinal bands; no bright yellow pigment on the back of the
thighs ; vocal sacs grey.
Measurements.
ab 2. 3. 4, 5).
Gyeyin ILONOC Si gine sete2 65 34 34 10 3
Gis aaibctelets ve cane: 50 27 29 18 02
oO. BP ENR ema 85 44 44 13 4
Or cee S ot 61 ag 32 9 24
ae ‘Corunnas jo 0.0 60 28 30 8 3
oO... Peer ittmniie ee 74 33 33 9 3
do. Serra de Gerez.. 62 34 35 10 3
or oF 71 38 38 1] 3
rea BONO Ne ene = ar 58 30 30 9 3
Ont nay dW oetion tte Sls wuaddeken 42 a eee eee
Gear wGintratice... eee 60 31 31 9 24
°. Ca ce ee EE 72 37 36 9 3
eos AVIGNON # Bin boc 57 42 oe 83 32
2. BCLs nacnienen 85) || AG 4d pedOahy ye
Gap wberlin (188) 3.2): 88 42 44 12 4
é. ia Fis cg he rho 76 37 40 10 3
2. Bs a Mera ansiiclle Wih 104 50 51 15 44
Ody il dapbhd | RKE SS BRA f2 36 37 10 25
Geis weLalle Pee. cides 83 4] 42 114 4
OLB W ONG ah i saliek. Ss 98 49 51 14 5
Ge Warsaw). <t:).10 0% 70 38 40 104. 3
Q. Gea tere Re) VAL omni re
Gt sbragner dts. s: 85 45 45 1d!
Ors Mordignns oh tein Leds, Gigs hi? hed Qul 119) va A
Qo Viennay cc ee 92 48 48 13 4%
key gh Lputthnes aaceune 90 48 48 14 4
6. Constantinople 62 34 34 10 3
Q. - 70 38 37 11 34
6. Astrachan...... 95 47 50 13 5
2. 55505 | ee oeaas 92 49 49 13 4
1891.]
RACES OF RANA ESCULENTA.
379
Measurements (continued).
1. ee
RGrehiycs ss ss 87 47
Telenowka...... 90 46
ty Tih gee 93 50
Tschinas ...... 80 37
Sarawam! 2.2. . 90 44
Shinazy mrss ta 48 28
Hagieesgh eee hal! 73 36
Elizabethpol 100 50
SMy Tas yea 64 33
oP ts sen 87 43
Cyprav 2 y.. 73 37
» Wedd Sef eo .. 90 45
Sinaitic Peninsula 67 oe)
BESANT Stress ver crcice Gace: 79 ay
Constantine .... 90 44
Hammam Rirha. 65 33
Biskta:! oh..2i4 25 96 45
(Eaneleria sey. ns 85 45
Piaih craic soe 65 35
+0 +0 10 a, 101040401040 95 10 2, 0, 10101095 10
ae 3,9, her., &
ee ero)
15-19. 3,9, & her.
20-21. 39.
22-95. $9
26-28. $9.
29-87. 3, @, her.,
ys:
38-41. 3,9, &her.
42-45. Her. & yg.
46. $.
47. 3.
48-57, 58-67. 3,
©, hgr., & yg.
68-73. ¢Q.
List of the Specimens.
Europe.
Cadillac, Gironde.
Corunna.
Serra de Gerez.
Upper Douro, Tras os Montes.
Oporto.
Serra Hstrella.
Alemtejo.
Cintra.
Algarve.
Seville.
S. Spain.
Berlin.
Salziger See, near Halle/S.
Magdeburg.
Warsaw.
Prague.
Laaerberg, near Vienna.
Hungary.
Hungary.
Crete.
ae 3,2,hgr., European shore of the Bos-
& y,
104-105. g Q.
horus.
Astrachan.
Sat a big
aye? tars 4
AG ee 4
50. ¢) ee 5
38 - 12 4
MG EBA
30 Bites
3617 Sow © 132
AD 2 i
32 Oy oe
Ao VMS. Card
B60 Vaid, 13%
43M) 4309) lat
32 me UO NN
ger syni toe? Bt
ABW IG &
S3ha) lO wae
Ah el 130 hd
A Se
Bes NO eS
M. F. Lataste [P.].
M. V. L. Seoane [P.].
Dr. H. Gadow [C.].
Dr. H. Gadow tos,
Dr. H. Gadow [C.].
Dr. H. Gadow [C.].
Dr. H. Gadow [C.].
Dr. H. Gadow [C,].
Dr. H. Gadow [C.].
M. V. L. Seoane [P.].
i: ¥. Lataste [P.].
Boulenger, Esq.
Dr. Wy. Wolterstorff [P.].
Dr. W. Wolterstortf | P.}.
Prof. Wrzeniowski [P.].
Hr. V. Fritsch [C.].
Dr. F. Werner [P.].
Lord A. Russell [P.|
Dr. Dickson [P.].
St. Petersburg Mus. [P.].
380 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [June 16,
Asia.
106. Q. Kirghiz Steppes. Moscow University [E.].
107-110. 9 & yg. Tschinas, Turkestan. St. Petersburg Mus. [E.].
111-114. ¢Q. Ielenowka, Lake Goktsha. St. Petersburg Mus. [E.].
115-116. Yg. Nukus, Amu Daria. St. Petersburg Mus, | E.].
117-123. g, 2, & Guermab, 8.W. of Ashkabad. Warsaw Mus. [E.].
ys:
124-125. S&hgr. Turbat, Afghanistan. Dr. Aitchison [C.].
126. Larva. Between Quetta and Nushki. Dr. Aitchison [O.].
127-128. gQ. Near Sarawan, Baluchistan. G. E. Mason, Esq. [P.].
129. Her. Bussorah. W.T. Blanford, Esq. [C.].
130. 9. Shiraz. W. T. Blanford, Esq. [O.].
131. o. Fao, head of Persian Gulf. D. Cumming, Esq. [P.].
1382. 9. Mesopotamia. Euphrates Expedition.
1338. Yg. Guezama. W. C. Trevelyan, Esq.
legal
134-135. ¢§ Q. Dagestan, Caucasus. Meee University [E.].
136-138. ¢ Q. Elizabethpol. St. Petersburg Mus. [E.].
139. Lenkoran. St. Petersburg Mas, [ E.].
140-141. 9. Suchum Kalé, Transcaucasia. St. Petersburg Mus. [E.].
142-145. Yg. Lake Abran, near Suchum Kalé. St. Petersburg Mus. [E.].
146. Yg. Albistan. O. G. Danford, Esq. [ P.].
147-152. gQ. Fener-bahtchi, Asiatic shore of Dr. Dickson [P.].
the Sea of Marmora.
153-154. ¢Q. Smyrna.
155. &. Cyprus. Lord Lilford [P.].
156. Q. Sea of Galilee. Canon Tristram [C.].
157-158. ¢. Plains of Pheenicia. Canon Tristram [C.].
LON or Merom. Canon Tristram [C.].
160-161. gQ. Dead Sea. Canon Tristram [C.].
162. ¢. Jericho. Dr. J. Anderson [P.].
163. 9. Damascus. Dr. J. Anderson [P.].
164-165. 9 &hgr. Sinaitic Peninsula. H. C. Hart, Esq. [P.].
Africa.
166-167. 9. Tunis. Mr. Fraser [C.].
168. Yg. Susa, Tunisia. Mr. Fraser [C.].
169-178. ¢, 2,& Constantine. P. L. Sclater, Esq. [P.].
yg.
179-182, 36 & yg. Hamman Rirha, Algeria. Dr. J. Anderson [P.}.
183-185. ©. Biskra. Dr. J. Anderson [P.].
186-189. Larve. Algeria. M. Héron Royer [E.].
190-194. ©. Tangier. M. H. Vaucher [C.].
195-196. Yg. Casablanca, Morocco. Senckenberg Mus. [| E.].
197-203. SQ. Madeira. Prof. Lutken [P.].
204-207. 5, 2, & Azores (introduced). F. D. Godman, Esq. [P.].
yé-
2. Forma TYPICA.
Inner metatarsal tubercle strong, compressed, prominent, its
length 2 to 3 times in the length of the inner toe measured from
the tubercle, and 7 to 10 times in the length of the tibia; when
the limbs are folded at right angles to the body, the extremities of
the tibiee meet or remain narrowly separated ; tibia shorter than the
foot measured from the outer metatarsal tubercle. Skin smooth or
with small warts ; glandular lateral fold very prominent, as broad
as or narrower than the upper eyelid. Bright green, brown, or blue
1891.] . RACES OF RANA ESCULENTA. 381
above, uniform or spotted with black; hinder side of thighs
handsomely marbled with black, and usually with more or less of
bright yellow pigment; vocal sacs white or feebly pigmented.
The range of variation of the somewhat complex assemblage which
I have endeavoured to define as the ¢ypical form is very great indeed
and forms a gradated series leading from the form ridibunda tu
the form lessone.
I must confess that the line drawn between the latter and the
typical form appears to me arbitrary, and that my arrangement is
open to this criticism, that there is altogether a greater amount of
difference between the two extremes of the series than there is
between the extreme in the lessone direction and the form lessone
itself. The true typical R. esculenta, as figured by Résel, is pretty
well in the middle of the series: the extreme specimens with small
inner metatarsal tubercle are from France, Corsica, and Italy ; whilst
the opposite extreme obtains in the specimens from Basle and Vienna.
Measurements.
1. 2. 3. A, 5.
So Se Mls Jou. Wo 38" 35 ge
Q. Ta, cee Ta Ms a) a |
en Mans eo pes OO 35 38 9 4
One initia: peda SAtmnsettnetOyh) “10! aha
go» Brussels... ... 54 28 32 8 3d
Q. DE ee GG. rea vane, CLO 4
Crt em aSler eae. yee nea 27 31 7 3s
Evi ne teey t e Evdam ol ue) To ee
Copley eiectawte Ut Gren) Silahep 8 4
SMR CEM OP Ma G8 Ab O io dy Be By eat
Ge GENEVE woe a 61 oul 34 84. 34
Pe ee ges 0 Bl on os 6 ans
OFT epi 7S: SO A TO ea
Q. Bhs eh ec Cen 70 36 37 95 4
3S. Copenhagen.... 68 30 39 Ss UA
One 09 63 28 32 f 3g
©. Llollamd........ 85 35 38 9 )
0. MR MOE v2 80 36 43 10 44
Sua Merhinmy eres es.) 68 32 37 9 4
Qe “callings <aer ORE 86 BH) 39 10 5
Or Warsaw, dirs a8 3: 87 42 46 liz 652
Q. seth AR REE ag eee 80 37 40 10 5
Q. Neusiedl Lake.. 81 43 46 13 5
Oy f stint: gua (Oeics (alae pias
iin PNGETUAD gneea to oes 64 30 33 8 4
Oe ae ee 50 | oA 36 Fain
SENT COP ees 54 27 30 Fey
2k Ske aliens aera Bartow ape asehs Aina y | aia
oes EOLVOLT Sots, Gowe ey oy 4 65 32 35 i) 4
Q GGer 2” 135 gerd
° ” .
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XXVI. 26
382
J ye 2.
Ove) Vierona ors. 81 41
G2 Florence 24h. 73 36
On As 65 31
ONO NPISay Ares ee 80 35
So. W Naples sei 65 34
oO” gt AY SEES eee 60 28
Oe MOorsics! 1 oe 65 32
ae » 77 36
List of the Specimens.
1,2. ¢. Foulden, Norfolk (introduced).
3-10. g, Q, her.,
& larva.
11-12. gQ.
13-14. ¢Q.
15-24. J, 9, & yg.
25-31. 3, 2, her.,
& yg.
32-34, Her.
35-42. SQ.
54. Yg.
55-61, 62-65, 66-
70, 71-73. 3,2,
her., & yg.
74-78. SQ.
102-107. 3,2, &yg.
108-110. gQ.
111-113. 9
114-115, 116-117,
118-119. g, Q,
yg., & larve.
120-126. §, 9,
her., & yg.
127-138, %
129-132. ¢
133-135. ¢
136. 9.
137. ¢.
MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE
Measurements (continued).
Near St. Malo.
Paris.
Argenton, Indre.
Heyst s. M., Belgium.
Brussels.
Mondorf, Luxemburg.
Basle.
Zofingen, Aargau.
Mt. Saleve, Geneva.
Starnberger See, Munich.
Hanover.
Berlin.
Copenhagen.
Lolland.
Warsaw.
Moscow.
Neusiedl Lake, Hungary.
Prater, Vienna.
Nice.
Mouth of R. Var.
Verona.
Rivoli, Prov. Verona.
Calcinaro, Prov. Verona.
Mestre, Proy. Venice.
Bologna.
Florence.
Pisa.
Naples.
Corsica.
Corsica.
Corte, Corsica.
3. Var. LESSON.
Inner metatarsal tubercle very strong, compressed, hard, crescentic,
its depth about half its length, which is 1} to 2 times in the length
[June 16,
3. 4. 5.
43 12 5
37/8 oO eRe
33 9 3
37 gi 43
36 gn (BE
31 go igy
35 gs 32
38 10 4
W. Ambhurst Amherst,
Ksq. [P.]-
G. A. Boulenger, Esq. [P.].
G. A. Boulenger, Esq. [P.].
M. R. Paratre [E.].
G. A. Boulenger, Esq. [P.].
G. A. Boulenger, Hsq. | P.].
G. A. Boulenger, Esq. [P.].
Dr. F. Miller [P.].
Dr. F, Miiller [P.].
Dr. F. Miiller [P.].
Dr. W. Wolterstorff [P.].
Dr. J. E. Gray [P.].
G. A. Boulenger, Esq. [P.].
Prof. O. F. Liitken [P.].
Prof. O. F. Liitken [P.].
Prof. Wrzeniowski [P.].
Moscow University (E.].
Dr. F. Werner [E.].
Dr. KF. Werner [E.].
Dr. J. de Bedriaga [P.].
Dr. J. de Bedriaga [P.]}.
M. E. de Betta [P.].
M. E. de Betta [P.].
M. E. de Betta [P.}.
M. E. de Betta | P.].
Prof. J. J. Bianconi [P.].
Florence Museum [E.].
Florence Museum [E.].
Dr. F. 8. Monticelli [P.].
Dr. J. de Bedriaga [P.].
M. A. Dollfus [P].
Florence Museum [E.].
1891.] RACES OF RANA ESCULENTA. 383
of the inner toe, and 5 to 8 times in the length of the tibia; when
the limbs are folded at right angles to the body, the extremities of
the tibiae sometimes meet, but usually fail to meet ; tibia considerably
shorter than the foot measured from the outer metatarsal tubercle.
Skin smooth or with small warts; glandular lateral fold very pro-
minent, narrewer than the upper eyelid. Bright green or brown
above, the dark markings sometimes forming longitudinal bands ;
hinder side of thighs handsomely marbled with black on a bright
yellow or orange ground; vocal sacs not or but very slightly
pigmented.
Measurements.
1. 2. oe 4. 5.
@. Poulmire 7.27: 5l 23 28 6 34
2. 5 A Shes ot RMR OY 28 33 73 44
gd. Stow Bedon.... 64 25 34 74 5
On 4 RNa tte 30h) 739 9 6
Ge olnildenn: 2) 749 23 28 54 33
Q. ere inane ok aig 58 25 30 64 4
do. Offenbach...... 53 24 28 6 33
°. ese A eee 55 24 28 64 3
Oy -Crollwatzals os) 155 24 28 7 4
Gi) Eledniont, oer. 48 23 27 6 34
Or SEM dks ye sboke Fes Bl 37 8 5
Q. aa j 68 31 34 8 4
oy Ml bey Raat 54 25 29 6 34
On Maltan aac oo ssc: 70 32 36 93 54
List of the Specimens.
1-38, 46. ¢, 9, Foulmire Fen, Cambridgeshire. W. Yarrell, Esq. [P.].
hgr., & yg.
7-12, 13. g, 2, Stow Bedon, Norfolk. Lord Walsingham [P.].
hgr., & yg.
14-18. Yg. Stow Bedon. G. EH. Mason, Esq. [P.].
19-22. SQ. Hilden, near Diisseldorf. W. &. Kirby, Esq. [P.].
23-26.5,9,&hegr. Offenbach. Dr. J. de Bedriaga [P.].
Pile Qe Crollwitz, near Halle. Dr. W. Wolterstorff [P.].
28-37. 3,9 ,bgr., Piedmont. Prof. L. Camerano [P.].
& yg.
38. Q. Malta. Zoological Society [P.].
4. Var. NIGROMACULATA.
Inner metatarsal tubercle very strong, compressed, hard, crescentic,
its depth about half its length, which is 1 to 1% times in the length
of the inner toe, and 5 to 8 times in the length of the tibia; when
the limbs are folded at right angles to the body, the extremities of
the tibiee meet; tibia considerably shorter than the foot measured
from the outer metatarsal tubercle. Interrupted narrow glandular
folds along the back, in addition to the dorso-lateral, which are
well-marked and narrower than the upper eyelid. Green or brown
above, the black markings often forming longitudinal bands; hinder
26*
384 MR. O. THOMAS ON UNGULATES. [June 16,
side of thighs handsomely marbled with black on a yellow ground ;
sometimes a light line running along the inner upper side of the
tibia; vocal sacs more or less pigmented.
Measurements.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Oy Gensaneels. ia 85 38 44 9 tes
iG Wapany ye eons 70 35 40 8 5
do. PPR a rset 65 39 39 8 5)
we BSN (oa eaten ates 80 40 46 10 6
2. PIR ArueS ae i) 38 42 9 54
3. Central Japan 54 23 28 6 33
o.. PE pate tay 21 25 6 33
3. LooChoo...... 63 32 37 Ube
Gr. Citefoor en ptr) 6 98 27 31 525g
oF ae oer trays 65 31 36 i 6
Or) wShanthats asc. 4: 66 33 38 8 5
@. Kiu-Kiang ae | se) 38 43 8 5
Ge NMe pO’ ay tas 55 27 31 6 4
ae 4h aS Ue 70 34 38 7 5
List of the Specimens.
1-2. Her. S. slope of Khingham Mts., E. G. E. Mason, Esq. [P.].
Mongolia.
3. 9. Broughton Bay, Corea: G. E. Mason, Esq. [P.].
4. 9. Gensan, Corea. J. H. Leech, Esq. [P.].
5 Qe Japan. J. H. Leech, Esq. [P.].
6-8, 9-10. Japan. Leyden Museum.
11-17. §, 9, &yg. Central Japan. Dr. J. Anderson [P.].
Teh 1 Yokohama. Dr. J. Anderson [P.].
19. ¢. Hakone Lake, Japan. Dr. J. Anderson [P.].
20. g. Great Loo Choo Island. G. E. Mason, Esq. [P.].
ee 3,2,hgr. Chefoo. R. Swinhoe, Esq. [C.].
29-94 35-37, 38- Shanghai. R. Swinhoe, Esq. [C.].
39. 5,9, &hegr.
40-41. 2 & her. Mountainsnorth of Kiu-Kiang. A. HE. Pratt, Esq. [C.].
ADD Chusan.
43-44, 45. g, 2, Ningpo. R. Swinhoe, Esq. [C.].
&
ye.
46-48. Yg. Bangkok, Siam. G. E. Mason, Esq. [P.].
2. Notes on some Ungulate Mammals.
By Ouprieip Tuomas, F.Z.S.
[Received May 28, 1891.]
The following notes have been put together during the preparation
of a list of the specimens of Ungulata in the British Museum
Collection, and it is hoped they may help to clear up some of the
difficulties in the systematic arrangement of these animals.
1891. ] MR. 0. THOMAS ON UNGULATES. 389
1. Tue CHEVROTAINS.
The species of Tragulus appear to be rather less in number than
was admitted by Prof. Milne-Edwards in his monograph of the
group’, as 7’. kanchil does not seem to be separable from 7’. javanicus.
The authors’ names also used by Prof. Milne-Edwards want some
revision, as in two out of the four species the first mention of the
animal was unaccompanied by a Latin binomial name. The following
synopsis shows briefly the characters, ranges, and proper names of
the four species which deserve recognition :—
A. Body not spotted with white. Skin between rami
of lower jaw naked, glandular. Malayan.
a. Dark smoky-grey, belly greyish white without
rufous or fulvous edging.
a, Size large, hind foot with hoofs 140-150 millim.
Hab. 8.Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,
ANGMBOMNEO Mess DAs ae MORN ered ols 1. T. napu, F. Cuv.?
6. Rufous, at least on sides and along edges of belly.
bt. Bright rufous above ; back of neck not darker
than the rest of the upper surface. Size
medium ; hind foot about 130 millim.
Hab. “Sunda Islands ” (Milne-Edwards) 2. T. stanleyanus, Gr.
c'. Greyish above, brightening to rufous on sides.
A darker line, sometimes nearly black, along
nape of neck. Size small; hind foot 110-
125 millim.
Hab. Camboja, Cochin China, 8. Tenasserim,
Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, and
DAV ose atenispececsjseasiemias at otaas ssecenemker as 3. T. gavanicus, Gmel.
B. Body spotted with white. Chin and throat all
equally hairy.
c. Size medium ; hind foot about 130-135 millim.
Jateso, lbavebey grarsl COGN Sacceesccnn eatencoscecoacece 4, T. meminna, Ex.
The West-African Chevrotain, ‘‘ Hyomoschus” aquaticus, Og., is,
as stated by Pomel, Riitimeyer, and others ’*, certamly congeneric with
the fossil Dorcatherium nauti, Kaup, described in 1836, nine years
before Gray formed the genus Hyomoschus. The animal will there-
fore have to stand as Dorcatherium aquaticum.
2. LuamMas AND ALPACA.
It is clear that the generic name of this group must be Lama
and not AUCHENTIA, as Cuvier, the founder of the former name, had
no more power to withdraw it than any other author. The earlier
references to the two names are as follows :—
Lama, G. Cuv. Anat. Comp. i. Tabl. gén. 1800; Desm. N.
Dict. d’H. N. (1) xxiv. Tabl. p. 31, 1804; G. Fisch.
Zoognosia, 11. p. 391 (1814).
Lacma, Viedem. Zool. i. p. 420 (1808). ;
Auchenia, Ill. Prod. 8S. N. p. 103 (1811); G. Cuv. R. A. 1.
p- 25 (1817).
Many suggestions have been made as to the true relationship that
1 Ann. Sci. Nat. (5) ii. p. 49 (1864).
2 The references to these namesare all given in Prof. Milne-Hdwards’s paper.
* For references, see Lydekker, Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. ui. p. 153 (1885).
386 MR. O. THOMAS ON UNGULATES. [June 16,
the wild and domestic forms of Zama bear to each other, the most
generally received view’ being that the large burden-bearing Llama
(Lama glama, Linn.) is the domestic race of the large wild species,
the Huanaco (Lama huanachus, Mol.*), and that the smaller wool-
bearing Alpaca (Lama pacos, L.) bears a similar relationship to the
Vicuzna (Lama vicugna, Mol. *).
After a careful study of the external characters, skulls, and teeth
of all the four forms, I have come to the conclusion that this sugges-
tion is untenable in one respect, namely as to the origin of the
Alpaca, which appears really to be, like the Llama, a descendant of
the Wild Huanaco*. Its size, although less than that of the Llama,
is far greater than that of the Vicugna; its skull and teeth wholly
agree with those of the former, and the naked patches on the legs,
so distinctive of the Huanaco as compared with the Vieugna, are very
often, although not always, present, the exceptions being easily
explainable in the case of an animal bred and selected for generations
solely with an eye to the thickness and extent of its furry covering.
The occasional growth of the fur over the patches is not therefore
to be wondered at.
The probabilities also are much in favour of the Peruvians having
domesticated one wild species only rather than two, and of their
having gradually developed two races out of it, the one large, strong,
and suitable for the carriage of burdens, and the other smaller in
size but exceptional in its capacity for producing a quantity of useful
wool.
As to the nomenclature of the different races, it may be claimed
that as the Llama, Alpaca, and Huanaco are all looked upon zoologi-
cally as one species, the earliest name for any of them (Camelus glama,
L.) should be used for that species asa whole. It appears, however,
to be infinitely better that in this, as in other similar cases, the
original name should be used for the domestic race, to which it was
originally given, whether the wild race of the same species is after-
wards discovered with certainty or not. Thus Capra hircus, Linn.
(1766), antedates C. egagrus, Gmel. (1789), but it would only bea
source of confusion, without any benefit, were the Linnean name
applied to the genuine Wild Goat.
On this principle therefore the different members of the Llama
group should be :—
1 Vide Burmeister, Republ. Argent. iii. pp. 457-8 (1879) ; aud Flower, Encycl.
Brit. (9) xiv. p. 708 (1882).
2 Sagg. S. N. Chili, ed. 1, p. 317 (1782).
3 Tom. cit. p. 313.
4 This conclusion has been (with my entire knowledge and consent) utilized
in Messrs. Flower and Lydekker’s recent work on the Mammalia (p. 303). LI :
think it better, however, still to publish the notes that I had previously written
on the subject, as giving the reasons for an opinion which I am glad to have
confirmed by two such able authorities. The same view was also suggested
(with a query) by Sundevall (K. Vet. Ak. Handl. 1845, p. 292); but as he had
not even seen a specimen of the Alpaca, his suggestion must be looked upon as
a lucky shot.
1891.] MR. O. THOMAS ON UNGULATES. 387
1. Lama nuanacuus, Mol. The Huanaco.
Domestic races of 1 :—
a. L. glama, L. The Llama.
b. L. pacos, L. The Alpaca.
2. L. vicuena, Mol. The Vicugna.
3. Ture Busu-sucks (Zragelaphus).
The larger species of this genus were worked out by Sir Victor
Brooke’ in 1871, and the only alteration which further material
renders necessary in his account is that all the specimens from
W. Africa, considered by him to belong to T. spekei, Scl., are really
referable to 7’. gratus, Scl.
This well-marked species, described from a female skin in 1880 ’,
nine years after Brooke’s paper, was really represented then by
several skulls and horns in the Museum collection, viz. the speci-
mens referred to by him under T. spekei as 6, d, and e in his ‘* List
of specimens examined.’’ The skin e, however, was in so bad a
condition that the colour-characters did not give rise to a suspicion
of specific distinction, and without such a suspicion the horns would
be not unnaturally looked upon as, and compared with, immature
horns of T. speket. Knowing, however, the species T. gratus from
Mr. Sclater’s excellent figures, one may always readily distinguish
the horns by their shortness, stoutness, and less amount of curve,
the extra twist found in 7. spekei, which approximates that species
so much to Sérepsiceros, being never found in the oldest examples
of T. gratus. This is well seen on a comparison of Brooke’s figure
of T. spekei (¢. c. p. 486) with that given by Sclater (P. Z.S. 1883,
p- 36) of the head of the fine Gaboon specimen of 7’. gratus now in
the British Museum.
The revised ranges of the four large species appear therefore to be
as follows :—
1. T. EuRYCEROs, Og.
Hab. W. Africa. Liberia (Bittikofer); Fantee (Mus. Brit.) ;
Ashkankoloo Mountains, Gaboon (Du Chaillu, Mus. Brit.).
2. T. aneast, Angas’.
Hab. S.E. Africa. Pongola River, Zululand (Hastwood, Mus.
Brit.); Maputa River (Proudfoot, Mus. Brit.); St. Lucia Bay
(Angas; Fellowes, Mus. Brit.).
3. T. Gratus, Scl.
Hab. West Africa. Kokki, Cameroons (dllen, Mus. Brit.) ;
Gaboon (Du Chaillu et al., Mus. Brit., Mus. Paris).
Paz s sil; parce.
2 P.Z.S. 1880, p. 452.
3 Gray never published any description of this species, and therefore Mr.
G. French Angas’s account (P. Z. S. 1848, p. 89) must be taken as the original
description. The species was named after Mr. G. Fife Angas, the father of
Mr, G. French Angas, C.M.Z.S.
388 MR. O. THOMAS ON UNGULATES. [June 16,
4, T. speKet, Scl.
Hab. Central and South-central Africa. Karagweh, W. of Victoria
Nyanza (Speke, Mus. Brit.); Chobe River, Upper Zambesi (Selous
and Chapman, Mus. Brit.); Lake Ngami (Green, Mus. Brit. ;
Oswell, fide Brooke).
The characters and ranges of these larger species may now help
us in the far more difficult task of the proper systematic arrangement
of the smaller forms, Tragelaphus scriptus and its allies. In the
larger Bush-bucks the four species are separated not only by colour,
number of spots, stripes, &c., but also by definite structural cha-
racters, such as the length of the hoofs, the presence or absence of
tufts of hair on the body, and the form of the horns; while in the
smaller ones these characters are practically all identical. So far as
I can discover, it is impossible to distinguish the horns of the West-
African 7. scriptus from those of the Abyssinian 7. decula or the Cape
T. sylvaticus ; the hoofs are of the same length in all, and the quality
and distribution of the fur shows but little variation. It would
appear, then, that all the smaller Bush-bucks should be united as one
species, but that within this species four subspecies should be recog-
nized, these subspecies being practically based on colour alone.
. decula alone is rather more distinct than the rest and might by
some authors be kept specifically separate, but more material from
intermediate localities is needed before this point can be satisfactorily
settled, and in the meantime it seems better to range it with 7. scriptus
rather than to erect it into a sixth species of the genus, with, at the
best, characters so very much less in degree than those that separate
the other five.
The synonymy and characters of the subspecies of 7’. scriptus may
be briefly given as follows :—
5. T. scriptus, Pall.
a, 'T. SCRIPTUS DECULA, Rupp.
Antilope decula, Riipp. N. Wirb. Abyss. p. 11, pl. iv. (1835).
Form shorter and stouter than in other subspecies. General colour
more yellowish than rufous. Transverse bands nearly obsolete, but
one high lateral longitudinal one present, sometimes broken into
spots; haunches only spotted; dorsal line dark in both sexes.
Chest and belly little darker than back.
Hab. Abyssinia. Salam River, Upper Atbara (Mus. Brit.);
Lake Dembea (Riippell).
6. T. scriptus TyPicus, Pall.
Antilope scripta, Pall. Mise. Zool. p. 8 (1766) (ex Buff).
; A, phalerata, H. Sm., Griff. Cuv. An. K. iv. p. 275 (1827).
‘Colour bright rufous, brilliantly marked all over the body with
numerous white spots and both longitudinal and transverse stripes.
Dorsal band white in adult males. Chest with a blackish mane.
Hab. West, Central, and South-central Africa, covering very
much the combined ranges of 7. gratus and T. spekei. Senegal
1891.] MR. O. THOMAS ON UNGULATES. 389
(Adanson); Gambia (Whitfield, Rendall); Fantee (Mus. Brit.) ;
Uganda (Speke); Chobe River, Upper Zambesi (Selous).
ce. T. SCRIPTUS ROUALEYNI, Gord.-Cumm.
Antilopus roualeynei, Gord.-Cumm., Hunter’s Life S. Afr.
il. p. 168 (1850).
Dark brown in the males, the transverse stripes reduced to two or
three very obscure ones on the posterior part of the body, and even
these sometimes absent in the oldest males, at least on the Limpopo.
Spotting variable, generally less than in T. scriptus and more than
in T. sylvaticus.
Hab. East Africa from British East Africa to the Limpopo.
Manda Island off Witu (Kirk) ; Mombasa (Airk); Lower Zambesi,
east of the Victoria Falls (Selous); Limpopo (Gordon-Cumming).
Mr. Selous’ considers the typical rouwaleyni, that found on the
Limpopo, to bea slightly different form from that found on the
Zambesi and the Kast Coast farther northwards, and it is by no means
impossible that the latter will hereafter be found to require varietal
separation from roualeyni.
d. T. sCRIPTUS SYLVATICUS, Sparrm.
Antilope sylvaticus, Sparrm. Act. Holm. iii. p. 197, pl. vil.
(1780).
Dark brown, with no transverse stripes in adult or young, and the
spots reduced to quite a few indistinct ones on the haunches.
Hab. Cape Colony.
4, Toe Dwarr AnTELOPES (Nanotragus and Oreotragus).
The conclusions come to by Sir Victor Brooke in his paper on the
Royal Antelope *, are confirmed in most respects by the additional
materials now available, and especially I can heartily endorse his
fusion of the so-called genera Calotragus, Scopophorus, and Neso-
tragus with the earlier described Nanotragus. Apparently, however,
the genus Nanotragus need not be split up into subgenera at all,
if we remove from it the Klipspringer, the type of ‘‘ Oreotragus,”
which Sir Victor has also included in Nanotragus, but which seems
certainly to be worthy of separate generic rank. Thus it may be
readily distinguished by its very differently shaped skull, its peculiar
thick brittle hairs, and more especially by the shape of its hoofs, all
the other species agreeing precisely among themselves and differing
from it in these three characters. Its specific name should of course
be Oreotragus saltator, and not saltatrix, the latter form being
merely the feminine term applied to it when it was placed in
“ Antilope’’ by Boddaert. The other Dwarf Antelopes appear to
form a group so natural as to be all probably placed in the restricted
genus Nanotragus.
1 Pp. Z.S. 1881, p. 752. ‘ Hunter’s Wanderings in Africa,’ p. 208 (1881). I
must acknowledge my extreme indebtedness to this most valuable paper, which
contains an excellent account of the Chobe, Zambesi, Limpopo, and Cape Bush-
bucks, drawn up from observations of many fresh specimens of both sexes and
all ages.
> P.Z.8. 1872, p. 637 et seqg.
390 MR. i). A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
3. On a Collection of Marine Shells from Aden, with some
Remarks upon the Relationship of the Molluscan
Fauna of the Red Sea and the Mediterranean. By
Epear A. Smita, F.Z.S.
[Received June 10, 1891.]
(Plate XXXIIL.)
The specimens hereafter catalogued were collected at Aden between
tide-marks or at low water by Major J. W. Yerbury, R.A., and the
Rev. A. W. Baynham. To the former the British Museum is indebted
for a very valuable series of 555 specimens, and from the latter it
received 160 specimens. Nearly all are in excellent condition, and
much praise is due to these gentlemen for devoting so much time
and trouble to their cleaning and preservation. No complete list of
the Mollusca of this particular spot has yet appeared, and it is as
a contribution to such a Catalogue that I venture to publish the
following. Many species have already been quoted from Aden, but
to have searched through the vast mass of Conchological literature
which exists, in order to get together a complete list of the fauna,
would have occupied more time than could at present be spared.
Dr. F. Jousseaume, in the ‘ Mémoires de la Société Zoologique de
France’ for 1888, has enumerated the species collected in the Red
Sea and Gulf of Aden by Dr. Faurot in 1885, and among the species
quoted are a number (about 26) from Aden itself. Another list of
106 species from this locality was given by G. Caramagna in the
‘ Bollettino della Societa Malacologica Italiana,’ vol. xii. 1888.
Some of the species mentioned in these Catalogues were not met
with by Major Yerbury or Mr. Baynham, and these I have given in
a supplemental list at the end of this paper. The species quoted from
the present collection which also appear in the works of Jousseaume
and Caramagua are indicated by the locality Aden being inserted in
the distribution, with the names of one or both of these writers
appended.
The fauna of the Red Sea is essentially tropical, and forms the
north-west limit of the Indo-Pacific fauna. The great mass of the
species found at Aden have been met with at various places further
up the Red Sea, and many of them occur even at the northern end,
in the Gulfs of Suez and Akaba; the majority also have a wide
distribution over the Indian and Pacific Region.
I have not thought it necessary to give references to all the species,
most of which are well known; but it is to be understood that
they are recognized as determined in the Monographie works of
Reeve, Sowerby, and Kiister, viz. the ‘Conchologia Iconica,’ the
‘Thesaurus Conchyliorum,’ and the ‘ Conchylien-Cabinet,’ ed. 2.
Notes respecting the identification of certain species have been
inserted when any doubt has existed, and it is trusted some of these
observations may be useful, as, in many cases, they are based upon
comparison of the types. The present paper may also be of some
IP Zee ySye WEI, ell 2OOM MT,
R.Mintern del. et lith. Mintern Bros. imp.
NEW OSPR OLS OF SHELES PROM ADEN.
ae ae yt
1891.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 391
use to those who possess shells from this locality and are desirous of
identifying them.
Before concluding these prefatory remarks I have some observations
to make respecting the list of species which, according to Mr. Cooke,
are “ common to the Mediterranean and the Red Sea”’*. Examples
of the seventeen species he enumerates were collected in the Gulf of
Suez by the late Robert MacAndrew in the early part of the year
1869, some months before the opening of the Canal. It is important
to note this as showing that their establishment in the Red Sea was
not of recent date. Before expressing any opinion with regard to
the accuracy of some of Mr. Cooke’s identifications, it was necessary
for me to study the specimens themselves, and consequently [
applied to Dr. Sharp of the Cambridge Museum, where the Mac-
Andrew collection is preserved, and I have to acknowledge his
kindness in forwarding all the specimens I required, and I have
also to thank Mr. Cooke for kindly looking them out for
transmission.
The following is the result of my examination :—
1. CeriTaHr1um (PIRENELLA) MAMMILLATUM, Risso.
(= caillaudi, Pot. & Mich.)
Nearly all the Suez specimens, which may be referred toa strongly
marked variety of this species, have a peculiar facies. They have
two distinct rows of granules on the upper whorls, whereas in
Mediterranean specimens there are mostly three or more, and in
these the granules are smaller than in the Red-Sea specimens. In
the Museum we have three specimens from Bombay * which are
more like the Mediterranean form than that from Suez.
In discussing the marine fauna of any particular sea, it is hardly
correct to include the genera Cerithidea and Leuconia, the former an
estuarine form and the latter an amphibious Pulmonate. Now the
distribution of some of these estuarine species is most remarkable,
and so unaccountable, that I think the occurrence of two forms in
some parts of the Mediterranean and the Red Sea hardly bears
upon the subject of distribution in question. An instance of this
unaccountable distribution has lately come to my notice which may
fittingly be recorded here: I refer to Nerttina crepidularia. This
unmistakable species is known from the mouth of the Ganges, from
Pondicherry, Tranquebar, Ceylon, Mergui, Singapore, the Dutca
Indian Islands, Philippines, Japan, Persian Gulf, and lastly from the
Gold Coast, West Africa, where living specimens were collected by
Mr. R. Austen Freeman and presented to the British Museum.
2. EMARGINULA ELONGATA, Costa.
The specimen kindly sent me for inspection I certainly consider
distinct trom the above species. It bears a close resemblance to it
in general appearance, and without close examination one would not
1 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1886, vol. xviii. p. 394.
2 Cerithidea bombayana, Sowerby, Con. Icon. sp. 24. Badly described and
figured.
392 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
recognize the differences which distinguish it. It is a trifle shorter
and higher than the Mediterranean form, but chiefly differs in the
sculpture. The cancellation is coarser, the radiating ribs are
peculiarly and closely imbricately squamate and thicker, and the
filled-up portion of the slit is less prominent. These may be
regarded by some people as varietal characters, but in answer to
this I would remark that if we unite as one species forms from
different seas as distinct as those from the Mediterranean and Red
Sea, we should be compelled to include others also, such as E. micans,
A. Ad., from Torres Straits, and HF. candida, A. Ad., from Adelaide,
both of which have certain points of resemblance to EZ. elongata and
to each other, but which still are fairly recognizabie as distinct
species.
3. CHITON sIcULUS, Gray.
(=C. affinis, Issel.)
C. affinis, Issel, may be regarded as a strongly marked form of
the Mediterranean species. There is also a species found in New
Zealand, C. sicu/oides, Cpr. MSS.=C. @reus, Reeve, which is also
inseparable. C. muricatus, A. Adains, from Sydney, and C. stangeri,
Reeve, =C. insculptus, A. Ad., from New Zealand, are likewise very
similar.
4. Curronw (ACANTHOCHITES) DISCREPANS, Brown.
I cannot separate C. scutiger, Ad. & Reeve., Corean Archipelago,
and C. carinatus, A. Ad. & Angas, from Port Jackson, from
this species.
5. VoLVULA aCuMINATA (Brug.).
The two specimens obtained by Mr. MacAndrew are more slender
than this species and agree in form with V. angustuta, A. Adams,
from the Philippine Islands, and V. cylindrica, Smith, from
Whydah, West Africa, which apparently is the same species.
6. PHitine aperta (L.).
P. orientalis, A. Adams, and P. angasi, Crosse, both Austra-
Jian, are inseparable from this species, which also occurs at Natal
(Cooke).
7. (Leuconta DENTICULATA, Mont.)
Not considered.
8. PecTen varius, Linn.
Mr. MacAndrew collected three specimens which he considered
belonged to this species. Of these Mr. Cooke! informs us that one
is undoubtedly a worn shell of P. senatorius, Gmel. This I fully
' Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1886, vol. xvii. p. 134.
1891.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 393
admit. With regard to the two others he observes :—“ I quite agree
that they are undistinguishable from the common varius of our
coasts. Even M. Fischer, who only finds three species common to
the Mediterranean and Red Sea, admits as much (Journ. de Couch.
1871, p. 225).”
‘Having most carefully studied the two shells referred to (only 13
millims. in length!), I have no hesitation in pronouncing them
young examples of P. senatorius. One of them distinctly exhibits
the red curved lines upon the ribs which are so characteristic of
typical specimens of this species, and which are chiefly visible upon
the pale blotches which variegate the surface. The second specimen
agrees with the others in all respects excepting colour. It is of an
orange tint, varied with obscure pale markings.
With regard to the latter portion of Mr. Cooke’s comment I may
point out that M. Fischer should not be accredited with the view
that ‘‘ only three species are common to the Mediterranean and the
Red Sea.”’ He is only reviewing a paper by MacAndrew and
states “‘7/ n’en a trouvé que 3 identiques.”
9. Lima rnFiatTa, Chemn.
Only a few valves have as yet been quoted from Suez. This
species also occurs at the Philippines, for specimens from this
locality exist in the British Museum. Another Mediterranean
species, L. sguamosa, has been shown’ to have a world-wide range.
L. rotundata, Sowerby, from South Africa may be regarded as a
variety of the present species.
10. SponpyLus G&DEROPUS, Linn.
Mr. Cooke considers this species synonymous with S. aculeatus,
Chemn.! He remarks :—“ Itis perhaps from want of critical power
that I am quite unable to separate these specimens [correctly
identified by MacAndrew with S. aculeatus, Chemn.]| from the
well-known Mediterranean gederopus, Lam.” * This sentence is
hardly comprehensible, for if there is one species in the genus
Spondylus more easy of recognition than any other, it is S. gederopus.
This is not the place to discuss the differences which separate
this species and S. aculeatus, but I would remark they are so
obvious that I cannot imagine any conchologist failing to perceive
them.
S. aculeatus is quoted from the Red Sea by Chemnitz; it is
common in the Gulf of Suez (Vaillant) and it is also known from
the Gulf of Akaba (Arconati) and Mauritius (MacAndrew).
11. MopIoLaRIA MARMORATA, Forbes.
(=cenobita, Vaill.)
The shells from Suez, specimens of which are before me, presented
1 Lischke, Japan. Meer. Conch. vol. i. p. 162; Smith, ‘ Challenger’ Lamelli-
branchiata, p. 287.
? Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1886, vol. xvii. p. 136.
394 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
to the British Museum by Mr. MacAndrew, certainly are like
M. marmorata, but more profusely ornamented with colour-markings
than the Mediterranean form.
If we unite these two so-called species, we must also include
M. cuneata, Gould, from the Cape of Good Hope’, and J. cuming-
iana, Dunker, from Australia and the Red Sea; the former *‘ differing
chiefly [from marmorata] in being of a brownish or rosy colour
instead of pale green’? (Gould)?, and the latter being of larger
dimensions and somewhat more coarsely sculptured than normal
specimens of marmorata.
However, I believe those forms, at all events three of them
(M. cuneata I am doubtful about), are quite recognizable and may
therefore be left separate.
12. Arca LACTEA, Linn.
This species ranges as far north as Great Britain; it occurs in
the Mediterranean and along the West Coast of Africa ; it is recorded
from Port Elizabeth by Sowerby, and from the Natal Coast by
Krauss (specimens from the latter locality are in the British Museum) ;
and, finally, Mr. Cooke remarks that it “ occurs in the Philippines
in a form precisely identical with that found at Suez.”
13. VENERUPIS IRUS, Linn.
(=macrophylla, Desh. &e.)
V. macrophylla and V. irus are certainly identical. The former
was originally described from the Philippine Islands, and has since
been quoted from the Persian Gulf (MacAndrew) and Aden
(Jousseaume, and Yerbury Coll.).
14, Perricoxta LitHoPHaca, Retzius.
(=hemprichii, Issel.)
Doubtless Mr. Cooke is right in considering these two names
as belonging to one and the same species, and I fully admit the
correctness of his supposition that P. chinensis, Deshayes, and
P. bipartita of the same author, respectively from the China Sea and
the Philippine Islands, are merely slight variations also. They had
previously been considered synonymous with P. lithophaga by Tryon
(Amer. J. Conch. vii. p. 257), who also, rightly I think, includes
P. typica, Jonas, which has been recorded from South Africa by
Sowerby (Journ. of Conch. vol. vi. p. 157).
The MacAndrew specimens are exactly like the form dipartita.
Jousseaume quotes this species, as P. hemprichi, from Aden.
1 A specimen obtained by the ‘Challenger’ at Port Jackson more resembles
MM. marmorata than M, cenobita.
2 Gould states that bis species, like P. marmorata and P. cewnobita, occurs
“imbedded in the test of a large Ascidian,” a fact of which Mr. Cooke seems to
have been unaware.
1891.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 395
15. TELLINA BALAUSTINA, Poli.
(=isseli, H. Ad.)
“* Quite undistinguishable from balaustina, Poli. I have examined
large series of each without detecting any difference’ (Cooke). On
the contrary, H. Adams (P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 790), who had ample or
the same material before him, observes of his 7’. isseli :—‘‘ This species
very much resembles 7’. balaustina, Linn., but the posterior side is
somewhat more angulated, and the concentric striee, which are less
numerous, are much stronger.” These points of difference certainly
do exist in the specimens from Suez, and I also notice that the form
is rounder and the hinge-teeth proportionally stronger. I am
therefore at present inclined to regard these two forms sufficiently
specifically distinct.
16. GasTROCHANA DUBIA, Penn.
(=riippellii, Desh.)
This species undoubtedly occurs in the Red Sea (riippellii), at
Singapore (¢distincta, Desh.), and the Philippines (Jamellosa, Desh.).
On comparing the types of the three Deshayesian species with
specimens of G. dubia, I fail to discover any essential differences.
17. ? PHowas pactyyus, L.
(=erythrea, Gray.)
Of this species (erythr@a) Mr. Cooke writes—‘“‘ It seems very
doubtful whether the type shell at the Brit. Mus., from which this’
has been named, is anything more than dactylus, L.”’” Now Gray
correctly described his species as a Barnea, and this alone should
have been sufficient to indicate its distinctness from P. dactylus. I
have examined the types (two valves) of erythrea and find that they
are identical with B. manillensis of Philippi from the Philippine
Islands. We may therefore dismiss from our minds the notion that
P. dactylus occurs in the Red Sea.
A perusal of the above observations shows that three of Mr.
Cooke’s identifications I regard as entirely erroneous, namely :—
1. Pecten varius should be P. senatorius.
2. Spondylus gederopus ,, S. aculeatus.
3. Pholas dactylus ig Barnea manillensis.
Four species, although closely resembling Mediterranean forms, I
regard as sufficiently distinct for specific separation, viz.—
1. Emarginula elongata should be £. sp. nov.
2. Volvula acuminata = V. angustata.
3. Modiolaria marmorata ,, M. cenobita.
4. Tellina balaustina oe T. isseli.
‘ MacAndrew’s one valve.
396 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
The remaining eight species‘ are evidently correctly assigned :—
1. Chiton siculus.
2 » adiscrepans.
3. Philine aperta.
4. Lima inflata.
5. Area lactea.
6. Venerupis irus.
7. Petricola lithophaga.
8. Gastrochena dubia.
The subject of the relationship of the Faunas of the Mediterranean
and Red Seas is most attractive, and has been more or less fully
discussed by R. A. Philippi, Paul Fischer, R. MacAndrew, A. Issel,
and A. H. Cooke.
Certain species have been regarded by some of these authors as.
common to the two seas, and it has been conjectured by them that
an intermingling of the faunas of these seas has occurred in past
ages when a junction of their waters apparently existed. Species
which are commonly regarded as Mediterranean, and which occur
in the Gulf of Suez, are supposed to have gradually migrated south-
ward, and, when the two seas became separated, to have established
themselves as permanent inhabitants of the warmer waters.
Now, after a careful study of the geographical distribution of these
species, finding that all exist also far east in the Indian Ocean,
having a much greater range in this direction than through the
Mediterranean and some distance into the Atlantic, and considering
the Indo-Pacific character of the Red-Sea fauna, it seems to me
equally or more reasonable to suppose that the Mediterranean
specimens were derived from a Red-Sea source than vice versd. It
may be urged in opposition to this theory, how is it that such and
such species have been found at Suez only, and at no other part of
the Red Sea? The answer to this is simply, that the shores of the
Red Sea have only been cursorily examined in a few places, and I
fully anticipate that, whenever other more southern parts have been
as well investigated as the Gulf of Suez, most of these species will
be met with. Already two out of the eight have been recorded as
far south as Assab.
Geographical distribution of species is such an enigma in many
cases that one feels reluctance in launching forth any theory
whatever. Some species, as far as our present knowledge of them
extends, appear to have an almost unlimited range; whilst, on the
contrary, other allied forms seem to be equally restricted. As
examples, I may instance Arca lacteu and A. olivacea. The former
little species ranges through the Mediterranean into the Atlantic as
far north as this country, southward along the West Coast of Africa
past the Atlantic Islands to Ascension Island, on to the Cape of
1 The estuarine forms Cerithium mammillatum and Leuconia denticulata are
not taken into account, as the subject under consideration isthe relationship of
the Marine faunas of the two seas. Vide remarks upon the former previously
given.
1891.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 397
Good Hope and Natal, and finally it is known from the Red Sea and
Philippine Islands. The other species, A. olivacea, the distribution
of which, as far as we know, is as limited as that of A. lactea is
extensive, has at present only been recorded from the Philippines.
I could multiply cases of this kind, but the one mentioned is
sufficient to demonstrate the unaccountable difference in the dis-
tribution of allied forms. There seems to be an unfathomable
something in their nature which permits the one to live under very
varied conditions, in temperatures greatly differing, and in waters
of which the chemical composition is dissimilar, and on the other
hand which does not allow the other to exist excepting under special
and limited conditions. It is so in the vegetable kingdom. Do we
not find some plants which will grow almost anywhere, in all kinds of
soil, whereas to others existence appears to be possible only amid
very special surroundings? Being cognisant of such facts as these,
it is with much diffidence that I have suggested the migration, so to
speak, of the species in question, or some of them at least, from the
Red Sea into the Mediterranean. However, taking all points into
consideration, I think this supposition is likely to be as correct as the
view usually entertained.
Some support to this theory is derived from a study of the
emigration of species from the Red Sea to the Mediterranean and
vice versd since the opening of the Suez Canal. From the reports
upon this subject by Fuchs’, Keller*, Krukenberg’, and others, it is
evident that there is a greater pilgrimage taking place northward
than towards the south, and this, to some extent, is possibly attri-
butable to the movement of the current from the Red Sea to the
Bitter Lakes being faster than that from the Mediterranean southward,
for there is a flow in both directions, owing to the great evaporation
in the Bitter Lakes. At present two Red Sea forms, Mytilus variabilis
and Mactra olorina, have been taken living at or near Port Said; on
the contrary, no Mediterranean species has as yet got through to
Suez, but Cardium edule (if correctly identified) is said to have
almost reached there. Although certain species may extend north-
ward and to the south, it yet remains to be seen if they become
modified to any extent, supposing the altered temperature and
chemical composition of the water into which they may have
migrated permit their race to be perpetuated.
I can well imagine that eventually it will be found that all the
rest of the species have as wide and very nearly the same distribution
as Arca lactea, and therefore the possibility is suggested that their
presence in the Mediterranean may have originated from the
Atlantic end and not from the eastern or Red Sea extremity.
Suggestive of this is the fact that specimens of the same species from
the Atlantic Islands (Madeira, Canaries &c.) and the Mediterranean
are absolutely identical, whereas, in some instances at all events, in
the Red Sea equivalents some slight modifications are noticeable.
1 Die geologische Beschaffenheit der Landenge yon Suez. Wien, 1877.
2 Neue Denkschrift. allgem. Schweiz. Gesellsch. 1883, vol. xxviii. pt. 3,
3 Vergl.-physiolog. Studien, 1888, 2nd ser., 5th part, 1st half.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XXVII. 27
398 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
The following table also lends some support to this proposition.
It will be noticed that, starting from Australia* and the Philippine
Islands, all are found in the Red Sea, four at the Cape, one has been
recorded from St Helena, one from Ascension, six from the Atlantic
Islands, and all in the Mediterranean.
5
w ; Pare Siac he =
Eel selee eabeul sere | 5
Name of species. at a St SP eS PRS aS)
P Gs} ot n .=) o
Fol 2|ealelsi|sials
> 4 SH as =
22|/milo}< SP eset
sera ety o : ws QD ~ =)
4+ /R |S lalaida/sala
CHAO, SETHIIS.ysponponncoboce seen * * *
Ry GISORG RDS aston adoeacnneco: % * *
Philine aperta. ....2..c0c-s0sceneoes * se || * | *
LUGE A TEEOD cocennnesnchosenneesn00. sie fl) COMA * | x
ARE UIGTATE ‘cemoocacencoocecesoesees : * | * x | * | x
VICHETUTIS OPUS nts dan sae nan nee sea secu | ae ana * | *
Petricola lithophaga ...........+4+- * | * | * * | *
Gastrochena dubia .........00000+ * | x * * | *
It is quite possible that most of these species may have been
earried across the Indian Ocean” to the Cape in various states of
development, for we know that a very large quantity of pumice
thrown into the sea during the eruption of Krakatoa in 1883 was
drifted in that direction, indicating the course likely to be taken by
larval and pelagic forms or even by adult organisms (like the last
five of the above species) if attached by a byssus to, or burrowing
into, floating substances like pumice. Passing the Cape they may
have extended up the West-African side of the Atlantic past the
Atlantic Islands *, and so on into the Mediterranean, at the entrance
of which at Gibraltar, the main strong surface current is from the
Atlantic eastward, which would of course be favourable to the influx
of species from that sea.
As I have before stated, this is all mere conjecture, and we have
to assume a starting-point somewhere in the East, for which we have
no grounds. The proposition that species common to the Red Sea
and the Mediterranean may have originated in the Hast, holds good
also in regard to three of the four species which I consider sufficiently
different from the Mediterranean species to be regarded as distinct.
Even if we consider them practically identical, as Mr. Cooke does,
1 Huthria cornea was recorded from New Caledonia by Brazier in 1889, and
the ‘ Challenger’ dredged off Sydney about 10 species of Mollusca which are
inseparable from N. Atlantic forms.
2 We conjecture that the ocean-currents took the same direction in bygone
days: what grounds have we for this?
8 Vide my reports on the Mollusca of St. Helena and Ascension Island
(P. Z. 8. 1890, pp. 247, 317).
1891. ] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 399
we find that they have as near representatives in the Indo-Pacific.
In the case of the fourth species, Tellina isseli, I am not aware that
it has been found anywhere except in the Gulf of Suez, a fact which
to some extent confirms its distinctness from the Mediterranean
T. balaustina, considering that all the other species common to the
two seas have an enormous distribution.
In the foregoing observations no reference has been made to the
light which Paleontology may throw upon the subject of distribution
of the species in question. It is true that most of them are found
fossil in the Miocene, Pliocene, and other Tertiary rocks of Italy,
Sicily, &c., a fact which would seem to indicate a long establishment
in the northern hemisphere. On the other hand, a number of recent
Mediterranean and Atlantic torms have already been recorded from
the Tertiary deposits of Australia’ ; and we may therefore conjecture
that when the Paleontology of Australia and other eastern countries
has been more fully worked out, many more so-called European
species will be discovered. Such being the case, I fail to perceive
that the evidence afforded by Palzeontology lends more support to
any one of the theories of distribution set forth than to another.
Probably all are wrong.
List of the Yerbury and Baynham Collections of Shells
from Aden.
I. GASTROPODA.
1. Conus SUMATRENSIs, Hwass.
Hab. Red Sea (Reeve & others). Gulf of Akaba (Brit. Mus.) ;
Aden (Caramagna).
2. Conus CAPITANEUS, Linn.
Hab. Ceylon, Philippines, Australia, New Caledonia, Polynesia,
Mauritius. Andaman Is. (Brit. Mus.).
3. Conus RaTTUsS, Hwass.
Hab. Red Sea, Ceylon, New Caledonia, Tahiti, &c. Islands of
Rodriguez and Annaa (Brit. Mus.).
4. Conus TESsELLATUS, Born.
Hab. Red Sea, Persian Gulf, Ceylon, Mozambique, Mauritius,
Philippies, New Caledonia, Polynesia. Island of Rodriguez,
Torres Straits, Fiji Islands (Brit. Mus.) ; Aden (Caramagna).
5. Conus QUERCINUS, Hwass.
Hab. Red Sea, E. Africa, Mauritius, Ceylon, Philippines, Viti
Islands, Sandwich Islands, New Caledonia, Friendly Islands.
Some adult specimens 80 millimetres long, obtained by Major
Yerbury, are entirely without the spiral thread-like lines which
occur in young shells. They are covered with a very thick fibrous
or spongy epidermis.
1 R. Etheridge, jun., Cat. Australian Fossils, aes
/
400 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
6. Conus BeTutinus, Linn.
Hab. ¥. Africa, Isle of Bourbon, Ceylon, Java, China, Philippines.
Aden (Caramagna).
I do not agree with Tryon’ in considering C. suratensis a variety
of this species.
7. Conus striatus, Linn.
Hab. Red Sea, E. Africa, Ceylon, Cochin China, Philippines,
Australia, New Caledonia, Viti Islands. Amirantes, Solomon
Islands, Island of Annaa (Brit. Mus.).
8. Conus GENERALIS, var.
Hab. Red Sea, Ceylon, E. Africa, Philippines, New Caledonia, &c.
C. maldivus, Hwass, C. monile, Hwass, and C. bayani, Jousseaume,
should, I think, be considered varieties of this species, and C. spzro-
glovus, Deshayes, appears to be the young of it. One of the
specimens from Aden is like Reeve’s figure of C. monile (Con. Icon.
f. 61), but the transverse lines are not interrupted and very much
finer and thread-like. A second young example has equally fine
lines, but they are interrupted and consequently form series of dots.
9. Conus aCUMINATUS, Hwass.
Hab. Red Sea.
C. insignis and C. multicatenatus, Sowerby, belong to this species.
The latter is placed by Tryon among the synonyms of C. aplustre,
Reeve. Having Sowerby’s type in the Museum, I am able to state
that it bears no relationship to that species.
10. Conus VIRGO, var. THOMASI, Sow.
Hab. Red Sea, E. Africa, Ceylon, Amboina, Java, Philippines,
New Caledonia, Polynesia. Fiji, Tongatabu (Brit. Mus.); Aden
(Caramagna). Only the variety (thomasi) is among the Aden
shells.
11. Conus FLAvipvus, Lamarck.
Hab. Red Sea, Persian Gulf, E. Africa, Ceylon, Java, Australia,
New Caledonia, Polynesia. Mozambique, Island of Rodriguez,
Torres Straits, Solomon Islands, Fiji and Tonga Islands (Brit. Mus.).
12. Conus 1nscriptus, Reeve.
Hab. Red Sea.
C. keatii, Sowerby, from the Seychelles Islands, which apparently
is only a variety of this species, has the spire slightly tabulated and
the tops of the whorls have more numerous spiral striz. One of
the six specimens from Aden possesses these characteristics.
13. Conus LINEATUs, Chemnitz.
Hab. Red Sea, East Africa, Ceylon, Philippines, Australia, New
Caledonia. Andaman Is. (Brit. Mus.).
1 Man. Conch. vol. vi. p. 16.
1891. ] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 401
The shell described by Crosse under the name of C. mirmillo is
not allied to this species, with which it is united by Tryon (Man.
Con. vi. 44), but should be regarded as a form of C. vulpinus.
14. Conus CATUS, var.
Conus coffea, Gmelin, is probably the same as this species.
C. discrepans, Sowerby, also appears to be a variety ; and C. adansonii,
Reeve, and C. nigropunctatus, Sowerby, may be regarded in the
same light.
The specimens from Aden belong to the var. adansoni.
Hab. Red Sea, Mauritius, Java, China, New Caledonia, Polynesia.
Gulf of Akaba (Brit. Mus.).
15. Conus ERYTHRZENSIs, Beck.
Hab. Red Sea.
With this species may be united C. piperatus, Reeve (non
Dillwyn), C. hamilli, Crosse, C. dillwynit, Reeve, C. induratus,
Reeve, C. adustus, Sowerby, and C. quadratomaculatus, Sowerby.
16. Conus TRAVERSIANUS, Smith.
Conus traverstanus, Smith, Quarterly Journ. Conch. vol. 1. p. 107,
woodcut ; Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. v. p. 263, pl. 511. f. 719.
The locality of this species has hitherto remained unknown. The
two specimens from Aden answer in every respect my original
description. The spire, as conjectured, consists of ten whorls,
which are slightly turreted. Mr. Sowerby’s figure gives but a poor
idea of the beauty of this shell, the form being not sufficiently
tapering anteriorly, the aperture too narrow, the transverse articu-
lated lines are not indicated, and the blotched bands are not correctly
laced.
: The figure in the ‘ Quarterly Journal of Conchology’ represents
the bands more accurately as regards position, but apparently they
are generally more blotchy and broken up. The whorls of the spire
also are slightly elevated one above the other, producing a turreted
appearance.
A specimen from Amboina has recently been presented to the
Museum by Mrs. Parkinson.
17. Conus ADENENSIS. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 1.)
Testa elongato-turbinata, alba, seriebus macularum subquadratarum
transversis, ef zonis duabus aurantio-fuscis (altera supra altera
medium infra) cincta, transversim sulcata; interstitia plus
minus tuberculata ; spira breviter conica, leviter concava,
aurantio-fusca maculata; anfractus 12-13, levissime turrite,
infra suturam marginati, declives, lirulis tenuibus spiralibus
ornati; apertura angusta, intus alba.
Longit 48 millim., diam. maj. 214.
The colour and disposition of the markings are similar to those of
C. planiliratus, Sowerby, from the China Sea, but the form is
different, especially as regards the spire. It is a little more elevated
402 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
and not nearly so concave. The upper normal whorls in the
Chinese species are turreted and prettily -coronated or tuberculated
at the angle, and the revolving sculpture of the spire is rather
stronger than in the present species, which does not exhibit any
coronation above. The tuberculation upon the transverse ridges of
the lower two-thirds of the body-whorl is also a good distinguishing
feature.
Kiener’s figure of C. recurvus (Coq. Viv. pl. 97. f. 4), if the out-
lines of the spire were the slightest less concave, would exactly
represent the form of this species.
1&8. Conus armatus, Hwass.
Hab. Red Sea, East Africa, Ceylon, Philippines, New Caledonia,
Viti Islands, Samoa Islands. Amirantes (Brit. Mus.); Aden
(Caramagna).
19. Conus THNIATUS, Hwass.
Hab. Red Sea, Ceylon, China, Singapore.
20. Conus MINIMUs (auct.).
Hab. Natal, Andaman Islands, China, Philippines, Port Essington,
New Caledonia (Brit. Mus.) ; Aden (Caramagna).
21. Conus CEYLANENSIS, Hwass.
Hab. Red Sea, Ceylon, Mauritius, Andaman Islands, Island of
Rodriguez.
These are localities for the typical form of this species.
22. Conus cuviERI, Crosse.
Hab. Red Sea (Brit. Mus.).
Tryon’ could never have seen this species or he would not have
placed it as a variety of C. cervus, with which it has no relationship.
Weinkauff’, in comparing it with C. tulipa and C. geographus, has
indicated its true affinity.
The locality ‘“‘Swan River,’ which has been quoted for this
species, requires confirmation.
23. Conus TEXTILE, Linn.
Hab. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Philippines, Polynesia. Aden
(Caramagna).
With this species I am inclined to unite the following as varieties: —
C. vicarius, Lamarck, C. verriculum, Reeve, C. textilina, Kiener,
C. tigrinus, Sowerby, C. corbula, Sowerby, C. scriptus, Sowerby,
C. panniculus, Lamarck, C. canonicus, Hwass, C. rubescens, Bonnet,
C. legatus, Lamarck, C. musivum, Broderip, C. paulucciea, Sowerby,
C. condensus, Sowerby, C. archiepiscopus, Hwass, C. abbas, Hwass.
Great as is the difference in many respects between the extreme
forms; still I find it impossible to discover any permanent distinctions,
1 Man. Conch. vi. p. 87.
2 Conch.-Cab., Monogr. Conus, p. 521.
1891. ] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 403
when a very large series of specimens is examined, which will
separate any of these so-called species from the rest.
Sowerby (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, p. 120), on the other hand,
observes “‘ having had exceptional opportunities, from time to time,
of examining large numbers of specimens of all the varieties, I
continue to regard these last (C. abdas, C. panniculus, C. legatus,
&c.) as species.”
24, Conus NUSSATELLA, Linn.
Hab. Red Sea, East Africa, Ceylon, Java, Philippines, N. Aus-
tralia, New Caledonia, Polynesia.
25. TEREBRA TESSELLATA, Gray.
Hab. Pidang, Sumatra.
This species is quite distinct from T. ligata, Hinds, with which
it is united by Tryon’. It is, however, identical with 7’. decorata,
Deshayes. Having the types of the three so-called species in the
Museum, I can speak with certainty upon the subject.
The specimens from Aden show that this species attains to much
larger dimensions than those already quoted, the largest example
having a length of 55 millimetres.
26. TEREBRA LAMARCKII, Kiener.
Hab. Zanzibar ; Aden? (Jousseaume as duplicata).
This species is considered by Tryon and Reeve a variety of
T. duplicata, Linné. The style of coloration, however, is very
peculiar, and the longitudinal striz are farther apart. I prefer
therefore, not having as yet met with intermediate forms, to regard
them as distinct species.
27. TeresBra (IMpaGes) CZRULESCENS, Lamarck.
Hab. Red Sea, Mauritius, Philippines, Australia, Polynesia.
28. PLEUROTOMA VIOLACEA, Hinds, var.
Hab. Red Sea, Persian Gulf, Japan, Philippines, New Guinea,
New Zealand, Australia.
The specimens from Aden are unusually large, measuring as
much as 27 millimetres in length and 9 in diameter. They do
not belong to the typical lilac form, but are of a very light brownish
tint with white spiral ridges, one of which is more conspicuous than
the rest.
29. PuevROTOMA (SURCULA) CATENA, Reeve.
This species, the habitat of which was hitherto unknown, is well
distinguished by the oblique white tubercles on the middle of the
whorls with brownish spots between them. They become obsolete
on the body-whorl, which is ornamented with oblique streaks and
1 Man. Conch. vol. vii. p. 26.
404 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
spots of a brownish tint. The extremity of the canal is stained with
a darker tint. The upper part of the whorl is divided off by an
impressed line forming an infra-sutural convex band which is more
or less nodose.
This is an extremely rare species, the type in the British Museum
being the only specimen previously recorded, and a single example
only was obtained by Major Yerbury.
30. Prevrotoma (DriuwtA’) vireinta, Beck.
Hab. Mouth of the Gambia (Reeve).
In the British Museum are four specimens from Bombay, presented
by W. T. Blanford, Esq., which agree precisely with Reeve’s figure
and description.
Pl. tuberculata, Gray, very closely resembles this species, but the
canal appears slightly longer. Tryon’, in carrying out his system
of “Jumping,” unites with Clavatula muricata this and several other
species, which in my opinion should be kept separate.
31. Prevroroma (DrILiiA) BAYNHAMI. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 2.)
Testa fusiformis, turrita, dilute flavo-fuscescens, pone costas fusco
tincta ; anfractus 12, primi duo leves, globosi, subpellucidi,
ceteri supra medium concavi, inferne convexi, infra suturam
marginati, costis longitudinalibus supra medium evanidis (in
anfract. penultimo 9-10) instructi, lirisque spiralibus tenuibus
albis ornati; anfr. ultimus inferne angustatus, pone labrum
varice magno convexo instructus, costis inferne attenuatis et
fiexuosis ornatus ; apertura longit. totius 2 fere equans, intus
livida ; columella vix arcuata, callo tenui superne tuberculo
parvo munito induta; sinus haud profundus, mediocriter latus.
Longit. 29 millim., diam. 9; apertura 115 longa, 35 lata.
Like Drillia suturalis, Gray, this species has a raised fillet at the
suture; but it may be distinguished by its shorter body-whorl, its
more pronounced coste, and the difference of colour. The coste
become obsolete a little above the middle of the whorls where the
concavity commences, and, being traversed by a distinct white spiral
thread, have a somewhat angulated appearance.
32. Murex scotopax, Dillwyn.
Hab. Red Sea, Persian Gulf; Aden (Caramagna).
Tryon has united with this species J. occa, Sowerby, and WM.
macgillivrayt, Dohrn, two forms which in my opinion are very
different.
33. Murex TERNISPINA, Lamarck.
Hab. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, China, Philippines, Japan.
I am inclined to believe with Tryon that MW. aduncospinosus is
the same as this species, but I think MW. martinianus and M. troscheli
should be kept distinct.
1 Man. Conch. vol. vi. p. 229.
1891. ] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 405
34. Murex HAUSTELLUM, Linn.
Hab. Red Sea, Cvylon, Mauritius, China, Philippines. Aden
( Caramagna).
35. Murex (CaIcorevs) ANGULIFERUS, Lamarck.
Hab. Aden (Jousseaume), Red Sea, Persian Gulf, Indian Ocean,
Seychelles, Bourbon, Ceylon.
In Cuming’s collection is a shell, named M. lycacantha, Jonas
(not cyacantha as given by Sowerby and copied by Tryon), which
appears to be only a manuscript name. It evidently is the same as
M. anguliferus.
36. Murex (Cuicorevs) Ramosvs, Linn.
Hab. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Polynesia, &e.
37. MELONGENA PARADISIACA (MARTINI), Reeve.
Hab. Red Sea, Mozambique, Natal, Ceylon, Bourbon.
The epidermis of this species is quite velvety to the touch and is
covered with innumerable very short glossy hairs, disposed in longi-
tudinal series upon the lines of growth; they are invisible to the
naked eye. The operculum is unguiculate, more than twice as long
as broad, strong, thickened underneath along the outer margin, and
has the nucleus terminal.
38. PISANIA TRITONOIDES (Reeve).
Buccinum tritonoides, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. iii. pl. x. f. 77.
Hab. Philippine Islands.
I cannot agree with Tryon in considering this species a variety of
P. ignea, Gmelin. The differences of form, colour, and sculpture
are, I think, sufficient to separate them.
39. TRITONIDEA UNDOSA (Linné), var.
Hab. Malacca, Australia, Philippines, Viti, Paumotus, Society
Islands.
This species varies considerably in size. The specimens from
Aden are very small in comparison with the shell figured by Reeve’
from the Philippines, being only 22 millimetres in length. They
differ also in the absence of the yellow margin to the aperture.
40. COLUMBELLA PROPINQUA. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 3.)
Testa acuminata, ovata, solida, olivacea, interdum aurantia, guttis
et maculis albis fusco marginatis variegata; anfractus 8, con-
_ vexiusculi, leves vel obsolete spiraliter striati, ultimus basim
versus distinctius transversim striatus ; spira brevis, leviter
concave acuminata; apertura albida vel pallide cerulea,
angusta, longitudinis totius 3 adequans ; labrum extus paulo
incrassatum, intus denticulatum, denticulis medianis paucis
ceteris majoribus ; columella callo tenui induta.
Longit. 164 millim., diam. 9.
This species is very lke C. vulpecula, Sowerby, but differs in
1 Con. Icon. vol. iii. Buccinum, pl. viti. fig. 55.
406 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
colour and slightly in form. The labrum in that species is white
within and without, and much more strongly transversely striated
externally than in the present species. The latter also is a stouter
shell, broader across the body-whorl at the shoulder, and consequently
the spire is much more acuminate. C. fabula, Sowerby, and C.
pardalina, Lamarck, are also allied species.
41. CoLUMBELLA (ANACHIS) MISERA, Sowerby.
Hab. Andaman Islands, Japan, Sandwich Islands.
With this species Tryon (perhaps rightly) unites C. zebra, Gray,
and OC. pacifica, Gaskoin. A shell from the Andaman Islands
which I described (P. Z. S. 1878, pl. 50. f. 6) under the name C.
nigricosta, 1 now believe to be the same as C’. misera.
42, CoLUMBELLA (ConIDEA) FLAVA (Bruguicre).
Hab. Indian Ocean, Mauritius, Réunion, Seychelles, Singapore,
Japan, &e.
The Aden shells are of a purplish-brown colour variegated with
whitish dots and wavy streaks. The inner dentate portion of the |
labrum and the columella, with the exception of the upper part
which is white, are rose-purple. The epidermis has a somewhat
silky appearance and is disposed in longitudinal close-set shreds.
43. Enorna (PusiosromA) MENDICARIA (Linné).
Hab. Red Sea, Zanzibar, Mauritius, Madagascar, Amirantes,
Philippines, Australia, Polynesia. Gulf of Akaba, Christmas Island,
Mergui Archipelago, Solomon Islands (Brit. Mus.).
44, EBURNA VALENTIANA, Swainson.
Hab. Red Sea and Persian Gulf. Aden (Jousseaume).
This is not the Wassa molliana of Chemnitz as supposed by
Sowerby ‘and Tryon*. Chemnitz describes his species in the fourth
volume of the ‘ Conchylien-Cabinet,’ pp. 15-18, and figures it on
pl. 122. fig. 1119. The shell there depicted is the well-known £.
zeylanica. Sowerby evidently never read Chemnitz’s text, but
appears to have been led into the error through Chemnitz having
inadvertently put the name Nassa molliana (p. 13) to figure 1118.
On page 6 it is referred correctly to figure 1119.
45. BULLIA MAURITIANA, Gray.
Hab. Madagascar (Gray); Aden (Caramagna).
I quite agree with Tryon in uniting B. grayi, Reeve, with this
species. The beautiful specimens collected at Aden by Major
Yerbury are of a livid colour, glossy, with the basal carina and the
aperture of a dark rich brown, and the spot at the termination of
the sutural callus is also deep brown. ‘The largest specimen is
52 millim. long, whilst the gigantic example referred to by Reeve
under B. grayi, which has been in the Museum fifty years, is 64
millim. in length.
1 Thesaurus Conch. vol. iii. p. 69. 2 Man. Conch. vol. iii. p. 213.
1891.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN, 407
46. Buxxiia (Leropomvus) LinEoxata (Wood).
1828. Buccinum lineolatum, Wood, Index Test. Suppl. p. 12,
pl. 4. f. 22.
1834. Buccinum politum (Deshayes from Lamarck), Bélanger’s
Voy. Indes Orientales, Zool. p. 431, pl. iii. ff. 1, 2.
1840-1850. Bucccinum bellangeri, Kiener, Coq. Viv. p. 34, pl. 14.
f. 48.
1846. Bullia belangeri, Kiener, Reeve, Con. Icon. pl. 1. f. 8 a—d.
Hab. Aracan, Ceylon.
I do not know the exact date of Kiener’s publication, but there is
no doubt that it appeared some years after Wood’s Index. Wood’s
type is in the British Museum.
47. Buta (Leropomus) TAHITENSIS (Gmelin).
Buccinum australe, Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. vol. x. p. 178.
Buccinum australe otaheitensi, id. |. c. p. 202, pl. 154. f. 1477.
Buecinum tahitense, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p. 3498; Wood, Index
Pest. p. 111, pl. 23. £. 109:
Bullia taheitensis (Gray, MSS.), Reeve, Conch. Icon. f. 11.
This species has not, I believe, been recorded from any special
locality of recent years, and the original habitat, ‘‘ Otaheite (Chem-
nitz),’ has not been confirmed. ‘The figure of this shell in Tryon’s
‘Manual’ is not worth quoting, the drawing being very bad and the
colour simply disgraceful ; in tact the colouring of the figures in the
whole of this volume (vol. iv.) is so utterly ridiculous that not the
slightest attention should be paid to it. Dabs of blue, smears of
pink, washes of green, &c., &c. seem to have been applied haphazard ;
indeed the production of a nursery would be as near reality.
48. Butxuia (LEIODOMUS) KURACHENSIS, Angas.
Bulla (Leiodomus) kurrachensis, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877,
p- 229, pl. 54. f. 6.
Bullia (Pseudostrombus) kurrachensis, Tryon, Man. Conch.
vol. iv. pl. 6. f. 90.
Hab. Kurrachee, N.W. coast of India.
Besides the type presented to the Museum by the late G. F.
Angas, Esq., there are three specimens also from Kurrachee in the
Cumingian Collection. The specimens from Aden are very pale
brown.
49, Nassa PULLUS (Linné).
Hab. Red Sea, Java, Philippines, Aden (Caramagna).
50. Nassa LENTIGINOSA, A. Adams.
Hab. Philippines.
With this species I would unite N. punctata, A. Adams, and
N. velata, Gould. It is considered by Tryon ‘ a form of NV. grandiosa,
! Man. Conch, yol. iv. pp. 34-5.
405 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
Hinds, with which species he unites a considerable number of what,
to my mind, are quite distinct species.
51. Nassa ALBEscENS, Dunker (var. FENESTRATA, Marrat).
Hab. Red Sea, India, Ceylon, Seychelles, Singapore (Brit. Mus.) ;
Mozambique, Philippines, Moreton Bay, Australia (Marrat).
The above are the localities for the variety fenestrata. I am not
sure that the shell figured by Reeve (Con. Icon. f. 100) is the same
species as that described by Dunker under the name albescens. The
latter is stated to be West-Indian, and although Reeve also quotes
West Indies, the specimen he figures was probably Australian, as it
agrees precisely with specimens in the Museum from that region.
52. Nassa coronata (Linn.).
Hab. Natal, E. Africa, Seychelles, Andaman Islands, Darnley
Island (Brit. Mus.). Other localities are Madagascar, Java,
Philippines, &e.
53. Nassa GEMMULATA, Lamarck, var.
Hab. Red Sea, Muscat, Japan, Philippines, Cape York, New
Guinea, Queensland. Aden (Caramagna).
The shells from Aden belong to the variety described by A.
Adams under the name of JV. verrucosa. They are considerably
larger than Adams’s type as figured by Reeve (Conch. Icon. f. 36).
54, NASSA FISSILABRIS, A. Adams.
Hab. Philippines.
This species is peculiar on account of the unusually distinct sinus
at the upper end of the labrum and for the development of the
callosity above it. It is perfectly distinct from IV. nodicostata
and crenolirata of A. Adams and albipunctata, Reeve, which are all
united by Tryon’, but which I consider separate well-defined species.
55. Puos roseatus, Hinds.
Hab. Philippines.
Only a single specimen was found by Major Yerbury.
56. RapaNA BULBOSA, Solander.
Hab, China, Japan, Philippines. Red Sea, Kurachee, Singapore
(Brit. Mus.).
57. PuRPURA RUDOLPHI, Lamarck.
Hab. Philippines, Natal.
58. Purpura HIPPOCASTANUM, Lamarck.
Hab. Red Sea, Seychelles, Amirantes, Mergui, Japan, Philip-
pines, N.E. Australia, Fiji, and New Zealand (Bri¢. Mus.).
Many other localities have been quoted for this species. The
synonymy given by Tryon (Man. Conch. vol. ii. p. 162) is so
ridiculous that it is beneath criticism.
1 Man. Conch. vol. iv. p. 40.
1891.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 409
59. PURPURA MANCINELLA (Linn.).
Hab. Philippines, Ceylon, Mergui, Amboina, Bay of Muscat.
P. echinata, Blainville, and P. egrota, Reeve, united by Tryon
(Man. Conch. vol. ii. p. 164) with this species are certainly distinct.
: 60. Purpura tTissort, Petit.
Purpura tissoti, Petit, Journ. de Conch. 1852, p. 163, pl. vil.
ff. 4 a—b.
Cantharus tissoti, Tryon, Man. Conch. ii. p. 164.
Pisania tissoti, id. op. cit. vol. il. p. 258.
Hab. Bombay (Petit § Brit. Mus.).
This species is a true Purpura, having the typical operculum of the
genus. It is most surprising that Tryon could see in it any relation-
ship to the genus Oantharus.
61. SisrRUM TUBERCULATUM (Blainville).
Hab. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Mozambique, Japan, N.E. Aus-
tralia, Solomon Islands, &e. (Brit. Mus.).
Other localities in the Indian and Pacific Oceans have been re-
corded (vide Smith, Voy ‘ Alert,’ p. 52).
62. SisrruM uNDATUM (Chemnitz).
Hab. Andaman Islands, Tranquebar, Singapore, West & N.W.
Australia, Louisiade Archipelago, China, Japan, New Caledonia, &c.
63. SIsTRUM FISCELLUM (Chemnitz).
Hab. Red Sea, Philippines. Natal and Polynesia (Cooke).
64. SisrruM CHRysOsTOMA (Deshayes).
Ricinula chrysostoma, Deshayes, Mag. de Zool. 1844, pl. 86.
Ricinula chrysostoma (part.), Tryon, Man. Conch. vol. ii. p. 191,
pl. 59. f. 283.
Hab. Red Sea (Deshayes). Indian Ocean, Philippines, Polynesia
(Cooke).
The Aden shells agree precisely with the Red Sea forms as
described by Deshayes.
65. SistruM ELATUM (Blainville).
Purpura elata, Blainville, Nouv. Ann. Mus. 1832, p. 207, pl. 11.
teil:
Ricinula elata, Reeve, Con. Icon. fig. 27 (is a small variety).
Ricinula spectrum, Reeve, |. c. fig. 19.
Hab. New Holland (Blainville). Philippines (Reeve). Red Sea
(Brit. Mus.).
The aperture of this species is described as white by Blainville
and Reeve. In several specimens in the Museum it is pale or deep
yellow.
410 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
66. CANCELLARIA MELANOSTOMA, Sowerby.
Hab. P
The locality of this species has not been recorded in any of the
monographs.
67. CANCELLARIA HYSTRIX, Reeve.
Hab. Mauritius.
Two specimens collected by Mr. Baynham have the two purplish
bands on the body-whorl much darker than Reeve’s type.
68, CANCELLARIA SCALARINA, Lamarck.
Hab. Isle de France (Kiener).
The specimen from Aden agrees very fairly with Kiener’s figure’
of this species. I am inelined to-think that the shell identified by
Sowerby ° as this species is correctly determined, although Crosse *
has held a different opinion.
69. Mirra GRANATINA, Lamarck.
Mitra granatina, Kiener, Coq. Viv. p. 16, pl. 4. f. 10.
Mitra scabriuscula, Reeve (? Voluta scabricula of Linn.), Con.
Icon. pl. 2. f. 35.
Hab. Philippines (Reeve); Viti Islands (Tryon).
70. Mirra FERRUGINEA, Lamarck.
Hab. Islands of Annaa and Taheite (Reeve).
The specimen from Aden has the form and sculpture of this
species as depicted by Reeve, but the brown colour is replaced with
bright red, like that of M. rubritincta, which, as suggested by
Tryon, is probably only a variety of this species.
71. Mirra scuTuLata, Lamarck.
Hab. Philippines, Mergui.
Two specimens from Aden are connecting-links between this
species and M. amphorella, Lamarck. They have the white zone at
the upper part of the whorls like the latter and variegated markings
like the former ; the impressed transverse fine lines are of a red tint,
and the whole surface is covered with a thin olivaceous epidermis.
79. Mirra LiTeRATA, Lamarck.
Hab. “ Red Sea, Java, Mauritius, S. Africa, Philippines, Poly-
nesia”’ (Tryon).
In the two specimens from Aden the rich brown colour predomi-
nates over the white.
73. TURRIS INTERMEDIA (Kiener).
Hab. Moluccas (Reeve); Madagascar (Kiener); Hast Coast of
Africa, Nicobar Islands, Ceylon, Malay Archipelago (Martens).
1 Tcon. Cog. Viv. pl. 5. f. 3.
2 Thes. Con. vol. ii. pl. 96. f. 88.
3 Journ. de Conch. 1861, vol. ix. p. 231.
1891.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 411
74, FASCIOLARIA TRAPEZIUM (Linné).
Hab. Mauritius, East Africa, Madagascar, Red Sea, Seychelles,
&e.; also Philippines, Java, China.
Common at Assab and Karaman, and eaten by the natives
(Caramagna).
75. Latirus poLtyGonus (Gmelin).
Hab. Massaua, Dahlak Island, and Suez in the Red Sea, Sey-
chelles, Mauritius, Philippines, Tonga Island, &c., and many parts
of the Indian and Pacific Ocean.
76. Latirus (PERISTERNIA) PAULUCCI#, Canefri.
Hab. Red Sea, Mauritius.
77. Latirus (PERISTERNIA) FORSKALI, Canefri.
Hab. Red Sea and Mauritius ; Mozambique (B.J/.).
78. Harpa vEnTRICcCOSA, Lamarck.
Hab. Many parts of the Indian Ocean, Philippine Islands ; Port
Curtis (Mus. Cuming).
79. Outva INFLATA, Lamarck.
Hab. Red Sea, Persian Gulf, Madagascar, Zanzibar, Mauritius,
Réunion, Seychelles, Ceylon.
80. ANCILLARIA ALBISULCATA, Sowerby.
Hab. Red Sea (Sowerby); Indian Ocean (Weinkauff); Aden
( Caramagna).
81. ANCILLARIA FULVA, Swainson.
Hab. Red Sea.
82. ANCILLARIA ACUMINATA, Sowerby.
Hab. Red Sea, Zanzibar, Seychelles, S. Africa.
83. ANCILLARIA AMPLA (Gmelin).
Hab. Red Sea, Ceylon, Mauritius, Philippines.
84. ANCILLARIA MAURITIANA, Sowerby.
Hab. Mauritius, Madagascar, New Holland.
85. MaRGINELLA OBSCURA, Reeve.
Hab. ? (Reeve).
The type of this species, presented to the Museum by Mrs. T.
Lombe Taylor, is smaller than the specimen from Aden, which is
103 millim. in length and more conspicuously banded, agreeing very
fairly with Reeve’s figure.
86. Cassis exauca (Linn.).
Hab. Andaman Islands, Singapore, Philippines, Moluccas.
412 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
87. Cassis pra, Reeve.
Hab. Mergui, China, Philippines, Australia.
88. Cassis NopULOSA (Gmelin).
Buccinum no. 107, Schroter, Einleitung, vol. i. p. 383, pl. 2.
ff. 9 a-6.
Buccinum nodulosum, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p. 3479.
Buccinum biarmatum, Dillwyn, Cat. p. 599.
Vars.= Cassis torquata, Reeve, Con. Icon. ff. 1 a-le; Tryon,
Conch. Man. vol. vii. pl. 7. ff. 92-3.
Cassis vibex, var., Kiister, Conch.-Cab. pl. 49. ff. 5, 6.
Var.= Cassis erinaceus, Bruguiére, Kiener, Coq. Viv. pl. 11.
ff. 21-21 a.
Var.= Cassis turgida, Reeve, Con. Icon. ff. 25 a—c.
Hab. Samoa or Navigators’ Islands (typical form in B.M.);
Mozambique, Red Sea, Andaman Islands (vars. forguata in B.M.) ;
New Holland (Reeve) ; Zanzibar (Kirk).
The Buccinum nodulosum of Gmelin was founded on Schroter’s
figure referred to above. The shell there represented is the counter-
part of the three specimens in the Museum from the Navigators’
Islands, presented by Her Majesty the Queen im the year 1841.
They correspond with the figure in every particular—the form, the
nodose whorls, the greatly thickened lip with the tubercles along
the margin, and the crenulations within are precisely similar.
The nodose variety of C. torquata has the outer lip rather less
thickened and the crenulations or lirze within it less developed.
The stunted form of C. vibex (Kuster, Conch.-Cab. pl. 51. ff. 5, 6)
differs in having tubercles only at the anterior part of the labrum
which is not lirate within ; it also appears to have no dark spots
around the base of the body-whorl.
89. Dotrum cuminett, Hanley.
Hab. Philippine Islands, Wide Bay.
90. Doxtium macuLatum, Lamarck.
Hab. Ceylon, Andaman Islands, &c.
91. Dotium oLeaRruM, Bruguiere.
Hab. Ceylon, Mauritius, and other parts of the Indian Ocean;
Red Sea (Dunker).
92. DoLiuM LUTEOSTOMUM, Kiister.
Hab. Japan (Dunker, Schrenck, Lischke, Brit. Mus.).
This species has been shown by Lischke to be the same as
D. japonicum of Dunker. D. favannii, Hanley, is also the young
state of this species, which, however, I am rather inclined to think
has not been satisfactorily shown to be distinct from D. varie-
gatum.
1891.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 413
93. Dotrum pERpIx (Linn.).
Hab. W. Indies, W. Africa, Indian and Pacifie Oceans.
The single specimen from Aden, about an inch in length, has very
fine spiral ribs, and is rather thick and strong for its size.
94. TRITON RANZANI, Bianconi.
Triton ranzanii, Bianconi, Rendiconti Accad. Sci. Istit. Bologna,
1849-50, p. 43; id. Mem. Accad. 1851, vol. ili. p. 17, pl. 3. ff. 1, 2;
Kobelt, Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, p. 273.
Lriton tigrinus (part.), Tryon, Man. Conch. vol. iii. p. 18, pl. 10.
f. 71 (copy of Bianconi).
Hab, Mozambique ( Bianconi); Aden (Baynham).
This appears to be a rare species, and has not been recorded
since its original discovery by Bianconi. It is quite distinct from
L. tigrinus, with which Tryon associated it,
95. TRITON PILEARIS (Linn.).
Hab. Red Sea, Indian and Pacific Oceans, West Indies.
96. TRITON CHLOROSTOMA, Lamarck.
Hab. Indian Ocean, Philippines.
97. TRITON LABIOSUS, Wood.
Hab. Indian Ocean, Philippines, Queensland.
98. TRITON TRILINEATUS, Reeve.
Hab. Red Sea, Persian Gulf, Indian Ocean, Philippines.
This is probably merely a variety of 7. gallinago.
99. TRITON VESPACEUS, Lamarck.
Hab. Indian Ocean, W. Australia.
100. Triton CINGULATUS, Lamarck.
Hab. Swatow, China (Brit, Mus.): Philippines, Gulf of Suez.
101. RaneLya spinosa, Lamarck.
Hab. Red Sea, Mauritius, Ceylon, &e.; Aden (Caramagna).
102. RANELLA GRANIFERA, Lamarck.
Hab, Aden (Jousseaume), Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Sir C. Hardy’s
Island.
103. Prruwa Ficus (Linn.).
Hab. Indian Ocean.
A small specimen from Aden is almost entirely white, only a few
very pale yellowish spots, indicating the position of the transverse
pale zones, being noticeable.
104. Natica puuicaRis, Philippi.
Hab. Tuticorin, 8. India (Brit. Mus.); Mergui (Martens).
The locality of this species has not been recorded in any of the
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XXVIII. 28
414 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
monographs of this genus. The series from Aden includes small
specimens, such as figured by Philippi, and others as large as that
figured by Reeve in the ‘Conchologia Iconica’ (fig. 63). The
minute dotting varies in depth of colour and size, but all examples
exhibit the characteristic brown mark below the umbilicus.
105. Natica Taniata, Menke.
Hab. Philippines, Japan, China, Java ; Assab (Caramagna).
The operculum of this species has only recently been described’.
It is strong and shelly, spirally grooved and ridged, the central portion
being more elevated than the rest of the surface, and the inner edge,
or that which applies to the columella of the shell, is not straight
but excurved at the middle.
106. NatTICA RUFA, Var.
Hab. Type from Mauritius; Madagascar, Singapore; Borneo
(Brit. Mus.).
The Aden specimens belong to the variety (N. forskalii, Chemnitz)
which has been quoted from Mauritius (Tryon) and the Red Sea
(Issel).
107. Natica MaRoccana (Chemnitz).
Hab. W. Indies, W. and E. Africa, Red Sea, Indian Ocean, West
coast of America, &c.
108. Narica (NEVERITA) DipyMa (Bolten’).
Hab. Indian Ocean, N. Australia to Japan, KE. Australia. Aden
(Caramagna as N. chemnitzi).
109. Natica (MamILiLa) MELANOSTOMA, Lamarck.
Hab. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, some parts of the Pacific. Aden
(Caramagna).
110. Narica (PoLinicEs) MAMILLAa (Linn.).
Hab. Same as N. melanostoma; Aden (Caramagna).
111. Natica (NaTIciIna) PAPILLA (Gmelin).
Hab. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Moluccas.
112. S1GARETUS PLANULATUS, Récluz.
Hab. E. Africa, Indian Ocean.
113. IANTHINA TROCHOIDEA, Reeve.
The specimens from Aden correspond exactly in form with Reeve’s
figure.
114. RecL_uziA ROLLANDIANA, Petit.
The two specimens from Aden, and one in the Museum from
1 Pp. Z. 8. 1890, p. 270, pl. xxi. f. 15.
2 Vide Watson, ‘ Report Challenger Gasteropoda,’ p. 450.
1891.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 415
S. Africa, apparently belong to this species, agreeing very fairly with
the figure in the ‘ Journal de Conchyliologie,’ vol. iv. pl. 5. f. 12.
The type was obtained on the Californian coast.
115. Evtrma cumrineir, A. Adams.
Hab. Sandwich, Lord Hood’s and Viti Islands (Tryon).
116. Souartum PeRsPectivum (Linn.).
Hab. Indian Ocean, Amboyna, China Sea, &e.
117. SoLarrum L&viGatTuM, Lamarck.
Hab. Kurrachee, Madagascar and other parts of the Indian Ocean.
118. Sotartum (Patirerr1) HyBRIDUM, Lamarck.
Hab. Philippines, China Sea. Mauritius and E. Australia (Brit.
Mus.).
119. TorINIA PERSPECTIVIUNCULA (Chemnitz).
Hab. Indian and Pacific Oceans: Suez (Cooke).
The single specimen from Aden belongs to the depressed form
figured by Hanley in Sowerby’s ‘ Thesaurus,’ vol. iii. pl. 254. f. 63.
CyprR@a.
The following species of this genus were obtained at Aden by
Major Yerbury :
120. Cypr#a PANTHERINA, Solander.
121. Cypraa vitEuuus, Linn.
122. Cypr#a caurica, Lina.
123. Cypraa puLcHRA, Gray.
124. Cypr#A HELVOLA, Linn.
125. Cypraa unpAtTA, Lamarck.
126. Crypr#a TURDUS, Lamarck.
bo
7. CYPR&A ARABICA, Linn.
28.
By
9. CyprR&A FELINA, Gmelin.
GO
i
1 Cypr2a TALPA, Linn.
1
130. CypR@#A FIMBRIATA, Gmelin.
131. Cypra#a cruentTA, Gmelin.
132. CypR#A ISABELLA, Linn.
133. CypR&A CARNEOLA, Linn.
134. Cypr#a eros, Linn.
416 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
135. CyprR#A ERYTHRZENSIS, Beck.
136. Cypra@#a ANNULUS, Linn.
These are all well-known species, of which the distribution has been
given in various monographs. More than half of them have been
recorded from the Red Sea, and all are known inhabitants of the
Indian Ocean. C.cruenta and C. undata are quoted from Aden by
Caramagna.
137. Lirrorina GLABRATA, Philippi.
Hab. Natal and Amirantes Islands (Brit. Mus.).
“ Payta, Peru,” one of the original habitats quoted for this species,
is probably one of the numerous errors of locality which occur in
Cuming’s collection. So far as I am aware it has never been
confirmed.
138. LittoRINA NATALENSIS, Krauss.
Hab. Natal and Algoa Bay (Krauss). Ceylon (Brit. Mus.).
Some specimens from Mergui received from Dr. Anderson and
determined by Martens as L. pyramidalis, Quoy & Gaim., also
belong to this species.
139. LirroriIna GRANO-CosTaTA, Reeve.
Hab. Brisbane, Queensland.
The shells described from Christmas Island under the name of
L. granicostata, which I subsequently changed to L. insularis, should,
I now believe, be associated with this species.
The examples from Aden are more finely granose than the typical
form.
140. PLANAXIS BREVICULUS, Deshayes.
Hab. Gulf of Akaba and Persian Gulf (Brit. Mus.). Gulf of
Suez.
141. Certrutum (VERTAGUS) OBELISCUs, Bruguiére.
Hab. Red Sea, Indian Ocean ; China and Tonga Islands (Brit.
Mus.). S. Africa and many parts of Indian and Pacific Oceans.
142. Ceriruium (VertaGcus) Kocuy, Philippi.
Hab. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Japan.
Is this the C. subulatum of Lamarck ?
143. CeriTHiuM RipPPELLI, Philippi.
Hab. Red Sea. Seychelles (Brit. Mus.).
144, CerITHIUM CZRULEUM, Sowerby.
Hab. Red Sea, Indian Ocean; China and Tonga Islands; Aden
(Cooke).
1s91.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 417
145. CerirH1um CoLuMNa, Sowerhy.
Hab. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Philippines, Australia, Samoa,
Fyi, &e.
146. CeRITHIUM TUBERCULATUM (Linn.).
Hab. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Philippines, Polynesia.
For remarks on this and allied species see Report on the © Alert’
Collections, pp. 63, 64.
147. CeriTHIUM yeRBURYI. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 4.)
Testa elongata, acuminata, alba, lineis transversis nigris interruptis
ornata; anfract. 10, convexiusculi, costis longitudinalibus (in
anfr. penult. 9, in ultimo tenuioribus circiter 12) lirisque spira-
libus (anfr. superioribus 3, in ult. 7-8 aliisque minoribus inter-
calentibus) instructi ; apertura obliqua, longit. totius 4 superans ;
labrum extus incrassatum, intus album, leviter liratum ; colu-
mella oblique arcuata; canalis brevis, obliquus.
Longit. 19, diam. 7 millim.
In this species a few of the cost (about two on each whorl) are
more conspicuous than the rest, and one on the left side of the body-
whorl which inferiorly runs into the cauda forms a boundary to it.
Between this and the labrum the coste are finer than upon the pre-
ceding whorl. The interrupted black lines fall upon the spiral
ridges, which on crossing the ribs form more or less acute tubercles.
In the interstices between them thereare fine parallel strize. C.torrest,
Smith, is closely allied to this species, but more slender, and differs in
detail of sculpture.
148. TuRRITELLA MACULATA, Reeve.
Haé. China Sea.
The brown thread-like lines which cover the surface are more
distinct in the specimens from Aden than in those trom the China
Sea.
149. TurRITELLA COLUMNARIS, Kiener.
Hab. Ceylon (Reeve); Mergui (Martens).
The whorls in the specimen figured by Reeve (Conch. Icon. f. 14)
are unusually flat. Most examples more nearly resemble Kiener’s
figure of this species. The granulation of the transverse strize men-
tioned by Kiener is very feeble, and can hardly be said to exist in the
specimens I have examined. ‘Two specimens from Aden are remark-
ably short and broad in proportion, so that at first I was inclined to
regard them as a distinct species. Their colour and sculpture being
the same as the typical form, I now regard them merely as a
different growth of the same species.
150. Mirrubarta cicaTRicosa (Reeve).
Calyptrea cicatricosa, Reeve, Con. Icon. f. 3 a—6.
Hab. Philippine Islands (Cuming).
418 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. (June 16,
151. Crepiputa (ErGA) watsHi, Hermannsen.
Hab. Ceylon and Singapore (Reeve); Assab (Caramagna).
152. CaLypTr@a (GALERUS), sp. inc.
A single specimen is all I have seen of this apparently new species.
It is much elevated, cap-shaped, dirty whitish externally and tinted
with purple inside, especially towards the apex. It is radiately ridged
and concentrically striated with wavy lines of growth. , The internal
process is small, slender, compressed, and placed on the side towards
which the apex inclines.
153. AMALTHEA acuTa (Quoy & Gaimard).
Hab. Indian and Pacific Oceans.
154. StromsBus TRICORNIS, Lamarck.
Hab. Red Sea, Bourbon, Seychelles, Philippines.
155. STROMBUS GIBBERULUS, Linn.
Hab. Aden(Caramagna); Red Sea, Assab, Indian Ocean, Philip-
pines, Polynesia.
156. SrromBus LUHUANUS, Linn.
Hab. Red Sea, Assab, &e. as for S. gibberulus.
157. STROMBUS FLORIDUS, Lamarck.
Hab. Same as preceding species.
158. Srromsus DENTATUS, Linv., var.
Hab. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, &e.
The specimen from Aden belongs to the variety named 8. elegans
by Sowerby. S. ruppellai, Reeve, is another variety.
159. Srrombus yerBuryI. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 5.)
Testa parva, subfusiformis, alba, plus minus lutescenti balteata ;
spira gracilis, producta, longit. tutius 2 subequans ; anfractus
normales circiter 9, superne concavi et marginati, supra
medium rotunde angulati, infra angulum fere recti, longi-
tudinaliter plicati, transversimque sulcati; plice vel coste
numerose (in anfr. penult. ad 24, in ulttmo 16-17, inferne
sensim evanescentibus paucis labrum versus, ceteris majoribus
et magis distantibus, superneque subnodosis), pauce supra
spiram variciformes ; sulci regulares, supra et inter costas
continui, interstitia vix equantes ; anfr. ultimus brevis, basim
versus paulo constrictus; labrum dilatatum, ad marginem
anfractus superiorem productum, intus et eatus incrassatum,
sulcatum, ad marginem «acutum; apertura angusta, alba ;
columella callo crenulato tenui rufo notato induta.
Longit. 35 millim., diam. maj. 19.
This species recalls to mind S. cancellatus of Pease, a Sandwich-
Island form. It differs in colour, in the greater length of the s; ire, its
1891.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 419
larger size, and the different tint of the columellar callus. There are
three specimeus of this very interesting species in the Museum, two
presented by Mr. Baynham and one by Major Yerbury. The specimen
in best condition exhibits a faint pinkish tint upon the upper part
of the spire. Most of the pale brownish or luteous colour is upon
the back of the shell, and seems to be divided up into zones by a
subm+dian white band and a narrower one upon the angle above.
The constriction of the whorls at the upper part. forms a very dis-
tinct sutural margination.
160. StrromBus FuUSIFORMIS, Sowerby.
Hab. Aden (Caramagna) ; N. Australia (2eeve); Red Sea and
Indian Ocean.
161. Prerocera BRyonrA (Gmelin).
Hab. Red Sea, Aden (Caramagna); Seychelles, Amirantes,
Madagascar, Mauritius, Bourbon, East Africa, Ceylon, Japan, &c.
162. RosTELLARIA CURVIROSTRIS, Lamarck.
Hab. Red Sea, Persian Gulf ; Aden (Caramagna) ; Moluccas.
163. Nerira pouita, Linn.
Hab. Berbera and Assab (Caramagna); Indian and Pacific
Oceans ; Aden (Cooke).
164. NerivTa ALBICILLA, Linn.
Hab. Aden (Caramagna) ; Red Sea, Indian and Pacific Oceans,
165. NERITA QUADRICOLOR, Gmelin.
Hab. Red Sea, Mozambique, Natal, Bombay, Java.
166. Nerira toner, Récluz.
Hab. Aden, Socotra, Bombay.
N. arabica, Reeve, is, as stated by Martens, a synonym of this
species and uot related to NV. chameleon, Linn., as supposed by Tryon.
167. TurBo RApDIATUS, Gmelin.
Hab. Red Sea and Persian Gulf; Madagascar. :
T. radiatus, Reeve (non Gmelin), = 7. elegans, Philippi, is
altogether a very distinct species.
168. TurBo (Marmorostoma) coronatus, Gmelin.
Hab. Aden, Red Sea, Natal, Zanzibar, Cochin China, Moluccas,
Japan, &e.
T. granulatus, Gmel., should, I think, be considered a variety of
this species. The umbilication of some specimens and the imperforate
columella in others has yet to be accounted for. This difference
occurs in specimens otherwise precisely similar.
420 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
169. Trocuus (TrecruM) pENTATUS, Forskal.
Hab. Red Sea, Persian Gulf.
Both the typical form and the variety (1. noduliferus, Lamk.)
occur at Aden. Of the latter some specimens are very large, being
69 millim. in height and 100 across the base. In these very fine
examples the noua at the periphery become son:ewhat obsolete upon
the last third of the whorl towards the outer lip. Their opercula are
37 millim. in diameter, thin, yellowish brown, and consist of 12 whorls
which enlarge somewhat rapidly.
170. Trocuus (INFUNDIBULOPS) ERYTHR&US, Brocchi.
flab. Red Sea, Gulf of Suez.
171. Trocuus (InrunpDIBULOPs) FIRMUS, Philippi.
Hab. Persian Gulf.
172. Trocuus (EvcHetvs) arratus, Gmelin.
Hab. Widely distributed. Many parts of the Indian and Pacific
Oceans.
173. Trocuus (CLANcuLvs) PHARAONIS, Linn.
Hab. Red Sea, Gulfs of Suez and Akaba.
174. Trocaus (MonopontTa) austratis, Lamarck.
Hab. Natal, Seychelles, Madagascar ; Gulf of Suez.
All the specimens from South Africa which I have seen have
stronger spiral sulci and ridges than the examples from Aden.
These are nearly smooth, but preeisely similar in style of colouring.
175. FissuRELLA RUPPELLI, Sowerby.
Hab. Mauritius, Red Sea, East Africa, Mergui.
176. PATELLA CHITONOIDES, Reeve.
Hab. Madagascar, Mauritius, Réunion.
177. Cuiton (ACANTHOPLEURA) SPINIGER, Sowerby.
Hab. Suez (Issel); Aden (Haddon); also widely distributed in
the Pacific and Indian Oceans.
178. Cuiron (IscHNoCHITON) YERBURYI. (Plate XXXIII.
fig. 6.)
Testa parva, depressa, in medio leviter carinata, pallide grisea,
sordido-viride maculata ; aree laterales, centrales et valva
antica undique subequaliter reticulate ; apex valve postice
subcentralis, mediocriter acutus ; ligamentum squamis minu-
tissimis indutum, roseo-griseum, sordido-viride maculatum.
Longit. 15 millim., diam. 8.
Only a single specimen of this species was found by Major Yer-
bury. ‘The sculpture recalls that of athimbie. It is a trifle coarser
on the lateral, especially along their posterior margins, than on the
1891.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 421
central areas. The dirty green spotting is also more noticeable
on the hinder edges of the valves than elsewhere.
179. Curron (CaLuisToCcHiToN) ADENENSIS. (Plate XXXIII.
iH 7/9)
Testa parva, depressa, haud carinata, concolor, pallide fuscescens ;
valva antica costis radiantibus circiter 22 granulatis instructa ;
aree laterales e radiis duobus forte granulatis constite, cen-
trales longitudinaliter granulose lirate, liris in medio tenuioribus
quam lateralibus, postica liris tenuibus ad 25 granulatis in-
structa ; ligamentum pallide fuscescens, minutissime squamu-
latum.
Longit. 14 millim., diam. 93.
The sculpture of this species is of the same character as that of
C. antiquus, Reeve, but not quite so pronounced, and the rays of both
the terminal valves are more numer. us.
180. BuLia ameutta, Linn.
Hab. Indian and Pacific Oceans, Red Sea; Aden (Caramagna §
Jousseaume).
181. Haminea constricra, A. Adams.
H. constricta, A. Adams in Sowerby’s Thesaur. vol. ii. p. 581,
plvexxivyat. 95:
Hab. Luzon, Philippines.
The Aden shells agree exactly with the above-quoted figure and
with the types inthe Museum. Sowerby’s figure in the Conch. Icon.
f. 16 a—6 is not so good as his earlier illustration in the ‘ Thesaurus.’
182. Hypatina puysis (Linn.).
Hab. Indian and Pacific Oceans, Red Sea; also We-t Indies and
Brazil.
Remarkable as it may appear, this species undoubtedly occurs in
the West Indies. In the British Museum are specimens from
Jamaica received from Mr. E. Chitty and others from St. Vincent’s,
and recently a specimen was obtained at Pernambuco by Mr. Ramage
when investigating the fauna of Fernando Noronha.
183. HypaTina crrcuLaTa (Martyn).
Hab. Mauritius, Ceylon, &e. Not yet noticed from the Red Sea.
184. UmsBrewua Inpica, Lamarck.
Hab, Aden (Caramagna); Indian and Pacific Oceans.
II. PELECYPODA.
185. Dosinra puBEscens, Philippi.
D. pubescens, Phil., Romer, Mon. Dosinia, p. 79, pl. 15. f. 1.
Hab. Philippines, New Holland, and Madagascar (Rémer).
With this species I unite Artemis scabriuscula, Reeve (? of
422 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
Philippi), D. ovalis, Rimer, D. eunice, A. Adams, and perhaps D.
bisecta, Reeve. The first three species were described from speci-
mens from unknown localities and the last was said to be Japanese.
Artemis celata, Reeve, considered by Rémer to be synonymous
with D. pubescens, is distinct. The lunule is longer and not so deep ;
the posterior dorsal area is seen to be different on comparison, and the
concentric ridges are more conspicuously elevated at the extremities,
forming a sort of crest circumscribing not only the posterior area, but
also the lunule in front. The anterior muscular impression is nar-
rower and the hinge-plate not quite so strong as in D. pubescens.
D. erythrea, Romer, was described from a specimen said to have
come from Aden. It certainly is the same species as D. radiata,
Reeve, and D. amphidesmoides, Reeve, and the shell identified by
Deshayes * as D. dilatata of Philippi also belongs to the same form.
Reeve quotes ‘‘ Mouth of the Gambia”’ as the locality for D. radiata,
and it has been suggested by Menke and Romer that this species is
the “Colan” of Adanson. I am much inclined to doubt the
accuracy of this identification and also of Reeve’s habitat?. D.
omphidesmoides is a Philippine shell; D. erythrea, as stated above,
is trom Aden, and Deshayes’s specimen of D. dilatata in the Museum
also came from the Red Sea.
186. Dosrnia atta, Dunker.
Hab. Red Sea.
187. SUNETTA CONTEMPTA, nom. nov.
Meroé menstrualis, Reeve (non Menke), Conch. Icon. vel. xiv.
fig. 9.
This species is not the young of the Japanese S. menstrualis as
supposed by Romer (Monog. Swnetta, p. 14). It is more convex,
its shape is different, the ends being more equal than in Menke’s
species, and the valves are seen to be thicker and stronger when
shells of equal size are compared. The interior is more or less
purplish or purplish brown. In S. menstrualis the pallial sinus
terminates in an acute point, whereas in the preseut species it is
rounded.
I would here point out the shells figured both by Sowerby * and
Reve‘ as S. excavata are rather yourg specimens ot S. menstrualis.
Sowerby, however (pl. elxiii. fig. 17, not 16 as in text p. 742),
has correctly depicted S. excavata by copying Philippi’s figure’ of
S. vaginalis, which is a synonym of that s;eries. In my opinion
S. alicia, Adams and Angas, is also synonymous. S. subquadiata
(Sowerby, pl. 129. f. 9, and Reeve, f. 7, as vaginalis), as suggested
by Romer, way be the young of excuvata, but it seenis to be i1ather
more oblong.
! Cat. Conch. Biv. Mus. Brit. part i. p. 12.
? Issel quotes D. radiata from Suez (Mal. Mar. Ross. p. 72).
3 Thes. Conch. vol. ii. pl. 126. ff. 18, 14.
* Conch. Icon. Meroé, pl. iii. ff. 11 a0.
® Abbild. vol. ii. Cytherea, pl. iii. f. 2.
1891.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 423
Romer’s figures 2c, 2d, and 2e do not, I think, represent young
specimens of S. menstrualis, but in my opinion, at all events fig. 2 e,
illustrate the adult state of a distinct species, specimens of which in
the British Mnseum from the island of Formosa bear the name of
S. cumingii, Hanley. This species has not been described, but
appears in a list of Formosan shells published by Mr. Cuming in
the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 196. It is remarkable for the radiating
character of its markings, its radiating strie, and concentric periodic
bluish zones. The interior may be more or less violet, or white, or
flesh-tint, and the pallial sinus is something like that of S. menstru-
alis, but does not cenverge to so sharp a point.
188. CyTruerea (TiveLs) PonpEROSA, Koch.
Hab. Zanzibar; Aden (Caramagna).
189. Cyruzrea (CALLISTA) UMBONELLA, Lamarck.
Hab. Brazil; Red Sea (Lamarck).
A single valve was all that was obtained by Major Yerbury. It
is in perfectly fresh condition and of the same viclet colour as the
specimen figured by Reeve (Conch. Icon. Dione, fig. 27). I have
never seen specimens from Brezil, but according to Romer it is
plentiful on the coast of that country.
190. Cyruerea (Cauuista) FLortpDA, Lamarck.
Hab. Red Sea, Persian Gulf, Mozambique, Madagascar, Sey-
chelles ; Aden (Caramagna).
191. Cyrnerea (CaryaTis) HEBR#A, Lamarck.
Hab. Philippine Islands and New South Wales.
For remarks upon this species see the Report upon the Lamelli-
branchiata of the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition, pp. 138-9.
192, CyrHerEa (CARYATIS) YERBURYI, nom. noy.
Dione erubescens, Reeve (non Dunker), Conch. Icon. pl. x1. fig. 54.
Hab, Ceylon (Reeve) ; Queensland (Mr. Brazier’s Coll.); Japan
(US. note in B.M.)
I agree with Reeve in considering this species distinct from C.
crocea, Desh. (=C. deshayesit, Ptr.), the differences in shape and
sevlpture, and colour also, being quite sufficient, in my opinion,
to warrant its specific separation. The name erubescens being pre-
occupied by Dunker for a species from West Africa, I have substi-
tuted that of yerburyt.
193. Circe corruGatTA (Chemnitz).
Hab. Red Sea, Persian Gulf, Madagascar, New Holland ; Aden
(Caramagna).
194. CircE INTERMEDIA, Reeve.
Hab. Not previously recorded.
Several specimens trom Aden prove the validity of this fine
424 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
species. It is fairly constant in colour and markings, but varies
somewhat in form, some specimens being rather narrower and more
produced posteriorly than others. As is usual, young shells are
more compressed than adult specimens.
195. Circe scripta (Linn.).
Hab. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Moluccas, &e.
196. Circe (Crista) pecTinaTa (Linn.).
Hab. Same as preceding species. Aden (Caramagna).
197. Circe (LiuconcnA) caLLipyGa (Born).
Hab. Red Sea; Aden (Caramagna).
All kinds of colouring exist among the specimens from Aden.
198. Venus RETICULATA, Linn.
Hab. Red Sea, Persian Gulf, Indian Ocean, Philippines, New
Caledonia, Society and Fiji Islands.
The Aden specimens are peculiar in having the hinge-teeth white
instead of red as usual. In other respects they correspond exactly
with the usual type of the species.
199. Tapes suLtcaArtius, Lamarck.
Hab. Moluccas, Indian Ocean.
200. Tapes pesHAyEsI1, Hanley.
Hab. Philippine Islands; Mauritius; Red Sea (/ssel and Brit.
Mus.).
The single specimen from Aden is marked very similarly to that
figured by Reeve (Con. Icon. f. 4 a).
201. Tapes MALABARICUS (Chemnitz).
Hab. Malabar, Ceylon, Mergui, Moluccas, Philippines, China.
The specimens from Aden agree precisely with Reeve’s 7. lenti-
ginosa (Con. Icon. f. 25), which I consider a form of this species.
They are large strong shells with coarse concentric ridges and a well-
sinuated posterior margin. ‘The finest specimen is 72 millim. long,
57 high, and 29 in diameter. Romer’ has considered Reeve’s 7.
turgidula (Con. Icon. f. 32) a “ var. monstrosa” of 7. malabaricus ;
but I may point out that the shell figured by Reeve is a specimen of
T. inflata of Deshayes, which is figured in the Proc. Zool. Svc.
1853, pl. 19. ff. 3a-3 6. T. inflata, as determined by Komer,
appears to be a large coarsely mbbed 1. malabaricus. T. inflatus
proper is perfectly smooth at the umbones and has less sinuation
in the posterior ventral margin; in other respects it agrees with
T. malabaricus.
202. Tapes osscuratus, Deshayes, var.
Hab. Philippines.
Three specimens from Aden may belong to this species. They
‘ Monogr. Tapes, p. 34.
Or
1891. ] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 42
are, however, larger and narrower and much more finely and closely
sculptured than the normal form. They do not seem to belong to
T’. araneosus, Philippi, which is quoted by Caramagna from Aden.
T. gratus, Desh., and I’. quadriradiatus, Desh., should, I think, be
regarded as varieties of 7’. obscurata.
203. TAPES VIRGINEUS, Linn.
Hab. ‘*In Indiis” (Linn.); New Holland (Rémer); China Sea
(Philippi).
Ronier’s figure 3d on plate xxxiii. of his monograph of Tapes
represents the form of the specimen from Aden, but the colouring
is not quite the same.
204. VENERUPIS MACROPHYLLA, Deshayes.
Hab. Philippine Islands ; Aden (Jousseaume).
A few specimens from Aden apparently belong to this species,
which A. H. Cooke unites (aad probably correctly) with V. rrus,
Linn. This may be the same species as that quoted by Caramagna *
from Assab, at the southern end of the Red Sea, under the name
Venerupis cordierit, Desh., originally described from Californian
Specimens.
205. PsaMMOTHA OBLONGA, Deshaves.
Psammotella oblonga, Reeve, Con. Icon. f. 7.
Hab. ?
The finest example from Aden is considerably larger and of thicker
substance than the shell figured by Reeve. It is 83 millim. long
and 41 high. The valves towards the umbones are purplish, the
rest of the surface being dirty whitish. The purple tint behind the
apices is much darker than in front.
206. Psammosia (HETEROGLYPTA) CoRRUGATA, Deshayes.
Hab. Zebu, Philippines.
207. PsamMosiA PaLLipa, Deshayes.
P. pallida, Desh. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, p. 823.
Hab. Red Sea; Malacca (malaccana and suffusc).
P. malaccana, Reeve, is a synonym of this species, and P. suffusa,
Reeve, a variety.
208. ASAPHIS DEFLORATA (Linn.).
Hab. Red Sea, Indian and Pacific Oceans; also West Indies ;
Aden (Caramagna).
209. TeLiina (TELLINELLA) suLcaTA, Wood.
Hab. Philippine Islands, Red Sea; Aden (Cooke).
The figures in Rémer’s monograph of Yellina (Conch.-Cab. pl. 13.
ff. 4, 5, 6) give a good idea of the Aden specimens. This species
in Cuming’s collection bears the name of 7’. woodi, Deshayes,
but I do not think that this has been published.
1 Bull. Soe. Mal. Ital. 1888, vol. xiii. p. 139.
426 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
210. Tetimna (TELLINELLA) MADAGASCARIENSIS, Gmelin.
Hab. Madagascar.
211. Tevutna (TELLINELLA) INFLATA, Chemnitz.
Hab. Philippine Islands, China Sea, Mauritius, Red Sea, east
coast of Atrica, Nicobars, Ceylon, &c.; Port Curtis (Brit. Mus.).
212. Tertina (ANGULUS?) ADENENSIS. (Plate XXXIII.
fig. 8.)
Testa planissima, oblonga, antice rotundata, postice acuminata,
jfere e@quilateralis, roseo-albida, umbones versus plus minus
aurantio tincta, postice radio albo angusto ornata ; valve nitide,
lineis incrementt concentricis tenuiter striate (striis prope
marginem posticum validioribus, aliisque ad medium obliquis),
antus et extus radiatim substriate ; margo dorsi anticus leviter
dechivis, vix excurvatus, posticus oblique descendens, rectus,
cum margine posteriore angulum obtusum formans, ventralis
parum arcuatus, postice vix sinuatus; pagina interna albu,
superne ante apices aurantio tincta, lira postice radiante
instructa ; dentes cardinales valve dextre tres divergentes, in
sinistra duo, laterales nulli ; sinus pallit maximus, usque ad
cicatricem anticam productus, supra medium valve angulatus.
Longit. 45 millim., alt. 264, diam. 7.
T. armata, Sowerby (Conch. Icon. fig. 264), the type of which is in
the British Museum, is somewhat like the present species, especially
in colour, but is less acuminate posteriorly and its hinder dorsal
margin is not so sloping.
Besides the fine concentric lines of growth, 7. adenensis exhibits
oblique strize upon the front half of the shell, which terminate about
the middle of the valves. The striz on the posterior dorsal slope
are considerably stronger than anv on the rest of the surface. The
raised ridge on the inner surface of the valves, which extends obliquely
from the umbones towards the posterior end of the ventral margin,
forms the white ray which is so conspicuous ou the outer surface.
Of the three teeth in the right valve, the front one is the longest,
the central smallest, and the hindmost bifid. In the left valve the
posterior tooth is very thin, whilst the other, which falls perpendicular
under the apex, is much stronger.
213. Tetuina (ANGULUS?) sUBPALLIDA. (Plate XXXIII.
fig. 9.)
Testa inequiluteralis, oblonga, antice rotundata, postice angus-
tata, albida, versus apices interdum pallide flavescens, zonis et
lineis concentricis griseo-nyalinis picta, mediocriter compressa ;
margo dorsi anticus leviter obliquus, subrectilinearis, posticus
valde declivis, ventralis late arcuatus, postice vix sinuatus ;
valve linets increments tenuibus concentricis striate, striisque
aliis conspicue obliquis confertis fere undique sculpte ; dentes
cardinales valve dextre duo divergentes, in valva sinistra unicus,
1S91.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 427
subvalidus, centralis ; pagina interna nitida, radiatim obsolete
striata ; sinus pallii profundus, superne subangulatus.
Longit. 184 millim., alt. 14, diam. 6.
This species has oblique sculpture similar to that in 7’. rhomboides,
Quoy and Gaimard. It is, however, not nearly so narrow as that
species, but agrees with it in dentition. Only the posterior slope is
free from oblique strize, but it has more distinct concentric lines.
In certain lights the whole surface exhibits faint or subobsolete
striation. When the valves are closed, the anterior dorsal slope
exhibits a lanceolate lunular depression. ;
214, Tetuina (PayLiopa) roxracea, Linn.
Hab. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Moluccas, Philippines: Aden
' (Caramagna). ;
215. Teitina (Macoma) busta, Deshayes.
‘ellina dubia, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, p. 371 ; Sowerby,
Couch. Icon. pl. xlvii. p. 279.
Hab. 2
Sowerby’s figure does not represent the posterior end of this
species sufficiently truncate.
216. Texiina (METIS) EDENTULA, Spengler.
Hab. Philippines, Ceylon ; China and Kurrachee (Brit. Mus.).
This species is T. angulata, Chemnitz, not of Linné.
217. SEMELE CHINENSIS, A. Adams.
Hab. Indian Ocean, Mergui Archipelago, China.
Amphidesma cordiformis (Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 30) is the same
as this species. It is uncertain whether he has correctly identified
that species of Chemnitz, who gives the West Indies as the locality
of his shell.
218. Seme.e ([acRA) SEYCHELLARUM (A. Adams).
Scrobicularia seychellarum, A. Ad. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1836, p. 53.
Hab. Seychelles.
This interesting species, originally located in the genus Scrobicu-
laria, was subsequently placed in a subgenus of that group named
Tacra by H. & A. Adams. Fischer in his ‘ Manual’ considered it
a subgenus of Syndesmya or Abra. This location is, in my opinion,
correct, for the dentition of the hinge and the ligament agree in
detail with that group, which, however, I regard only as a subgenus
of Semele.
219. Donax (MAcH&ZRODONAX) SCALPELLUM, Gray.
Hab. Gulf of California.
The above-named locality, given by Reeve (Conch. Icon. sp. 39),
has never been confirmed, and I think there is little doubt that it is
incorrect. The specimens from Aden agree in form, colour, sculpture,
and every other respect with that figured by Reeve. One example,
however, has the ground-colour yellowish instead of bluish white.
428 MR. E.A.SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June ‘6,
220. Macrra pecora, Deshayes.
Hab. ? (Deshayes and Reeve); New South Wales (Wein-
kauff); Assab and Berbera (Caramagna) ; Mergui (Martens).
With this species I have no hesitation in uniting M. jickelit of
Weiakauff from Massowa on the coast of Abyssinia.
221. MacTRA FAUROTI, Jousseaume.
MW. fauroti, Jousseaume, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, 1888, vol. i.
p- 200.
Hab. Aden (Jousseaume).
The shell figured by Weinkauff (Conch.-Cab. Mactra, pl. 19.
figs. 5,6, 7) as DL. pulchra, Gray, evidently belongs to the present
species.
222. Macrra (Merope) £GypTiaca, Chemnitz.
Hab. Red Sea (Chemnitz) ; Ceylon (Reeve).
223. Carprum ruGosuM, Lamarck.
Hab. Madagascar, Red Sea, Hast Africa, Ceylon, North Australia,
Philippines, &e.
224. CARDIUM RUBICUNDUM, Reeve.
Hab. Zanzibar.
225. CarpiuM sETosuM, Redfield.
Hab. China, Philippines.
226. CaRDIUM AUSTRALIS, Sowerby.
Hab. South Africa, Mauritius, China, Australia; Assab? (Cara-
magna).
227. SoLEN TRUNCATUS, Wood.
Hab. Ceylon: Aden (Jousseaume).
Both in the ‘Conchologia Iconica’ and in the ‘Conchylien-
Cabinet,’ Sowerby is given as the author of this species. This is
incorrect, as part 32 of Sowerby’s ‘Genera of Recent and Fossil
Shells,’ which contained the account of Solen, did not appear until
1829, whereas this species had already (1825) been figured by Wood
under the name of Solen truncatus. Sowerby’s ‘Genera’ was not
published in 1820-25 as appears on the titlepage, tor reviews of
Numbers 29, 30, and 31 appeared in the ‘ Zoological Jourual,’ 1828,
vol. iii. p. 284, and in Loudow’s ‘ Magazine of Natural History,’
vol. i. (1828) p. 56, vol. ii. (1829) p. 50. I am not aware when
the work was completed, but I dare say it could be ascertained by
searching for reviews of it. Unfortunately, the original covers of the
Numbers were only dated iu a few instances; for example, Number
XXxXili. is dated Ist March, 1531, Number xxxv. 30th April, 1831.
In the text relating to Purpura, published in Part 42, reference is
made to Gray’s genus Pollia, described in the ‘ Zoology of Beechey’s
1891.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 429
Voyage,’ 1839. This seems, therefore, to prove that the work in
question was not completed until after that date.
228. Sir1quA JAPONICA, Dunker.
Aulus japonicus, Dunker, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861, p. 426.
Cultellus , Sowerby, Conch. Icon. pl. v. f. 15 6 (non 15a).
Machera japonica, Clessin, Conch.-Cab. p. 63, pl. 18. f. 5.
Hab. Japan.
The shell figured by Sowerby (fig. 15a) is in the Cumingian
collection labelled “‘ pulchra, Gould,” and not “ pulchra, Dunker,”
as stated inhis synonymy. Itseems to me different from S. japonica,
for although the colouring is very similar in both species, S. pulchra
has the umbones more excentric and has not the keel-like ridge
which defines the dorsal areain S. japonica. ‘* 8. pulchra, Gould,”
is given in Conrad’s Catalogue of Solenide * without any reference,
nor have I been able to discover where it was described.
229. Tucon1A NoBILis, A. Adams.
Hab. Assab, Kamaran (Caramagna).
This species is very like the West-African 7. anatina, and seems
distinguished merely by the absence of radiating strize anteriorly.
It is very variable in form, some specimens being much more globular
than others. ‘‘ West Africa,’’ assigned to this species in the
“ Conchologia Iconica,’ may not be incorrect, although we scarcely
expect to find the same species at Senegal and Aden.
T. semisulcata, A. Ad., I regard as the young of this species,
and T. siphonata, Reeve, and T. compressa, Reeve, are likewise
young specimens of 7’. anatina, Gmelin.
230. VENERICORDIA ANTIQUATA (Linn.),
Hab. Ceylon.
231. VENERICORDIA CUMINGII, Deshayes.
Hab. Borneo.
This species, described in the Proe. Zool. Soc. 1852 (p. 102, pl. 17.
f. 15), is not so pointed posteriorly as the preceding. In other
respects it is very similar, and it is probable that the two forms
pass one into the other. V. canaliculata, Reeve, appears to be
another form of the same species.
232. CarpiTa (BEGUINA) GUBERNACULUM, Reeve.
Hab. Zanzibar, Madagascar.
233. Luctna (CopAKIA) EXASPERATA, Reeve.
Haé. Honduras (Reeve). New Caledonia, N. Australia, Ami-
rantes Islands, and Red Sea (Brit. Mus.). i
The Caribbean locality has not yet been confirmed, but it is quite
possible it may be correct, for another well-known species of this
t Amer. Journ. Conch. yol. iii., Appendix, p. 23.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1891, No. XXIX. 29
430 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
genus, L. tigrina, as pointed out by Cooke’, is also found both in
the West Indies and in the Indian Ocean.
934. CoRBULA TAHEITENSIS, Lamarck.
Hab. Tahiti; New Guinea (Brit. Mus.); Philippine Islands
(Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 15).
235. GALEOMMA, Sp.
A single valve obtained by Major Yerbury is very like G. formosa,
Deshayes, but rather more glossy and of a bright yellow colour.
236. DirpLODONTA ROTUNDATA, Turton.
The three specimens from Aden appear to me inseparable from
this European species. It is quoted by Caramagna from Zeila and
Berbera.
237. MARTESIA STRIATA (Linn.).
Hab. “England, West Indies, Philippines” (Tryon); Arafura
Sea (‘ Challenger ’).
238. Mytitus pictus, Born.
Hab. N.W. Africa to the Cape of Good Hope. Aden (Cara-
magna).
The range of this species (= IZ. afer, Gmelin) is about the same
as that of JZ. perna, Linn., and I am inclined to believe that both
forms belong to one and the same species. The three specimens
from Aden, although not typical examples, evidently belong to this
species. ‘Three shells in the Cumingian collection labelled ‘‘ tapro-
banensis, Blanf. MSS., Galle, Ceylon,’ apparently belong to this
species also.
239. MyTILUS SENEGALENSIS, Lamarck.
Hab. Senegal (Lamarck) ; S. Africa (Krauss) ; Red Sea (Brit.
Mus.); Aderi (Caramagna under M. variabilis, Krauss).
240. Mopioua auRiIcuLATA, Krauss, var. ?
Hab. 8. and E. Africa; Gulf of Suez.
Two specimens, one of a bright red or almost scarlet colour, the
other of the normal tint, are probably half-grown specimens of this
species, differing from the typical form in having the dorsal angle
more central and no emargination or sinus in front of it.
241. SepTIFER ExcisuS, Wiegmann.
Hab. Madagascar, Mauritius, Mozambique, Mergui.
242. ARCA NAVICULARIS, Bruguiere.
Hab. Suez, China, Amboina, N. and N.E. Australia, Solomon Is.
Two dead valves are all that were obtained.
1 Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1886, vol. xviii. p. 99.
1891.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 431
243. Arca imBricaTA, Bruguiére.
Hab. West Indies, Fernando Noronha, S. Africa, Indian Ocean,
N.E. and N. Australia.
With this species I unite A. umbonata, Lamk., A. cunealis, Reeve,
A. kraussi, Philippi, and A. americana, d’Orbigny.
244. Arca (BARBATIA) oBLIQUATA, Wood.
Hab. South Africa.
Reeve’s A. obliguata has been shown by Philippi and Lischke
to be distinct from Wood’s species, and it has been renamed
A. decurvata by the latter author. I am of cpinion that it is the
same as A. sinensis of Philippi.
245. Arca (BaRBATIA) LIMA, Reeve.
Hab. Philippine Islands, Cape York.
A. trapezina, Lamarck, as determined by Reeve, is probably a
form of this species, which is extremely variable in outline, no two
specimens being quite alike.
246. Arca (Acar) pomiIncEnsis, Lamarck.
This species, as shown by Lischke, has a world-wide distribution.
In addition to the synonymy quoted by that author (Jap. Meer.
Conch. 1. p. 142), I may mention that A. dubia of Baird also
belongs to this species.
247. Arca (ANADARA) SCAPHA, Chemnitz.
Hab. Philippines, Indian Ocean, Natal, Suez.
248. Arca (AnaparA) ANTIQUATA, Linn.
Hiab. Australia, Indian Ocean, Mozambique.
This species was described by Reeve under the name of A. maculosa,
under the impression that the ‘“‘spots”’ on the posterior side con-
stituted a good specific character. On carefully examining his type
I find that the so-called “‘spots” are merely pieces of epidermis
left upon the ribs, all of which might be removed with the point of
a knife. The name maculosa therefore being unsuitable, had better
be cast aside; and as Hanley (Ipsa Linn. Conch. p. 93) declares
that the A. antiquata of Linn. is the same as Reeve’s species, we
can apply that designation instead. It seems to me very probable
that an extended series of specimens would show that this species
and A. seapha should be united.
249. Arca (ANADARA) ERYTHRZENSIS, Jonas.
Hab. Red Sea; Zanzibar (Mus. Cuming).
250. Arca (ANADARA) HOLOSERICA, Reeve.
Hab. Philippines, Madagascar, Mauritius, East Africa.
According to Mirch, whose opinion has been followed by von
Martens and Kobelt, this species is synonymous with 4. uropygome-
lana of Bory de St. Vincent. All we know about that species is its
29%
432 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
name, printed A. wropigimelana in Encyclop. Méthod. Vers, plates
vol. i. p. 156, and the figures on pl. 307. No description or locality
is given in the work. As the identification of the species from the
figure only is uncertain, I prefer to retain Reeve’s name holoserica,
the type of which is before me.
Young specimens are not nearly so much produced posteriorly as
the adult form represented by Reeve’s figure.
251. Arca (ANADARA) CLATHRATA, Reeve.
Hab. Philippine Islands ; Gulf of Suez (Cooke).
A single specimen from Aden, 43 millim. in length and 34 high,
has three more ribs than the type figured by Reeve, and is not quite
so long in proportion. Reeve describes the epidermis as “very
finely bristly between the ribs.” The shell figured, as is evident
from the illustration, is entirely devoid of periostracum, and neither
in two other specimens in Cuming’s collection, nor in that from
Aden, is it “ bristly,” but roughly laminated between the coste.
252. Arca (SCAPHARCA) RUFESCENS, Reeve.
Hab. ?
With this species I unite 4. disparilis, Reeve, which, according to
Kobelt, occurs in China. The species is variable in form and the
number of ribs. The type specimen, although nota very large shell,
is evidently old and much thickened.
253. Arca (Trists) seEMIToRTA, Lamarck.
Hab. Philippines, N. Australia ; Tasmania (Lamk.).
254, CucuLLZA CONCAMERATA (Martini).
Hab. Indian Ocean (various parts), China.
255. PECTUNCULUS PECTUNCULUS (Linn.).
Arca pectunculus, Linn., part., Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 695; Lister,
Hist. Couch. pl. 239. f. 73; Savigny, Descrip. Egypte, Atlas, pl. x.
f. 2.
Pectunculus subauritus, Lamarck, part., Syst. Anim. p. 115.
Pectunculus pectiniformis, Lamk. part., Hist. Anim. s. Vert. ed. 2,
vol. vi. p. 494.
Hab. Bengal (Lister). Suez Bay, Gulf of Akaba, Persian Gulf,
and Madagascar (Brit. Mus.).
What I believe to be two distinct species of Pectunculus have been
confused by Linné, Lamarck, and others. The figures cited above
depict a form with the radiating costze separated by grooves, well-
defined and about half as broad as the ribs themselves. On the
other hand, the rest of the figures quoted by Linné as illustrative
of his Arca pectunculus (Gualtier, Test. pl. 72. f. H, and ? Argenville,
Conch. t. 27. f. B) represent a species the ribs of which are sepa-
rated by very narrow sulci. This same form is figured by Reeve
(Conch. Icon. ff. 11 a, 11 6), Chemnitz (Conch.-Cab. vii. ff. 568-9),
Crouch (Conch. pl. 8. f. 12), Knorr (Vergniigen, v. pl. xii. f. 4),
1891.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 433
Bruguiére (Encycl. Meth. pl. 311. f. 5), and Bonanni (Mus. Kirch.
ii. pl. xvii. f. 129). The last-mentioned figure was described by
Gmelin under the name of Cardium amboinense (Syst. Nat. p. 3255).
The specific name I propose to retain for this form, as it is older than
either P. subauritus or P. pectiniformis of Lamarck. Martens
quotes it from Mergui.
The external colouring of these two species is very similar, but
there is a feature within the valves which, in addition to the broader
sulci, seems to indicate that the species are distinct. I refer to the
colouring of the margin of the hinge-plate below the teeth. This
is almost invariably of a rich brown or reddish-brown colour. On
the other hand, in P. amboinensis, the species with broad ribs and
narrow sulci, this part apparently is never entirely coloured, but
occasionally a small brown mark is observable at one or both sides.
In the series of specimens in the British Museum, the differences
are quite noticeable and the two forms are readily separable.
256. Limopsis rorskaLil, A. Adams.
Hab. Japan.
The single valve described by Adams is small in comparison with
some of the specimens obtained at Aden by Major Yerbury. The
largest is 25 millim. long, 255 from the umbones to the ventral
margin, and 134 through the valves. The epidermis which remains
towards the outer margin is closely pilose and yellowish. The
intericr of the dead valve from Japan was described as pale red;
in the Aden specimens it is rich brown, paler or even whitish at the
circumference, and in the middle of the valves the rich brown colour
is more or less clouded with a thin whitish callus, which, however,
does not cover the muscular scars or the pallial line. Hinge-teeth
about 28 in number.
257. PINNA BICOLOR, Chemnitz.
Hab. Red Sea (Chemnitz); Malacca (Reeve) ; Mergui (Martens).
Two valves from Aden exhibit the coloration described by Chem-
nitz ; one specimen agrees with Reeve’s figure (Conch. Icon. f. 17),
and another example is almost entirely of a uniform whity-brown
colour, with the elevated ridges towards the apex obscurely tinted
olive-brown. The elevated scales upon the feeble ridges are few
and far apart.
258. PINNA SERRA, Reeve.
Had. Queensland.
259. Pinna r1GiDA, Dillwyn?
Hab. West Indies. One valve only.
260. Mauueus ALBus, Lamarck.
Hab. Philippine Islands.
434 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. [June 16,
261. Marievs (Matvurunnbus) reGuLA, Forskil.
Hab. Red Sea; Aden (Caramagna); Philippine Islands and
South Australia.
262. CRENATULA PicTa (Gmelin).
Hab. Red Sea.
Two small specimens from Aden, as regards colour, seem to
connect this species and C. mytiloides, Lamk. It is not at all
improbable that C. viridis, Lamk., is merely another colour-variety.
263. MELEAGRINA MARGARITIFERA (Linn.).
Hab. Red Sea, Persian Gulf, Indian Ocean, Philippines, N.W.
Austialia. Aden (Caramagna).
264. MeLeaGrina Fucata, Gould.
Hab. Ceylon, Japan; Gulf of Suez (Cooke).
265. VULSELLA VULSELLA (Linn.).
Hab. Red Sea; Aden (Caramagna).
For remarks aud synonymy, see A. H. Cooke (Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. 1886, vol. xvii. p. 62).
266. Pecren sENATORIUvS, Gmelin.
Hab. Moluccas, Philippines, Red Sea, &e.
267. PecTEen Livipus, Lamarck,
Hab. Red Sea, Mauritius ; Aden (Caramagna).
268. PEcTEN LUCULENTUS, Reeve, var.
Hab. North Australia.
Two specimens from Aden agree exactly with the type as regards
form, but differ in colour. Besides the golden yellow tint and the
dark spotting between the ribs mentioned by Reeve, the valves in
the shell figured are ornamented with a sort of irregular subreticu-
lation of white les. The specimens from Aden are white or washed
with pale rose and conspicuously spotted with black in the furrows
between the principal nine or ten ribs, the dots forming an equal
number of uninterrupted colour-rays. These examples also exhibit
the irregular opaque white lines. The ribs are finely prickled and
the surface is ornamented throughout. with a microscopic sculpture.
269. PecTeN puica, Linn.
Hab. China, Ceylon, Red Sea; Aden (Caramagna).
Two valves of a species of Spondylus (270), an Anomia (271),
a Plicatula (272), and an Oyster (273) were also collected by Major
Yerbury, but these I refrain from attempting to name, as they belong
to genera requiring special study.
1891.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS FROM ADEN. 430
APPENDIX.
1. Species quoted by Signor Caramagna’* which were not obtained
by Major Yerbury or Mr. Baynham.
1. Rostellaria curta, Sow. 33. Vulsella assabensis, De Greg.
2. Murex tribulus, Linn. 34, pulchella, De Greg.
3. Ranella spinosa, Lam. 3D. Perna femoralis, Lam.
4, crumena, Lam. 36, Pinna rudis, Linn.
5. Fasciolaria filamentosa, Lam. 37. attenuata, Rve.
6. Cancellaria verreauxi, Kiener. 38, nigrina, Linn.
7. Pirula nodosa, Lam. 39. Arca retusa, Lam.
8. Eburna ceylanica, Lam. 40. auriculata, Chemn.
o): spirata, Lai. 41. tortuosa, Linn.
10. Nassa marginulata, Lam. 42. Cardium flavum, Linn.
11. Ancillaria castanea, Sow. 43. pseudolima, Lam.
12 albifasciata, Swains. 44, = marmoreum, Linn.
13. Conus achatinus, Chemn. 45. Lucina tigerina, [ve.
14. —— millepunctatus, Lam. 46, Cardita variegata, Linn.
15. magus, Lam. 47. angisuleata, five.
16. sulphuratus, Kien. 48. Dosinia bilunulata, Gray.
17. Marginella monilis, Zam. 49. Cytherea (Callista) guineensis,
18. faba, Linn. Linn.
19 lactea, Kien. 50. (——) mactroides, Lam.
20. Turritella imbricata, Lame. 51. —— (——) triradiata, Dillw.
21. Trochus virgatus, Gmel. 52. —— ( ) inflata, Desh.
22. Atysnaucum, Linn. 53. Tapes araneosus, Phil.
23. Dolabella gigas, Rang. 54. Tellina radiata, Linn.
24. Ostrea cornupina, Lam. 55. ‘fausta, Pulteney.
25 limacella, Lam. 56. Psammobia elongata, Desh.
26 crista-galli, Linn. 57. —— maxima, Desh.
27. Pecten sanguinolentus, Sow. 58. Mesodesma striata, Lam.
28. ——- sanguineus, Linn. 59. Donax faba, Chemn.
29. Meleagrina varia, Dkr. 60. Solen ceylanicus, Leach.
30. Avicula macroptera, Fve. 61. Cultellus cultellus, Linn.
Sl. cumingi, ve. 62. Machera radiata, Linn.
32. Vulsella spongiarum, Lam. 63. Corbula crassa, Hinds.
2. Species mentioned by Dr. Jousseanme, and not in the Yerbury
and Baynham Collections.
1. Tanthina fragilis, Linn. 12. Clavagella adenensis, Jouss.
2. Vertagus vertagus, Gmel. 13. Siliqua polita, Hanley.
3. Conus fulvocinctus, Crosse. 14. Cuspidaria adenensis, Jouss.
4 tigrinus, Sow. 15. Tivela damaoides, Gray.
5. Tritonidea rufina, Jouss. 16. Petricola hemprichi, Jssel (=
6. Odostomia fauroti, Jouss. P. lithophaga).
7. Cassis fauroti, Jouss. 17. Scapharca natalensis, Krauss.
8 torquata, ve. 18. Trisis fauroti, Jouss.
9. Pirula decussata, Wood. 19. Pinna penna, ve.
10. Oliva bulbosa, Bolten. 20. Pecten splendidulus, Sow.
11. Natica vestalis, Phil.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII.
Fig. 1. Conus adenensis, p. 401.
2. Pleurotoma (Drillia) baynhami, p. 404.
3. Columbella propinqua, p. 405.
1 Some of these may be the same as those in the collection before me, but
under different names.
436 MR. E. A. SMITH ON NEW SHELLS FROM [June 16,
Fig. 4. Cerethium yerburyi, p. 417.
. Strombus yerburyt, p. 418.
. Chiton (Ischnochiton) yerburyi, p. 420.
(Callistochiton) adenensis, p. 421.
. Tellina (Angulus?) adenensis, p. 426.
—— ( ) subpallida, p. 426.
OM AID EN
4. Descriptions of new Species of Shells from the
‘Challenger’ Expedition. By Enear A. Smita, F.Z.S.
{Received June 10, 1891.]
(Plates XXXIV. & XXXV.)
Together with the duplicates from the ‘ Challenger’ collections,
transferred last year from Edinburgh to the British Museum, were
a number of specimens which had not as yet beenexamined. Among
these five of the following new species from various localities were
discovered. The remainder were all dredged off Sydney in 410
fathoms. At this station (164 B), in addition to the new species
here described were a number of others, and amongst these several
undoubtedly Atlantic forms. As Dr. Murray proposes to publish a
special report upon the results obtained at this station, I refrain from
further allusion to it.
1. Lampusta (PRIENE) MURRAYI. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 1.)
Testa fusiformis, albida, subtenuis, epidermide crassiuscula, luteo-
cinerea, confertim pilosa induta ; anfractus — ? (apice fracto),
convext, sutura profunda obliqua sejunctt, supremt fortiter
cancellati, versus ultimum sensim leviores, varicibus duobus
instructt, ultimus elongatus, antice breviter rostratus, spiraliter
costulatus, costulis longitudinalibus obsoletis subcancellatus ;
apertura ovata, superne et inferne acuminata, intus sordide
albida, cum canali longit. totius 3 adequans; labrum ex-
pansum, album, extus incrassatum; columella leviter arcuata,
callo nitido induta ; canalis obliquus, profundus, recurvus.
Longit. 87 millim., diam. maj. 43 ; apertura eum canali 44 longa,
19 lata.
Hab. Station 142. Off the Cape of Good Hope, in 150
fathoms.
This species is much more slender than Priene magellanicus
(Chemn.), Dillwyn, and has the spire longer in proportion to the
aperture. The epidermis also is of a much closer texture and more
tinely pilose.
2. CORALLIOPHILA WAHLBERGI (Krauss). (Plate XXXIV.
fig. 2.)
Purpura wahlbergi, Krauss, Siidafr. Moll. p. 118, pl. vi. f. 15.
Testa breviter fusiformis, solida, alba, rimata; anfract.
normales 6, convext, superne prope suturam leviter constrictt,
confertim spiraliter lirate (liris tnequalibus, inerements
R.Mintern delet lith.
NEWS Clbis OF SHELLS
le. 15. 14.
Minterm Bros. Imp.
PROM iE HALLE NGEREXxP EDIT lON:
7
N
ip)
ae
Ge)
ide)
=
yu
:
a
ROMinterr del et ith. Mintern Bros. imp.
NEVWASPMelnS OF SHELES PROM THE CHALLENGER EXPEDITION,
1891. ] THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 437
lineis crispatis), supremi oblique plicati (plicis in ultimo
Sere Bisaleta) apertura elongato-ovata, alba, longitudinis
totius 3 paulo superans ; labrum incrassatum, intus liris
reer 10 munitum ; columella leviter arcuata, callo valido,
superne tuberculo parvo instructo, induta; canalis brevis,
obliquus, recurvus, fere clausus.
Longit. 41 millim., diam. 22 ; apertura 14 longa, 9 lata.
Hab. In shallow water near Sea Point, Cape of Good Hope;
Natal (Krauss).
This is a strong, solid shell, entirely white within and without,
and ornamented with numerous spiral ridges, which are somewhat
regularly alternately larger and smaller, the intervening grooves
being merely incised striz. The outer lip is well thickened and
armed within with about ten liree, which, however, do not extend
very far within the aperture.
It does not compare with any other species. In form it somewhat
resembles Kuthria lineata from New Zealand, but is altogether
different in sculpture and the mouth characters. H. magellani,
Vélain, has a somewhat similarly thickened labrum, but is altogether
different in other respects.
3. TURRITELLA INCOLOR. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 3.)
Testa elongata, turrita, acuminata, alba; anfract. convexiuscult,
carinis duobus mediocriter acutis circa medium instruct,
liris paucis supra, inter, et infra carinas cincti, ultimus
inferne liris concentricis paucis ornatus ; apertura subrotun-
data; columella parum curvata, vin reflexa.
Longit. \4 mallim., diam. 5; apertura 34 longa, 23 lata.
Hab. Royal Sound, Kerguelen Island, 28 fathoms.
The two keels stand out conspicuous, and there is a finer liration
above them, one between the two keels and one below them. The
single specimen consists of about ten whorls. It is less slenderly
tapering than 7’. hookeri, Reeve, which, besides the two prominent
spiral keels, exhibits only the faintest trace of spiral strie.
4. CapuLus compressus. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 4, 4a.)
Testa dextrorsa, alta, pileiformis, lateraliter compressa, planata,
tenuis, alba, epidermide decidua flavescente induta, lineis
incrementi subfortiter striata; anfractus 2-3, celeriter cres-
centes, duo supremt parvi, vitret, regulares, convexiuscult,
nitentes, ultimus maximus subunguiformis, supra et infra
planatus ; ee DG, angusta.
Diam. maj. 84 millim., alt. 24; apertura 5 longa, 2 lata.
Hab. Station SMe Of west coast of South Patagonia in 245
fathoms.
No described species appears to approach that now before us.
Judging from its compressed character it is probably either parasitic
upon something with thin filaments or stems (the cirri or rays of a
crinoid for example), or it would be found attached to the stems of
seaweed.
438 MR. E. A. SMITH ON NEW SHELLS FROM [June 16,
5. Trocuus (BEMBIX) AByssoRUM. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 5.)
Testa imperforata, turbinata, subtenuis, sordide albida, nitida ;
anfract.—', conveai, liris spiralibus inequalibus (in penult. 7),
lineis inerementi validis obliquis confertis supra liras subno-
dulosis cancellati, ultimus magnus, subinflatus, liris circiter 20
cinctus ; apertura magna leviter obliqua, longitudinis tottus
L haud equans, intus tenuiter sulcata, magaritacea ; labrum
tenue, anguste expansum ; columella obliqua, vix curvata,
subreflexa.
Longit. 26 millim., diam. maj. 20 ; apertura 11 longa, 11 lata.
Hab. Station 241. North Pacific, east of Japan, in 2300 fathoms.
The single specimen consists of four whorls only. The apex
appears to have been broken off rather abruptly. The oblique lines
of growth are strongly developed, taking the form of raised lire ;
they cross the spiral ridges, which in consequence have a finely
subgranose appearance. The interior of the aperture is thinly
nacreous, and the sulci within correspond with the external lire.
6. Cusprpar1A (MyonERA) LIiscHKEI. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 6.)
Testa parva, tenuis, globosa, postice breviter rostrata, equivalvis,
concentrice tenuiter striata, striis supra rostrum paulo validio-
ribus ; margo dorsi anticus leviter convexus, posticus declivis,
incurvatus, ventralis late curvatus, prope rostrum levissime
sinuatus ; latus anticum magnum, curvatum, posticum anqus-
tatum, rostratum, ad extremitatem breviter truncatum, carina
obsoleta ab umbone radiante instructum ; wmbones parvi, subcen-
trales; linea cardinis edentula tenuis, im valva sinistra pone
umbonem leviter incrassatum ; ligamentum parvum.
Longit. 8 millim., alt. 54, diam. 4.
Hab. Station 237. South of Japan, in 1875 fathoms.
This species is remarkable for the obtuseness of the anterior
outline. It somewhat resembles C. teres, Jeffreys, but is more
obtuse in front, and also differs in sculpture and the hinge-
characters.
(Descriptions of new Species of Shells from Station 164 B.)
7. Purvroroma (DRiILLIA) CHALLENGERI. (Plate XXXIV.
fig. 7.)
Testa parva, alba, angusta, breviter fusiformis ; anfractus 7, duo
supremi (nucleus) leves, conveat, cwiert superne excavati, infra
leviter convear, costis tenuibus (in anfr. penult. circiter 16) et
liris spiralibus minus conspicuis (infra suturam quoque ad
angulum supra costas tuberculatis) instructi; anfr. ultumus
elong gatus., POSH inferne sensim obsoletis ; apertura angusta,
longit. totius 4 haud equans ; labrum tenue, in concavitate haud
profunde sinuatum.
Longit. 12 millim., diam. 4 ; apertura 53 longa, 2 lata.
This species has a large apex, a shallow labral sinus, and the
whorls with a double coronation around the upper part.
1891. } THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 439
8. Preuroroma (Dritiia) crosser. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 8.)
Testa parva, breviter fusiformis, albida; anfract. 7, supremus
levis, convenus, coteri superne leviter concavi, rotunde angulate,
infra angulum arcuatim contracti, costis obliquis tenuibus
cirecter 15 (in anfr. ult. inferne attenuatis) instructt, line-
isque elevatis paucis parum conspicuis infra angulum ornati ;
anfr, ult. inferne valde contractus ; apertura parva, longit. totvus
2 adcequans ; labrum supra angulum haud profunde sinuatum.
Longit. 10 millim., diam. 3%; apertura 4 longa, 2 lata.
This species has the whorls much contracted at the lower
part and prominent at the rounded angle. The riblets are oblique
below, and flexuous in the concavity. The spiral lire are more
conspicuous around the lower part of the body-whorl than elsewhere,
and altogether absent in the concavity below the sutaral line.
9. PLevuroTomMA (Driviia) HOyLEI. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 9.)
Testa parva, breviter fusiformis, albida; anfract. 8, superne
oblique concavt, in medio obtuse angulati., infra angulum
contracti, via convewiusculi, costis oblique fleauosis, precipue ad
angulum (supra et infra mox evanidis) instructi, strisque
incrementi tenuwissimis sculpti; apertura parva, longit. totius 3
paulo superans ; sinus labri mediocriter profundus, i con-
cavitate situs.
Longit. 9 millim., diam. 33 3 apertura 35 longa, 13 lata.
The costze in this species are very short, and soon become obsolete
above and below the angle, so that they appear like a series of
oblique nodules. . The absence of spiral sculpture is peculiar.
10. Prevroroma (Drivcia) watsoni. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 10.)
Testa parva, breviter fusiformis, alba ; anfr. 6, supremt duo
(nucleus) loves, conveai, ceeteri superne oblique dechives, dein
angulati, infra angulum plani, costis tenwssimis obliquis
circiter 20 lirisque spiralibus (in anfr. supertoribus duo, in
ultimo circiter 14) nodose cancellati, supra angulum liris spirali-
bus paucis subobsoletis cincti; anfr. ult. infra medium valde
contractus ; sinus mediocriter profundus ; labrum arcuatum,
prominens.
Longit. 62 millim., diam. 34 ; apertura 23 longa, 14 lata.
This shell has a large smooth apex ; the upper slope of the whorls
is comparatively smooth, exhibiting only a few (about 4) faint
spiral liree, and the lower portion and the greater part of the body-
whorl are covered with a distinct cancellation, the points of inter-
section of the oblique and transverse lire being rather acutely
nodulose.
11. CanceLiaria Exigua. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 11.)
Testa minima, elongata, ovata, alba; anfract. 4-5, supremus
(nucleus) magnus, levis, globosus, coeteri convext, circa medium
liris duobus spiralibus cincti, costis obliquis tenuibus cireiter 12
440 MR. E. A. SMITH ON NEW SHELLS FROM [June 16,
cancellati ; anfr. ultemus lira spirals tertia paulo infra medium
ornatus ; apertura parva, longit. totius =; adequans ; columella
in medio uniplicata, antice subsinuata.
Longit. 6 millim., diam. 3 ; apertura 23 longa, 13 lata.
In size and form C. fischeri of A. Adams, from the Straits of
Korea, bears considerable resemblance to the present species. It has,
however, more spiral liree, three columellar plaits and lirze within the
aperture, a feature which does not appear in the single shell at hand
from station 164, but which possibly might be detected in a larger
series of specimens.
12. Mirra miranpDA. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 12.)
Testa fusiformis, turrita, albida; anfract. 7, apicalis levis,
globosus, ceetert suwperne anguste tabulati, ad latera via convex-
iuscult, costis crassis (in anfr. ult. plus minus obsoletis) circiter
15 imstructi, linea impressa spiralt infra suturam sculpt,
ultimus infra medium constrictus, antice sulcis paucis circa cau-
dam sculptus ; apertura elongata, longit. totius + cequans vel
superans ; columella plicis quatuor tenuibus distantibus mstructa.
Longit. 9 millim., diam. 4; apertura 4% longa, 13 lata.
The folds on the columella are very peculiar, and recall those in
certain species of Voluta; they are rather far apart, and do not
all slope in the same direction. The spiral sulcus falls below the
edge of the tabulation, producing a kind of thickened edge to it.
13. MARGINELLA CARINATA. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 13.)
Testa breviter ovato-fusiformis, alba, polita, levis; anfract. 5,
supremus convexus, sequentes superne valde excavate, den acute
angulati, ultumus infra angulum leviter convexus, basim versus
contractus ; apertura elongata, angusta, longit. totius +>
adequans ; labrum valde tnerassatum, intus leve ; columella
plicis tribus, tenuibus sed prominentibus, mstructa, antice oblique
curvata, per longitudinem callo tenui induta.
Longit. 53 millim., diam. 3% ; apertura 3% longa, 1 lata.
The whorls are well excavated at the upper part and then rather
sharply keeled a little above the suture. The surface is very
glossy, and the columellar folds are subequal and thin but
prominent.
14. MARGINELLA BRAZIERI. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 14.)
Testa parva, brevis, lata, alba, polta, subpellucida ; spira brevis-
sima, ad apicem obtusa; anfractus 4, prope suturam depressi,
leviter marginati, ulimus magnus, swperne late rotundeque
humerosus, inferne angustus, contractus; apertura medioeriter
angusta, circa 2 longit. totius occupans ; columella plicis tribus
tenuibus instructa ; labrum extus incrassatum, intus love.
Longit. 4 millim., diam. 3 ; apertura 33 longa, | lata.
This and M. carinata have three columellar folds im addition to
the oblique anterior termination of the columella which passes into
the labrum.
~
1891.] THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 441
15. ScALARIA DISTINCTA. (Plate XXXV. fig. 15.)
Testa elongata, gracilis, alba ; anfractus perconvext, lente accres-
centes, costs tenuibus circiter 16 (hic illic wna crassiore) paulo
obliquis imstructi, liris spiralibus tenwioribus cirea 5 supra
costas continws ornati; anfr. ultimus medio carinatus, infra
concavus, sublevis ; apertura subcircularis.
Longit. 11 mallim., diam. 34; apertura 24 longa et lata.
The larger coste# are about twice as thick as the rest, and one in
number on every whorl.
16. Opostomr1a (TURBONILLA) FiscHERI. (Plate XXXV.
fig. 16.)
Testa gracilis, subulata, alba, polita ; anfractus normales 9, convexr,
lente crescentes, sutura subprofunda seuncti, longitudinaliter
confertim plicatr, plicis in anfr. ultimo infra medium obsoletis ;
apex sinstrorsus, globosus, heliciformis ; apertura parva, longit.
totius 2 adequans ; columella subperpendicularis, via arcuata,
anguste reflexa, haud plicata vel contorta.
Longit. 9 millim., lat. 24 ; apertura 2 longa, 13 lata.
Of the two specimens under examination, one has the coste rather
more decidedly developed than the other. The latter exhibits slight
traces of spiral striz below the suture.
17. Opostom1A (TURBONILLA) CONSANGUINEA. (Plate XXXV.
fig. 17.)
Testa O. fischeri similis, sed gracilior, anfractibus normalibus 11
constructa, costs latioribus 14-15 parum elevatis ornata ; aper-
tura parva, longit. totus 4-1 adequans.
Longit. 10 millim., diam. 2; apertura fere 13 longa, 1 lata.
The ribs or plicze in O. fischeri are about seventeen or eighteen in
number and considerably finer than in the present species. Besides
this distinction, the proportions with regard to length are so different
that there is little doubt that they constitute separate species.
18. Oposrom1a (TURBONILLA) constRicTa. (Plate XXXV.
fig. 18.)
Testa elongata, parum pyramidalis, alba, nitida ; anfractus nor-
males octo, subplani, sed in medio leviter constricti, sutura lineart,
distincta sejuncti, costis rectis 16-17 interstitia subaequantibus,
instructi, anfr. ultimus nferne levis, ad periphercam rotunda-
tus; apex globosus, sinastrorsus, levis; apertura plus minus
subquadrata, longit. totius + subequans ; columella leviter
obliqua, haud torta.
Longit. 53 millim., diam. ls 3 apertura 1 longa, 5 lata.
The constriction is just a trifle above the middle of the whorls,
which have a slightly turreted appearance.
19. SoLaARtuM ATKINSONI. (Plate XXXV. figs. 19-19 6.)
Testa discoidalis, acute carinata, mediocriter umbilicata, albida,
superne depresse conordalis, lateribus leviter convewis, infra
442 MR. E. A. SMITH ON NEW SHELLS FROM [June 16,
carinam cequaliter convexa ; anfractus normales 3, ad sutwram
carina marginati, radiatim tenuiter plicati (plicis supra anfr.
ultimum fere obsoletis), iris duabus (altera supra, altera suturam
infra) plus minus indistinetis supra pleas leviter nodulosis
cincti; anfr. ultimus prope umbilicum radiatim plicatus, pere-
pheriam versus concentrice subliratus ; wmbilicus carina intrante
crenulata marginatus ; apertura rotunde subtriangularis.
Diam. maj. 74 millim., min. 63 ; alt. 4; umbilicus 2 latus.
This species somewhat resembles S. discus of Philippi as regards
general form, but it appears to be more acutely carinate, and there
are differences in the aperture.
The apex consists of about one and a half smooth convex whorls
which are incoiled and thus conceal the nucleus.
20. Butta 1ncommopa. (Plate XXXV. fig. 20.)
Testa parva, anguste umbilicata, ovata, alba, nitida, swperne et
inferne strits transversis paucis sculpta, incremente liners striata
apex angustissime perforatus ; apertura angusia, infra paulo
dilatata, superne supra apicem producta ; columella leviter torta,
inferne arcuata, reflena, expansa.
Longit. 54 millim., diam. maj. 33, min. 3.
The few spiral stris at each end are rather far apart, with the
exception of those immediately around the umbilicus, which are more
approximated.
21. CyLicHNA ORDINARIA. (Plate XXXV. fig. 21.)
Testa cylindracea, alba, nitida, imperforata, ad apicem haud pro-
funde excavata, imupressione carina circumdata ; apertura angus-
tissima, antice dilatata, subtruncata ; columella subtorta, excavata,
carina circumeineta,
Longit. 7 millim., diam. 3.
The distinguishing feature of this species is the excavation of the
lower part of the columella, which is circumscribed by a keel, a con-
tinuation of the thin outer lip.
22. TELLIMYA SUBACUMINATA. (Plate XXXV. fig. 22.)
Testa M. acuminate similis, sed postice minus rostrata, margme
inferiore latius curvato, postico dorsali declini, fere rectilineart.
Longit. 5 millim., alt. 4, diam. 23.
This species closely resembles Montacuta acuminata, Smith, from
North Australia, but differs in form somewhat. It is longer in pro-
portion to the height, has the ventral outline more gently curved, the
posterior end is not so beaked, and the dorsal slopes, especially the
posterior one, are more rectilinear. The sculpture and dentition are
similar.
23. Nucua pitecta. (Plate XXXV. fig. 23.)
Testa parva, incequilateralis, ovata, utrinque subequalis, nitida,
incrementi lineis tenuibus striata, dilute virenti-lutea, wnbones
versus pallidior, induta ; apices opaci, albi, antemediani, ad 3
1891. ] THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 443
longitudinis siti, mediocriter acuti ; lunula elongata, lanceolata,
in medio prominens, porca distincta circumdata ; area dorsi
postica haud definita, in medio prominens ; linea cardinis
mediocriter valida, dentibus novenis posterioribus septemque
anterioribus acutis instructa. Fossa ligamenti parva, profunda,
postice obliqua; pagina interna albo-margaritacea, radiatim
minute substriata, margine sinplice circwmdata.
Longit. 54 millim., alt. 43, diam. 3.
24. Nucuta umponaTa. (Plate XXXV. fig. 24.)
Testa parva, inequilateralis, trigono-ovata, nitida, epidermide
dilute lutescente induta, apicem versus pallidior, imeremente
lineis strvisque radiantibus tenmssimis sculpta ; margo dorsi
utringue valde declivis, parum arcuatus, ventris late curvatus ;
latus anticum ad extremitatem subangulatum, posticum acute
curvatum ; wmbones prominentes, pallidi, ante medium collocate ;
linea cardinis valida, dentibus anterioribus series novemque
posterioribus instructa. Margo valvarum inferior intus minute
denticulatus.
Longit. 33 millim., ali. 3, diam. 2.
This species is peculiar for its somewhat triangular form, pro-
minent umbones, the fine radiating striee, and the denticulated imner
margin of the valves. The lunule is not clearly defined, but the
posterior dorsal area is narrow and bounded by a slight but distinct
ridge.
25. PECTEN CHALLENGERI. (Plate XXXV. fig 25.)
Testa tenuis, subpellucida, equivalvis, paulo obliqua ; value costis
tenuibus subdistantibus plicisque concentricis paucis subcancel-
late, undique minute radiatim microscopice striate ; cost tenues,
interdum pallide lutescentes, margines versus plus minus minute
squamate ; auricule value sinistre inequales, antica majora ;
postica value dextre liris sex confertim squamatis imstructa,
inferne mediocriter profunde sinuata ; pagina interna mtens,
radiatim haud profunde sulcata, suleis liris externis congruen-
tobus.
Longit. 18 maillim., alt. 19, diam. 43.
Of this pretty species there is one perfect specimen and a single
right valve. The substance of the shell is very thin, semipellucid
towards the umbones, and rather more opaque elsewhere. The radi-
ating strize are excessively minute, and a trifle more conspicuous in
the right valve than in the left. The valves are decidedly oblique
towards the front and smooth at the apices, the costee commencing
at a distance of about two millimetres from the extreme tip. Most
of the ridges in the left valve have a pale luteous tint upon their
lower halves, a feature not present in the other valve of the same
specimen, which, however, is peculiar in having a bright reddish
streak on the dorsal slopes within.
The few concentric plice which produce the somewhat cancellated
aspect of the exterior appear to be periodic marks of growth.
444 SHELLS FROM THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. [June 16,
26. Lima muRRAYI. (Plate XXXV. fig. 26.)
Testa tenuissima, oblonga, obliqua, haud hians, liris tenwissimis
numerosis radiantibus, lineisque incrementi minutis (hie ihe
paucis majoribus) instructa ; latus posticum obliquum fere recti-
lincare, anticum superne leviter incurvatum, deinde prominens,
excurvatum, infernée oblique recedens ; margo dorsi brevis, ven-
tris requlariter curvatus ; area dorsal parva, plana, fossa liga-
mental magna profunda sculpta; apices valvarum peculiares,
gibbosi, parvi; pagina interna subnitida, radiatim subsulcata,
ad margunem crenulata, lira tenui ab apice usque ad partem
promimentem lateris antici extendente imstructa.
Longit. 8 millim., alt. 12, diam. 6.
This species is remarkable for its thinness of texture, the peculiar
bulging form of the anterior side, more marked than in L. loscombii,
and the fine radiating lire. Between these there are still finer hair-
like threads, which being crossed by the lines of growth are more or
less minutely granular. The hinge-line is short, thin, and concave
in the centre at the ligamental depression. On each side at the top
of the lateral margins there are two or three short oblique lire or
pseudo-teeth. The margin of the valves is distinctly dentate within,
as in most species of Pecten. I have named this after Dr. John
Murray, the learned and energetic editor of the ‘ Challenger’ Reports.
27. Lima ausTRaLis. (Plate XXXV. fig. 27.)
Testa parva, altior quam longa, ovata, superne truncata, equilate-
ralis, mediocriter convexa, alba, costis tenwbus radiantibus
(circiter 20), pulcherrime squamo-nodosis, instructa, lineis inere-
ment, in interstiliis conspicuis subcancellata; area ligament
angusta, plana, fossa triangulart in utraque valva insculpta ;
linea cardimis subvalida, transversim confertim sulcata et lirata ;
pagina interna alba, radiatim sulcata, ad marginem latum
dentata.
Longit. 4 millim., alt. 5, diam. 3.
This is a larger species than L. pectinata, H. Adams, from the Guif
of Suez, and has more slender and differently sculptured ribs; these
are considerably narrower than the interstices. Both these species
have the hinge-line much thicker than in the European JZ. sarsi2, and
the transverse toothing more distinct.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XXXIV.
Fig. 1. Lampusia (Priene) murrayi, p. 436.
2. Coralliophila wahlbergi, p. 436.
3. Turritella incolor, p. 437.
4,4a. Capulus compressus, p. 437.
5. Trochus (Bembix) abyssorum, p. 438.
6. Cuspidaria (Myonera) lischkei, p. 438.
7. Pleurotoma (Drillia) challengeri, p. 488.
8. ( ) crosset, p. 439.
9. —— (——) hoylei, p. 439.
10. —— (——) watsont, p. 439.
1891.] ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE GIRAFFE. 445
Fig. 11. Cancellaria exigua, p. 439.
12. Mitra miranda, p. 440.
13. Marginella carinata, p. 440.
14. braziert, p. 440.
Puate XXXY.
Fig. 15. Sealaria distincta, p. 441.
16. Odostomia (Turbonilla) fischeri, p. 441.
ie ( ) consanguinea, p. 441.
18. —— (-—) constricta, p. 441.
19-19 4. Solarium atkinsoni, p. 441.
20. Bulla incommoda, p. 442.
21. Cylichna ordinaria, p. 442.
22. Tellimya subacuminata, ». 442.
23. Nucula dilecta, p. 442.
24. umbonata, p. 445.
25. Pecten challengert, p. 443.
26. Lima murrayi, p. 444.
27. Lima australis, p. +44.
5. On the present Distribution of the Giraffe, South of the
Zambesi, and on the best means of securing living
Specimens for European Collections. By H. A. BryprEn.
[Received June 15, 1891.|
Large game animals are disappearing so rapidly from Southern
Africa that each year now sees the ancient limits of occurrence more
and more circumscribed.
Guns are now plentiful among native tribes, right away to the
Zambesi, and, with the rapid advent of Europeans and European
money into once remote territories, horses, on which depends the suc-
cessful chase of many of the fauna, are now more readily procured.
In twenty years’ time it may be safely said there will be very few
Giraffes left, even in the inaccessible deserts where they yet seclude
themselves. With the practical disappearance of the Rhinoceros
from South Africa, and the approaching extinction of the Hippo-
potamus, the thick-skinned Giraffe is now much more sought after
as a means of supplying the universally used sjambok or colonial
whip. The hide of a good bull Giraffe is worth now from £4 to Lo
for this purpose, that of a cowa little less. Small wonder then that
native and Dutch hunters alike have been extremely active of late
years in hunting this interesting, beautiful, and defenceless creature.
At the present day the head-quarters of the Giraffe may be said
to be in the parched desert country comprising the North Kalahari.
A few years since they were to be found at no great distance from
Khama’s old capital, Shoshong ; now they are first encountered in
the bush and forest-region beyond Kanne, or Klaballa, on the way
from Shoshong to Lake Ngami. This waterless tract, well called
thirst-land, serves them as a safe retreat. From Kanne to the
Botletli River, and thence halfway to the lake, Khama reserves
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1891, No. XXX. 30
446 ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE GIRAFFE. [June 16,
them for his own and his people’s hunting, and Dutch hunters, with
their wasteful methods, are not permitted—a very wise precaution.
In most of Khama’s country stretching north to the Victoria Falls,
and west to the Chobe and Mababé Rivers and beyond, Giraffes may
yet be found, as well as in Moremi’s country, in the region of Lake
Ngami.
Probably the pick of the Giraffe-country now left to South Africa
is the desolate and quite waterless forest-region lying south of the
Botletli River, and thence extending southward some way into the
Kalahari.
For eight months of the year most of this “‘ veldt”’ is quite water-
less and cannot be hunted, unless water-carts could be taken in;
here very large troops of the Giraffe roam free and undisturbed.
I have been told by reliable witnesses of 70 or 80 being seen
together at one time in quite recent years. I myself, when hunting
along the Botletli last year, within a day’s ride of the river, met with
a troop of nineteen, and smaller troops were also seen.
Khama’s hunters make an annual excursion to this “ veldt,’ and
the average bag of each hunting outfit seems to be from 12 to 16 or
20 Giraffes. These are shot solely for the marketable value of their
skins. All the natives in this part of Africa use the hide of the
Giraffe for making their sandals.
From the Botletli Giraffes are found some way south into the
Kalahari. Last year a troop or two must have wandered much
farther down than usual, as, when near Honing Viey, in British
Bechuanaland, I heard of Bareeki’s hunters suddenly flocking into
the Central Kalahari, Giraffes having penetrated nearly as far south
as the Molopo River; this, however, is very unusual now-a-days.
Westward of Tunobis (Galton’s farthest point in 1850) towards
Damaraland, Giraffes are not now found, the Namaqua hunters being
too active in this region; but in parts of Ovampoland, towards the
Okavango River, they are, I am informed, yet found in fair numbers.
More to the eastward, on the south bank of the Chobe, they are also
numerous.
Mr. Selous tells us that in parts of the Matabele country the
Giraffe was common ten years since, and it is still to be found there,
albeit in decreasing numbers. In Mashunaland proper it is scarce,
and east of the Gwelo River, according to the same great hunter, it
scarcely ever wanders. ‘This is a rather singular fact, one of the
often incomprehensible facts of geographical distribution.
Until a few years back Giraffes were to be found in the low country
between the north-east border of the Transvaal and the sea; Boer
hunters have, however, so persecuted the game in this region that
very few can now be left. In the Transvaal itself I doubt if a single
Giraffe is now to be found, even in the remote north-east district
near the Limpopo River.
So far as one may judge the Camelopard will linger the longest in
the inaccessible and waterless forests south of the Botletli River.
This animal is very singularly independent of water ; the Bushmen
and others will tell you that it does not drink. This I do not believe,
1891.] ON SOME REPTILES FROM TRINIDAD. 447
but it is certain that for seven or eight months of the year the Giraffes
of the North Kalahari and other waterless regions can never touch
water.
As to procuring living specimens :—
The Chief Khama of Bamangwato is (I speak from personal expe-
rience) so enlightened, so obliging, and so disposed to assist Euro-
peans, and especially English people, in every possible way, that Iam
quite certain arrangements might be made with him for obtaining
living specimens of the young of the Giraffe. Much of Khama’s terri-
tery is the stronghold of this rare and singular creature, and im all his
country the chief has implicit obedience from his vassals and tribu-
taries. The Masarwa Bushmen of the North Kalahari and Botletli
River regions, assisted by Khama’s own mounted hunters, could
spoor and catch the young of Giraffe, which could then be brought
to Khama’s town of Palachwe. From Palachwe to Vryburg, British
Bechuanaland (420 miles), is but 20 days’ journey, even by the slow-
moving ox-waggon. From Vryburg to Cape Town the journey now
occupies by rail two days and nights only. I know of no other part
of Africa more accessible for the purpose I speak of, certainly no
other where the willing services of an all-powerful chief such as
Khama could be enlisted. In North Africa Giraffes have now very
far to be sought, farther, I should say, even than in Khama’s country.
In East Africa the co-operation of native chiefs and hunters would
be very hard to secure.
After Khama’s time, the Giraffe, which he now to some extent
preserves, will shortly be exterminated, and it will then be too late.
I urge therefore upon all European collectors not to let slip the
opportunity I have indicated.
6. Notes on some Reptiles from Trinidad.
By R. R. Mots and F. W. Uric’.
[Received May 29, 1891.]
1, THE TREE-BOA (Xiphosoma hortulanum).
This Snake is comparatively common in Trinidad, principally
in the locality of streams. Locally it is known as the “ Cas-
cabel Dormillon,’ which means “sleeping Rattlesnake.’ It is
invariably found in the daytime rolled up in loose folds among the
twigs of a tree the branches of which overhang a stream. When
disturbed it does not, as a rule, try to escape, but launches out at the
aggressor with widely distended jaws. At night these Snakes are
lively and glide from bough to bough in search of small birds,
squirrels, and porcupine-rats, which constitute their principal food.
The female of a pair of these Cascabels, caught by Mr. G. R.
1 Received from Messrs. Mole and Urich along with living specimens of the
Reptiles noticed. The scientific names have been kindly determined by
Mr. G, A. Boulenger.— P. L. 8S,
30*
448 ON SOME REPTILES FROM TRINIDAD. [June 16,
O’ Reilly in February 1890, in the act of copulating, and kept in his
collection, gave birth to a large litter of young ones, between 20 or
30, in the following August. The young Cascabels, which are very
small and thin with enormous heads, immediately display all the
habits of the adult snake, coiling in the branches and being ever
ready to bite fiercely. They feed upon lizards and mice, which they
kill by constriction. We have noticed they hold their prey a long
time after its death, and that after swallowing one victim they will
not feed again until it is thoroughly digested, a habit in which they
differ from other snakes of the Boa family, especially from Epicrates
cenchris and Boa constrictor.
2. THE TIGRE SNAKE (Spilotes variabilis).
This large black Snake with pale yellow markings is known in
Trinidad as the Tigre or Tiger. It has the reputation of being very
fierce, but our experience, as gained by this specimen, is the reverse,
as it permits itself to be handled with impunity. The Tigres are
difficult to feed, but this one may be induced to eat young birds and
young rats. It is very rapid in its movements, and is found in trees
as well as on the ground. There is a larger variety entirely black,
which is known as “ the widow.”” The Tigres and Machetes, with
many other colubrine snakes in Trinidad, have a very curious habit
of agitating the tail with great rapidity when excited, producing a
sharp tapping sound as if imitating the Mapepi (Zachesis mutus) and
Rattlesnake.
3. THE MACHETE SNAKE (Herpetodryas carinatus).
This bright gold and bronze green Snake is known in Trinidad as
the Machete or Macheta, because the male’s back being ridged is
thought to bear some resemblance to a machete or cutlass. It is an
exceedingly swift snake, and is found in all kinds of situations, but
chiefly on trees. It swims well. This specimen was first seen hanging
by its tail from the topmost branch ofa bush on a river-bank. When
in captivity they are fond of climbing and resting on a large branch,
This specimen laid five eggs, each about two inches long and as
thick as the little finger. The Machete bites furiously when caught.
It feeds on frogs principally, but will also eat young birds and lizards.
There are several varieties in Trinidad, one of a beautiful green, but
it is rarer than this kind.
4. THE PLICA LIZARD (Uraniscodon plica).
These Lizards, for which we have not found a generally accepted
Creole name, have a very curious appearance. They are essentially
tree- and wall-lizards, and apparently never seek the earth unless
forced to do so. When they are chased and fall by accident to the
ground, they are awkward and evidently unused to such a situation
and areeasily caught. They are found in colonies of six, eight, or even
a dozen individuals on the trunks (rarely the branches) of large
trees and on the rongh stone walls of bridges, ruins and old houses,
1891.] MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON HAPALEMUR GRISEUS. 449
usually head downwards, but in whatever position they may be the
head and fore part of the body is raised. They scramble about very
quickly, but like all lizards soon exhaust themselves and can then be
easily taken. They permit persons to approach near to them when first
discovered, but soon become alarmed. When on trees, like squirrels
and woodpeckers, they have a habit of placing themselves on the
opposite side to the one in view. They live on spiders, beetles, and
caterpillars, and in captivity eat cockroaches with avidity, managing
sometimes to swallow very large ones. In confinement they have laid
cylindrical-shaped eggs an inch long, covered with tough, white,
slightly ribbed, parchment-like skin.
7. Additional Notes upon Hapalemur griseus. By Franx E.
Bzpparp, M.A., Prosector to the Society.
[Received June 15, 1891.]
In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1884 (p. 391 et seqq.) I
published a few notes upon the external characters and visceral
anatomy of Hapalemur griseus. Since that date I have had the
opportunity of dissecting two other examples of this Lemur, and am
able to supplement my former paper with some account of the
brain and the muscular system. Unfortunately both these indi-
viduals were, like the one which I first dissected, males. It is very
desirable that the condition of the patch of modified integument
upon the arms, so characteristic a feature of this animal, should be
figured in the female. It was first figured for the male Hapalemur
griseus by myself, and subsequently by Mr. Bland Sutton’; but
although Mr. Sutton’s figure supplemented my own in directing
attention to a tuft of long hairs, overlooked by myself, in the neigh-
bourhood of the patch of spines, we both of us omitted to observe
one detail which will be noticed in the accompanying drawing
(fig. 1, p. 450). In the specimen before me the patch of spines
is very well and equally developed upon both arms; it extends
down as far as the naked skin of the palm of the hand, being thus
more extensive than in the former examples figured by myself and
by Mr. Sutton; towards the middle of the patch the spines were
distinctly longer than elsewhere; to the outside of the patch, on
both arms there was a smallish oval tract of thick skin like one of
the pads on the palm of the hand, with lines running transversely
to its long axis. Both I myself and Mr. Sutton had failed to notice
this callous pad. On re-examining the skin of the individual which
I first dissected, I have found indications of this pad, which is,
however, not at all clear in the dried skin. I fancy that it must
also have been inconspicuous before the skin was removed; it is so
plain in the specimen before me, that I cannot understand having
1 «On the Arm-gland of Lemurs,” P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 891. See also Journ. of
Comp. Med. and Surgery, vol. viii. p. 22.
450 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON HAPALEMUR GRISEUS. [June 16,
overlooked it, if it was really conspicuous. The gland which I
referred to in my former paper lies beneath the pad.
Some months ago I dissected a smaller specimen of Hapalemur
griseus than the one described in the present paper, and found the
‘“‘arm-gland”’ and the patch of spines covering it to be very. small
and inconspicuous; the genital organs of that individual were also
very small, which is some evidence for regarding the arm-gland and
its appurtenances as being a secondary sexual character, and not of
any direct use to the animal (e. g. as a “ climbing-organ’’).
Lower surface of hand of Hapalemur griseus.
A, callous pad overlying arm-gland; B, patch of spines; C, tuft of long hair.
I called attention in my former paper to the unusual position of
the nipples, which were subsequently figured by Mr. Sutton. They
have the same position in the specimen before me, and the mammary
glands themselves, as previously, are comparatively largely developed.
It is quite credible that they might be actually functional.
A point of some little interest in the structure of Hapalemur is
the presence of “Peyer's patches”” in the large intestine. I had
1891. | MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON HAPALEMUR GRISEUS. 451
noted this fact without being aware of Dr. Dobson’s observations,
to which, however, I was able to refer in a footnote introduced after
my article had been set in type. In the present specimen the
diseased condition of the alimentary tract rendered these patches
unusually clear, so much so that I have thought it worth while to
have the accompanying drawing prepared; this drawing (fig. 2,
p- 452) will give some idea of their number and size upon one aspect
of the colon. The strongly marked character of the Peyer’s patches
was due, Dr. Campbell informs me, not only to the pigmentation of
the patches themselves, but to the aneemic condition of the alimen-
tary tract.
Caecum.
In my former paper I have described the caecum, but not the
folds of mesentery by which it is held in position. These folds
show an interesting series of variations among Lemurs, which appear
to have some classificatory value. The caecum and adjacent parts
of the alimentary tract of Hapalemur griseus are shown in the
accompanying drawing (fig. 2, p. 452), which is of the natural size.
Two folds (¢ and 6) pass along the surface of the czecum nearest to
the small intestine; these folds run for a considerable distance
towards the blind extremity of the gut, but do not reach it by a
large interval. Both these folds bear blood-vessels, which ramify
on to the ceecum itself. The two folds are symmetrically disposed
with regard to each other and the small intestine; they are quite
free from the latter, passing by it on each side and uniting some
way behind it with the mesentery which supports the small intestine.
I found this arrangement in both the examples of Hapalemur griseus
which I dissected, and therefore regard it as the normal condition.
In Loris gracilis the disposition of these folds is quite different. I
do not refer here to the shape of the cecum itself, or make any
comparisons between different genera as regards their ceca. I
merely call attention to the folds of mesentery. My attention was
directed to the possible importance of this anatomical feature after
making myself acquainted with Prof. Flower’s description’ of the
corresponding folds in the New and Old World Monkeys.
In Loris gracilis the two folds already described as existing in
Hapalemur are also found; they are, however, more extensive,
reaching nearly to the extremity of the caecum; as in Hapalemur
they bear the blood-vessels destined for the nutrition of the czecum.
But in addition to these two folds, which evidently correspond to
those of Hapalemur, there is a thin median fold, lying, that is to
say, between the other two; this fold is much less extensive, only
reaching for a short distance along the cecum; it has no blood-
vessels, and arises from the small intestine; it forms a kind of web
between the small intestine and the caecum.
Nycticebus javanicus shows some differences in detail, as regards
these points, from Loris gracilis, but resembles that species more
closely than it does Hapalemur griseus. Three folds are present,
1 Medical Times and Gazette, 1872.
MR. F. E. REDDARD O
N HAPALEMUR Griseus. [June 16)
| \
)
ait f*)\.. ip
it ui
( RTT
Wi WZ,
Wy
\t > <i
Pan
SY
Nag
esentery supporting cecum ;
Pey., Peyer's patches; P., rectuin,
A. Plan of bands Supporting cecum; the
two bands 4 and ¢ are seen to ri
pass round it on fo the cecum.
gut is viewed from above, and the
se behind the small intestine and to
1891.] MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON HAPALEMUR GRISEUS. 4598
two lateral and one median; but they all three bear blood-vessels,
which are, however, more extensively developed upon one of the
lateral folds than upon either of the two others; this fold extends
to the very end of the execum: the opposite lateral fold only extends
for about one-quarter or less of the entire length of the czecum ;
instead of being attached, as it is in Loris, to the gut independently
of the middle fold, it is attached in common with the latter: the
median fold is small but not, as it is in Loris, anangious ; it bears
a small blood-vessel.
Nycticebus tardigradus.—The cecum of a spirit-specimen was
cut out carefully and distended with air ; when dry the relations of
the folds to the caecum and to the small intestine were quite clear,
and the presence or absence of blcod-vessels could be made out
owing to the fact of their being naturally injected.
There is one principal fold which arises behind the small intestine
from the mesentery connecting this and the colon; this fold passes
to within a quarter of an inch of the extremity of the cecum,
gradually getting shallower as it approaches the apex of that organ ;
it is deepest where it passes to one side of the small intestine ; it
bears a conspicuous blood-vessel which gives off branches to the
cecum. Corresponding to this on the other side of the small
intestine is a very slightly marked fold, also bearing a blood-vessel,
which only just passes beyond the small intestine; it arises from
the ileo-colie mesentery, exactly opposite the origin of the well-
developed czecal mesentery of the opposite side. From the small
intestine itself a small anangious fold arises, about half an inch in
vertical diameter, which joins the strongly developed vascular fold.
Galago alleni.—The czecum of this species was extracted from a
spirit-specimen and distended with air. The most prominent fold
is one from the small intestine, which is attached to the csecum for
nearly its whole length. On one side a very small fold arises from
the czecum itslf, and is attached to the median told; it bears the
blood-vessels supplying the caecum, which run along the single
mesentery formed by the junction of this with the median anangious
fold.
In the Potto (Perodicticus potto) 1 have examined the fresh
czecum as well as one extracted from a spirit-specimen and distended
with air. The folds are closely similar to those of Nycticebus tardi-
gradus, but present certain differences of detail (see fig. 3, p. 455).
There is one strongly marked fold which runs nearly to the end
of the ceecum, but not quite so nearly to the end as in Mycticebus
tardigradus. The cecum of the Potto has a kind of vermiform
appendix, and at the junction of this with the wider part of the
cecum the fold in question is deepest, becoming shallower both in
front of and behind this region: there is a second lateral fold on the
opposite side of the caecum, which is rather more extensive than it
is in Nycticebus tardigradus; it reaches on to the ceecum for a
space of about half an inch beyond the ileo-czecal junction. From
the small intestine is given off an anangious fold, which is attached
independently to the cecum, though from the point where it ceases
454 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON HAPALEMUR GRISEUS. [June 16,
to be visible as a fold a line may be traced running to the larger of
the two lateral folds, to which the attachment of the anangious fold
is more closely approximated.
Chevrogaleus (Microcebus) smithi.—This Lemur agrees closely
with Galago. The median anangious fold arising from the small
intestine is very large; there is only one lateral fold bearing a
blood-vessel, which fuses with the median fold; this lateral fold
arises behind the small intestine from the ileo-colic mesentery; the
same is probably true of Galago, though my specimen did not
show it.
Of the genus Lemur I have examined the following species, viz.
L. brunneus, L. rufifrons, L. albifrons, L. varius, and L. anjuanensis.
In Lemur brunneus there are only two folds attached to the
ceecum ; one of these extends to the very extremity of that append-
age, arising not from the small intestine, but from the mesentery
behind the small intestine which attaches it to the colon; this fold
bears a blood-vessel ; the second fold is very short and apparently
completely anangious; it arises from the small intestine itself and
is attached to the first-mentioned fold, so that there is but one line
of attachment to the cecum; the attachment of the second (anan-
gious) fold to the first is for a distance of not more than one fifth of
its length.
Lemur rufifrons appears to be exactly like the last species in the
number and disposition of the mesenteric folds attached to the
ceecum.
Lemur albifrons differs from the last two species only in the
reduction of the anangious fold arising from the small intestine.
In Lemur varius this fold is still further reduced and has become
quite rudimentary.
Lemur anjuanensis, as regards the folds (see fig. 3, p. 455), is
precisely like Lemur brunneus.
As regards the disposition of the folds of mesentery connected
with the czecum, the genera mentioned in the present paper appear
to fall into three groups :—
(1) Hapalemur stands apart from the rest in possessing only the
two lateral folds, both of which bear blood-vessels.
(2) In Lemur, Galago, and Microcebus (= Cheirogaleus) only one
of the two lateral, vessel-bearing, folds is present; in addition to
this there is an anangious fold arising from the ileum and inserted
on to the lateral fold.
(3) In Loris, Nycticebus, and Perodicticus all three folds are
present, but one of the lateral folds is generally much more developed
than the other. The median frenum may (Nycticebus) or may
not (Perodicticus) be attached to the larger of the two lateral folds.
It might be supposed that the rarson d’étre of the persistence of
the median frenum was to assist in preventing the displacement of
the cecum; the short sac-like cecum of Hapalemur, which is
without the median frenum, might, on account of its shape and
relative size, be less easily displaced or bent than the elongated
ceecum of Lemur or Perodicticus.
1891.] MR. ¥. E. BEDDARD ON HAPALEMUR GRISEUS. 455
E \4 - L , ~ .
\
0”
. »
1. Caecum of Perodicticus potto: b and ¢ bands corresponding to those similariv
lettered in fig. 2; a, median anangious fold.
la. Plan of bands constructed as in fig. 2 A.
2. Caecum of Lemur anjuanensis. Letters as above.
2a. Plan of cecum and bands of the same.
456 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON HAPALEMUR GRISEUS. [June 14,
We must undoubtedly regard this bloodless fold of membrane—
the frenum—as Mr. Treves’ has pointed out, as being the true
mesentery of the ceecum, and the development of the lateral folds
as an entirely secondary process.
Looking at the matter from this point of view Hapalemur is
evidently, when compared with Lemur, a specialized type. It is
not, however, so easy to decide whether the Lorisinz’ or the
Leraurine include the older types. Perhaps the presence of two
lateral folds in the Lorisinze is evidence of a more specialized con-
dition than is shown by either the Lemurine or Galagininz, where
only one is developed. On the other hand, the independence of the
frenum and the lateral fold in Zovis and the Potto, as contrasted
with their fusion in Lemur (also, however, in Wycticebus), might be
used as an argument on the other side.
There can, however, be no doubt, and that is rather the point
upon which I wish to dwell in the present communication, that
Hapalemur is so far a specialized type of Lemur in that it has lost
the true mesentery of the cecum. Whether this is, or is not,
correlated with the altered form of the ceecum itself is not a matter
of importance, since in any case the organ itself shows a departure
from the ordinary Lemurine cecum in its shape.
Brain.
The brain was carefully extracted, and is in an excellent state of
preservation. In the hardened brain I have made the following
measurements, which are placed side by side with corresponding
measurements of well-preserved brains of Lemur anjuanensis and
Galago crassicaudatus.
]
Hapalemur. Lemur. Galago.
mim. mm, mm.
ANowey! Wermettlt —cocanccacseosee 36 2 oo
Greatest breadth ............ 26°) 33 27
Length of hemisphere ...... 303 oo 32
Greatest depth ............... 19 23:5 17
From these measurements it follows that the brain of Lemur is
broader as well as deeper than that of Hapalemur, that the brain of
Galago is broader but shallower than that of Hapalemur, and that
the brain of Lemur is just perceptibly broader but considerably
deeper than that of Galago.
The narrowness of the brain of Hapalemur, as contrasted with the
other types used for comparison, is indeed apparent to the eye with-
out making accurate measurements to prove ate
As will be also seen from the above table, the difference in length
between the brains of Hepalemur and Galago is very small; the
1 «he Anatomy of the Intestinal Canal and Peritoneum in Man.” Hun-
terian Lecture, 1885. London, 1885.
1891.] MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON HAPALEMUR GRISEUS. 457
two Lemurs themselves are of about the same size; but it is interesting
to note that the brain of Hapa/emur is distinctly larger in total size.
I cannot compare it with the brain of Lemur anjuanensis, as I did
not preserve any record of the measurements of that individual.
As there is no description, so far at least as I am aware, of the
brain of Hapalemur, I have considered it worth to give the following
description illustrated by the drawings which [ exhibit (fig. 4,
A and B).
The brain of Hapalemur is of an oval form: it is not sharply
compressed anteriorly, as is the brain of Lemur; neither do the
hemispheres diverge from each other so markedly behind as in that
Brain of Hapalemur griseus.
A, from above; B, lateral view; S (in both figures), Sylvian fissure. '
genus and Galago. The convolutions, however, show only slight
differences from those of Lemur. In Professor Flower’s figure of the
brain of Lemur nigrifrons* the angular sulcus is quite distinct from the
infero-frontal, and I find that this is also the case with Lemur
anjuanensis. In Hapalemur griseus these two furrows are present,
as shown in the accompanying drawing, and have precisely the same
shape as in Lemur; but there is hardly a break between the
anterior end of the angular sulcus and the posterior end of the
infero-frontal; they form practically a continuous sulcus. The
Sylvian fissure in Hapalemur extends rather further back than in
Lemur, running for a short distance parallel with the angular fissure :
with the exception of these small differences, the brains of Hapa-
lemur and Lemur appear to me to he very similar.
Prof. Milne-Edwards has devoted two plates of the magnificent
‘Histoire de Madagascar’” to the illustration of the brains of the
Indrisine ; those of the genera Propithecus, Indris, and Avahi are
figured in many aspects. It is quite clear from these admirable
figures that while there are not wide differences between the Indrisinze
and other Lemurs, the brain-configuration of the former shows no
1 «On the Brain of the Jayan Loris (Stenops javanicus, Llig.),” Tr. Z. 8,
vol. v. p. 103. : mee
2 * Histoire Naturelle etc. de Madagascar, Maminifeéres, Atlas, pls. 86, 87.
458 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON HAPALEMUR GRISEUS. [June 16,
special resemblances to that of Hapalemur. Nor can I find a close
resemblance between the brain of Hapalemur and that of any of the
Loris group (i. e. Loris, Nycticebus, and Perodicticus'). The
brain-structure of Hapalemur undoubtedly justifies its position in
the subfamily Lemurine.
Myology.
As regards their myology, the Lemurs are one of the best-known
groups; there are, indeed, comparatively few types which have not
been dissected ; as Hapulemur is one of these types, the present
notes may be of use, if only as a further proof of the great uniformity
in the muscular structure of these animals.
The principal memoirs, which have served me as a basis of
comparison between Hapalemur and other’forms, are those of Murie
and Mivart and of Milne-Edwards.
Messrs. Murie and Mivart sum up, in their elaborate treatise on
the myology of the Lemurs’, all the observations made previously to
that publication—a proceeding which has not only enabled them to
take a general survey of the importance of the muscular anatomy
for classificatory purposes, but is also very saving of trouble to those
who come after. Prof. Milne-Edwards* deals with the muscular
structure of the Indrisine. As it is clearly to the types described
by these writers that Hapa/emur is related, I have not specially
compared its muscles with those of the aberrant Chiromys, first
described by Sir Richard Owen*, and more recently by Dr. J. F.
Qudemans’, or with Tarsius.
In the following account of the muscles of Hapalemur griseus I
only describe those of the limbs, and for the most part only mention
those which show any variation in the different genera, and those
which show modifications characteristic of the whole group Lemu-
roidea, such as, for example, the origin of the Rectus femoris by a
double tendon.
Fore Limb.
1. Trapezius.—The origin of this muscle commences at about the
middle of the neck, and extends backwards so as to just overlap the
latissimus dorsi; it is inserted on to the spine of the scapula, on to
the posterior third of the hind margin, and on to nearly the whole
of the front margin, beimg continuous in front with the levator
claviculee; the two muscles are here so completely continuous that ,.
it is impossible to say that one overlaps the other.
2. Rhomboideus.—This muscle is single.
1 The brain of Arctocebus calabarensis has not, so far as 1 am aware, been
described.
2 «he Anatomy of the Lemuroidea,” Tr. Z. 8. vol. vii. p. 1.
3 ‘Histoire Naturelle etc. de Madagascar, Mammiferes.
4 «On the Aye-Aye (Chiromys, Cuvier; Chiromys madagascariensis, Desm. ;
Sciurus madagascariensis, Gmel., Sonnerat ; Lemur psilodactylus, Schreber,
Shaw),” Tr. Z. S. vol. v. p. 33.
> « Beitraige zur Kenntniss der Chiromys madagascariensis,” Verh. Ak. Amst.
EXxvil.
1891.] MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON HAPALEMUR GRISEUS. 459
3. Latissimus dorsi from the posterior dorsal vertebre, slightly
overlapped in front by the trapezius, and from the lumbar fascia; it
gives off a very decided slip to the pectoralis, which is attached to
that muscle by a flat tendon.
4. Dorso-epitrochlear arises from the latissimus dorsi just before
it becomes tendinous; it is inserted by a broad thin tendon on to
the ulna for a space of 3-2 inch from the olecranon.
5. Serratus magnus arises from the first 8 ribs and from the
cervical vertebre; it is attached to the posterior two-thirds of the
vertebral border of the scapula.
6. Pectoralis major consists of two separable parts only: (1) a
clavicular portion from the sterno-clavicular articulation, and (2) a
- pectoral portion from the sternum and from a few ribs behind the
sternum.
I could find no trace of the second pectoral muscle, Pectoralis
minor.
7. The Sudclavius passes from the first rib to the clavicle.
8. Biceps.—This muscle is two-headed: the long head arises by
a long flat tendon passing underneath an annular ligament; the
second head arises in common with the coraco-brachialis longus and
is apparently fused with that muscle for some way.
9. Coraco-brachialis is also a double muscle; the part lying
behind the insertion of the teres major (the other part lies in front)
is very short and only reaches about one quarter way down the
insertion of the said muscle.
10. Triceps has the usual three heads: the long head arises from
the lower border of the scapula and also from a fascia covering the
infra-spinatus ; the second head arises from the head of the humerus ;
the third from nearly the whole of the shaft of the humerus; the
anterior part of this forms an almost distinct head, which appears
to correspond to that referred to by Messrs. Murie and Mivart as
the “fourth head.”
11. Brachialis anticus arises high up on the radial side of the
humerus and twists round to the other side, receiving fibres the
whole way.
12. The Teres major is a large muscle, inserted as usual and
separately by a stout flat tendon.
13. Teres minor is present, as in other Lemurs.
14. Mlexor sublimis digitorum.—This is a small muscle arising
f om the internal condyle of the humerus ; about halfway down the
‘earm a thin tendon is given off which passes to the conjoined
deep flexor tendons ; later the tendon of this muscle splits into four,
which supply digits I1._V. The two middle tendons are the
thickest and are of equal size; the two outer tendons are considerably
thinner, but also equisized.
15. The Palmaris longus arises from the internal condyle; the
tendon is $ of the length of the entire muscle.
16. Flexor carpi ulnaris is not in any way remarkable.
17, 18. The Flewor profundus digitorum aud the Flexor longus
pollices blend together before the wrist while yet muscular, though
460 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON HAPALEMUR GRisEus. [June 16,
covered on the under surface by tendon; the muscles are not at all
distinct: the flexor profundus arises by one head from the ulna;
the flexor pollicis by two heads, one from the internal condyle of
the humerus, the other from the radius.
19. Extensor communis digitorum.—The muscle divides into three
tendons high up in the arm: the outermost of these divides into two,
one branch supplying digit V., the other fusing with the middle of
the three tendons: the tendon so formed divides into three; two of
the branches supply digits IV. and III.; the remaining branch
fuses with the innermost of the three tendons and supplies digit II.
20. The Extensor secundi internodii pollicis is a long and slender
muscle ; it arises high up on the ulna from its radial surface; the
tendon of the muscle commences about halfway down the forearm ;
it is inserted on the terminal phalanx of thumb.
21. The Extensor ossis metacarpt pollicis is a broad, flat, bipinnate
muscle arising from anterior two-thirds of radius and from the
interossecus membrane; its tendon crosses over the area a little
before the wrist and is attached to the radial side of the head of the
first metacarpal.
22. Extensor carpi radialis longior.—This muscle arises from
the ridge on the humerus Jeading to the extensor condyle; its tendon
commences before halfway down the forearm and is inserted on to
the radial side of the head of the second metacarpal.
23. Extensor carpi radialis brevior.—This muscle arises from
the extensor condyle of the humerus and from the septum between
itself and the extensor communis digitorum; its tendon is inserted
on to the outer side of the middle (8rd) metacarpal.
24. Extensor minimi digiti is a tolerably long and slender muscle,
arising from the external condyle of the humerus; it divides at the
wrist into two tendons, which are inserted on to ulnar side of [Vth
and Vth digits; just before its bifurcation it receives a slender
tendon from the extensor indicis.
25. Extensor carpi ulnaris arises from the extensor condyle of
the humerus and from the ulna; it is a single insertion.
26. The Lvtensor indicis arises from the radial surface of the
ulna and from the interosseous ligament ; it divides into two tendons ;
one of these joins the extensor minimi digiti as already described
and besides ends in a fascia; the other tendon goes to index.
Hind Limb.
1. The Gluteus maximus is, as in other Lemurs, composed of two
separate parts; the insertion of the posterior part of the muscle
extends right along the femur to its very end.
2. The Rectus femoris arises by a strong round tendon, which is
bifurcate at the origin; the muscle is covered by the vastus
externus.
3. The Vastus externus is large and fleshy ; it presents no pecu-
liarities of origin or insertion.
4. The Vastus internus is barely half the size of the vastus
externus,
1891.] MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON HAPALEMUR GRISEUS. 461
5. The Crureus arises from nearly the whole length of the femur.
All these four muscles are attached to the fascia; they are merely
mentioned in order to show that there is nothing abnormal about
them.
6. Biceps femoris.—This muscle arises by a long strong tendon
from the ischial tuberosity; it is inserted by a long, flat, and
excessively thin tendon on to fascia covering legs and on to tibia ; it
is connected at its origin with
7. Semitendinosus.—The Semitendinosus is a thin muscle fleshy
at its origin; it is inserted by a long flat tendon, more than one
inch in length, on to the cnemial crest of tibia in front of and below
insertion of sartorius.
8. The Semimembranosus is a much larger muscle ; it arises from
the ischium, bebind the origin of the semitendinosus, but is slightly
overlapped by that muscle in the front portion of its origin; its
insertion is by a strong, flat, but short tendon on to the head of
tibia.
9. The Gracilis arises from the symphysis pubis ; it is fused near
its insertion with sartorius, and both are inserted by a common
tendon along with the semitendinosus.
10, 11. Gastrocnemius and Soleus appear to form one muscle
with three heads; the soleus arises from the fibula by a flat ribbon-
shaped tendon.
The Plantaris was totaily absent.
12. The Tibialis posticus ends in a long tendon inserted into
tarsus at base of great toe; its origin is hidden below flexors.
13, 14. The Flexor longus hallucis and the Flexor digitorum
both give off a tendon to the hallux ; they blend before the division
of the latter into the tendons of digits.
15. The Tidzalis anticus arises from the tibia only, and not from
the femur also.
16. The Hatensor proprius hallucis is long and slender; it
supplies last phalanx of hallux.
There are, as in other Lemurs, four Peroneals.
The account of the myology given above so far as it goes lends
support to Messrs. Mivart and Murie’s conclusion that ‘there is
nothing of a very singular nature in the muscles distinguishing any
one genus from its fellows.”
There is no peculiarity that I have been able to discover which is
distinctive of the genus Hapalemur.
Where the genera of Lemurs differ among themselves, Hapalemur
nearly always comes nearest to Lemur. This is the case with the
majority of the muscles dissected by me, but it is not invariably so ;
a comparison of my descriptions will show a few points of agreement
with genera other than Lemur: for example, the absence of a
Pectoralis secundus allies Hapalemur not to the genus Galago, but
to Galago alleni only ; in the absence of a plantaris muscle Hapa-
lemur agrees with Loris, Nycticebus, Perodicticus, and apparently
also Galago peli.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XXXI. el
462 MR. E. B. POULTON ON AN [June 16,
8. On an interesting Example of Protective Mimicry dis-
covered by Mr. W. L. Sclater in British Guiana. By
Epwarp B. Poutton, M.A., F.R.S.
[Received June 16, 1891.]
(Plate XXXVI.)
An example of Protective Mimicry which I believe to be more
wonderful in its detail and complexity than ‘any which has been
hitherto described, was observed and interpreted by my friend Mr.
W. L. Sclater in 1886 during his investigations in British Guiana.
Knowing that I was interested in the subject, Mr. Sclater kindly
communicated the observation to me and placed his material at my
disposal. I have already given a brief account of the example’, but
it seems of sufficient importance and interest to demand illustration ;
and I take the opportunity of saying a little more about it and of
answering criticisms.
Mr. Sclater and his native servant had been collecting insects by
shaking the branches of a tree over a sheet. The servant, although
described as a very acute observer, saw an insect on the sheet which
he mistook for one of the abundant Cooshie Ants (icodoma cephalotis)
carrying its little jagged segment of leaf over its back. Mr. Sclater
looked more closely and saw that it was an entirely different insect
belonging to the order Homoptera. The specimen has been sub-
mitted to Mr. C. Waterhouse, who states that it is an immature stage
of a species belonging to the family Meméracide aud probably to the
genus Stegaspis.
Its length is 9°3 mm., or about that of an ant carrying its leaf.
The leaf is represented by the thin flattened body of the insect, which
in its dorsal part is so compressed laterally that it is no thicker
than a leaf and terminates in a sharp jagged edge (Plate XXXVI.
figs. 1, 2). The head and legs were apparently brown, and sug-
gested the appearance of that part of an ant which is uncovered by
the piece of leaf. The jagged dorsal line when seen in profile
evidently corresponds to the roughly gnawed edge of the fragment
of leat; for Mr. Sclater tells me that the contour of the latter is
generally shaped by the mandibles of the ant rather than due to the
natural margin, as represented in fig. 2.
It is probable that the Homopterous insect invariably frequents
trees where too the ants would be well known and abundant. ‘‘ The
example is, as far as I am aware, unique in the detail with which the
original is reproduced; not only is the specially protected species
copied, but it is depicted at its usual occupation, and the material
upon which it labours is also included in the picture.” * It is never-
theless possible to trace, with very probable correctness, the path
by which natural selection has produced so marvellous a result.
1 «Colours of Animals,’ London, pp. 252-532.
2 Ibid. p. 258.
Eee Sr Sol Pl SOORe
— AN aS
pi y) ee
Ite
E.B.Poulton &
H.M.J. Underhill del. J. Smit ith.
PROTECTIVE MIMICRY IN A HOMOPTEROUS INSECT.
Mintern Bros .imp.
1891. ] EXAMPLE OF PROTECTIVE MIMICRY. 463
There is little doubt that we have to do with a palatable insect
much relished by insect-eating foes, which defended itself, like the
great majority of its allies, by Protective Resemblance (Procryptic
Colouring), in this case by a likeness to leaves. The green colour and
compressed body were probably evolved in response to the need for
concealment. But as the increasing acuteness of fves, also subject
to natural selection, enabled them to see through a disguise which is
so universally adopted by palatable insects, it became of advantage to
certain hard-pressed forms to resemble something which was posi-
tively objectionable to their enemies rather than merely useless and
uninteresting. And in this case the transition froin Protective
Resemblance to Protective Mimicry (Pseudaposematie Colouring)
would be especially easy, for it would be brought about by com-
paratively insignificant modifications of colour and form. Such an
easy transition into so marvellous a method of defence is of course
due to the accident that specially defended insects generally
associated with pieces of leaf are well known in the same locality.
My friend Col. Swinhoe has objected to this interpretation that it
is extremely difficult to believe that the habit of the ant has been
continued sufficiently long for the change to have been produced in
the Homopterous insect. But the habit seems to be very ancient,
inasmuch as it is common to a group of species inhabiting tropical
America, and presumably dates from the time of their origin in a
common ancestor. Furthermore it has been shown that, detailed as
the resemblance certainly is, it was probably prepared for by an
earlier resemblance to leaves alone.
It must also be remembered that several species of the genus
Stegaspis are known in tropical America, and that the published
fizures and descriptions of these show that the same shape and
outline are characteristic of the whole. It is therefore extremely
probable that Mr. Sclater’s interpretation applies to a group of
closely allied Homopterous insects inhabiting a district where the
various species of leaf-carrying ants are well known and abundant.
In the preparation of the Plate accompanying this paper I have
to thank Miss Kelly for kindly lending me some sketches of living
Cooshie Ants bearing leaves; these sketches, drawn upon the spot,
were of especial value. Miss Horman Fisher also made for me a
careful drawing of a leaf-carrying Ant in the Natural History
Museum. Mr. H.M.J. Underhill has prepared the coloured figures
from this material.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXXVI.
Fig. 1. x about 6°5. Immature form of an unknown species of Szegaspis
(Membracideé) as seen from the right side. Drawn with the camera
lucida.
2. A representation of the Stegaspis (on the right) beside the leaf-carrying
Ant (on the left). The fragment of leaf carried by the latter is
generally gnawed along its upper edge. The figure of the ant was
chiefly adapted from Miss Horman Fisher's drawing of a specimen in
the Natural History Museum.
464 ON AN EXAMPLE OF PROTECTIVE Mimicry. [June 16,
Fig. 3. A group of Cooshie Ants, all except one carrying leaves. On the
right of the figure the Homopterous insect is represented. The figure
is intended to show how complete the resemblance must be when the
Stegaspis is near a group of ants. It is improbable, however, that the
Stegaspis would be found among the ants on the ground as represented
in the Plate. The figures of ants were chiefly adapted from Miss
Kelly’s sketches.
LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London
are of two kinds —“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo
form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto.
According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings”
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published in the “‘ Proceedings ” by the
Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates
and engravings are attached to each annual volume of the
“< Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable
species of animals described in them. Amongst such illustra-
tions, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living
state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.
The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the
first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part
published in April completing the volume for the preceding
ear.
: The “Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
They are issued at irregular intervals.
Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled
to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less
than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re-
duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications
issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of five pounds.
The following is a complete list of the publications of the
Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s
Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the
Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, H.C.), or through any
bookseller.
[ October, 1891. ]
2
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Ato. 12 vols. and 3 Parts.
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public.
#£ s. d. £ sd
Vol. I., -eontaining 59 Plates.... (1833-35) .... 313 6. 418 0*
Vol. IL., rr To Sy Sete ee 5=4 Daisey Ome 5 6 6*
Vol. IIl., 55 63. os ewe SA 49 et oan or ene 411 O0*
Vol. IV., 9 TT oh ees en SO O20 Tc Ome Oh 8 2- 6*
Vol. V., aA 67. see span (V862-66)" Js20 928) 407 SO) Gee
Vol. VI., a QO ee, come Kl SOO—O9 rae Ur ronan. V5) (O80
Wolk Wills, 55 TSB ye eee SOO 72) eee Oy ae OR TSAO:
Wollh WAVES) 5, BON css pare (LOLo=L aie eo oles 12 11 O
Vol. IX., ba Lt) aeons rire (Ite //==//7/) Beinn 9 Wanted ae AE 16752570)
Vol. X., 3 O56. taal ae nC LS —7o) etn lO IO tae 135-770
Index: Vols,oli— Xie scien ieteteel (QUES I) epranhe Why fone 010 0
Vol. XI, containing 97 Plates .. (1880-85) .... 912 0.... 12 16 O
Vol. XII., Eo 660" nce CLOG he se ciese SPO 4 £4 °¢
Wolke AU bs ees gp GY dan eeg ers Os Laeoes pa ed a0
My is Hates GA Cee Apr. Leal) fa. Os Reem ones i Uae ee (8)
a pennies elie Gre Skee COCHMSIL) a se ees 1 4 0
PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols.
Fellows. Public.
Pare re 1S30S3Te rl voleSvors cect ener As. Gd... “Ossi
Pte: Ul (man is oy ARE eens A Lah Maley crend ds AS-i arremlOss
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.)
Priceto Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public
Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d... 6s.t | Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
Pant is84. a. aecGan Gs: SX 1842,. 5, © 4svemaeniee
Te ga5. NB Yas Gdek yas, 3) MLL-1845. te COEIGetr
sy Lie 1836 is 4s, 6d. .. 6s. os e844: 3 4s. 6d... 6s.
Nee ag el) ods. Gal bs. j» XII, 1845, , » 4s eceerane
a MAG eBisie ae 4s. 6d. .. 6s. XV S46: 5 4s. 6d. .. 6s.t
JPY Wal. 1889, 5°), °°) 486d... 68.4) |), Re 1847. 1)" 0" Ao
» VIII. 1840. A 4s. 6d. .. 6s.t | Index 1830-1847. 3 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)
Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.
ees eniae i sssnide
Part XVI. 1848. l vol. 8vo.4s.6d. .. 6s. ........ Leos LPG
oat), pROVAILS T8495 a ASO MEN sas ROS) Been 1 0 8 1 7 Gs
3 eV B50: - Als Otte eran, MOSS t COM: a SiG 118 OF
a XIX. 1851. se As Gd ater POSS) | fee Ose Wee Ose
A XX. 1852. as AS Oda rs to OS bee ie 16) 8) es We One
| WWRIGLSG5S sf eee CaM Gs |) Secale 018 0 1 40
Uo SSRI S54 yy pe eee SGA e | ae 019 6 1 6 Ot
> AXITI. 1855. 3 45: Od uae INOSsia) onic ac iene Siler Go jiaaltey > Oy
CO RERTV. 185600 oe as og eet enone renee 108 1 Fetes
bt NOV aye A Asn OUAN hy IOS sm saaeieR ae LoOmES 1 7G
RV L858. <0 pete eG eee BC oer he! Tan 2 2 OF
» XVII. 1859. a AS. OG aes dOSe) euscsie peters Wh © 2 25h
ORR VT 1860, i) Gene ese ee ie 2 2 Ot
Index 1848-1860. Br 4500: ee) OS;
* No perfect copies in stock. + Out of print.
3
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public,
MS Olea 4sy Gd oe Je OSsteia te ore 9s. iv LOS Ree ean rR MOTTE. Routt Ale:
SOQ 4S Gd. Sun OSH oo. oss 9st PEER Corte as oa das. Gd. 2... 45s.
NSOSNeAGAS Od: ce OSs) ate oes 9s. Die se ee a Se Glee hy!
NSG4552 4s) Gd Genk GS 9s. NEP OS hc ee SK Sth caoe EOS.
RS Gates ae ces ele ae GS oo iis 9s. A yianet eS eee os, ih soos Bos:
IS66) 2. 45, 6d. 32.5 Gs8® se es 9s. SI OAS hes aie ol BoE Wik Baer 45s.
1 S37 Res kee eiiees Petae ol Seen 9s. 2 PODS ee BE ihe 6 oee 45s.
IES OG eee oe ane cape Sco SU 9s. cai US eee SSO smeere aA ys
AG OM ee wane AcE: agian: 9s. LS DS RA OSE Os ee A ys)
UGVAD craic ences tc SGD CLL eee 9s. i oh TD grin ee BS so00 CK
Index, 1861-1870 ............ AIRS oace . WS,
NS /flieatnes Stine ma Ls fo) 9s DGS ee wee 38 Vth soa. 4156
SR aE eyo sR hue 9s . 12s.%, BoSugde es 40S;
USifoteeere ay Prete Ne ale ge 9s o Ws, CS Oh soon CGT
NES el rota Werner eR ON Gee a i 9s Bade A as 36s 485.7
TSA circ hese la ae ae ae 9s Ss anaes 36s. 48s.
WBA shed i 5 Gis Soe A Pee ee eee 9s 1S 36s. 48s.7
SPAR Siete i ol oh oybeve lose caweceuepanc 9s. 12s. 36s. 48s
SSW Nae eae aces onciatedlataie 9s AS nce et 36s. 485
TSO RAPN eee ve cet rary cySicrer a eles erate Natiens 9s. 12s. 36s, 48s
NUS SO aretracesns thos rare sien siescus chanouans 9s. 1 eee 36s. 4ks
Index, 1871-1880 ~............ AS (0, nooo OSS
NOS 4 As eed eee ee nie an ected 9s lies: 5 Bhtks 485.%
TSHSID? oa aie ae Rane mt REE 5) WBS. . 36s 48s
SER Peri iscnate auch itececweremie me ansuteons 9s El Gee 36s 48s
TV SSE a Oe oes ciate 9s . 12s. 36s 48s
ISS) Boar etre ccs hehe nore 9s 12s. 36s 48s.*
NGS OR cg etiarecete lecoheennier sie 9s ataleich NAGS ha eke MU OK: pi AOSD
NSS Fares lhe se ab skele tenes 9s. Sey tee SS Fora iets evs OOS: Pe ASS
RSS Re Se et opie Cente Ghee ab ees thar 9s. Bree aS ei meant haus OSs soon Ce
NS SOI aber cis ocala cea ecete elec rae outs 9s. Pia eR ol PAG, ap Re RRS NMED CIGD sooo fee.
TRSHOYO) Ly aN Oe ae oe ae ee ne 9s PGs Nahe ee 36s. s 00 Shek
* No perfect copies in stock. + Out of print.
PROCEEDINGS or tat GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC
BUSINESS or tat ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public.
LON, joes Genny Can Oeil) SEE Uersaas Se abn mara sooo n cor Oe Oth cace Bs:
RSG eet Mat ADDR iy, vp neietsee Realm <a) svechiahetoe dls ip ieibss elas Qe, OW, soa5. IDS
SONA ale gna Scr SUM) fo tar. cr nnsusli¥n la sachersveyeiaiee avons sate, ale Ses Oa” Gopie: ake,
LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price ls. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price Is. 6d.
t
be
- Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.)
8vo. 1872. iErice 2s.
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo.
1875. Price 1s.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Hdition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con-
taining Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880. Price ls. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) Cloth,
8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d.
Tuer ZootocicaL Recorp.
The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1885. Twenty-two
volumes. Price £5 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-third
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Hdited by Frawx E.
Brpparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1887.
Price 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-fourth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Hdited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1888.
Price 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-fifth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Kdited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record for 1889, being Volume the Twenty-sixth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franz E,
BrpparD, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 30s.
Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.
(Fourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s.
These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s Orrice (3
Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,
E.C.), or through any bookseller.
ContTENTSs (continued).
June 2, 1891 (continued).
Page
1. On the Land and Freshwater Shells of Perak. By O, F. von PT ORIMIDORES: Ph.D.
eho ® 0.9. DYE y tee eee cere teie: sik ern ee Ae eNO esieee eee tes 330
2. Note on the Derivation and Distribution of the Insectivora of the New World. By
Ge Dopton, MAL ER See ccov clos oars oe eee Ola Sa ee EViGeiiemiteoc spire i: 349
3. On Reptiles, Batrachians, and Fishes from the Lesser West Indies. By G. A. Boutmnczr. 35]
4. On the Lyeenide of the Solomon Islands. By Hamizton H. Drucz, F.E.S. (Plates
> CRG S00 18 a Ns ENG EET Saat 2 nye ans VS . 357
June 16, 1891.
Mr. H. A. Bryden. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a distorted pair of horns of an Eland,
and the feet of the Lechée Antelope ....... 200. ee sees fee ee cece tte e ener ee sees 37
os
Mr. Howard Saunders, PZ. 8. Exhibition of, and roma Paes a ey white skin of a
Tiger from Northern India Dank twee ese eye Sits Vion os eh eT a rOue
»
Mr. Howard Saunders. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of the eggs of
Larus maculipennis and Sterna trudeaui, obtained by My. Ernest Gibson in the
sArgentine Republic’ 0... 6. cea hens moieties < SSC SOD SCC eres ene (0.
Mr. Sclater. Remarks on two Sea-Hagles, referred to Haliagtus pelagious, living in the
Hamburg Zoological Garden ........ 2. +++ cece sere mua Poatyiaite ele ek ea Doors 374
Dr. R. Bowdler Sharpe, F.Z.S. ce of the Eppecstings o of the oe neon Ornitho-
logical Congress at Budapest .......... SRA eT ee
1, A Contribution to the Sane of the Races of Rana esculenta and Ape Gecerepucel
Distributions +by.G. A BOULMNGHE + sents s alee: Mee ba hoa ee Dr eb BYE:
2. Notes on some Ungulate Mammals, By Ontprietp Tuomas, F.Z.S.. 1s... ee. sees sess O84
3. On a Collection of Marine Shells from Aden, with some Remarks upon the Relationship
of the Molluscan Fauna of the Red Sea and the Mediterranean, By Epaar A. Surrus,
BN A.Srae Plate MIDE carats 5 acere tue DLA eet Re oS ERS Oh RE CE elses ea oS hea 390
+, Descriptions of new Species of Shells from the ‘Challenger’ Expedition. By Enaar A.
SMITH, F ZS. (Plates XXXIV. & XXXV.).. melee SeNialns an ve chaee sete uriceee wee! AG
5. On the present Distribution of the Giraffe, South of the Zambesi, and on the best means
of securing lying Specimens for European Collections. By H.A. Bryprn ,....... 445
6. Note on some Reptiles from Trinidad. By R.R. Moz and F. W. Uricn .......... 447
7. Additional Notes upon Hapalemur griseus, By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., Prosector to
PIMP SOGIEIN Gre sYoters 4 grainy codes sie GAD ohe'e' sco Sie Rr arek Shnee lao: diss aie Recetas PRISER 449
8. On an interesting Example of Protective Mimicry discovered by Mr. W. L. Sclater in
British Guiana. By Epwarp B, Pourton, M.A., F.R.S. (Plate XXXVL)........ 462
LIST OF PLATES.
1891.
PART III.
Plate Page
XXVIII. Carpophaga chathamensis .....: ise ce ce cee cece es ee sees 312
XXIX. New Indian Land-Shells.. 0c... ee eek ec cee tte e en 313
XXX. “Land-Shells of Perak. s(.02525. och. fees eeen ven Sees ee O80
vere | Lycxnids of the Solomon Islands .. +1... 6.se sees ew euee 357
XXXIII. New Species of Shells from Aden ....-....0++-.+-eeeessss 390
ROO | Wow Species of Shells from the ‘ Challenger’ Hapodit 436
S XXXV, pecies of Shells from the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition ...... ee
XXXVI. Protective Mimicry ina Homopterous Insect ...+....... a. 462
NOTICE.
The ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts, as follows:—
Parties ds containing papers read in January and February, on June. Ist. é Z
I. 6 es », March and April, on August Ist. ——
Hie} Oo ee se ,, - May and June, on October Ist, ¢
Ty. LE », November and December, on April Ist.
Bn ae Ce [Price Twelve Shillings. |
PROCEEDINGS
| : z OF THE ;
ae GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS |
ae OF THE .
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON,
FOR THE YEAR
1891.
- PART IV.
CONTAINING PAPERS RE
Sil
| MORE HES
| NOVEMBER ann DACEMBER. “en,
Nov 27 ps
a; ac A
=a Al. _ taste
“APRIL ist, 1892. tes:
' PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
‘SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON: —~
Z MESSRS. LONG MANS, GREEN, AND OO.,,
__ PATERNOSTER-ROW.
LIST OF CONTENTS.
PART IV.—1891.
& November 3, 1891. Rake
- Page
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's he Segue in June, July, Aaa, a.
and September 1891 ....2cce cee e sence eee potent tee pete e eee rete en ee 4
Mr. F. E. Blaauw, O.M.Z.S. Exhibition of, and notes upon, a young Wondrous Grass- <a
Finch (Poephila mérabilis) and a nest and eggs of this species ....... +s. ee sesso 465
Prof. EB. C. Stirling, C.M.Z.S, Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an origtes! drawing of the —
new Australian Mammal (Notoryctes /yphlops) Biekls Sxl gidedia ele eg mie proses e ake Oetel aan 46
~ Mr. Bonlenger, Exhibition a and remarks upon, an Iguana with reproduced Haas Pe tease
Mr. R. Gordon Wickham. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a fine pair of horns of the
Gemsbok Antelope (Oryx gazella) ...... Dae Kr oN aaatiele ody tide ceare sates eae een 4
1. On Pleistocene Bird-remains from the Sardinian and Corsican Islands. By R. Lypuxxer,
B.A: . (Plate MIXX VIN) ee sie aie aid eg wae wine Biel ss cle ew ele ailese Gui selrean
ig
2. On Remains of a Large Stork from the Allier Miocene. By R. Lypuxxmr, B.A. ~...... 6
8, Ona new Species of Moa. By R. Lypexnnur, B.A. (Plate XXXVIIL.) ..........+.-.
4. Description of a remarkable Fish from Mauritius, belonging to the Genus age By
Dr. A. Gunruer,-V.P.Z.S. (Plate XXXTK.) 6c. ee een ewes we tens sees ‘
5. On the Occurrence of a rare Fish (Lophotes cepedianus) at the Cape of Good Hope. By :
Ro PRION PRUs 2 be ale bine Wie AS gence Ste ya mae eee ake wie oa Oa ol a aoe
. On a Specimen of Pleurotomaria from ‘Tobago, West Indies. By R. J. Lecuwens a
Guppy; ©. Mi. ZiS oo nas. tscceee nite Baten ewierontye «hee de tip stags Sore op ee enna ia tae Biber 48
mr)
November 17, 1891.
- The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the ‘Society’ S Mensperie’ in October 1891 .
Dr. G. Martorelli. Letter from, dee a Plpared drawing be a a hybrid Duck between
Branta rufina and Anas boschas 2.1.1. .iee eee cee e eens hn tn Or eae ee ae ‘-
Mr. H. Nevill, F.Z.S. Remarks on the importance of founding an experimental Zoolo 2
gical Station i in the Tropics Ste oe spyab wath ania aaiale nln otk ce eee ie ara eam
Contents continued on page 3 of Wr
THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,
Tus Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir
Homrnrey Davy, Bart., Sir Sramrorp Rarrnzs, and other eminent
individuals, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology,
and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal
Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.
During the period which has elapsed since the opening of the
Gardens in the Regent’s Park in 1828, a very large number of
species of Mawmats, Brrps, and Reprives has been obtained, detailed
lists of which will be found in the published Catalogues of the
Collection. To these were added, in 1853, collections of FisuEs
and of the Lownr Aquatic Animas, both marine and freshwater,
aud in 1881 a House for the breeding and exhibition of Insects and
other Articulata.
Datroness. Ce SBP
HER MAJESTY THE QUEER Hs AB LESH,
/
Ve y
© is
Gice-Patron.
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE princi on WM, ah. 1925 »
+p
¢
yy a
COUNCIL ™ ON aE: muse™
PROF. W. H. FLOWER, C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.8., Peden
Witiram Bartsson, Ese., M.A. Lr.-Gen. Str H. B. Luuspen,
Witrtrm T. Branrorp, Ksa., K.C.S.1.
E.R.S. Dr. St. Georcr Mivart, F.R.S.,
Masor-Geun. Henry Crzrx, R.A., Vice-President.
F.R.S. Proressor Atrrep Newron, M.A.,
Henry E. Dresser, Ese. F.R.S., Vice-President.
CHartes Drummonp, Esa, Sir Arspert K. Rou, M.P.,
Treasurer. LL.D., D.C.L.
Sie JosppH Farrer, K.C.S.1., || Tae Lorp Arraur Rosset.
F.R.S., Vice-President. Ospert Satvin, Ese, F.R.S..
Joun P. Gasstot, Esa. Vice-President.
F, DoCanz Gopman, Esa., F.R.S., || Howarp Saunpers, Esa.
Vice- Presiden. Pare Louriey Scratzr, Ese.,
Dre. Atsert Ginruer, F.R.S., M.A., Pa.D., F.RS., Secretary.
Vice-President. Henry Sersoum, Hse.
E. W. H. Hotpswortn, Ese. JosepH Travers Surru, Esa.
2
The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and
Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws.
The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.
till Sunset ; and the Offices and Library (5 Hanover Square, W.),
where all communications should be addressed, from Ten till Five,
except on Saturdays, when they close at Two o’clock p.m.
The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the
Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every
month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.
The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice
a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and
October, at half-past Eight o’clock p.m.
The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m.
TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.
Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-
bution of £3, due on the Ist of January, and payable in advance,
or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,
including the Admission Fee, being £35.
Fertzows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for
the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.
PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.
Frttows haye Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two
Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the
entrance gate.
Fettows of the Society receive a Book of Saturday, and a Book of
Sunday Orders. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on
each Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the
Saturday Orders are not available if the Fetnow uses his privilege
of personally introducing two companions on the same day.
Fettows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday
Orders for Twenty Tickets, available for any day during the year of
issue. The Book of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a
similar packet of Twenty Tickets. These tickets will admit only
one person, whether child or adult.
3
Frttows also receive Twenty Free Tickets (Green), each valid
for the admission of one adult any day of the week including
Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in lieu of Green
Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to one Adult's.
These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are available
for following years.
The Books of Orders and the Free Tickets are sent to all Frttows
who shall have given a General Order for their delivery, on the 1st
of January in every year, at any specified address. Forms for this
purpose are supplied on application.
The Wire of a Frettow can exercise all these privileges in his
absence.
Frttows have the privilege of receiving a complete set of the
Society’s Publications on payment of the additional Subscription of
One Guinea every year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of
January and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary
Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Frtnows are likewise
entitled to purchase the Transactions and other Publications of the
Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged to the public.
A further reduction of 25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases
of Publications issued prior to 1871, if above the value of Five
pounds.
Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual
Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the
1st July in each year, but this privilege only holds good if the
subscription is paid before the 1st of December following.
Frttows may obtain, on the payment of One Guinea annually,
an Ivory Ticket, which will admit a named person of their imme-
diate family, resident in the same house with them, to the Gardens
with One Companion daily.
They may also obtain a TRansreRaBLe Ivory Ticker admitting
Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,
on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.
Any Frttow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom
during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the
Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the
4
«dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of
his annual contribution during such absence.
Any Frttow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to
withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.
Persons who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested
to communicate with the undersigned.
PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Pa.D., F.R.S.,
Secretary.
3 Hanover Square, W.,
April 1st, 1892.
MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
FOR
SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.
(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)
Session 1891-92.
1892.
Turspay, Aprin .. 5 Tusspay, Junr.... 14
a: MEARE eo ana
The Chair will be taken at half-past Hight o'clock in the Evening
precisely.
The LIBRARY (under the superintendence of Mr. F. H. Warrr-
Hous, Librarian) is open from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m.; on Saturdays to
2p.m. It is closed in the month of September. .
LIST OF INSTITUTIONS
TO WHICH
COPIES OF THE SOCIETY'S PUBLICATIONS ARE PRESENTED.
AFRICA.
The South-African Museum, Cape Town.
AMERICA, SOUTH.
The Museum of Natural History, Buenos Ayres.
The Museum of Natural History, Santiago, Chili.
AUSTRALASIA.
The Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart.
The Zoological and Acclimatization Society of Victoria, Melbourne.
The Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney.
The Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney.
The New-Zealand Institute, Wellington.
AUSTRIA.
The Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna.
The Zoological and Botanical Society, Vienna.
BELGIUM.
The Entomological Society of Belgium, Brussels.
The Malacological Society of Belgium, Brussels.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Brussels.
The Royal Museum of Natural History, Brussels.
BRITISH INDIA.
The Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta.
The Geological Survey of India, Calcutta.
The Indian Museum, Calcutta.
CANADA (DOMINION OF).
The McGill College, Montreal.
The Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa.
The University of Toronto, Toronto.
2
CHINA.
The China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Shanghai.
EAST INDIES.
The Royal Society of the Dutch East Indies, Batavia.
FRANCE.
The Linnean Society of Normandy, Caen.
The Agricultural Society, Lyons.
The Entomological Society of France, Paris.
The Museum of Natural History, Paris.
The National Society of Acclimatation, Paris.
GERMANY.
The Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Berlin.
The Society of Friends of Natural History, Berlin.
The Natural-History Union for Rhineland and Westphalia, Bonn.
The Senkenbergian Society, Frankfort-on-Main.
The Zoologischer Garten (Direction of), Frankfort-on-Main.
The Royal Society of Sciences, Gottingen.
The Natural-History Society, Halle.
The Natural-History Union, Hamburg.
The Medical and Natural-History Society, Jena.
The Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences, Munich.
The Union for Natural History of Wiirtemberg, Stuttgardt.
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.
The Belfast Natural History and Philosophical Society, Belfast.
The Philosophical Society, Cambridge.
The Royal Dublin Society, Dublin.
The Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.
The Geological Society, Dublin.
The Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh.
The Royal Society, Edinburgh.
The Free Public Library and Museum, Liverpool.
The Atheneum Club, London.
The British Museum of Natural History, London.
The Entomological Society, London.
The Geological Society, London.
The King’s College Library, London.
The Linnean Society, London.
The London Institution.
The Royal College of Physicians, London.
The Royal College of Surgeons, London.
The Royal Geographical Society, London.
The Royal Institution, London.
The Royal Society, London.
The University College, London.
The Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester.
The Owens College, Manchester.
The Natural History Society, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
The Plymouth Institution and Devon and Cornwall Natural-History
Society, Plymouth.
The Marine Biological Laboratory, Plymouth.
The Yorkshire Philosophical Society, York.
HOLLAND.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam.
The Royal Zoological Society, Amsterdam.
The Dutch Society of Sciences, Haarlem.
_ The Dutch Entomological Union, The Hague.
The Royal Museum of the Netherlands, Leyden.
ITALY.
The Royal Institute of Superior Studies, Florence.
The Italian Society of Natural Sciences, Milan.
The Zoological Station, Naples.
The Royal Academy of the Lincei, Rome.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Turin.
RUSSIA.
The Natural-History Society, Dorpat.
The Society of Sciences of Finland, Helsingfors.
The Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow.
The Entomological Society of Russia, St. Petersburg.
The Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg.
SCANDINAVIA.
The Society of Sciences of Christiania, Christiania.
The Royal Danish Society of Sciences, Copenhagen.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Stockholm.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Upsala.
SPAIN.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Madrid.
SWITZERLAND.
The Philosophical and Natural-History Society, Geneva.
The Canton de Vaud Society of Natural Scienc :s, Lausanne.
The Society of Natural Sciences, Neuchatel.
The Natural-History Society, Zurich.
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.
The Boston Society of Natural History, Boston.
The New-York Academy of Sciences, New York.
The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.
The American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.
The Entomological Society, Philadelphia.
The Peabody Academy of Sciences, Salem, Mass.
The Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
The United-States Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.
LLDLL LLL LILI DDD
The Publications (except in special cases) are sent out direct as
soon as they are issued. It is requested that they may be ac-
knowledged by the return of the form of receipt sent with them,
in order that any mis-delivery may be brought to notice.
Publications sent in exchange to this Society should be addressed
to the Librarian at this Office. Itis requested that they may be
sent direct by post, as much delay is caused by their transmission
through booksellers and in other ways.
By order of the Council,
P. L. SCLATER,
Secretary.
3 Hanover Sevare, Lonpon, W.,
April, 1892.
1891. ] EXAMPLE OF PROTECTIVE MIMICRY. 463
There is little doubt that we have to do with a palatable insect
much relished by insect-eating foes, which defended itself, like the
great majority of its allies, by Protective Resemblance (Procryptic
Colouring), in this case by a likeness to leaves. The green colour and
compressed body were probably evolved in response to the need for
concealment. But as the increasing acuteness of foes, also subject
to natural selection, enabled them to see through a disguise which is
so universally adopted by palatable insects, it became of advantage to
certain hard-pressed forms to resemble something which was posi-
tively objectionable tc their enemies rather than merely useless and
uninteresting. And in this case the transition from Protective
Resemblance ‘o Trotective Mimicry (Pseudaposematie Colouring)
would be er vecially easy, for it would be brought about by com-
paratively insignificant modifications of colour and form. Such an
easy transition into so marvellous a method of defence is of course
due to the accident that specially defended insects generally
associated with pieces of leaf are well known in the same locality.
My friend Col. Swinhoe has objected to this interpretation that it
is extremely difficult to believe that the habit of the ant has been
continued sufficiently long for the change to have been produced in
the Homopterous insect. But the habit seems to be very ancient,
inasmuch as it is common to a group of species inhabiting tropical
America, and presumably dates from the time of their origin in a
common ancestor. Furthermore it has been shown that, detailed as
the resemblance certainly is, it was probably prepared for by an
earlier resemblance to leaves alone.
It must also be remembered that several species of the genus
Stegaspis are known in tropical America, and that the published
figures and descriptions of these show that the same shape and
outline are characteristic of the whole. It is therefore extremely
probable that Mr. Sclater’s interpretation applies to a group of
closely allied Homopterous insects inhabiting a district where the
various species of leaf-carrying ants are well known and abundant.
In the preparation of the Plate accompanying this paper I have
to thank Miss Kelly for kindly lending me some sketches of living
Cooshie Ants bearing leaves; these sketches, drawn upon the spot,
were of especial value. Miss Horman Fisher also made for me a
careful drawing of a leaf-carrying Ant in the Natural History
Museum. Mr. H.M.J. Underhill has prepared the coloured figures
from this material.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATH XXXVI.
Fig. 1. x about 6°5. Immature form of an unknown species of Stegaspis
(Membracidé) as seen from the right side. Drawn with the camera
lucida.
2. A representation of the Stegaspis (on the right) beside the leaf-carrying
Ant (on the left). The fragment of leaf carried by the latter is
generally gnawed along its upper edge. The figure of the ant was
chiefly adapted from Miss Horman Fisher's drawing of a specimen in
the Natural History Museum.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XXXII. 32
464 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Nov. 3,
Fig. 3. A group of Cooshie Ants, all except one carrying leaves. On the
right of the figure the Homopterous insect is represented. The figure
is intended to show how complete the resemblance must be when the
Stegaspis is near a group of ants. It is improbable, however, that the
Stegaspis would be found among the ants on the ground as represented
in the Plate. The figures of ants were chiefly adapted from Miss
Kelly’s sketches.
November 3, 1891.
Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. °
The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made
to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July, August,
and September, 1891 :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of June were 148, of which 79 were by presentation, 10 by
purchase, 2 by exchange, 38 by birth, and 19 were received on
deposit. The total number of departures during the same period
by death and removals was 71.
Amongst the additions 1 may invite special attention to the
following :—
1. A Great Black-headed Gull (Larus ichthyaetus), kindly brought
to us by Mr. B. T. Ffinch, C.M.Z.S8., on his recent return home from
the Persian Gulf. This is the first specimen of this fine bird that
we have received alive.
2. Three examples of the Tibetan Crossoptilon (Crossoptilon
tibetanum), obtained in the mountains of Szechuen, near T'a-tsien-lo,
by Mr. E. A. Pratt, and purchased of him. These birds, which are
new to the Society’s Collection, were procured by Mr. Pratt durmg
his recent-journey in Western China (see Proc. R. Geogr. Soc. 1891,
p- 339, and Ibis, 1891, p. 378).
3. A young female of the Sinaitic Ibex (Capra sinaitica), obtained
from the Erba Mountains on the coast of the Red Sea, about 120
miles north of Suakim, by Sir James Anderson, and presented to
the Society.
The same generous donor has previously presented us with a male
example of this Ibex (P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 246), which is doing well in
the Gardens, so that the female is doubly welcome.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of July were 115 in number; of these 41 were acquired by
presentation, 14 by purchase, 29 by birth, and 31 were received on
deposit. The total number of departures during the same period
by death and removals was 77.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of August were 100 in number; of these 70 were acquired
by presentation, 1 by purchase, 1 by birth, 2 by exchange, and
26 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during
the same period by death and removals was 86.
1891. ] MR. F. E. BLAAUW ON POEPHILA MIRABILIS. 465
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of September were 92 in number ; of these 61 were acquired
by presentation, 17 by purchase, 4 by exchange, 3 were bred in the
Gardens, and 7 were received on deposit. ‘The total number of
departures during the same period by death and removals was 79.
Amongst the additions I may invite special attention to the fol-
lowing :—
1. A Dorsal Hyrax (Hyrax dorsalis) from Sierra Leone, pre-
sented by C. Burney Mitford, Esq., Colonial Treasurer, Sierra Leone,
received September 3rd.
This species is new to our list. It may be compared with the
specimen of Hyrax capensis, which is now in the cage alongside
of it.
2. A collection of animals from the territories of the Imperial
British East Africa Company, presented by Keith Anstruther, Esq.,
of that Company’s service. These comprise a specimen of a rare
Monkey—the Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus rufo-viridis), of
which no example has reached the Society since 1860. The present
specimen is from the Kilimanjaro district. Mr. Anstruther also
sent us a pair of Ostriches, of which only the female has reached us
alive. It appears to belong to the form with blue naked skin named
Struthio molybdophanes by Dr. Cabanis (J. f. O. 1884, p. 229).
Mr. Keith Anstruther has recently changed his quarters from
Taveta to Malindi, where Hippopotamuses are abundant, and has
kindly undertaken to make every endeavour to procure for us a
young pair of this animal, which we much require.
3. Two Cormorants from New Zealand, presented by the Karl of
Onslow, G.C.M.G., Governor of New Zealand, through the kind
intervention of Captain F. H. Salvin, who is, as is well known,
specially interested in birds of this group. These birds seem to be
referable to the Pied Shag, Phalacrocorax varius (see Buller’s ‘ Birds
of New Zealand,’ ed. 2, ii. p. 149, pl. xxxviii.), but do not quite
agree with Sir W. buller’s description.
4, A young Agami Heron (Ardea agami) from Surinam, presented
September 25th by Mr. Frank Fisher. This Heron is new to the
Society’s list.
The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of Mr. F. E. Blaauw, C.M.Z.S.,
a stuffed example of a young Wondrous Grass-Finch (Poephila mira-
bilis), bred in captivity at his house (S’Graveland, Hilversum,
Holland), together with a nest and egg of this species, and read some
extracts from his letter on the breeding of this bird :—
“The male of my pair of Poephila mirabilis is exactly like the
bird represented in Gould’s ‘ Birds of Australia.’ The female is a
little smaller and has no lengthened tail-feathers. The head at the
first aspect looks black, but when examined closely is found to have
a dark red glow, and even to have some dark red feathers. The
breast is of a very pale bluish pink ; the rest of the plumage resembles
that of the male, but all the coiours are more indistinct. The
young when they left the nest were conspicuous by the three beautiful
a2
466 MR. BOULANGER ON IGUANA TUBERCULATA. [Nov. 3,
pearl-like excrescences which are placed at each corner of the bill.
They form a triangle, of which two are of a very fine pearl-like
blue, and the third of a pale buff-colour. When the bird opens its
mouth the buff-coloured pearl is found to be the real corner of the
bill, whilst on each side is a blue pearl. The beak itself is of a
shining black colour, the head is grey, the throat lighter. The
breast is a greyish buff, gradually melting into the yellowish white
of the belly. The back is olive-green, and the tail-coverts bluish
reen.
5 “The egg is white. The nest, as will be seen, has no roof to it,
as have the nests of most Australian Grass-Finches, but is an open
construction of some dried weeds and grass, and was placed in a little
wooden box, of which the front was open.
“Five little birds came out, and at the age of about three weeks,
I think, flew out, and were very active and independent from the
beginning. The old birds have fed them entirely on canary-seed
and white millet. They used no ants’-eges or anything of that sort.
“They seem to be perfect vegetable-feeders. How the plumage
a the young birds changes I hope to be able to let you kuow
ater.”
The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of Prof. E. C. Stirling, of the
University, Adelaide, C.M.Z.S., an original water-colour drawing of
the new Australian Mammal, Notoryctes typhlops, prepared from
a pencil-sketch taken from life. Prof. Stirling had written as
follows :—
‘This drawing represents the animal in an observed attitude, and
shows one or two of the characteristics which I have described.
The ground is the red sand so prevalent in the interior, and is
coloured from a sample I brought down. The ‘tussocks’ are those
of Ariodia irritans, the Percupine-Grass or spinifex of the Interior,
some of the tussocks being in flower. For the sake of the distance
and perspective they have been represented proportionately too
small; but the sketch conveys very well the idea of the kind of
country the animals are found in, z.e., bare sand, with scattered
tussocks of this pointed grass.”
Mr. Boulanger exhibited an Iguana with reproduced tail, and
made the following remarks :—
“The specimen of Iguana tuberculata, from Curacao, which I
exhibit, was received a few days ago at the Natural History
Museum. It is interesting for having the tail rezenerated—a some-
what unusual occurrence in this well-known Lizard, and especially
for the remarkable appearance of the restored portion. The caudal
scales in Iguana are disposed in verticils, but on the regenerated
organ they are arranged quincuncially ; and instead of the black
annuli we have a black dorsal stripe. This stripe begins at the base
of the regenerated portion, a little to the right, at the posterior edge
pe Bet
DNC Uy toh
€
Lbs ies J
Wea hs
Hi
P.Z.S 1891 Plate XVI.
West, Newman imp.
sica &Sardinia.
EC Woodward delet lth.
=.
rones from Cor
Bird
1891.] MR. LYDEKKER ON PLEISTOCENE BIRD-REMAINS. 467
of the second black ring, where the tail was broken, as if given off
by the only point of the ring encroached upon by the somewhat
oblique fracture, and it extends to the tip. Few Iguanoids have
striped tails. In fact I know but a few species, belonging to the
genera [iolemus and Sceloporus, which are so marked, and these
genera happen to be among the few in the family which have the
scales normally disposed quincuncially, at least in the basal part of
the tail, as in the reproduced tails of nearly all Iguanoids. How-
ever, the manner in which the stripe originates in the present speci
men perhaps excludes any explanation based on phylogenetic con~
siderations. But it isa most remarkable fact how constant the type
of scaling of the regenerated tail in these Iguanide is, in spite of
so much diversity in the scaling of the intact organ, as shown by
Hoplurus, Ctenosaura, Liolemus, and many others which I have
been able to examine’; whilst, on the other hand, all Lacertide,
Teiide, Zonuride, and Gerrhosauride reproduce verticillate tails,
whatever their normal scaling may be.”
Mr. R. Gordon Wickham exhibited a remarkably fine pair of
horns of the Gemsbok Antelope (Oryx gazella) obtained near Port
Elizabeth, Cape Colony.
The following papers were read :—
1. On Pleistocene Bird-remains from the Sardinian and
Corsican Islands. By R. Lyprxxer, B.A.
[Received July 30, 1891.]
(Plate XX XVII.)
During the past summer I received from my friend Prof. C. J.
Forsyth Major, of Florence, a smail collection of bird-bones from
Pleistocene deposits in the Sardinian and Corsican islands, with the
request that I would undertake their examination. The great
majority of these specimens were obtained from a cave at Pietro
Tampoia in the island of Tavolara, on the north-east coast of Sar-
dinia ; while others came from the ossiferous breccia of Monte San
Giovanni, near the town of Iglesias, in the south-western corner of
Sardinia itself. The remainder are from a breccia at Toga, near
Bastia, Corsica.
The specimens forming this collection are by no means the first
bird-remains which have been obtained from the Sardinian islands,
since as far back as 1832 Rudolph Wagner? described and figured
a considerable number of bird-bones from the ossiferous breccia of
Cagliari. None of these specimens were, however, specifically
1 I find, however, the verticillate scaling on the reproduced tails of Uta
elegans and U, nigricans.
* Abh. Miinch, Akad. vol. i. pp. 751-786.
468 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON (Nov. 3,
determined, while in many cases even their generic position was con-
sidered doubtful; although it was suggested that they belonged *
to the genera Aquila, Buteo, Strix, Picus, Corvus, Turdus, Alauda,
Fringilla, Sterna, and Anas. Further, it appears to have been con-
sidered probable that many or all of these specimens would prove to
belong to existing species. It may be added that of the generic
terms mentioned above several appear to be used in their original
wide Linnean sense.
It may be observed that the majority of the Mammalian remains
from the Sardinian breccias have been referred to extinct species,
such as Arvicola brecciensis (Giebel), A. henseli, F. Major, Mus
orthodon, F. Major, Lagomys sardus (Hensel), Talpa tyrrhenaica,
F. Major, and Sorex similis, F. Major. Moreover, as the dwarf
extinct Elephants and Hippopotami of Malta, Sicily, and Crete,
which clearly indicate African affinities in the Pleistocene Mammalian
fauna of the Mediterranean islands, may eventually be discovered in
Sardinia, it is a matter of considerable interest to determine whether
the Pleistocene Avian fauna of the latter exhibits a similar pro-
portion of extinct species, and likewise shows a marked African
facies.
The more migratory habits of birds as compared with mammals
preclude an exact comparison between the two groups, but the pre-
sence of an African species of Budo, and also of a Roller, gives a cer-
tain African facies to the Sardinian fauna. With regard to the ques-
tion of extinct species, the unfortunate imperfection of our English
collections of recent avian skeletons (to which I have elsewhere had
occasion to allude) renders it in some cases impossible to deter-
mine definitely the species to which the specimens belong. In all
cases, however, in which I have been able to make specific determin-
ations, | have not found characters to distinguish the fossil from ex-
isting forms. Here, however, it must be borne in mind that as many
species of birds seem to differ from one another only by external
characters, it is possible that if we had the fossil birds before us
in the flesh points of difference might be detected which are not
apparent from the bare bones.
Of the remaims from the Tavolara cave the most abundant are
those of Shearwaters and Quails; while next to these come those of
Passerines. The abundance of the bones of Shearwaters and the
entire absence of those of Gulls are circumstances very difficult of
explanation. The specimens from Bastia are mostly referable to
Passerines, more especially Tusdide, but there is one humerus of a
Pigeon and the terminal phalangeal of a large Accipitrine.
I. Srricus.
Bubo, cf. cinerascens, Guérin.—Among the bones from Monte San
Giovanni a small species of Bwbo is represented by the distal part of the
left tarso-metatarsus, the left femur, and the imperfect left metacarpus,
all probably belonging to one individual. The tarso-metatarsus, as
+ See Gervais, Zool. et Pal. Frangaises, 2nd ed. p. 428.
1891. ] PLEISTOCENE BIRD-REMAINS. 469
the most characteristic bone, is represented in figs. 1, la of the Plate.
The extremity of the outer trochlea is lost, but the specimen is suffi-
ciently well preserved to show the high arch formed by the three
trochlez, as well as the backward direction of the inner one, by
which the metatarsus of the Striges is so readily distinguished from
that of the Accipitres. The femur has a length of 0,065. All these
bones are much smaller than those of B. ignavus; and as they agree
precisely with those of a skeleton of the South-African B. maculosus
in the British Museum, I am disposed to refer them to the North-
African B. cinerascens or B. lacteus, the former of which was at one
time identified with B. maculosus’. Some terminal phalangeals of
me foot from these deposits are probably referable to the same
ubo.
An imperfect left metacarpus from the Tavolara cave is slightly
larger than the corresponding bone in the preceding series, although
this difference in size may be merely sexual. It may be observed
that the metacarpus of the Striges is very easily recognized by the
presence of an incipient inter-metacarpal process, which attains its
full development only in certain Passeres and most Galline.
II. Accreirres.
Milvus, cf. ictinus, Savigny.—The somewhat worn and imperfect
left tarso-metatarsus represented in figs. 2, 2a of the Plate is from
Monte San Giovanni, and presents all the characters of the Accipitres
as distinct from the Striges. It is indistinguishable from the corre-
sponding bone of a recent skeleton of MJ. ictinus (regalis) in the
British Museum, to which species the specimen may well belong,
although I am unable to say definitely that it should not be referred
to M. migrans (ater) or M. egyptiacus. The tarsc-metatarsus of
Circus differs from that of Milvus by its much greater length ; while
those of Buteo and Pernis are distinguished by the different direction
of the hinder process of the inner trochlea.
Aquila, sp.—The terminal phalangeal of the pes of a large Accipi-
trine, represented in fig. 3 of the Plate, was obtained from the breccia
of Monte San Giovanni, Sardinia. From its length, slenderness,
aud high degree of curvature, it may be safely referred to the Hagles,
as distinct from the Vultures, and may have belonged to the Golden
Eagle. A phalangeal of similar type from the breccia of Toga,
Corsica, may not improbably pertain to the same species.
Vultur, ef. monachus, Linn.—The imperfect hinder part of the
cranium of a large Accipitrine from the breccia of Monte San Gio-
vanni indicates a Vulture which appears inseparable form the exist-
ing Vultur monachus. As this specimen is not calculated to give a
good figure, I have not had it drawn. This skull is distinguished
from the largest species of Aquila not only by its superior dimensions,
but also by its more depressed contour and the form of the temporal
fossa. ‘The narrow and highly vaulted skull of Gyps is even still
more unlike the fossil. Compared, however, with a recent skull of
1 See Blanford, ‘ Zoology of Abyssinia,’ pp. 802, 303.
470 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON [Nov. 3,
Vultur monachus in the British Museum, the Sardinian skull pre-
sents such a close resemblance that there can be little doubt that
it belongs either to that species or to a closely allied form. I have
already recorded’ remains of Vultur monachus from the cavern of
Bruniquel, in the Tarn-et-Garonne, France.
TIL. Prcarra.
Coracias, cf. abyssinica, Bodd.—The only Picarian remains in the
collection comprise a few bones, apparently belonging to a single in-
dividual, from the Tavolara cave. These mclude the right coracoid,
and the left femur, tibio-tarsus, and tarso-metatarsus. The two
latter are represented in figs. 4, 4a of the Plate, while the coracoid
is figured in woodcut 1.
The bones of Picarize may readily be distinguished from those of
Passeres (with which alone the smaller forms are at all likely to be
confounded) by many features. Thus the humerus differs by the
absence of the median tubercle on the distal part of the palmar aspect
above the condyles. Again, the tibio-tarsus, as a general rule, is cha-
racterized by the very slight development of the crests at the proximal
extremity, and has a very prominent tubercle on the anterior surface
of the distal part of the shaft, some distance above the condyles.
Moreover, the fibular ridge is very short and often low; while the
distal condyles have a contour very different from that obtaining in
the Passeres. The tarso-metatarsus is generally relatively shorter than
in the latter, with a great distal expansion, and a distinct prominence
on the inner border above the articular surface for the hallux ; while
the upper part of its anterior surface generally has a deep depression,
with two foramina, dividing the three primary elements of the meta-
tarsus. The distal trochleze, which are wider than in the Passeres,
are generally situated in the same vertical plane, and may or may not
descend to the same horizontal line.
Such characters are presented by the bones before us. The tarso-
metatarsus is characterized by its relative length and slenderness, by
the presence of only a single closed tube in the talon (hypotarsus),
and also by the circumstance that the three distal trochlese descend
nearly to the same level. In the latter respect it differs from the
tarso-metatarsus of the Cuckoos and their allies, but agrees, as in the
other points, with that of the Kingfishers, Bee-eaters, and Rollers.
The tarso-metatarsus of the Kingfishers is distinguished by its shorter
and stouter form, and also by the relatively higher position of the
foramen between the third and fourth trochleze ; while that of the
Bee-eaters is sufficiently distinguished by its smaller dimensions.
Compared with the corresponding bones of the Blue Roller (Cora-
cias garrula), the tibio-tarsus and tarso-metatarsus agree so closely
in structure in every respect that there can be no doubt that they
indicate a bird of the same genus. ‘There is, however, some discre-
palicy in size, as shown by the following measurements :—
1 Cat. Foss. Birds Brit. Mus. p. 32 (1891).
1891.] PLEISTOCENE BIRD-REMAINS. 471
C. garrula. Fossil.
Length of tibio-tarsus ...... 0,044 0,043
»» Of tarso-metatarsus .. 0,024 0,0225
‘These show that not only are the fossil bones rather smaller than
those of C. garrula, but that in the former the tarso-metatarsus is
shorter in proportion to the tibio-tarsus than in the latter. It appears
that the two sexes of the Blue Roller do not differ in size, and it is
therefore pretty evident that the fossil bones do not belong to that
species. ‘They may, however, be referable to the Abyssinian Roller
(C. abyssinica), of which I have been unable to see a skeleton. That
bird, of which only one specimen appears to have been recorded in
Europe, is common in parts of Abyssinia and likewise occurs in
Arabia. The fossils may, however, equally well have belonged to
the N. African C. pilosa. The woodcut represents the coracoid of
the Sardinian Roller.
Fig. 1.
Ventral aspect of right coracoid of Coracias, cf. abyssinica; from Tayolara. 1}.
TV. Passeres.
Corvus corone, Linn.—Evidence of the presence of the Crow in
the Sardinian Pleistocene fauna is afforded by the coracoid from
Tavolara represented in fig. 5 of the Plate. This specimen, which
belongs to the right side, accords in every respect with the corre-
sponding bone of recent skeletons.
Fringilide.—Several species of Hringilhde are indicated by
humeri and other bones, but from their small size, and the large
number of the existing species of these birds, the specific, and in
some cases even the generic, determination is difficult. It may be
observed that the humerus of this family is easily recognized by the
great development of its tricipital fossa, which is separated froin the
subtrochanteric fossa merely by a thin septum of bone in its upper
half, the lower portion of the two fosse being confluent. In this
respect the Fringillide differ widely from the Corvide (near to which
they are usually placed), in which the tricipital fossa of the humerus
is scarcely developed at all.
Of the specimens which can be more or less definitely recognized,
ish
472 MR. R, LYDEKKER ON [Nov. 3,
we may first mention the right humerus from Tavolara represented
in figs. 7, 7a of the Plate. This agrees in all respects with the cor-
responding bone of a recent Hawfinch ( Coccothraustes vulgaris), and
may be confidently referred to that widely-spread European species.
A right tibio-tarsus from the same locality is probably also referable
to this bird. Three smaller humeri, from Monte San Giovanni, appear
to be referable to the Bullfinch (Pyrrhula europea), which now occurs
in many parts of Italy, occasionally reaching as far south as Sicily.
Three other humeri, of a more slender type, come very close to those
of the Chaffinch (Fringilla celebs), although slightly larger than in
existing examples; these bones are from Tavolara. Two consider-
ably smaller humeri of a Finch from the same locality may prove to
belong to the Serin (Serinus hortulanus), now so common in Italy.
Alaudide.—The humerus of the Larks is readily distinguished from
that of the Finches by the very slight development of the tricipital
fossa, which forms a mere shallow depression quite distinct from the
subtrochanteric fossa. Such a type of humerus is presented by the
specimen of the right side from Monte San Giovanni represented in
figs. 9, 9 a of the Plate. Since this bone is somewhat smaller than
the humerus of Alauda arvensis, I think it not improbable that it
may belong to A. arborea. A humerus from a breccia at Mont-
morency figured by A. Milne-Edwards, ‘ Rech. Oiseaux Foss. de la
France,’ pl. 156. figs. 22, 23, and referred to A. cristata, is of the size
of that of A. arvensis, its characters being exactly those of the
present example.
Sylviide.—Some small humeri in the collection not improbably
indicate members of this family, although I have been unable to de-
termine them even generically.
Turdide.—In this family the humerus is intermediate im character
between that of the Fringillide and that of the Alaudide, having
well-developed tricipital and subtrochanteric fossze, separated from
one another by acomplete bony septum. These characters are shown
in the right humerus from the breccia of Monte San Giovanni repre-
sented in figs. 8, 8a of the Plate. This specimen has a length of
0,0265, and is rather larger than the corresponding bone of Monticola
cyanus figured in Milne-Edwards’s ‘Rech. Oiseaux Foss. de la France,’
pl. 149. fig. 16. The left tibio-tarsal and tarso-metatarsus from
Tavolara, represented in figs. 6, 6a of the Plate, may belong to the
same kind of Thrush. The humerus differs from that of Monticola
cyanus not only by its larger size but by the lesser development of
the delto-pectoral crest. In the form of the latter, as well as in
absolute size, it agrees so closely with the corresponding bone of
Turdus musicus that it may be at least provisionally referred to that
species.
: A larger representative of the Turdide is represented by nine
humeri and four other bones from the breccia of Toga, Corsica. The
number of the humeri appears to indicate a gregarious species. One
of these humeri, of the right side, is represented in woodcut 2, and
has a length of 0,0295. Unfortunately 1 have had no opportunity
of comparing this specimen with a humerus of Turdus merula. It is,
1891.] PLEISTOCENE BIRD-REMAINS. 473
however, rather smaller than one of T. torquatus belonging toa skeleton
in the British Museum. Moreover, it agrees with that specimen in
the slight degree of development of the oblique ridge on the outer
surface of the delto-pectoral crest, in which respect it differs from the
humerus of Turdus proper. I am therefore inclined to refer the
Fig. 2.
Dorsal and palmar aspects of the right humerus of Turdus, ef. merula, from
Toga, Corsica. 4.
specimen to the Meruline group, and think it highly probable that
it belongs to Turdus merula.
Hirundinide.—The humerus of the Swallows is characterized by its
relative shortness, and the development of a narrow and very shallow
tricipital fossa extending slightly beneath the head. The specimen
of the left side, from Monte San Giovanni, represented in figs. 10, 10 a
of the Plate, indicates a member of this family, and is not improbably
referable to Hirundo rustica. It is slightly narrower than the recent
humerus of Chelidon urbica figured by Milne-Edwards in his ‘ Rech.
Oiseaux Foss. de la France,’ pl. 149. fig. 4, and still narrower than
the fossil one of Cotile rupestris represented in plate 156. fig. 24 of
the same work.
V. CoLumBz.
Columba, cf. livia, Linn.—The only specimen in the Sardinian
collection which can be referred to the Columbide is the coracoid
from Tavolara represented in fig. 11 of the Plate. ‘This specimen has
lost the subclavicular process as well as the extremity of the hyo-
sternal angle. It agrees so closely with the coracoid of Columba livia
that I am disposed to refer it to that species, now common on both
sides of the Mediterranean.
Among the specimens from the breccia of Toga, Corsica, is the
right humerus of a Pigeon which may probably be referred to the
same species as the Sardinian coracoid. ‘The length of the specimen
(fig. 3, p. 474) is 0,044; and it agrees very closely with the corre-
sponding bone of a rather larger skeleton of C. livia in the British
Museum.
474 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON [ Nov. 3,
VI. GaLLInsz.
Coturnix communis, Bonnaterre.—As might have been expected
from the abundance of the species at the present day on the Italian
coasts, the remains of Quail are extremely common in Tavolara. The
only specimen that I have thought it necessary to figure is the right
tarso-metatarsus (represented in fig. 12 of Plate XXXVII.); but the
collection comprises many specimens of this bone, as well as some of
the tibio-tarsus, femur, coracoid, furcula, humerus, &c. Remains of
Quail have been recorded by Milne-Edwards (¢. c. pl. 134. figs. 25,
56) from the ossiferous breccia of Montmorency (Seine-et-Oise).
Fig. 3.
Palmar aspect of the right humerus of Columba, cf. livia, from the breccia of
Toga, Corsica. +.
VIL. Tuprnares.
Procellaria.—Perhaps no bird-bones are more easily recognized.
than those of the Procellariide ; some of the most characteristic being
the coracoid, the humerus, and the tibio-tarsus. The humerus is
readily distinguished from that of the Gulls by the absence of any
distinct tricipital fossa, while the tibio-tarsus is equally well cha-
racterized by the upward prolongation of its cnemial crest. Again,
the wing-phalangeals lack the two fenestrze which are so especially
distinctive of that bone in the Gavie.
The collection from the Tavolara caves comprises, as I have said,
a large number of bones of Puginus clearly referable to three distinct
species. The want of skeletons of all the recent species of the genus,
to which I have already alluded, precludes, however, the specific de-
termination of more than two of these forms.
These three Shearwaters are represented by bones from nearly all
parts of the skeleton, including the skull. The specimens of the skull
are alone sufficient to indicate the presence of three species, and are
important in showing that all three belong to the long-beaked genus
Puffinus as distinct from the shorter-beaked Fulmarus. ‘The bones
selected as illustrations of the three species are, however, chiefly the
humerus, tibio-tarsus, and tarso-metatarsus.
1891.] PLEISTOCENE BIRD-REMAINS. 475
The largest species of Puffinus is indicated by the right humerus,
represented in figs. 13, 13a of Plate XXXVII., which has a total
length of 0,115. The proximal end of another right humerus
indicates a slightly larger bird; and there are likewise a perfect
radius and ulna according in size with the humeri, while there are
also examples of the metacarpus. The skull is indicated by the
imperfect rostrum, and the hinder part of the left mandibular ramus.
The other bones from Tavolara which I refer to this species include
the right coracoid and two examples of the femur. There is also
a femur probably referable to this species from Monte San Giovanni.
The figured humerus is slightly longer than the one of P. cinereus,
Stephens, figured by Milne-Edwards in his ‘Rech. Oiseaux de la
France,’ pl. 52. fig. 7; and since it agrees very closely with the corre-
sponding bone of a skeleton of P. fwliginosus, 1 am inclined to refer it
to that species, which now inhabits South Europe. The tibio-tarsus
of that species has a comparatively short cnemial crest, like that of
the specimen represented in fig. 14 of the Plate.
The second species of the genus is represented by the right tibio-
tarsus and tarso-metatarsus, drawn'in‘figs. 14, 14a of Plate XXXVII.,
as well as by the rostrum and portions of the mandible, together
probably with some bones not easy to distinguish from those of the
third species. The tibio-tarsus is very considerably larger than that
of P. obscurus (Milne-Edwards, op. cié. pl. 51. figs. 14, 15), so that
these specimens could not possibly have belonged to the still larger
P. fuliginosus. In the small relative height of the cnemial crest
this type accords with P. fuliginosus, and also with that of P. chloro-
rhynchus, Less., of Madagascar, &c., the latter being, however,
considerably smailer than the specimen before us. The figured
tarso-metatarsus accords fairly well in relative size with the tibio-
tarsus (although there are some slightly smaller specimens of the
opposite side agreeing still better in this respect), and calls for no
special mention. The species to which these bones belonged may
probably be regarded as one allied to P. chlororhynchus.
The third species of Pufinus, as typified by the tibio-tarsus and
tarso-metatarsus represented in figs 16, 16a of Plate XXXVIL., is
distinguished from the preceding not only by its inferior size, but also
by the much greater length of the cnemial crest of the tibio-tarsus.
To the same species may be referred the type of humerus repre-
sented in figs. 15, 15 @ of the Plate, as well as a coracoid and several
examples of the radius, ulna, and metacarpus. There are likewise
several more or less imperfect specimens of the cranium and man-
dible belonging to this species.
The tibio-tarsus accords in all respects with the corresponding bone
of a skeleton of P. anglorum preserved in the Prosector’s room at the
Society’s Gardens ; and I should have no hesitation in referring the
fossil form to that species were there not some doubt whether the
Mediterranean representative of this Shearwater does not form a
distinct species (P. yelkouan, Acerbi*). There can, however, I think
be no doubt but that the fossil belongs to one or other of these two
forms.
1 See Yarrell’s ‘ British Birds,’ ed. 4, vol. iv. pp. 29, 26.
&
476 MR. LYDEKKER ON PLEISTOCENE BIRD-REMAINS. [Nov. 3,
I may observe that P. tenuirostris, Temm., of Japan &c., agrees
with P. anglorum in the great length of the enemial crest of the tibio-
tarsus, and that P. cinereus’ makes an approximation in this respect.
In P. fuliginosus and P. chlororhynchus, however (as I have
observed), the cnemial crest of the tibio-tarsus is of the short type
of the specimen represented in fig. 14 of the Plate; and I would
suggest that attention to the relative length of this crest may afford
important aid in the specific determination of the Shearwaters.
Figs. 1,1a.
15, 13 a.
14, 14a.
15, 15a.
16, 16 a.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXXVII.
Bubo, cf. cinerascens, Guérin. Anterior and distal aspects of the
distal half of the left tarso-metatarsus.
Milvus, cf. ictinus, Savigny. Anterior and distal aspects of the
left tarso-metatarsus.
Aquila, sp. ‘Terminal phalangeal of the pes.
Coracias, ef. abyssinica, Bodd. Anterior aspect of the left tibio-
tarsus and tarso-metatarsus.
Corvus corone, Linn. Ventral aspect of the right coracoid.
. Turdus musicus, Linn, Anterior aspect of the left tibio-tarsus
and tarso-metatarsus.
. Coccothraustes vulgaris, Pallas. Palmar and dorsal aspects of
the right humerus.
. Turdus, ef. musicus, Linn. Palmar and dorsal aspects of the
right humerus.
. Alauda, of. arborea, Linn. Palmar and dorsal aspects of the right
humerus.
. Hirundo (?)sp. Palmar and dorsal aspects of the left humerus.
Columba, ef. livia, Linn. Ventral aspect of the left coracoid.
Coturnix communis, Bonnaterre. Anterior aspect of the right
tarso-metatarsus.
Puffinus fuliginosus, Kuhl. Palmar and dorsal aspects of the
right humerus.
Puffinus, sp. 2. Anterior aspect of the right tibio-tarsus and
tarso-metatarsus.
Puffinus, cf. anglorum, Temminck. Palmar and dorsal aspects
of the left humerus.
Puffinus, cf. anglorum. Anterior aspect of the right tibio-tarsus
and tarso-metatarsus.
All the specimens are represented of the natural size. Those in figures 1,
2, 3, 8, 9, and 10 are from the ossiferous breccia of Monte San Giovanni, near
Iglesias, Sardinia; the others from a cave at Pietro Tampoia, Tavolara.
2. On Remains of a Large Stork from the Allier Miocene.
By R. Lyprxxer, B.A.
[Received July 30, 1891.]
In his well-known work on the Fossil Birds of France, Prof. A.
Milne-Edwards? described the remains of a Stork from the Lower
1 See Milne-Edwards, op. cit. pl. 51. figs. 14, 15.
2 Rech. Oiseaux Foss. de la France, vol. i. p. 460 (1867-68).
1891.] MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A LARGE EXTINCT STORK. 477
Miocene (Oligocene) of Allier under the name of Pelargopsis magnus
(correctly magna). This species was of the approximate size of
Ciconia alba; the genus being distinguished, among other characters,
by certain features of the tarso-metatarsus, such as the larger rela-
tive size of the third trochlea, the narrower groove between the third
and fourth trochlew, and the higher position of the foramen in that
groove. Again, the tibio-tarsus is more compressed at its distal
extremity, and has no intercondylar tubercle near the bridge over
the extensor tendons.
At the time of writing the British Museum ‘ Catalogue of Fossil
Birds’ I accepted the name Pelargopsis, having overlooked the
circumstance that it is preoccupied by Gloger’ for a genus of
Alcedinide ; I accordingly propose to replace this name by Pelar-
godes.
In another part of the work cited Milne-Edwards incidentally
refers to a second Stork from Allier, under the name of Argala
arvernensis. There is, however, no reference to the specimens on
which this determination is based, and the name must accordingly
be regarded as a MS. one; and the evidence for the existence of
Leptoptilus (Argala) in these deposits is therefore at present
unavailable.
In the ‘ British Museum Catalogue of Fossil Birds’ * I de-
scribed and figured the distal part of a tarso-metatarsus belonging
to a Stork of somewhat larger size than Pelargodes magnus (as |
will now call it), under the name of Propelargus cayluxensis, that
specimen having been obtained from the Upper Eocene (Oligocene)
Phosphorites of France. At the same time I recorded the distal
extremity of a tibio-tarsus and the proximal end of a tarso-meta-
tarsus from Allier which I thought might very probably belong to
Propelargus, and possibly to the same species as the one from the
Phosphorites. These specimens iadicated birds of the approximate
size of Leptoptilus javanicus, which is considerably larger than
Ciconia alba.
The foregoing summary epitomizes, I believe, our knowledge of the
larger Ciconiide of the lower European Tertiaries. Recently Mr. A.
Smith Woodward put into my hands the right coracoid and the left
metacarpus of a large bird from the Lower Miocene of St. Gérand-
Le-Puy, Allier, which had been recently obtained for the British
Museum. These specimens, which apparently belonged to one
individual, are represented in the drawing (p. 478). I at once
recognized that they indicated a large Stork; and on comparing
them with the corresponding bones of Ciconia alba found that they
considerably exceeded that species in size.
The right coracoid, of which the ventral aspect is represented in
figure A, agrees so closely in contour with the corresponding
bone of Ciconia alba, that it appears impossible to find characters by
which it can be generically distinguished. Its total length is 0,112,
1 Handbuch d. Naturgeschichte, p. 338 (1842).
2 Pages 65, 66.
478 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A LARGE EXTINCT STORK. [Nov. 3,
against 0,092 in the recent bone. In its long and slender form, com-
paratively slight distal expansion, small and hook-like hyosternal
process, and recurved and lamelliform subclavicular process without
any perforation at its base, as well as in the rounded anterior surface
of the shaft, the fossil coracoid exhibits all the distinctive characters
of the Ciconiide.
The metacarpus (B of figure) presents the same relative excess
Propelargus (?) edwardsi.—Ventral aspect of the right coracoid (A), and left
metacarpus (B). 4, subclavicular process; 0, hyosternal process ;
c—d, sternal border. 3.
over the corresponding bone of Ciconia aléa as exists between the
fossil and recent coracoids. It appears to agree in every essential
point of contour with the metacarpus of the White Stork.
" Had I these two bones alone to deal with, I should have been
disposed to refer them to Ciconta; but since the above-mentioned
leg-bones of Storks found in the Allier Miocene present generic
differences from Ciconia, it is more probable that the specimens
under consideration are likewise referable to an extinct genus,—the
generic variations in the form of the coracoid and metacarpus being
frequently less well marked than in the bones of the leg.
PA S 168) Plaike OCC
West, Newman imp.
EC Woodward delet hth.
iL
Pachyornis rothschild
189).] MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A NEW MOA. 479
Since the present specimens are so much larger than the corre-
sponding bones of Ciconia alba, it seems certain that they cannot be
referred to Pelargodes magnus, which is of the approximate dimen-
sions of the latter. Compared, however, with the leg-bones of the
unnamed Stork from Allier, which agrees more nearly in size with
the larger Leptoptilus javanicus, and is provisionally referred in the
Museum Catalogue to the genus Propelargus, the fossils under con-
sideration agree so well in relative size that there is every probability
that they belong to the same species. In the Museum Catalogue I
suggested that the Allier Propelargus might prove to be inseparable
from P. cayluaensis of the Phosphorites, on which grounds I re-
frained from assigning to it a separate designation. There is, however,
no proof of this specific identity ; many of the Mammals of the
Phosphorites being distinct from those of the Allier Miocene—a
larger proportion being, indeed, identical with those of the Paris
Basin. Under these circumstances I propose provisionally to regard
the coracoid under consideration as the type of a new species to be
tentatively assigned to the genus Propelargus, with the title of
P. (2) edwardsi. Even if this should prove to be identical with
Milne-Edwards’s Argala arvernensis, my name will still stand. The
specimens here described are not only of interest from their unusually
fine state of preservation, but also as proving the existence at a period
as early as the Lower Miocene of a Stork of the dimensions of the
smaller species of Leptoptilus, and evidently very closely allied to
genera still existing.
3. On a new Species of Moa. By R. Lypzxxnn, B.A.
[Received August 13, 1891.]
(Plate XXXVIII.)
The large number of more or less well-defined species of Moas
already recorded from the superficial deposits of New Zealand * might
have been supposed to have included all the members of that group
which existed in those islands during the later geological epochs.
Among a collection of Moa-bones recently purchased by the Hon.
L. W. Rothschild I have, however, found an associated series of
specimens clearly indicating an undescribed species, although one
which, in my opinion, should be referred to a genus already estab-
lished. Bs\, the courtesy of their owner I am enabled to bring these
specimens w jder the notice of the Society ; and I am especially glad
to do this, since nearly all the known species of the group have been
first described in its publications.
The specimens in question comprise the right femur and the two _
tibio-tarsi and tarso-metatarsi. They are all much weathered, and
1 In the ‘ Cat. Foss. Birds Brit. Mus.’ (1891) 18 named species of Dinorni-
thide are provisionally recognized, while four unnamed forms may indicute as
many additional species.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XX XIII. 33
|
}
{
|
480 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A NEW MOA. [ Nov. 3,
have their ridges and extremities abraded, apparently indicating that
they have lain exposed for a long period to the action of the weather
on the surface of the ground. Unfortunately, there is no record of
the locality where the specimens were obtained. There are, indeed,
other bones in the collection belonging to the typical species of the
genus Pachyornis, which is known only from the South Island, but
since they are in a different mineralogical condition, and evidently
from another locality, no inference can be drawn from them as to
the present specimens. As there are many specimens in the British
Museum from the North Island (and none from the South) im the
same condition as the latter, it appears probable that these specimens
may be also from the North Island.
The proportions of the tibio-tarsus and tarso-metatarsus show
that the affinities of this Moa are with the genera Anomalopteryz,
Emeus, and Pachyornis, and that it is quite distinct from Dinornis,
in which the tarso-metatarsus is long and slender, and the tibio-
tarsus is long and straight. The tibio-tarsus (Plate XXXVIII.
figs. 2, 2a) has a length of 22 inches and a distal width of 2:9
inches. These dimensions are alone sufficient to distinguish this
specimen from the corresponding bone of all the species of dnoma-
lopteryx and Emeus. Thus in Hmeus erassus, which is the largest
representative of either of those genera, the tibio-tarsus has a length
of 20°4 inches and a distal width of 3°3 inches. The present tibio-
tarsus is, however, at once distinguished from the corresponding
bone of all the species of both those genera (with the exception of
the small Anomalopteryzx [?] geranoides, which probably indicates a
distinct genus) by the outward curvature of the shaft and the
marked inflection of its distal extremity.
In these respects the tibio-tarsus before us resembles the corre-
sponding bone of the type species of the genus Pachyornis, from
which it is, however, readily distinguished by its more slender
proportions. Thus in the typical P. elephantopus the tibio-tarsus
has a length of 24 inches, with a distal width of 4:2 inches; while
in an unnamed form’ which not improbably indicates a distinct
species the two dimensions are 20 inches and 3°5 inches. ‘These
measurements indicate conclusively that the present tibio-tarsus (in
which, as I have said, these dimensions are 22 inches and 2:9 inches)
cannot be referred either to P. elephantopus or to the unnamed
species. A comparison of the individual specimens would render
this still more apparent, the present tibio-tarsus being a slender
bone recalling the straight tibio-tarsus of Dinorn,,. while the
corresponding bone of these species of Pachyornis is
its extremely stout and robust proportions.
We now come to the question whether the Moa represented by
this slender type of inflected tibio-tarsus can be ineluded in the
genus Pauchyornis; but before deciding this we must examine the
other bones.
Firstly, with regard to the tarso-metatarsus, which is represented
in Plate XXXVIII. fig. 3. Unfortunately the extremities of this
1 Cat. Foss. Birds Brit. Mus. p. 318.
,
7:
1891.] MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A NEW MOA. 481
bone are so abraded that nothing can be gathered as to the contour
of the trochleze. Approximately, it has a length of 8°5 inches and
a width at the middle of the shaft of 2-1 hence while it measures
about 5 inches across the distal trochlee. In the tarso-metatarsus
of Pachyornis elephantopus the corresponding dimensions are 9°4,
2°55, and 5:5 inches. The present specimen is therefore of a
somewhat more slender type than the latter, but when complete
appears to have had the distal trochlezee somewhat more expanded in
comparison with the shaft and proximal extremity. There does not
appear, however, to be any well-marked character by which it can be
generically separated from Pachyornis. Compared with the typical
species of that genus, somewhat more important differences are shown
by the femur, of which the ventral aspect is represented in Plate
XXXVITII. fig. 1. It may be observed that the femora of Dinornis
mavimus and Pachyornis elephantopus are contrasted in the Cat.
Foss. Birds Brit. Mus. p. 223, fig. 57>; the former being charac-
terized by its great length and slenderness and the small size of the
popliteal depression, while the latter is distinguished by its shortness
and stoutness and the large size of its popliteal depression, which
communicates with the inner surface of the shaft by a more distinct
channel, as well as by other features noticed in the work cited. Now
the femur of the present bird, while agreeing with that of Pachyornis
elephantopus in the contour and dimensions of the popliteal depression
and in the form of the linea aspera, somewhat approximates in its
general proportions to the corresponding bone of Dinornis, as is
shown by the following dimensions :—
Dinornis New Pachyornis
MAXIMUS. species. elephantopus.
Total length of femur ...... 15°6 10°6 12°5 in.
Distal width of femur .... .. 6°9 4:9 6°5 in.
The present type of femur is in fact more like the corresponding
bone of Anomalopteryx and Hmeus. On the other hand, the femur
which I have provisionally referred * to Pachyornis immanis has pro-
portions much more like those of the present specimen, having a
length of 14°4 and a distal width of 6-1 inches. This type of femur
seems, indeed, to make it impossible to separate generically the
present form from Pachyornis, to which genus I propose to refer it
provisionally under the name P. rethschilda.
In the work cited (p. 318) I have stated that the genus Pachyornis
approaches Anomalopterys, so far as cranial characters are concerned,
much more nearly than it does to Hmeus, and the present species
serves to approximate Pachyornis in regard to slenderness of limb to
the same genus, although the inflection of the lower end of the tibio-
tarsus remains as well marked as in the type species. In the ‘ Cata-
logue’ I had very great hesitation in referring the limb-bones
mentioned under the 1 name of Anomalopterys (2?) geranoides to the
1 Tn the description of this figure the scale is given as $ instead of +
2 Op. cit. p. 344.
33*
482 pk. GUNTHER ON A NEW FISH FROM MAURITIUS. [Nov. 3,
genus under which they are placed, since they exhibit the same
inflection of the lower end of the tibio-tarsus characteristic of Pachy-
ornis, and the present species now induces me to regard these
specimens as probably indicating a very small form of Pachyornis.
As mentioned above, the typical species of that genus, like P. zm-
manis, is known only from the South Island; but since most of the
bones described as A.(?) geranoides were obtained from the North
Island, while there is a presumption that the remains of the present
form may likewise have come from there, it leoks as though it was
in the North Island that the typical species of Anomalopteryx and
Pachyornis were differentiated from a common ancestor.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVIII.
Bones of Pachyornis rothschildi ; from the superficial deposits of New Zealand.
2 nat. size.
Fig. 1. Back view of right femur.
2,2a. Front and back view of left tibio-tarsus.
3. Front view of left tarso-metatarsus.
4, Description of a remarkable Fish from Mauritius, be-
longing to the Genus Scorpena. By Dr. A. Guntusr,
VP ZS.
[Received August 16, 1891.]
(Plate XXXIX.)
The subject of the following description formed part of a small
consignment received from M. Robillard, of Port Louis, Mauritius.
It differs very markedly in general appearance from typical Scorpene,
but, in my opinion, too much weight should not be laid upon
modifications of form in fishes which so readily adapt their outward
appearance to their surroundings. The fish when at rest on the
bottom must closely resemble a stone on which seaweed has begun
to grow. It may be named
SCORPZNA FRONDOSA. (Plate XX XIX.)
Det. | 3.0 RP Gee slo:
The head and body are much elevated and compressed, the depth
being nearly one half of the total length without caudal fin; the
small eyes are directed sidewards, but occupy a prominent position
on the upper profile of the head, and are separated from each other
by a deep concavity the width of which equals the diameter of the
orbit. The upper profile of the nape as well as that of the snout is
deeply concave, the latter being compressed into a sharpish ridge. -
The cheeks are hollowed out, the cavity being bordered below by the
preeorbital bone. A bony crest on each side of the occiput.
Themouth is wide, slightly oblique, the maxillary extending beyond
the vertical from the front margin of the orbit. Jaws armed with a
CSAILINAVW)
“VTSOCINOW a WIN @i%elal ONS
cut “SOL UtaTULyy mA U4 et) [ep Uda qUiyy
SIDOOL Wall WGI IS) 74 elk
1891.] MR. R. TRIMEN ON LOPHOTES CEPEDIANUS. 483
band of villiform teeth; a similar angular band on the vomer; no
palatine teeth.
The dorsal fin commences on the foremost and highest part of the
nape, and is composed of two portions which are connected at the
base by a very low membrane. Both portions are very high. Of the
spines the third and fourth are the longest, not quite one third of the
total length without caudal ; the longest rays are somewhat shorter.
Anal fin about as deep as the soft dorsal. Caudal fin as long as the
longest dorsal spine. Pectoral fin very large and broad, the seven
lower rays being particularly stout and simple.
The body is covered with very small and indistinctly ctenoid scales ;
head and fins entirely naked. Nearly every part of the fish is
covered with long fleshy tentacles, simpleor fringed at the end; they
are most numerous on the spinous dorsal and on the pectoral fins,
but very few in number on the soft vertical fins. The largest are
on the jaws, on the top of the orbital edge, along the preeopercular
margin, and along the lateral line. The eye itself'is surrounded by a
ring of small tentacles.
Ground-colour brownish, marbled with irregular round, greyish,
brown-edged spots ; a pure white round spot on the cheek, on the
base of the pectoral fin, on the back of the peduncle of the tail, and
on the end of the lateral line. A pair of oval black ocelli between
the sixth, seventh, and eighth dorsal rays.
The total length of this fish is seven and a third inches.
5. On the Occurrence of a rare Fish (Lophotes cepedianus)
at the Cape of Good Hope. By R. Trimen, F.Z.S.
[Received July 21, 1891.]
Specimens of Lophotes appear to be still of such rare occurrence
that it may be of interest to record the capture of an example of
I. cepedianus in False Bay on the 6th June, 1891.
This example was found on the sea-shore at a spot named Blue
Dunes, about 5 miles east of Muizenberg, by some men in the
employ of Mr. J. Hirsch, who has presented the fish to the South-
African Museum. Mr. Hirsch was informed that it was alive when
discovered ; and its fresh condition when I received it at 1 o’clock
(several hours after it was taken) lent much probability to this
statement. The only injuries the specimen had sustained were the
loss of the greater part of the caudal fin, and the fracture of some of
the rays of the dorsal fin, including the long and strong first ray, but
in the last-named the part snapped off (about two thirds of the total
_ length) had been saved by the donor.
The specimen agrees very well with the figures given in Cuvier and
Valenciennes’s ‘ Hist. Nat. des Poissons’ (pl. 301), and in the Atlas
of the great illustrated edition of the ‘ Regne Animal’ (Poissons,
pl. 70), with the exception that there are no traces of the numerous
rounded paler spots. This may perhaps be indicative of the
484 MR. R, J. L. GUPPY ON A SPECIMEN [ Noy. 3,
immature fish, as the specimen now under notice is not more than
three feet in length. It is also to be noted that the pectoral fins
are silvery, and the anal and broken caudal fins silvery tinged with
red; that the first ray of the dorsal fin, apparently complete, is
acutely pointed, 54 inches in length, and but very slightly curved
backward ; and that the pupil of the eye is not round but oval
longitudinally, as shown in the figures of L. fiski, Gthr. (Proc. Zool.
Soc. 1890, pls. xix., xx.), but with a slight downward inclination
anteriorly. ‘The minute ventral fins are distinctly five-rayed. The
depth of the body not far from the head is five inches and three-
quarters, but its stoutest part in the same place, along the dorsal line,
is rather less than half an inch in thickness.
Dr. Giinther (Joe. cit. p. 245) suggests that ZL. capellei, Schleg.,
and L. eristatus, Johns., may possibly be conspecific with L. cepedi-
anus, and in that case the latter would be recorded as having
occurred in the Mediterranean, off Madeira, and in the Japanese
Sea; while its discovery now at the Cape of Good Hope will supply
a further proof of its wide oceanic range. It is interesting to find
both the type species of Lophotes-and the very distinct L. fiske
turning up in the same Bay within two years of each other.
South-African Museum, Cape Town,
30th June, 1891.
6. On a Specimen of Pleurotomaria from Tobago, West
Indies. By R. J. Lucumure Gurry, C.M.Z.S.
[Received October 28, 1891, ]
Among some shells placed in the Tobago Court at the Trinidad
and Tobago Exhibition of 1890, my attention was soon drawn to a
fine specimen of Plewrotomaria. On inquiry I found that the shell
was the property of a gentleman of Tobago, off which island it had
been obtained. ‘The original owner having died, I was unable to
obtain complete particulars respecting the acquisition of the shell,
which after some negotiation became my property.
In an interesting paper by Henry Woodward, published in the
‘ Geological Magazine’ for 1885, some particulars are given respect-
ing the fossil and recent species of the genus, of which I avail myself.
According to this author the number of fossil (extinct) species of
Pleurotomaria is 1156, of which 226 are British. The genus was
supposed to be entirely extinet until 1855, when the first living
example was found by M. Beau off Mariegalante. This was described
by Fischer and Bernardi in the ‘Journal de Conchyliologie’ for
1856 (p. 160, pl. v.) as Pl. quoyana. ‘This specimen, 45 milli-
metres in height, was in 1873 purchased by Miss de Burgh, of
London, for £25—a sum, as stated by the editors of the ‘ Journal de
Conchyliologie,’ rather below than above the real value of so rare a
shell, of which, as stated by Woodward, only three examples are
known up to the present time.
1891. | OF PLEUROTOMARIA FROM TOBAGO. 485
The next discovery of Pleurotomaria was in 1861, when a single
imperfect specimen of another species came to light. This was
described as P/. adansoniana in the ‘ Journal de Conchyliologie’ for
that year (p. 163, pl. v.). This example was 80 millimetres in
width and 74 in height. Another more perfect specimen of this
species was taken near Guadelupe, and described in Journ. de Conch.
1882, p. 12, pl. i. This one was 85 millimetres in height and 91
in diameter.
It is to this species that the Tobago shell is to be referred. Besides
the two examples named above, three others are known.
Two other living species of Plewrotomaria have been described—
namely, Pl. beyrichi in 1877 and Pl. rumphii in 1879. The former
was found in Japanese waters, and of -it four examples are known.
The latter is stated to be from the Moluccas, and only a single speci-
men is known. Consequently, according to the enumeration given
in Woodward’s paper, there were up to the present time thirteen
specimens of recent Pleurotomaria in existence, belonging to four
species. The Tobago specimen is therefore the sixth of the species
and the fourteenth of the genus known as recent.
The dimensions of Pl. quoyana and Pl. adansoniana have already
been given: those of the other two species are indicated below :—
Height. Diameter.
Plarumphit. ccc ~% - 170 mm. 190 mm.
CEU OCU TCI vero iets S2mise Somes
The dimensions of the present specimen of Pl. adansoniana are as
follows :—Total height 150 mm.; greatest diameter 160 mm.; height
of aperture 50 mm.; width of umbilicus 30 mm.; length of fissure
220 mm.; width of fissure5 mm. This, therefore, is the second in size
of the specimens of recent Pleurotomaria in existence, being, in fact,
very nearly as large as the unique specimen of Pl. rumphii, and leaving
all the other known examples of the genus a long way behind. The
coloration consists of a number of flames or irregular more or less
zigzag spots of flesh-red passing into orange, arranged on a ground
of very pale flesh tint. The apex is finely pointed, yellow, and
almost smooth. When viewed through the tunnel-shaped umbilicus
and held to the light, it appears almost transparent. The supra-
median fissure occupies the larger half of the contcur of the shell.
The characters generally correspond very closely with those given
in the ‘ Journal de Conchyliologie, 1882, p.12. The colour of our
specimen would appear, if we may judge by the figures, to be paler
than the previous examples. It is in almost perfect condition, and
looks as it when found it had had the soft parts in place. It is
merely slightly house-worn, as an article which had been kept as a
drawing-room ornament for several years would be.
As has been noticed, the habitat of Pleurotomaria isin deep water
on rocky bottoms. Consequently it is probable that recent shells of
this genus will always be rare ; for not only is it difficult to procure
shells living in such conditions, but the conditions themselves are of
very restricted occurrence.
486 MR. E. A. SMITH ON NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. [Nov. 17,
November 17, 1891.
Prof. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of October 1891 :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of October were 120 in number. Of these 85 were acquired
by presentation, 12 by purchase, 10 on deposit, 12 by birth, and
1 by exchange. ‘The total number of departures during the same
period, by death and removals, was 83.
The most noticeable additions during the month were :—
A young Buffon’s Skua (Stercorarius parasiticus), captured near
Christchurch, Hampshire, and presented by Mr. E. Hart, F.Z.S.
This species is new to our list.
A Land-Crab (Geocarcinus ruricola) from the Island of Fernando
de Noronha, brought home and presented by Mr. D. Wilson-
Barker, F.Z.S.
A letter was read from Dr. G. Martorelli, Secretary of the Italian
Society of Natural Sciences, Milan, enclosing a coloured drawing of
both sexes of a hybrid Duck, bred in the public garden of Milan,
between a male Branta rufina anda female Anas boschas two
years ago. Six young ones were hatched, 3 male and 3 female.
A communication was read from Mr. H. Nevill, F.Z.S., urging
the importance of founding an experimental Zoological Station in
the Tropics, and advocating the claims of Trincomalee in Ceylon for
such an Institution.
The following papers were read :—
1. Descriptions of new Species of Shells from New South
Wales, New Guinea, the Caroline and Solomon Islands.
By Epear A. Smita, F.Z.S.
[Received October 6, 1891.]
(Plate XL.)
The following species are based upon specimens which form part
of a very valuable donation of shells from various localities, pre-
sented to the British Museum by Mr. John Brazier of Sydney, by
whom the National Collection has over and over again been enriched
with very many new and interesting forms of Mollusca and other
branches of Zoology.
Most of the specimens have been collected by Mr. Brazier
himself, aud consequently are accompanied by precise information
respecting their localities.
EZ SS WSIS Tet Gi
ey o.
R.Mintern del. et lith. Mintern Bros. Chromo lith.
5; INDY SUPE Cus S) Ole SiSVIGIGS) TIEVOML AIUSSAUIRVAUL IWAN
NEW GUINEA & THE CAROLINE & SOLOMON ISLANDS.
1891.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. 487
Conus INNOTABILIS. (Plate XL. fig. 1.)
Testa parva, albida, fammulis longitudinalibus wrregularibus
fuscis vel rufescentibus picta, transversim anguste sulcata,
sulcis longitudinaliter striatis, subpunctatis, quam interstitis
planis longe angustioribus ; spira breviter conica rufo macu-
lata; anfractus declives, plant, sulcis spiralibus tribus.
sculpti, sutura subcanaliculata sejunctt, ultimus superne
obtuse angulatus, infra angulum lateribus levissime convexis,
antice subconstrictus ; apertura angusta, sordide albida vel
pallide fuscescens.
Longit. 18 millim., diam. 10.
Hab. Rocky Point, four miles north of Richmond River, N. S.
Wales; also Port Stephens near Sydney (Brazier).
This is an insignificant-looking species without any very marked
features. The coloration is indefinite, but the spiral sculpture is
well-marked. The sulci are scarcely half as wide as the spaces
between them, which are flattened, and about twenty-four in
number on the body-whorl.
MirroMorPHA BRAZIERI. (Plate XL. fig. 2.)
Testa ovato-fusiformis, spiraliter tenui-striata, lineis incre-
menti sculpta, pallide fuscescens, lineis transversis albo et
rufo articulatis indistinctis, picta ; anfractus 5, supremt duo
(nucleus) magni, globosi, leaves, nitidi, cornet, cetert con-
vexiusculi, sutura distincta leviter obliqua sequncti, ultimus
elongatus, antice parum contractus ; apertura elongata, intus
pallide fuscescens, antice late canaliculata, longit. totius 3
superans ; labrum tenue ; columella superne leviter concava,
infra oblique torta, callo tenui nitente induta.
Longit. 64 millim., diam. 3; apertura 33 longa, 1% lata.
Hab. Off Green Point, Watson Bay, Port Jackson, in 8 fathoms,
on a bottom of broken shells, sand, and small stones (Brazier).
From the large size of the nucleus of this shell it was thought
that possibly it might be the young state of some largish species.
However, none were found with which it could be satisfactorily
identified. The most distinguishing feature is the broad open
anterior canal and the oblique lower portion of the columella.
I have placed it temporarily in the genus Mitromorpha, as it has
spiral sculpture, the anterior canal, and the general form of that
group of Pleurotomide. The operculum is unguiculate, and nearly
two thirds as long as the aperture.
Litrorina acutispira. (Plate XL. fig. 3.)
Testa parva, elongata, superne acuminata, saturate grisea, infra
suturam et circa basim anfract. ultimi flavescens, undique
rufo vel fusco alboque punctulata; anfractus 7, leviter convexi,
striis paucis spiralibus lineisque incrementi obliquis sculpti,
ultimus interdum infra suturam obsolete constrictus ; aper-
tura late pyriformis, longit. totius x plerumque haud equans,
intus nigro-castanea, ad labium tenuiter luteo-marginata, zona
488 MR. E. A. SMITH ON NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. [Nov. 17,
basali lutea ornata ; columella late expansa, obliqua, nigres-
CENs.
Longit. 7 millim., diam. maj. 33 5 apertura 3 longa, 23 lata.
Hab. Common in rock-pools at Green Point, Watson Bay, Port
Jackson, N. S. Wales; also Parsley Bay, Port Jackson (Brazier).
Although of small size, the specimens described are evidently
adult. The species is remarkable for its produced acuminate spire,
the deep chestnut aperture bordered with a yellow outer lip, the
almost black columella, and the red and white punctate character
of the markings. This spotting is hardly visible to the naked eye,
and excepting under a lens the shell has a general dark slaty
appearance, yellowish at the suture and the base of the body-
whorl.
Lirrorina InFANS. (Plate XL. fig. 4.)
Testa minuta, ovata, superne acuminata, ad apicem sepe erosa,
nigrescens, cirea basim zona pallida albo rufoque notata
ornata; anfractus 5, conveaxiusculi, strits imcrementi tenuibus
sculpti, ultimus ad medium subangulatus; apertura nigres-
cens, zona basali pallida ornata, longit. totius 3 adequans,
ovata, superne acuminata, antice effusa; peristoma tenue,
marginibus callo tenui junctis, columellart expanso, nigro.
Longit. 34 millim., diam. 24 ; apertura 13 longa, 1q lata.
Hab. Green Point, Watson Bay, Port Jackson. Found in rock-
pools washed by ordinary high tides (Brazier).
This minute species like the preceding also appears to be adult.
It is generally almost black, excepting the basal spotted zone, but
occasionally specimens oceur which are also more or less tessellated
above.
Hexix (Papurna) AGNocHEILUS*. (Plate XL. fig. 5.)
Testa semiobtecte umbilicata, depresse turbinata, solidiuscula,
lineis incrementi oblique flexucsis conspicue lirato-striata,
sub epidermide flavo-olivacea nitida albida, zonis pluribus
(interdum obsoletis) nigrescentibus cincta; spira late conoidea,
ad apicem fusco-nigrescentem haud acuminata ; anfractus 43,
celeriter crescentes, convexi, infra suturam linea nigrescente
marginati, ultimus in medio acute rotundatus, antice valde
descendens ; apertura transversa, obliqua, intus alba, lilaceo-
JSuscescens vel nigrescens callo tenui opalescente obscurata ;
peristoma niveum, late expansum et reflexum, marginibus
conniventibus, callo tenut junctis, columellari intus inferne
truncato, supra wmbilicum late dilatato et reflexo.
Diam. maj. 42 millim., min. 33, alt. 384; apertura cum labro
213 longa, 25 lata.
Hab. Douglas River, British New Guinea.
This species is remarkable for the broad snow-white lip, the
truncate columella, and the very strong thread-like lines of growth.
It is variable in colour, sometimes being conspicuously banded or
1 ayvos, pure; xetAos, lip.
1891.] MR. £. A. SMITH ON NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. 489
entirely without bands excepting that at the suture. The bands
do not extend quite to the outer lip, but stop short about 4 millims.
from the margin. Three of the four specimens examined have a
shallow concentric depression or furrow around the middle of the
base of the body-whorl ; but this is not an essential characteristic,
as there is not the slightest trace of it in the fourth shell.
HT. tomasinelliana of Tapparone-Canefri is very like this species
in many respects, but is different in form, being higher in propor-
tion to the width and with a flatter base.
PuacostyxLus Guepyi. (Plate XL. fig. 6.)
Testa rimata, elongato-ovata, superne acuminata, solidiuscula,
rufescens, epidermide fusca, superne plus minus detrita,
induta, longitudinaliter rugose striata, interdum in anfractu
ultimo obsolete malleata ; anfract. 5-6, celertter accrescentes,
supremt tres planiuscult vel viv convext, penultimus con-
vexiusculus, ultimus magis convexus, magnus, oblongus, infra
suturam obliquam submarginatus, leviter corrugato-plicatus ;
apertura inverse auriformis, longit. totius x superans, longe
intus pallide rufescens, labrum versus saturatior ; peristoma
incrassatum, leviter expansum, rufescens, marginibus callo
tenut albido junctis, columellart im regione wmbilicr late
expanso, in apertura plicam albam validam formante ;
apertura tuberculo albo prominente supra plicam colwmel-
larem armata.
Longit. 80 mitlim., diam. maj. 37; apertura intus 40 longa,
19 lata.
Hab. Solomon Islands.
Mr. Brazier does not know the particular island where this
species is found. He possesses only five specimens of it, and of
these he has most liberally placed two of the finest in the British
Museum.
The species does not compare closely with any other form. It is
rather ventricose, but less so than Pl. eddystonensis ; but in other
respects it is quite different. The epidermis is of a rich brown
colour, here and there striped with a darker tint. The columellar
fold and the tubercle above are strongly developed.
I have named this interesting species after Dr. H. B. Guppy,
who has considerably advanced our knowledge of the fauna of the
Solomon Islands.
Puacosrytus caus’. (Plate XL. fig. 7.)
Testa elongata, perforata, superne rufescens, in anfr. ultimo
pallidior, epidermide flavo-olivacea tenut induta, increment
lineis tenuibus striata, sub lente microscopice et irregulariter
transversim striata; anfractus 6, celeriter crescentes, su-
prem parum convexi, ultimus elongatus, magnus, peroblique
descendens, ad sinistram peculiariter inflatus vel gibbus ;
1 From cadés, beautiful.
490 MR. E. A. SMITH ON NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. [Nov. 17,
apertura elongata, inverse auriformis, longit. totius 3 ad-
equans, intus sordide albida, labrum versus fuscescens aut
rufescens, dente parietali albo valido munita ; plica columel-
laris valde prominens, alba ; labrum expansum, subreflexum,
carneo-rufescens, marginibus callo tenui junctis, columellari
magis reflexo, wmbilicum semiobtegente.
Longit. 78 millim., diam. maj. 33; apertura intus 44 longa,
143 lata.
Hab. Solomon Islands.
This species is about the size and general form of Pl. macfarlandi
of Brazier, but differs in having the body-whorl a little longer in
proportion to the spire, and the aperture is also more elongate, and
the peristome is fleshy red and more expanded. It is more
elongated than Pl. macgillivrayi, Pfeiffer, and has a less acuminate
spire, but it agrees with it in the character of the columellar fold
and the tubercle above it on the body-whorl.
PUPINA BRENCHLEYI. (Plate XL. figs. 8, 8 a.)
Testa pupiformis, pallide fulva, nitidissima; anfract. 53, con-
vexiusculi, celeriter crescentes, infra suturam linea pellucida
angusta marginati, ultimus antice peroblique descendens, ad
labrum subito brevissime ascendens, supra aperturam sub-
planulatus ; apertura fere circularis, longit. totius 3 paulo
superans ; labrum pallidum, antice subeffusum; incisura
columellaris angusta, parva; dens parietalis acutus, labro
sinu angusto sejunctus.
Longit. 7 millim., diam. 33 3 apertura 2% longa, 2 lata.
Hab. Lugunor Island, Mortlock group of the Caroline Islands.
This species was found by Mr. Brazier in very great profusion in
thick dense bush near the sea-beach under old cocoanut husks,
leaves, and decayed wood on very wet or damp ground.
This species is very like P. (Registoma) complanata of Pease,
but differs in having the body-whorl a little flatter above the
aperture, the parietal tooth and notch are more distinct, and the
columellar slit is smaller and not so deep. Out of seventy speci-
mens examined, two have the parietal notch entirely filled up with
callus, and in others it is partially obliterated.
The name proposed by Mr. Brazier may be retained in remem-
brance of Mr. Julius Brenchley, whose liberality and kindly
disposition were greatly valued by many friends.
OMPHALOTROPIS CAROLINENSIS. (Plate XL. figs. 9, 9 a.)
Testa ovato-fusiformis, superne acuminata, anguste umbilicata,
pallide cornea vel rufescens, plus minus opaco-albo lineata et
maculata ; anfractus 6, convexi, lineis incrementi tenuibus
striisque spiralibus tenuissimis obsoletis sculpti, sutura sub-
profunda viz obliqua sejuncti, ulitmus rotundatus, infra medium
plerumque haud maculatus, circa umbilicum carina obtusa
instructus ; spira conica, ad apicem subacuta ; apertura ovata,
superne leviter acuminata, antice ad carinam subeffusa, longit.
1891. | MR. E. A. SMITH ON NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. 491
totius 2 adequans ; peristoma tenue, marginibus callo tenut
junctis, exteriore simplice, columellari anguste reflexo.
Longit. 7 millim., diam. maj. 32 ; apertura 3 longa, 2 lata.
Hab. Lugunor Island, Mortlock group of the Caroline Islands,
also at Iris Island of the Rouk group (Brazier).
The reddish specimens, which are well marked with wavy lines
and blotches of opaque white, are extremely pretty. Some speci-
mens are almost entirely devoid of markings, being of a uniform
pale horn colour, and when this painting is present it is invariably
less conspicuous on the lower part of the body-whorl than above.
The spiral strize referred to in the preceding diagnosis are very
feeble and only noticeable under a powerful lens.
Donax BRAziERI. (Plate XL. figs. 10, 10 a.)
Testa trigona, antice anguste rotundata, postice et superne angu-
lata, valde inequilateralis, albida vel grisea, umbones versus
interdum livida vel lilacea, obsolete biradiata ; area valvarum
antica polita, radiatim tenuiter striata et prope angulum
posticum subacutum concentrice rugose striata, postica carina
circumscripta, radiatim tenuiter lirata, lirisque transversis
leviter flexuosis granose cancellata; pagina interna polita,
margine inferiore (interdum quoque postico) crenulato, lilaceo-
fusca, albida vel fuscescens, versus marginem pallida, radiatim
tenuiter substriata ; linea pallii profunde et late sinuata.
Longit. 13 millim., alé. 19, diam. 6.
Hab. Rocky Point, four miles north of Richmond River, New
South Wales.
Mr. Brazier observes respecting this species :—‘‘I have never
found this alive on any part of the coast, and suppose it to be a
very deep-water species, as it is met with only after gales.”’
It is remarkably triangular, and occasionally almost quite equi-
lateral. The posterior area of the valves is not glossy like the
anterior and much more strongly sculptured. This coarser sculp-
ture, however, just passes over the sharp angle which separates the
two areas. The colour is variable both externally and within; but
usually it is pale, with an indication of two broad rays, one near
the angle and the other more towards the front. I have much
pleasure in associating this pretty species with the name of its
discoverer.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XL,
Fig. 1. Conus innotabilis, p. 487.
2. Mitromorpha brazieri, p. 487.
3. Littorina acutispira, p. 487.
4, Littorina infans, p. 488.
5. Helix (Papuina) agnocheilus, p. 488.
6. Placostylus guppy?, p. 489.
7. Placostylus calus, p. 489.
8a. Pupina brenchleyi, p. 490.
9, 9a. Omphalotropis carolinensis, p. 490.
0a. Donax brazieri, p. 491.
492 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
2. On the Micro-Lepidoptera of the West Indies. By
the Rt. Hon. Lord Wausinenam, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., &e.
[Received November 17, 1891.]
(Plate XLI.)
This paper is founded upon a collection of Micro-Lepidoptera
made by Herbert H. Smith in the Island of St. Vincent, and placed
in my hands by Mr. F. DuCane Godman. In order to identify the
species it was necessary to study carefully all the descriptions of
West-Indian forms which might probably be found among them.
It is possible that some may yet have been overlooked, as they are
scattered through a mass of periodical publications in at least three
languages. Having so far made myself acquainted with the literature
of the subject, it seemed desirable to supply such information as
would facilitate a study of the geographical distribution, and with
this view a tabulated index to all the West-Indian species is included
inthe paper. It has not been attempted to define or to follow any
already defined faunistic West-Indian region; the term is used
simply in its geographical sense, and includes the whole range of
islands stretching from Yucatan to the coast of Venezuela. It
would be interesting in this connection to obtain a representative
collection from the peninsula of Florida and the adjacent
islands, approaching, as they do, so nearly to the northern coast
of Cuba, especially as the few species I have seen from that
locality are remarkable, not only for their beauty and distinctness,
but also for their evident alliance with the genera, and almost
with the species, which have reached us from the mouth of the
Amazons and from the northern portion of Brazil. It will be
seen that, so far as our present knowledge extends, the Micro-Lepi-
doptera of these islands are somewhst highly specialized. Several
new genera are described and others are mentioned which have not
as yet been recognized elsewhere ; but it must not be presumed that
these will not ultimately be found to have a wider distribution. Had
we been dealing with the Rhopalocera, or with any of the larger and
more conspicuous Heterocera, a tabulated Index would have shown
more nearly the true limitation of range in the different species ; for
these have been carefully coilected and studied, and individual species
are far less likely to have been overlooked than those of obscure and
much neglected groups such as the Tortricidae, Tineide, and Ptero-
phoride. With the exception of three more or less cosmopolitan
species, one of which, Tricheptilus centetes, Meyrick, seems out of
place here (probably only because it has been described under other
names from different parts of the world), the whole of the known
West-Indian forms are decidedly American, ranging northward to
the Southern and Western portions of the United States, and south-
ward as far at least as Brazil; the majority, however, certainly
belong to the truly Central-American fauna. I must acknowledge
my indebtedness to Dr. Staudinger for allowing me to see several of
ee eee ee
ee
P. Z.8.1891 Plate XLI1.
JH: Durrant del. West. Newman imp.
FW. Frohaw lith.
Micro-Lepideptera of the West Indies.
1891.] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 493
Zeller’s types, and to my friend Mr. Godman for placing this limited,
but interesting and valuable collection in my hands. Mr. Druce has
also kindly contributed several species from Dominica, and Mr. J.
H. Hart has also been good enough to collect for me in Trinidad,
and Mr. T: D. A. Cockerell in Jamaica.
PTEROPHORID4.
AGDISTINZ.
Scorronoma, Z.
SCOPTONOMA TIPULOIDES, sp. n.
Antenne pale cinereous.
Palpi whitish ochreous, streaked along the sides with black.
Head brownish above, with a dark brown triangle in front mar-
gined with whitish-ochreous lines passing from the base of the
antenne and meeting above the haustellum.
Thorax mottled with reddish brown, dark fuscous, and whitish
ochreous.
_ Fore wings brownish, with numerous angulated whitish streaks,
intermixed with dark fuscous streaks, lines, and shading; an
oblique whitish line from the dorsal margin near the base ter-
minates on the median vein at almost one third of the wing-
length, this is preceded and followed by a few blackish scales,
and the space within it has a somewhat longitudinally-striated
appearance: from near the middle of the dorsal margin arises
a second whitish oblique streak, angulated backwards about the
middle of the wing, and thence again outwards along the median
vein; throughout its length it is accompanied on its upper side by a
narrow black line which is continued beyond it, first towards the anal
angle and thence, after several deflexions, upwards to the apex and
costal margin ; this oblique double line forms the lower edge of two,
almost connected, angular transparent rosy-white patches, the first
extending from the submedian to the median vein, the second lying
above the median, decidedly triangular, its base upon the lower edge
of the cell, its apex reaching to the upper edge beyond the middle of
the wing; the inner margins of these triangular patches being con-
tinuous, give them the appearance of one single oblique patch, but
the ground-colour of the wing is carried through them very narrowly
along the median vein; a dark fuscous or blackish shade clearly
defines the inner and outer margins of the transparent patch, but
the space below it is more tinged with brown than the apical portion
of the wing beyond it, except along the costal and part of the apical
margin: at two thirds from the base is a short semi-transparent
streak dark-margined within, a little beyond which is a pale costal
spot dark-margined on both sides: beyond this small costal spot we
come to the other end of the black line (already described as arising
from the dorsal margin before the middle in connexion with the-pale
streak below it); tracing it therefore, in the opposite direction, we
find it arising at about one-sixth from the apex,running very obliquely
494 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
outwards nearly to the depressed apex itself, thence back at a very
acute angle to a point opposite its origin, whence it is curved down-
wards and outwards towards the middle of the apical margin, with
which it runs parallel until again curved above the anal angle, whence
it can be traced to the triangular semi-transparent patch (up to which
its course has already been described); the black line is margined
on both sides with whitish-ochreous lines above the middle of the
apical margin, and a short line of the same colour extends along the
upper half of the margin to the apex, there is also a short streak
above the anal angle; cilia whitish, with much dark fuscous mottling,
especially at the apex, at the middle, and at the anal angle, but
with a dark line running throughout them near the base. The
markings to a great extent show through on the underside.
Hind wings semi-transparent, pale rosy eneous; the apex and
outer half of the dorsal margin banded with blackish, as is also the
costal margin; with three blackish spots, one below the middle of
the costal band, one below the middle of the wing, and one at the
abdominal angle (these are inconspicuous in specimens in less good
condition); a slender whitish line runs parallel with the dorsal
margin throughout the wing-length; cilia pale cinereous, with a dark
line running through their middle. The markings to a great extent
show through on the underside.
Abdomen whitish ochreous, mottled above with reddish brown
mixed with dark fuscous ; some slight lateral tufts along the segments
are also of this mixed colour.
Legs pale whitish ochreous, unspotted.
Exp. al. 24 millim.
Hab. West Indies—Trinidad. (Port of Spain; 1 specimen received
from Mr. J. H. Hart.)
Type, 5 Mus. Wlsm.
I have also two specimens of this species from the Zeller Collection
collected either by Baron von Nolcken or Petersen; but I have not
been able to trace whether they were taken in the West Indies,
Panama, or Colombia.
PrrropHoRiInZ.
TRICHOPTILUS, Wlsm.
TRICHOPTILUS CENTETES, Meyr.
Trichoptilus centetes, Meyr. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, pp. 16, 17:
1387, p. 266.
[?=Pterophorus oxydactylus, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxx.
p: 944 (1864), Ceylon. |
New Guinea, Australia, (? Ceylon).
West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 3 specimens, Smith).
This species has apparently a wide distribution, and is very nearly
allied to Trichoptilus (Aciptilus) californicus, Wlsm., from Northern
California; it has, however, darker hind wings and less white upon
the surface and cilia of the fere wings. Specimens from Mexico and
1891. ] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 495
Arizona cannot be separated from 7. centeées ; but from their slightly
paler colouring may perhaps be regarded as forming a connecting
link between the Northern and Southern forms.
Puatypritia, Hb.
PLATYPTILIA PUSILLIDACTYLA, Wkr.
Oxyptilus pusillidactylus, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxx. p. 933
(1864).
N. syn.=Platyptilia tecnidion, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xii.
pp- 468-9, pl. vi. fig. 162 (1877).
Imago. February (Z.).
West Indies—Jamaica (Whr.), St. Thomas (Z.).
PLATYPTILIA, sp., Snell.
Platyptilia, sp., Snell. Tijd. v. Eot. xxx. p. 66 (1887).
West Indies—Curagao (Snell.).
Stenoprinia, Hb.
STENOPTILIA? PUMILIO, Z.
Mimeseoptilus pumilio, Z. Ver. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxi. p. 324
@is73)):
United States.—Texas (Z.).
West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 2 specimens, Smith).
The slender erect palpi as well as the neuration appear to separate
this species from Mimeseoptilus, Wigrn. (=Stenoptilia, Hb.), the
genus in which it was placed by Zeller. The same form occurs m
other species from South America ; but I prefer to study more
material before coming to a decision upon its generic value.
Auvcita, L.
ALUCITA THOMA, Z.
Leioptilus thome, Z. Hor. Soe. Ent. Ross. xiii. pp. 480-1, pl. vi.
fig. 170 (1877).
Imago. December (Z.).
West Indies—St. Thomas (Z.).
AuuciTa BaAsAtis, Mschl.
Oedematophorus basalis, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges.xv. pp. 345-6,
354 (1890).
West Indies—Portorico (Msehi.).
ALUCITA PALEACEUS, Z.
Leioptilus paleaceus, Z. Ver. z.-b. Wien, xxiii. pp. 326-7
(1873).
Pterophorus paleaceus, Mschl. Ab. Senck Nat. Ges xv. pp. 346,
354 (1890).
United States.—Ohio (Z.), Texas (Z.).
West Indies—Portorico (Msch/.).
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XXXIV. 34
496 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 19,
ALUCITA BIPpUNCTATUS, Mschl.
Pterophorus bipunctatus, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 346,
354 (1890).
West Indies—Portorico (Mschl.).
ALUCITA PARTICIPATUS, Mschl.
Pterephorus participatus, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv.
pp. 346, 354 (1890).
West Indies—Portorico (I/schl.).
ALUCITA PR&uUSTUS, Mscbl.
Pterophorus praeustus, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 346,
354 (1890).
West Indies—Portorice (Mscil.).
PreropHorus, Geoffr.
PTEROPHORUS AGRAPHODACTYLUS, Wkr.
Pterophorus agraphodactylus, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxx.
p- 941 (1864).
West Indies—San Domingo (Wkr.).
PTEROPHORUS ASPILODACTYLUs, Wkr.
Pterophorus aspilodactylus, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxx.
pp: 941-42 (1864); Btl. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 495.
West Indies—Jamaica (Whr.).
PrerorHorvs, sp., Mschl.
Aeiptilia, sp., Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. p. 346 (1890).
West Indies—Portorico (Mschl.).
OrnwEODINz.
OrNeEODES, Latr.
ORNEODES EUDACTYLA, F. & R.
Alucita eudactyla, F. & R. Reise Nov., Lp. pl. exl. fig. 62 (1875) ;
Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 346, 354 (1890).
Colombia, Brazil.
West Indies—Portorico (Mscii.).
TORTRICID&.
Torrricinz.
ApinoGtossa, Mschl. & Saalm.
APINOGLOSSA ComBURANA, Mschl.
Apinoglossa comburana, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 331,
354 (1890).
West Indies—Portorico (M/sehl.).
1891.] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 497
Cacacia, Hb.
CacacIA JAMAICANA, Wkr,
Teras jamaicana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxviii. p. 291 (1863).
- West Indies—Jamaica (Whr.).
This species was wrongly included in Teras by Walker ; it should
be transferred to Caceecia, with which it agrees in structure.
Tortrix, L.
Tortrix ? EFFoETANA, Mschl.
Tortrix effoetana, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 330, 354
(1890).
West Indies—Portorico (Mschi.).
TortTrix ? INSIGNITANA, Mschl.
Tortrix insignitana, Mschi. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 330-31,
354 (1890).
West Indies—Portorico (Mschi.).
These two species being described from females, it is impossible
to say whether they are rightly referred to the genus Tortriv.
PTYCHAMORBIA, gen. n.
(arvé=a fold; Amorbia, nom. gen.)
Type, 6 2 Tortrix exustana, Z. (Colombia). (Plate XLI.
fig. 1, af.)
(exustana, Z., 2 =colubrana, Z., 3.)
Antenne biciliate in the ¢, each ciliation formed of a group of
several hairs, and with the first 14 and the basal joint thickened
with a mat of scales above, somewhat lengthened at its abrupt ter-
mination; @ simple.
Palpi conical, densely clothed, apical joint moderate ; projecting
more than the length of the head beyond it in the ¢, twice the
length of the head in the ?.
Head moderately smooth ; frontal scales projecting over the base
of the palpi.
Thorax smooth.
Fore wings elongate, quadrate; costal margin arched before the
middle, $ with a strong costal fold at the base; apex rectangular,
apical margin slightly indented below the apex; dorsal margin
slightly convex. Neuration: Q 12 veins; 7 and 8 with a long
common stem, enclosing the apex: 3 11 veins (7 and 8 coincident).
Hind wings with the costal margin excavate before the apex in
both sexes ; apex rounded ; apical and dorsal margins almost con-
tinuous, abdominal angle slightly dilated ; 2 with long hairs above
at the base. Neuration: 8 veins; 3 and 4 from a point, 5 bent over
to near base of 4.
Legs moderately clothed.
34*
498 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17;
This genus partakes of the characters of Amorbia, Clem., and
Platynota, Clem., resembling the first in the different neuration of
the male and female, and the latter in the presence of a costal fold
in the male. It is also allied to Cerorrhineta, Z., which agrees with
Platynota in neuration, but differs in the structure of the antennze
and in the shape of the fold.
Zeller’s type of Tortrix (Ginectra) exustana (¢) is before me,
and it is unquestionably the female of Tortriv colubrana, Z., of which
the type (¢) is also in my collection. Both specimens are from
Colombia. The differences in the neuration apparently misled Zeller
in supposing them to be distinct, and caused him to refer them to
different genera.
PryCHAMORBIA CATENANA, Sp. 0.
Antenne (@) with the basal joint somewhat enlarged, simple ;
dark reddish brown.
Palpi projecting more than the length of the head beyond it;
second joint smooth, somewhat thickly clothed above ; apical joint
moderate, exposed; reddish brown.
Head and thoraz reddish brown.
Fore wings (2 ) much arched at the base, straight beyond, apex
somewhat produced ; apical margin indented, not oblique ; anal angle
rounded. Neuration: 12 veins, 7 and 8 from a long common stem,
enclosing the apex. Tawny reddish-brown with a very ill-defined
basal patch, wider ou the dorsal than on the costal margin; an ill-
defined fasciaform shade commencing at one third from the base on
the costal margin runs obliquely outwards to the middle of the wing,
thence depressed to the dorsal margin scarcely beyond the middle ; on
this fascia are some obscure grey metallic spots ; the apical portion of
the wing is of the same darker shade as the fascia and contains two
curved lines of grey metallic spots, the first rwoning parallel with the
central fascia from beyond the middle of the costa to the anal angle,
the second again parallel beyond it; the space between these and
the apex is also studded with similar spots; cilia pale ochreous,
with a tawy-brown line along their base. Underside unicolorous
shining brownish ochreous.
Hind wings much excised on the costal margin before the apex.
Neuratien: 8 veins, 3 and 4 from a point, 5 bent over and nearly
touching the base of 4. Brownish ochreous, the apex shaded with
fuscous scales ; cilia shining pale ochreous, with a brownish shade
along their base. Underside unicolorous shiiing brownish ochreous.
Abdomen ochreous.
Legs ochreous ; hind tarsal joints shaded with fuscous.
Exp. al. 20-28 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 2 specimens,
Smith).
Brazil—Espiritu Santo (Schmidt).
Type, 2.
I have little doubt that the male of this species will be found to
possess but 11 veins in the fore wings, as in 7. colubrana, Z. This
1891. ] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 499
difference in the neuration of the male and female has hitherto been
regarded as characteristic of Amorbia, Clem., which, however, has no
costal fold in the male.
Puatynota, Clem.
PLATYNOTA ROSTRANA, Wkr.
Teras rostrana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxviii. p. 290 (1863).
=Teras restitutana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxvii. p. 292
(1863).
=Teras connexana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxviii. p. 293
(1863).
Platynota rostrana, Wism. Ul. Typ. Lp. Het. B.M. iv. 5-6,
pl. Ixii. fig. 1 (1879); Fern. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. x. no. 114, p. 22
(1882).
Larva. Leaves of orange. (U.S., Fern.)
United States—Florida (Fern.).
S. America—Venezuela (Whr.), Brazil (Ega, Wkr.).
West Indies—San Domingo (Whr.), St. Vincent (Kingstown and
windward side, 2 specimens, Smzth).
These two specimens are in poor condition and the dark markings
are not distinctly outlined by lines of semi-raised scales as in the
type. They are also somewhat smaller; but on the strength of such
material I cannot regard them as anything more than a local form.
PLATYNOTA REPANDANA, Wkr.
Teras repandana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxviii. p. 292 (1863).
West Indies—San Domingo (Wkr.)
The type of this species is erroneously recorded by Walker as a
female, it is a male.
CERATORRHINETA.
(Czrorruiwer, Z.)
Type, ¢ Q Cerorrhineta calidana, Z. (Cuba). (Plate XLI.
fig. 2, a-e.)
Antenne, 3, scaled and flattened beyond the basal joint, giving a
bulged appearance, beyond which they are merely pubescent; 2
simple.
Palpi, 3, thickly clothed ; long, curved downwards, apical joint
short: @ very long (longer than in the ¢), much curved down-
wards, closely clothed throughout.
Head thickly clothed, with a slight projecting tuft.
Thorax smooth.
Fore wings, 3, elongate, oblong ; with a straight costal fold ex-
tending nearly to the apex: @ with the costal margin arched,
especially towards the base: apical margin not oblique ; with raised
scales, as in Platynota, but these are not abundant. Neuration
(S$ &@Q): 12 ves, 7 and 8 from a common stem, the fork enclosing
the apex.
500 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
Hind wings (3 & 2.) with the costal margin not excised. Neura-
tion : 8 veins, 3 and 4 from a point, 5 slightly bent towards origin of
3 and 4, 6 and 7 approximate at origin.
Legs moderate, smooth.
CERATORRHINETA CALIDANA, Z.
Cerorrhineta calidana, Z., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xiii. pp. 116-7
(1877).
West Indies—Cuba (Z.).
I am indebted to Dr. Staudinger for the opportunity of examining
the types of this species.
ConcHYLIDINZ.
Concuy.is, Tr.
CoNCHYLIS LACTEIPALPIS, sp. 0.
Antenne luteous.
Palpi short, widened at the apex of the second joint with short
appressed scales ; apical joint short, distinct ; cream-white.
Head creamy-white.
Thorax ferruginous, tending to pale ochreous posteriorly.
Fore wings mottled with dark chestnut-brown and bright ferru-
ginous, the intermediate spaces whitish ochreous, apex and cilia
whitish ochreous; basal patch rich ferruginous, somewhat angu-
lated at its outer edge beyond the fold; a patch of dark chestnut-
brown adjacent to it crosses the fold and extends, more or less
interruptedly along the dorsal margin and fold to the lower angle
of the cell; a rich ferruginous costal patch about the middle tapers
obliquely outwards, and is separated from the other patches of
chestnut seales beneath it by a rather shining leaden-grey streak ;
a rich ferruginous band crosses the wing obliquely before the apex,
its immer edge nearly straight, its outer edge slightly angulated
below its middle, this band commences on the costal margin at
about one fifth from the apex, its lower edge reaching to about the
middle of the apical margin; the space preceding it is mottled with
rich ferruginous interspersed with leaden-grey scales on a cream-
white ground ; apex and cilia whitish ochreous.
Hind wings grey, with cilia of the same colour.
Abdomen grey ; underside shining creamy-white.
Legs cream-white.
Exp. al. 8-10 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 3 specimens,
Smith).
Type, 3.
CoNCHYLIS PROLECTANA, Mschl.
Cochylis prolectana, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 332,
354 (1890).
West Indies—Portorico (Mschil.).
1891. ] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 301
Concuyuis TEcTonIcA, Mschl.
Cochylis tectonica, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 332-3,
354 (1890).
West Indies—Portorico (Mschi.).
CoNnCHYLIS VICINITANA, Mschl.
Cochylis vicinitana, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 333,
354 (1890).
West Indies—Portorico (Mschi.).
CoNCHYLIS BUNTEANA, Robs.
Conchylis bunteana, Robs. Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. ii. p. 288, pl. viii.
fig. 86 (1869) ; Fern. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. x. no. 144, p. 26 (1882).
United States—Pennsylvania (Roés.).
West Indies—St. Vincent (1 specimen, Smith).
A single specimen, probably referable to this species, is not in
sufficiently good condition to be determined with certainty. The
type has a slightly rosy tint, which is apparently wanting in this
specimen (perhaps owing to its condition), but I should certainly
regard it as a small variety of the same species.
ConcuHytits, sp.? (near angulatana, Robs.).
West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 1 specimen, Smith).
Another species of this genus, somewhat smaller than angulatana,
Robs. [Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. ii. p. 286, pl. viii. fig. 81 (1869)], from
the United States, but presenting the same general character of
markings, is also not in condition to be usefully described.
ConcHytis, sp. ?
West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 1 specimen, Smith).
This specimen is in too poor condition to be determined.
GRAPHOLITHINA.
Bactra, Stph.
Bactra LANCEOLANA, Hb.
Tortri« lanceolana, Hb. Tortr. fig. 80 (1800).
Aphelia lanceolana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. (ii.) no. 1006,
p. 251 (1871).
Bactra lanceolana, Fern. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. x. no. 163, pp. 28-9
(1882).
Europe, Africa, Asia, Australia, New Zealand, United States.
West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 4 specimens, Smith).
EPpisimus, gen. n.
(émiotpos=somewhat short-nosed.)
Type, ¢ Carpocapsa transferrana, Wkr. (Brazil). (Plate XLI.
fig. 3, a, 6.) .
Antenne with the basal joint slightly enlarged, very slightly
ciliate, scarcely more than half as long as the fore wings.
502 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
Palpi short, moderately clothed; apical joint exposed, scarcely
projecting beyond the face.
Head very wide, flattened to the thorax, the face between the
eyes much flattened, moderately rough-scaled above.
Thorax smooth.
Fore wings elongate, costal margin almost straight, ¢ without a
costal fold, apical margin very slightly concave, anal angle rounded.
Neuration: 12 veins, all separate ; 3 much bent up towards 4 on the
outer margin.
Hind wings rather triangular, apex somewhat acute, dorsal mar-
gin slightly and evenly rounded. Neuration: 8 veins; 3 and 4 from
a point, 5 bent over towards origin of 4.
Apparently allied to Cacocharis, Wlsm., but without a thoracic
tuft. Veins 3 and 4 of the hind wings are as in the group of
genera allied to Penthina, Tr., but the neuration of the fore wings
approaches more nearly that of the Pedisca group.
EPISIMUS TRANSFERRANA, Wkr.
Carpocapsa transferrana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxviii. p. 398
(1863).
South America—Brazil (Ega, Whr.).
Var. VINCENTANA (an sp. n. 2).
West Indies—St. Vincent (1 specimen, Smith).
With a single specimen before me, in very poor condition, I
should not venture to deseribe it as a distinct species. It is ob-
viously very similar to Walker’s type from Ega; the chalybeous
black top of the head is a strong distinguishing character, and the
markings on the wings are approximately in the same position.
Walker describes the darker shades as the ground-colour of the
wing, whereas the paler colouring actually predominates (more so in
this variety than in the type) ; moreover they lave scarcely a trace
of fawn-colour, and would be more accurately described as creamy-
white. The slender leaden cross-streaks which occur in the type
are wanting in this specimen, but the transverse linear arrangement
of the scales is precisely the same, and if some of the grey streaklets
which compose the medio-costal patch were prolonged in the direc-
tion of the dorsal margin they would exactly correspond to these
lines, which Walker omits to mention in his description. I cannot
venture to regard this specimen as distinct from EZ. transferrana, but
it is probably a local variety.
Exp. al. 14 millim.
Type, 3.
EPIsIMUS AUGMENTANA, Z.
Grapholitha (Hedya) augmentana, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xiii.
pp. 162-3 (1877).
West Indies—Cuba (Z.).
I am indebted to Dr. Staudinger for the opportunity of examining
the type of this species. Be
1891.] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 503
CAcocHARISs, gen. n.
(xaxéxapes =ill-omened.)
Type, ¢ 2 Cacocharis albimacula, Wism. (Plate XLI. fig. 4,
a, 6.)
Antenne not more than half the length of the fore wings, simple
in both sexes.
Palpi placed rather wide apart, short, projecting but little beyond
the head; second jomt somewhat dilated at the apex above and
beneath ; apical joint short, distinct.
Head moderately crested above.
Thorax with a strong erect crest posteriorly.
Fore wings rather ovate, costal margin slightly arched, ¢ without
a costal fold, apex obtuse, apical margin not indented nor oblique,
anal angle rounded. Neuration: 12 veins, all separate; 3 bent up
towards 4 on the apical margin; 6 slightly bent down towards 5.
Hind wings trapezoidal, apex rounded, somewhat bulged between
the apical and dorsal margins. Neuration: 8 veins; 3 straight, 4
from the same point as 3, bent upwards towards 5 on its basal half;
5 closely approximate to 4 at the base.
Legs with the hind tibize stout, somewhat clothed.
This genus is intermediate between Peedisca, Tr., and Penthina,
Tr., approaching the latter in the possession of a thoracic tuft and
in having veins 3 and 4 of the hind wings from a point; im all
other respects it belongs to the group of Pedisca, but is without a
costal fold.
CACOCHARIS ALBIMACULA, Sp. N.
Antenne and palpi reddish brown.
Head reddish brown.
Thorax reddish brown, with a conspicuous bright chestnut tuft
‘posteriorly, preceded and followed by some whitish scales.
Fore wings rich chestnut-brown, with a conspicuous white costal
patch about the middle of the wing, containing two or three minute
black streaklets on the extreme costal margin; mottled with fuscous
and purplish-grey patches ; the white costal patch is preceded and
followed by a fuscous tinge; a brownish patch lies on the outer half
of the fold, and a blackish patch of somewhat raised scales near the
base of the dorsal margin is surrounded by purplish grey ; about
the outer end of the brown patch is another space ef purplish grey,
and between this and the apical margin another transverse patch of
the same colour, somewhat paler ; one or two very faint pale oblique
streaklets, from the costa before the apex, are joined to a slender
pale line along the margin at the base of the cilia, which, however,
does not reach the anal angle; cilia brown, tipped with fuscous.
Hind wings fuscous, with an iridescent tinge; cilia fuscous.
Abdomen fuscous.
Legs pale greyish cinereous; hind tarsal joints spotted with
fuscous.
Hexp. al. 14 millim.
504 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (1 specimen, Smzth).
HUE: thal uA :
Having only a single 2 of this species from St. Vincent I have
used a ¢ from Brazil in drawing up the generic description.
PxHoxopteRIis, Tr.
PHOXOPTERIS VIRIDIDORSANA, Mschl.
Phoxopteryx virididorsana, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv.
pp- 334, 354 (1890).
West Indies—Portorico (Mschl.).
GRAPHOLITHA, H.-S.
GRAPHOLITHA LIVENS, Sp. 0.
[ Head missing. |
Thoraz slaty grey.
Fore wings deep brownish fuscous, mottled with curved bands and
spots of slaty-grey ; the basal half of the wing is entirely occupied
by transverse bands of this colour, separated from each other by
slender lines of the dark ground-colour, of which one is longitudinal
from the base, reaching but a short way into the wing; one above
it, also short, is oblique from the costa; and one below it from the
dorsal margin, somewhat wider, pointed obliquely outwards; the
outer edge of the mottled basal patch is curved outwardly, reaching
much farther along the dorsal than on the costal margin, where it
does not attain to the middle of the wing; about the middle of the
wing is an outwardly oblique costal streak of slaty-grey, curved at
its lower end and more or less blended with a shorter streak beyond
it; between this pair of streaks and the apex of the wing are three
other similar streaks, the first running obliquely outwards from the
costa to the upper third of the apical margin, where it meets a
shorter and less oblique subapical streak ; between these two is a
third very short streaklet on the extreme costal margin; all these
five streaks are touched with whitish scales, and some are also
visible on the extreme costal edge of the basal patch; above the
anal angle is an irregular, somewhat ocelloid, spot formed of two
curved slaty-grey streaks; throughout the wings these slaty-grey
bands are somewhat shining in contrast with the dull ground-colour ;
cilia dark slaty-grey. Underside unicolorous brownish fuscous, with
five small whitish costal spots.
Hind wings brown ; cilia pale grey.
Abdomen brownish.
Legs pale greyish ; hind tarsal jomts spotted alternately with
greyish white and fuscous.
Hap. al. 12 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (1 specimen, Smith).
Type, 2.
This specimen has unfortunately lost its head; there can be no
doubt as to the genus in which it should be placed, but in markings
1891. ] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 505
it is very distinct from anything with which I am acquainted. The
pattern, although difficult to describe, is fairly well-defined.
GRAPHOLITHA ? ExciTANA, Mschl.
Grapholitha excitana, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 333-4,
354 (1890).
West Indies—Portorico (Mschi.).
Cortotoma, Ld.
Corrotoma? FIGURANA, Z.
Grapholitha (Coptoloma’) figurana, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xiii.
pp. 163-5, pl. ii. fig. 55 (1877).
Imago, 17 December (Z.).
West Indies—St. Thomas (Z.).
CorToLoMa? ALBICAPITANA, sp. 0.
Antenne fuscous.
Head and palpi white.
Thorax fuscous.
Fore wings brownish fuscous, blending to ferruginous brown,
about the apex much streaked and dotted with cream-white and
steel-blue lines and spots; a steel-blue spot at the base of the costal
margin is followed before the middle by an oblique short costal
streak of the same colour, and this is also followed, beyond the
middle, by a more slender similar streak, bulging outwardly, dilated
and deflected towards the anal angle; near the dorsal margin, at
one third from the base, is a cream-white spot, from above which a
slender cream-white line, shaped like a horseshoe, is bowed out-
wards, and returns to a smaller cream-white spot above the fold,
enclosing the outer end of a short longitudinal steel-blue streak ;
above the middle of the dorsal margin is a small steel-blue spot
followed by another slightly above and beyond it, which is separated
from a third elongate spot above the middle of the wing by a slender
cream-white line; the two lower of these spots are enclosed by
slender waved cream-white lines, at a little distance from them but
following their outline; these lines do not reach the dorsal margin
nor do they meet between the spots; on the chestnut-brown apical
portion of the wing are two or three cream-white costal spots or
streaks, the outer one being the longest, and having some steel-blue
scales at its lower end; between these spots and around the apex
the extreme margin of the wing is fuscous ; cilia blue-grey. Under-
side unicolorous greyish fuscous, with three costo-apical white spots
or streaks.
Hind wings brownish fuscous, darker towards the apex; cilia
greyish.
Abdomen fuscous ; underside cream-whitish.
Legs greyish fuscous ; spurs paler.
Kap. al. 10 millim.
506 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 1 specimen,
Smith). ;
Type, Q.
Having only a 2 I am unable to be quite certain that this species
is rightly referred to Coptoloma, Ld.
Panpisca, Tr.
Pa&DISCA LONGIPALPANA, Mschl.
Grapholitha (Pedisca, Ld.) longipalpana, Mschl. Ab. Senck.
Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 333, 354 (1890).
West Indies—Portorico (Mschl.).
Crociposema, Z.
CROCIDOSEMA PLEBEIANA, Z.
Crocidosema plebeiana, Z. Is. 1847, p. 721; Stgr. & Wk. Cat.
Lp. Eur. (ii.) no. 1269, p. 263 (1871).
Europe, Australia, South America (Wsm.).
West Indies—St. Vincent (Kingstown, 1 specimen; windward
side, 3 specimens, Smith).
This genus is apparently widely distributed in South America, as
T have specimens from Brazil, Peru, and the Argentine Republic.
STREPSICRATES, Meyr.
Strepsicrates, Meyr. Tr. N.-Z. Inst. xx. p. 73 (1887).
=§ Strepsiceros, Meyr. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vi. pp. 678-9
(1882).
STREPSICRATES SMITHIANA, Sp. 0.
Antenne cinereous.
Palpi cinereous, mottled with brownish at the ends of the joints
externally, hoary on their inner sides.
Head brownish cinereous, the lower half of the face hoary.
Thorax cinereous.
Fore wings dark brownish, pale cinereous along the dorsal margin
beneath the fold; im the ¢ the costal fold is dark brown witha
pale costal patch at its outer end, there is also a tuft of raised scales
below the middle of the fold, and tufts of similar darker scales near
the base above and below the fold; in the 9 the tufts of raised
scales are absent, and there appears to be some slight variation in
the mottling of the wing-suriace, the dark brown ground-colour
becoming especially concentrated along the middle and above the
outer end of the fold; the apical portion of the costa is much
mottled with pale cinereous, which is diffused across the wing
obliquely backwards towards the outer end of the fold; some pale
cinereous scales about the anal angle; cilia brownish, tending to
pale cinereous at the anal angle.
Hind wings semitransparent, blue-grey, obscured with brown
1891.] MICRO-LEPIDOPLERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 507
along the veins and margin, especially towards the abdominal
margin ; cilia cinereous, with a pale line along their base.
Abdomen brownish cinereous.
Legs pale cinereous ; hind tarsal joints faintly speckled.
Exp. al. 13-14 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 3 specimens,
Smith) ; Dominica (one specimen given me by Mr. H. Druce).
Type, 3 Q.
This species agrees in structure with ejectana, Wkr., an Australian
species. I may remark that veins 6 and 7 of the hind wings,
although perhaps not actually from a common stem, have so much
the appearance of being so that a mistake might easily arise. They
are almost anastomosed along their basal half, having the appearance
of a double vein grooved along its under surface rather than of two
separate veins. I find the same structure prevailing in the Austra-
lian species.
HELIGMOCERA, gen. n.
(€Avypds=a sinuosity ; xépas=a horn.)
Type, ¢ Heligmocera calvifrons, sp.nov. (Plate XLI. fig. 5, a—d.)
Antenne (6) stout, strongly pubescent beneath; basal joint
thickened, beyond which is a strong sinuosity on the upper side,
extending over several joints.
Palpi not thickly clothed, with the basal joint unusually long,
slightly upturned; second joint long, projecting forward ; apical
joint fully half the length of the second, slightly depressed.
Haustellum very short.
Head clothed above; face flattened, almost excavate between the
eyes, and sloping back to the base of the antennee.
Thorax not tufted.
Fore wings elongate, costa slightly arched, ¢ with a strong costal
fold containing a thick mat of hairs; apical margin oblique, slightly
concave, apex slightly produced, anal angle rounded. Neuration:
12 veins; 3 and 4 closely approximate throughout, curved upwards
nearly to middle of apical margin; 5 straight, arising very near 4,
about the lower angle of cell and ending on the middle of the apical
margin in close proximity to 4; 6 bent down towards 5 on margin ;
7 and 8 from a common stem, 7 bent down towards 6, 8 to costal
margin above apex; 9 arising from upper angle of cell close to
origin of 7+8.
Hind wings broader than the fore wings, with a broadly lanceolate
apex, abdominal angle strongly developed and heavily fringed, espe-
cially atthe base. Neuration: 8 veins; 3 and 4 froma long common
stem; 5 bent over to origin of 3+4; 6 and 7 from a common
stem.
Legs: hind tibize densely clothed with projecting scales above the
spurs.
508 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
HELIGMOCERA CALVIFRONS, Sp. 0.
Antenne cinereous.
Palpi cinereous.
Head cinereous above; face whitish.
Thorax cinereous.
Fore wings ( 3) with a broad costal fold; cinereous, mottled with
brownish ; with an ill-defined greenish basal patch, mottled with
brownish, extending along the dorsal margin to nearly one third the
wing-length, where is a patch of deep brownish fuscous scales ;
beyond it is a broad ill-defined pale space; the apical half of the
wing mottled with greenish and brownish fuscous; a chestnut-
brown spot immediately before the anal angle; the costal margin
very pale cinereous, almost whitish, with a series of oblong brownish
fuscous streaks alternately short and long, the long ones terminated
by a few chestnut-brown scales; there are some shining greenish-
grey metallic scales about the ocelloid spot which is separated from
the apex by a curved brownish fuscous line occupying the middle
of the apical margin, and recurved in the direction of the upper
angle of the cell, where it nearly joins the middle costal streak, the
extreme apex brownish fuscous; cilia pale cinereous along their
base, brownish fuscous beyond.
Hind wings semitransparent, iridescent, blue-grey, matted with
brownish cinereous scales about the abdominal margin, and with a
strong fringe of subochreous matted scales from the base near the
abdominal margin; cilia greyish fuscous, with a pale line along
their base.
Abdomen brownish fuscous mottled with pale cinereous, anal tuft
paler. Underside pale cinereous.
Hind legs brownish fuscous mottled with pale cinereous, tarsal
joints also spotted with pale cinereous or subochreous.
Epp. al. 13 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 2 specimens,
Smith).
Type, 3.
TINEIDA
TINEINA,
Tinea, L.
TINEA PLUMELLA, Sp. 0.
Antenne with the basal joint slightly hairy ; greyish, with indis-
tinct paler annulations.
Mazillary palpi folded.
Labial palpi short, projecting ; greyish.
Head hairy above and in front; dingy grey.
Thorax pale whitish grey.
Fore wings dingy whitish, sprinkled with brownish-grey scales,
especially on the basal half; a brownish-grey spot at the base of the
fold ; an indistinct naPET ee fasciaform band of scattered brownish-
grey scales about the middle is diffused outwards on reaching the
1891.] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 509
fold, reverting to the dorsal margin; beyond it the white ground-
colour is less sprinkled for a short space, but the apical third of the
wing is blotched with brownish-grey spots, more or less connected
by intermediate scattered scales—one central at the end of the cell;
two costal, the first immediately above the central one, the other
beyond it ; one apical at the extreme apex; two less conspicuous
dorsal ones, the first small, immediately below the central spot, the
second also inconspicuous, immediately opposite the outer costal spot ;
cilia dingy whitish, with some brownish-grey scales running through
them wherever the dark spots touch the margin.
Hind wings pale grey; cilia whitish grey.
Abdomen very pale brownish grey.
Hap. al. 6% millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (1 specimen, Smith).
Type, 2.
A small but sufficiently distinct species, probably approaching
cumulatella, Z., from South America, but having a whiter ground-
colour.
TINEA sp.
West Indies—St. Vincent (1 specimen, Smith).
A single specimen in too poor condition to determine.
Exp. al. 6 millim.
Tinea ? sp., Bel.
Tinea ¢ sp., Btl. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 495.
West Indies—Jamaica (Gil.).
Dewnproveveinv2, subfam, nov.
Labial palpi strongly developed, folded.
Fore wings with veins 5, 7, and 8 out of 6,
DENDRONEURA, gen. nov.
(dévdpoy =a tree; vedpoy=a nerve.)
Type, 3 Dendroneura prestans, Wism. (Plate XLI. fig. 6, a—c.)
Antenne nearly as long as the fore wings; basal joint flattened,
scarcely enlarged.
Maxillary palpi well developed, folded.
Labial palpi short, depressed, clothed with appressed scales ; apical
joint scarcely shorter than the second, flattened, subovate.
Haustellum moderate.
Head much flattened, with a strong brush of radiating scales from
each side behind the eyes.
Thorax somewhat flattened, smooth.
Fore wings long, narrow, acuminate, costal and dorsal margins
nearly straight, anal angle obsolete; a narrow mat of scales along the
costal margin beneath gives the appearance of a downward fold.
Neuration: 12 veins; 2 from near lower angle of cell; 3 from angle
of cell; 4 separate from 3; 6 from upper angle of cell to apical
510 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
margin; 7 and 8 one after another out of 6, the one before, the other
behind the origin of 5, 7 to costa; 9, 10, and 11 separate; a small
supplementary cell caused by the continuation of 6 to between 10
and 11.
Hind wings narrow, evenly lanceolate, acuminate ; with very long
cilia extending to the base of the costal margin. Neuration: 8 veins ;
3 and 4 separate ; 5 and 6 froma common stem, 6 to apex ; 7 parallel
with 6.
Abdomen somewhat flattened.
Legs with the hind femora much flattened and somewhat concave
at their outer sides; hind tibize hairy.
This very inconspicuous and ordinary-looking Tineid differs entirely
in its structural characters from any genus or subfamily hitherto
described ; the neuration is very peculiar, somewhat resembling that
of Geocecis, Gn., to which, however, it is not allied.
A single female, possessing the same remarkable neuration which
characterizes this genus, differs in the structure of the palpi and in
the slightly greater expanse and breadth of the wings. Having at
first regarded it as a separate species, I am now strongly. convinced
that it is but the other sex of Dendroneura prestans. A description,
so far as it indicates structural differences, is appended :—
Labial palpi porrected, scarcely twice the length of the head;
second joint with a projecting brush of scales below, a pecten of three
or four separate hairs on its outer side near the apex; apical joint
smooth, short, scarcely more than half the length of the second
joint, not recurved nor erect.
Abdomen laterally compressed ; ovipositor extended, long.
If any reasonable doubt can be entertained as to the identity of
this female with the male on whieh the genus is founded, it must be
based upon the difference in the shape of the head, which is of the
ordinary form, not flattened or fringed at the side in the manner so
remarkable in the type.
DENDRONEURA PRAISTANS, Sp. 0.
Antenne and palpi pale greyish ochreous.
Head pale greyish ochreous ; face shining white.
Thorax dull greyish ochreous.
Fore wings dull greyish ochreous, with a narrow transverse line of
slightly raised brownish fuscous scales before the apex, at the upper
end of which is a minute oblique spot of similar scales turning back-
wards from the costal margin; cilia dull greyish, with an ochreous
tinge.
Hind wings pale greyish, with a slight ochreous tinge ; cilia greyish,
tinged with ochreous towards their apex.
Abdomen rather shining, ochreous.
Legs shining, pale cinereous ; tarsal joints unspotted.
Exp.al. $ 12 millim., 9 14 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 2 specimens,
Smith).
Type, 3 -
|
.
ee ee ee eee
ee ee
1891. ] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. oll
SuroMorPHIN:.
SrromorpHa, Z,
SETOMORPHA RUPICELLA, Z.
‘Setomorpha rupicella, Z. Hand. Koug. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. 1852,
pp- 95-6.
West Indies—Cuba (Havannah, Z.).
This species, having been described by Zeller in a paper entitled
‘Lepidoptera Microptera que J. A. Wahlberg in Caffrorum terra
collegit,” is not unlikely to be overlooked.
AWAPHORINA:.
Euueriste, Wlsm.
Type, Hulepiste cressoni, Wism. (United States).
In the original description of this genus (Tr. Am. Ent. Soe. x. p. 169,
1882), which was not corrected in my revision of the Anaphorine
(Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1887, p. 142), I fear that I must have mis-
taken the basal joint of the palpi for the second joint, the second
joint being much less roughly clothed than the basal, and the apical
jot is almost smooth. The proportionate length that they bear to
each other is approximately as follows:—the second joint is rather
longer than the apical joint, and the basal joint is about equal in
length to the second ; the apical joint stands for its whole length clear
above the head, but it is not recurved.
EULEPISTE UMBRATIPALPIS, sp.n. (Plate XLI. fig. 10.)
Antenne pale fawn, closely barred above with dark umber-brown,
basal joint dark umber-brown above.
Palpi very dark umber-brown.
Head pale fawn above, speckled with dark umber-brown.
Thorax pale fawn, shaded anteriorly and around the margins with
dark umber-brown and a few reddish-brown scales.
Fore wings pale fawn, thickly spotted and shaded with dark umber-
brown, with some reddish-brown scales intermixed, the markings on
the costal margin somewhat more distinctly separated from each other
than are those on the wing-surface ; the most conspicuous and darkest
shading is above the anal angle, on the space between the end of
the cell, and on the lower half of the costal margin; cilia dark
umber-brown, mixed with pale fawn and reddish brown. Underside
shaded with dark umber-brown, a pale fawn line running along the
base of the cilia and around the apical margin.
Hind wings cinereous, a slightly paler line running along the base
of the cilia. Underside cinereous.
Abdomen cinereous; lateral claspers slender, evenly depressed
posteriorly ; uncus slender, double, the points closely approximate.
Hind legs dark brownish ; tarsal joints spotted with pale fawn.
Exp. al. 19 millim.
Hab. West Indies—San Domingo, 1884.
Type, 3 Mus. Wlsm.
I have a single specimen, for which I am indebted to Dr. Fernald.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XXXV. 35
512 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
ACROLOPHUS, Poey.
ACROLOPHUS VITELLUS, Poey. (Plate XLI. fig. 11.)
Acrolophus vitellus, Poey, Cent. Lp. Cuba, pl. (xx.) (1833) ;
Wlsm. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1887, p. 148.
West Indies—Cuba (Poey) ; ? Portorico (Wlsm.).
A specimen in Dr. Staudinger’s collection from Portorico agrees
with Poey’s description in the structure of the palpi and antenne as
well as in neuration ; the fore wings have the usual indication of a
biangulate line along the neighbourhood of the fold, margined with
dark shades above and by the pale ground-colour below, this line
runs slenderly but distinctly to the base; two angular dark shades
cross the fold, the outer one being connected on the left wing by
two lines of darker scales to the middle of the dorsal margin ; costal
margin distinctly spotted, the spots near the base taking the form
of waved strize reaching to the upper edge of the cell. The hind
tarsal joints are somewhat strongly clothed with tufts of scales,
reminding one of T’hysanoscelis, Wism. I have not observed this
character in any other specimen of the same family from the West
Indies. The genital segments of this specimen are given on Plate
XLI. fig. 11. The uncus is double.
Exp. al. 22 willim.
ACROLOPHUS POEYI, sp.n. (Plate XLI. fig. 12.)
Antenne, 3, stout, simple, reaching to about two thirds the length
of the wing; @ somewhat more slender than in the ¢.
Palpi, 3, long and recurved, not thickly clothed and not reaching
so far as the back of the head; umber-brown, tinged with whitish
ochreous beneath: 2, projecting, conical.
Head and thorax umber-brown.
Fore wings: ,umber-brown, with a few paler mottlings and
specklings of brownish ochreous along the costal and dorsal margins
and towards the apex, and with some small fuscous spots of scales
scattered throughout the wing; costal margin narrowly brownish
ochreous throughout ; no particular pattern is visible on the wing,
but there is a tendency in the distribution of the blackish scale-spots
to form a sinuous dividing line along the fold, leaving the dorsal
portion below it of the paler tint ; cilia brownish ochreous, with a
dark line running through their middle: @ almost unicolorous pale
umber-brown, having a less mottled or speckled appearance than
the ¢.
Hind wings umber-brown, with cilia of the same colour.
Abdomen umber-brown. Genital segments, 3: uncus single, bent
over at right angles; lateral claspers slender and of almost even width
throughout, rounded at the ends and not projecting beyond the
uncus.
Legs greyish ; hind tarsal joints speckled alternately with umber-
brown and subochreous ; hind tibiee slightly hairy.
Exp.al. $ 10-12 millim., 9 11-18 millim.
ee ee
1891. ] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 513
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 10 specimens,
Smith).
Type, 3 2.
I have named this species after the late Prof. Felipe Poey, the
author of ‘ Centurie de Lépidoptéres de Vile de Cuba’ (Paris, 1833
et seq.), a book which I have in vain endeavoured to find in the
market for many years.
ACROLOPHUS NIVEIPUNCTATA, Sp. 0.
Antenne pale fawn.
Palpi reddish fawn mixed with rust-brown, which is especially
noticeable on the exposed side; apical tuft long, almost entirely rust-
brown.
Head and thorawx reddish fawn mixed with rust-brown.
Fore wings pale reddish fawn, suffused with rust-brown over the
greater portion of the wing-surface, except along the dorsal margin
and about the apical margin and apex, the pale ground-colour
appears also at the extreme base; the rust-brown shading projects
into the paler colour, first in an angulated excrescence near the base,
which crosses the fold, and secondly in a semicircular projection a
little before the middle, which crosses the middle of the fold, from
the outer and upper edge of this the rust-brown shading is deflected
to the anal angle; a chain of about seven small fan-like, raised
snow-white scales, commencing near the base, forms a straight margin
‘to the upper edge of the first angular projection, reaching to the
highest point of the pale ground-colour above the fold; a second
chain of similar snow-white scales commences within the outer and
upper portion of the semicircular projection, consisting of about
nine raised dots, follows the edge of the dark shading about halfway
along its deflection to the anal angle ; the apical portion of the wing
is slightly speckled with rust-brown, a few inconspicuous streaklets
of the same colour occur near the apical margin and on the pale
dorsal space; cilia mixed pale fawn and rust-brown. Underside
greyish fuscous, tinged with rust-brown along the costal margin,
Hind wings stone-greyish ; cilia scarcely paler. Underside dull
greyish fuscous, slightly paler than in the fore wings.
Abdomen missing. (A female abdomen is stuck on to this
Specimen. )
Legs pale stone-grey, somewhat tinged with rufous beneath ; hind
tarsi not tufted above.
Ep. al. 31 millim.
Hab. West Indies—Cuba.
Type, 3 Mus. Stgr.
ACROLOPHUS PLUMIFRONTELLUS, Clem.
Anaphora plumifrontella, Clem. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. xi. p. 261
(1859) ; Stn. Tin. N. Am. pp. 39, 57, 59, 60 (1872).
Acrolophus plumifrontellus, Wlsm. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1887,
35*
514 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
pp- 149-50, pl. vii. fig. 5; Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 336,
354 (1890).
United States—Pennsylvania, N. Carolina, Massachusetts, New
York.
West Indies—Portorico (Mschl.), Cuba (Wism.).
ACROLOPHUS WALSINGHAMI, Mschl. (Plate XLI. fig. 13.)
Acrolophus walsinghami, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 339,
336, 354 (1890).
West Indies—Portorico (Mschl.).
A specimen in Dr. Staudinger’s collection, also from Portorico,
which appears to be this species, has the anal claspers slender, in-
curved, of almost even width throughout, very slightly widened and
obliquely rounded upwards at the end; uncus single.
ACROLOPHUS LEUCODOCIS, Z.
Anaphora leucodocis, Z. Hor. Soc. Kut. Ross. xiii. pp. 197-8
(1877); Wlsm. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1887, pp. 159-60.
? Brazil (Z.).
West Indies—Cnba (Z.).
I am indebted to Dr. Staudinger for the opportunity of examining
Zeller’s type, which is labelled ‘‘ Brasil?’’ It is a very distinct
species, having a pale line running to the end of the cell trom the
middle of the base, which is continued in three slender lines along
the veins to the apical margin; this is bordered on the upperside
by a blackish line, which reaches beyond the end of the cell, and
there are three lines of black atoms, the first beneath the costa to
two thirds from the base, the second along the lower edge of the
cell reaching to its end and sometimes continued downwards, to the
apical margin above the anal angle, the third is below the fold. I
am unable to describe the genital segments, as the type, which is a
male, has a female abdomen stuck on to it. Exp.al. 22 millim.
The antenne are simple, and it should therefore be placed in the
genus Acrolophus.
CaNOGENES, Wlsm.
CNOGENES PUSILLA, Z.
Anaphora pusilla, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xiil. pp. 196-7 (1877) ;
Wlsm. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1887, pp. 158-9, pl. vii. f. 13.
In my revision of the Anaphorine this species was retained by
error in the genus Anaphora, Clem., whereas it should have been
placed in Cenogenes ; this mistake was occasioned by my having failed
to observe in my previous examination that veins 8 and 9 of the fore
wings arise from a short common stem. The antenne are pilose and
serrate throughout on one side, but they differ slightly from those of
the type of Cenogenes, which has them serrate on both sides.
Hab. Colombia—Barrangiuiila (von Nolcken).
West Indies-—Dominica (Druce).
1891.] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 515
A single specimen, for which I am indebted to Mr. Druce, is un-
distinguishable from Zeller’s type, but itis not in good condition.
_Canocenes? ocuracea, Mschl.
Cenogenes ? ochracea, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 337,
354 (1890).
West Indies—Portorico (Mschl.).
Anapuora, Clem.
ANAPHORA POPEANELLA, Clem.
Anaphora popeanella, Clem. Proc.-Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. xi. p. 261
(1859) ; Stn. Tin. N. Am. pp. 57-8 (1872); Wlsm. Tr. Ent. Soc.
Lond. 1887, pp. 161-8, pl. viii. f£. 11; Mschi. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges.
xv. pp. 337, 354 (1890).
United States—Texas, Missouri, N. Carolina.
West Indies—Portorico (Mschl.).
I am somewhat doubtful whether Méschler was rightly acquainted
with this species.
ANAPHORA ARCASALIS, Wkr.
Palthis? arcasalis, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xvi. pp. 153-4
(1858).
West Indies—San Domingo (Wér.).
ANAPHORA MIMASALIS, Wkr.
Palthis? mimasalis, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xvi. p. 154 (1858).
West Indies—San Domingo (Wir.).
ANAPHORA NOCTUINA, sp.n. (Plate XLI. fig. 14.)
Antenne bone-ochreous.
Palpi, head, and thorax pale fawn, much mixed with purplish
grey and fuscous.
Fore wings pale fawn, almost entirely suffused with purplish fuscous,
the ground-colour showing chiefly along the fold, and on and beyond
the end of the cell and about the apex; two slender angulated
blackish marks on the fold, the outer one enclosing a reddish-brown
spot ; another reddish-brown spot lies above and between these two,
about the middle of the cell, and this is externally margined with
blackish ; a few reddish-brown scales at the end of the cell inter-
mixed with blackish, the same mixture being continued in a rather
diffused curved line downwards towards the anal angle as far as
vein 4, and thence upwards and outwards towards the apex, forming
the lower margin of a space of the pale ground-colour ; cilia purplish
grey, mottled with pale fawn. ‘
Hind wings pale fawn, faintly shaded with brownish ; cilia pale
fawn.
Abdomen pale fawn ; lateral claspers shaped somewhat as in a
olGe LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
marrow-spoon, elongate, scarcely spatulate, with almost parallel
margins, rounded at the ends; uncus double.
Legs pale fawn ; hind tarsi ‘faintly spotted.
Exp. al. 303 millim.
Hab. West “Indies—Cuba.
Type, ¢ Mus. Stgr.
IT have adopted the specific name from a label placed by Zeller on
Dr. Staudinger’s specimen.
FELDERIA, Wlsm.
FELDERIA DIMIDIELLA, sp. n. (Plate XLI. fig. 15.)
Antenne pale fawn-ochreous.
Palpi umber-brown at the base, pale fawn-ochreous beyond.
Head and thorax pale fawn-brown.
Fore wings pale fawn, sprinkled, speckled, and shaded with
brownish scales ; a series of dark umber-brown spots—the first small,
a little below the costal margin near the base; the second larger, on
the fold before the middle ; the third also large, on the fold beyond
the middle; the fourth at the end of the discal cell, a slight indi-
cation of a fifth spot lying parallel with the middle of the apical
margin ; cilia very pale fawn.
Hind wings dingy whitish fawn ; cilia scarcely paler.
Abdomen dingy whitish fawn.
Legs whitish fawn; tarsi unspotted.
Exp. al. 20 millim.
Hab. West Indies—Cuba.
Type, 3 Mus. Stgr.
The pectinations of the antenne are much shorter than in Felderia
doert, Wlsm., the type of the genus. This specimen is labelled in
Zeller’s handwriting “ Acrolophus vitellus nicht beschr.” It cannot
be witellus, Poey, as the antennz of that species are described as
simple.
Bazira, Wkr.
Bazira, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxx. p. 1009 (1864).
=§Hddara, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxviii. pp. 517-8 (1863).
BAZIRA XYLINELLA, Wkr.
Eddara xylinella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxvii. p. 518 (1863),
Bazira xylinella, Wk. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxx. p. 1009 (1864).
West Indies—Jamaica ( Whr.).
The type of this species is ae recorded by Walker as a
male; it isa female. In the absence of the male, it is impossible to
say whether this genus can be regarded as distinct. ‘The palpi are
short and porrect ; the fore wings have 12 veins, all separate, and
the hind wings 8 veins, all separate. I am inclined to think it is
allied to Pseudanaphora arcanella, Clem.
a ee ee Ce
1891.] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 517
EuPLocaMin2.
Amyoprta, Clem.
AMYDRIA ANAPHORELLA, Sp. n.
Antenne, 3, simple, basal joint somewhat enlarged ; brownish.
Palpi erect, second joint roughly clothed beneath ; apical joint
less than half the length of the second joint; brownish ochreous,
tinged with brown externally on the second joint.
Head brownish. ochreous.
Thorax greyish fuscous.
Fore wings greyish fuscous, with a slight bluish tinge, speckled
with a reduplicated line of darker spots along the basal half of the
costal margin, and three or four spots on the margin beyond the
middle ; a quadrate chocolate-brown patch at the end of the cell is
preceded by a paler reddish-brown elongate spot, and followed by a
brownish-ochreous space extending to the apex; a second elongate
chocolate-brown patch on and above the outer half of the fold is
also preceded by a shorter elongate reddish-brown spot, of which
equal parts are on the upper and under side of the fold; cilia
brownish ochreous, shaded with greyish fuscous.
. Hind wings brownish grey ; cilia slightly paler.
Abdomen brownish grey.
Legs greyish cinereous, tarsal joints faintly pale-spotted.
Lap. al. 22 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, | specimen,
Smith).
Type, 3 -
This species has the same neuration as Clemens’ genus Amydria,
all the veins in both fore and hind wings being separate: the apical
joint of the palpi is not tufted as in Psewdanophora, Wlsm., nor
recurved as in Anaphora, Clem.; it is, however, more erect than in
effrenatella, Clem., the type of dmydria, and appears to form a
connecting-link between this genus and Pseudanaphora.
MyrMeEcoZeE.La, Z.
MyRMECOZELA OCHRACEELLA.
Tinea ochraceelJa, Tengstr. Not. Siillsk. Faun. et Flor. Fenn. For.
ii. p. 111 (1847).
Myrmecozela ochraceella, Z. Lin. Ent. vi. pp. 176-7 (1852) ; Stgr.
& Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. (ji.) no. 1435, p. 271 (1871); Mschl. Ab.
Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 339, 354 (1890). ~
Kurope.
West Indies—Portorico (MscAl.).
TrauapRa, Wkr.
Tiquadra, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxviii. p. 519 (1863); type
Tiquadra inscitella, Wir. (Mexico).
= Oscella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxix. pp. 783-4 (1864);
type Oscella eneonivella, Wkr. (Venezuela).
518 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
= Manchana, Wir. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxxv. p. 1818 (1866) ;
type Manchana avitella, Wkr. (Santa Martha).
= Acureuta, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xiii. pp. 198-9 (1877) ; type
Acureuta aspera, Z. (Colombia).
TIQUADRA ASPERA, Z.
Acureuta aspera, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xiii. pp. 199-201
(1877).
Tiquadra aspera, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 339, 354
(1890).
Colombia.
West Indies—Portorico (Msch/.).
TIQUADRA LENTIGINOSA, Z.
Acureuta lentiginosa, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xiii. pp. 201-2
(1877).
Brazil, Peru.
West Indies—Trinidad (Port of Spain: Wsm.).
I have a single female from Trinidad, for which I am indebted to
Mr. J. H. Hart; this agrees with specimens of the same sex from
Petropolis (Brazil), which I am unable to separate from Acureuta
lentiginosa, Z. The males have the hind wing somewhat more
ochreous than in the female and the fore wings less profusely spotted,
but the amount of grey scaling on their surface is somewhat
variable.
TiQuaDRA ? sp.
West Indies—Dominica.
A single specimen received from Mr. Druce, collected in Dominica,
is of a much darker colour and smaller size; moreover there is a
conspicuous difference in the neuration of the fore wings, which have
veins 3 and 4 arising from a short stalk. It may possibly constitute
anew genus; but the specimen isa female, and in such poor condition
that it cannot be usefully described.
Prextcnemip1A, Mschl.
PEXICNEMIDIA MIRELLA, Mschl.
Pexicnemidia mirella, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 338,
354 (1890).
West Indies—Portorico (Mschi.).
PLUTELLINZ.
PLUTELLA, Schrk.
PLUTELLA CRUCIFERARUM, Z.
Plutella cruciferarum, Z. Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1843, p. 281; Stgr.
& Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. (i1.) no. 1626, pp. 281, 425 (1871).
1891.] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 519
= Plutella xylostella, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 341,
354 (1890).
Europe, Asia, Africa, North America, South America, Australia.
West Indies—Portorico (Mschi.).
GELECHIANE.
GeLecHiA, Z.
GELECHIA DONATELLA, Wkr.
Gelechia donatella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxix. pp. 596-7
(1864).
West Indies—Jamaica (Whr.).
GELECHIA ROBUSTELLA, Wkr.
Gelechia robustella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxix. p. 597
(1864). ~
West Indies—San Domingo (Whr.)
GELECHIA ATTENUATELLA, Wkr.
Gelechia attenuatella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxx. p. 1019
(1864).
West Indies—Jamaica (Wir. ).
GELECHIA EXCLARELLA, Mschl.
Gelechia exclarella, Mschl. Ab. Seack. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 343-4,
354 (1890).
Surinam (Msch/.).
West Indies—Portorico (Mschi.).
GELECHIA COSTIPUNCTELLA, Mscbl.
Gelechia costipunctella, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 344,
534 (1890).
West Indies— Portorico (Mschl.).
GELECHIA RIVULELLA, Mschl.
Gelechia rivulella, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 344, 354
(1890).
West Indies—Portorico (Mschl.).
GELECHIA CINEREOCERVINA, Sp. 0.
Antenne pale greyish fawn.
Palpi with projecting scales above towards the apex of the
second joint, apical joint about equal in length to the second, slender
and slightly recurved; pale greyish fawn, darkened externally on
the second joint.
Head pale greyish fawn ; face paler.
Thorax pale greyish fawn.
Fore wings with 12 veins ; 7 and 8 from a point, running to the
costa; dull greyish fawn, with a small fuscous spot on the middle,
520 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE LNov. 17,
followed by another at the end of the cell, slightly preceded by one
below it on the fold; an elongate narrow fuscous shade along the
costal margin beyond the middle and four fuscous dots around the
apex—two on the costal and two on the apical margin; cilia dull
greyish fawn.
find wings with 8 veins: 3 and 4 from a point; 6 and 7 from a
point ; cell closed; trapezoidal, with a very oblique and scarcely
indented apical margin ; grey with grey cilia.
Abdomen and legs grey.
Hap! al..8 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 2 specimens,
Smith).
Type, 3.
GELECHIA, sp., Snell.
Gelechia, sp., Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxx. p. 66 (1887).
West Indies—Curacao (Svell.).
Greiecuta ? sp., Snell.
Gelechia? sp., Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxx. p. 66 (1887).
West Indies—Curagao (Snell.).
Bryotropna, Hein.
BRYOTROPHA TRANSLUCIDA, Sp. Nn.
Antenne pale cinereous, faintly speckled with fuscous.
Palpi cinereous; apical joint speckled with fuscous.
Head cinereous.
Thorax cinereous, with a slight ochreous tinge.
Fore wings deep brownish fuscous, the extreme base subochreous ;
with a broad oblique fascia across the middle of the wing, sub-
ochreous mottled with brownish ; a few subochreous spots about
the costal and dorsal margins before the apex; cilia greyish.
Hind wings semitransparent, iridescent greyish ; cilia grey.
Abdomen greyish fuscous, faintly barred with paler colour.
Legs pale greyish ochreous.
Exp. al. 12-14 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 3 specimens,
Smith) ; Dominica (1 specimen, Druce).
Type, &.
BrYOTROPHA, sp.?
West Indies—S&t. Vincent (1 specimen, Smith).
Allied to translucida, but in too poor condition to be described.
Lira, Tr.
LITA CROCIPUNCTELLA, sp. n.
Antenne dark umber, very faintly annulated.
Paipi dazk umber, with the apex of the second joint and the
:
%
|
i
|
|
1891.] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. ~ 021
extreme apex of the apical joint whitish ochreous, a few whitish-
ochreous scales interspersed at the sides.
Head dark umber-brown, mixed with a few hoary scales.
Thorax dark umber, sprinkled with hoary scales and fringed
with hoary scales posteriorly.
Fore wings dark umber, irrorated with pale ochreous scales and
sprinkled with orange-yellow spots, some of which are faintly mar-
gined with raised blackish scales; the arrangement of the spots is
somewhat as follows:—one at the base below the costal margin ;
two on the fold, each followed by black scales; one on the middle
of the wing and one beyond it towards the end of the cell, brighter
and more conspicuous and followed by raised blackish scales; at
one fourth from the apex, a large orange-yellow spot on the costal
and an opposite one on thedorsal margin, with one small spot at the
extreme apex ; cilia dark umber-grey on the dorsal margin.
Hind wings brownish grey ; cilia greyish.
Abdomen dark umber ; anal tuft bright ochreous.
Legs very pale greyish ochreous, barred and banded with
brownish fuscous.
Exp. al. 12 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 1 specimen,
Smith).
Type, 2.
Pa@ciiia, Hein.
P@CILIA EXTRANEA, Sp. 0.
Antenne [broken], a black line along each side of the basal joint,
which is otherwise white.
Palpi with long projecting divided scales beneath the second
joint, whitish on the inner side, streaked with brown and chestnut
on the outer side; apical joint distinctly barred with black near the
base and towards the apex.
Head and face white.
Thorax cinereous, mottled with brownish fuscous at the sides
and posteriorly.
Fore wings brownish fuscous at the base for one third their
length, cinereous speckled with brownish fuscous beyond, much
shaded with brownish fuscous on the apical fourth; a slender white
line commencing at the base and following the costal margin is
bent downwards and forms a sinuous outer edge to the basal patch,
reaching the dorsal margin obliquely before the middle; another
slender white line commencing below the middle of the costa is
sinuated outwards and downwards to the anterior edge of the dark
apical fourth, where it meets a shorter, slender white line, which
reverts obliquely to the dorsal margin; along the extreme apical
margin is a narrow whitish line enclosing a short series of black
dots; cilia pale cinerous, with a reduplicated darker line running
through them, cilia on the dorsal margin grey.
Hind wings grey; cilia grey.
Abdomen greyish.
522 : LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
Legs very pale cinereous; hind tibize very pale cinereous, shaded
with brownish fuscous externally ; posterior tarsal joimts fuscous,
dotted with white; spurs pale cinereous; the middle pair of legs
are blackish, with slender white oblique lines on their outer sides.
Exp. al. 10 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (May, 1 specimen, Smith).
Type, 3.
DipACTYLOTA, nom. n.
(dis=twice; daxry\wrds=fingered.)
= § Dactylota, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xix. pp. 23-7 (1876).
Type, 3 2 Dactylota kinkerella, Snell.
The name Dactylota, given by Snellen to this genus, being pre-
occupied by Brandt in the Echinodermata (1835), I have thought
it desirable to change it to Didactylota, a name which if read ina
certain sense is sufficient to indicate its origin, but which equally
applies to the structure of the genus.
Di1DACTYLOTA BICOLOR, Sp. 0.
Antenne pale fawn.
Palpi very pale fawn.
Head and thorax rich fawn-brown.
Fore wings rich fawn-brown to very near the middle, beyond
fuscous speckled with pale cinereous; the margin of the two colours
is straight and distinct across the wing, but with no dividing-line ;
cilia pale cinereous, with a line of fuscous scales along their middle.
Hind wings pale greyish fuscous; cilia long, purplish grey.
Abdomen fuscous, pale cinereous beneath; the protruding anal
claspers white.
Legs pale cinereous, with long greyish hairs on the hind tibiz
above, projecting over the spurs; hind tarsal joints barred with
fuscous.
Exp. al. 75 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 1 specimen,
Smith).
Type, 3.
This is the third species of the genus now known. The hind
wings distinctly divided to one fourth into two separate lobes, seems
to justify its position. In a single specimen I am unable to examine
critically the neuration, but it appears to be in all respects similar to
hinkerella ; the wings, however, owing to their very long and closely
packed cilia, have a squarer appearance, which makes them took
wider in proportion to their length ; this, however, is not the case
when the shape of the wing itself is examined. In this and the
American species (snelZenella, Wlsm.) the second lobe of the hind
wings is somewhat more decidedly developed than in the European
type.
1891. ] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 523
Tacuyprinia, Hein.
TACHYPTILIA DESECTELLA, Z.
Gelechia (Tachyptilia) desectella, Z Wor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xiii.
pp. 362-3, pl. v. fig. 122 (1877).
West Indies—Cuba (Z.).
HELcysToGRAMMA, Z.
HELCYSTOGRAMMA OBSERATELLA, Z.
Gelechia (Helcystogramma) obseratella, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.
xill. pp. 371-3, pl. v. fig. 127 (1877).
West Indies—Cuba (Z.).
TRICHOTAPHE, Clem.
TRICHOTAPHE TRIGONELLA, Sp. 0).
Antenne brownish fuscous, faintly annulated with paler rings.
Palpi pale whitish ochreous, the extreme point of the apical
joint ochreous, with a few fuscous scales preceding it.
Head leaden grey.
Thorax greyish brown, with a distinct whitish-ochreous line from
the eyes to the middle of the posterior margin on each side, forming
a V-shaped mark, which gives it a triangular appearance.
Fore wings greyish brown, with a small ferruginous spot at the
end of the discal cell, margined on its upper and outer side with
whitish-ochreous scales; a whitish-ochreous line from the base
along the dorsal margin to the bulge of the wing, but not continued
where the margin becomes straight; a faint whitish-ochreous spot
or group of scales on the extreme costal margin at one fifth from
the apex; cilia brownish grey, with a few detached whitish-ochreous
scales along their apical margin.
Hind wings brownish grey, with a tuft of greyish-ochreous hairs
above at the base; cilia brownish grey, inclining to ochreous
at their extreme base.
Abdomen greyish brown; anal tuft whitish ochreous.
Legs whitish ochreous; hind tibiz lightly touched with brownish
grey above the spurs and on the tarsal joints.
Ep. al. 11 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 1 specimen,
Smith).
Type, 3.
BracuHycrossatTa, Hein.
BRACHYCROSSATA PSORICOPTERELLA, Sp. 1.
Antenne fuscous, faintly annulated with pale cinereous.
Palpi fuscous, speckled with pale cinereous at the ends of the
second and apical joints.
Head greyish fuscous above, face paler.
Thorax fuscous.
Fore wings mottled with pale cinereous and fuscous in about equal
proportions ; the latter predominating along the dorsal half to the
524 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 17,
anal angle and in two costal patches, the first scarcely before, the
the other beyond the middle; there is also a fuscous streak from
the costa near the base, and a fuscous spot at the extreme apex
followed by a fuscous line around the apical margin but not reaching
to the anal angle; cilia reddish grey, inclining to pale ochreous
grey on their basal half, especially towards the costal margin. In
some specimens the pale ground-colour is equally distributed over
the dorsal half of the wing.
Hind wings dark greyish ; cilia grey.
Abdomen fuscous, anal tuft paler; underside shining pale
cinereous.
Legs: hind legs fuscous, tibizee clothed above with longish hairs,
tarsal joints speckled with very pale ochreous; middle pair of legs
conspicuously banded on their outer sides with fuscous and very
pale ochreous.
Expl. al. 10 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 5 specimens,
May, Smith).
Type, 3.
Drasroma, Mschl.
DIASTOMA SQUAMOSA, sp. 0.
Antenne, 6, strongly ciliated; very pale brownish.
Palpi whitish, with an umber-brown streak at the base on the
underside.
Head dirty whitish.
Thorax whitish, with a slight umber-brown tint anteriorly.
Fore wings white, faintly speckled with pale umber-brown; with
three dark brown costal marks containing some blackish scales :—the
first at one fourth from the base, giving rise to a very inconspicuous
sinuate and outwardly oblique line of brownish scales, some of which
are raised; the second at about the middle of the wing, also gives
rise to an outwardly oblique line of brown scales containing raised
blackish tufts, this is developed into a conspicuous spot at the end of
the cell, and beneath it nearer to the base is a much smaller spot of
similar raised scales, this line is not continued to the dorsal margin ;
from the third costal spot, which is at three fourths of the wing-
length, a more continuous but slender line of mixed brown and black
scales, some slightly raised, curves outwards above the middle of the
wing and is bent back to the anal angle; beyond it, but below the
middle of the apical margin, is a spot of similar colour, above which
are a few scattered brownish scales along the margin; cilia whitish,
their base indicated by a very fait marginal line.
Hind wings yellowish white, with cilia of the same colour.
Abdomen very pale ochreous, with two yellowish-white tufts
arising right and left at its junction with the thorax.
Legs yellowish white.
Exp. al. 19 willim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (1 specimen, Smith).
Type, 3 -
eR pL corte ee Dice re
1891.] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 525
Potyuymno, Chamb.
PoLyHYMNO ? GODMANI, sp. n.
Antenne with the basal joint slightly enlarged ; pale grey.
Palpi shining pale grey.
Head shining pale grey; face almost white.
Thorax shining pale grey.
Fore wings shining pale reddish grey, without markings to beyond
the middle; the apical portion of the wing adorned, first by a
bright orange-yellow streak slightly above the middle of the wing
extending to the costal margin before the apex as far as a small jet-
black apical spot, from which two slender dark lines (which appear
to be produced by the iridescent effect of the waved lines of scales
rather than by any dark scaling) diverge downwards to the anal
angle, these are preceded by a bright silvery-white space which runs
obliquely backwards (and appears to be also dark-margined), and
followed by the shining lilac metallic cilia, which are gathered into
two distinct depressed points at the apex, giving the wing a falcate
appearance; the cilia of the dorsal margin and anal angle are
reddish grey.
Hind wings shining pale grey ; cilia purplish grey, with a distinct
black transverse line preceded by a pale space at the extreme
apex.
Cie shining leaden grey.
Legs very pale ochreous, with a black spot above the spurs; hind
tibize clothed with long hairs above; hind tarsal joints barred with
blackish scales above.
Hep. al. 11 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (Kingstown and windward side,
5 specimens, Smith).
Type, 3.
Additional material should enable this species to be ultimately
separated from the genus Polyhymno; it agrees in structure with
my African Polyhymno ? tenuis and also with Walker’s Gelechia
animosella from India.
YpsoLopruus, F.
YpsoLOPHUS MANELLUS, Mschl.
Ypsolophus manellus, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 344-5,
354 (1890).
West Indies—Portorico (Mschl.).
YPSOLOPHUS RUSTICUS, Sp. ni.
Antenne pale greyish ochreous.
Palpi with a strong triangular tuft, from the middle of which
arises the sharp, slender, apical joint ; cinereous at the sides, with a
paler line along the margin of the tuft.
Head pale greyish ochreous.
Thorax pale ochreous.
526 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
Fore wings pale ochreous, with a small fuscous spot at the ex-
treme base of the costal margin and a black discal dot at half the
wing-length, followed by a second at two thirds from the base,
somewhat nearer the dorsal margin, beneath it is a group of
brownish-fuscous scales ; one or more groups of fuscous scales on
the costal margin before the apex, and a diffused shade of the same
colour along the apical margin tapering to the anal angle ; cilia pale
ochreous.
Hind wings pale greyish with a slight iridescence; cilia pale
cinereous.
Abdomen greyish; anal tuft inclining to ochreous.
Legs very pale cinereous.
Ep. al. 12 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 2 specimens,
Smith). United States—Texas (Belfrage).
Type, 3.
I have two specimens collected by the late G. W. Belfrage in
Texas, which have been long in my collection as belonging to an un-
described species, but under the suspicion that they might be Anarsia
trimaculella, Cnamb., from which they appear to differ in the absence
of a third spot on the fold before the middle.
YPSOLOPHUS PIPERATUS, Sp. n.
Antenne pale cinereous.
Palpi fuscous externally, paler on their inner sides, with a narrow
whitish line along the outer margin of the tuft.
Head pale cinereous.
Thorax pale ochreous.
Fore wings pale ochreous, dusted with black scales, especially on
the outer half; costa black at the base, dotted unequally with black
throughout ; apical margin dusted with black; a black discal spot
at one fourth from the base above the fold; a second smaller one
below it; two black dots towards the end of the cell, the first of
which is at about the middle of the wing, the second beyond the
middle, below the first of these spots is a small black dot; cilia very
pale ochreous.
Hind wings grey with a faint iridescence ; cilia pale cinereous.
Abdomen grey.
Legs pale cinereous.
Kap. al. 9 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, one specimen,
Smith).
Type, 3.
YPSOLOPHUS INDIGNUS, Sp. 0.
Antenne pale cinereous, faintly annulated.
Palpi rato-cinereous, with a pale line along the upper margin of
the second joint.
Head and thorax pale rufo-cinereous.
Fore wings pale rufo-cinerous, with a few chestnut mottlings in
———EE——_ eee
ao stepiie St eahies Sat lara RTs ais
1891.] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 527
some specimens; a blackish discal spot before the middle, another
on the fold almost exactly below it, but perhaps a little further
removed from the base ; a pair of very inconspicuous chestnut-brown
spots on each side of the fold near the base, the lower preceding the
upper, and another pair at about the end of the cell, sometimes fused
into one spot but not conspicuous; a series of five small black trian-
gular dots—three on the apical margin, one on the apex, and one
above it ; cilia pale rufo-cinereous.
Hind wings reddish grey ; cilia grey.
Abdomen greyish ; anal tuft slightly paler.
Legs pale cinereous ; tarsal joints faintly spotted.
Lap. al. 11 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (Kingstown and windward side,
6 specimens, Smzth).
Type, c.
This appears to be a variable species. The spots are almost obso-
lete in some specimens, which then appear almost uniform. It is
closely allied to Y. pauciguttellus, Clem., but is scarcely more than
half the size, the hind wings are also somewhat less transparent.
(HcoPHORINA.
Psrecapia, Hb.
N. Syn. = Zamarrha, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxix. p. 816
(1864).
PsecaDIA CONFUSELLA, Wkr.
Hyponomeuta confusellus, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxviii. p. 531
(1863).
N. syn.= Oryptolechia strigosella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxix.
p- 710 (1864). Ch, fia
Psecadia (Cryptolechia) strigosa, Ckrl. Jr. Inst. Jamaica, 1. 33
(1891).
West Indies—Jamaica (Wism.), San Domingo (Wkr.), Dominica
(W lsm.).
Colombia—Bogota (Wlsm.).
This species, which was placed in the genera Hyponomeuta and
Cryptolechia by Walker, should be removed to Psecadia. I have
specimens from Dominica and Bogota received from Mr. Druce.
PsECADIA INGRICELLA, Mschl.
Psecadia ingricella, Mschi. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 343, 354
(pl.), fig. 19 (1890).
West Indies—Portorico (Mschl.), Jamaica (Wism.).
PsECADIA PAUCELLA, Wkr.
Hyponomeuta paucellus, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxviii. pp 530-1
(1863).
West Indies—San Domingo (Whr.).
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XXXVI. 36
528 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
PsECADIA NOTATELLA, Wkr.
Psecadia notatella, Wkv. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxviii. p. 536 (1863).
N. syn.=Psecadia xanthorrhoa, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xiii.
p- 234-6, pl. iii. fig. 71 (1877); Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxx. p. 65
(1887); Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 341, 254 (1890).
West Indies—San Domingo (Wér.), Portorico (Z.), Curacao
(Snell. ).
PsECADIA ABRAXASELLA, Wkr.
Psecadia abraxasella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxx. pp. 1016-
17 (1864).
N. syn.=Psecadia aureoapicella, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges.
xv. pp. 341-2, 354 (1890).
West Indies—San Domingo (Wéhr.), Portorico (Mschl.), Jamaica
(Wism.).
PsECADIA ADUSTELLA, Z.
Psecadia adustella, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xiii. pp. 240-1
(1877).
West Indies—Portorico (Z.).
PsECADIA EXORNATA, Z.
Psecadia exornata, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xii. pp. 238-240,
pl. iii. fig. 73 (1877).
Peru—Chauchamayo (Z.).
West Indies—Cuba (Z.).
PsECADIA KIRBYI, Mschl.
Psecadia kirbyi, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 342-3,
354 (1890).
West Indies—Portorico (Mschil.).
PSECADIA GELIDELLA, Wkr.
Tamarrha gelidella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxix. p. 817 (1864).
West Indies—Jamaica (Whr.).
PsECADIA NIVOSELLA, Wkr.
Tamarrha nivosella, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxix. p. 817 (1864).
West Indies—Jamaica (Wkr.), San Domingo (Wkr.).
ATYCHIANZ.
Tortyra, Wkr.
Tortyra, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxviii. p. 510 (1863).
N. syn.=Choregia (Z.), F. & R. Reise Nov., Lp. expl. pl. exl.
(1875); Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xiii. pp. 191—2 (1877).
TORTYRA AURIFERALIS, Wkr.
Tortyra auriferalis, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxvii, pp. 510-511
(1863). |
Shia meat eat
1891.] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 429
N. syn.=Stmethis aurofasciana, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. pp.73,
74-76, pl. vi. fig. 7 (1875); Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv.
pp- 335, 354 (1890).
Simethis (Chordates) aurofasciana, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xx. pp. 48-
49. (1876).
Choregia aurofasciana, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxviii. p. 15 (1885).
N. syn.=Choregia ignita, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xiii. pp. 195-6
(1877).
West Indies—San Domingo (Wr.), St. Martin (Snell.), Cuba (Z.),
Portorico (Mschi.), St. Vincent (windward side, sea-level, 2 speci-
mens, Smith).
It is, I think, more than probable that Tortyra spectabilis, Wkr.
(Brazil), and Choregia fulgens, F. & R. (Colombia), are also varieties
of this species ; indeed, Zeller indicates the same opinion in naming
Choregia ignita under his remarks on Ohoregia fulgens, and not
under a separate heading. The differences appear to be the gene-
rally brighter colouring of the thorax and fore wings, and the small
longitudinal black streaks running towards the apex of the wing in
the West-Indian form.
Gauris, Hb.
GAURIS BIFERANA, Wkr.
Gauris biferana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxviii. p. 418 (1863).
West Indies—San Domingo (Wkr.).
GAURIS RIMULALIS, Z.
Simethis rimulalis, Z. Ver. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxv. p. 321 (1875);
Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xii. pp. 174-5, pl. ii. fig. 62 (1877).
West Indies—St. Thomas (Z.), Cuba (Z.).
OnOREUTINE.
BreEntui, Clem.
BRENTHIA PAVONACELLA, Clem.
Brenthia pavonacella, Clem. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. xii. p. 172
(1860); Stn. Tin. N. Am. pp. 38, 41, 134-5 (1872); Mschl. Ab.
Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 335, 354 (1890).
United States, Central America, Brazil.
West Indies—Portorico (Mschl.).
GLYPHIPTERYGINZE.
TRAPEZIOFHORA, gen. Nov.
(rparéltoy =an irregular four-sided figure ; ¢opety=to bear.)
Type, 3 2 Trapeziophora gemmula, Wlism.
Antenne about half the length of the fore wings ; simple in both
SEXES.
36*
530 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
Mazxillary palpi obsolete.
Labial palpi short, projecting, scarcely recurved; apical joint
longer than the second joint.
Haustellum moderate.
Head smooth.
Thorax stout.
Fore wings elongate, subovate, costa somewhat arched beyond the
middle, apex rounded, apical margin oblique, rounded. Neuratzon:
12 veins, all separate; 7 and 8 closely approximate at their base ;
9 remote from 8; 10 very near 9, and approaching it even more
closely where it reaches the costal margin.
Hind wings trapezoidal, of even width throughout, dorsal margin
slightly concave, apex rounded, apical margin convex. Neuration:
8 veins; 3 and 4 from a point; 6 and 7 separate, but approximate
towards their base.
Abdomen somewhat stout.
Legs smooth, spurs unequal.
This genus differs from the ordinary forms of the Glyphipterygine
in having smooth (not hairy) legs, and in the form of the hind
wings, which is trapezoidal, but in other respects it appears to fall
into the neighbourhood of Aelocosma, Meyr.
TRAPEZIOPHORA GEMMULA, sp. un. (Plate XLI. fig. 7, a—0.)
Antenne fuscous.
Palpi whitish, doubly barred with black across the second joimt
and with a black longitudinal line throughout the length of the
apical joint beneath.
Head purplish fuscous.
Thorax greyish fuscous.
Fore wings greyish fuscous at the base, blending into bright
purple on the apical half of the wing ; the basal half irrorated with
small whitish shining dots, which run in a series of confused lines,
radiating outwards from the base to the middle of the wing ; a few
similar dots, but of a rather yellower colour, are visible about the
middle of the bright purple apical half of the wing; upon this outer
half are four distinct shining iridescent metallic bands, with a lilac
or green reflexion—the first commencing on the costa, just beyond
the middle of the wing, is widened and diffused downwards, but not
reaching to the lower margin of the cell; the second is shorter, with
a slightly oblique outward direction, and is more remote from the
first than are the two beyond it from itself or each other ; the third
band, commencing on the costa and curving obliquely outwards, is
recurved below the middle to the anal angle; beyond it a short
fourth band crosses before the apex from the costa to the middle of
the apical margin ; cilia greyish about the apex, tending to purplish
grey about the anal angle. Underside unicolorous purplish fuscous.
Hind wings brown; cilia greyish brown. Underside greyish
brown, with three bright metallic transverse streaks near the apex.
Abdomen’ greyish fuscous ; dingy whitish beneath.
Legs banded with black and white.
\
ee
1891.] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 531
Exp. al. 11 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 2 specimens,
Smith).
Type, 3 @.
XYLORYCTIN.
GLYPHIDOCERA, gen. n.
(yAuvgis=a notch, céoas=a horn.)
Type, ¢ 2 Glyphidocera audax, Wism.
Antenne: male, slightly serrate, deeply notched on the upperside
a little beyond the basal joint ; female, simple, having no notch, but
the outer end of the basal joint is somewhat enlarged.
Mazillary palpi obsolete.
Labial palpi long, recurved, clothed with closely appressed scales ;
apical joint acuminate, rather more than half the length of the
second joint.
Head densely clothed above; face smooth.
Thorax smooth.
Fore wings narrow, elongate, depressed, and rounded at the apex,
slightly arched at the extreme base of the costa, costal and dorsal
margins parallel, anal angle rounded. Neuration: 11 veins; 2 and 3
from a recurved common stem; 7 closely approximate to 8 at base,
running to apical margin below apex, 8 to costal margin.
Hind wings more than twice the breadth of the fore wings,
slightly rounded at the apex, outer margin evenly rounded to the
abdominal angle; cilia short and even. Newration: 8 veins; 3 and
4 from a short common stem ; 5 straight, moderately remote from
origin of 3+4; 6 and 7 from a common stem; 8 joined to upper
margin of cell by a cross vein.
Legs: posterior pair with unequal spurs; tibiee moderately
clothed.
It seems at present impossible to arrive at the affinities of this
genus; the notched antennz would suggest Blastobasis, Z., and
Holcocera, Ciem., from which it differs widely in nearation and the
shape of the hind wings. Its neuration conforms to the Xyloryctide,
Meyr., from which it is separated by the absence of a tuft of hair-
like scales near the base of the hind wings; nevertheless it will be
excusable perhaps to place it in this family, at least provisionally.
GLYPHIDOCERA AUDAX, sp. n. (Plate XLI. fig. 8, a—c.)
Antenne subochreous.
Palpi fawn-brown, dusted with fuscous.
Head and thorax fawn-brown.
Fore wings dull fawu-brown, densely irrorated with fuscous scales
throughout; with an elongate transverse fuscous spot before the
middle, of which the lower extremity touches the fold; a smaller
fuscous spot at the end of the cell; a few fuscous scales about the
apical margin indicate the extremities of the veins; cilia pale fawn-
brown, with a darker line along their middle.
532 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
Hind wings cinereous, with a slight fawn-brown shade from the
base above their middle; a narrow inconspicuous subfuscous band
across the extreme apex ; cilia cinereous, with a slender paler line
along their base.
Abdomen cinereous.
Legs pale cinereous; hind tarsal joints unspotted.
Exp. al. 16 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 2 specimens,
Smith).
Type, 32.
JT¥PONOMEUTINA.
Hyvronomeuta, Z.
HyPONOMEUTA MAHALEBELLUS, Gn.
Yponomeuta mahalebella, Gn. Ind. Meth. p. 105 (1845) ; id.
Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5 s.) ix. p. 282 (1879).
Hyponomeuta mahalebellus, Ster. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. (i1.)
no. 1555, p. 277 (1871).
Europe.
West Indies—Cuba (Gi.).
HyPoONOMEUTA TRIANGULARIS, Mschl.
Hyponomeuta triangularis, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv.
pp: 339-40, 354 (1890).
West Indies—Portorico (Mschl.).
(ra, Grt.
(ETA PUNCTELLA, Cram.
Phalena (Tinea) punctella, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. p. 164, pl.
ecelxxii. fig. L (1782).
= ita compta, Grt. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. v. pp. 230-1 (1865).
=Scintilla pustulella, Gn. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5 s.) ix. pp. 287-8
(1879); Berg, Ann. Soc. Ci. Argent. x. pp. 100-2 (1880).
Gia punctella, Z. Ver. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxiii. pp. 228-9 (1873).
Larva: Azlanthus glandulosa.
United States, Honduras, Surmam, French Guiana, Argentine
Republic, Brazil.
West Indies—Trinidad (Wism.).
I have a specimen from Trinidad received from Mr. Crowfoot.
Walker [Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxxv. p. 1894 (1866)] records this
species from India, thus :—‘“‘c. Himalaya Mts. Presented by the
Entomological Club.” This specimen is labelled “ Honduras ” !
(ETA FULVIGUTTELLA, Z.
Gita fulviguttella, Z. Ver. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxili. pp. 231—2 (1873).
=Syblis glaucopidella, Gn. Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5 8.) ix. p. 289
(1879); Berg, An. Soc. Ci. Argent. x. pp. 106-7 (1880).
(? Australia, Z.)
West Indies—Jamaica (Gn.).
or
pe Se a a ee
LE ee
Sey LSS at Re iia iE The Nyt
1891.] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 533
(Era Fastuosa, Z.
Gta fastuosa, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xiii. pp. 225-7, pl. i.
fig. 68 (1877); Berg, An. Soc. Ci. Argent. x. p. 109 (1880).
_ West Indies—Cuba (Z.).
Cita SIDEREA, Sp. 0.
Antenne slightly serrate ; grey-brown.
Palpi blackish, with a white ring around the junction of the second
and apical joints.
Head white above, face with a black cross band.
Thorax purplish in front and behind, with a large shining golden-
yellow patch on each side (possibly joined in the middle, where my
specimen is pinned) ; tegulze shining golden-grey.
Fore wings purplish blue, a golden-yellow spot at the extreme
base scarcely separated from the costal margin ; beyond it an elon-
gate spot of the same colour reaching to two thirds of the wing-
length ; a round golden-yellow spot on the middle of the dorsal
margin, with a smaller one above and beyond it; beneath the costal
margin a broad sinuate golden-yellow band from immediately before
the apex reaches to the anal angle, leaving the apical margin of the
purplish ground-colour, which is profusely irrorated throughout with
round snow-white spots; cilia purplish grey. Underside brownish
grey.
Hind wings brownish grey, semitransparent, with a strong iri-
descent sheen, especially about the middle. Underside brownish
grey.
Abdomen brownish grey, a series of paler spots along its upper
side.
Legs purplish grey barred with white.
Exp. al. 19 millim.
Hab. West Indies—San Domingo.
Type, 2 Mus. Wlsm.
This specimen was kindly given me by Dr. Fernald in 1884.
Evarne, Mschl. & Saalm.
EUARNE OBLIGATELLA, Mschl.
Euarne obligatella, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 340,
354 (1890). :
West Indies—Portorico (Mschl.).
TRICHOSTIBAS, Z.
TRICHOSTIBAS CALLIGERA, Z.
Trichostibas calligera, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xii. pp. 231-2
(1877).
West Indies—Cuba (Z.).
TRICHOSTIBAS OVATA, Z.
Trichostibas ovata, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xiii. p. 233 (1877).
West Indies—Cuba (Z.).
534 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Noy. 17,
TRICHOSTIBAS SORDIDATA, Z.
Trichostibas sordidata, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xiii. pp. 233-4
(1877).
West Indies—Portorico (Z.).
TRICHOSTIBAS ? IOPHLEBIA, Z.
Trichostibas iophlebia, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xii. pp. 228-9,
pl. i. fig. 69 (1877).
West Indies—Antilles (Z.).
If the neuration, which is partly given in the figure, is correct,
this species cannot be a 7% -ichostibas, but must be allied to Cydosia
nobilitella, Cram., the type of Smith’s Cydostine, which would
necessitate its removal from the Tineide.
BoraLin#.
AUXIMOBASIS, gen. nov.
(avéiuos= promoting growth ; Saou = the base.)
Type, ¢ 2 Ausximobasis persimilella, W\sm.
Antenne with the basal joint enlarged, flattened, not notched,
with a small pecten in front.
Maxillary palpi small.
Labial palpi smooth, recurved to the top of the head ; apical
joint slender, more than half the length of the second joint.
Haustellum scaled.
Head smooth.
Thorax stout, smooth.
Fore wing gs elongate, lanceolate, slightly rounded at the apex,
costal margin nearly straight, dorsal margin bulged at the base,
straight beyond. Neuration: 12 veins; 2, 3, and 4 very short ; 7 and
8 form a common stem to above apex.
Hind wings nearly as wide as the fore wings ; lanceolate, taper-
ing outwards, widest at the abdominal margin ; aire long. Weunee
tion: 8 veins ; 3: from the lower angle of cell, 4 and 5 forked out
of 3 from near its base; 6 and 7 separate.
Legs: hind tibize densely clothed.
AUXIMOBASIS PERSIMILELLA, sp. u. (Plate XLI. fig. 9, a—c).
Antenne cinereous, basal joint hoary.
Palpi cinereous, stained with fuscous externally nearly to the
apex of the second joint.
Head hoary cinereous.
Thorax hoary cinereous.
Fore wings hoary cinereous, sprinkled with fuscous scales ; an ill-
defined slightly outcurved fuscous band scarcely before the middle
of the wing from the costal to the dorsal margin ; a pair of fuscous
1891.] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 535
dots beyond the end of the cell, and a slight angulated fuscous shade
before the apex running parallel to the margin of the wing (in some
specimens these markings are almost obsolete); cilia cinereous.
Hind wings greyish ; cilia cinereous.
‘Abdomen cinereous, faintly banded with a deeper shade.
Legs: hind tibize fuscous, externally clothed above with pale cine-
reous hairs ; spurs and tarsal joints pale cinereous.
Exp. al. 10-12 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (Kingstown, 2 specimens ; wind-
ward side, 6 specimens, Smith).
Type, 3 2. !
In markings this species is scarcely distinguishable from a small
specimen of Blastobasis phycidella, Z., but the absence of an an-
tennal notch and the neuration of the hind wings at once distin-
guish it. It is the only form allied to Blastobasis that I have yet
met with in which veins 3 and 4 of the hind wings proceed from a
stalk out of 3 instead of coming direct from the edge of the cell ;
the whole group is an exceedingly difficult one, and the multiplica-
tion of genera founded on good structural differences, however slight,
can only facilitate their future classification, especially as the species
are at least as difficult to separate by pattern and markings as are
the genera.
Hritroprinin”.
HELIODINES, Stn.
HELIODINES MARGINATA, Sp. Ne
Antenne simple, as long as the fore wings ; sooty brown.
Palpi short, slender, dependent ; sooty brown.
Head and thorax sooty brown; underside of the thorax with a
conspicuous orange yellow spot on each side.
Fore wings shining orange-yellow, very narrowly margined through-
out with sooty brown, which is diffused over the extreme apex; a
single lilac shining metallic spot lies on the costal margin near the
base; there are two slender, but by no means conspicuous, streaklets
of the same colour—one along the base of the cilia about the
region of the anal angle, the other much shorter, above and parallel
to it, forming a short tooth-like projection inwards from the middle
of the suffused dark apical portion of the wing ; cilia sooty brown.
Underside unicolorous greyish brown.
Hind wings deep brown; cilia sooty brown. Underside unicolor-
ous greyish brown.
Aédomen and legs sooty brown.
Exp. al. 8 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 1 specimen,
Smith).
Type, 3.
536 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
CosMoPrERYGinaz.
Cosmopreryx, Hb.
CosMOPTERYX LESPEDEZZ, Wlsm.
Cosmopteryx lespedeze, W\sm. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. x. p. 198
(1882).
Larva on Lespedeza (in U.S., Wism.).
United States—Texas, N. Carolina.
West Indies—St. Vincent (Kingstown and windward side, 4 speci-
mens, Smith).
CosMOPTERYX (? GEMMIFERELLA, Clem.), Mschl.
Cosmopteryx gemmiferella, Clem. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. xi.
p- 10 (1860) ; Stn. Tin. N. Am. pp. 39, 100-1 (1872).
Cosmopterya (? gemmiferella, Clem.), Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat.
Ges. xv. pp. 345, 354 (1890).
Larva on Zizania miliacea, April and June (in U.S., F. & B.).
United States—Texas, Pennsylvania.
West Indies—Portorico (Mschl.).
CosMOPTERYX SANCTI-VINCENTIT, Sp. i.
Antenne brown, with a slender white line along each side reach-
ing to a white ring around the eighth joint from the apex ; apical
joint white.
Palpi brownish, with slender whitish lines throughout their
length above and beneath.
Head brown.
Thorax brown, with a slender longitudinal central white streak.
Fore wings brown to a little beyond the middle, apex brown,
separated from the basal half by a broad pale yellow band; on the
basal half are four distinct slender white longitudinal lines-—the first
along the costal margin from the base to the yellow band, some-
times slightly interrupted about its middle; a second from near the
base above the fold parallel with the first and about two thirds its
length ; a third below the outer half of the fold, short, commencing
at one half the length of the brown basal half and not reaching the
yellow band; a fourth along the dorsal margin reaching to a point
opposite the commencement of the third ; the brown basal half is
bordered obliquely by two spots of raised pale golden scales, some-
times connected, the upper spot being slightly nearer to the base
than the lower one, at the outer edge of the upper spot is a minute
dot of jet-black scales ; at the outer edge of the broad yellow band
are two opposite pale golden spots, the one costal, the other, which
is the larger, dorsal ; between these spots the yellow colour of the
band is continued for a small space and emits into the brown apical
part of the wing a slender straight golden-yellowish line to the ex-
treme apex; a few whitish scales on the costa form an outer margin
to the second pale golden-yellow costal spot ; cilia greyish brown.
——
ee
1891.] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 537
Hind wings greyish brown, cilia the same.
Abdomen brownish cinereous, pale beneath. \
Legs brownish, spotted on the spurs and tarsal joints with silvery
white.
| Exp. al. 10 millim. ’
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (Kingstown and windward side,
2 specimens, Smith).
[ype 6 Zs
LAVERNINA.
ANYBIA, Stn.
ANYBIA CONSPERSA, Sp. 0.
Antenne with the basal joint somewhat enlarged outwardly ;
greyish fuscous, the last eight or nine joints at the apex whitish
ochrecus.
Palpi recurved to above the base of the antennee ; apical and
second joints about equal in length; dark fuscous, externally deli-
cately stippled with cinereous scales.
Head greyish fuscous; face pale cinereous.
Thorax greyish fuscous, speckled with pale cinereous, especially
at the sides.
Fore wings narrow, elongate, tapering, acuminate, with long cilia ;
cinereous, thickly clouded and sprinkled with fuscous; a slight
chestnut-brown shade near the base, adjacent to but below the fold ;
a few chestnut scales also above the fold halfway to the costal
margin; dorsal margin thickly clouded with fascous throughout; a
small fuscous dot lies at the end of the cell on the middle of the
wing, and indeed over the whole wing-surface the dark scaling pre-
dominates ; cilia greyish cinereous.
Hind wings very narrow, less than half the width of the fore WINES ;
with very long cilia; brownish grey; cilia greyish cinereous.
Abdomen greyish cinereous ; anal tuft subochreous.
Legs: hind tibiee fringed above; pale ochreous on their inner and
under sides, greyish fuscous externally ; hind tarsal joints faintly
spotted with pale cinereous, a small pale ochreous spot above the
first pair of spurs.
Hep. al. 11-12 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (Kingstown and windward side,
3 specimens, Smith).
Type, &. :
The genus Anybia is represented in Europe by a single species,
with which I have very carefully compared the two now described ;
the neuration is undoubtedly similar and the very slight difference
in the more recurved palpi is quite insufficient to separate them,
especially as the comparative lengths of the joints with their closely
appressed scales precisely agree with the type. It is remarkable
that this genus should not have been recorded from other localities,
since its presence in the West Indies indicates the probability of a
wider distribution.
538 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
ANYBIA CURVIPUNCTELLA, Sp. 0.
[Antenne wanting. |
Palpi recurved to base of antennee, apical joint as long as the
second; purplish fuscous.
Head purplish fuscous ; face shining pale cinereous.
Thorax purplish fuscous.
Fore wings purplish fuscous, with a semicircular pale ochreous
spot on the outer third of the fold, which runs through the middle
of it, its concavity being towards the base; two minute very pale
ochreous spots—one costal, the other dorsal—opposite to each other
at about one fifth from the apex; cilia purplish fuscous at the apex,
pale cinereous on the dorsal margin below it.
Hind wings very narrow; pale greyish; cilia pale cinereous with
a faint ochreous tinge.
Abdomen greyish cinereous.
Legs purplish fuscous externally, very pale ochreous internally ;
posterior tibiee fringed above with very pale ochreous hairs ; a pale
ochreous spot at the base of the spurs and some pale ochreous spots
on the posterior tarsal joints.
Exp. al. 8 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 1 specimen,
Smith).
Type, 2.
A much smaller species than conspersa, and at once distinguished
by the pale ochreous spot on the fold.
DBATRACHEDRINE.
BATRACHEDRA, Stn.
BATRACHEDRA ALBISTRIGELLA, Mschl.
Batrachedra_ albistrigella, Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv.
pp. 345, 354 (1890).
West Indies—Portorico (Mschl.).
ZARATHRA, Wkr.
ZARATHRA INSULELLA, Sp. 0.
Antenne half as long again as the fore wings; basal joint very
slightly enlarged ; pale yellowish.
Maxillary palpi slightly folded.
Labial palpi very long, recurved, slender, acuminate ; apical joint
slightly longer than the second ; white.
Head thickly clothed with appressed scales, projecting in front at
the sides of the face ; shining whitish with an aureous tinge.
Thorax pale yellowish.
Fore wings shining pale straw-colour, with an aureous streak ex-
tending from the base along the middle and spreading over the costal
margin beyond the middle of the wing, and crossing the fold towards
the dorsal margin in two diffused spots, the first near the base,
the other about the middle; immediately before the apex is a
1891. ] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 539
slender shining leaden-grey semicircular line bulging outwards from
the costal and recurved to the dorsal margin about the anal angle ;
at the apex is a conspicuous black spot, from which a curved black
line runs through the cilia towards the anal angle, but is ended
abruptly before reaching it ; between this and the semicircular
shining line already mentioned is an oblique straight black line
following the margin of the wing at the base of the cilia and reach-
ing upwards nearly to the costo-apical spot; cilia tipped with
black at the extreme apex, those on the hind margin pale reddish
grey. Underside brownish fuscous.
Hind wings grey ; cilia pale reddish grey.
Abdomen reddish grey.
Legs: hind tibiee fringed above with separate pale yellowish
hairs, giving a pectinate appearance; a black spot lies at the base of
- the spurs and three black bands on the tarsal joints, which are
otherwise white.
Hap. al. 9 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (3 specimens, Smzth).
Type, 3.
This species is closely allied to Gracilaria leuconota, Z., from
Ubaque, which also probably belongs to this genus ; the species now
deseribed differs chiefly in the larger dark apical spot, which is
placed nearer to the costal margin, and in the presence of the oblique
black streak below it. I am justified in separating it from the genus
Gracilaria on account of its much longer antenne and its slender
long recurved palpi; the maxillary palpi, although undoubtedly
present in the typical Zarathra, are not quite so strongly developed
as in this species, but the shape of the wings is the same, and, so far
as I can judge without denuding the specimen, the general pattern
of neuration is similar. This genus is not confined to South America,
but extends also to Africa and the Indian region.
GRACILARIAVE.
GracriLaria, Hw.
_ GRACILARIA ZNEOCAPITELLA, Sp. 0.
Antenne greyish, faintly spotted with paler colour.
Palpi whitish, outer half of second joint fuscous, except at the
extreme apex.
Head shining iridescent bronze ; face shining metallic whitish.
Thorax shining bronzy.
Fore wings tawny purplish, mixed with pale lemon-yellow beyond
the basal fourth; a conspicuous broad pale lemon-yellow band
extends from the basal third along the costal portion of the wing to
the apex, its margin not clearly defined, the tawny purple blending
into it from below; this band is widest and most conspicuous about
its commencement, where it contains one or two minute fuscous
costal dots; a series of dark purple strize is also visible along the
dorsal margin, and some small groups of fuscous scales are on the
apical portion of the wing, reaching to the extreme apex; cilia at
540 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
apex and beneath it pale yellowish sprinkled with fuscous, on the
dorsal margin grey.
Hind wings grey, with cilia of the same colour.
Abdomen grey ; shining creamy white beneath.
Legs: anterior and median pair with bronzy-brown tibia and
white tarsal joints ; posterior pair shaded above with bronzy brown,
tarsal jomts whitish.
Exp. al. 12 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 1 specimen,
Smith).
Type, 3.
GRACILARIA APICEPUNCTELLA, SP. 0.
Antenne with the basal joint slightly enlarged ; longer than the
fore wings; very pale cinereous.
Palpi rather long, dependeat, slender; second joint cinereous,
with a darker spot on its outer side at the apex; apical joint about
equal in length to the second, whitish, with a dark spot rather before
the middle on its outer side.
Head very pale cinereous ; face whitish.
Thorax dirty whitish.
Fore wings greyish fuscous, obliquely barred with interrupted
creamy-white bands along the dorsal half of the wing; a round
black apical spot enclosed in a pale ferruginous apical space, which
is narrowly black-margined, its anterior margin straight, its poste-
rior margin following the base of the cilia around the apex and
apical margin to the anal angle ; the creamy-white bands and mark-
ings are distributed as follows :—near the base a small square dorsal
spot; beyond it before the middle a larger spot tending obliquely
outwards towards a small subcostal spot before the middle, between
which and the base is a second smaller subcostal spot; a narrow
line from before the middle runs along the dorsal margin, and is
dilated beyond the middle into a large trapezoidal dorsal patch,
which reaches to the inner margin of the pale ferruginous apical
space, and diverted to the costa by a narrow line internally and
externally dark-margined, its external margin being the blackish
imner margin of the ferruginous space already mentioned ; before
this narrow line are three short longitudinal streaks, the middle one
almost or quite communicating with a short oblique subcostal streak
beyond the middle, near the costal end of which another oblique
separate streak arises, which tends backward towards the dorsal
margin, terminating above the origin of the narrow dorso-marginal
line before the middle of the wing-length ; cilia pale greyish tipped
with black, on the dorsal margin pale greyish.
Hind wings and cilia greyish.
[ Aédomen missing. |
Exp. al. 8 millim.
Hab. West Indies—St. Vincent (windward side, 1 specimen,
Smiti).
Type, 2.
ee ee eee A Cm
1891. ] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 541
The following species do not belong to the families dealt with in
this paper :—
Grapholitha? subapicana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxviii.
pp- 387-8 (1863).
West Indies—San Domingo (/Vkr.).
Galasa rubidana, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxxv. p. 1802 (1866).
West Indies—Jamaica (Whr.).
Lggyna submutata, Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxxv. pp. 1895-6
(1866).
West Indies—San Domingo (Wzkr.).
Cydosia nobilitella, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. p. 128, pl. cclxiv. fig. G
C1779):
South America, Central America.
West Indies.
Bibliography of West-Indian Microlepidoptera.
1. Bere, C.—“ Observaciones acerca de la familia Hyponomeutide.”
An. Soc. Ci. Argent x. pp. 85-91, 99-109. Buenos Aires,
1880.
2. Butter, A. G.—“Ona small collection of Lepidoptera from
Jamaica.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, pp. 480-495. London,
1878.
3. CocKERELL, T. D. A.—‘“ Additions to the Museum.” Jr.
Inst. Jamaica, i. pp. 32-3. Kingston, 1891.
4, Fernayp, C. H.—“A Synonymical Catalogue of the described
Tortricidee of North America, North of Mexico.” ‘Tr. Am.
Ent. Soc. x. pp. 1-64. Philadelphia, 1882.
5. Guente, A.—“ Etude sur les Yponomeutides.” Ann. Soe. Ent.
Fr. (5 s.) ix. pp. 281-90. Paris, 1879.
6. Moscuuer, H. B.—‘ Die Lepidopteren-Fauna von Portorico.”
Abh. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. pp. 69-360, pl. & portrait. Mrank-
Surt-alM.,1890. [Edited by Saalmiiller. |
7. Pory, F.—Centurie de Lépidoptéres de Vile de Cuba. Paris,
1833 e¢ seq.
8. Snecuen, P. C. T.—‘ Drie nieuwe Choreutinen.” Tijd. v.
Ent. xviii. pp. 70-78, pl. vi. ’sGravenhage, 1875.
9. Snexuen, P. C. T.—“ Bijdrage tot de Kennis der Lepidoptera
van het Hiland Curacao.” Tijd. v. Ent. xxx. pp. 9-66,
pls. i-v. ’sGravenhage, 1887.
10. Wanker, F.—List of the Specimens of Lepidopterous Insects
in the Collection of the British Museum. xvi., xxvii.—xxx.,
xxxv. London, 1858-66.
11. Watstincuam, Lorp.—‘“ North-American Tortricide.” Il.
Typ. Lp. Het. B. M. iv. pp. i.—xi. 1-84, pls. lxi.—lxvii. London,
1879.
in Caffrorum terra collegit.”
1851, pp. 1-120.
14,
IHS,
Tr. Ent. Soe.
London, 1887.
LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE
[ Nov. 17,
. Warstncuam, Lorp.—“ A revision of the genera Acrolophus,
Poey, and Anaphora, Clem.”
pp. 137-173, pls. vii. & vin.
. Zevier, P. C.—“ Lepidoptera Microptera quee J. A. Wahiberg
Lond. 1887,
Hand. Kong. Svensk. Vet.-Ak.
Stockholm, 1853.
Zevuer, P. C.—“ Beitriige zur Kenntniss der nordamerica-
nischen Nachtfalter, besonders der Microlepidopteren.”
z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxiii. pp. 201-334, pls. iii—iv.
ZELLER, P. C.—‘“‘ Exotische Microlepidoptera.”
Ent. Ross. xiii. pp. 1-491, pls. i.—vi.
Ver.
Vienna, 1873.
Hor. Soc.
St. Petersburg, 1877.
TABLE OF DISTRIBUTION.
PTEROPHORIDA.
AGDISTINA.
. Scopronoma, Z.
PTEROPHORINA.
. Trienorrinus, Wisin.
(>)
ale
. Puatyprinia, Hd.
(Ss)
3. pusillidactylus, Wkr. ||...
AN Spt, Sell. Vnotenceessaan: del[oos
. (2? Stenopritra, HO.)
5. pumilio, Z.)
. Anuerra, LZ.
oH
Gy, Wao, Zs ecocooooccnoaces al
7. basalis, Mschi. .........
8. paleaceus, Z. ............
9. bipunctatus, Mschl. ...|.... .. oh
10. participatus, Mschi. ...
11. preeustus, Mschl. ...... he ae
6. PrerorHorvs, Geoffr.
12. agraphodactylus, Whr.
13. aspilodactylus, Whr....|...
TE thy UBAAE seendsccccnssce
ORNHEODINA.
7. Orneopes, Latr.
15. eudactyla, Fg f.......
West Inpres.
| Cuba.
1. tipuloides, Wism. ...... ae |
centetes, Meyr. ......... lee] ets
Jamaica.
aiti or San |
Domingo.
Portorico.
| H
St. Thomas.
| St. Martin.
| Dominica.
St. Vincent.
Trinidad.
| Curagao.
Other Localities.
*
.|New Guinea,
..| United States.
Australia,
(? Ceylon).
.| United States.
.| Colombia, Brazil.
1891.]
MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES.
TABLE (continued).
543
West Inpizs.
| Jamaica.
TORTRIOID A.
TORTRICINA.
8. Apinognossa, Mschl.
Saalm.
16. comburana, Mschl.
9. Cacacta, Hb.
17. jamaicana, Wer.
10. (Torrrrx, L.).
18. effoetana, Mschl. ......)... nae
19. insignitana, Mschi.
11. Prycuamorsia, Wisma.
20. catenana, Wism.
12. Puarynora, Clem.
f
Mill. Tose, VER sococoscelleoe oor
22. repandana, Wkr.
13. Crrarorrainera, Z.
23. calidana, Z.
CONCHY LIDIN ZL.
14. Conenyuts, 77.
4. lacteipalpis, Wisi.
BA 35 [has
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
GRAPHOLITHIN.
15. Bacrra, Stph.
31. lanceolana, Hb
tectonica, Mschl.
SOs), VUSTOs coocsecosnnncea|ined ob
16. Hersmius, Wism.
transferrana, Wkr. .........|... bil
32. var. vinceniana, Wszi.|...|...
33. augmentana, Z..........
17. Cacocuaris, Wisin.
34. albimacula, Wlsm.......|... ae
prolectana, Mschl.......|... Ire
vicinitana, Mschl. ......|...|...
bunteana, Mobs..........]... es
S05 UUSTOD ccneapcanscne 6H ado Bias
Domingo.
aiti or San
| Portorico.
| H
18. Puoxorteris, 77.
35. virididorsana, Mschl. .|...|...
19. Grarnourua, H.-S.
36. livens, Wism.............].-- aes
| St. Martin.
| St. Thomas,
| Dominica,
ok KF
| St. Vincent.
| Trinidad.
| Curacao.
-| Brazil.
-| Florida, Venezuela, Brazil.
-| Hurope, Africa, Asia, Australia.
Other Localities.
United States
New Zealand, United States.
..-|-..| Brazil.
. oe ee
544 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
TABLE (continued).
Wesr Inpizs.
|
al ales ; Ne.
DS .|eleal |S Other Localities.
le, S/SlSleIS/Sldle
S/S Sle lolelsa|Sls|3
fal. B( S/S) /-8/5 S| oe
es SSSA SIP /e/=
S/S(8 716 \4s|.s| S| fe|s
SISA Alajalalalajo
sn a | | fy) Stes (Se oe
GRAPHOLITHINE |
(continued). |
20. (? Coprotoma, Ld.) |
Bish MG WWENIE, Za — Senaccosacndloce sacl ee x
39. albicapitana, Wism. ...|...|...| --- so0|fao0 boa} c
21. Papisca, Tr.
40. longipalpana, Mschl....|... deel ocee |
22, CrociosEMA, Z.
41. plebeiana, Z. .. ......... see[ece| coe [oe[ees[ece|oo-| ¥ |---|---| Hurope, | Australiay | brazil
Peru, Argentine Republic.
23. Srrupstcrates, Mey.
AD ammut lianas sites aren | "en aea|ee te) fe eeleea eel eeatel
24. Hettemocera, Wlsm.
43. calvifrons, Wlsi. ...... SOAR Bee lla Baclesalbacllee
TINEID A. |
TINEINAL. eit
25. Tinna, L.
44, plumella, Wism. ..... Beal lacel | ae alloca aos] seal local 8
ANS, BYDoy (MUSTO = cermonecnoas sec yo (eee liperieat| Rel Baal Real oct]
AGS BPs BUle yoscee uses asec: anal es
DENDRONEURIN A.
26. DexpronEurA, Wisi.
Aja (URIS, HMISs “s-o0cllacelecal| ono. |losclboalbeellood| £2 |
SETOMORPHINA.
27. SEromoRPHA, Z. |
Ack woe, Ze aossonen Soc %
ANAPHORINA.
28. Huvepiste, W/lsm.
49. umbratipalpis, Wsm...|...|...|_ *
29. AcroLopuus, Poey.
50. vitellus, Poey............ 5 [Boel see | 3% |
lke fOOeN a) VIS: ennesecnorke Saelbbael| agoulllasa| o3aledel peal
52. niveipunctata, Wism...| « |
53. plumifrontellus, Clem.|*)...| ... | *]...|...|...|...|---|...] United States.
54, walsinghami, Mschl....|...)...) ... | *
dd. leucodocis, Z. ......... EF Jaco 200 |[so0|idbel|oe\|caalfaog|f>oallace|| (& lesmevzll.,)
30. Cmnocunrs, Wism.
SOs pusilllake Aree seer gsa|[co0l} cco leselfeas||rool| £4 Ileocl|aoa}faae|| Ctolloisal ove.
57. ochracea, Mschi. ...... He ten oe
1
ee Wes
1891.] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 545
TABLE (continued).
West Inpizs.
Vel
we) |2la).[4 Other Localities.
a/H-S/SIZELSISiSi¢6
81° S815 )8/ 41S \o|s
SSB AER Rar IEA
SSI plazas
ANAPHORINE
(continued).
3l. AnapHora, Clem. |
58. popeanella, Mschi. ...|...|.-.| ... | %|...[---| «-|---|--:[---] United States.
59. arcasalis, Whr. ......... Hoalecalt 23a leat hel
60. mimasalis, Whr. ...... eoall2od]) | eat
61. noctuina, Wism. ...... *
32. Kenperra, Wism.
62. dimidiella, Wism. ...... * |
30. Bazrra, Wkr.
Gore xylinella WHrie weete =| eee
EUPLOCAMINA.
34. Amypria, Clem.
64. anaphorella, Wism. ...|...|...| -+. |---[---|-+-|---| *
30. Myrmecozena, Z.
65. ochraceella, Tengstr....|...|-..| -.. | *|...|---|--.|---|---|---] Europe.
36, Treuapra, Wehr.
OGhlasperasy Za eeeeeeeeere Soalsaaloaee: |liGe
67. lentiginosa, Z. ......... saallbocl) Youd. eae lowe!lonellaecllesel| £2 |fonall Bae ally Jet=y an
Gis E)Db5 LIWISZ0s cocococoncoodae pea vette ltl see local ea
37. Beenie Mschl.
69. mirella, Mschl. ......... eas te ge lok
PLUTELLINA.
38. Prurenua, Schrk.
70. cruciferarum, Z. ...... wea[eee] as. | ¥ Jose[--s[-.-[-»-[-.-]---| Hurope, Asia, Africa, North
America, South America,
Australia.
GHLECHIANA,
39. GELEcHIA, Z.
71. donatella, Wkr.......... soall $2
72. vobustella, Wkr. ...... alu 3 g
73. attenuatella, Whr...... vo [ %
74. exclarella, Mschi. ...... eae *
75. costipunctella, Mschl. .|...|...| ... | *|
76. vivulella, Msch/......... Sia ral We ctl Rez |
77. cinereocervina, Wism...|...|...| --- |--+)---|+--|-<-| *
(kes: ]D-5 SHOAL, ‘eonbodeccscosee Laney Nh esta tate ae wefan Perel ie |
FAS), Woks] Om, USUAL xccnoceeneriledh Ape Nee Pee ho sae feel ioe lace |aeel peel
40. BryorropHa, Hezn......... | |
80. translucida, Wism. ...|...'... Beeline ioe acl (et
Sle Bitsy UME Wis néesecononpacee |docee Je5 illeuel saul leea fesel, Es
= 37*
546 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 17,
TaBLE (continued).
West Inpizs.
San
Other Localities.
or
Domingo.
Portorico.
St. Vincent.
Trinidad.
| Curagao.
St. Thomas.
St. Martin.
Dominica.
Jamaica.
alti
pH
| Cuba.
GELECHIANA
(continued).
|41. Inna, Zr.
82. crocipunctella, Wism. .|...|...] --- |--.|-<-]---|o-| ¥
42, Paciuia, Hein.
83. extranea, Wism.......... Soaltee et
43. Drpactynora, Wism.
84. bicolor, Wism. ........ See ae facet neal Real een (ool es
44, Tacnyermia, Hein.
85. desectella, Z............-| %
45, HEncystoGRAMMA, Z. |
86. obseratella, Z. ......... i |
46. Tricuorarug, Clem. |
87. trigonella, Wism. ... ..|...|-.-| <2. |---|--+|--- Me
47, Bracnycrossara, Hein. |
88. psoricopterella, Wisz.|...|...| --- |.-:|-+----|-+-
48. Diastoma, Mschl. 1 |
89. squamosa, Wisi. ......|...|.--| ::- |---|---|---|++=] *
49. Potynymno, Chamb.
90. godmani, Wlsm......... ae ese) ice ose ede|fasalleobIhe:
50. Yrsonoruus, Z. | |
91. manellus,:Msch/. ...... Pel Riera a aliae
92. rusticus, Wism.......... fl cal aad “heel nclech [tac] ae leceleeel United States:
93. piperatus, Wism. ...... palleae aap
94. indignus, Wism. ...... aaah evell avec
>
OX
(ECOPHORINE. le |
51. Psxcapia, Ho.
95. eonfusella, Whr. ...... sealer Hoveloeel hoe ME? lacellose
96. ingricella, Mschl. ...... SBalt cal asaean tes |
97. paucella, Wkr. ......... bodes |
98. notatella, Wer. ......... Boel Boolh Sao laa lagel bel aoe leseltooall Se
99. abraxasella, Whr. ...... soalse |e |
100. adustella, Z. ............ Heel elle eaten eat
101. exormata, Z ............ Penal!’ coo. (adel declbod lace teelfmellccsol) [ECVE
102. kirbyi, Mschl. ......... Hales Pes otl 36
103. gelidella, Whr. ......... wl
104. nivosella, Whr. ......... }.../%] 3%
|,..| Colombia.
|
eel
we XK
ATY CHIANA.
52. Tortyra, Whr.
105. auriferalis, Whr. ...... S llavol 88 |) 82 jooall 24 lloaol| se
53. Gauris, Ho. hol
106. biferana, Wkr. ......... Baploall ee
107. rimulalis, Z. ............ SE arW) Gods locales
1891.] MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES. 547
CHOREUTINA.
54, Brentuta, Clem.
108. pavonacella, Clem.
GLY PHIPTERYGINA.
55. Traprziopnora, Wlsim.
109. gemmula, Wisin. ...... coalfooe
AYVLORYCTINA.
56. Guypnrpocera, Wisi.
IO Wartdaxs WUsis.ccsce cee soa|looc
HYPONOMEUTINA.
57. Hyponomeuta, Z.
111. mahalebellus, Gz....... Fe ba
112. triangularis, Mseh/. ...|...|...
58. Gira, Grt. -
113. punctella, Cram. ...... Beles
114, fulviguttella, Z. ......... Sool &
TU, HEWOSE, ZA, coscaaseoose ‘
116. siderea, Wism. ......... ala
59. Evarne, Mschl. 5 Saal.
117. obligatella, Mschi....... ”
60. TricHostiBAs, Z.
lSeecaliiicena.yZaweeee aes ;
OM ovabaseZ aces ‘
120: sordidata, Z. ............ oan
121. Piophlebia, Z. ......... seal aga
BUTALINGA..
61. Auximopasis, Wlsm.
| 122. persimilella, Wism. ...|...|...
HELIODININA.
TABLE (continued).
aiti or San
Dominica.
St. Vincent.
Domingo.
Portorico.
St. Thomas.
St. Martin.
Trinidad.
Curacao.
| Cuba.
| Jamaica.
| H
|...| United States, Central Ame-
62. Huwiopines, Stn.
123. marginata, Wism.......|.--|---
Other Localities.
— | cs
rica, Brazil.
.| Hurope.
.| United States, Honduras,
Surinam, French Guiana,
Brazil, Argentine Republic.
.| (? Australia, Z.)
.| Antilles (Z.).
548
ON MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA OF THE WEST INDIES.
TABLE (continued).
[ Nov. 17,
cs
=
e)
COSM OP TERY GINA.
63. CosmortEryx, Hb,
124. lespedezee, Wism. ...... S00
125. (? gemmiferella, Clem.)
Mschl.
LAVERNINA.
64. Anypia, Stn.
| BATRACHEDRINE.
165. Barracumpra, S72.
166. Zaratura, Whr.
GRACILARIANZA.
67. GracinaRia, Hw.
131. eneocapitella, Wism. ||...|...
132. apicepunctella, Wism. .|...|...
West Inpiss,
Curacao.
126. sancti-vincentii, Wism..|...|---
127. conspersa, Wism. ...... weefers
128. curvipunctella, Wéalsm.|...|.--
| 129. albistrigella, Msch/. ...|.. es
130. insulsella, Wism. ...... seals
SI
cS. .
oats gla! sles
malts fo) 2/3 :
8/5-2)S/sS/e/s/s
8/o srelelsls|a/s
ort |. oj} |.5 |e |S
Slrmolo = om
SISQIBAIAIEF IE
Shy O }45 |43 45 [4
5 I I a | |A lo |e
al | |—-
|
|
|
ci eee
| *
|
| | 3¢ |
.| *
| %
Other Localities.
.| United States.
.| United States.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLI.
Fig.* 1. Ptychamorbia exustana, 3 9, p. 497.
a, Neuration, 9; 6, neuration of fore wing, ¢; ¢, head, 3;
d, head, 9; e, f, antenna, ¢.
oe
Ceratorrhineta calidana, $ 9, p. 499.
a, Neuration, ¢; 6, neuration of fore wing, 9; ¢, head, 3:
d, head, Q; e, antenna, ¢.
a, Neuration; 6, head.
a, Neuration; 6, head.
. Hpisimus transferrana, S$, p. 501.
. Oacocharis albimacula, 2, p. 503.
© 5. Heligmocera calvifrons, 3, p. 507.
a, Neuration ; 6, ¢, head; d, antenna.
. Dendroneura prestans, 2, p. 509.
a, Neuration, ¢ ; b, head, 3; c, head, 2.
a, Neuration ; 0, head.
. Glyphidocera audax, g, p. 531.
a, Neuration; 6, head ; c, antenna.
. Auaimobasis persimilella, 3, p. 534.
a, Neuration ; 4, head: c, antenna.
. Trapeziophora gemmula, $, p. 830.
P2ZS 189] Plate XL.
AT H.sc. West, Newman imp.
Spiders of S* Vincent.
1891.] ON THE SPIDERS OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 549
Fig. * 10. Hulepiste wnbratipalpis, S, p. 511. Genital segments.
Il. Acrolophus vitellus, 8, p. 512. Genital segments.
poeyt, g, p.512. Genital segments.
walsinghami, $, p. 514. Genital segments.
*14. Anaphora noctuina, $, p. 515. Genital segments.
*15. Felderia dimidiella, $, p. 516. Genital segments.
* = Drawn from the type.
The figures are all enlarged.
3. On the Spiders of the Island of St. Vincent.—Part I.
By E. Simon’.
[ Received October 16, 1891. |
(Plate XLII.)
[The Spiders dealt with in this memoir have all been obtained in
the island of St. Vincent, British West Indies, by Mr. H. H. Smith,
who was sent to the island by Mr. F. DuCane Godman, F.R.S., in
order that he might assist the joint Committee appointed by the
British Association and the Royal Society to report on and investigate
the Natural History of the West-Indian Islands.
M. Eugéne Simon has, at the request of the Committee, been so
good as to undertake the examination and description of the
Spiders*, and in this paper he gives the result of his examination of
the specimens belonging to the families Aviculariidz, Filistatidee,
Uloboridee, Dysderidee, Oonopidee, Leptonetidee, Sicariidee, Caponi-
idee, Drassidee, and Palpimanidee.
As only a portion of the Order Aranez is treated of in this first
result of M. Simon’s studies it would be premature to give statistics,
but itis worth while to call attention to the facts that a great portion
of the species—about 80 per cent.—are found to be new, and that a
considerable number of the novelties are known to occur also in
Venezuela, which country M. Simon himself recently visited, with
the result of discovering a very large number of new Spiders and
insects.—D. 8. ]
Ordo ARANEA, Sund.
Subordo ARANEA THERAPHOSA, Walck.
1. Familia AvICULARIID2.
1. Sectio Aviculariide trionyche.
Subfamilia PARATROPIN.
Gen. ANISASPIS, nov. gen.
Cephalothorax humilis, fovea carens. Oculi fere ut in Paratropi,
sed inter se magis appropinguate et subcontigui. Partes oris
1 Communicated by Dr. D. Sharp, F.R.S., F.Z.S., on behalf of the Committee
for Investigating the Fauna and Flora of the West-Indian Islands.
2 With the exception of those belonging to the family Attidz, which will be
worked out by Mr. Geo. W. Peckham, of Milwaukee,
950 MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF [Nov. 17,
pedesque fere ut in Paratropi, sed parte labial apice arcuata et
minus dense spinulosa, pedum ungue inferiore via ullo. Mamalle
due, articulo basali brevi et lato, articulo medio longiore et cylin-
drato, articulo ultimo medio mulio breviore et obtuse conico.
A Paratropi, E. Sim.*, cui affinis est imprimis differt cephalo-
thorace fovea carente, mamillis duabus tantum et articulo ultimo
medio breviore.
1. ANISASPIS TUBERCULATA, Sp. Nov.
2. Long. 4-6 mm.—Cephalothorax breviter ovatus, humilis, sed
longitudinaliter carinatus, rugosus et impressus, obscure fuscus,
pilis pronis curvatis squamulisque ferruginets crebre vestitus, in
medio pilis albidis curvatis, antice unisertatis postice biseriatis
ornatus. Tuber oculorum parvum, elevatum et subrotundum.
Oculi conferti. Abdomen breve, antice truncatum, postice leviter
ampliatum et obtuse truncatum, fuscum, creberrime ferrugineo-
squamulatum et tuberculis bacalliformibus obtusis et transversum
ordinatis insigniter decoratum : ad marginem anticum tuberculis
quatuor, mediis reliquis majoribus, dem tuberculis mainoribus
biseriatis sea (2-2-2), postice tuberculis similibus octo quadri-
seriatis (4-4), Mamille testacee. Sternum fulvum, tenuiter
rugosum et setis longis clavatis munitum. Partes oris fuluw et
nitide. Pedes obscure fulvo-olivacei, fusco-variati, femoribus
crassis, tuberculis parvis parum regulariter seriatis munitis,
patellis tibtisque leviter angulosis, superne paululum depressis,
tibiis cunctis supra aculeis binis: 1° gracili et arcuato, altero
erecto et apice clavato, et subtus aculeis plurimis similibus armatis ;
metatarsis tarsisque cylindraceis sat gracilibus, et (saltem pos-
ticis) superne seta valida et erecta munitis.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
Subfamilia CTEnIzINz.
2. PACHYLOMERUS SALEBXOSUS, Sp. nov.
Q. Lony. 16 mm.—Cephalothorax normalis, levis, nigro-piceus,
parte cephalica postice leviter dilutiore. Ocul antict a sese an-
guste et fere eque separati, medu rotund: lateralibus plus 3
minores, laterales late ovati et obliqui. Mediu postict medis
anticis via minores, leviter angulosi, a lateratibus posticis haud
separati. Laterales postict mediis vix majores sed multo minores
quam laterales antici. Spatiwm inter laterales anticos et posticos
diametro ocult plus quadruplo angustius. Abdomen maximum,
fusco-violacco-sericeum, subtus dilutius, tuberculis minutissimis
setiferis conspersum. Chele nigra, prope apicem transversim
rugate et rufulo-crimte, rastello ad angulum interiorem abrupte
prominente. Partes oris, cove, sternumque obscure fulvo-rufes-
centia, nitida. Pars labialis ad apicem dentibus validis parum
regulariter biseriatis (5-3) armata. Coxe usque ad apicem
? Typus P. serupens, BE. Sim., ex Amazona: cf. E. Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.
1889, p. 214.
1891. ] THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 551
dentate, dentibus basilaribus reliquis validioribus. Pedes robus-
tissimi, nigro-prcei, femoribus inferne dilutioribus.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
A P. asperulo, KE. Sim., cui valde affinis est, imprimis differt
- oculis quatuor anticis inter se eequidistantibus, oculis lateralibus pos-
ticis mediis vix majoribus, rastello chelarum ad angulum abruptius
prominente, parte labiali et preesertim coxis pedum maxillarium
crebrius dentatis.
3. PH NOTHELE " INSULARIS, sp. nov.
2. Long. 11 mm.—Cephalothorax fusco-piceus, versus marginem
posticum paulo dilutior, levis et subglaber, clongatus, parte
cephalica valde convewa, antice vin attenuata, utrinque sulco
obliquo et abbreviato profunde impressa, parte thoracica de-
pressa et postice valde attenuata, fovea valde procurva
semilunart. Oculi antici, desuperne visi, lineam rectam
designantes, medii lateralibus paulo minores. Oculi ‘poster
pari, inter se subequales. Abdomen breviter ovatum, supra
nigricans et parum dense sericeo-pubescens, subtus testaceum.
Mamille pallide iestacee. Chele nigre, valide, rastello ex
dentibus sat parvis sed numerosis et pluriseriatis composito.
Sternum, partes oris pedesque fulva, femoribus, presertim an-
ticis, obscurioribus et olivaccis. Sternum lve, impressionibus
parvis binis, transversim late remotis munitum. Pars labialis
subquadrata, convewa et mutica. Pedes mediocres, tibia 1* paris
inferne, prope medium, aculeo setiformi munita, metatarso leviter
scopulato, aculeo basilart aculeoque apicali minutissimis instructo,
tibia 2° paris aculeis setuformibus binis, metatarso aculeis inferi-
oribus binis robustioribus aculeisque apicalibus binis instructo ;
patella 3 paris antice numerose et inordinate aculeata, sed
paella 4 paris nutica, tibia 3' paris metatarsis 3° et 44 parium
sat numerose aculeatis, tarsis posticis utrinque prope ungues
minute biaculeatis.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
“S. end of island. Rocky ground, near the sea-level, under
trailing plants.”—H. H. S.
Subfamilia DipturIn”.
4, THELECHORIS GUYANENSIS, Walck.
Mygale guyanensis, Walck. Apt. i. 1837, p. 231.
Eintomothele guianensis, K. Sim. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889,
p. 216.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
Tres commun dans toute lile.
Espéce également répandue en Guyane et dans le nord du
Brésil.
' Typus P. gaujoni, HE. Sim., ex Ecuador: ¢f. H. Simon, Actes Soc. Linn.
Bordeaux, 1889.
552 MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF [ENov.e17,
Nota.—Le genre Entomothele, B.Sim., est synonyme de Thelechoris,
Karsch, qui a ‘la priorité. D’aprés une communication du Dr. Lenz
de Lubeck Entomothele striatipes, KE. Sim., serait la méme que
Thelechoris rutenbergi, Karsch, la description et la figure, publiés
par le Dr. Karsch, d’aprés un seul individu mutilé et en trés
mauvais état, sont tout-a-fait méconnaissables.
5. ACCOLA’ MODESTA, Sp. nov.
@. Long. 8 mm.—Cephalothorax angustus, testaceo-rufescens,
levis et nitidus, parce et longe cinereo-setosus. Oculi laterales
utrinque juate contigui, late ovati, anticus postico saltem 3
major, laterales antici obliqui inter se anguste separate; oculi
medi parvi, elongati, cum lateralibus posiicis lineam parum re-
curvam formantes. Abdomen oblongum, testaceum, longe e sat
remote albido-setosum. Sternum, chele 4 pedesque testaceo- -rufula,
longe setosa, pedes quatuor antici fere muticr, posticr, preesertim
metatarsis et tibus, aculeis g gracil ibus et long gis numerosis instructt.
Mamille lurido-testacer, articulo basali reliquis longiore, arti-
culo aprcali medio circiter equilongo vel via breviore.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
Ab dA. lucifuga, E. Sim., differt oculis lateralibus anticis posticis
evidentius majoribus et oculis quatuor posticis lineam minus recurvam
designantibus.
Ab A. cyclopi, K. Sim., cui magis affinis est et subsimilis, differt
imprimis oculis lateralibus anticis paulo minoribus distinctius sepa-
ratis et mamillarum articulo ultimo multo breviore.
Sectio Aviculariide dionyche.
Subfamilia BARYCHELIN.
6. SToTHIs ” AFFINIS, sp. nov.
Q. Long. 10-13 mm.—A S&S. astuta, H. Sim., cui valde affinis est,
tantum differt spatio inter oculos laterales anticos et posticos dia-
metro magno oculi saliem haud angustiore, pedibus anticis paulo
gracthoribus, tibiis inferne aculeis setiformibus binis instructis,
metatarsis aculeis binis robustioribus et long ugvoribus, aculets tibi-
arum e metatarsorum posticorum numerosioribus, parte labiali
apice densius spinulosa. — Cephalothorax obscure Jusco-piceus,
fulvo-pubescens. Abdomen supra nigricans et fulvo-pubescens,
maculis testacers trisertatis ornatum, maculis mediis (quinque)
subquadratis, lateralibus longioribus et obliquis ; subtus testaceum
et maculis quatuor obscurioribus, plus minus distinctis et lacini-
osis, notatum. Chel, sternum, pedes mawillares pedesque fusco-
prea, patellis tarsisque paulo dilutionsbus.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
“Glen near sea-level, under rubbish; 1000 ft., at roots of
ferns.’—H. Hf. 8S.
1 Typus A. lucifuga, HB. Sim., ex Venezuela: ¢f. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889.
mn 2 Ty pu cenobita, BH. Simon, ex Venezuela: cf. BH. Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent.
r. 188
1891.] THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 533
Subfamilia AvIcuULARIIN2E.
Ths TAPINAUCHENIUS SANCTI- VINCENTII.
Mygale sancti-vincenti, Walckenaer, Apt. i. 1857, p. 216.
2. Cephaloth. long. 17°5 mm., lat. 15 mm. Abd. long. 20 mm.
Pedes: 1.46°2 mm., IT. 41-5 mm., III. 40 mm., IV. 48°5 mm.—
Cephalothorax ovatus, humilis, nigricans, pilis tenuibus proms
sericeis leviter violaceo-micantibus, ad marginem longioribus,
erebre tectus. Oculi quatuor antici, desuperne vist, lineam sub-
rectum formantes; medii rotundi lateralibus paulo majores et
inter se quam a lateralibus paulo remotiores ; laterales elongate
atque obliqui. Oculi postici utrinque appropinquati sed distincte
separati, medi elongati et postice acuti, laterales latius ovati,
mediis majores, sed lateralibus anticis minores, spatio inter
laterales anticum et posticum dimidio diametro oculi plus duplo
angustiore. Abdomen ovatum, supra nigricans, nigro-velutimum,
longe et parcius cinerco-rufulo-hirsutum. Partes oris, sternum,
cove venterque nigra et ngerrimo-velutina. Partes oris intus
coccineo-ciliate. Pedes robusti, longissime et creberrime cinereo-
sericco-hirsuti. Scopule metatarsorum quatuor anticorum latis-
sime et basin attingentes, scopule metatars: 3' paris tertram
partem basilarem occupantes, metatarsi 4* paris apicem tantum
occupantes. Metatarsus 4' paris tibia circiter cequilongus.
Mamille nigre, nigro-velutine, metatarso 4¢ paris non multo
breviores, articulo ultimo medio longiore.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
Subordo ARANEA VERA, E. Sim.
1. Aranez vere cribellate.
1. Familia FILIsTATID A.
8. FiuisTaTa CAPITATA, Hentz.
Filistata capitata, Hentz, Bost. J. Nat. Hist. iv. 1842, p. 228,
io We th Fis
Teratodes depressus, C. Koch, Ar. ix. 1842, p. 103, f. 759.
Filistata cubecola, Lucas in Ramon de la Sagra, Hist. Cuba, &c.,
Ar. 1853, p. 74, tab. iv. f. 2.
Filistata capitata, Keyser]. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1879, p. 345,
tab. iv. f. 33.
Insula Sancti Vincentil.
<¢ Windward side near Stuce River.’—H. H. S.
Espéce trés répandue dans toute |’ Amérique tempérce et tropicale
depuis le sud des Etats-Unis jusqu’a la République Argentine.
5d4 MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF [ Nov. 17,
2. Familia ULOBORIDA.
9. Drnopis sprnosus, Marx.
Dinopis spinosus, Marx, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad. 1889,
p- 341, tab. x1.
Insula Sancti Vincentil.
Cette espéce est répandue dans le sud des Etats-Unis (Florida,
Alabama, &e.), dans les Antilles, et au Vénézuela.
10. ULOBORUS PENICILLATUS, Sp. Nov.
2. Long. 4 mm.— Cephalothorax nigricans, linea media testacea,
antice evanescente, notaius, pilis plumosis, supra albis versus
marginem fulvis, crebre vestitus. Oculi postrct sat magni, sub-
cquales, in lineam validissime recurvam dispositi, medi inter se
quam a lateralibus evidenter remotiores. Ocult antici, prope mar-
ginem clyper siti, med lateralibus paulo majores. Area oculorum
mediorum viv longior quam latior et antice quam postice non
multoangustior. Abdomen in parte prima validissime tumidum,
apice mucronibus binis grossis obtusis, leviter divaricatis a
antice penicillatis munitwin, postice longe declive attenuatum et
subacuminatum, subtus in regione ventrah convecum, nigricans,
fulvo ferrugineoque pubescens, in dechivitate anteriore dilutiore
et linea media fusca longitudinali notatum, in declivitate pos-
teriore linea media fusca tenuiore et maculis albis parvis biseriatis
notatum, utrinque in partibus lateralibus macula nigricanti
subrotunda ornatum. Pedes valde inequales: pedes 1’ paris
reliquis multo longiores, femore patella tibiaque crassiore, fusci,
femore subtus dilutiore et intus pr ope medium subannulato, tibia
‘ad basin dilutiore, ad apicem leviter incrassata et supra et subtus
setis longis crassis nigris rufulisque cristam formantibus ornata,
patella supra ad apicem setis semilibus paucis munita, metatarso
luteo, gracih et recto. Pedes sex posteriores obscure fulvi, plus
minus fusco-variati, euncti ferru: gineo-pubescentes et _pilis plu-
mosis albis conspersi ; titia 2* paris supra ad apicem leviter
cristata, metatarso 4 paris in dimidio basilari fulvo, depresso ei
calamistro muntto, im dimidio apicali fusco et recto. Vulva
processu depresso retro-directo apice bifido munita.
3. Long. 3°2 mm.—Cephalothorax latius ovalis, postice et pre-
sertim antice magis attenuatus, nigricans, linea media testacea
integra sectus, pilis plumosis fuluis parce munitus. Abdomen
anguste oblongum, nec elevatum nec mucronatum, ad marginem
anticum minute meisum, nigricans, plus minus fulvo-testaceo
variatum. Pedes longiores, tibiis 1* paris sat gracilibus longis
et leviter arcuatis, haud cristatis sed swperne usque ad basin
acules fulvis pellucentibus nuwmerosis et fere inordinatis insig-
niter munitis, Pedes-maxillares brevissimi, luridi, patella
tibiaque nigris.
Var. 6. Cephalothoraw obscure fulvus, vittis duabus fuscis antice
evanescentibus notatus, pilis plumosis in medio albis in laieribus
coceneis vestitus. Abdomen pallide fuluum, fulvo-aurantiaco
1891. | THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 555
pubescens et parce albo-variatum. Pedes fulvi, antici vie infus-
catt, eristis tabtalibus fulvis.
Var. y. Nigrum, cephalothorace prope marginem posticum minute
testaceo-lineato, pilis plumosis obscure fulvis vestito et pilis albis
aucis lneam mediam lineamque marginatem designantibus
ornato. Abdomine in declivitate posteriore punctis albis paucis
biseriatis ornato. Metatarso 1* paris in parte basali luteo, pedum
see posterioribus femoribus prope apicem, tibiis ad basin, meta-
tarsis ad basin, in medio aique ad apicem anguste testaceo-
annulates.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
Commun dans toute ile.
11. MraGRAMMOPES SCOPARIUS, Sp. nov.
2. Long. 6 mm.—Cephalothorax ater, ad marginem elypei an-
guste testaceus, pilis plumosis pronis fulvo-nitidis dense vestitus,
mulio longior yuam latior, antice posticeque truncatus, fere
parallelus, sed antice ad oculos abrupte latior, pone oculos iewiter
transversim inpressus. Oculr longe ante medium siti, equales,
medir inter se quam a lateralibus multo remotiores, sed spatio
inter medios et laterales diametro ocult plus triplo latiore. _Ab-
domen fuluum, supra albido-pubescens et vitta media obscuriore
fulvo-pilosa, postice sensim ampliata et utrinque minute mgro-
punctata, notatum, subtus albido-pilosum, minute nigro- quadri-
punctatum et utringue, paulo ante medium, macula mnajore
subrotunda ngra notatum, longissimum et selerocemel seca, antice
recite sectwm, postice supra mamillas brevissime productum et
rotundum. Partes oris pedesque obscure fulvo-olivacea ; pedes
antici late nigricanti-variati, posticr patellis metatarsisque supra
infuscatis. Pedes antici reliquis multo longiores et robustiores,
femoribus tibtisque validis et cylindraceis, tubiis inferne longius
fulvo-pilosis, metatarsis cylindraceis leviter curvatis et versus
apicem attenuatis et supra et extus pilis longis erectis nigris
rufulisque nuxtis cristam duplicem formantibus ornatis sed ad
apicem brevius albo-pilosis ; metatarso 4 paris tibia fere duplo
breviore, paulo crassiore supra longe eacavato et calamistro
tertiam partem apicalem articuli attingente munito, subtus cum
tarso spinis obtusis et leviter clavatis numerosis et regulariter
seriatis muntto.
3» Long. 45 mm.—Cephalothorax brevior et antice latior, sed
postice sensim attenuatus. Abdomen brevius, nigricans, fulvo-
prlosum, vitta media parum eapressa, confuse testaceo-marginata.
Pedes antici haud cristati, rufuli supra nigricantes, tibtis supra
aculeis validis acutis et leviter lanceolatis biseriatis (12-8) valde
armatis, metatarsis aculeis debilioribus parcius munitis, meta-
tursis 4! paris nigris subteretibus et rectis. Pedes-maxillares
brevissim, fulvo-rufuli, femore crasso et brevi valde curvato,
patella tibiaque circiter equilongis, tibia ad apicem processu
fulvo minuto et obtuso supra munita, tarso bulboque subglobosis.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
556 MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF [Nov. 17,
2. Aranesx vere ecribellate.
1. Familia DyspERID&z.
12. ARIADNE SOLITARIA, Sp. NOv.
@. Long. 8 mm.—Cephalothorax ovatus, pallide fusco-piceus,
subtilissime coriaceus, nitidus, parce setosus. Ocult sat magna
et ovati, subequales (laterales antici reliquis paulo majores),
medit inter se quata contigui, utrinque laterales contiqui, spatium
inter medios et laterales diametro oculs non mulio latius. Cly-
peus oculis lateralibus anticis angustior. Abdomen oblongum,
teretiusculum, supra atro-violaceum, subtus et in lateribus,
presertim antice, fulvo-testaceum, cinereo-pubescens. Chelw
breves et robuste, fusco-picee, nitide, nec rugate nee rugose.
Sternum pallide fusco-rufescens nitidum. Pedes sat breves,
luridi, metatarsis tarsisque anticis infuscatis, pedes anticr pos-
ticis longiores et robustiores, femore 1* paris apice imerassato
supra aculers tribus, intus aculers binis (inferiore altero multo
longiore et leviter sinuoso) armato ; patella mutica, tibia et intus
et extus aculeis parvis tribus uniseriatis et subtus aculers lon-
gioribus 4-4 armata, metatarso subtus aculeis similibus sed
inequalibus 6-6 instructo, sed aculeis lateralibus carente ; tibva
2’ paris intus aculeis lateralibus parvis tribus extus aculeo
minutissimo unico et subtus aculeis longis 4-4 armata, tibia
3! paris aculeis binis uniseriatis, metatarso aculeis binis uniseri-
atis et apricalibus binis subtus munitis. Pedes 4* paris omnino
muticr. Pedes-maxillares breves et robusti, fulvi, tarso infuscato
apice acuminato, tubia tarsoque mtus sat numerose et fere inordi-
nate aculeatis.
Ab A. pennsylvanica, C. Koch (éicolore, Hentz), cui affinis est,
differt oculis oblongis et minus disjunctis, femore antico apice
pluriaculeato, tibiis anticis aculeis inferioribus et lateralibus armatis
(in A. pennsylvanica femore uniaculeato et tibiis aculeis inferioribus
tantum armatis).
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
** Baronallie, near sea-level, open valley; under rubbish.”—
Hl. H.S8.
2. Familia OoNoPID2.
Gen. DyspERINA, nov. gen.
Oonops, Keyserling (ad part.).
A Gamasomorpha, Karsch, cui affinis est, differt oculis posticis
miter se juaie contiquis et lineam rectam formantibus, mediis
lateralibus majoribus, oculis anticis reliquis oculis majoribus et
spatio diametro ocult evidentissime angustiore inter sése separatis,
clypeo oculis anticis angustiore, sterno lato sed postice magis
atienuato et truncatura postica coats angustiore, scutis abdomi-
nalibus dorsali et preesertim ventrali postice plus minus abbre-
viatis et mamillas haud attingentibus, pedibus longioribus, coats
1891. ] THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 357
cunctis longioribus quam latioribus et cylindraceis, tibiis meta-
tarsisque antics et scepe femoribus aculeis longis pronis bise-
reatis ordinatis subtus instructis.—Pedes-mawillares maris
femore patella tibiaque gracilibus et teretibus, tarso bulboque
maxims, ovatis, apophyse apicalr parva instructis.
Typus hujus generis est Oonops principalis, Keyserling.
13. DyspERINA PRINCIPALIS, Keyserling. (Plate XLII. fig. 1.)
Oonops principalis, Keyserl. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1881, p. 296.
Q. Long. 4 mi.—Cephalothoraw fusco-pui ‘pureus, subniger,
coriaceo-rugosus, spatio medio et in lateribus zonis radiantibus
latis et parum regularibus levibus ce nitidis notatus. Area
oculorum compactilrs, latitudinem frontem fere totam occupans.
Oculi postici subequales, desuperne vist, lincam subrectam desig-
nantes, medi inter se juate contigui, a lateralibus view separati.
Oculr antici posticis paulo majores, subrotundt, spatio diametro
ocule circiter duplo ang gustion e inter sese distantes. Clypeus leviter
depressus et tenuiter marginatus, oculis anticis circiter equilatus.
Scuta abdominalia Jusco-purpurea, levia et nitidissima, dorsale
magno tertiam partem apicalem abdominis superante, ventrale
medium superante, tenuissime marginato, postice recte secto,
antice in pediculo transversim carivulato. Sternum rufulum,
ad marginem grosse et parce granosum et in medio carinulis
mgris flecuosis arcolato-cancellatum. Pedes obscure fulvo-rufuli,
medwocres, femoribus sat robustis et compressis, anticis extus
aculeis seriatis tribus et intus, in parte apicali, aculeis binis
imstructis, tibus inferne leviter deplanatis et aculeis longis et
pronis, beseriatis 4-5, metatarsis aculeis similibus 2-2 armatis.
3. Long. 3°5 mn.—Femina subsimilis, sed scutis abdominalibus
majoribus in dorso fere omnino obtectis. Pedes-maxillares lutet,
Jemore sat crasso, arcuato et clavato, tibia patella paulo longiore,
teretiusculo, bulbo magno, ovato.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
Cette espéce, décrite de Colombia par Keyserling, se trouve aussi
au Vénézuela, ot elle est commune.
14, DyspERINA PRINCEPS, Sp. NOV.
@. Long. 4 mm.—Cephalothorax nigro-purpureus, wriformiter
valde et crebe coriaceo-granulosus. Area oculorwm compactilis
et latitudinem frontem fere totam occupans. Oculi postict sub-
equales, contigur, in lineam rectam dispositi. Oculi antici posticis
paulo majores, subrotundi, spatio diametro ocult fere duplo angus-
tiore inter sese separatt. Clypeus oculis anticis curciter wquilatus,
leviter depressus et tenuiter marginatus. NScuta abdominalia
nigro-purpurea, parce et crasse albido-pilosa, dorsale opaco,
magqno, tertiam partem apicalem superante, ventrale nitido, dimi-
dium ventrem mulio superante, haud marginato et postice recte
secto, antice in pediculo tenurter transversim striolato. Sternum
fusco-purpureum, ad marginem parce et grosse granosum, in
958 MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF [Nov. 17,
medio carinis fleauosis parum cistincte areolatum. Pedes fuluo-
rufuli ut in precedente aculeate.
A Dysderina principali, Keyserl., cui valde affinis est, preesertim
differt cephalothorace uniformiter granoso et scuto abdominali supe-
riore opaco.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
15. DysDERINA SPINIGERA, sp.nov. (Plate XLII. figs. 2, 3.)
@. Long. 4:5 mm.—Cephalothorax pallide rufescens, versus mar-
ginem leviter infuscatus, crebre coriaceo-rugosus, latus et convexus.
Area oculorum compactilis, latitudinem frontalem paulo angus-
tior. Oculi sat magni, subequales, ovati et inter se juate contiqut,
quatuor postici in lineam plane rectam, duo antici (reliquis
paulo majores), spatio diametro ocula angustiore sejuncti. Cly-
peus oculis anticis circiter equilatus. Scuta abdominalia fulvo-
aurantiaca, levia et nitida, dorsale ovatum, dimidiam longi-
tudinem non multo superans, ventrale rimam epigastricam non
multo superans et postice late rotundum, antice, prope petiolum,
transversim striatum. Sternum rufulum, tenuiter et crebre
coriaceo-rugosum, et granulis paulo majoribus conspersumn.
Pedes robusti et parum longi, luridi, femore 1 paris subtus, ad
marginem exteriorem, aculeis tribus (1 et 2 longissimis), ad
marginem interiorem, in parte apicali aculeis tribus paulo
minoribus armato; femore 2 paris utringue aculeis multo
minoribus binis armato, tibiis anticis subtus paululum depressis
et aculeis longissimis pronis et leviter elevatis 5-5 et metatarsis
aculeis similibus 3-3 valde imstructis.
3. Long. 4 mn.—Femine fere simils, sed scutis abdominalibus
dorsal et ventral fulvo-rufulis, multo majoribus, apicem fere
attingentibus et postice subtruncatis, sterno conveawiore, coriaceo
sed antice, pone partem labialem, levi et nitido, pedum anticorum
aculeis debilioribus. Pedes-maxillares lutei, femore sat gracili,
patella et tibia circiter equilongis et leviter ovatis, tarso bulboque
maximis, albidis et subpellucentibus, reliquis articulis simul
sumptis multo longioribus et crassioribus, bulbo late ovato sed
sensim attenuate atque apophysi sat robusta, rufula apice mgra,
contorta apice oblique secta et acuta instructo.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
Se trouve aussi au Vénézuela, ou il est trés répandu.
Gen. CINETOMORPHA, Nov. gen.
Cephalothorax breviter ovatus et, presertum postice, convexus. Area
oculorum latitudinem frontalem totam occupans. Oculi quatuor
posticr im lineam valde procurvam, medii inter se juate contigua
et lateralibus majores, laterales a medis distincte separate.
Oculi antice reliquis paulo majores et spatio diametro oculi
latiore inter se distantes. Clypeus oculis anticis latior, rarius
equilatus. Abdomen subglobosum vel breviter ovatum, scuto
dorsali magno omnino obtectum, scuto ventrali magno, sed
1891.] THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 559
mamllas haud attingente et postice subrecte secto; mamille
inferne semicirculo coriaceo cincte. Sternum latum, sed paulo
longius quam latwm, postice attenuatwn et inter coxas posticas
recte sectwm. Pedes breves et robusti, omnino mutici, cows
cuncits subglobcsis, femoribus, preesertim anticis, compressis et
subclavatis, tarsis minutis metatarsis brevioribus. Pedes-maxil-
lares maris femore robusto et subclavato, tibia patellaque brevibus
et subequis, bulbo mediocri sed apophysem apicalem longissimam
et intus curvatam gerente.
Typus hujus generis est C. puberula, E. Sim.
16. CINETOMORPHA SIMPLEX, Sp. nov.
Q . Long. 3 mm.—Cephalothorax fulvo-aurantiacus, breviter ovatus
et convexus, antice antennatus et obtusus, omnino erebre et sub-
taliter coriaceo-granulosus et in medio setis nigris paucis erectis
muntus. Abdomen magnum, scuto dorsali rufulo, wniformiter
subtiliterque coriaceo, minute et parcissime impresso, et pilis luteis
sat longis et crassis parce vestito, scuto ventrali subleevi antice in
regione eprgasteris leviter ruguloso. Sternum omnino subtiliter
coriaceo-rugosum. Pedes breves, fulvo-aurantiact.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
A C. silvestri, KE. Sim., cui valde affinis est, imprimis differt pilis
abdominis crassis et luteis.
Gen. PELICINUS, nov. gen,
Cephalothoraa sternumque fere ut in Gamasomorpha, sed cephalo-
thorace humiliore. Areaoculorumlatitudinem frontalem fere totam
occupans. Ocult cunctr equales, quatuor postici in lineam valde
procurvam ordinati, medw inter se juxte contigur, sed a latera-
hibus distincte separati. Oculi antici spatio diametro oculi latiore
inter se distantes. Clypeus oculis anticis latior. Abdomen
anguste oblongum, scuto dorsali omnino obtectum, scuto ventrali
abbreviato dimidium ventrem vie superante. Mamille haud
cortaceo-cinctee. Pedes sat longi, coats cunctis subglobosis, femo-
ribus ad basin compressis, metatarsis tarsisque longis et gracil-
limis. Pecdes-maaillares maris femore gracili, patella tibiaque
circiter cequilongis et teretiusculis, bulbo magno, globoso et depres-
stusculo, apophys: media sat longa instructo.
17. PeLicINUS MARMORATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XLII. fig. 4.)
2. Long. 3 mm.—Cephalothorax flavo-rufescens, subtiliter et crebre
coriaceus et in medio pilis albidis crassis paucis munitus, area
oculorum nigro-cincta. Oculi wquales, posticr in lineam valde pro-
curvam dispositt, antici ovate atque obliqut. Sternum luteum, sub-
tiliter coriaceum et opacum. Abdomen sat anguste ovatwm, scuto
dorsali nitido sed subtilissime coriacco et pilis albidis crassis et
longis consperso, obscure fulvo-liido, maculis magms imfuscatis
parum expressis et subquadratis quadriseriatim ordinatis ornato ;
scuto ventral rufulo, leviter coriaceo et piloso, abbreviato, postice
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XX XVIII. 38
560 MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF [Nov. 17,
paululum attenuato-truncato et dimidium ventrem non muulto
superante. Pedes omnino luridi, crasse cinereo-pilosr, metatarsis
tarsisque, presertim posticis, gracullimis et longis. ;
3. Long. 3 mm—Femine similis. Pedes-maxillares lutei, femore
gracili sat longo, patella tibiaque circiter equilongis et cylindra-
ceis, bulbo maximo globoso et depressiusculo, apophysi media sat
longa et leviter curvata munito.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
Gen. Opop%a, nov. gen.
Cephalothorax longus, oblongus et humilis, supra rectus et depla-
natus, postice abrupte declivis et truncatus. Area oculorum lati-
tudinem frontalem fere totam occupans. Oculi quatuor postict,
desuperne visi, gute contigur et lineam leviter recurvam for-
mantes, medit lateralibus majores. Oculi antici reliquis majores,
inter se angustissime separatt. Clypeus oculis anticrs multo
angustior. Sternum magnum, longe ovatum, postice obtusum.
Abdomen scutis dorsali et ventrali omnino obtectum. Pedes
breves et robusti, mutici, cowis globosis, femoribus compressis et
late clavatis, tarsis anticis metatarsis non multo brevioribus.
Pedes-maxillares maris insiqnes, femore parvo et clavato, patella
maxima late ovata, tibia minutissima nodiformi, tarso sat longo
teretiusculo, bulbo parvo dentiformi ad apicem tarst inserto.
18. Opop#A DESERTICOLA, sp.nov. (Plate XLII. fig. 5.)
Q. Long. 2°7 mm.—Cephalothorax fulvo-rufescens, in medio late
dilutior, levis et pilis albidis crassis paucis ornatus, in lateribus
subtilissime et erebre striolatus, area oculorum anguste nigro-
cincta. Ocul postici contigui, mediz lateralibus paulo majores.
Ocul antici reliquis majores, spatio diametro oculi plus duplo
angustiore inter sese sejuncti. Sternum fulvum, lave, nitidis-
simum. Scuta abdominaha fulvo-aurantia, nitida, sed minute et
parcissime rugosa et pilis albis sat longis conspersa. Pedes-
maxillares pedesque omnino luter.
3. Long. 255 mm.—Femine subsimilis. Pedes-mavillares lutei,
femore parvo, compresso ct minute clavato, patella maxima, late
ovata, ad basin valde et retro convexa, tibia minutissima, nodi-
formi, tarso tibia longiore. cylindraceo, bulbo ad apicem tarsi
emserto, brevi obtuso, leviter curvato et dentiformi.
Insula Sancti Vincentii. ‘
O. deserticola, Ki. Sim., habite presque toutes les régions chaudes
et désertiques du globe ; je l’ai trouvée dans le Sahara Algérien, en
Egypte, en Arabie, aux Hes Philippines et au Vénézuela.
Une espéce trés voisine, du Pérou, a été décrite par Keyserling sous
le nom d@’Oonops eupidus (Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1881, p. 298, t. xi.
f. 19), mais la figure que Keyserling a donnée de la patte-machoire
du male indique des différences ; c’est ainsi que l’article du tarse parait
beaucoup plus long et le bulbe au contraire plus petit et terminé en
pointe fine contournée.
1891.] THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 561
Gen. TRrERISs, nov. gen.
Cephalothorax breviter ovatus, postice sat conveaws et fere abrupte
declwis. Ocult posticr contigur in lineam leviter recurvam ordinati,
medi lateralibus paulo majores. Oculi antici spatio diametro oculr
‘latiore inter se distantes. Clypeus oculis anticis paulo latior.
Sternum late cordiforme, postice attenuatum, sed inter cowas
posticas laie truncatum. Abdomen longum, scuto inferiore brevi,
roman epigasterem haud superante, scuto dorsali abdomine an-
gustoore, longe ovato, medium dorsum non multo superante. Pedes
sat breves ec robust, patellis tibiis metatarsisque 1* paris uferne
setts rigidis spiniformibus biseriatis instructis, patellis 1‘ paris
reliquis patellis mulio longioribus et tibiis non multo brevi-
oribus.
19. TRIMRIS STENASPIS, sp. nov.
@. Long. 2°5 mm.—Fulvo-aurantius, nitidus, sterno coxis tarsis-
que dilutioribus, oculis anguste nigro-cinctis, abdomine, plagula
dorsali eacepta, albo-testaceo. Cephalothorax ovatus, postice
convexus, levissimus. Area oculorum fronte paulo angustiore.
Abdomen supra plagula aurantiaca mtida anguste ovaia et
antice sensim an gqustiore, medium superante notatum, subtus
regione epigasteris fulva, leviter coriacea, et, pone aperturam
genitalem, minute fusco-noiata. Sternum leve et nitidum. Pedes
parum longi, femoribus late clavatis, patellis 1* paris insigniter
longis subtus setis rigidis spiniformibus binis armatis, tibia
1* paris subtus setis similibus biseriatis munita. Pedes-maxil-
lares graciles et parce setosi.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
Se trouve aussi au Vénézuela (Caracas, San Esteban).
Gen. SCAPHIELLA, nov. gen.
Cephalothorax oblongus, fere ut im Opopzea, sed postice leviter
acumunatus et valde declins. Oculr posticr contigui, in lineam
leviter procurvam, rarius rectam disposite, equi vel scepius medit
paulo majores; oculi antici requis majores, inter sé juate con-
tigui, rarius anguste separati. Clypeus oculis anticis latior et
leviter porrectus. Sternum late cordiforme, converwm, postrce
atienuatum, sed inter cowas posticas sat late truncatum. Pedes
breves et robusti, omnino mutici, cove cuncte subglobose.— 2.
Abdomen longe cylindraceum, scuto dorsal carens, scuto ventral
maximo, mamillas attingente, postice truncato et leviter emargi-
nato, utringue valde ampliato et partes laterales omnino am-
plectente, munitum. Pedes-macillares breves et robuste, femore
clavato, tarso dilatato et ovato, sed apice acuminato, intus ad
basin fasciculo setarum munito.— 3. Abdomen longe ovatum,
depressiusculum, scuto ventrali scutoque dorsali fere omnino
obtectum.
20. SCAPHIELLA CYMBALLARIA, Sp. Nov.
Q. Long. 2-5 mm.—Cephalothorax ovatus, lete fulvo-rufescens,
38*
562 MONS, E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF [Nov. 17,
versus marginem sensim infuscatus, in medio levis et natidissi-
mus, in lateribus et postice, in declivitate, crebre coriaceo-granu-
losus. Oculi postict contiqui, desuperne visi, in lineam leviter
procurvam ordinati, medii lateralibus paulo majores. Oculr antice
requis multo majores et inter se subcontigui. Sternum scutumque
abdominale rufescentia, levia et nitidissima, marginibus scuti
haud coalescentibus, et abdomen supra lwido-membranaceum.
Pedes flavo-aurantii, parce pilosi, sat longi, femoribus compressis
et clavatis, metatarsis anticis tarsis multo longioribus. Pedes-
mawillares breves et robusti, femore lato, subclaviformi, tibra
patella equilonga, tarso ampliato, ovato sed acuminato, intus ad
basin setis robustis nigris fasciculum formantibus munito.
3. Long. 2°2 mn.—Cephalothorax scutisque ut in femina, Abdo-
men anguste oblongum, scuto dorsali fulvo-nitido parce et longe
albo-piloso, scutoque ventrali etiam fulvo-nitido, mamillas haud
aitingente, sed medio superante, fere omnino obtectum. Chele ad
basin leviter prominentes et acuminate. Pedes-inavillares femore
robusto et subclaviformi, patella tibiaque brevibus et subequis,
bulbo maximo, late ovato, stylo libero tenwi et sat longo instructo.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
Se trouve aussi au Vénézuela.
Gen. IscHNASPIs, nov. gen.
Cephalothoraa breviter ovatus, modice convexus. Area oculorwn lati-
tudinem frontalem totam occupans. Oculi sat magni, quatuor
poster inter se juxte contigui et Uineam leviter procurvam for-
mantes. Ocule duo antici reliquis paulo majores et inter se
contigur, Clypeus oculis anticis angustior. Sternwm late cor-
diforme, sed postice attenuatum et apice obtusum. © Abdomen
ovatum, subtus haud scutatum, supra, m parte basah, scuto
angusto et ovato munitum. Pedes longi, coais cunctis paulo lon-
groribus quam late, femoribus compressis et robustis, tibiis
metatarsisque quatuor anticis subtus valde biseriatim aculeatis.—
3 . Cephalothorax gibbosus, partes oris valde singulares, lamince
apie acuminate, pars labialis quadrata. Pedes-macillares
a mgrr, minutt et valde curvati, articulis cunctis subcequa-
ibus.
21. ISCHNASPIS PELTIFER, sp. nov.
2. Long. 3°5 mm.—Cephalothorax fulvo-olivaceus vel rufescens,
versus marginem leviter infuscatus, levis et nitidus, area oculorum
anguste nigro-cincta. Abdomen ovatum, album, supra in parte
basal scuto fusco-olivaceo nitido anguste parallelo et «pice
rotundo, medium dorsum superante munitum. Chelw leviter
infuscate. Sternum fulvo-nitidum. Pedes omnino luridi,
femoribus anticis intus, in parte apicali, aculeis longis binis
armatis, tibus inferne aculeis longissimis et pronis 4—3, metatarsis
acules stmilibus 2-2 instructis. Pedum-maxillavium tibia
1891.] THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 563
patella longior, tarsus gracillimus, leviter curvatus, tibia et
patella simul sumptis longior.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
Espéce dont Vhabitat est trés étendu, car nous l’avons recue de
Sierra Leone dans l’ Afrique occidentale et nous l’avons trouvée aux
Iles philippines, ot le genre est en outre représenté par une seconde
x
espéce.
22. OoNOPS SPINIMANUS, sp. nov. (Plate XLII. fig. 6.)
2. Long. 3 mm.—Pallide luridus, subpellucens, levis et nitidus,
oculis anguste nigro-cinctis, abdomine supra leviter obscuriore et
livido, subtus, prope mamallas, utrinque minute fusco-notato.
Cephalothorax breviter ovatus, postice altus et sat abrupte
dechivis, antice sensim et leviter declivis, fronte angusta. Area
oculorum latitudinem frontalem fere totam occupans. Oculi sub-
equales (laterales antici reliquis vie majores), medi inter se
juaxte contigui et intus subrectr, laterales subrotundi, antici spatio
chametro ocult pauloangustiore wmter sese distantes. Pedes-maxil-
lares femore subtus setis rigidis tribus untseriatis, patella intus,
ad apicem, leviter dilatata et setis spiniformibus longis et erectis
binis armata, tibia leviter curvata, intus setis similibus uni-
seriatis 3 vel 4 (basilari reliquis longiore) et subtus et supra setis
minoribus instructa, tarso fere similiter setoso. Tibia metatar-
soque |* paris setis spiniformibus proms seriatis subtus munitis.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
Se trouve aussi au Vénézuela.
23. OONOPS GLOBIMANUS, sp. nov. (Plate XLII. fig. 7.)
2. Long. 2°3 mm.—Pallide luridus, subpellucens, oculis angus-
tissime nigro-cinctis, abdomine albo-testaceo. Cephalothorax
breviter ovatus, postice altus et sat abrupte declivis, fronte angusta.'
Area oculorum latitudinem frentalem fere totam occupans. Oculi
ut in O. spinimano, FE. Sim., ordinati. Pedes-mawillares graciles,
tibia metatarsoque, presertim intus, setis rigidis, sat numerosis
et fere mordinatis munitis. Pedes sat longi, tibis metatarsisque
anticis subtus setis rigidis biserratis munitis, tebiis metatarsisque
posticis parce aculeatis.
3. Long. 2°3 mm.—Femine similis, sed pedibus paulo longioribus.
Pedes maxitilares lutet, bulbo albo processibus apicalibus parvis
fuscis ; femore gracili subrecto ; patella tibiaque circiter equ-
longis, tibia leviter depressa; bulbo maximo, reliquis articulis
cunctis longiore et plus triplo crassiore, ad basin, preesertim
postice, valde convexo, ad apicem valde attenuato et apophysibus
duabus sat parvis munito, apophysi 1% setiformi et curvata, 2%
apice mallerforme.
Ab O. pulchro, Templ., cui affinis est, preesertim differt aculeis
seriatis tibiarum anticarum minus distinctis, pedibus posticis evidenter
aculeatis, bulbo maris majore, etc.
Insula Sancti Vincentil.
Se trouve aussi au Vénézuela.
564 MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF [ Nov. 17,
24. OONOPS PULICARIUS, Sp. nov. (Plate XLII. fig. 8.)
Q. Long. 2°3 mm.—Lurido-rufescens, oculis angustissime nagro-
cinctis, abdomine albo-testaceo. Cephalothorax breviter ovatus,
postice altus et abrupte decliis, fronte angusta et recte truncata.
‘Area oculorum latitudinem frontalem totam occupans. Oculi
magn, subcequales (laterales postice reliquis paulo minores), medi
inter se juate contigui, ovate et intus recti, laterales subrotundi,
oculi antici spatio diametro oculi latiore inter sese distantes. Pedes-
mawillares graciles, inordinate pilosi. Tibse quatuor antrewe
inferne leviter deplanate et aculeis bisertatis 5—5, longrssumis,
pronis, fulvis et subpellucentibus, sed ad basin minute et singu-
lariter fusco-tuberculatis, armate, metatarst aculeis similibus 3-3
muniti, Pedes postict parce et tenuiter aculeati.
3. Long. 2°2 mn.—Femine subsimilis, sed oculrs anticis inter sese
minus disjunctis, pedibus longioribus, anticis via distincte
aculeatis. Pedes-mawillares fulvo-castanei, sat breves, femore
crasso, supra, presertim ad apicem, convexo, patella parva et
nodosa, tibia patella longiore et crassiore, cylindracea ad basin
atque ad apicem brevissime et abrupte constricta, tarso tibia minore
breviter acuminato, bulbo longo sed angusto, apice spinis duabus
mgris parallelis et subequs munito.
Insula Sancti Vincentil.
Se trouve aussi au Vénézuela.
25. OONOPS FIGURATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XLII. fig. 9.)
2. Long. 2°5 mm.—Cephalothorax mitidissimus, fulvo-rufescens,
versus marginem sensim infuscatus, oculis anguste nigro-cinctis.
Abdomen supra atrum, lenter micanti-tinctum et lineolis nigris
laxe clathratum, antice macula subcruciata, prope mediwm vitta
transversa lata valde dentata et inequali, albidis, ornaium, subtus
albo-testaceum. Partes oris, sternum pedesque luteo-rufescentia,
nitida. Oculorum area sat transversa, latitudinem frontalem
fere totam occupans. Oculi medu rotunda, inter se guxte contigua,
laterales a mediis distincte separati, anticus postico paulo major,
spatium inter laterales anticos diametro oculi evidenter latius.
Pedes-maxillares breves, femore sat robusto, tibia metatarsoque
pilis rigidis sat brevibus et numerosis supra munitis. Pedes
omnino muticr parce pilosi.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
Se trouve aussi au Vénézuela.
Gen. STENOONOPS, nov. gen.
Ab Oonopi differt cephalothorace tongius ovalt, humiliore et supra
deplanato, sterno longiore postice minus attenuato et latius obtuso,
coxis posticis subglobosis, latius separatis, area oculorum parva,
dimidium latitudinis frontis vie occwpante, oculrs posticis parvis
et contiguis in lineam plane rectam ordinatis, oculis anticis
reliquis paulo majoribus et spatio diametro oculi saltem haud
1891. | THE ISLAND OF SY. VINCENT. 565
latiore inter se distantibus, clypeo angustissimo via ullo, pedibus
antics patellis insigniter longis tibiis non multo breviorrbus.
26. STENOONOPS SCABRICULUS, Sp. Nov.
3. Long. 2 mm.—Cephalothorax rufulo-castaneus, ad marginem
infuscatus, longus et humilis, crebre et uniformiter corraceo-
granulosus et pilis pronis albidis conspersus. Area oculorwm
medwocris, fronte angustior. Oculi antici reliquis majores, sub-
rotundy et ter se angustissime separati, subcontigui. Abdomen
cylindraceum, albo-testaceum, pilis crassis brevibus, albo-nitidis
conspersum. Sternum obscure fulvo-rufulum, tenuiter coriaceo-
granulosum. Pedes breves, robustissimi, obscure fulvo-rufulr.
Pedes-mawillares fulvi, crasse cinerco-setosi ; femore sat yracilr et
brevi, patella trbiaque brevibus et circiter cequilongis, tarso
bulboque ovatis, ad apicem oblique truncatis, apophyst aprcalr
parva, fulva, arcuata et obtusa munitis.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
Se trouve aussi au Vénézuela.
3. Familia LEPTONETIDAE.
Le groupe des Leptonetides se place entre les Oonopides et les
Sicartides, auxquels il ressemble par la structure de ses organes
sexuels et celle de ses griffes tarsales portées par un onychium.
Il s’éloigne des Oonopides par absence de la seconde paire de
stigmates epigastriques et par ses filicres inférieures séparées par un
long conulus.
iT différe des Sicariides par ses chilicéres longues 4 marge supérieure
dentée et a crochet long, par sa piéce labiale libre, par ses lames
maxillaires peu inclinées et jamais conniventes.
Les Leptonetides sont des araignées Incifuges, dont les yeux
disparaissent quelquefois (Telema ? Sim. )e quand ils existent ils sont
au nombre de six. Les yeux forment tantdt un groupe compact
transverse analogue a a celui des Orchestina (Ochyrocera, Psiloderces,
Theoclia), tantot ils sont répartis en deux groupes, le premier formé
de quatre yeux et le second de deux (Leptoneta).
Gen. OcHYROCERA, nov. gen.
Cephalothorax non multo longior quam latus, utrinque ample
rotundus, clypeo porrecto, lato, dimidium longitudinem cephalo-
thoracis circiter cequante. Ocul quatuor antici im lineam plane
rectam ordinati, laterales a medits angustissime separati, utrinque
laterales contigui et angulum acutum formantes. Pars labialis
apicem versus leviter attenuata. Pedes longi, femoribus ad
basin sensim inerassatis et longe fusiformibus, reliquis articulis
gracillimis et flewuosis.— 3. Pedes-maxillares valde singulares,
femore gracili et longo, patella minuta nodiformi, tibia longa,
imcrassata, atque ovata, tarso apwe gracallimo, longissimo et
recto, bulbo anguste ovato, spina lonyissima et arcuata ‘predito.
566 MONS, E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF [Nov. 17,
27. OcHYROCERA ARIETINA, sp. nov. (Plate XLII. fig. 10.)
Q. Long. 3:5 mm.—Cephalothorax luridus, vitia Bee lata
integra, m parte thoracica minute dentata, et utrinque vitta
marginali latissima nagricantibus notatus, cl, ypeo leviter infus-
cato, et sub oculis minute trilineato. Oculi medi subrotundn,
inter se juxte contigu, utringue oculi laterales bu, mediis paulo
minores, elongati et inter se oblique contigui, sed a mediis anguste
separati. Olypeus area oculorum plus triplo latior, valde pro-
clhivis, ad marginem late rotundus et leviter convewus. Abdomen
sat anguste ovatum, convexum et postice acuminatum, mgricanti-
lividum, plica epigasteris lata et minute ciliata, remota, prope
medium ventrem sita. Sternum et partes oris nigricanti-lirda,
levia. Pedes livido-violacer, tibis metatarsisque ad apicem
minutissime testaceo-notatis, longissimis fere ut in Pholeo, femo-
ribus versus basin valde incrassatis et longe fusiformibus, reli-
quis articulis gracillimis, metatarsis tarsisque filiformibus et
flexuosis.
3. Long. 3 mm—Femine similis. Pedes-maxillares fusco-
lividi ; femore longo, gracili, versus basin leviter attenuato et
arcuato ; patella minutissima nodiformi, tibia patella plus
triplo longiore, latore et longe ovata; tarso ad basin sat lato et
ovato, ad apicem gracillhmo, recto, et longissimo ; bulbo breviter
pediculato, sat anguste ovato et versus apicem sensim attenuato,
spina terninali longissima apice acuta valde curvata et semicir-
culum formante msigniter instructo.
Insula Saneti Vincentii.
28. OCHYROCERA QUINQUEVITTATA, sp. nov. (Plate XLII.
fig. 11.)
2. Long. 25 mm.—Cephalothorax testaceo-virescens, area ocu-
lorum nigra, postice lineas tres abbreviatas emittente, parte
cephaliea postice maculis sat magnis nigris et obliquis litteram
V designantibus, parte thoracica lines radiantibus nigris, ad
marginem anmpliatis et coalitis ornatis, clypeo infuscato. Oculi
ut im precedent, sed paulo majores. Clypeus angustior et
minus porrectus, area oculorum via duplo latior, ad marginem
anticum, in medio, leviter excisus. Abdomen sat late ovatum,
convexcum et postice acuninatum, virescens, vittis transversis
nigris quingque latis et arcuatis ornatum. Mamille nigre.
Sternum et partes oris fusco-virescentia, levia. Sternum latis-
sume cordiforme. Pedes longi (sed breviores quam in preecedenti),
femoribus ad basin werassatis, reliquis articulis filiformibus,
testaceo-virescentes, femoribus, puieihs, tibus metatarsisque ad
apicem minute mgricanti-annulatis in medio late et confuse
infuscatis.
3. Long. 2 mm.—Femine similis. Pedes-maxillares testaceo-
virescentes, fere ui in precedenti, tarso multo breviore et obtuso,
sed prope apiem extus spinam longam et rectam emittente,
spina bulbi longissima curvato-angulosa.
Insula Sancti Vineentii.
1891.] THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 567
Gen. THEOCLIA, nov. gen.
Ab Ochyrocera, cui affinis est, differt clypeo angustiore et obliquo,
area oculorum multo minore, latitudine frontali multo an-
gustiore, oculis parvis, quatuor anticis inter se juate contiguis
et lineam rectam formantibus, oculis lateralibus posticis pone
anticos oblique sitis, pedibus brevioribus, posticts wnticis evidenter
longioribus, femoribus haud insigniter incrassatis, partibus oris
brevioribus.
29. THEOCLIA RADIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XLII. fig. 12.)
Q. Long. 1°38 mm.—Cephalothorax breviter ovatus, parum con-
vexus, fulvo-olivaceus, fronte dilutiore et lutea, parte cephalica
liners tribus, media ewili, lateralibus triangulariter dilatatis,
maculaque postica transversim triquetra, parte thoracica linea
marginal eal linesque radiantibus numerosis et abbreviatis
nigricantibus, notatis. Area oculorum parva et transversa,
latitudine frontali minor, Oculi conferii, medi minutissimi,
laterales paulo majores inter se equi et obliqui, spatium inter
anticos diametro ocult circiter duplo latius. Clypeus area ocu-
lorum haud latior, leviter porrectus. Abdomen globosum, fusco-
testaceum. Partes oris, sternwm pedesque fulvo-olivacea. Pedes
longi, omnino mutici. Pedes-mawillares graciles, fulvi, apice
Nigri.
3. Femine similis. Pedes-mawxillares lutet, sat longi; femore
longo, gracilt, versus basin angustiore ; patella parva; tibia
patella fere duplo longrore, leviter ovata ; tarso angusto, cylin-
draceo, tibia circiter equilongo ; bulbo maximo subgloboso.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
Se trouve aussi au Vénézuela.
4, Familia StcartipD/&
30. Scyropres Lonerpes, Lucas. (Plate XLII. fig. 13.)
Scytodes longipes, Lucas, Ann. Soc. ent. France, 1845, p. 71,
tabs dat. 2.
Scytodes marmorata, Taczanowski, Hor. Soc. ent. Ross. x. 1878,
p. 107.
Scytodes longipes, Keyserling, Verh. z.-b. G. Wien, 1877, p. 210,
Wb ihlee
Scytodes taczanowskii, Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. iv. 1890,
p- 301 (nota).
@. Long. 7-8 mm.—Cephalothorax breviter ovatus, postice sat
convesus, sublevis, parce et sat longe nigro-pilosus, luridus,
valde nigro-variatus. Area oculorum macula nigra, postice
breviter producta et truncata, pone oculos medios spatium iongi-
tudinale lutewm et utrinque lineolam valde flexuosam includente
obtecta, supra vittis latissimis valde appropinquatis et spatirs
medirs luteis binis, antico subtriquetro postico ovato-transverso,
tantum separatis, valde dentatis et simuosis, et utrinque serie
568 MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF [Nov. 17,
macularum lutearum valde inequalium 5-6 includente notata,
ad marginem utrinque maculis quatuor sinuoso-dilatatis et
punctos luteos includentibus ornata. Margo clyper subrectus,
utringue vie convenus, haud prominulus. Ocult medit antic
sat magni et rotundi, subcontigui, a margine clyper spatio
diametro oculi fere duplo latiore sejuncts. Abdomen ovatum,
albido-testaceum, supra valde mgro-striatum et punctatum,
antice macula longitudinali apice utrnque dentata, prope
medium macula longitudinal: in medio leviter constricta, dein
maculis transversis paulo arcuatis et subcontiguis tribus, postice
spatio albidiore immaculato, sed supra mamillas maculis mino-
ribus seriatis trinis decoratum, subtus in regione epigasteris
vittis nigris tribus, media latiore, lateralibus divaricatis, in
regione ventrali lineis iigris quatuor, mediis postice convergen-
tibus apice contiguis et mamillas haud attingentibus, lateralibus
interruptis et punctatis, ventre cntice wnpressionibus binis
magus nigris et ovatis munito. Sternum inequale, nigrum,
antice, pone partem labialem, transversim luteum, macula media
elongata antice posticeque tenuter producta et utrinque maculis
marginalibus luteis trinis notatum. Partes oris pedesque fulvo-
‘lutet, lamine maxillares extus late nigro-marginate, chele in
parte basali late nigre. Pedes longr et graciles, articulis cunctis
(tarsis exceptis) valde et numerose niyro-punctatis et subannu-
latis, haud lineatis.
3. Long. 6-7 mm.—Cephalothorax humilior, pictura pallidiore
et confusiore. Peles multo longiores, apice gracillimi, minu-
tissime et parcissime nigro-punctatr, sed apice femorum spatel-
lisque mgris. Pedes maaillares breves et robusti ; femore
valido ; patella vw longiore quam lato; tibia patella long grore
subparallela ; tarso tibia circiter aequilongo, ad basin fere cequi-
lato, dein multo angustiore et sensim attenuato, bulbo mediocri,
lobo ovato, spina sat robusta, recta, lobo non multo longiore et
apicem tarsi haud superante.
A S. maculata, Holmb., cui valde affinis est, imprimis differt
pedibus fere inordinate nigro-punctatis (in S. maculata regulariter
nigro-annulatis), ventre nigro-vittato et impressionibus ventralibus
nigris atque ovato-iongitudinalibus (in S. maculata fere semicircu-
laribus et rufulis).
AS. globula, Nicolet, angulis clypei minus prominulis, pictura
cephalothoracis et pedum, ventre vittato, sterno late nigro-clathrato
(in S. globula puncto medio punctisque marginalibus trinis minutis
notato), impressionibus ventralibus multo majoribus facile distin-
guenda.
Insula Sancti Vincenti.
Habite une grande partie de ’ Amérique centrale et de l’ Amérique
méridionale.
31. ScyTODES HEBRAICA, sp. nov. (Plate XLII. fig. 14.)
2. Long. 6 mm.—Cephalothorax breviter ovatus, postice convexus,
sublevis, parce et sat longe nigro-pilosus, luridus, nigro-
1891.] THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 369
variatus: regione frontali transversim nigra, vitta dorsali
latissima utrinque ramulos tres abbreviatos et truncatos emittente,
antice, pone oculos medios, maculam parvam elongato-triquetram
et pone oculos laterales utrinque maculam paulo majorem postice
truncatam, den lineam longitudinalem et in medio maculam
magnam transversim ampliatam et papilioniformem g gerente,
utrinque vitta marginalt angusta et linea submarginale angus-
tiore valde fleauosa interrupta et arcus tres designante. Margo
clypet evidenter emarginatus, utrinque ad angulum convewus.
Oculk medit mediocres, subcontiqui. Clypeus obliquus, oculis
medus saltem duplo latior. Abdomen globosum, albido-testa-
ceum, valde nigro-punctatum et maculis majoribus inequalibus,
seepe confluentibus, et zonas transversas formantibus decoratum,
subtus imordinate nigro-marmoratum. Sternum fuscum, vitta
media fulva sat angusta et apice haud attingente, notatum.
Pars labialis fusca. Lamine testacece, extus fusco-marginate.
Chele testacee, antice late fusco-plagiate. Pedes graciles et
longi, coxrs fulvis apicibus fuscis, femortbus nigricantibus annulis
quatuor sat angustis pallide luridis ornatis, reliquis articulis
Fuses, tibus annulis binis luteis (altero subbasilart, altero subapi-
calr) et metatarsis annulo basilari similt notatis. Pedes-mawil-
lares breves et robusti, luridi, femore anguste nigro-biannulato,
patella tibiaque ad apicem infuscatis.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
32. SCYTODES BAJULA, sp. nov. (Plate XLII. fig. 15.)
2. Long. 4 mm.—Cephalothorax breviter ovatus, postice valde con-
vexus, subtilissime coriaceus et parce nigro-pilosus, luridus et
nigrovariatus: linea media ewili apicem haud attingente,
utringue vittis dorsalibus latioribus binis, vitta interiore oculos
medios attingente, postice abbreviata, leviter flexuosa et extus
prope medium obtuse dentata, vitta exteriore oculos laterales
attingente mequali, usque ad apicem ducta et extus ramulos tres
sat angustos et longos emitiente, utrinque linea marginals dentata
lineaque submarginali valde fleauosa et sceepe wmterrupta arcus
tres designante. Margo cly yper rectus, nec convecus nec emargi-
natus. Ocult antici sat magni, contiqui. Clypeus oculis anticis
cwrciter damacho latior. Abdomen globosum, albo-testaceum, supra
zones transversis ni gris latis et dentatis ornatum, subtus obscure
testaceum, regione epigasteris nigra, reguone ventral parce nagro-
punetata et postice maculis majoribus binis arcuatis munita.
Sternum fuscum, antice, pone partem labialem, transversim luteum,
dein linea media angusta sed apice triangulariter ampliata et
utringue maculis binis transversis luteis notatum. Chelce antice
Fusce, ad apices testacee. Pedes graciles, sat longi, obscure fulvi,
coais apicibus fuscis, femoribus anticis obscurioribus, late infus-
catis et subannulatis, posticis ad apicem late fusco-annulatis,
uubuis annulo medio annuloque apicali olivaceis viv expressis
munitis. Pedes-maxillares breves et robusii, luter, femore fere
nigro, patella tibiaque late fusco-variatis.
570 MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF [Nov. 17,
3. Long. 4 mm.—Femine subsimilis sed cephalothorace paulo
humiliore, sterno antice latius testaceo et setis nigris spiniforme-
bus erectis parce armato, pedibus multo longioribus, fere omnino
luridis, femoribus 1* paris, prope medium utrinque setis reliquis
longioribus munitis. Pedes-maanllares fusco-olivacer, bulbo
rufulo ; jfemore robusto versus basin incrassato ; patella sat
parva ; tbia patella saltem dimidio longiore, latiore et ovata ;
tarso minuto, depressiusculo, sed apice abrupte angustiore, an-
guste recte et longe producto; bulbo subgloboso, spina lobo multo
longiore tenuissuma setiforni et recta.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
Se trouve aussi au Vénézuela.
33. ScYTODES LINEATIPES, Tacz. (Plate XLII. figs. 16, 17.)
S. lineatipes, Taczanowski, Hor. Soc. ent. Ross. x. 1873, p. 107.
2. Long. 4-4°5 mm.—Cephalothorax breviter ovatus, postice vali-
dissime gibbosus, sublevis, parce et breviter nigro-pilosus, luvidus,
nigricanti-variatus: regione oculari in medio infuscata dem
linea media eaili abbreviata et utringue lineis tribus, linea in-
teriore subrecta leviter dentata et maculam frontalem attingente,
linca intermedia antice abbreviata, postice convergente aprceque
uncata, linea exteriore intermedia subsimili sed postice paulo
magis producta extus dentata et ramulos abbreviatos 4 vel 5
emittente, vitta submarginali sat lata, valde fleauosa et dentata
et inter vittam marginalem etlineas dorsales linea validissime
sinuosa et plus minus punctata, postice, in declivitate, pone lineas
dorsales exteriores, maculis parvis binis acute triquetris et lineis
binis parallelis, leviter conveais et cariniformibus ornato.
Margo clypei subrectus, sat angustus, ad angulos leviter convexus,
haud productus. Oculi medii antici sat magni, rotund: et inter
se jucte contigui, a margine clypei spatio diametro oculi saltem
dimidio latiore sejuncti. Abdomen globoswm, albo-testacewm,
supra maculis nigris parvis incequalibus et dentatis fere inordi-
nate conspersum et in parte basali linea longitudinali utrinque
ramulos abbreviatos valde flexuosos gerente ornatum, subtus
punctis mgris minoribus conspersum. Chele, sternum pedesque
_ lutea, chele antice nigro-bivittate. Sternum utringue vitta
fusca latissuma et confusa, spatiis quatuor luteis notata, muni-
tum. Pedes modice longi, graciles, femoribus subtus lineis mgris
binis, in parte apicali plus minus interruptis et punctatis et
antice punctis paucis seriatis ornatis, patellis apwe minute
nigro, tibus annulo medio interrupto annuloque apicali integro
notatis, metatarsis apicibus minutissime fuscis. Pedes-maxu-
laves femore ad apicem patella tibiaque nigro-variatis.
3. Long. 4 mm.—Femine subsimilis sed abdomine minore plerwm-
que mmaculato albido, postice tate et confuse infuscato, pedibus
longioribus et gracilioribus. Pedes-maxillares breves ; femore
robusto et subrecto ; patella parva curvata; tibia patella cireiter
3 longiore et multo latiore, subglobosa ; tarso tibia et patella sumul
sumptis longiore apice anguste producto; bulbi lobo breviter
1891. } THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 971
ovate, spina lobo multo longiore flexuosa, in medio leviter incras-
sata, apice paululum compressa, truncata et minute pemerllata.
Var. 2. Spatium inter lineas dorsales interiores omnino infuscatum
et vittam latam formans, sed spatium angustum et lineare inter
lineas intermediam et eateriorem pallidius et litteram V albidam
designans, partes laterales scepe confuse fusco-reticulate, pictura
sterni et abdominis pallidior.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
Se trouve aussi au Vénézuela et en Guyane.
34. Scyropes Frusca, Walck.
Scytodes fusca, Walck. Apt. i. 1837, p. 272.
Scytodes guyanensis, Taczanowski, Hor. Soc. ent. Ross. x. 1873,
p- 108.
@. Long. 4 mm.—Cephalothorax breviter ovatus, postice valde grb-
bosus, subtilissime coriaceus et opacus, puree nigro-setosus, fusco-
vel mgro-prceus, interdum concolor, sepius liners bines exilibus
valde appropinquatis et rarvus maculis marginalibus congusis
obscure fulvo-rufulis ornatus. Margo clypet subrectus, utrinque
leviter convexus, haud prominulus. Oculi medit anticr sat magne
subcontigui, a margine clyper spatio diametro oculi non multo
latiore sejunctt. Abdomen subglobosum, nigrum, plerumque
emmaculatum, interdum vittis transversis sat latis fleccuosis et in
medio dentatis testacers ornatum. Sternum nigro =pwceum. Pedes
mediocres, cows, trochanteribus femoribusque fusco-piceis, reliquis
articulis obscure fulvo-ravidis, rarius coxis testaceo-variatis et
tibis posticis subannulatis. PatlosenccilDaines breves et robust,
fusco-picei, patella apiceque tarsi dilutioribus.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
Se trouve aussi au Vénézuela, en Guyane et au Breésil.
Gen. Drymusa, nov. gen.
Cephalothorax parum convewus, postice late truncatus, utrinque
ample rotundus, antice sat abrupte attenuatus et fronte obtusa,
stria thoracica parva tenui et remota. Oculi ut in Scytodi.
Sternum late cordiforme, haud vel vie longius quam latum, antice
haud attenuatum, latissime et recte sectum, postice attenuatum sed
truncatum, et coxce postice inter se late distantes. Pars labialis
maxima, ad basin spatiwm intercowale totum occwpans, multo
longior quam lata, sensim attenuata, apice leviter convexa sub-
membranacea et leviter excisa. Pedes gracillimi et longissumi,
mutici. Mamille ut in Scytodi, sed inferiores distinctius sepa-
rate. egio epigasteris femine producta et aperiura genitals
corneo-marginata.
Ab Lowoscela preesertim differt sterno latius cordiformi, antice late
et recte truncato, postice attenuato sed truncato et coxis posticis
inter se distantibus, parte labiali ad basin spatio intercoxale haud
angustiore etc.
572 MONS. E. SIMON ON THE SPIDERS OF [Nov. 17,
35. DRYMUSA NUBILA, Sp. nov.
Q. Long. 4 mm.—Cephalothoraa sublevis, pallde fusco-rufescens,
parte cephalica lineolis exrllamas quinque, media recta, lateralibus
leviter sinuosis et antice oblique convergentibus et postice maculis
binis magnis, elongates, obliquis et contiguis, literam WV magnam
designantibus, notata, parte thoracica lineolis radiantibus vie ex-
pressis munita. Oculi subcequales, triangulum magnum occu-
pantes. Clypeus oculis anticis plus triplo latior. Abdomen sat
longe ovatum, nigrum, antice punctis duobus subgeminatis, dein
lineis transversis tribus valde sinwosis et acute biangulosis or-
natum, subius regione epigasteris leviter convexa et rufescente.
Sternum, chele, partes oris pedesque pallide fusco-rufescentia,
sterno et parte labial paulo obscurioribus, subtilissime corvacers
atque opacis, femoribus leviter infuscatis. Pedes parce et sat
longe pilost.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
‘5. Familia CAPONIID&E’.
Gen. Nops, MacLeay.
Cephalothorax ovatus, antice attenuatus et obtusus. Olypeus di-
rectus, oculis plus quadruplo latior. Oculi duo. Sternum pla-
num, sat longe oblongum, antice posticeque attenuatum. Lamince
maxillares ad apicem vie attenuate atque obtuse. Pedes medio-
cres, robusti, patellis longis, quatuor anticis tibiis 3 tantum
brevioribus, tarsis biarticulatis, articulo basali apicalr longiore
et versus basin attenuato, subappendiculato, metatarsis quatuor
anticis carina membranacea et calcare apicali subtus msig-
noiter instructis.
36. Nops coccinevs, sp. nov. (Plate XLII. fig. 18.)
2. Long. 8 mm.—9 mm.—Cephalothoraax sat humilis, ovatus, antice
attenuatus et obtusus, lete fusco-coccineus, crebre et wuniformiter
coriaceo-rugosus et opacus, macula oculari migra et rotunda.
Oculi duo sat magni, late ovati et subrotundi, spatio diametro
ocult fere dimidio angustiore inter sese distantes. Clypeus directus,
oculis plus quintuplo latior. Abdomen longe oblongum, pallide
testaceo-virescens, vitta media lata, dentata, antice acuta et mar-
ginem anticum haud attingente et utrinque vitta marginals mgra
lata supra ornatum, interdum vitta media confuse rufulo-limbata,
subtus immaculatum. Mamille testacee. Sternum fusco-cocci-
neum, uniformiter et valde coriaceum. Chele fusco-rufule,
leves. Pedes lete rufo-coccinei, coxis anticis paulo obscurioribus,
metatarsis tarsisque cunctis paulo dilutioribus, femoribus robustis
compressis et, presertim anticis, subclavatis. Pedes-maxillares
fulvo-rufescentes ; tubia patella saltem 3 longiore, a bast ad
apicem leviter ampliata ; tarso tebva longiore et crassiore, leviter
ovato, supra albido subtus nagricanti-crinito. —
1 'fypus gen. Caponia, H. Sim. (= Colophon, Cambr., nom. preoce.).
1891.] THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 573
3. Long. 6-7 mm.—Femine subsimilis sed pedibus exter bus.
Pedes-macillares fulvo-rufescentes ; tibia patella saltem ¥ lon-
gure, angusta et leviter curvata; tarso tibia et patella “pul
sumptis paulo longiore, sat anguste ovato, apice obtuso et nigro-
erinito ; bulbo maaimo, globoso et depressiusculo, spina lobo bre-
vore, antice valde arcuata, sat robusta, apice truncata et minu-
tissime bifida.
Insula Sancti Vinecentii.
** Windward side, May and June: under stones, shady places.
Hill-sides about 500 feet. Near Chateaubelais, Aug. and Sept.,
forest not far from sea-level, concealed in withered vines; others
in forests in various places near Chateaubelais (rare).””—H. H. S.
Gen. CAPONINA, nov. gen.
Cephalothorax sat late ovatus, antice parum attenuatus et obtusus.
Clypeus subverticalis, oculis vie duplo latior. Oculi duo magna
et subcontiqui. Sternum convewum, latissime cordiforme, haud
longius quam latum. Lamine maxillares ad apicem valde at-
tenuate. Pedes mediocres, robusti, patellis sat parvis, cunctis
subequalibus et tibtis multo brevioribus, tarsis wniarticulatis, com-
pressis et sat longis, quatuor anticis metatarsis non multo bre-
vioribus, metatarsis antics carina calcareque apical carentibus.
37. CAPONINA TESTACEA, sp. nov.
Q. Long. 4 mim.— Cephalothorasx lurido-testaceus, levis et nitidus,
macula oculary mgra magna notatus. Ocula magni, rotundi,
inter se anguste separati. Clypeus obliquus, subverticalis, oculis
haud duplo latior. Abdomen breviter ovatum, albido-testaceum,
parce fulvo-pubescens et antice pilis mgris paucis longior ius
munitum. Partes oris, sternum pedesque lurido-testacea, pedes,
preesertum metatarsis et tarsis, sat longe cinereo- -crimitt. Chele
antice sets nagris longis paucis erectis munitc.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
6. Familia DrassipZ.
Drasside, ad part.; subfamilia Drassine, E. Sim. Ar. Fr. iv.
Gen. SERGIOLUS, nov. gen.
Herpyllus, Hentz, Bost. J. Nat. Hist. 1847-1850 (ad part.
H. variegatus).
Cephalothorax anguste oblongus, parum convexus, anticée parun
attenuatus et fronte sat lata, stria media thoracica carens. Ocula
antici subcontigui, in lineam rectam vel subrectam dispositi, media
lateralibus majores. Oculi postict parvi equidistantes vel scepius
medicr inter se remotiores, in lineam rectam seu leviter recurvam,
parum remotam et linea antica evidenter latiorem ordinati.
Area mediorum trapeziformis, non mulio longior quam lata.
Clypeus oculis anticis latior. Chelw mediocres, marginibus sulci
574. ON THE SPIDERS OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. [Nov. 17,
muticis. Pars labialis fere triplo longior quam lata, fere paral-
lela apice obtusa. Lamine longe, subrecte, ad basin attenuate,
extus ad apicem leviter dilatato-rotunde. Sternum anguste
oblongum, antice posticeque attenuatum. Pedes breves et robusta
aculeati, metatarsis tarsisque anticis rare scopulatis.
Ab Aphantaulaci, cui affinis est, imprimis differt parte labiali
multo longiore quam lata et oculorum linea antica recta.
Typus hujus generis est Herpyllus variegatus, Hentz.
38. SERGIOLUS ELEGANS, sp. nov.
2. Long. 4 mm.—Cephalothorax anguste oblongus, humilis, fulvo-
rufescens, sat late fusco-marginatus, pilis longis, pronis albo-
sericeis vestitus. Ocult postici equi, in lineam plane rectam ordi-
nati, medi inter se quam a lateralibus remotiores et spatio inter
medios et laterales diametrum oculi vix equante. Oculi antier in
lineam subrectam dispositi, medii lateralibus fere duplo majores,
inter seanguste distantes, sed a lateralibus jucte contigui. Abdo-
men sat longe oblongum, depressiusculum, albido-testaceum, niveo-
prlosum, supra in parte prima maculis nigricantibus binis ovatis,
in parte secunda maculis magnis binis subquadratis scepe conflu-
entibus et vittam transversam latam designantibus, et postice,
stipra mamillas, maculis binis minoribus elongatis et obliquis
structe decoratun, subtus immaculatum. Mamille fulvo-testacee.
Partes oris fulvo-rufescentes. Sternum pedesque luridi, pedes
breves et robusti, tibiis quatuor anticis inferne in parte apicalr
aculeis binis debilibus uniseriatis et metatarsis ad basin aculers
binis armatis, tibis metatarsisque posticis numerose aculeatis,
metatarsis tarsisque anticis crasse et rare scopulatis. Plaga
vulue sat parva, rufula, obiusissime triquetra, utrinque leviter
depressa et margwmata.
A S. vartegato, Heutz, differt oculorum serie postica recta, pictura
cephalothoracis et abdominis.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
7. Familia PALPIMANID&.
39. OTIOTHOPS OBLONGUS, sp. nov.
2. Long. 6 mm.—Cephalothorax nigro-rufescens, tenuiter et crebre
coriaceo-rugosus. Ocult medii postici parvi, plani, breviter ovate
et obliqut, inter se spatio diametro ocult circiter duplo angustiore
distantes. Oculc medw antici posticis saltem duplo majores,
nigrr, convent etrotund.. Clypeus arece mediorum circiter equi-
latus. Abdomen oblongum, atro-testaceum, sericeo-pubescens,
plagula epigastert rufula postice truncata, nitida sed transversim
striolata, munitum. Sternum nigro-rufescens, uniformiter gra-
nosum. Chele parce rugose, extus subtiliter carinate. Pedes
ut in OQ. amazonico ¢ lapidicola, antic: rufo-castanei, reliqui
fulvo-aurantin.
Insula Sancti Vincentii.
Ab O. lapidicola, E. Sim., differt oculis mediis posticis mmoribus
PS
P.Z.31891.Plate XLII.
Fig 1
Fig Zz i
Fig.3 :
Parker ith - West, Newmanimp. .
Structure of Ornithorbynchus.
MP Parker lith.
Structure of Ornithorhynchus.
P.Z.S.1891 Plate XLIV.
West, Newman imp.
1891. ] ON THE ANATOMY OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 575
et inter se distinctius separatis, pedibus sex posticis aurantiis, haud
luteis; ab O. amazonico, E. Sim., presertim differt cephalothorace
longiore et humiliore. Ab O. walekenaeri, M‘Leay (sp. quee mihi est
ignota), verisimiliter distinctus est.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLII,
Fig. 1. Dysderina princtpalis, p. 557. Lateral view of palp. of ¢.
2. Dysderina spinigera, p. 558. Leg.
3. Palp. of 3, lateral view.
4. Pelicinus marmoratus, p. 559. Lateral view of palp. of ¢.
5. Opopea deserticola, p. 560. Lateral view of palp. of ¢.
6
7
8
. Oonops spinimanus, p. 563. Lateral view of leg.
. Oonops globimanus, p. 563. Lateral view of palp. of 3.
. Oonops pulicarius, p. 564. Lateral view of palp, of ¢.
9. Oonops figuratus, p. 564. Abdomen from above.
10. Ochyrocera arietina, p. 566. Lateral view of palp. of ¢.
11. Ochyrocera quinquevittata, p. 566. Lateral view of palp. of ¢.
12. Theoclia radiata, p. 567. Lateral view of palp. of ¢.
13. Scytodes longipes, p. 567. Lateral view of palp. of ¢.
14. Scytodes hebraica, p. 568. Cephalothorax from above.
15. Scytodes bajula, p. 569. Lateral view of palp. of g.
16, 17. Scytodes linearipes, p. 570. Cephalothorax from above.
18. Nops coccineus, p. 572. Lateral view of palp. of ¢.
4, On the Nose, the Organ of Jacobson, and the Dumb-bell-
shaped Bone in the Ornithorhynchus. By Jounson
Symineton, M.D., F.R.S.E., Lecturer on Anatomy,
Minto House, Edinburgh’. (Communicated by Frank
E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S.)
[Received November 5, 1891.]
(Plates XLIII. & XLIV.)
Notwithstanding the great amount of attention that has been
devoted to the anatomy of the Ornithorhynchus since its discovery
nearly a century ago, its nasal cavities appear to have been, to a large
extent, overlooked.
Meckel (1), Owen (2), Albrecht (3), Turner (4), Zuckerkandl (5),
and Parker (6) have examined and described certain portions of
the nose, but no account of its microscopic structure appears to
have hitherto been published, and several points in its naked-eye
anatomy have been overlooked or misinterpreted.
The following communication is based upon the study of a series
of coronal sections of the head of a nearly adult female, together
with the examination of several dissected specimens and macerated
skulls. The sections were cut after having been decalcified and
embedded in paraffin. Most of the Ornithorhynchi which have
reached this country have not been sufficiently well preserved to
admit of their microscopic examination, and I am greatly indebted
1 Brom the Embryological Laboratory, University of Hdinburgh.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1891, No. XXXIX. 39
576 DR. J. SYMINGTON ON THE [Nov. 17,
to one of my Australian pupils, Mr. C. Hardcastle, not only for
procuring me the specimen, but also for the trouble he took to have
it carefully hardened.
In consequence of the elongated form of the face, the position of
the nostrils towards the anterior end of the beak, and the prolongation
of the hard palate. backwards nearly as far as the glenoid cavity, the
nasal cavities are of considerable length. In my specimen, which
measured 37 cm. from the tip of the bill to the posterior extremity
of the tail, the nasal cavities were 6 cm. in length. Males are con-
siderably larger than females, and Mr. Oldfield Thomas (7) found
the basal length of the skull of an adult male, measured from the
basion to the anterior end of the premaxillary bones, to be 10°8 cm.
The nasal cavities are not, of course, equal to the basal length of
the skull, but in this male they would be quite 8 cm.; while the
nasal cavities are very long their transverse and vertical diameters
are very slight, so as to make their naked-eye examination somewhat
difficult. - The anterior parts of the nasal cavities are flattened, like
the bill, from above downwards, and here the transverse diameter
is about 4°5 mm. and the vertical extent scarcely 2mm. Farther
back, under the cranial cavity, and especially in the region of the
turbinated processes, the nasal cavities are much deeper, measuring
from the roof to the floor 5 mm., while their transverse diameter is
almost obliterated by the projection of the turbinals from the outer
wall. i
Vertical transverse sections of the nasal cavities immediately
behind the nostrils show a subdivision of each cavity into 3 com-
partments—superior, middle, and inferior (see Plate XLIII. fig. 1).
The two septa between these compartments are formed by the lining
membrane of the nose, which is here composed of dense connective
tissue, the matrix of which is only slightly fibrillated, and of stratified
squamous epithelium. The septa are not supported by any skeletal
framework, but contain a few small glands the ducts of which open
into the middle compartment. Serial sections show that the septa
commence anteriorly as horizontal ridges projecting from the sides
of the partition between the two nostrils and unite with the outer
walls of the nasal cavities just behind the two nostrils. In my
sections the middle compartment is always larger than the others,
but this difference becomes more obvious as one passes backwards,
the superior and inferior compartments gradually becoming smaller
and ultimately end blindly, while the middle one becomes continuous
with the main cavity of the nose. The two cxcal pouches extend
backwards to a little beyond the anterior end of Jacobson’s organ
and nearly as far as the naso-palatine foramen. Their length is
about 3 mm., and the upper is a trifle longer than the lower.
J. F. Meckel is the only author who, so far as I have been able
to ascertain, makes any reference to this peculiar arrangement. In
plate vii. fig. 8 of his classical work on the Ornithorhynchus (1), he
gives a view of the anterior part of the right nasal cavity with its
three divisions. He exposed them by cutting through the outer
wall of the nose and turning its roof over to the left side. Meckel
1891.] ANATOMY OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. d77
considers the septa already described to be valves, and he concludes
that in the absence of any muscles for closing the nostrils such valves
must be very useful to an animal with the aquatic habits of the
Ornithorhynchus. Various aquatic mammals, such as the Seal,
possess a powerful sphincter muscle for closing the nostrils when
diving, but I know of no animal with a structure like that in the
Ornithorhynchus. The function of these septa is very doubtful.
They do not appear in my sections to be sufficiently large and free
to meet one another so as to close the anterior part of the nose:
further, it is obvious that were they to do so they would constitute
a serious obstacle to inspiration of air through the nose.
The Organ of Jacobson.
Numerous papers have been published recently on the structure
and relations of this organ in various mammals, but scarcely
anything appears to be known with reference to its condition in the
Ornithorhynchus. Indeed Sir W. Turner (4) and the late Professor
W. K. Parker (6) seem to be the only anatomists who have given
any account of the organ. Sir W. Turner, when investigating the
relations of the naso-palatine foramen to the dumb-bell-shaped
bone, ascertained that a bristle passed from the mouth into this
foramen entered a cavity which extended backwards for some dis-
tance in relation to the nasal septum. ‘Turner considered that this
cavity with its walls formed the organ of Jacobson. On opening the
nasal chamber he found that this organ formed a ridge projecting
from the side of the nasal septum halfway across the cavity. Prof.
Zuckerkandl (5) also recognized this ridge and figured it (see
plate i. fig. 2 of his work), but he did not associate it with Jacobson’s
organ, and merely stated that it increases the mucous surface and
diminishes the anterior part of the nasal cavity.
Professor Parker in his “‘ Mammalian Descent”’ (the Hunterian
Lectures for 1884) referred as follows to Jacobson’s Organ:—“ In my
young specimen of Ornithorhynchus (the size of a moderate fist,
with the hair appearing) these parts and their capsules are as large
as in Serpents and Lizards,” p. 52. He gave no further description
of the organ in the Ornithorhynchus, but mentioned it as one of the
Reptilian characters of the Prototheria.
We know from the researches of Jacobson, Gratiolet, Balogh,
Klein, Herzfeld, Schwink, Kolliker, Gegenbaur, and others that
Jacobson’s organ exists in the great majority of mammals in which
it has been looked for. Its structure, however, is comparatively
rudimentary, especially in the higher Mammalia. Its existence in
man is disputed, and even if present itis very feebly developed. It
is absent in Birds, and until recently this was supposed to be the
case also in the Crocodilia. Professor Howes (8) has, however,
brought before this Society strong evidence of its existence in the
Caiman niger. It is well known to exist in the Ophidia and Lacer-
tilia, indeed it is in these groups that it is supposed to attain its
maximum development. Its condition in the lower ‘onetinals, and
39
578 DR. J. SYMINGTON ON THE [ Nov. 17,
especially in the Prototheria, is, therefore, a subject of considerable
morphological interest.
My series of coronal sections pass through the entire organ, which
fortunately was sufficiently well preserved to admit of a satisfactory
microscopic examination.
As there is no distinct external nose and the axterior part of the
nasal cavity is not complicated by the presence of turbinated pro-
cesses, we should expect the cartilaginous framework of the nose of
the Ornithorhynchus to be comparatively simple, and such will be
found to be the case. Thus a coronal section through the nose about
midway between the nostrils and Stenson’s ducts shows a central bar
of cartilage forming the nasal septum. ‘This cartilage divides above
into two lateral plates, each of which first curves outwards, then
downwards, and lastly turns inwards to end, in close contact with
the one of the opposite side, just below the nasal septum. It is in
the somewhat thickened inner extremity of this lateral plate that
the anterior part of Jacobson’s organ is embedded (see (c) on fig. 1
of Plate XLIII.). A little farther back the cartilaginous floor of the
nose is perforated by the naso-palatine foramen or Stenson’s duct.
This foramen passes from the mouth into the nose on the outer side
of Jacobson’s organ, while the cavity of the organ itself opens on the
inner wall of the foramen. These relations of the naso-palatine
foramen and the duct of Jacobson’s organ are those which Herzfeld
(9) found to exist in the majority of mammals. The piece of carti-
lage lying to the inner side of the naso-palatine foramen forms the
cartilaginous framework of Jacobson’s organ, and in all coronal
sections, from the level of the foramen backwards to the posterior
end of the organ, its cartilage is seen as an independent mass having
no direct connection with either the nasal septum or the cartilage in
the floor of the nose. We thus see that the cartilage of Jacobson’s
organ in this animal is continuous, in front of the naso-palatine
foramen, with the cartilage in the floor of the nose, while behind
this it appears in coronal sections asa separate structure. With the
exception of the parts at the naso-palatine foramen and near its
posterior extremity. the cartilage forms a complete investment for
Jacobson’s organ. At the naso-palatine foramen it is perforated for
the passage of the duct from Jacobson’s organ into the foramen,
while posteriorly it is open for the passage into it of branches of the
olfactory nerve and of glandular tissue. The cavity enclosed by the
cartilaginous capsule is partially divided into two compartments by
a bar of cartilage which passes from the outer side upwards and
inwards towards the inner wall. This septum, which is continuous
with the cartilaginous capsule, varies in its form at different levels.
Thus in front of the naso-palatine foramen the septum is nearly
straight (see fig. 1, Plate XLIII.), but behind the opening it is
turbinated, curving downwards and inwards (see fig. 2, Plate XLIII. ;
and fig. 1, Plate XLIV.).
The cartilaginous framework of Jacobson’s organ in the Ornitho-
rhynchus will be found to differ considerably from that of any of
the Eutheria in which it has been described. Thus in the Sheep
1891.] ANATOMY OF ORNITHOREYNCHAUS. 579
(10), Guinea-pig (11), Rabbit (12), and Dog (13) it forms a less
complete capsule, and in no transverse vertical section is it seen in
continuity with the cartilage in the outer wall of the nose. Further,
in none of these animals is there any trace of a simple or turbinated
septum which is so well developed in the Duck-mole. I am not
aware of any published account of its condition in the Marsupialia,
but in a young Macropus giganteus which I examined there were
no indications of a turbinal, and the general form and position of the
organ were very similar to that in the Guinea-pig as figured by
Dr. Klein. Professor W. N. Parker (14) has recently shown that
the Echidna possesses a largely developed Jacobson’s organ which
has a well-marked turbinal. So far, therefore, as our present know-
ledge goes, it appears that it is only in the Prototheria amongst
mammals that any arrangement of the cartilage of Jacobson’s organ
exists by which the extent of the epithelial surface lining the organ
is increased. In various mammals the cartilage of Jacobson’s organ
attains a large size, while the lumen of the organ is of microscopic
size. This is probably an indication that the sensory part of the
organ has degenerated more rapidly than its cartilagious support.
In the Lacertilia and Ophidia the skeletal framework of Jacobson’s
organ contains a turbinal, and it is in these animals that the organ
is generally considered to attain its highest development. Thus
Dr. J. Beard (15) writes as follows :—“ Indeed an examination of
the literature of Jacobgon’s organ clearly shows that just in the
group of animals, the Reptilia, in which alone it can be considered
as something more than a rudimentary ergan, a thorough comparative
investigation isa desideratum”’ (p. 757).
I am inclined to believe that this statement of Dr. Beard will
require modification, and that further research will show that
Jacobson’s organ attains its highest development in the Prototheria.
My own observations amongst the Reptilia are limited to its ex-
amination in Anguis fragilis and Pelias berus, in neither of which
does it appear to me to be so well developed as in the Ornitho-
rhynchus.
The arrangement of the structures forming the soft parts of
Jacobson’s organ are shown in fig. 1, Pl. XLIII., which represents a
transverse section behind the naso-palatine foramen and about the
middle of the posterior swelling of the dumb-bell-shaped bone. It
will be seen that there is a very marked difference in the structure
of the soft parts lining the general cartilaginous capsule (a) and
that covering the turbimated ridge (0). The turbinal cartilage is
covered by some connective tissue, external to this is a thick layer
composed mainly of blood-vessels and glandular tissue, while the
free surface is provided with a layer of ciliated columnar epithelium.
On the other hand, the structures lying on the concave surface of
the cartilaginous capsule are evidently nervous. Next the cartilage
are numerous small bundles of non-medullated nerve-fibres, which
are separated from the sensory cells by a thin layer of connective
tissue. In my specimen this sensory layer contains a large number
of oval or rounded cells with distinct nuclei, but there are no
~
380 DR. J. SYMINGTON ON THE [Nov. 17,
columnar epithelial cells next the free surface such as are generally
found. It is possible that these have been detached.
In the Guinea-pig, Dog, and Rabbit Dr. Klein found the organ of
Jacobson to be flattened from side to side with the outer wall
pushed slightly inwards, so that on transverse vertical section the
organ was kidney-shaped. The outer wall was covered with ciliated
columuar epithelium, while the inner wall possessed, in addition to
ordinary columnar cells, special sensory cells. The outer wall of the
organ in these mammals evidently corresponds to that covering the
turbinated process in the Ornithorhynchus, while the inner wall is
represented by the structures lining the general cartilaginous capsule.
In all mammals so far as at present investigated, except the
Monotremes, the cavity of Jacobson’s organ communicates anteriorly
with the nasal chamber or with Stenson’s duct, and this opening is
anterior to the cavity of the organ. We have already seen that this
is not the case in the Ornithorhynchus, where the cavity extends
forwards as well as backwards from its opening into Stenson’s duct.
In Lizards the duct from Jacobson’s organ passes backwards and
downwards to open into the cavity of the mouth.
The cavity of the organ of Jacobson in the Ornithorhynchus is
about 5to 6 mm. in length. Both extremities end blindly, the
posterior one just in front of the hinder end of the dumb-bell-shaped
one.
The ridge on the inner wall of the nose caused by Jacobson’s
organ is prolonged backwards nearly 3 cm. beyond the termination
of the organ proper. The ridge here consists of glandular tissue
and bundles of olfactory nerve-fibres, the nerves being internal to
the glandular tissue (see fig. 3, Plate XLIII.).
The nasal cavity is lined by stratified squamous epithelium until
near the posterior end of Jacobson’s organ, where it becomes gradu-
ally replaced by columnar epithelium.
A transverse vertical section of the nose (see fig. 3, Plate XLIII.)
about 1°5 em. behind the nostrils shows that the walls of the nose
are still mainly cartilaginous; the floor, however, contains the
palatine process of the superior maxillary bone, and the lower part
of the nasal septum the vomer.
The Dumb-bell-shaped Bone.
Since 1879, when Professor Albrecht (8 a) published his first paper
dealing with the ossification of the inter-maxillary bone, there has
been a vigorous controversy as to whether this bone is normally
developed in man and the higher mammals from one or two centres.
The embryological evidence in favour of two centres appears to me
to be unsatisfactory, the eareful observations of T. Kdlliker (16)
and Schwink (17) being strongly in favour of its formation from a
single centre.
Albrecht’s (3) views as to the morphology of the dumb-bell-
shaped bone in the Ornithorhynchus have, however, been pretty
generally accepted. He directed attention to the fact, previously
noticed by Rudolphi, Meckel (1), and Owen (2), and since confirmed
1891.] ANATOMY OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 581
by Turner (4), that in this animal the premaxillary bone consists
of two entirely distinct and separate portions, an outer and an inner.
Of these two the inner unites with its fellow of the opposite side to
form a small dumb-bell-shaped bone, /’0s paradoxe of Albrecht.
As the Ornithorhynchus is the only mammal in which this arrange-
ment of the premaxillary bone exists, it appeared to me that its
position and relations were worthy of a more detailed examination
than they have yet received. J. F. Meckel and Owen have described
its general form when looked at from below, while Albrecht and
Turner have shown its relations to the naso-palatine foramen. I
propose now to demonstrate from my serial sections its relations to
the cartilages of the nose and to Jacobson’s organ.
When looked at from below, this bone is seen to consist of two
rounded nodules placed one in front of the other and united by a
narrow portion. Of the two nodules, the anterior is the smaller.
The naso-palatine foramen lies just external to the constricted portion. -
Its total length in the adult is about 7 mm., and the breadth of the
posterior swelling 5 mm.
The anterior nodule does not reach quite so far forward as the
nostrils, but extends a little beyond the anterior end of Jacobson’s
organ. On transverse section (see fig. 1, Pl. XLILI.) it is seen to
form a thin layer of bone, flattened from above downwards. It is
separated from the cavity of the mouth by the mucous membrane
of the hard palate and some loose connective tissue, while its upper
surface lies in close relation to the cartilages of the nose which
contain Jacobson’s organ. As it passes backwards it gets thicker
and develops a median ridge on its upper surface, which passes
upwards between the two plates of cartilage containing Jacobson’s
organ. Opposite the naso-palatine foramen its vertical extent is about
twice that of its transverse, and its external surfaces are concave
and lodge the inner part of the cartilage of Jacobson’s organ.
A section through about the middle of the posterior nodule of
the bone shows that it possesses the same general form as at the
naso-palatine foramen. It appears here as composed of two crescents
with their convexities directed inwards, and the greater breadth of
the bone is due to the elongation of the horns of the crescents,
which reach about halfway round the organ of Jacobson and are
in close contact with its cartilage.
In the greater part of its extent the bone is covered on its oral
aspect by mucous membrane and a thin layer of submucous tissue,
but near its posterior extremity also by a layer of cartilage. This
is effected by an extension inwards to the middle line of the plates
of cartilage which at the naso-palatine foramina lie external to
these openings.
The dumb-bell-shaped bone from its position in relation to the
cartilages of the nose is evidently ossified in the membrane investing
them. In some places the ossific process has involved the whole of
the tissue up to the cartilage, so that the bone and cartilage are in ©
direct contact ; as a rule, however, there is a thin layer of connective
tissue between the bone and cartilage.
582 DR. J. SYMINGTON ON THE [Nov. 17,
The relation of the bone to the organ of Jacobson corresponds
essentially to that of the palatine process of the premaxilla in various
mammals.
Turbinated Processes.
The only author who appears to make any reference to these
processes is Prof. Zuckerkandl (5). In fig. 1 of plate i. of his work
he gives a drawing of the external wall of the left nasal cavity as
exposed by a sagittal section immediately to the left of the septum
nasi. For the sake of comparison, I divided the posterior part of
the nose in my specimen in a similar manner. The right part,
consisting of the right nasal cavity and septum nasi, was divided in
a transverse vertical direction and the sections mounted for micro-
scopic examination, while the outer wall of the left nasal cavity was
preserved for naked-eye examination.
The result of my investigations differs considerably from those of
Professor Zuckerkandl; and I think it extremely probable from the
drawing he gives that his specimen had been partially macerated
or at least imperfectly preserved. Zuckerkand] divides the turbin-
ated processes into a ‘“‘ Nasenmuschel” (maxillo-turbinal) and three
“ Reichwiilste” (ethmo-turbinals). The former he describes as
belonging to the group of “ gefalteten Nasenmuscheln”’ (p. 10).
These are turbinals which show on their free surface some longi-
tudinal grooves.
I am satisfied that the maxillo-turbinal constitutes a well-marked
example of the branching variety (verastigte Muschel) such as is
found in the common Seal. ‘Transverse sections show that the
turbinal sprmgs from the outer wall and that its branches almost
entirely fill the corresponding part of the nasal cavity, reaching close
to the nasal septum. The turbinal is pretty well ossified, but the
smaller branches are often tipped with cartilage. Unfortunately in
my specimen the spirit had not penetrated properly into this part of
the nose, so that the character of the mucous membrane covering
them could not be properly determined. In a well-macerated skull
kindly lent me by A. Wilson, Esq., L.D.S. (Edin.), the branches of
this turbinal can be easily recognized. The maxillo-turbinal extends
backwards so as to lie partly below the ethmo-turbinals, but it is
separated from the latter by a well-marked groove.
The ethmo-turbinals (Reichwiilste) are described by Zuckerkandl
as three in number. The majority of Osmatic mammals have five,
and I think this number can be distinguished in the Ornithorhynchus
(see fig. 2, Plate XLIV.).
The olfactory bulbs and ethmo-turbinals are present, but only
moderately well-developed in this animal; it therefore belongs to
the group named by Sir W. Turner (42) Microsmatic.
The soft palate was about 1 cm. in length, and the epiglottis
projected upwards behind it. In another adult specimen in my
possession I found a similar intra-narial position of the epiglottis.
1891.] ANATOMY OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 583
APPENDIX.
Literature referred to.
1. Mecxet, Pror. J. F.—Ornithorhynchi paradoxi descriptio
anatomica. Lipsie, 1826.
2. OwEN, Sir Ricuarp.—Article ‘‘ Monotremata ” in Todd’s
Cyclopeedia of Anatomy and Physiology, vol. iu.
3. Arsprecut, Pror. P.—Sur la Fente Maxillaire double sous-
muqueuse et les 4 os intermaxillaires de | Ornithorhynque.
Bruxelles, 1883.
3a. ALBRECHT, Pror. P.—‘‘ Die morphologische Bedeutung der
seitlichen Kieferspalte und die wahrscheiliche Existenz von
vier Zwischenkiefern bei den Saugethieren.” Zool. Anzeiger,
1879, p. 207.
4. Turner, Sir Wirtram.—“ The Dumb-bell-shaped Bone in
the Palate of the Ornithorhynchus compared with the Prenasal
Bone in the Pig.’ Journ. Anat. & Phys. vol. xix. p. 214.
4a. Turner, Str Witiiam.—* The Convolutions of the Brain :
A Study in Comparative Anatomy.” Journ. Anat. & Phys.
vol. xxv. p. 105.
5. ZUCKERKANDL, Pror. E.—-Das periphere Geruchsorgan der
Siugethiere. Stuttgart, 1887.
6. Parker, Pror. W. K.—Mammalian Descent. 1884.
” Tomas, OLDFIELD.—Catalogue of Marsupialia and Mono-
tremata in the British Museum. London, 1888.
8. Howzs, Pror. G. B.—“On the probable existence of a
Jacobson’s Organ among the Crocodilia, with observations upon
the skeleton of that organ in the Mammalia, &c.’” Proc. Zool.
Soc. 1891, 148.
9. Herzreip, Dr. P.—< Ueber das Jacobson’s Organ des Men-
schen und der Siiugethiere.” Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Anat. u.
Ontogenie, Bd. i.
10. Barocu, Dr. C.—‘* Das Jacobson’sche Organ des Schafes.”’
Sitzungsber. d. kais. Akad. d. Wiss. W ien, xlii. p. 280 (1860).
11. Kuen, Dr. E.—“ Contributions to the Minute Anatomy of
the Nasal Mucous Membrane ;”’ and « A farther Contribution
to the Minute Anatomy of the Organ of Jacobson in the Guinea-
pig.” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. 1881, pp. 98, 219.
12. Kiet, Dr. E—* The Organ of Jacobson in the Rabbit.”
Quart. Journ. Mier. Sc. 1881, p. 549.
13. Kier, Dr. E.—“The Organ of Jacobson in the Dog.”
Quart. Journ. Mier. Se. 1882, p. 299.
14. Parker, Pror. W. N.—“ Exhibition of and remarks upon
some young specimens of Lchidna aculeata”’ at Brit. Assoc.
Meeting, Aug. 1891. See Summary in ‘ Nature,’ xliv. p. 483
1891).
15. ee Dr. J.— The Nose and Jacobson’s Organ.” Zool.
Jahrb., Abtb. f. Anat. und Ontogenie, 1889, Bd. in.
584 ON THE ANATOMY OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. [Nov. 17,
16. Kéutuiker, Dr. Tu.—Ueber das os intermaxillare des Men-
schen u. die Anat. der Hasenscharte. Nova Acta Acad. Ces.
Leop.-Car. xliii. p. 325. Halle, 1882.
17. Scuwinx, Dr. J.—“< Ueber den Zwischenkiefer und seine
Nachbarorgane bei Siugethieren.”” Munchen, 1888.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Pirate XLII.
Fig. 1. Transverse vertical section of nasal cavities behind nostrils and in
front of naso-palatine foramina.
(a) Septal cartilage of nose.
(0) Cartilage in roof of nose.
(c) Cartilage in floor of nose just external to cavity containing Jacobson’s
organ.
(d@) Dumb-bell-shaped bone.
(e) (f) (g). Three compartments of anterior part of nasal cavity.
(2) (2). Integument of upper surface of bill; (4) its epithelial portion,
(2) its subepithelial connective tissue.
(“) (7). Integument of under surface of bill.
Fig. 2. Transverse vertical section of nasal cavities behind naso-palatine foramina
and through about middle of posterior swelling of dumb-bell-shaped
bone.
(e) Cartilaginous capsule of Jacobson’s organ.
(g) Its turbinal cartilage.
(f) Nasal cavity.
(m) External portion of premaxillary bone.
(2) Large nerve external to nasal cayity.
Other letters same as in fig. 1.
Fig. 3. Transverse vertical section of nasal cavities behind Jacobson’s organ
and in front of turbinated processes.
(v) Vomer.
(0) Olfactory nerve-fibres and (g) glandular tissue in ridge on inner
wall of nasal cavity.
(2) Nasal bone.
(s) Palate-process of superior maxillary bone.
Other letters same as in fig. 1.
Pratt XLIV.
Fig. 1. Same section as figure 2 of Plate XLIII., but showing Jacobson’s organ
more highly magnified, drawn with camera.
(2) Dumb-bell-shaped bone.
(a) (a) Cartilaginous capsule of Jacobson’s organ.
(b) (0) Its turbinal cartilage.
(c) Layer containing blood-vessels and glandular tissue.
(d) Ciliated columnar epithelium.
(e) Layer of nerve-fibres.
(7) Sensory epithelium.
(g) Cavity of Jacobson’s organ.
(2) Septal nasal cartilage.
Fig. 2. View of outer wall of left nasal cavity, opposite turbinated processes.
(a) Maxillo-turbinal, anterior extremity not shown.
- (1) (2) (8) (4) (5) are the five ethmo-turbinals.
(6) Nasal cavity behind the turbinals.
(c) indicates position, on under surface of specimen, of the posterior
horny plate.
ev
1891.] ON A MAMMALIAN TOOTH FROM THE WEALDEN. 985
5. On a Mammalian Tooth from the Wealden Formation
of Hastings. By A. Smita Woopwarp, F.Z.S.
[Received November 17, 1891.]
The estuarine conditions under which the Lower Cretaceous
Wealden Formation was deposited are precisely such as have favoured
the preservation of so many mammalian remains in several of the
Tertiary strata. The existence of Mesozoic Mammalia being well
ascertained, it is thus somewhat remarkable that no trace of the Class
has hitherto been recorded from any locality in the great area of
S.E. England and W. Europe occupied by the fossiliferous sands and
clays of the Wealden period. In the underlying Purbeck Beds, it is
true, mammalian remains have only been met with in one thin stratum
in the cliffs of Durdlestone Bay, notwithstanding the fact that this
series of rocks is likewise in great part of estuarine origin. However,
in all cases in which Mesozoic Mammalia have been discovered,
whether in Europe or America, they are invariably restricted to certain
definite thin layers or to irregular accumulations of the débris of plants
aad Vertebrata (“ bone-beds”’) of local occurrence and limited extent.
One of these irregular bone-beds in the Wadhurst Clay of the
Wealden Formation has at last yielded the first evidence of a Euro-
pean Cretaceous Mammal. The specimen is merely a detached tooth,
but quite sufficient for recognition. It was discovered by Mr. Charles
Dawson, of Uckfield, in an irregular mass of comminuted fish- and
reptile-bones, with scales and teeth, occurring in lenticular patches
at one definite horizon in a quarry near Hastings. Mr. Dawson has
for a long period been engaged in a careful examination of the deposit,
Bigs 1: Fig. 2.
Big. 1. Plagiaulax dawsoni, sp. noy.; inner (A) and coronal aspect (B) of [?second
left lower] molar, four times nat. size.— Wealden (Wadhurst Clay),
Hastings.
Fig. 2. Plagiaular minor; coronal aspect of right lower molar 2 (not reversed
in drawing), eight times nat. size.—Middle Purbeck, Durdlestone Bay.
and this is the first fossil met with presenting sufficient resemblance
to a mammalian tooth to seem worthy of forwarding to the British
Museum for special determination.
The tooth in question is shown of four times the natural size in the
aceompanying woodcut (fig. 1), A being the side view, and B display-
ing the coronal aspect. It has been extricated from the matrix as
586 ON A MAMMALIAN TOOTH FROM THE WEALDEN. [Nov. 17,
far as possible by the skilled hand of Mr. Richard Hall, but one side
still remains attached and is thus obscured. In side view (fig. 1, A)
the low enamelled crown is shown supported by two roots, which are
robust, of nearly equal size and depth, incompletely separated in the
upper half and terminating obtusely. So far as can be ascertained
these are the sole roots, beg apparently almost as wide as the crown.
The coronal surface (fig. 1, B) is somewhat longer than broad, half
as wide at one end as at the other, with one of the lateral margins
rounded, almost angulated. It is much abraded, evidently the
result of wear during the life of the animal, and the enamel is thus
removed except quite at the border. The highest elevation (#) is
large and obtuse, oceupying one half of the gently rounded lateral
margin of the tooth, and connected with a short spur which extends
to the middle of the crown. There is evidence of a smaller eleva-
tion, crescentic in form, on the margin of the other half of the
tooth ; and the lateral margin cpposite and adjacent to the most
elevated portion forms a slight rim with feeble traces of crenulated
enamel.
A detached tooth, and more especially a worn tooth, certainly does
not suffice for generic and specific determination. The most striking
feature of the specimen now described, however, is its close resemblance
to the multituberculate Microlestes-type of molar, so common among
Mesozoic Mammals and apparently retained in the true dentition of
the existing Monotreme, Ornithorhynchus *. It only seems to differ
inthe extraordinary amount of wear to which the crown has been
subjected, and in the appearance of this abrasion not having been
produced entirely by an upward and downward or antero-posterior
motion, of which the jaws of the known Maultituberculata seem to
have been alone capable.
This apparent divergence of character may, nevertheless, be
deceptive ; and on comparing the Wealden tooth with the posterior
true molar of the Purbeckian genus Plagiaulae (fig. 2, p. 585), the
extent of the correspondence in the configuration of the coronal
aspect is certainly remarkable. One lateral border (the inner) is
much more elevated than the other (the outer) in both cases; and
the largest cusp in each is at the antero-inner angle.
In the absence of further evidence, it thus appears advisable to
assign the new tcoth to the genus Plagiaulax, of which it will repre-
sent a species larger than any hitherto described. If, moreover, the
specimen should prove to be the ultimate lower molar of this genus,
it is sufficiently distinguished from any known form by the shape of
the crown ; and, until the acquisition of further material, the species
in question may bear the provisional name of Plagiaulax dawsoni,
in honour of its discoverer. Mr. Dawson has already enriched the
British Museum with many fine portions of the Wealden Reptilia; and
there is now much hope that his further researches in the bone-beds
will add the long-expected series of Wealden Mammalia.
1 OQ. Thomas, Proe. Roy. Soc. 1889, vol. xlvi. p. 126.
1891.] ON THE PARTS OF SCHREBER'S SAUGTHIERE. 587
6. On the Dates of the Parts, Plates, and Text of Schreber’s
‘Saugthiere.” By C. Davies SHErzorn, F.Z.8.
[Received October 10, 1891.]
Many difficulties in synonymy have arisen from lack of informa-
tion as to the dates of publication of Schreber’s ‘ Siugthiere,’ a work
which commencing in 1774 was not completed until 1855. The
following determinations have been arrived at by searching through
contemporaneous literature. Unfortunately no copy of the book
still preserving the original wrappers of the parts has come to my
hands, and the evidence of dates is, with one or two exceptions,
derived from periodical publications. In every case a reference to
the authority quoted is given.
The list is still imperfect, but the dates of all the more important
parts have been determined ; blanks have been left for the msertion
of further particulars, information about which I shall gratefully
receive.
The following is the general description of the work :—
ScHREBER, JoHANN CuristiAN Dantet. Die | Siugthiere |
in | Abbildungen nach der Natur | mit Beschreibungen. |
Erlangen (Walther).
Th. L., title, Vorrede (4 pp.) title, 1-190 pp., 62 pls., 1775.
Th. IL., pp. 191-280, pls. 63-80, 1775.
Th. IIL, title, pp. 281-590, pls. 81-165, 1778.
Th. IV., title, pp. 591-936, pls. 166-240, 1792.
Th. V. (pt. 1), pp. 937-1112, pls. 241-347 and various supple-
mentary plates, [thence continued by August Goldfuss, whose
“notice” is dated “ Erlangen, im Marz, 1817], pp. 1113-
1272, [thence continued by Johann Andreas Wagner],
pp. 1273-1472.
Th. Vz. (pt. 2), pp. iv, 1473-1840, various plates.
Th. VI., pp. xvi, 1-520, pls. 308-328.
Th. VII., pp. vii, 1-428, pls. 329-385.
SUPPLEMENTARY VoLuMgs, also by J. A. Wagner:
I., pp. xiv, vi, 1-551, pls. 1-62, 1840 [completed in 1839].
Il., pp. viii, 1-558, pls. 63-84, 1841.
III., pp. xiv, 1-614, pls. 85-165, 1IB43.
IV., pp. xii, 1-523, pls. 168-327, 1844.
V., pp- xxvi, 1-810, pls. 1-51, 1855.
The following are the details of the separate parts. The authori-
ties for the dates are given at the end of each “ Heft.”” The contents
of each Heft up to 64 are given from an original copy of Goldfuss’s
circular, fortunately preserved in an early copy of the work now in
the Natural History Museum, which was brought to my notice
by Mr. J. Saunders of the Zoological Library ; Goldfuss, however,
does not give a single date!
[Nov. 17;
MR. C. D. SHERBORN ON THE DATES OF
588
[(LLLT Ut ‘a °2) Gep ‘d to samoo0 aoqoarog Aq yLOM s,LOqoTXAG, 0} COtIEAETOL Ysay OM} £911 “AON, OtOFoq poysttqud
O1OM YIOM Ssloqaryog Jo g1e-TQz ‘dd yeqy esoddns 09 ofquuosvoa sx 41 oLOJOLOYY ¢,£ OLLT ‘TA UMMOAO NT OSMOT 5T119}004 ,,
£2)
oovjoul sty poyep Uoqe|xagy MOM :QJe SL ‘APPT “UMIUY “Hoy yskg sm ul uegoTxag¢ Aq pojonb aoqeayog jo osud ysvy ony.)
“QOUOPTAS LOYJO T[V 0} ArvAWOO ST SITY yng “TT "YT, poywururss, Ff IJoT{ “AwpNot1o sssnJploy 0} Surp1ooy ,
f ‘CFI-6ET ‘66
"LLLT “wary “Soy “y8hg ‘SET ‘a ‘V LET ‘E16 ‘VCP ‘ag
“CET-ISL ‘8G “LET ‘6IT
§UOMeTXIF JO OUEpPTAS TVULOJUL WOT ‘OLLI J I ey
(aixxoo “d “Snz ‘OLLT “V ‘OST “GGL “GV 9GT-GET
3°49) OLLT ATE eT exojoq poysty ‘TCT ‘OZT ‘SII-@ “V9OTT-STT ‘age “
-qnd atom “TTT “4g, Jo s[d ge—gq'N | ‘FIT-801 ‘F6 .
(‘SL2T] ‘a ‘VLOT-Tor “
«Fh 06 ‘['dd ‘00I-€ ‘V 16-96 ‘e6 ©
FF] wosog TT ‘GLLT ‘Tomy, toqoomz ,, ‘GLLT eh |
GLG ‘A ‘GALT WIXxxX [QI “qosnep “SITy J “axxo ‘d*8ng ‘97/1 "y"B "1 008 [ , OSA LL ©
oes FALL WE ponsst oxo qg-gg “sp | AF Te
‘OYJOFT Y Way oy} smorAet | Ff, Scayi ‘ é CAE So ict
good FULT A Tat eo Sy | [‘BLLT) aqy3 9 09 ‘V OF “GT ‘OT ‘As
‘TUNvMIyo : ponssi sva ar Avs you y RI ny ee eT,
s00p Inq « UOpaom S14.t0F 7 ees FLL DLLT 6) 19 69-9 46
OTUM FP TAT MegzTU ST ,, “I Uy, Te sAvs esha
trxxoo “d “sng ‘9117 Atop ET “VW “9 49 / ( ‘or-g ‘Vor “
*tx000 ‘d ‘snz ‘G))T 390 9 “VSO 3=— “BLLT. ’ ‘a V 66-GE
Tz ‘[ovvpdat 09] G ‘
*x1o900 *d \ iva ee &
B07 “FLLT “OE 1 “uy “B HOH —BLLT | ee
[BLLT) sata
“
it3
‘91e-ec8
‘GGS-ChS
‘SPS-6GS
‘8ze-SIE
‘CIE-06G
‘68Z-186
“O8z-SaG
‘$GC-18G
‘O&G-BS
GCG-E1G
‘FIZ-LOG
‘O0G-I6I
‘061-661
‘061-16
‘96-18
‘08-49
‘59-2
‘9G-G6F
‘8h-6
isa
(T7
c
173
‘OT JOH “TIT “UL
‘GT
‘OT 19H “II “UL
~
O~ oOo
-
-
ei Wo
589
oo
THE PARTS OF SCHREBER S SAUGTHIERE.
1891.]
ietey A Uh «
"7 9EG ‘A 9EE ‘6S “OM “HM LEG L GHG ‘IPG ‘V Ge
Hiietey TTA UL + ij eto “TA “UL «
66
969 ‘d ‘EAT ‘Axxx ‘(Ccarsdyr]) “tanto "Z6LI “LPS-@ ‘V LSE-ZEE ‘08E ‘O.0FS ©
"99g ‘d ‘Z6LT ‘ATXxx ed) { "IGLL "9Ge-Gze ‘AGTS ‘sos “
"UIULOD § LF SEL ‘ke 96° VSO | “O6LT "Foe-60E “
: ‘68L1 ie Re pealice e
"LG °C ‘TELT mixxx “(ewisdry) ‘urut09 ; V cOS-a ‘V 00E ‘& ‘V 662-166 ‘A FES %8ZT “
5 ‘966-0
‘soot d ‘Text wep ec y 8p 4 SP4T | ‘gy sec-a‘V ‘16s ‘A ‘V 06G-H L8G ‘186 ‘x¢FT “
| “L8BLE | ‘ ‘ 6 é ¢ 7 ‘a JSG 6é
ma 186 ‘186 “O86 ‘LLG-GLG “CLE 296 PVG ‘A PCG
| “GBLT "LOLS ‘896 ‘L9G ‘A ‘V G9G ‘GG ‘09G ‘OGeE |
: ‘ep a “ORL SE a2 { “S821 "613 ‘LLZ-69G “9G “F9G 008 FG
4 Bre ‘o ne G ° »
TV -GIIT © 9841 AINE STV vt vBLT eee ‘Tag ‘OGG ‘a ‘Lee ‘LOPS ‘ALIS “
‘BET ‘d “GRA AIX] “GF “P “ST "DSL ‘V GGG ‘El ‘V 6S ‘C0 ‘A SFG ‘0 LG “A 9ES ©
ci "d YOPT “XIXK (rst) ‘SBLT Le "V SFG ‘dl Live ‘a ‘V 9FG ‘CG ‘EG ‘GPG
UMOD ‘BGT A ‘GQszT “Wee 6s “V “FO OFG ‘683 ‘0 “V 986 ‘a “V 8Ee ‘G66 “LOT “SET s
EET ‘d ‘GQsT “AIX “P LV 90 09 “008 * 18 ‘0 ae ‘FEee-0ge ‘s1]
‘SITV ‘8c “d ‘E841 AVI GV M5) “eAaY A "8G ‘183 ‘O 986 “A GSz EC Ge Ue eG
‘ECOL GF ‘Z8LT PO LL SV SD 86 'SBLT ‘6E6-E. “V GEG P66 “A 106
pap d Zehy ‘XIX ‘G P‘S[IV ‘ISAT GEC-GIS ‘A ‘O ‘A6GT AZO ‘Asc ©
‘OSAT TX “& “Pp ‘a ‘VIIG-€ 861 OGL |
‘SITV {IGT A ‘ISLT “GA FeV SO ‘OBLT "V 86I-& oe ee ‘Tél ‘6Sl “
‘piqe AP SITY “GLLT "FEL ‘S6L ‘2 —Lélest Dililteen
‘OSL WIZ" Dp ‘6LLI ice ‘381 ‘es Vit
‘SITV (G2GI 4 ‘GALT OP 91 “V3 lL “SLLT ‘OJT-PLL ‘LIL ‘aG91 “EL TOL ‘xPPL ‘aE SFT “SI
fe LLLI-GLLT 8% 07 potaojot pur
‘Lavaqry toy} 1of (EE *d ‘yALT “TL ‘Yoseq) opunoty YBN ‘se Ulptog oUy Aq yysnoq 010M “TT T—T syxe
‘(FQC¢-LcF dd) svem—unyy “dog “Q9 "qu3 ‘oH 9g vanz Hen NI
‘GLT- 99T. =
“¥ GP
‘1GT ‘LZ. ASL ‘ST ‘LOL “A GOT “FOL
*COI-Z9T ‘9ST “eV LOT ‘£86 V6L
‘T9184 ‘OST-8oT Me
"GI-a ‘V OF ‘sid
‘erg -d ‘Qu yy oun Jz “Vy 89
WG
“LLLT
66
(gop a “Bug ‘LLnT “V3 9) LAM
UE pons o1om COT-EGl ‘S[d—a'N
‘[etou|
‘966-668
‘868-688
688-198
“998-148
‘0G8-GE8
‘F68-618
‘818-608
‘COS-TLL
‘OLL-LEL
‘or L-6EL
‘Teuou|
‘BG)-TEL
‘081-169
‘069-889
‘G89-199
‘0e9-[2] 129
089- 6E9
G69- LOD
‘o99-16¢ “dd
‘Ocr-Ihh
(OPE-GGP
‘PGP -GOP
‘80% £68
‘GOE-LLE
6é
6c
3
5
73
OG
66
66
(73
{Moy “AT ‘Wy Soyeurarse, ‘repost sty UE ‘ssnyploy
‘GG
‘BG ‘EG;
‘SZ
‘LZ WH “AI AE
a— 90M]
GG
‘9%
[Nov. 17,
MR. C. D. SHERBORN ON THE DATES OF
290
"(0g “d ‘cesT (Z) ‘Banger ‘Ory s,wuvmer AA) poqoyduroa sv 4x04 043
GEST tose Aq pure ‘Fggy ut poavedde “TA “Ty, Jo oYoH 9 ISA oY} ‘ FEQT ToquIoZeg GT poyep SILA “Yd, 0} eovjord oy—gq'n
‘TN OG ‘GEST
‘(cep “d “(FFB (9) IST) "SEBT
‘98g ‘d ‘ces (Z) ‘sisl "GEST
‘TN 0989 ‘PEST
‘116 CU ‘FEST (OT) ‘SSI = “BEST
‘198 ‘4 ‘Fest (6) ‘SIST "BEST
‘ege ‘d ‘Feet (F) ‘SST "BSEST
_____ 188 “& 8E “V OLG “V 996 “V 996
V0& ‘AE&s ‘OFZ ‘OGIG ‘VS9L ‘A Ge
‘OFF ‘ASFL A ‘Pa
‘IPL ‘VST “Gar
| 99 GZT ‘O OTT ‘V STI ‘016 ‘V 26 ‘V 48 ‘V 69 ‘xa “
{
"88S ‘O LIG ‘x GIG
{ ‘V SPI ‘OGFI ‘OPT ‘xG@ IPL ‘VE0l ‘Vos ‘age “
{ ‘a LOS ‘009% ‘A 8Gz ‘V 6FT
{ ‘O01 ‘V9SI ‘V IOL
“V 61 ‘A LIE
‘O Gel ‘xe “mec “
‘Vv 98
‘Vlg ‘aes ‘xor ‘09 sd
‘0ce- "408
‘6L
‘ost-gss “ BL LL ‘OL
‘89-16 “ ‘EL ‘ZL
06-6Gr
‘SI-1
‘Th
‘dd ‘04 4H
"A “Ud JO uorjeydu0o «oF spxeato pur (ZB xp [g e1JOHT) Mozeq oo8 § OTFT-EyZT ‘dd oov.ay 07 o[qe Uoeoq you savy I—A'N
[CITA “Un c0vyetq) .
a SE8T OteL TUNZ stq So GorTq OS ,, puv (EET ‘zI~P Z “A “UI, 0} oovjorg stousVAA C08) oo popue YAM s,sshFplo |
"a ‘V G2 ‘1882 ‘0 186 ‘HLF ‘e9 “
‘egp “deze (F) SI = "BEST
‘661 “4 ‘QIST (1) ‘SST = "LIST
[orst]
TI “d ‘SIS Xt “O-T ‘0 “peoy wy
BAON ¢FUnAoTpoad *** FOST—-PLAT
x ‘PO8L
ouvlly Souotjoes 11x] st1odgQ sulng,,
"GTOT “d ‘OOST “TRE 9g “VY “845
‘GLEI-IFGT “ = “69
"4996 “PEL PSS “AZT “VV CT PASCT ‘“xxOT “SI “OOTT-EIIT dd ‘gg
[, O10 1TSnVy ,, oy} ponurywo0 mou ssnzppoy { TST “ee OL porp oy {(290'000'9 -uSts) zpTT ‘d ye popue yAOM s,teqoayog]
‘Gd LOS “A 8hz ‘d ‘0 0F ‘A ‘068 ‘OGL ‘OTL “
‘A TFL ‘xIF1l ‘2 GOL ‘V 16 ‘A 8S ‘£9 ‘xGT ‘a9 “
‘CL ¥GS ‘0 ‘A IOT “x99 “LSS ‘x81 ‘AFL ‘x IT “
"196 ‘V LES ‘1 9G ‘ ‘0 9FG
@ BGG ‘x8CT ‘x IZ ‘A 96 ‘xF9 ‘ut 8S “ATS ‘xOT “
@GIl VCP ‘O88 ‘TLS ‘0 ‘AES ‘06S “AST
eS
‘6
‘269 ‘OF ASI ‘All AO
| 0° LOS “V 9FG “A SFG “A SIG ‘A LIT “AFIT
€
‘E01 ‘ad ‘0 ‘a8 ‘at ‘as ‘Oz “1ddng gz ‘O ‘aT “sid ‘g96-166 ‘dd ‘4g‘sg “PH
‘GILI-G901 “ ‘e9
“S901-6F0L . '€9
‘SFOI-600I “ ‘ZO
‘8001-1001 “ ‘L9 ‘09
‘0001-696 “ ‘69 ‘8S
‘TA “Ud
591
3
THE PARTS OF SCHREBER’S SAUGTHIERE.
1891.)
Gd THRT (G) WA "yory “odor |
‘Gd ‘THRT (Z) HA “Tory “ULsor
‘SIT
‘SIT
‘ZIT
‘TIL
‘OLE
‘60T 9H “IIT 1ddng
[1d ‘Zeer (@) ‘MtA ‘yoay “wiSer\) [PRT Ut peystuy sea “TT “Tddng] =
‘OST
[ecp d FrSr (9) ‘SIST) OFST WL ponssy sem “fo oyopdutoo ogy, |
"6E8T
6st] {
‘GL A “TEST (G) HA Tory “UIsor AA ,‘opanm
qaizi{qud BERT 19qG0}7O [ Ue 04z49] Sep TotpoyomM
MOA ‘Ho} [BYU FG-0G USF Uop Ut puis ueTy S1(,,
"GTA ‘TEST (Z) HA Yory UIseT MA “(PUN [) GEST
‘ech “d FERT (9) “SIST
"9z8 “d ‘yegT (TT) ‘SIsT
‘SFL d ‘yeeT (OT) ‘sist
‘eTT “d “ne8T (Z) SIT
69 °d ‘yeQT (1) ‘SIST
“LEST
‘LEST \ sere ‘V68S ‘VIGIL ‘xVOsl ‘OGLT ‘009 “ ‘Fe8T-IeL1 “ ‘ee ‘ze
‘SOL
‘LOT
‘OL
‘SOT
‘POL
‘SOL
‘ZOT
‘TOT
‘OOT ‘66 ‘WH “II Tddng , 5
‘6 ‘06 ‘HH “I 1ddng
a quemerddng Toqye ‘MO 107R, 088 “TTA “UL
‘OFST-Gz8T “ ‘68
"V 908
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XL.
“LEST “A 186 “V 166 “AV P12 “Aa VOI “ ‘OcLT-Ee9I “ ‘98 ‘s8
‘OE8T L iV LOSTH VLC : (g 3)
‘VGLI OV OCT ‘VIGI ‘A9OIT ‘AM ‘MOTT ‘Ace “ ‘ZEoI-SlFl “ ‘be ‘es ager |
"(aonjetdutoa) soqerd jo wioeteLeeey Ayo.c0 ut ‘CIPI-GOFL Ah
: 'V 863 ‘Cl ‘0 ‘a “V 166 ‘al “V 266 “0 186 te
g6at {99 186 ‘x6l6 ‘OCF ‘COT ‘O LOT ‘OTE ‘1d ‘FoRT-NTET dd ‘ze ‘Ta “yor { (190)
"Gog “d “opel
[qq Suuvmpasugq eas ‘(ATutey100) cfgy ut peaeodde you pey uorsod ssniuuvig ‘(1 “d “Zpgt (Z) “Wx “Yyory
"MSOIA\) OPST ul poyo[dutoo sem awmjoa siy} { voovjeQ puv vipoediuulg sutuTejuOD “oUINTOA “TTA Oy} Uvseq
qousejy ‘ounjo, quawoddng “ay ayy poajatdmoo yorym “(PPR Url ‘a 2) GZ YoH fo uoyvonqud oy} 1993y—q'N
[ Nov. 17,
[-(Cp2ge) groscary couse Aq Atpeuy
pur (IIA ‘AL 0} covjorg) snimurjyg pur ‘(Z P 1) “A “Gd, OF soovjorg s,touse A, os ‘uuvuseryy Aq] “gge-eze ‘sid ‘Yop-T “dd “ITA UL
[Fe ‘d ‘gest (Z) ‘xx ‘yoary “wiser pA) CCRT Ut pojotduoo sum oUINTOA eT} puB ‘FORT Ur poavedde oyjoxy xIg|
‘ODT
‘GET
‘PEL
‘EDT
‘CPT
S SAUGTHIERE.
‘EL
‘org “Cd ‘OFST IA ‘UULMpsUy = —"9FST ‘p-1 sid = ‘ge-T dd ‘tet ‘oer eH a 1ddng
‘g °d ‘oPST (G) “IX “GOT “UIBOL AA § FPST UL POTSIUy TV
‘6Z1-6IT WH AT 1ddng
[eer 4 FHT (Z) *¥ “yooy “mMSor) eFRT ut poysiuy sem “TTT “MGV oud ‘ (Z“d ‘ePsT (Z) XE -Youy “wiser M4 )
,MopioMm qarynjosnz Sunsipucsg scayr sopurqyuomesddng sop “WIqY aG erp * * * UodeTyASnug stoqetyog uoA 4st (ZFET)
SOIL TOTIOA Sop OFNVTQY wop greg ,, ‘(Td ‘ZPeT (Z) ‘WA “Youy “wUserA\) [FST UT poavedde .-YIQY uayG top surjuy 10¢ ,,|
‘SIT
‘LIL
‘SIT
‘GLI WOH “AT 1ddus
592 ON DATES OF PARTS OF SCHREBER
PZ 55: 160l. Ease
es
Guy 3 io ys
| warn
Se
ASA PISS
Ta,
: atte
watt
Se
Peter Smit del.et hth. teh Mintern Bros. imp.
EUROPEAN TADP OME Ss
(RANA)
PE ZkS 1S oie eaves
Taaalieal Te
1a Net Vey, ii,
Alcs MANNER ALAA Eddy,
a,
ae
~~
mB Ua
ws! My
ad bibs jay, rd
HEM ANA: pA | 2 E
A WMRIALL Uditedsinontinestinniayontsl Maley ab
Se Risa ee en
4a.
Peter Smit del et hth. Mintern Bros.
EUROPEAN TADPOLES.
(EMIGAS BUFO, PELOBATES)
imp.
gn sh eae
a a
om
PZ S16 ol - Pil eae
Woy a ast Dr tot eet
aga
7 ea Sri. ue
ALTA LISS
Ga.
Peter Smit del.et lth. Mintern Bros. imp.
DU ROR IAIN, IWNDIP OME. .
( PELODYTES, DISCOGLOSSUS, BOMBINATOR, ALYTES |)
1891.] ON TADPOLES OF THE EUROPEAN BATRACHIANS. D93
7. A Synopsis of the Tadpoles of the European Batrachians.
By G. A. BouLencEr.
(Plates XLV.-XLVII.)
[Received October 28, 1891.]
The knowledge of the larval forms of Tailless Batrachians is of no
small importance to the exploring herpetologist. The presence or
abundance of many a species which, from concealing or nocturnal
habits, is likely to escape detection may be readily ascertained
through the recognition of the tadpole. To mention a well-known
example, the Midwife Toad, Alytes obstetricans, so common in many
parts of the Continent, but so seldom. met with im the daytime, be-
trays its existence, through its tadpole, all the year round, the
breeding-time lasting throughout spring and summer, so that the
tadpoles of the later broods pass the winter in that condition.
The presence in a locality of any given Batrachian thus ascertained,
it becomes comparatively easy, through searching under stones or in
holes in the daytime, or by going about at night with a lantern, to
secure specimens of the adult. Tadpoles are, as a rule, easily seen
and easily caught, but the identification of the species is often a
matter of difficulty. Although excellent contributions to their study
have quite recently been published by Héron Royer and Van Bam-
beke, and by J. de Bedriaga, the absence of a concise synoptic treatment
of the subject, accompanied by figures of all the Kuropean species,
must have deterred many collectors from devoting to the subject the
attention it deserves. During several weeks’ vacation spent this
summer in Brittany, I availed myself of my leisure for collecting
and comparing large series of tadpoles of various species, and by
incorporating the results of the researches of the above-named and
other authors with my own, I have endeavoured, in the following
pages, to supply the long-felt desideratum.
My object being to facilitate the determination of species on
the spot, I have left out of consideration all such characters as
cannot be verified by the aid of an ordinary lens. For the im-
portant characters afforded by the microscopical structure of the
labial teeth, I refer the reader to the recent works of F. HK. Schulze
(‘‘ Ueber das Epithel der Lippen, der Mund-, Rachen- und Kiemen-
hohie erwachsener Larven von Pelobates fuscus,” Abh. Akad. Berl.
1888), H. Keiffer (‘‘ Recherches sur la structure et le développement
des dents et du bee cornés chez Alytes obstetricans,’ Arch. de Biol.
ix. 1888, p. 55), Héron Royer and Van Bambeke (“ Le Vestibule de
la bouche chez les tétards des Batraciens anoures d’Hurope,” Arch.
de Biol. ix. 1889, p. 185), and E. Gutzéit (“Die Hornzihne der
Batrachierlarven,’”’ Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. xlix. 1889, p. 43). The
development of the larvze is also left out of consideration; my
descriptions apply merely to the fully-developed tadpole, in the
condition generally known as the “third period” in the larval
development, the period between the budding of the hind limbs and
the bursting out of the fore limbs.
40*
594 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 17,
‘lo render my synopsis perfectly intelligible, it is, however, neces-
sary to say a few words, by way of introduction, concerning the
external structure of the Tadpole and the manner in which its cha-
racters are described.
1. The Form.—The head and body are so fused that it is ex-
tremely difficult to discern the limit between the two. The term
body is therefore used as meaning both head and body. Its longitu-
dinal measurement is taken to the origin of the hind limbs. The éaz/
consists of a fleshy muscular portion bordered above and below by
membranous expansions, termed respectively the upper and lower
crest. By depth of the tail is meant its greatest depth, crests
included, and the length is measured from the posterior extremity
of the body.
2. The Mouth.—This term is used in its wider sense, 7. e. to
include the much-developed Jip, surrounding, like a funnel directed
downwards, the horny beak (fig. 1, m.), not unlike that of a
cuttlefish, which forms the entrance to the mouth proper (6.0.).
The characters offered by this circular lip are among the most im-
portant for the distinction of species, and have formed the subject of
a valuable paper by Héron Royer and Van Bambeke (Arch. de Biol.
ix. 1889), to which I have already referred and shall often have to
refer again. This lip may be entirely bordered by fleshy papille
(Z.p.), or these may be restricted to the sides or to the sides and the
lower border. Its inner surface is furnished with ridges armed with
series of minute, bristle-like, erect horny ¢eeth (fig. 1, ¢.), each of
which, when strongly magnified, is seen to be formed of a column of
superposed cones, hollowed out at the base and capping each other ;
the summit of each of these cones is expanded, spatulate, hooked
backwards, and usually multicuspid. By drawing an imaginary
line across between the mandibles, the lip may be divided into an
upper and a lower portion, the series of teeth above the upper man-
dible being termed upper labial, those below the lower mandible
being dower labial. ‘These are described as 1st, 2nd, 3rd, &c., pro-
ceeding from the outer border towards the beak in both the upper
and the lower lip, as shown in the accompanying figures. Hach
series is reckoned as one, whether continuous or more or less
interrupted in the middle. This method of describing appears to
me far more simple, and at the same time more ccrrect, considering
the great amount of individual variation, than that used by the
authors named above, who distinguish between “median” and
‘‘lateral”’ series according as to whether or not the series is broken
up in the middle. The first series, either in the upper or lower
division of the lip, may be marginal (fig. 1, A, ¢.1), or it may be
within the border, which is tben occupied by fleshy papillee (fig. 1, B).
T have expressed the arrangement of the series of teeth by formulee—
. for instance, indicating the number in the upper and lower
divisions of the lip, the figures being separated by a transverse line
corresponding to the position of the horny beak. The labial teeth
are usually arraiged in a single row on each ridge (fig. 1, A) ; inthe
1891. ] TADPOLES OF THE EUROPEAN BATRACHIANS. 595
Discoglosside, however, each ridge, or at any rate the second, bears
two or even three rows of teeth (fig. 1, B).
The history of the accessions to our knowledge of the structure of
the beak and lips has been given very fully by Héron Royer and
Van Bambeke. In addition to the works of Schulze, Keiffer, and
RU OTT
east SRSA
ayy
Hoan eqaettalt
ids
ayes, in
ut Magy
HUA
Open mouth of, A, Pelodytes punctatus, B, Alytes obstetricans.
b.0, buccal orifice ; /.p, labial papille ; m, mandibles; 7, series of labial teeth.
Gutzeit, mentioned above, I would refer the reader particularly to
the following papers :—
C. Van Bampexe. “Recherches sur la structure de la bouche
chez les tétards des Batraciens anoures.” Bull. Ac. Belg. (2)
Xvi. 1863, p. 339, pls. i., il.
F. E. Scnunze. ‘Ueber Cuticulare Bildungen und Verhornung
von Epithelzellen bei den Wirbelthieren.” Arch. f. mikr.
Anat. v. 1869, p. 295, pl. xvii.
Htron Royer and C. Van Bampexe. “Sur les Caractéres
596 | MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 17,
fournis par la bouche des tétards des Batraciens anoures
d’Europe.” Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1881, p. 75.
M.H. Hincxury. “On some differences in the Mouth Structure
of Tadpoles.” Proc. Boston Soc. xxi. 1882, p. 307, pl. v.
3. The Spiraculum.—After the disappearance of the external gills,
the water is expelled from the branchial chambers by one or two
tubes opening by one orifice in all European Batrachians’. In the
B A
Lower view of Tadpoles of, A, Hyla arborea, B, Alytes obstetricans.
Discoglosside two tubes are present, which converge towards the
mid-ventral line, where they discharge through one transverse, slit-
hke or crescentic opening situated in the middle of the breast
(fig. 2, B, sp.). In all other tailless Batrachians the tube is single
and opens, on the left side, straight backwards in Bufo, backwards
and upwards in the other genera (fig. 2, A, sp., fig. 3, A, B). The
first discovery of the median, spiraculum appears to be due to
Pontallié (Ann. Se. Nat. 3; xviil. 1852, p. 250), and to Lataste
iq s x : F a 2
There are two openings, one on each side, in the Agilossa.
1891. ] TADPOLES OF THE EUROPEAN BATRACHIANS. 597
(Actes Soc. Linn. Bord. xxxi. 1876, p. 95, and Rey. Intern. Se. 11.
1878, p. 488) belongs the credit of realizing its full systematic
importance. We are indebted to Goette (Entwick. d. Unke, p. 676,
pl. xviii., 1875) and to Héron Royer (Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1887,
-p. 645), who watched the process of its formation, for a correct
understanding of its structure.
4. The Anus.—The anal tube is median, and opens on the middle
line of the tail in tadpoles of most Batrachians (fig. 2, B, an.). In
Rana and Hyla (fig. 2, A, an.), however, it is greed to the right,
opening in the former genus close to the lower edge of the lower
caudal crest, higher up on the right side of the crest in the latter.
It is not long since that this difference in the position of the anus
was first observed. Goette (Entwick. d. Unke, p. 677, 1875) fancied
that the dextral anus constantly accompanies the sinistral spira-
culum, and his error has recently been repeated by Spengel (Zool.
Anz. 1888, p. 339). But I showed in 1884 (Ann. & Mag. N. H.
xiv. p. 390), and again in 1886 (Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1886,
p- 319), that such a correlation exists only in the genera Rana and
Hyla, the Toads and Pelobatoids having the median anus together
with the sinistral spiraculum.
5. The Lines of Muciferous Crypts.—All tadpoles are provided
with these organs, the homologues of the lateral line in fishes.
Their existence, long overlooked, and their signification as organs
of a special sense, were first pointed out by F. E. Schulze (Arch. f.
Anat. u. Phys. 1861, p. 767), whose researches into their structure
were supplemented by himself (Arch. f. mikr. Anat. vi. 1870, p. 62),
Leydig (N. Acta Ac. Leop.-Carol. xxxiv. 1868, p. 46), and Malbrane
(Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xxvi. 1875, p. 24). For further notes on
the disposition of these lines we are indebted to Lessona (Atti Acc.
Lincei, 3, i. 1877) and Lataste (Actes Soc. Linn. Bord. xxxui. 1879,
p- 308). The latter author, however, overrated the systematic im-
portance which is to be attached to these organs. It is a fact that
they may differ greatly as regards their degree of development in
individuals of the same species, and their arrangement also varies,
within certain limits, irrespective of the species. I have found them
usually most distinct in Pelodytes, Rana agilis, R. latastit, and Bombi-
nator igneus, least in Bufo. The most distinct and constant appear
to be the lines situated on the head, passing between the nostrils and
bordering the eyes. I append figures (fig. 3, p. 598) of tadpoles of
Rana agilis, Pelodytes punctatus, and Alytes obstetricans, in which
these organs are represented by dotted lines. In addition to these
lines all tadpoles show more or less distinetly a small whitish gland in
the middle of the head between the eyes, the so-called frontal gland
(Stieda, Arch. f. Anat. u. Phys. 1865, p. 52; Lessona, Atti Acc.
Tor. v. 1880, p. 581; H. de Graaf, Bijdr. tot de Kenn. v. d. Bouw
e.d. Ontwikk. d. Epiphyse b. Rept. e. Amph., Leyden, 1886), and a
glandular streak, extending from the nostril towards the eye, the
lachrymal gland (Born, Morph. Jahrb. i. 1876, p. 611, figs. 23
& 24).
eae es Network.—In addition to the ordinary pigment-
598 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [ Nov. 17,
cells, the tadpoles of a few genera (Discoglossus, Bombinator, Pelo-
dytes) present a system of fine black lines, most apparent on the
caudal crests and the more feebly pigmented parts of the body,
which afford excellent characters for their identification. It is a fact
worthy of notice that when the end of the tail has been nibbled off,
Fig. 3.
A. Rana agilis. B. Pelodytes punctatus. C. Alytes obstetricans.
these pigmentary lines are not reproduced on the regenerated portion.
These lines were first noticed in Bombinator by Leydig (N. Acta
Ac. Leop.-Carol. xxxiv. 1868, p. 105, pl. ii. fig. xix.), im Dzsco-
glossus by Lataste (Actes Soc. Linn. Bord. xxxii. 1879, p. 304,
1891.] TADPOLES OF THE EUROPEAN BATRACHIANS. 599
pl. v. fig. 7), and in Pelodytes by Bedriaga (Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose.
1889, p. 541). Their aspect is shown in the following figures,
representing much-enlarged pieces of the upper caudal crest of
Pelodytes and Discoglessus.
eS
Much enlarged pieces of upper caudal crest of, A, Pelodytes punctatus,
B, Discoglossus pictus.
Preservation and Manipulation.—Tadpoles should be preserved in
alcohol. Chromic acid is not to be recommended, as rendering
the specimens too brittle for ordinary study. To ensure the good
condition of specimens preserved in spirit, it is necessary to treat
them with a little care; tadpoles thrown into the ordinary collecting-
bottle promiscuously with other specimens are never in a satisfactory
condition for display in a collection and for future study. The best
plan is to provide one’s self, when going out collecting, with small
test-tubes half-full of weak spirit; the tadpoles, when taken out of
the fishing-net, should be dipped head foremost in the tube, which
may be filled with as many specimens as it will hold. On reaching
home, say two or three hours later, the liquor should be at once
changed to strong spirit (40°), which will again require changing the
next day, and so on until it ceases to be strongly coloured. By this
method, of killing in weak spirit and then seizing by strong spirit,
the tadpole preserves its natural shape in a remarkably perfect
manner, and the delicate caudal crests do not shrivel. Specimens
which have been only a few hours in spirit are in the best condition
for study ; a slight pressure of the fingers on the back and breast
causes the beak and lip to gape fully, showing the arrangement of
the labial papillee and teeth. When studying specimens which have
been a long time preserved, it is best to soak them for a few minutes
in water, which, penetrating the subcutaneous vacuities, swells them
out and restores their life-appearance. Tadpoles should never be
allowed to remain out of the liquid, as they very rapidly shrink,
especially the caudal crests. The lines of muciferous crypts are
sometimes very difficult to trace. Héron Royer (Bull. Soc. Et.
600 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 17,
Se. Angers, (2) xv. 1885, p. 107) suggests as a method of ascer-
taining their disposition, in cases when specimens can be sacrificed,
to strip the skin and spread it out on the convex surface of the
bottom of a test-tube, chosen to suit the size of the tadpole; the
transparent skin may then be easily studied.
G. Born (Arch. f. mikr. Anat. xxvii. 1886, p. 207) recommends a
method of studying and handling the larve in their fresh condition,
by paralyzing them through immersion in a solution of tobacco, as
was proposed by Lataste for fixing the adult zz copuld. The little
creatures become insensible after a few minutes, and remain so for
about half an hour after being transferred to pure water; they
recover perfectly if the immersion in the solution has not been too
prolonged.
As stated above, the object of this paper is to supply comparative
descriptions of the external characters of the Tadpoles of Europe,
so as to facilitate the identification of the species. But in order to
enable the reader to acquaint himself with the rather extensive
special bibliography, I have introduced copious references to the
authors who have previously dealt with the subject. I have also
briefly indicated the habitat and breeding-season of each species.
In addition to the extensive material collected by myself, I have
been able to study many specimens received from M. Héron Royer,
M. E. Bosca, Dr. J. de Bedriaga, Prof. Born, Prof. Liitken, Dr. W.
Wolterstorff, Prof. Giglioli, Dr. L. Joubin, and Prof. Camerane, to
all of whom I beg to tender my sincere thanks.
The tailless Batrachians are represented in Europe by 19 species,
belonging to 8 genera and 5 families :—
I. RANIDA.
1. Rana, L., 1766.
. esculenta, L., 1766.
. arvalis, Nilss., 1842.
. temporaria, L., 1766.
. greca, Blgr., 1891.
. berica, Blgr., 1879.
. latastii, Blgr., 1879.
- agilis, Thom., 1855.
Il. HYLIDA.
2. Hyuwa, Laur., 1768.
8. arborea, L., 1766.
Iii. BUFONIDA.
3. Buro, Laur., 1768.
9. vulgaris, Laur., 1768.
10. viridis, Laur., 17685.
11. calamita, Laur., 1768.
NT Or & OO DD
1891.] TADPOLES OF THE EUROPEAN BATRACHIANS.
IV. PELOBATIDA.
4. Petosatss, Wagl., 1830.
12. fuscus, Laur., 1768.
13. cultripes, Cuv., 1829.
5. Prtopyres, Fitz., 1838.
14. punctatus, Daud., 1802.
V. DISCOGLOSSIDA.
6. Discog ossus, Otth, 1837.
15. pictus, Otth, 1837.
7. BomBrnator, Merr., 1820.
16. zgneus, Laur., 1768.
17. pachypus, Fitz., 1838.
8. AtyTes, Wagl., 1830.
18. obstetricans, Laur., 1768.
19. cisternasii, Bosca, 1879.
601
It is with no small satisfaction that I look over this list and com-
pare it with that drawn up by Schreiber (‘ Herpetologia Europea ’)
in 1875, in which only 12 species are enumerated, as showing how
much progress has been made within the last fifteen years. Through
the researches of Fatio, Lataste, Leydig, Héron Royer, Camerano,
Pfliger, Born, Bedriaga, and myself, the right to specific rank of the
forms allied to Rana temporaria that had been distinguished by
Nilsson, Steenstrup, and Thomas has been indisputably established ;
the question of the distinctness of the two species of Bombinator
has been settled ; and four altogether new species have been added.
Key to the Identification of Genera and Species of Huropean
Tadpoles.
I. Spiraculum sinistral ; labial teeth disposed in a single
row in each series or ridge.
A. Anus dextral; spiraculum directed backwards and
upwards; lower lip bordered with papillz.
1. Anus opening close to the lower edge of the tail ;
upper caudal crest not extending forwards be-
yond the vertical of the spiraculum ; eyes on the
UO SET GTA ENC 55 nag aodoooteecednasnccdeosacoosseonbosae5s I. Rana.
a. Series of labial teeth = A
Interocular space at least twice the distance between the
nostrils, and much greater than the width of the
mouth; tail acutely pointed, at least nearly twice as.
Wonaver GS (Wa@ lah” eeseodsneosedsoace bebe stb eeccedaBaqtracsocede 1. RB. esculenta.
Interocular space but little wider than the distance be-
tween the nostrils or the width of the mouth; tail
once and two thirds to twice as long as the body ...... 2. RF. arvalis.
b. Series of labial teeth ote.
a. Tail obtusely pointed, once and a half to
twice as long as the body.
Second series of upper labial teeth widely interrupted in
602 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 17,
the middle; first series of lower labial teeth at least
two thirds the length of the second; width of mouth
a little less than the interocular width, which equals
about once and a half the distance between the
MOSELIIS)’ J iyo scactershces vue beee nex cuemse te see een ee cere eee 3. RB. temporaria.
Second series of upper labial teeth continuous or nar-
rowly interrupted ; first series of lower labial teeth
at least two thirds the length of the second; width of
mouth quite as great as the interocular space, which
equals about once and a half the distance between
theimosbrils,.7.) 03. ccceseecns anche eeee eee eneet te eeecee eae 4. R. greca.
Second series of upper labial teeth widely interrupted in
the middle ; first series of lower labial teeth hardly
half as long as the second; width of mouth much less
than the interocular space, which equals nearly twice
the distance between the nostrils................seseseseees 5. R. iberica.
. Tail acutely pointed or submucronate, at least
nearly twice as long as the body.
Interocular space once and a half the width of the mouth
or the distance between the nostrils; no tubercle on
(BINS) WH OVTESP TAMA OE) Ghd Sooo aeaongasbooooeoAEHsoAS NcHCONNE 6. Rf. latastii.
Interocular space at least twice the width of the mouth or
the distance between the nostrils; usually a black
tubercle on the upper mandible ............:0.cc0s-ssenee 7. BR. agilis.
2. Anus opening above the lower edge of the tail;
upper caudal crest extending far forwards on
the back, almost to between the eyes, which are
lateral and visible from the ventral as well as
from the dorsal aspect of the body; series of
jabialtteethy= Wa et. acne ee Ee Perem eid Ei haF
8. H. arborea.
B. Anus median.
1. Spiraculum directed straight backwards; tail
rounded at the end; both upper and lower lip
with toothed edge; series of labial teeth Sharan III. Boro.
Mouth at least as wide as the interocular space, which is
twice as great as the distance between the nostrils ;
second upper series of labial teeth very narrowly in-
terrupted in the middle ...... eeavecnectodtaneseceeea oe te 9. B. vulgaris.
Mouth nearly as wide as the interocular space, which
measures once and a half the distance between the
nostrils; second upper series of labial teeth more or
less mmterrupted in’ the middley....-s-seseeseeeeeseneeesaes 10. B. viridis.
Mouth considerably narrower than the interocular space,
which is nearly twice as great as the distance between
the nostrils; second upper series of labial teeth very
widely interrupted in the middle...............sseeseseeees 11. B. calamita.
2. Spiraculum directed upwards and backwards;
lower lip bordered with papille ; series of labial
4 5
teeth > or 5
a. Tail acutely pointed, without black lines; first
series of upper labial teeth short ; beak entirely
blah wo esancterciniaccssanaseysasscnaeunssese aepeeeanee IV. PEnoparus.
Tail once and a half to twice as long as the body ; inter-
ocular space at least twice, often nearly thrice, the
distance between the nostrils, and considerably greater
than\ the widthyor tie anc ulm ssa eee 12. P. fuscus.
Tail hardly once and a half the leneth of the body ; inter-
1891.] TADPOLES OF THE EUROPEAN BATRACHIANS. 603
ocular space not more than twice as broad as the
distance between the nostrils ..............ceceseeseeoveres 13. P. cultripes.
6. Tail obtusely pointed, with fine black decussating
lines; an inverted fold on each side of the lip,
teeth ; beak white, with black edge............... VY. PELoDYTEs.
14. P. punctatus.
TI. Spiraculum median; anus median; tail rounded or
obtuse at the end; a papillose edge all round the lip,
sometimes narrowly interrupted above; labial teeth
in ; series, disposed in two or three rows, at least in
the second series.
A. Spiraculum equally distant from the anterior and
the posterior extremity of the body; tail at least is
once and a half the length of the body and three
and a half or four times as long as deep; caudal
crests with a polygonal network of fine black lines... VI. Discoguossus.
15. D. pictus.
B. Spiraculum nearer the posterior than the anterior
extremity of the body; tail not more than once and
a half the length of the body, twice to twice and a
half as long as deep; caudal crests with fine black
decussatin'ovlinesmerere reset eesseceeeoeseceentcescesecns VII. Bomprnator.
IN ToyTH A THEROTAEIL, ocoaquoosacanosbocoocuaasaoboEcHecoHoHUEHENE" 000000000 16. B. igneus.
Mioutlteeliipticaliesmenecrc-ceseeseeeete seacceeet rece toscasreceen ca: 17. B. pachypus.
C. Spiraculum nearer the anterior than the posterior
extremity of the body; tail at least once and a half
the length of the body, twice and two thirds to
thrice and a half as long as deep ; no black network. VIII. Anyrus.
18. A. obstetricans; 19. A. cisternasie.
With regard to size, the European tadpoles rank as follows :—
Maximum length
on record.
millim.
Io LAMUMCS /UIGIS coo auceb coos dues 175
2. Be COUMPIVGD06 866 pongo 56 120
Do LeanUneSCULENIAM hs Lele ee eee 111
4. Alytes obstetricans .............. 90
EPA sah CISLENITSIOME Oe etek ae ate ins Were 69
6. Pelodytes punctatus ............ 65
ea RANORAGUES A athe st Sates nih) oda elise 59
ch JCLULCOP WSIS Saq6cceaneoooc 50
hs, JEU ALORED:. 6 6 cipns.6 og Ole OHIO OO 49
VOLPRGNG 0OCTICAMe ee Sates eae: 49
ramets te OCLC rae erik wicte aolaisze tiene = 48
ee MCCTEPORONLE Ni taylee leh ohsitalel el) 46
13. Bombinator pachypus ...........- 45
4, OO DUALS soon Geb aoodiee one com 44
POMP LUQMONLALASEID ME a eee ona 44
GRR AU TSH Id. Sie Ai SEM ae Mia onosae 43
17. Discoglossus pictus...........+.- 33
MSc BCG CUTS ac boc bcabhaoeeooec 32
HOSA AN Calamitaitin. 43 sak aie yc eeoe whee 30
604 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 17;
But if we compare the maximum length of the tadpole with the
maximum length of the adult, we obtain the following order :—
Maximum length
of adult, from
snout to vent.
millim,
leePelohutes\fUscuSeer ee cet 80
2. Alytes obstetricans ....-......-.. 50
3: Pelobates eulinipes iar a irre 85
AS Altes cistenmasit \ liege iene 40
5. Pelodytes punctatus ............ 45
6: Bombinator, 1neUus <2) eee 45
7, (RONG. CSCULETIGIN. Aka eee eae 110
CRETE UMN Boeotooa aca snonKet 50
9. Bombinator pachypus............ 50
VO: ana: agplis:, 2) Seecustarnce: eta crny ame 75
Le Sn Benes Aen ok eee 50
LO.) greeny. sean rte en mae tae 50?
Mo) tos = PLOLGRLOUNS Looe Cet e mae e 65
WAS. og MOTUS: aie renee eee eee 79
W508 ck COMPORATLE po ewey earn eee 85
16.) Bujo viridis... tye uie nile weet: 85
72 Discoglossus piciasie eee tera 70
LS. Bufo calamitany eee ee 80
IE RPG LEE Neat Ae 4 Bi 589 Rice ccc, Soc td 150
1. Rana EscuLenta, L. (Plate XLV. fig. 1.)
Length of body once and a half its width, or rather less, about
half the length of the tail. Nostrils a little nearer the eyes than to
the end of the snout. Eyes on the upper surface of the body, equi-
distant from the end of the snout and the spiraculum, or slightly
nearer the latter; the distance between the eyes twice to twice anda
half as great as that between the nostrils, and much greater than the
width of the mouth. Spiraculum on the left side, directed upwards
and backwards, a little nearer the end of the snout than to the anus,
visible from above and from below. Anus opening on the right
side, close to the lower edge of the subcaudal crest. Tail twice and
three fourths to four times as long as deep, acutely pointed; upper
crest convex, a little deeper than the lower, not extending far upon
the back ; the depth of the muscular portion, at its base, about half
the greatest total depth.
Beak very broadly edged with black, sometimes almost entirely
black. Sides and lower edge of the lip bordered with papille,
which usually stand in two rows; upper lip with a long series of
fine teeth, followed, on each side, by a short series; three series of
teeth in the lower lip, the two outer uninterrupted, the third also
continuous or narrowly interrupted, the outermost only one half to
two thirds as long as the others.
The muciferous crypts are pretty distinct on the head, where they
1891.] TADPOLES OF THE EUROPEAN BATRACHIANS. 605
form two series, extending from the end of the snout to the upper
borders of the eyes, passing between the nostrils; a pair of dorsal
Ines on each side of the back, close together in front, diverging pos-
teriorly, are usually distinguishable; these lines in the advanced
tadpole coalesce to form the dorso-lateral fold of the perfect animal.
Olive or greyish olive above, speckled with brown; sides with
silvery or pale golden spots; belly white; throat pinkish, with mother-
of-pearl-coloured spots; tail pale greyish, closely spotted, dotted, or
vermiculated with grey or blackish ; the muscular portion of the tail
yellowish, often with three blackish stripes on its basal third. With
advancing age, when the hind limbs are approaching to their full
development, the back assumes a more decidedly greenish colour,
and the pale green vertebral stripe, if it is to exist, makes its
appearance.
The largest tadpoles of the typical form which I collected this
summer in Brittany measure 77 millim.: body 23, width of body 18;
tail 64, depth of tail 20. Tadpoles of the var. ridibunda, sent from
Prague by Hr. V. Fritsch, measure up to 90 millim. A specimen
from the latter locality, 111 millim. long, is recorded by Pfliiger
(Arch. Ges. Physiol. xxxi. 1883, p. 141).
In addition to the admirable illustrations of Résel (Hist. Ran.
pl. xiv., 1758), this tadpole has been figured by Lataste (Actes Soc.
Linn. Bord. xxx. 1876, pl. ix. figs. 4-6) and by Lessona (Atti Ace.
Lincei, 3, 1. 1877, pl.i. figs. 1, 4, 5), and the mouth by Héron
Royer and Van Bambeke (J. e. pl. xv. fig. 5).
I am not aware of any differences by which to distinguish in the
larval state the various races [ have lately endeavoured to diagnose
(Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 374).
With the exception of the extreme north, the Edible Frog inhabits
the whole of the Palzearctic region.
The breeding-season falls between the middle of May and the
end of June, the transformation of the larvee taking place normally
from the middle of August to the end of September. Hibernating
larvee are, however, not of very unfrequent occurrence. I have
more than once found in Belgium full-grown larve so early in the
year that they must have passed the winter. Well authenticated
cases of hibernation have been recorded by Kolazy (Verh. zool.-bot.
Ges. Wien, xxi. 1871, pp. 38, 1267), Kessler (Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose.
1878, p. 207), and Kollmann (Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, vii. 1883,
p. 3877).
2. Rana arvauis, Nilss. (Plate XLV. fig. 2.)
Although this species is closely allied to R. temporaria, it approaches
in some respects I. esculenta, the spermatozoa, for instance, agreeing
very closely with those of the latter species (cf. Leydig, An. Batr.
Deutsch. Faun. p. 137, pl. v., 1877). The tadpole likewise is
* Lataste remarks, however (C. R. Assoc. Franc. xii. 1883, p. 570), that Koll-
mann has mixed up larvee of Pelobates fuscus and Rana esculenta under the
latter name. His largest specimen (105 millim. long) is stated to belong to
Pelobates,
606 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 17,
intermediate between those of the two above-named species. In its
labial dentition it agrees with R. esculenta, the series of teeth being
usually = sometimes . when a third very short series is present on
each side of the upper lip. The beak is whitish, narrowly edged
with black. Interocular space about once and a half the distance
between the nostrils, which equals or slightly exceeds the width of
the mouth. ‘Tail pointed, rarely somewhat obtuse, once and two
thirds to twice the length of the body, its depth about one third its
length ; depth of the muscular part not quite half the greatest total
depth. Lines of muciferous crypts distinct on the head and body,
disposed as in R. agilis (see fig. 3, A, p. 598).
Brown above, with metallic spots; caudal crests greyish white,
with small brown spots and golden dots on the anterior half of the
upper crest; sometimes a series of large brown spots on the upper
edge of the tail, or a linear series of small golden spots along the
upper and lower crests; belly greyish with golden dots.
The largest of the numerous specimens examined, for which I am
indebted to the kindness of Prof. G. Born, M. Héron Royer, and
Dr. Wolterstorff, measures 43 millim.: body 16, width of body 10;
tail 27, depth of tail 9.
This tadpole has been described by Born (Arch. f. mikr. Anat.
xxvii. 1886, p. 207), Héron Royer and Van Bambeke (J. c. p. 263,
pl. xviii. fig. 1), and Bedriaga (Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. 1889, p. 313),
but, with the exception of the mouth, has not yet been figured.
R. arvalis is known to inhabit Germany, Holland near Apeldoorn,
Switzerland near Basle, Denmark, Sweden, Southern Norway, Russia,
Hungary, Transylvania’, Asia Minor, Western Siberia, the Kirghiz
Steppes, and North-western Persia.
In Germany, &. arvalis breeds, as a rule, about a fortnight later
than R. temporaria, and its larvee transform between the middle of
June and the beginning of August.
3. Rana TEMPORARIA, L. (Plate XLV. fig. 3.)
Length of body once and a half to once and two thirds its width,
two thirds to one half the length of the tail. Nostrils equally
distant from the eyes and from the end of the snout or a little
nearer the latter. Kyes on the upper surface of the body, a little
nearer the end of the snout than to the spiraculum; the distance
between the eyes about once and a half the distance between the
nostrils, and a little greater than the width of the mouth. Spiraculum
directed backwards and slightly upwards, nearly equally distant from
the end of the snout and from the anus, visible from above and from
below. Anus opening on the right side, close to the lower edge of
the subcaudal crest. Tail three to four times as long as deep,
ending in an obtuse point; upper crest convex, not or but slightly
deeper than the lower, not extending far upon the back; the depth
* Tam able to add a new European locality to the habitat of this species ;
a breeding male obtained at Karlovac, Sclavonia, was presented this spring to
the British Museum by Hr. V. Fritsch.
1891.] TADPOLES OF THE EUROPEAN BATRACHIANS. 607
of the muscular portion, at its base, about one third the greatest
total depth.
Beak broadly edged with black. Sides and lower edge of the
lip bordered with papillee; upper lip with a long series of teeth,
followed on each side by two or three series, which are widely
separated from their fellows on the other side and gradually
decrease in length ; four series of teeth in the lower hip, the fourth
or inner widely interrupted in the middle, the first or outer at least
two thirds the length of the second. Héron Royer (Bull. Ac. Belg.
3, 1. 1881, p. 139) regards the specimens with three series of teeth
in the upper lip as representing a distinct subspecies (honnoraéz,
H. R.), but Born (Arch. f. mikr. Anat. xxvii. 1886, p. 209) and
Camerano (Atti Ace. Torin. xxvi. 1890, p. 82) have shown that
specimens with three or four series are found promiscuously in
Germany and in the Alps. I may add that British specimens have
usually only three series of upper labial teeth.
Muciferous crypts very indistinct.
Dark brown to blackish above, with metallic dots; caudal crests
greyish, uniform, or dotted or powdered with brown, with or without
small golden spots; belly grey to blackish with metallic dots or
spots.
The largest specimen from the environs of London measures
37 millim.: body 13, width of body 9; tail 24, depth of tail 7.
Camerano (J. c.) records specimens 46 millim. long.
_ Rana temporaria inhabits Central and Northern Europe (where
it is still found in abundance as far asthe North Cape and Lapland’),
the Pyrenees, the hills of North-western Spain, and the Italian Alps,
Siberia and Yesso.
It breeds, in the plains of Central Europe, from the beginning of
February to the beginning of April, and the young leave the water
in May or June. Inthe Alps, where this species is found as high
up as 10,000 feet, the metamorphosis may not be completed until
late in the summer, and cases of hibernation in the larval condition
are frequent (Camerano, Atti Acc. Torin. xix. 1883, p. 86, and Boll.
Mus. Torin. 1887, no. 30, and 1889, no. 56).
4. Rana GRa&cA, Blgr. (Plate XLV. fig. 4.)
This tadpole, although more nearly resembling that of BR. tem-
poraria than any other Kuropean species, differs from all its congeners
i having the mouth quite as wide as the interorbital space, which
equals once and a half the distance between the nostrils. The labial
dentition is more developed even than in &. temporaria, the teeth
1 A note by Gaimard (Bibl. Univ. 2, xxvi. 1840, p. 207) has been interpreted
by some authors as indicating the presence of Frogs in Iceland. Gaimard
states that he made experiments in Iceland on the endurance of cold on three
Batrachians, viz. Rana temporaria, Bufo vulgaris, and Bufo calamita, but does
not actually say that he procured the specimens on that island, although, from
the wording of his note, it would be quite natural to infer he did. But neither
the list of Iceland animals given by Mohr (Fors. Isl. Naturh., Copenhagen, 1786)
nor that published by E. Robert in ,Gaimard’s Voyage (Voy. en Islande et au
Groénl., Zool. et Méd., Paris, 1851) contains any allusion to Batrachians.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XLI. 4]
608 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 17,
forming 3 or | series, of which the second upper is but narrowly
interrupted in the middle; the four lower series are either all con-
tinuous and occupying nearly the whole width of the lip, or the
fourth is broken up in the middle. A single series of papillee on
the lower labial edge. ‘Tail obtuse, once and two thirds the length
of the body, its depth about one third its length.
Grey above, closely speckled with black, whitish beneath; muscular
portion of the tail reticulated with black; caudal crests with small
black spots or arborescent markings.
Total length 48 millim.: body 18, width of body 12; tail 30,
depth of tail 10.
Several tadpoles, from the Parnassos, were received from Dr.
Kriiper. In recently describing this Frog (Ann. & Mag. N. H. 6,
viii. 1891, p. 346, with fig.), I have explained how the study of
these larvee led me to suspect the existence of a new species of Rana
in the mountains of Greece (Parnassos and Korax).
5. Rana 1perica, Bler. (Plate XLV. fig. 5.)
Like the following, this Frog is intermediate between R. temporaria
and R. agilis in both its perfect and larval state. Width of mouth
much less than the interocular space, which equals nearly twice the
distance between the nostrils. Series of labial teeth * rarely *, the
second upper series widely interrupted in the middle, the third very
short; first lower series short, hardly half the length of the second,
fourth interrupted in the middle. The beak resembles that of
R. agilis and, in one of the four specimens before me, the upper
mandible is likewise provided with a large black tubercle in the
middle of its basal portion.
Tail obtuse, once and a half to once and three fourths the length
of the body, its depth about one third its length.
Lines of muciferous crypts very distinct, as in R. agilis.
The colour of the upper parts varies from reddish brown (Héron
Royer) to blackish brown (Bedriaga); belly greyish or whitish ;
caudal crests brownish, the upper darker than the lower, with brown
dots and large blackish spots, which are also present on the muscular
part.
The largest of the two tadpoles from Coimbra, which I owe to
the kindness of Dr. de Bedriaga, measures 49 millim.: body 17,
width of body 12; tail 32, depth of tail 11.
The tadpole of this species, which inhabits Spain and Portugal,
has recently been described by Héron Royer and Van Bambeke
(1. c. p. 258, pl. xvi. fig. 4) and by Bedriaga (Larves des Batr. de
Portug., Coimbra, 1891, p. 8).
According to Bosca (Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1880, p. 259),
R. iberica is usually found in or near water. He found small larvee
on the 22nd of March and, on the same day, a breeding male.
6. Rana LaTasti, Blgr. (Plate XLV. fig. 6.)
Intermediate between R. temporaria and R.agilis. Width of
1891. ] TADPOLES OF THE EUROPEAN BATRACHIANS. 609
mouth equalling the distance between the nostrils and two thirds the
distance between the eyes. Series of labial teeth a the second upper
series very widely interrupted in the middle, the third extremely
short ; first lower series very short, hardly half the length of the
_ second, fourth interrupted in the middle. Beak as in R. temporaria.
Tail acutely pointed, twice as long as the body, its depth one third
its length.
Lines of muciferous crypts very distinct, as in R. agilis.
Brown above, whitish beneath ; caudal crests whitish, dotted with
dark brown, the upper with some larger spots.
Total length 44 millim.: body 14, width of body 10; tail 30,
depth of tail 10.
R. latastii inhabits Northern Italy and Tuscany. Its tadpole
has not been described before. I am indebted to M. Héron Royer
for a single specimen, from which the above notes are taken.
7. Rana acinis, Thomas. (Plate XLV. fig. 7.)
In general form similar to R. esculenta, but snout rather shorter,
the nostrils being equidistant from the eyes and the end of the snout,
and spiraculum considerably nearer the posterior than the anterior
extremity of the body. Interocular space twice as great as the
distance between the nostrils. Tail twice to twice and a half as long
as the body, pointed and attenuate or submucronate at the end, its
depth about twice and two thirds in its length; upper crest very
convex, deeper than the lower, and extending upon the back as far
as the level of the spiraculum.
Beak broadly edged with black, usually with a black tubercle or
knob in the middle of the basal part of the upper mandible, which
may be accompanied by a smaller one on each side. Usually
two series of papillee bordering the lower lip. Labial teeth in
; series, the second and third upper short and widely separated in
the middle, the first lower short, the three others nearly twice as
long and uninterrupted, or the fourth very narrowly interrupted in
the middle.
Very distinct lines of crypts on the head and body. One of these
lines forms a hoop, the ends of which approach on the upper lip,
passing above the nostrils and bordering the eye above and’below ;
another begins behind the eye and bifurcates, the upper branch
extending to the upper caudal fin, the lower to the middle of the
muscular portion of the tail; a small branch may descend on each
side at a short distance behind the eye, forming a sigmoid curve ;
another, curved line on each side, bordering the spiraculum above.
(cf. fig. 3, A, p. 598).
Pale brown or rufous above, with dark brown spots; sides with
roundish golden spots between a brown or reddish network ; belly
white, with pale golden or mother-of-pearl spots; throat pink ;
muscular portion of tail pale brown or yellowish, with small brown
or grey spots; caudal crests greyish white, with pane aud small
413
610 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 17,
greyish-brown spots, which are scarcer on the lower crest; usually
a few deep black spots on the upper edge of the upper crest.
The largest specimen obtained by me in Brittany measures
59 millim.: body 18, width of body 12; tail 41, depth of tail 15.
The first description and figure of this tadpole were published by
Lataste (Actes Soc. Linn. Bord. xxx. 1876, p. 430, pl. x. figs. 7-9).
A better figure was given by Héron Royer (Bull. Soc. Zool. France,
1878, pl. iil. fig. 1). Further descriptions have since been given by
Héron Royer and Van Bambeke (I. c. p. 255, pl. xvil. fig. 1) and
by Bedriaga (Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. 1889, p. 330).
Rana agilis is now known to inhabit France, from as far north as
St. Malo and Paris to the foot of the Pyrenees and the Mediter-
ranean coast, a few localities in Western Germany (Strassburg, Linz
on the Rhine, Wiirzburg), Switzerland, Italy and Sicily, Dalmatia,
Austria as far north as Prague, Transylvania, Greece, and the
Talysh district in Asia’.
It breeds a little later than R. temporaria, usually, in France,
between the middle of February and the beginning of April, but
occasionally as late as May (Héron Royer, Bull. Soc. Et. Se. Angers,
xiv. 1884, p. 125), and the young usually leave the water by the
end of June or beginning of July. However, this summer, near
Dinard, I captured larve in which the fore limbs had not yet appeared
as late as the 10th August. It is one of these specimens which I
have figured on Plate XLV. fig. 7.
8. Hyua arpores, L. (Plate XLVI. figs. 1-3.)
Length of body once and one third to once and a half its width,
about half the length of the tail. Nostrils a little nearer the eyes
than to the end of the snout. Eyes perfectly lateral, visible from
above and from below, a little nearer the spiraculum than to the
end of the snout; the distance between the eyes once and a half to
twice as great as the distance between the nostrils, which equals the
width of the mouth. Spiraculum on the left side, directed upwards
and backwards, nearer the posterior than the anterior extremity of
the body, not very prominent, but visible from above and from below.
Anus opening on the right side, close to the body, above the lower
edge of the tail. Tail once and three fourths to twice and one third
the length of the body, twice to twice and a half as long as deep,
1 A species closely resembling 2. agilis, but the male of which is provided
with internal vocal sacs, inhabits China and Japan. The British Museum has
recently received several tadpoles of this species, Rana japonica, Blgr., obtained
in the end of May of this year by Mr. Holst on Tsu-Shima, islands between
Southern Japan and Corea.
These tadpoles agree with those of &. agilis in their labial dentition, forming
: series, the first lower series being about half as long as the second; all four
lower series uninterrupted. Beak broadly edged with black, without tubercle.
Mouth a little wider than the distance between the nostrils, which equals three
fifths the width of the interocular space. Lines of muciferous crypts indistinct.
Tail twice to twice and one fourth the length of the body, ending in an obtuse
point, its depth three to three and a half times in its length. Caudal crests
whitish, with small brown spets. Total length 39 millim.
1891.] TADPOLES OF THE EUROPEAN BATRACHIANS. 611
acutely pointed, attenuate or mucronate at the end; upper crest
very convex and extending far forwards on the back, almost to between
the eyes; lower crest as much developed as the upper, and extending
on to the belly considerably beyond the anus; the depth of the
- muscular portion, at its base, one third or rather less than one third
the greatest total depth.
Beak broadly edged with black. Lips bordered with papille,
which are absent in the middle’of the upper border *, and usually form
two rows on the lower lip. Series of labial teeth z, all except the first
lower occupying nearly the whole width of the lip; the second
upper is narrowly interrupted in the middle, and so is sometimes the
third lower; the first lower series only one third to half as long as
the second.
The lines of muciferous crypts can usually be traced without much
difficulty : a hoop-shaped one on each side of the head, passing above
the nostril and bordering the eye above and below, both ends nearly
meeting close to the upper lip, and another along each side of the
body to the middle of the muscular portion of the tail.
Olive above, with golden gloss; sides with golden spots ; belly
white, with pearl-coloured or golden spots ; muscular part of tail
yellowish, with or without blackish dots and frequently with a median
black line at its base; caudal crests whitish, immaculate or more
or less profusely dotted and spotted with grey or blackish.
Total length of the largest specimen from Brittany 49 millim. :
body 16, width of body 12; tail 33, depth of tail 15.
The Southern form, var. meridionalis, Boettger, regarded by some
authors as a distinct species (H. perezi, Bosca, H. barytonus, Héron
Royer), differs in its tadpole state, to judge by several specimens
from Nice (which I owe to my friend Dr. de Bedriaga), in having the
second series of upper labial teeth more broadly interrupted in the
middle, and in having the muscular part of the tail bordered above
and below by a black line; these two black lmes together with a
third running along the middle of the tail, which is immaculate or
but scantily spotted, give it a peculiar appearance.
The tadpole of the common Tree-Frog has been exquisitely figured
by Résel (Hist. Ran. pl. x., 1758). Far inferior figures are to be
found in the works of Lataste (Actes Soc. Linn. Bord. xxx. 1876,
pl. x. figs. 4-6) and Lessona (Atti Ace. Lincei, 3, i. 1877, pl. i.
fiz. 18). ‘The best descriptions are by Lataste (J. ¢. p. 219), Héron
Royer and Van Bambeke (Arch. de Biol. ix. 1889, p. 245, pl. xv.
fig. 1), and Bedriaga (Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, 1889, p. 476).
Hyla arborea inhabits nearly the whole of the temperate parts of
the Palearctic Region, but is absent from the British Isles.
The eggs are deposited in the end of April or beginning of May,
and the young are ready to leave the water from the middle of July
to the end of August. A case of hibernation in the larval state has
been recorded by Lessona (Atti Acc. Torin. xii. 1877, p. 322).
1 J have never seen an uninterrupted series of papilles on the upper lip, as
figured by Héron Royer and Van Bambeke.
612 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 17;
9. Buro vuiearis, Laur. (Plate XLVI. fig. 4.)
Length of body about once and a half its width, and three fifths
to two thirds the length of the tail. Nostrils much nearer the eyes
than to the end of the snout. Eyes on the upper surface ; the distance
between them about twice as great as the distance between the
nostrils, and equal to or somewhat less than the width of the mouth.
Spiraculum on the left side, directed backwards, nearly equidistant
from either extremity of the body, not very prominent, but visible
from above and from below. Anus median. ‘Tail three to four
times as long as deep, broadly rounded at the end; both crests
nearly equal in depth, with nearly straight and parallel edges ; the
depth of the muscular part of the tail, at its base, two fifths the greatest
total depth.
Beak white, broadly edged with black. Lips with papillze only
at the sides, which form an inward fold; both upper and lower
edge toothed, the series of labial teeth being z ; the second upper
series nearly as long as the first, and very narrowly interrupted in
the middle; the three lower series uninterrupted and occupying
nearly the whole width of the lip.
Lines of muciferous crypts not or scarcely traceable.
Blackish brown or black above, blackish grey beneath ; muscular
part of tail dark brown or blackish; crests grey, finely speckled as
if powdered with black.
The tadpole of this, the largest European Batrachian, is very small.
The largest specimen measured by me is 32 millim. long: body 12,
width of body 8; length of tail 20, depth of tail 5. The recently
transformed young measures only 8 to 12 millim. from snout to
vent.
Descriptions or figures of the tadpole of Bufo vulgaris are given
by Résel (Hist. Ran. p. 94, pl. xxi., 1758), Lataste (Actes Soe.
Linn. Bord. xxx. 1876, p. 288, pl. x. figs. 10-12), Héron Royer
and Van Bambeke (J. c. p. 291, pl. xxiii. fig. 1), and Bedriaga
(Bull. Soc. Mose. 1889, p. 362.)
The Common Toad inhabits the whole of Europe, Northern and
Temperate Asia, as far east as Mantchuria, Japan, and China’, and
North-west Africa.
In Central Europe the breeding-season, which lasts only a few
days, falls between the beginning of March and the middle of April,
and the young leave the water between the middle of May and the
end of June.
10. Buro viripis, Laur. (Plate XLVI. fig. 5.)
Although nearer the latter species, B. viridis may be regarded as,
in some respects, intermediate between B. vulgaris and B. calamita ;
and this view is supported by the characters of the tadpole, which
* A specimen was recently obtained by Mr. A. E. Pratt at an altitude of
17,000 feet in the Province of Sze Chuen. In the Alps it does not seem to
extend higher up than 7000 feet.
1891.4 TADPOLES OF THE EUROPEAN BATRACHIANS. 613
whilst differing from both its congeners in its larger size and its
broader internarial space, and approaching B. vulgaris in its wide
mouth, varies as regards its labial dentition between the two types.
Héron Royer and Van Bambeke represent the labial dentition as
. very similar to that of B. calamita ; and whilst I have seen Italian
specimens which agree tolerably well with the figure given by these
authors, [ have at the same time examined others from Breslau
which would be pronounced as B. vulgaris, if that character alone
were taken into consideration. The Italian specimens which I
have examined all show the second upper labial series widely
interrupted in the middle, but extending outwards nearly, or quite,
as far as the first; the first lower series measures two thirds to
three fourths the length of the second. The large series of
Specimens (about 50) from Breslau, for which I am indebted to the
kindness of Prof. Born, shows every passage between the widely
interrupted second upper series of teeth and one that differs in no
respect from that of B. vulgaris ; the length of the first lower series
varies from one half to three fourths the length of the second.
Distance between the eyes about once and a half the distance
between the nostrils, and equal to the width of the mouth. Tail
three to four times as long as deep, broadly rounded at the end, its
upper crest more convex than in B. vulgaris and a little deeper
than the lower; the depth of the muscular part of the tail about
half the greatest total depth.
Brown or greyish olive above, uniform or with small darker
spots; belly greyish white; caudal crests greyish white, with or
without small brown spots or dots.
The following are the measurements of the largest specimen,
from Breslau, examined by me:—Total length 44 millim.: body 18,
width of body 13; tail 26, depth of tail 9. ‘The recently transformed
young measures from 10 to 17 millim. from snout to vent.
The tadpole of B. viridis has been described by Héron Royer
and Van Bambeke (i. c. p. 293, pl. xxiil. fig. 3) and by Bedriaga
(Bull. Soe. Nat. Mose. 1889, p. 387).
This species has a very wide geographical range. It inhabits the
whole of Central and Southern Europe as far west as the Rhine and
the Alps, the Balearic Islands, North Africa, and South-western and
Central Asia as far east as Mongolia, Hastern Turkestan, Afghanistan,
and the Himalayas. In Europe it is known to reach an altitude of
nearly 6500 feet in the Alps of Savoy (R. Blanchard, Bull. Soc. Zool.
France, 1888, p. 67); and in Asia it ascends the Himalayas to about
15,000 feet (Stoliczka, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxxix. 1870, p. 155),
which is, next to the altitude of 17,000 feet reached by Bufo vul-
garis, the highest point from which a Batrachian has ever been
recorded.
The breeding-season falls between that of B. vulgaris and that of
B. calamita, lasting from the beginning of April to the middle of
June. Like B. vulgaris and unlike B. calamita, which is never to
be found in the water except at night, the breeding individuals make
a prolonged sojourn in the water.
614 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 17,
11. Buro cauamira, Laur. (Plate XLVI. fig. 6.)
The tadpole of the Natterjack differs from that of the Common
Toad in the narrower mouth, which measures less than the inter-
ocular space and a little more than the distance between the nostrils ;
the somewhat more convex upper caudal crest ; and the lesser
lencth of the second series of upper labial teeth, which is very
broadly interrupted in the middle.
Black above, sides and belly dark lead-grey, with pale bronzy
dots; caudal crests grey, finely speckled with black; throat and
chin sometimes whitish; the light vertebral line, characteristic of
this species, sometimes present before the appearance of the fore
limbs.
This is the smallest European tadpole, seldom reaching the
length of 30 millim. recorded by Bedriaga. The following are the
measurements of the largest of hundreds of specimens examined by
me:—Total length 25 millim.: body 10, width of body 7; tail 15,
depth of tail 5. I have seen recently transformed young measuring
only 7 millim. from snout to vent.
The only figure ever given of this tadpole is that accompanying
Lataste’s description (Actes Soc. Linn. Bord. xxx. 1876, p. 297,
pl. xi. figs. 1-3); the mouth is described and figured by Héron
Royer and Van Bambeke (J. c. p. 295, pl. xxiv. fig. 1), and detailed
descriptions are given by Bedriaga (Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 1889,
p- 406, and ‘ Larves des Batraciens de Portugal,’ Coimbra, 1891,
» I),
: The habitat of Bufo calamita.extends from the extreme West of
Europe’ to Western Russia, the species becoming gradually scarcer
or more local from West to Hast; it is entirely absent from Italy
and South-eastern Enrope.
The breeding-season lasts from the middle of April to the middle
of July ; it is by no means unusual to find in June and im the be-
ginning of July, together in one and the same spot, ova, tadpoles,
and recently transformed young of this species.
12. Petopates Fuscus, Laur. (Plate XLVI. fig. 7.)
Length of body once and a half to twice its width, two thirds to
one half the length of the tail. Nostrilsa little nearer the eyes than
to the end of the snout. Eyes on the upper surface of the body,
equidistant from the end of the snout and the spiraculum, the dis-
tance between them at least twice, sometimes nearly three times as
great as that between the nostrils, and considerably greater than
the width of the mouth. Spiraculum on the left side *, directed
upwards and backwards, equidistant from either extremity of the
body or a little nearer the auterior extremity, visible from above and
from below. Anal opening median, a little larger than the spiracu-
lum, and close to the body. ‘Tail twice anda half to thrice and one
1 From Scotland and Ireland to the South of Spain.
? Héron Royer (Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1884, p. 162) has recorded two
interesting teratological cases in this tadpole: one with two spiracula, the
other with the spiraculum on the right side instead of the left.
1891. |] TADPOLES OF THE EUROPEAN BATRACHIANS. 615
fifth as long as deep, acutely pointed; upper crest convex, slightly
deeper than the lower, not extending far upon the back; the depth
of the muscular portion, at its base, about half the greatest total
depth.
Beet black. Lip bordered with papille, which form two or
more rows on the sides ; the papillose border interrupted mesially by
a narrow toothed descending lobe, which appears at first sight as
continuous with the second upper series of teeth’; this anterior
series is followed by three or four other series of teeth, which are all
widely interrupted in the middle and gradually decrease in length ;
the fourth, if at all present, being extremely short. On the lower
lip we see likewise a short outer series, followed by three or four
much longer ones, all of which, with the occasional exception of the
first, are interrupted in the middle and may be more or less broken
up on the sides. ‘The series of labial teeth may therefore be formu-
lated as 7 or 2. Small isolated teeth may also be scattered on the
papillze at the angles of the mouth.
I have not been able to distinguish lines of crypts beyond the two
series which run from the end of the snout to the upper border of
the eyes, passing between the nostrils. I am therefore unable to
judge whether the dorsal lines have been correctly figured by
Lessona (Atti Acc. Lincei, 3, i. 1877, pl. v. figs. 20 & 28), who
tightly regards the figure given by Cornalia (Atti Soc. Ital. xvi.
1873, pl. iii. a.) as fanciful. From what I know of other tadpoles,
I can hardly believe in the arrangement described by Lessona, espe-
cially as so great a difference from the allied P. cultripes, figured
by Lataste (Actes Soe. Linn. Bord. xxxiii. 1879, p. 313), appears
very improbable.
The advanced tadpole of P. fuscus is brown or olive-brown above,
with or without small darker spots, greyish white beneath; sides
with roundish whitish or pale golden spots; tail pale brown, with
small grey and whitish spots.
The body usually reaches at least the size of a pigeon’s egg, but
not unfrequently exceeds that size. The largest specimen in the
British Museum, from Prague, measures 125 millim.: body 38,
width of body 25; tail 87, depth of tail 27. The largest specimen
1 And is so figured by Héron Royer and Van Bambeke (Arch. de Biol. ix.
1889, pl. xix. fig. 1) as characteristic of P. fuscus, such as it occurs in France.
But specimens from Paris, which I received from M. Héron Royer himself, show
exactly the same arrangement as described and figured (J. c. pl. xviii. fig. 7) in
Pelobates from Belgium, Germany, and Italy. Had the difference been a real
one, M. Héron Royer might have reflected on my remarks (Bull. Soc. Zool.
France, 1888, p. 115) to the effect that if there exist two distinct forms con-
founded under the name of P. fuscus, it is the French form that is to be
distinguished and not the Italian, which agrees best with the typical P. fuscus
of Germany. On reading Héron Royer and Van Bambeke’s account, one
might feel inclined, on the evidence of the differences shown by their figures, to
accept such a distinction; but, considering that the Parisian tadpoles do not
in any way differ in their labial characters from the German, as figured by
FB. HE. Schulze and Gutzeit, nor from the specimens from Prague, Basle, and
Denmark, with which I haye compared them, I feel justified in regarding
Héron Royer’s figure (/.c. pl. xix. fig. 1) as incorrect.
616 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 17,
on record is one preserved in the Berlin Museum, obtained in
December 1867, on the Jungfernheide, near Berlin, and which
measures 175 millim. (E. v. Martens, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl.
1867, p. 35). “\
The masterly figures given by Rosel (Hist. Ranar. pl. xviii,
1758) are still unequalled. The structure of the mouth and lips
has been described and figured by Van Bambeke (Bull. Ac. Belg. 2,
xvi. 1863, p. 341, pl. i.), F. E. Schulze (Abh. Ak. Berl. 1888,
p. 4, pls. i-iv.), Héron Royer and Van Bambeke (Arch. de Biol.
ix. 1889, pl. xviii. fig. 7, and pl. xix. fig. 1), and Gutzeit (Zeitschr.
wiss. Zool. xlix. 1889, p. 50, pl. il. fig. 16).
Pelobates fuscus has a wide distribution, being locally distributed
over Germany, Austria, Russia, Southern Sweden, Denmark,
Belgium, Northern and Central France, the North-western ex-
tremity of Switzerland, Piedmont, Lombardy, and Bologna’.
Owing to its burrowing habits, Pelobates fuscus is only found in
localities where the soil is particularly light, and it usually chooses
deep ponds for depositing its spawn. The breeding-season falls
normally between the end of March and the beginning of May;
but it has been observed near Ghent, in Belgium, as late as the
21st of July (Van Bambeke, in Héron Royer, Bull. Soc. Et. Se.
Angers, xv. 1885, p. 72). The larve usually transform in July
and August ; that, under special circumstances, the larvae may hi-
bernate, is shown by the observations of Kollmann (Ree. Zool.
Suisse, 1. 1883, p. 75) and Pfliger (Arch. f. Ges. Phys. xxxi.
1883, p. 134).
13. PELOBATES CULTRIPES, Cuv. (Plate XLVI. fig. 8.)
Differs from the preceding in the following points :—The nostrils
are wider apart, the distance between them equalling the width of
the mouth, or at least one half the width of the interocular space.
The series of labial teeth are more broken up, and their arrangement
is therefore less easily expressed by a formula, although practically
of the same type as in P. fuscus. According to Héron Royer, each
series presents several curves ; but such an arrangement is not dis-
tinctly shown by the tadpoles before me, which I owe to M. Héron
Royer himself; that character is therefore not constant. The tail is
shorter, hardly once and a half the length of the body. The lines of
crypts are usually more distinct than in the allied species, owing to
the black colour of the tubules ; their arrangement has been figured
by Lataste (cf. supra, p. 615), who at the same time observes that
they are liable to no inconsiderable individual variation.
The colour is described by Lataste as reddish yellow above,
greyish or bluish white beneath ; tail with small brown spots.
* As noticed by Crivelli (Rend. Ist. Lomb. 2, vi. 1873, p. 174) and Came-
rano (Boll. Mus. Torin. i. 1886, no. 9), it may be seen, by referring to
Spallanzani’s Dissertations Nat. Hist. An. & Veget. (Engl. transl. ii. p. 122,
London, 1784), that P. fuscws was first discovered in Italy, at Pavia, as early as
1780. The animal is described by Spallanzani in an unmistakable manner.
1891.] TADPOLES OF THE EUROPEAN BATRACHIANS. 617
According to Dugés, the size of the body may equal a hen’s egg.
The specimens from the Dép. Heérault, preserved in the British
Museum, and for which I am indebted to the kindness of M. Héron
Royer, are much smaller :—Total length 62 millim. : body 25, width
‘of body 15; tail 37, depth of tail 12.
Figures by Dugés(Rech. Ostéol. Myol. Batr. 1835, pl. xin. fig. 80,
and pl. add. fig. 8), Des Moulins (Actes Soc. Linn. Bord. xxix. 1874,
pl. vi.), and Lataste (Actes Soc. Linn. Bord. xxx. 1876, pl. x.
figs. 1-3, and xxxui. 1879, p. 313).
Inhabits the South of France, extending on the West coast as far
north as the Loire-Inférieure, Spain, and Portugal.
14. Petopyrers punctatus, Daud. (Plate XLVII. figs. 1, 2.)
Length of body rather more than once and a half its width, and
not quite two thirds the length of the tail. Nostrils halfway between
the end of the snout and the eyes, or a little nearer the latter. Hyes
on the upper surface of the body, equidistant from the end of the
snout and the spiraculum, the distance between them about twice
as great as that between the nostrils, and equal to the width of the
mouth. Spiraculum on the left side, directed upwards and back-
wards, nearly equidistant from either extremity of the body, visible
from above and from below. Anal opening median, much larger
than the opening of the spiraculum. Tail twice and a half to three
times as long as deep, ending in an obtuse point ; the upper crest
very convex, deeper than the lower, and rarely extending forwards as
far as the level of the spiraculum ; the depth of the muscular portion,
at its base, one third to two fifths of the greatest total depth.
Beak white, with a black margin. An inverted fold at the side of
the lip; this is furnished with a single row of papilla except on
the upper border, which is toothed. Labial teeth in : or > series,
the second and third, both above and below, the longest ; the first
and second series in both divisions of the lip uninterrupted, or the
second upper with very slight median interruption, the others
separated in the middle and gradually decreasing in length to the
last, which, if present, is short. According to Bedriaga, there may
be as many as six series of teeth on the lower lip, the first three of
which are uninterrupted.
Lines of crypts usually very apparent, but sometimes very in-
distinct. On the head they approach each other between the nostrils
and completely border the eye posteriorly, the anterior extremities
of this naso-orbital hoop approaching each other above the upper
lip. Of the two dorsal lines, which diverge posteriorly, the upper,
extending to the upper edge of the muscular portion of the tail, is
interrupted at a short distance behind the eye; its anterior portion
may even descend to join the lower line, which thus appears bifur-
cated in front; the lower line extends, usually uninterrupted, from
behind the eye to the middle of the muscular portion of the tail,
where it is lost; both lines, however, may stop short of the tail. A
sinuous line on the flanks, curved above the spiraculum, not bent
618 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 17,
upwards posteriorly, sometimes extending nearly to the origin of the
hind limbs. In addition to these lines, a short horizontal branch
o1iginates above the upper lip, and, bifurcating below the vertical of
the anterior border of the eye, forms a hoop which descends to the
sides of the throat. The arrangement of these lines is figured on
p. 598 of this paper.
Coloration usually varying from pale grey to olive-brown above,
the sides with pale metallic spots; the lines of crypts whitish ;
caudal crests greyish, with blackish spots and white dots and pale
metallic spots. Some specimens, however, have the tail almost
spotless ; in others, on the contrary, it is very closely spotted, but
always less abundantly on the lower crest than on the upper. Lower
parts pale grey with silvery spots. Tail and the greater part of the
body with fine black decussating lines, as in Bombinator ; it some-
times happens that these lines are altogether absent on the muscular
part of the tail.
But, as in other tadpoles, coloration is subject to a great amount
of variation. During a stay of seven weeks in Brittany last summer,
I was much struck on finding, in the beginning of July, near
St. Enogat, Ille-et-Vilaine, a smail and shallow pond, about 15 feet
long by 10 feet wide and 2 feet deep, swarming with thousands of
tadpoles from 30 to 40 millim. long, of a very dark brown, almost
black, which, although I am familiar with the larvee of Pelodyées, I
at first failed to recognize. It was only after a careful examination
that I ascertained the species to which they belong, my determina-
tiou being ultimately confirmed by the transformation of some of the
tadpoles which I had brought home alive. Now several ponds close
by, whether large or small, deep or shallow, of clear or of thick
muddy water, all showed the ordinary type of Pelodytes-tadpole. I
constantly visited the spot: the water, which at first was perfectly
clear and transparent, became green and dirty, but the larvee did not
alter in colour or size; and I was surprised at the small size of the
young immediately after transformation, which did not exceed 11
to 15 millim. from snout to vent, whilst the other places yielded
young varying between 19 and 22 millim. Towards the middle of
August the little pond was taken up for those linen-washing opera-
tions with which all who have visited Brittany are unpleasantly
familiar, and my observations were thus terminated by the wholesale
destruction of the tadpoles. But those, still numerous, which had
remained up to that time had not undergone any change. As I
have said above, these tadpoles were nearly black on the back; the
tail was of a dark brown without any, or with but very small, black
spots, and with the black decussating lines so crowded that they could
not be detected without a lens; the belly was of a beautiful steel-
blue, and the lines of crypts were quite indistinct, although they have
become distinguishable now that the specimens have been for some
time in spirit. One of these black tadpoles is figured, Plate XLVII.
fig. 2.
The largest measured: body 16 millim., width of body 10;
tail 24, depth of tail 8. The young were by no means melanotiec,
1891. ] TADPOLES OF THE EUROPEAN BATRACHIANS. 619
but possessed of the usual grey, ereen-spotted coloration. Their
small size alone distinguished them.
It is clear that the abnormal colour of these tadpoles was not due
to the surroundings at the time I observed them, as the water in
_which they lived underwent various changes during the five weeks
I watched the pool; and specimens which | brought home and
kept under the same conditions as normal larvee did not change
colour. Lam therefore able to confirm the conclusions arrived at
by Héron Royer, from observations on larvee of Alytes obstetricans
(Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1878, p. 65), that is, that the coloration is
due to the conditions under which the larva develops on leaving the
ege; and that after that time, the pigment-cells becoming fixed and
less sensitive, little or no alteration takes place until the end of the
larval period.
The largest tadpole of Pelodytes obtained by me in Brittany
measures 57 millim.: body 21, width of body 15; tail 36, depth of
tail 14. A specimen from Nice, received from Dr. de Bedriaga,
measures 65 millim.
Weare indebted for the first account of this tadpole to Héron Royer
(Bull. Soe. Zool. France, 1878, p. 151, pl. iii.), who pointed out
that the larva described and figured by Lataste as of Pelodytes
is that of Alytes obstetricans. He, however, erroneously repre-
sented the lines of muciferous crypts as decussating’on the forehead ;
and this error was soon corrected by Lataste (Actes Soc. Linn. Bord.
xxxiil. 1879, p. 309). Further notes were contributed by Héron
Royer (Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1879, p. 229, pl. xi.), and by the
same author in conjunction with Van Bambeke (Arch. de Biol. 1x.
1889, p. 277, pl. xx. figs. 5-12). The best description is that given
by Bedriaga (Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. 1889, p. 539), who for the first
time notices the pigmentary decussating lines.
The habitat of Pelodytes punctatus is restricted to France, where it
occurs nearly everywhere with the exception of the central Plateau
and the extreme North-east, being recorded as far north as the
Pas-de-Calais (Giard, Bull. Sc. Fr. Belg. xxii. 1890, p. 87), Spain
and Portugal, Liguria (Doria, Ann. Mus. Genova, xxiv. 1887,
p- 388), and Piedmont (Peracea, Boll. Mus. Torin. i. 1886, no. 1).
The tadpole usually lives in flooded quarries. I have found it in
Brittany in company with tadpoles of Rana esculenta, R. agilis, Bufo
calamita, and Hyla arborea.
A. Thomas (Ann. Sc. Nat. 4, 1. 1854, p. 290) appears to have
been the first to notice, at Nantes, that Pelodytes breeds not only in
the spring, but also in the autumn ; and he assigned to this species
two broods a year—the first from the end of February to the beginning
of April, the second from the end of September to the beginning
of October. Lataste (Actes Soc. Linn. Bord. xxix. C. R. 1874,
p- cli) has witnessed its breeding, near Bordeaux, on the 22nd May,
and (Actes Soc. Linn. Bord. xxxi. 1876, p. 11) near Paris on the
8th July. Thomas’s statement regarding the autumnal breeding
has been contested by Héron Royer (Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1378,
p. 131, and Bull. Soc. Et. Se. Angers, 2, xv» 1885, p. 103), but is
620 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 17,
confirmed by Bedriaga’s observations at Nice, where he has found the
frog pairing from the end of February to May, and again in October
and November. I have myself this summer, at St. Enogat, observed
specimens pairing on the 21st August. Late offspring of course
hibernate in the larval condition, as ascertained by Bedriaga (Bull.
Soc. Nat. Mosc. 1889, p. 542), who obtained near Nice, on the 10th
March, in one and the same pond, full-grown tadpoles, spawn, and
breeding individuals. Larvee of Pelodytes may therefore be found
all the year round.
15. Discogiossus pictus, Otth. (Plate XLVII. fig. 3.)
Length of body once and two thirds its width, two thirds to one
half the length of the tail. Eyes on the upper surface of the body,
the distance between them about once and a half the distance between
the nostrils, equal to or slightly less than the width of the mouth.
Spiraculum in the mid-ventral line, equally distant from either ex-
tremity of the body. Anal opening median, larger than the spi-
raculum. ‘Tailthree to four times as long as deep, broadly rounded
at the end, as in Bufo vulgaris, both upper and lower crests but
very feebly convex, the former not extending upon the back; the
depth of the muscular part at its base one half to two fifths the total
depth.
ites elliptical. Beak white, edged with black. Lips bordered
by a single series of papillee, which are usually narrowly interrupted
in the middle of the upper lip; a well-marked chink on each side of
the lower lip. Series of labial teeth =, occupying the whole width of
the lips, the third lower interrupted in the middle; the first upper
and the first lower series formed of one or two rows of teeth, the
others constantly of two’. I can distinguish the ordinary lines of
crypts on the head, and also one running along each side of the back.
Brown above, whitish below; caudal crests whitish, uniform or
with small brown dots. The whole body and tail with a network of
fine brown lines forming polygonal meshes ; this network most easily
traceable on the tail.
Total length 33 millim.: body 12, width of body 7; tail 21,
depth of tail 6.
The tadpole of Discoglossus was first described and figured by
Lataste in his ‘ Etude sur le Discoglosse’’ (Actes Soc. Linn. Bord.
xxxill. 1879, p. 287, pl. v. figs. 1-4); and his account has been
supplemented by Héron Royer (Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1885,
p- 965, pl. xiv.), Héron Royer and Van Bambeke (J. ec. p. 280,
pl. xxi. fig. 1), and Bedriaga (Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. 1889, p. 557).
Discoglossus pictus inhabits Spain and Portugal, Corsica, Sardinia,
Sicily, Malta, and small neighbouring islands, Morocco, Algeria, and
Tunisia. Its breeding-season lasts from February (in Algeria) to
the end of summer.
* The duplex disposition of these teeth has been overlooked by Héron Royer
and Van Bambeke, who state that all the teeth form single series. Such is cer-
tainly not the case in the specimens examined by me, some of which were
named by M. Héron Royer himself.
1891.] TADPOLES OF THE EUROPEAN BATRACHIANS. 621
16. Bomprnatror 1gneus, Laur. (Plate XLVII. fig. 4.)
Length of body once and one fourth to once and one third its
width, four fifths to two thirds the length of the tail. Eyes on the
upper surface of the body, the distance between them twice and a
. half to three times as great as that between the nostrils, equal to or
slightly less than the width of the mouth. Spiraculum in the
mid-ventral line, nearer the posterior than the anterior extremity of
the body. Anal opening median, much larger than the spiraculum.
Tail twice to twice and a half as long as deep, ending in an obtuse
point ; the upper crest convex, not or but slightly deeper than the
lower, and extending upon the back; the depth of the muscular
part, at its base, one half to two fifths the total depth.
Mouth triangular. Beak white, bordered with black. Lips
bordered by a series of papille ; a well-marked chink on each side of
the lower lip; series of labial teeth a occupying the whole width of
the lips, all uninterrupted, or the third lower broken up in the
middle ; the first upper and the first lower series formed of two or
three rows of teeth, the others of two, three, or four.
Well-marked series of muciferous crypts ; one on each side of the
head, from above the upper lip, passing above the nostril and bor-
dering the eye, then descending towards the upper lip, where it
curves and ascends to below the eyes; twoseries on each side of the
back, begining at some distance behind the eye, the upper extend-
ing to the upper portion of the muscular part of the tail, the lower
very short and parallel to the upper; and finally a short curved
series on each side of the belly.
Brown above, greyish white below; the series of muciferous erypts
whitish; tail greyish, with or without small brown spots. A net-
work of fine black lines crossing each other at right angles is spread
over the whole tadpole, but most distinct on the caudal crests.
Total length 50 millim.: body 20, width of body 16; tail 30,
depth of tail15. These measurements are taken from a specimen
from Denmark, received from Prof. Litken.
This tadpole has been described and figured by Héron Royer,
Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1887, p. 647, pl. xii.
Bombinator igneus inhabits the plains of Northern and Kastern
Germany’, Denmark, Southern Sweden, Austria, Roumania, and
Russia. Breeds in May and June.
17. BomBinator pacuyPus, Fitz. (Plate XLVII. fig. 5.)
One very striking character distinguishes this tadpole from the
preceding, viz. the shape of the mouth, which is elliptical as in the
other genera of Discoglosside. Otherwise, I have not been more
successful than Héron Royer in discovering any constant characters
by which to distinguish it. The tail is, as a rule, rather shorter,
' Bedriaga, in his excellent recent work on the Batrachians of Europe
(J. ¢.p. 590), is mistaken in recording this species from the Lower Main district
on the authority of Koch. Both Koch’s var. ¢ypus and var. brevipes represent
B. pachypus, as is perfectly clear from his allusion to the “ gelbes Endglied ” of
the toes in the former.
622 . MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 17,
and the muciferous crypts, so distinct in B. igneus, are hardly distin-
euishable in the tadpoles of this species, of which I obtained a
number in the Duchy of Luxemburg. However, it is very probable
that such a difference would not prove constant if tested on more
extensive material. nm
The largest specimen collected by me measures 37 millim.: body
17, width of body 14; tail 20, depth of tail 10.
Descriptions or figures are given by Lataste (Actes Soc. Linn.
Bord. xxx. 1876, p. 278, pl. ix. figs. 10-12), Héron Royer and Van
Bambeke (Arch. de Biol. ix. 1889, p. 282, pl. xxi. fig. 6), and
Bedriaga (Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. 1889, p. 573). The decussating
pigmentary lines appear to have been first noticed by Leydig
(N. Acta Ac. Leop.-Carol. xxxiv. 1868, p. 105, pl. il. fig. xix., and
An. Batr. D. Faun. p. 56); and Pfliiger (Arch. f. Ges. Phys. xxxi.
1883, p. 139) has dwelt on the importance of this character for
distinguishing this tadpole from that of dlytes. The classical work
of Gétte (Entwickelungsgeschichte der Unke, Leipzig, 1875, with
atlas) is devoted to the embryology of this species.
This species, which has long been confounded with the preceding,
inhabits France, Belgium, Switzerland, Western and Central Germany,
Austria, Roumania, Italy, Dalmatia, Greece, and Turkey. It breeds
from the latter half of May to the end of June, and the young leave
the water in August or September.
18. AnyTEs opsTETRICANS, Laur. (Plate XLVII. figs. 6, 7.)
Length of body once and one third to once and a half its width,
two thirds to one half the length of the tail. Nostrils nearly half-
way between the end of the snout and the eyes. Eyes on the upper
surface of the body, the distance between them about twice as great
as that between the nostrils, and equal to or slightly greater than
the width of the mouth. Spiraculum in the mid-ventral line, a
little nearer the anterior than the posterior extremity of the body.
Anal opening median, very much larger than the spiraculum. Tail
twice and two thirds to thrice as long as deep, ending in an obtuse
poiut ; the upper crest convex, usually a little deeper than the lower,
and extending but very slightly upon the back; the depth of the
muscular portion, at its base, about half the total depth.
Beak white, with a broad black margin. Lip entirely surrounded
by a series of papillae. Labial teeth in : series, occupying nearly
the whole width of the inner surface of the lip, all continuous, or
the third lower narrowly broken up in the middle; the first upper
and the first lower series composed of one or two rows of teeth, the
others composed of two or three rows.
Lines of crypts usually very indistinct, all that can be distinguished
being the usual lines from the end of the snout between the nostrils,
bordering the eyes above, behind, and below, and forming a hoop on
each side of the upper lip, a line beginning at a considerable distance
behind the eye along each side of the back to the upper border of
the muscular part of the tail, and another very short line close to
1891.] TADPOLES OF THE EUROPEAN BATRACHIANS, 623
and parallel with the anterior extremity of the latter. But in a fine
specimen from Ballaigues, Switzerland, sent to me by my friend Dr.
de Bedriaga, the lines of crypts are much more distinct and blackish ;
in addition to the series described above, it shows the second dorsal
line prolonged to the base of the tail, which also bears two lines, the
upper being on the upper caudal crest; a short series descends
vertically from below the centre of the eye, another, curved, from
below the anterior extremity of the dorsal lines, a third on each side
of the mouth, and a fourth extends on each side of the belly, from
the level of the spiraculum nearly to the origin of the hind limbs,
its anterior extremity bent downwards and forwards. This specimen
is figured above, p. 598, fig. 3, C.
Lead-grey to blackish above, uniform or with round blackish
spots; sides with large silvery or pale golden spots; belly greyish
white with metallic spots; tail with numerous dark brown dots or
round black spots, which are very apparent on the greyish-white
crests. Nearly black tadpoles are on record (Héron Royer, Bull.
Soc. Zool. France, 1878, p. 62), and an albino has been figured
(Lataste, Actes Soc. Linn. Bord. xxxiv. 1880, pl. xi.).
The largest tadpoles I have seen were obtained by me in company
with my friend M. Lataste, in May 1882, at St. Germain-en-Laye,
near Paris. The following are the measurements of one of them :-—
Total length 80 millim.: body.28, width of body 21; tail 52, depth
of tail 19. Héron Royer and Van Bambeke also mention specimens
85 millim. long, and Fischer-Sigwart (‘Das Thierleben im Terra-
rium,’ Zofingen, 1889, p. 61) gives 90 millim. as the maximum
length; but this size is exceptional, some specimens, although full-
grown, not exceeding 40 millim.
I cannot find any constant character differentiating the Spanish-
Portuguese tadpoles (var. bosce, Lataste) from the typical form,
except that the tail is usually spotted with deeper black.
The tadpole of Alytes obstetricans has been described aud figured
many times. In addition to the anatomical works of C. Vogt (Unters.
iib. d. Entwickl. d. Geburtshelferkrote, Solothurn, 1842), Keiffer
(Arch. de Biol. ix. 1888, p. 55, pls. iii. & iv.), and Héron Royer and
Van Bambeke (¢.¢. p. 285, pl. xxii. fig. 1), containing information
respecting the buccal characters, the contributions must be mentioned
of Pontallié (Ann. Sc. Nat. 3, xviii. 1852, p. 248), Lataste (Actes
Soc. Linn. Bord. xxi. 1876, p. 446, pl. ix. figs. 1-3, 7-9), Héron
Royer (Bull. Soc. Zool. 1878, p. 132, pl. iii. figs. 9-11), and
Bedriaga (Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. 1889, p. 603, and “‘ Les Larves des
Batraciens de Portugal,’ Coimbre, 1891, p. 12).
The Midwife Toad is common nearly all over France’, in Belgium
(Provinces of Namur, Liége, and Luxemburg), in Switzerland,
distributed locally in Germany as far east as Brunswick and
Thuringia (Nehring, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1887, p. 48, and
Naturw. Wochenschrift (Berlin), v. 1890, p. 278 ; Wolterstorff, Zool.
1 T have failed to find it in the northern parts of Ille-et-Vilaine and the
adjoining parts of the Cotes-du-Nord, although the species is said by Pontallié
to be quite common near Rennes.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XLII. 42
624 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Nov. 17,
Anz. 1891, p. 65). It has been found as high up as 5000 feet in
Switzerland (Fatio, Vert. Suisse, iii. p. 362) and 6500 feet in the
Pyrenees. In Spain and Portugal it is represented by a distinct
variety (var. bosce, Lataste). ;
Its tadpole is one of the most useful for anatomical and physiolo-
gical purposes, both on account of its size and the facility with
which it can be procured, being abundant wherever it exists and found
all through the year, often remaining two years before transforming
(Wiedersheim, Zool. Anz. 1878, p. 104). The breeding-season lasts
from the spring to the end of summer. The tadpole, which does
not leave the egg until after the loss of the (uncommonly large)
external gills, is usually deposited in small reservoirs, cow-ponds,
flooded quarries, pits in brick-fields, &c. For accounts of the
breeding-habits of <Alytes obstetricans, consult A. de Isle du
Dréneuf, Ann. Sc. Nat. 6, iii. 1876, art. 7, and Héron Royer, Bull.
Soc. Zool. France, 1886, p. 671.
19. ALYTES CISTERNASIT, Bosca. (Plate XLVII. fig. 8.)
I am indebted to M. Ed. Bosca, the discoverer of this very
distinct species, for several tadpoles, from the Sierra Morena, at
different stages of development. The largest measures 69 millim. :
body 20, width of body 15; tail 42, depth of tail 14.
I regret to be unable to detect any character by which this
tadpole may be surely distinguished from that of A. obstetricans.
Héron Royer and Van Bambeke state that the labiai teeth are less
distinctly arranged in double rows, and their figure, in fact, repre-
sents the second upper series only as formed of a double row.
Bedriaga, on the contrary, describes the first upper series as with
two rows of teeth and the second with two or three, the first and
second lower series with two rows and the third with three, just as
is usually the case in J. obstetricans. I find constantly two rows
in the first upper aud first lower series, two or three in the second
upper, two in the second lower, and two or three in the third lower.
Bedriaga adds that the tail is shorter than in A. odstetricans, only
about once and a half the length of the body ; this difference, again,
is not borne out by our specimens, as may be seen from the measure-
ments given above.
Tail with small black spots, more crowded and often forming
vermiculations on the muscular portion of the tail, the space
occupied by the lateral groove being, however, usually free from
Spots.
i The tadpele of A. cisternasti, which inhabits Spain and Portugal,
has been figured by Bosca (An. Soc. Hsp. x. 1881, pl. ii. figs. 4-6)
and described by Héron Royer and Van Bambeke (i. ec. p. 289,
pl. xxii. fig. 5) and by Bedriaga (Larves des Batraciens de Portugal,
Coimbre, 1891, p. 14). It is to be found all the year through
(Bosea, Bull. Soe. Zool. France, 1880, p. 253).
1891.] TADPOLES OF THE EUROPEAN BATRACHIANS. 625
APPENDIX.
Inst of the Specimens preserved in the British Museum.
(N.B.—No number of specimens higher than ten in each bottle is
recorded in this list.)
1. Rana esculenta.
1-10. Near St. Malo. G. A. Boulenger, Esq. [P.].
11-12. Bologna. Prof. Bianconi [P.].
13-22. Prague. Hr. V. Fritsch [C.]. |
23-27. Coimbra. Dr. J. de Bedriaga [P.]. | var. ridébunda.
28-32. Algeria. M. Héron Royer [H.]. J
2. Rana arvalis.
1-4. Copenhagen. M. Héron Royer [E.].
5-14. Halle/S. Dr. W. Wolterstorff [E.].
15-24. Breslau. Prof. G. Born [P.].
3. Rana temporaria.
1-10. Near London. G. A. Boulenger, Esq. [P.].
11-15. Sjalland, Denmark. Oopenhagen Museum.
16-22. Rossazza, Alpes de Biella, 3100 Prof. L. Camerano [P.].
feet.
23-32, 33-36. Ceresole Reale, 5600 feet. Prof. L. Camerano [P.].
37-46. Alpe la Vecchia, Biellesl, 7000 feet. Prof. L. Camerano | P. |.
4. Rana greca.
1-10. Parnassos. Dr. Kriiper [P.1.
5. Rana iberica.
1-2. Coimbra. Dr. J. de Bedriaga [P.].
3-4. Portugal. M. Héron Royer [E.].
6. Rana latastii.
il Ttaly. M. Héron Royer [E.].
7. Rana agilis.
1-10. Near St. Malo. G. A. Boulenger, Esq. [P.].
11-14. Near Paris. M. Héron Royer [B.].
8. Hyla arborea.
1-10, 11-20. Near St. Malo. G. A. Boulenger, Esq. [P.].
21-30. Near Nice. Dr. J. de Bedriaga [P.]}.
(Var. meridionalis.)
9. Bufo vulgaris.
1-10. Near London. G. A. Boulenger, Esq. [P.].
11-14. Sjalland, Denmark. Copenhagen Museum.
15-19. Near Nice. Dr. J. de Bedriaga [P.].
10. Bufo viridis.
1 Bonn. Dr. J. de Bedriaga [P.].
2-6. Fildmoching, near Munich. Dr. W. Wolterstorff [H.].
7-16. Breslau. Prof. G. Born [P.].
17-18. Italy. M. Héron Royer [E.].
19-22. ~ Near Turin. Prof. L. Camerano [P.].
93-28. Ischia. Oopenhagen Museum,
99-30. Pizzo, Calabria. Prof. H. Giglioli [P.].
31-40. Do Shak, Afghanistan. Dr. Aitchison [C.].
42*
626
ON TADPOLES OF THE EUROPEAN BATRACHIANS
[Nov. 17,
11. Bufo calamita.
Near St. Malo.
Mertola, Portugal.
e A. Boulenger, Esq. [P.].
x. J. de Bedriaga [P.].
12. Pelobates fuscus.
Near Paris.
Near Basle.
Halle/S.
Prague.
Sjailland, Denmark.
Bologna.
M. Héron Royer [E.].
Dr. F. Miller [P.].
Dr. W. Wolterstorff [E.].
Hr. V. Fritsch [C.].
Copenhagen Museum.
Prof. Bianconi |P.].
13. Pelobates cultripes.
Heérault.
M. Héron Royer [E.].
14. Pelodytes punctatus.
, 11-20: Near St. Malo.
Near Paris.
Cimiez, near Nice.
G. A. Boulenger, Esq. [P.].
M. Héron Royer [E.].
Dr. J. de Bedriaga [P.].
15. Discoglossus pictus.
Montecristo Island,
Prof. H. Giglioli [P.].
Dr. J. de Bedriaga [P.].
M. Héron Royer [E.].
Algiers.
Algeria.
16. Bombinator igneus.
Magdeburg.
Sjalland, Denmark.
M. Héron Royer [E.].
Copenhagen Museum.
17. Bombinator pachypus.
Gironde.
France.
Mondorf, Luxemburg,
Copenhagen Museum.
M. Héron Royer [#.].
G. A. Boulenger, Esq. [P.].
Niederfellendorf, Franconia. Dr. W. Wolterstorff [H.].
18. Alytes obstetricans.
Near Paris. G. A. Boulenger, Esq. [P.].
St. Germain-en-Laye. Gress Boulenger, Hsq. [P.].
Bonn. Dr. J. de Bedriaga [P.].
Freiburg i. B. Dr. J. de Bedriaga. PAI:
Ballaigues, Switzerland. Dr. J. de Bedriaga (eeal:
Lac Bleu, Hautes-Pyrénées,’ Dr. L. Joubin [H.].
6500 feet.
Corunna. M. V. L. Seoane [P.].
Coimbra. Dr. J. de Bedriaga [P.]. | (Var.
Serra Hstrella. Dr. H. Gadow [C.]. bosc@.)
Valencia. M. #. Bosca | P.].
19. Alytes cisternasii.
Sierra Morena. M. EH. Bosea [P.].
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XLV.
Fig. 1. Rana esculenta, p. 604. Near St. Malo.
2. arvalis, p. 605. Breslau.
3. —— temporaria, p. 606. Near London.
4, greca, p. 607. Parnassos.
5. dberica, p. 608. Coimbra.
6. —— latastii, p. 608. Italy.
7. ——azgilis, p. 609. Near St. Malo.
“NI
1891. ] MR. SEEBOHM ON FIVE RARE IRISH BIRDS. 62
Prats XLVI.
Fig. 1, 2. Hyla arborea, p.610. Near St. Malo.
é ——, var. meridionalis, p. 611. Near Nice.
. Bufo vulgaris, p. 612. Near London.
-——— viridis, p. 612. Breslau.
calamita, p. 614. Near St. Malo.
. Pelobates fuscus, p. 614, Prague.
cultripes, p. 616. Hérault.
Prats XLVI.
2. Pelodytes punctatus, p. 617. Near St. Malo.
Discoglossus pictus, p. 620. Montecristo.
Bombinator igneus, p. 621. Sjalland, Denmark.
pachypus, p. 621. Mondorf, Luxemburg.
Alytes obsietricans, p. 622. St. Germain, near Paris.
var. bosce, p. 624, Serra Estrella.
cisternasit, p. 624. Sierra Morena.
PAS Sty o9
1,
3.
4,
a
6.
i
The tadpoles are represented of the natural size. The mouth (a) is enlarged
5 diameters in fig. 7, Pl. XLVI. ; 15 diameters in figs. 4 and 6, Pl. XLVI., and
fig. 3, Pl. XLVII.; 7 diameters in fig. 8, Pl. XLVI., and fig, 6, Pl. XLVIL. ;
10 diameters in the rest.
December 1, 1891.
Henry Seebohm, Hsq., F'.Z.S., in the Chair.
Mr. Sclater exhibited a specimen of a Shearwater which had been
captured alive in Victoria Park, Sydney, on August 2nd, 1891, having
been driven on land by the heavy storm. It had been brought to
England from Australia by Prof. Anderson Stuart and was to be
deposited in the British Museum. Mr. Sclater read the following
extract from a letter from Mr. O. Salvin, F.R.S., concerning the
identification of this bird :—
“J have examined the Petrel you sent me. It proves to be a
specimen of Pufinus gavia, Forst. IT have compared it with an ex-
ample from New Zealand in the Cambridge Museum kindly lent
me by Prof. Newton, and find the two birds precisely alike.
“ Puffinus gavia is not uncommon on the coasts of New Zealand,
but it has not to my knowledge been detected near Australia. A
full account of the species will be found in Buller’s ‘ Birds of New
Zealand,’ ed. 2, ii. p. 236.”
Dr. Edward Hamilton, F.Z.8., exhibited an example of the Red-
breasted Snipe of North America (Macrorhamphus griseus) shot near
Crinan in Argyllshire, as noticed in the ‘ Zoologist’ for 1891 (Zool.
ser. 3, xv. p. 427), and stated to be the second example of this bird
procured in Scotland.
Mr. Seebohm exhibited and made remarks on five rare Irish birds
from the collection of Mr. R. M. Barrington, of Bray, in County
Wicklow. No fewer than four of these had been caught by Mr. W.
H. James, the light-keeper at the Tearaght Rock, the most westerly
628 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [Dee. 1,
station in Europe. An example of the Mealy Redpoll (Fringilla
linaria) was caught on the 14th of September, 1890; a Lesser White-
throat (Sylvia curruca) was caught seventeen days later; a Yellow-
browed Warbler (Phylloscopus superciliosus) after a further interval -
of fourteen days; anda Red-breasted Flycatcher (Muscicapa parva)
six days later still. In the meantime, on the 11th of October in the
same year, the fifth specimen exhibited had been caught at the Black
Rock Lighthouse in County Mayo, and proved to be a Short-toed
Lark (Alauda brachydactyla).
Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks on an
abnormal growth of the bill of a Rook (Corvus frugilegus), and on
the head of a Pheasant with the upper mandible entirely wanting,
which had been forwarded to him by Mr. E. L. Layard, F.Z.S.
The following papers were read :—
1. Notes on Transcaspian Reptiles.
By G. A. BouLENGER.
[Received October 28, 1891.]
Since the publication, in 1888, of Dr. Boettger’s excellent account
of the herpetological results of the Radde-Walter Expedition to
Transcaspia*, the British Museum has acquired, partly through the
kind mediation of Dr. Boettger himself, a large number of Reptiles
from the same district, which enable me to supplement the above
work and to add six species which have not been recorded before
from the Russian Empire. The fact of the occurrence so far west
of the Indian species Humeces scutatus, Lycodon striatus, and Dipsas
trigonata is of great interest, as is also the rediscovery of Ophiomorus
brevipes, hitherto known from a single specimen preserved in the
Calcutta Museum.
The material upon which these notes are based consists of the
following series :—
1. The first set of duplicates of Dr. Radde’s collection, 30
specimens, including types of Phrynocephalus raddii, Bttg.
Received in 1888.
2. 22 specimens from Ashabad, collected by M. C. Eylandt.
Received in 1890.
3. 28 specimens from Ashabad and Tedshen, near Merv. Received
in exchange from the Warsaw Museum in 1890.
4. 7 specimens obtained by M. P. A. Warentzoff at Ashabad.
Received in 1891.
5. 20 specimens from Bokhara, the Copet Dagh near Ashabad,
Achal, and Alexandrowski. Received in exchange from
M. P. Nazaroff, 189i.
«Die Reptilien und Batrachier Transkaspiens,” Zool. Jahrb. iii. 1888,
pp. 871-972, pl. xxxiv.
-1891.] TRANSCASPIAN REPTILES. 629
6. 73 specimens obtained by M. C. Eylandt at Puli Hatun at the
confluence of the Geshef-Rud and the Hari-Rud. Received
in 1891.
TERATOSCINCUS sciNcus, Schleg.
T have now six Transcaspian specimens before me, measuring from
40 to 90 millim. from snout to vent: five from Ashabad (Hylandt
and one from Puli Hatun. In one of these specimens (from
Asbabad) the scales on the back of the head are larger than on the
snout, as described by Boettger, the five others having them smaller
than on the snout or at any rate not larger. Nostril between the
rostral and four nasals; upper nasals in contact with each other
behind the rostral in the specimens from Ashabad, separated by one
scale in the one from Puli Hatun. Mental as long as broad or
longer. 29 to 31 scales round the middle of the body. Head
variegated with dark brown ; nape and back with black cross-bands,
the anterior of which are crescentic.
CROSSOBAMON EVERSMANNI, Wiegm.
This Gecko must be one of the commonest Sand-Lizards in
Transcaspia, as every collection made m that district contains
numerous specimens. The number of preanal pores varies from six
to nine.
GYMNODACTYLUS CAsPIuS, Eichw.
The Museum now possesses the following series of specimens, in
all of which I have counted the longitudinal rows of ventral
scales (V.) and (in the males) the femoro-preeanal pores (P.) :—
Vv. P.
ile Ge Krasnowodsk. St. Petersburg Mus. 26 29
2. 6. Ak-kala, near Astrabad. BS 26 24
3. d- » » ” 28° 2
4, ¢. Ashabad. Hylandt. 26 8626
By ihe 5 SS 26 26
Gy Oe ; 5 26
"7. 3 : i 5 24
8. ¢. v3 Warentzoff. 28 31
CE Ge z= as 28 28
10. @. 4 Warsaw Mus. 26
Me: ‘ i 26
12, Qe Copet Dagh. Nazaroff. 28
is, Qs 5 28
14. Q. Bokhara. a 30 ~
Ub, ie Durun. Radde. 24 26
1G: Tachta. -f 26
Wie “eo Puli Hatun. Hylandt. 26 828
IE Mgep Sia * i 28 29
LOR Wer ss b 24 = 330
Thus we see that the number of scales across the belly varies in
these Transcaspian specimens from 24 to 30, and the number of
pores from 24 to 31 (34 in one specimen examined by Boettger),
630 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [ Dec. 1,
thus closely approaching, with respect to these characters, Strauch’s
G. fedtschenkoi, which is described as having 30 to 32 rows of
ventrals, and 34 to 37 pores. In fact, one of the specimens (no. 16)
in the above list has been referred by Boettger to G. fedtschenkoz.
As to the other characters taken from the tubercles on the back of
the head and body, I find so much variation within certain limits
in our specimens, all undoubtedly of one and the same species, that
I should have endorsed Boettger’s opinion that G. fedtschenkoi may
after all not be specifically separable from G. caspius, if it were not
for the recent accession of a specimen from Kelif, Bokhara, which I
regard as representing the true G. fedischenkot.
GyYMNODACTYLUS FEDTSCHENKOI!, Strauch.
A single specimen from Kelif, Bokhara. Tubercles smaller than
in G. caspius, more as in G. scaéer, strongly keeled but not trihedral
on the back, where they form 12 series; round and convex, not
keeled, on the occiput and temples. 30 scales across the middle of
the belly. Although a female, the specimen shows, as mere
impressions, a series of 29 femoro-preeanal pores.
EUBLEPHARIS MACULARIUS, Blyth.
I have related (Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi. 1890, p. 352) the curious
circumstance under which the presence of this Lizard near Ashabad
was ascertained by M. Eylandt.
EReEM1AS GUTTULATA, Licht.
I have examined specimens from the Copet Dagh (Nazaroff)
and Puli Hatun (Eylandt). As I have not found specimens of
Lacerta muralis among the collections made in those localities,
it is probable that the Lizards mentioned by Boettger (/.c. p. 907)
as having been seen, but uot captured, by Walter on the northern
slope of the Copet Dagh belonged to Hremias guttulata.
EuMEcEs scutatus, Theobald.
This Scink was known from Sind, Cutch, the Punjab, and
Cashmere. Its discovery by M. Eylandt so far west as Puli Hatun
is therefore of considerable importance. All the 15 specimens
examimed have 21 scales round the middle of the body and two
azygous postmentals; im one specimen the frontoparietals form a
very short median suture, in the others the frontal is in contact with
the interparietal. Pale brown or olive-grey above, white beneath ;
the small specimens have three darker longitudinal bands and are
spotted with black, the black spots being crowded and intermixed
with white ones on the lateral bands; upper surfaces and sides of
tail with black spots very regularly disposed, a spot occupying every
other scale in each longitudinal series. These markings may almost
completely disappear in the adult. The largest specimen measures
300 millim., the tail entering for 180.
fi. scutatus occurs at Puli Hatun in company with E. schneideri,
both species being well represented in M. Eylandt’s collection.
1891. ] TRANSCASPIAN REPTILES. 631
OPHIOMOROUS BREVIPES, Blanf.
This species, the type of Blanford’s genus Zygnopsis or Zygnidopsis,
was established upon a single specimen, with the head slightly
injured, obtained at Saadatabad, a village about 100 miles south-west
‘of Karman, on the road to Shiraz; this specimen, figured im the
‘Zoology of Hastern Persia,’ pl. vii. fig. 4, is preserved in the
Calcutta Museum. In 1879, two specimens from the Southern
Coast of Persia or Baluchistan were referred by Blanford to the
same species’. A few years later, when preparing the Catalogue of
Lizards, I came to the conclusion that the latter specimens belong to
a species distinct from O. 6revipes, for which I proposed the name of
O. blanfordii, and this view is now fully confirmed on the rediscovery,
at Puli Hatun, of the true O. brevipes. 10 specimens were sent by
M. Eylandt. They differ at first sight from O. blanfordit in the
less depressed, more conical snout, and the somewhat larger eye;
they further differ in having 22 scales round the body instead of 20,
and the interparietal as broad as long instead of longer than broad.
Nostril nearer the rostral than to the anterior loreal; frontonasal
two fifths to one half the length of the frontal, which is a little
longer than broad; usually, only the first supraocular forms a
suture with the prefrontal, but sometimes the second also, as in
O. blanfordii ; interparietal as long as broad or a little broader ;
a pair of enlarged nuchals may be present ; fifth upper labial largest ;
two azygous postmentals. Length of hind limb 3% to 4% times in
the distance between the shoulder and the thigh.
Coloration as described and figured by Blanford. The largest
specimen measures 95 millim. from snout to vent.
Eryx gacutus, L.
All the specimens I have examined fall into Boettger’s var.
miliaris, Pall., and I record the following numbers from four
specimens in the British Museum. Under a is given the number
of scales from eye to eye, 6 from eye to nasal, ¢ round the eye,
d upper labials, e across middle of body, f ventrals, g subcaudals.
b. @, d. e. ap g.
4 13 iS y ees) lle Ra 8}
4 12-13 12 45 179 24
GH ileiae WE 49 180 27
4 13 12 47 188 21
a
1. Ashabad (Radde) ...... go
2. x (Hylandt)...... 7
3. » (Warsaw Mus.) 8
4, Puli Hatun (Hylandt) . 9
I find the following numbers in three specimens from E.
Turkestan :—
(8 4. ill Halt 45 iss Bal
Ilisk (Lansdell) ......... 9 4 1211 11-10 48 185 20
9 3-4 10 10-11 45 172 20
Lycopon striatus, Shaw.
A perfectly typical example, with 177 ventrals and 66 subcaudals,
from Puli Hatun, extends to Transcaspia the range of this common
1 Both are now in the British Museum, thanks to Mr. Blanford’s generosity.
632 MR. BOULENGER ON TRANSCASPIAN REPTILES. [Dec. 1,
Indian Snake, which is known from Sind, the Punjab, the North-
Western Provinces, and the hills below Simla to Southern India’.
PsEUDOCYCLOPHIS WALTERI, Bitg.
Since the description of this species by Boettger in 1888, from a
single specimen obtained by Dr. Walter in Transcaspia, close to the
North-eastern limit of Persia, I have examined a second specimen
found in Sind by Mr. Blanford. Quite recently the British Museum
has received, through M. Warentzoff, a half-grown specimen, from
Ashabad. It has 235 ventrals and 73 subcaudals. Loreal absent.
The upper surface of the head, behind the snout, and the nape
blackish ; the blackish cross-bars or transverse series of spots well
marked on the whole body, but absent from the tail.
ZAMENIS RHODORHACHIS, Jan.
This species may be added to the list of Transcaspian Reptiles, as
M. Zaroudnoi’s notes* on a dark grey Snake with a bright red
vertebral stripe, seen by him at Gjarmaou, Ashabad, Merv, and
Tedshen, evidently refer to it. I may add that I now regard
Z. rhodorhachis (= Gonyosoma dorsale, And.) and Z. ladacensis as
colour varieties of one and the same species, which is perfectly
separable from both Z. ventrimaculatus and Z. karelinii. The
South-western Asian species of Zamenis may be distinguished as
follows :-—
A. Scales in 17 rows, smooth; posterior chin-
shields in contact with each other ............ 1. Z. mucosus, L.
B. Scales in 19 (exceptionally 17) rows, smooth ;
posterior chin-shields separated from each
other by scales.
a. Frontal not or but slightly wider than the
supraocular, more than once and a half as
long as broad.
Ventrals rather indistinctly angulate late-
rally ; scales with two apical pits ......... 2. Z. gemonensis, Laur.
Ventrals very distinctly angulate laterally;
scales with a single apical pit ............+2 3. Z. dahlit, Fitz.
6. Frontal anteriorly considerably wider than
the supraocular,
«, Nine upper labials, two of which enter
the eye.
Ventrals 214-255 ; subcaudals 124-145... 4. Z. rhodorhachis, Jan.
Ventrals 199-211; subcaudals 82-99 ...... 5. Z. ventrimaculatus, Gray.
(8. Nine upper labials ; a subocular separates
the eye from the sixth labial............... 6. Z. karelinii, Strauch.
Yo Lied (ade WALOENESS, Sroncsocoaceocuneaseno-ecce 7. Z. elegantissimus, Gthr.
| Tn a recent paper on Indian Snakes (Journ. As. Soc. Beng. lx. 1891, p. 233),
Mr. W. L. Sclater expresses doubts as to the existence of this Snake in
Southern India, its resemblance to L. travancoricus, Bedd., rendering, in his
opinion, confusion of the two by no means impossible. I therefore seize this
opportunity to state that several specimens, collected by Col. Beddome in Wynaad
and the Anamallays, are in the British Museum. In addition to the characters
I have previously indicated, L. striatus differs from L. travancoricus in haying
the loreal shield in contact with the internasal, as in L. aulicus and L, anamal-
lensis.
? Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. 1890, p. 291.
PZ S 1891. Eu Sonam
M.Hormantisher del.et lith. ‘ Minterm Bros. Chromo. Itth.
NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM BRITLSH EAST AFRI (CA.
1891.] ON NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 633
C. Scalesin 21 rows or more, more or less
distinctly keeled.
Scales in 21 (rarely 23) rows; nine or ten
upper labials, fifth and sixth entering
tiehey Guanes sactagcie= skate orate seaeuiancesteacceiios 8. Z. ravergieri, Mén.
. Scales in 28 or 25 rows; nine or ten upper
labials, fifth (rarely fifth and sixth)
EMEN IG Ue] CY Oren. shod sec eee acces costae 9. Z. nummifer, Reuss.
Scales in 25 to 35 rows; ten to thirteen
upper labials, none entering the eye 10. Z. diadema, Schleg.
D. Scales in 41 to 48 rows, smooth; 14 or 15
upper labials, none entering the eye ......... 11. Z. microlepis, Jan.
Z. nummifer, Reuss (neglectus, Jan), should perhaps be regarded
as a variety of Z. ravergiert, Mén. (caudelineatus, Gthr., fedtschenkor,
Strauch), rather than as a distinct species. In addition to the
characters mentioned above, it differs in having the upper portion of
the preocular smaller and the anterior pair of temporals more
enlarged.
DIPSAS TRIGONATA, Schn.
Another well-known Indian Snake to add to the fauna of
Transcaspia. A fine specimen is in M. Eylandt’s collection from
Puli Hatun.
2. Descriptions of New Butterflies collected by Mr. F. J.
Jackson, F.Z.S., in British East Africa, during his recent
Expedition.—Part Il. By Emmy Mary Snares.
[Received October 30, 1891. ]
(Plate XLVIII.)
Fam. NYMPHALIDS.
Subfam. DaNnaina&.
Genus AMAURIS.
AMAURIS JACKSONI, sp. n. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 2.)
Intermediate between A. echeria, Stoll, and A. lobengula, K. M.
Sharpe ; but is easily distinguished from both these species by the
great difference in the markings of the hind wing.
Fore wing. Dark brown or nearly black, relieved by white spots
placed exactly in the same position as in A. lobengula, but all the
spots are pure white instead of yellow. An oblong white spot in the
middle of the discoidal cell; an ovate spot below the cell between
the first and second median nervules, and a very small one near the
posterior angle, between the submedian nervure and the first median
nervule; this spot is the commencement of a row of four spots
extending to the apex, the second spot being the smallest and
placed between the first and second median nervules, the third one
just above, and the fourth spot between the first radial or discoidal
1 See P. Z.S. 1891, p. 187.
634 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON NEW [ Dec. 1,
nervule and the fifth subcostal nervule; close to the hind margin are
three minute spots, one just helow the second median nervule, and
the two others above the latter, placed closed together, between the
second and first median nervules; two spots above the end of the
discoidal cell varying in size; three small spots on the costal margin
placed somewhat apart from each other, the third one being near the
apex, and having a small triangular-shaped spot placed in the fork
of the fourth and fifth subcostal nervules, just below the costal spot.
Hind wing. In colour and markings resembling A. lobengula,
except as regards the ochre patch, which is of the same shape as in
A. echeria. The brown border is very broad, and is relieved by two
rows of spots varying very much in size and all entirely of a yellow
colour, the first row close to the hind margin consisting of small
twin spots placed between the nervules, the second row having the
sixth spot from the costa (below the third median nervule) the
largest, the ninth ending just above the first median nervule. The
transverse band of ochre is very deep in colour and somewhat wider
than in A. echeria, and is covered with black hairs near the inner
margin.
Base of wing dark brown.
Underside resembling that of A. lobengula very closely, the
general colour being rather darker than in either this species or
A. echeria. The white spots are all very distinct, but vary some-
what in size.
Expanse 33 inches.
Hab. Sotik, Kavirondo, Sept. 1889.
Subfam. ACRAINZ.
Genus ACR@A.
ACR#A SOTIKENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 1.)
Allied to A. donasia, Fabr., but is easily distinguished by the
pale yellow patch near the apex of the fore wing, and by the trans-
verse band on the hind wing inclining to pale yellow towards the
inner margin.
Fore wing. Costa, apex, hind margin, and base of wing along the
inner margin to about the middle of the wing deep velvety black.
A streak of rufous on the lower half of the discoidal cell; this
streak is inclined to break through the black band which crosses the
wing near the end of the discoidal cell, as in A. bonasia; the patch
of orange-yellow wider, and the pale yellow patch near the apex is
much larger than in the latter species.
Hind wing. Base black ; the orange transverse band rather wider,
fading to pale yellow about the middle of the wing, continuing to
the inner margin and becoming gradually narrower. The hind
marginal border is slightly narrower as far as the third median
nervule, when it becomes wider than in A. bonasia. This border is
relieved by five minute triangular-shaped spots of orange-yellow,
between each nervule, terminating above the first median nervule.
1891.] BUTTERFLIES FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 635
Underside—Fore wing. Basal area rufous, paler along the inner
margin, the patch of orange on the upperside being decidedly
lighter below. Costa black as far as the apical patch above the
discoidal cell, which then becomes more indistinct and very much
dentated towards the inner margin. The hind margin is edged with
a narrow border of orange-yellow which extends in thin rays between
the nervules, each nervule being distinctly marked with black, and
having a black ground with a line of yellow on either side of the
nervules,
Hind wing. Base of wing yellow, with a narrow transverse band
of deep rufous extending from the costa to the inner margin and
spreading up to the base. This transverse band is outlined on
either side with small black spots, which become more numerous at
the inner margin. Middle portion of wing pale yellow, followed by
a submarginal border of eight nervules, black, with a streak of
yellow on both sides and then outlined with black. Between each
of these nervules is a streak of orange-yellow ; also at the very edge
of the wing are seven triangular-shaped spots of pale yellow, the last
spot (counting from the costa) being the smallest.
Expanse 1°8 inch.
Hab. Sotik, Kavirondo, Oct. 1889.
Genus PLANEMA.
PLANEMA LATIFASCIATA, sp. nu. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 6.)
Nearest to P. euryéa, Linn., but is easily distinguished by the
deep chestnut-colour at the base of the fore wing and by being so
much smaller in size.
Fore wing. Base and greater part of basal area deep rufous
brown or chestnut, edged with a narrow outline of black, which is
very strongly dentated below the discoidal cell, becoming almost
invisible towards the inner margin. Across the middle of the wing
is a band of deep orange-yellow, much dentated externally on the
first, second, and third median nervules; this band becoming much
narrower at the inner margin. A large portion of the apex black or
very dark brown, which colour continues along the hind margin,
_ though decreasing very much in width towards the inner margin.
Hind wing. Rufous base much more restricted than in the fore
wing, though somewhat lighter than in the latter. A transverse
band of pale cream-colour or yellow crosses the middle of the wing,
increasing slightly in width to the inner margin. This band is fol-
lowed by a very broad border of black or deep brown along the
hind margin, this colour extending along the nervules, while there
are also internervular rays of the same colour reaching to about the
middle of the transverse band. There are a few black spots at the
base.
Underside. Very similar to the upperside, though the fore wing
is much lighter in colour.
Hind wing. Base as dark as that in the fore wing, having two
small black spots above the cell, one in the middle, and a streak or
636 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON NEW [ Dec. 1,
comma close to the end of the latter ; two very minute black spots
above the first radial and second subcostal nervules, two black spots
below the cell corresponding to those above the cell, and two very
minute black spots below the internal nervure. Transverse band
white, followed by the same broad border of light brown on the
hind margin as on the upperside. The nervules and internervular
markings are somewhat darker.
Thorax black, with a row of white spots; body black, with
narrow lines of yellow marking the joints, and with large oval-
shaped spots of the same colour on each side. Underside of body
entirely yellow.
Expanse 24 inches.
Hab. Mount Elgon, Feb. 1890.
Fam. Lyc 2NID&.
Genus CASTALIUS.
CASTALIUS MARGARITACEUS, sp.n. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 3.)
Intermediate between C. carana, Hew., and OC. lactinatus, Butler.
Fore wing. Creamy white ; the base, costa, apex, and hind margin
broadly marked with black, with no indication of white near the
apex as in C. carana. A small streak of black extends from the
costal margin along the end of the discoidal cell.
Hind wing. Closely resembling that of C. lactinatus. The sub-
marginal black border consisting of six white spots with black
ocelli, each separated by the black nervules; these spots are rather
pointed towards the base. There are a few black spots beyond
this border, and a slight shading of black at the base.
Underside. Differs very much from that of either species.
Fore wing. With a black streak close to the base, followed by two
small black spots, one above and the second below the median
nervure ; a minute spot and streak at the end of the discoidal cell ;
two submarginal rows of black spots, commencing from the costal
margin and gradually uniting above the submedian nervure. ‘The
row of white subovate spots is very distinct, each having a small
black centre.
Hind wing. Similar to the fore wing, but having a few more
spots near the base; the black streak at the end of the cell is visible
as in the fore wing, also the two submarginal rows of black spots,
though more broken, and the subovate spots of white have larger
centres with silvery-green ocelli.
Expanse 1 inch.
Hab. Sotik, Kavirondo, Sept. 1889.
Genus Hyrevs.
HYREUS CORDATUS, sp. n. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 4.)
Nearest to H. juba, Fabr., but at once distinguished by the
heart-shaped patch of black velvet near the apex.
1891.] BUTTERFLIES FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 637
Fore wing. Brown tinged with bronze, and with faint blushes of
bright violet. Near the apical portion of the wing a large heart-
shaped patch of velvety black. Cilia brown, alternately marked
with white, but not very distinctly.
Hind wing. Similar to the fore wing, slightly darker at the base.
The first median nervule terminates with a fairly long tail, having
on either side a bright green ocellus edged round with black, the
second one being the smaller of the two and terminating at the end
of the submedian nervure. Cilia similar to the fore wing but much
more distinct.
Underside very distinct from that of H. juba.
Fore wing. Ground-colour pearly white ; the basal area, especially
just below the discoidal cell, shaded with light brown. Costal
margin alternately marked with brownish black, which extends
through the cell to the median nervure in bars; near the apical
portion is another black bar, separated at the costal margin by a
spot of white, which decreases in width to the second median
nervule. The submarginal border is black, having a thin white line
much dentated, then another edging of black not so distinct, and
also six white spots, those near the apex being more distinct and
separated from each other by the nervales. Cilia much more dis-
tinct than on the upperside.
Hind wing. White, with numerous spots and markings near the
base, which become thicker towards the inner margin; the end of
the cell is marked by an outline of black. Near the costa, about
the middle of the wing, is a round spot of black with a large white
centre, and at the end of the costal nervure is a figure of 8 outlined
with black and having white centres. Straight from the end of the
cell and situated some little way off is a spot, very much pointed
towards the hind margin, with two smaller spots, one on either
side, all outlined with black, leaving the centres white. Near the
hind margin is a submarginal border of white, very finely edged
with black lines on the upper and lower sides, leaving white centres
which are rather dentated towards the base. Between the first and
second median nervules the black is much more distinct, and is re-
lieved by a minute black spot, edged on either side by small specks
of brilliant emerald-green, which become of a reddish bronze on the
side close to the cilia; there is another spot of the same description,
but with less green, between the submedian nervure and the first
median nervule; this spot is also rather smaller than the other.
Cilia nearly all white.
Expanse 1°4 inch.
Hab. Sotik, Kavirondo, Sept. 1889.
Genus Lycana.
LycHNA ZQUATORIALIS, sp.n. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 5.)
Allied to L. palemon, Cram., but easily distinguished by the
different shade of blue on the wings, this blue colour being brighter
and more distinct than in the species referred to.
638 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON THE [ Dee. 1,
Fore wing. Cilia distinctly marked alternately with white and
brown; a narrow border of brown on the hind margin extending
from the inner margin to the apex, this border being broader than
in L. palemon ; the costa very slightly edged with brown, which is
more distinct towards the base of the wing. The rest of the wing
blue.
Hind wing. Similar to the fore wing, but differing from L. pale-
mon in that the hind wing of the latter has a distinct little tail,
whereas Z. equatorialis seems to lack this character entirely.
Underside.— Fore wing light brown, with a slight indication of the
markings as in L. palemon. Near the apex one small white spot.
Hind wing. Light brown relieved by white bands; hind marginal
border brown with a very minute ocellus, black, edged with a faint
tinge of yellow on the upper portion, with a tiny speck of green
below. This small ocellus is placed between the first and second
submedian nervules ; the brown border is followed by a transverse
band of white commencing narrowly at the costa, widening m the
middle, and again decreasing towards the inner margin. About the
middle of the wing is a band of dark brown as in L. palemon, the
only difference being that the wide part extends towards the base
instead of proceeding towards the hind margin. Two streaks
of white follow, varying very much in size, and with a short bar of
brown edged with white; the base is black, dusted with light brown,
almost yellow.
Expanse 11 inch.
Hab. Mount Elgon, 8500 feet, Feb. 19, 1890.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVIII.
Fig. 1. Acrea sotikensis, p. 634.
. Amauris jacksoni, p. 633.
. Castalius margaritaceus, p. 636.
. Hyreus cordatus, p. 636.
. Lycena equatorialis, p. 637.
. Planema latifasciata, p. 635.
Sz Ore Co bo
8. On the Association of Gamasids with Ants.
By A. D. Micnaszt, F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., &e.
[Received November 10, 1891.]
(Plates XLIX. & L.)
This paper records some observations made during the present
year (1891), chiefly near Ajaccio in Corsica and near Innsbruck in
Tyrol. In the former locality the Ants’ nests examined were at a
level of not more than 500 feet above the sea; those in the Tyrol
were at levels varying from about 3000 to over 4000 feet above the
sea. In both places I had the great advantage of the company of
Mr. EK. Bostoek of Stone, and in the latter also of my cousin
Mr. M. J. Michael. Both these gentlemen are excellent collectors,
and the search for specimens and finding of new species must be
ALIX.
Vy,
AD Michael, ad nat del. Sue
M.P Parker lith. West, Newman,imp
Gamasidce from Ants’nests.
IP Ze Sin Mvbe telteie) Ly
X
A.D Michael ad nat de!
MP Parker lith.
West,Newman inp.
Gamasidce from Ants nests
1891.] ASSOCIATION OF GAMASIDS WITH ANTS. 639
considered joint work ; the observations and experiments were solely
my own, and I alone am responsible for any opinions expressed in
this memoir.
For the identification of the species of Ants I am indebted to the
kindness of Mr. Edward Saunders.
The Gamaside are a family of the Acarina; Mégnin* considers
them to be the most highly organized in the order and the nearest to
the Insecta ; in spite of the absence of eyes, which are found in some
other families, the great development of the brain and nervous
system, and the specialization of the trophi and the alimentary and
muscular organs, probably entitle them to this position.
The family may be divided into four well-marked subfamilies,
viz. the Pteroptine, the Dermanyssine, the Uropodine, and the
Gamasine—the last-named being tar the iargest. The Pteroptine
are all parasites of Bats, the Dermanyssine of Birds or Bats; these
two subfamilies may be wholly omitted from consideration for the
purposes of this paper; it is amongst the Uropodine and Gamasine
alone that the facts here recorded arise. Both these families are
composed of creatures which in their immature stages are soft and
white, but in their mature condition are fully chitinized. In the
former group the chitin is very dense and hard, in the latter much
thinner and tougher; the former are mostly rather slow and inactive,
the latter usually extremely quick and active. It used to be con-
sidered that the Gamasine lived wholly on vegetable matter in a
decaying condition ; in the year 1880, however, when I was trying
to rear a few of the species in confinement for the purpose of tracing
their life-histories, L entirely failed in getting them to live upon
vegetable matter, and thinking from the structure of their mouth-
organs that they must be predatory, I tried them with a diet of
living cheese-mites, upon which they throve admirably”. I have since
usually fed them in this manner, or at all events with small Acari or
Insects. Col. Blathwayt also, who has made numerous experiments
upon rearing them, has adopted my mode of feeding, apparently with
complete success, he also having failed with a vegetable diet*. It is
evident therefore that some species of Gamasine, probably not all,
are predatory. As to the food of the Uropodine, 1 do not think
that we have any reliable information as yet: their extremely long
and slender mandibles with minute chele seem as though intended
for introduction into very narrow passages; their slowness hardly
seems fitted for a predatory life, as they certainly do not construct
any snare, and I have entirely failed to rear them, and so I believe
has Col. Blathwayt*.
1“ Mémoire sur l’organisation et la distribution zoologique des Acariens de la
meee des Gamasidés.” ‘ Robin’s Journ. de l’anat. et de la physiol.,’ May 1876,
pp. 298-9.
2 “ Observations on the Life-histories of Gamasinz,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.
vol, xv. (1881) p. 298.
® «On some common Species of Gamaside,”’ Journ. of Microse. and Nat. Sci.
n. ser. vol. ii. 1889, p. 102.
* It is easy to rear the creatures in large jars containing quantities of mate-
rial, but then they are useless for observation.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XLIII. 43
640 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON THE [Dec. |,
The numbers of Aphide, Coleoptera, and indeed of other insects
which are commonly found in Ants’ nests are too well known to
require any reference by me; but the observations on the presence
of Acariin a similar situation are, as far as I know, very few. Forel
in his great work ‘Les Fourmis de la Suisse,’ published in 1874,
speaking of Myrmecophilous insects (p.424), says: —“ Acarina appear
to enjoy a certain immunity ; they run about amongst the ants without
exciting their anger ; it is rare to see them attach themselves to the
bodies of their hosts or to those of the larvae or nymphs. I have
nevertheless observed the fact many times, and asit is the mode of life
of most Acari we may probably consider it as general in this instance
also. Moreover, living in the nest the Acari do not risk anything in
releasing one ant, because they can find as many others as they wish.”
This is, I believe, his only notice of the subject. It will be seen that
Forel does not say what Acari he is talking about, and they are
almost as various as the different groups of the Insecta; he also
falls into the very general, but by no means correct, view of sup-
posing that the great bulk of the Acarina are parasitic, whereas in
fact probably not half the species are ever parasitic, and amongst
those that sometimes are so by far the larger proportion are only
parasitic in an immature stage, not when adult ; and among these a
very large number only use their host as a means of conveyance, and
are not parasitic in any other sense.
The first notice, which I am aware of, specially connecting any
Gamasids with Ants is that of Haller in 1877*, who describes a species
which he makes the type of a new genus and which he received from
Dr. Uhlmann, who found it, apparently near Munich, parasitic upon
(auf) Formica nigra. Taller does not state, and probably did not
know, the extent of the parasitism ; he had a dozen specimens. At the
end of his description Haller says ‘“ Parasitic upon Insects, especially
Ants ;” he does not, however, give any reason why he believes it to be
parasitic on anything except Formica nigra. Thisremained the only
species of the genus until 1888, when Prof. Berlese described two
new species found by A. Balzan*. One from Brazil, called “‘ caput-
carabi,” in spite of its name, is not stated to have been found on
any insect ; but is.so.called because the whole mite is supposed to
resemble the head of a Carabus ; the other, viduus, was found upon a
Beetle of the genus Scarites.
The next notice is that of Sir John Lubbock, who in 1881 found
a very curious Uropoda in the nests of Lasius flavus ; he obtained
several specimens, and informed me that it was not uncommon in the
nest of that species of Ant. It was called Uropoda formicarie®.
The only other record. which I know of refers to one of the
Species dealt with in this paper, which was unknown when I started
* “ Antenophorus uhlmanni, ein neuer Gamaside,” Archiv fir Naturgesch.
Hft. xliii. p. 57,
* “ Acari Austro-Americani quos collegit Aloysius Balzan,” Bull. Soc. Ent.
Ital. 1888.
° “Observations on Ants, Bees, and Wasps.—Part VIII.,” Journ. Linn. Soc.,
Zool. vol. xv. (1881) p. 386.
1891.] ASSOCIATION OF GAMASIDS WITH ANTS. 641
upon my journey, but on my return [ found that durmg my absence
Prof. Berlese had described it from specimens he found near Naples.
He says “ frequently found in Ants’ nests,” but does not say anything
as to the species of Ant or whether found in the nests of more than
one species ; he calls it Uropoda canestriana’.
I spent the month of April (1891) in Corsica. Above Ajaccio,
almost adjoining the top of the garden of the Hotel Continental, is
a little sheltered plain of sandy earth and rock, with scattered bushes
and a great number of large, loose stones. On turning these stones
over, the larger number are found to cover the nests of some Ant;
one of those most frequently found in this locality is the small yellow
Tetramorium cespitum, race meridionale, Emery, which differs widely
from the ordinary type of that species. On examining the nests of
this Ant with a lens, I at once noticed some reddish-orange spots,
which I at first thought might be Sir John Lubbock’s Uropoda
formicarie. Placing them under the microscope I found them to be
an allied but different and much smaller species, then unknown to
me; but which, as above stated, Prof. Berlese had lately found and
called after Prof. Canestrini. The Uropode were on the undersides
of the stones and in the passages and chambers of the nest, never,
as far as I saw, upon the Ants themselves; they were, as is usual,
rather inactive creatures, and did not appear to take much notice of
the Ants, nor did the Ants of them. It was not every nest of
T. cespitum that contained the Uropode, but I should think half
did; and although not very abundant they were fairly numerous in
those nests where they did occur. They were of both sexes and of
ali ages. I did not find this Uropoda in the nest of any Ant except
T’. cespitum, nor have | ever found it anywhere except in the nests
of the Ant.
In the nests of the same species of Ant at the same place we found
one of the Gamasine belonging to the genus Lelaps, which I believe
to be unrecorded and propose to name L. equitans ; it is sub-discoidal
in form, very small, and is an active, wandering creature, entirely
different from the Uropoda. It was found, like the Uropoda, upon the
underside of the covering-stones, and in the passages and chambers
of the nest; but it was also found on the Ants themselves, most
frequently sitting quietly upon the broad head of the Ant. It did
not appear at all like a creature which was permanently resident upon
the Ant,but rather like one which was enjoying a short temporary ride;
it jumped on to and off the Ant with great activity, and several times
when the nest was disturbed or when [ thought I was going to catch
the Lelaps it jumped neatly on to the head of an Ant, which ran off
and was immediately lost amongst the swarms of others. The Ant
never seemed to be at all inconvenienced by its rider, and never made
any effort to get rid of it, but appeared to me to goon contentedly
carrying it as long as the Lelaps chose to stay. This mounting
and riding upon the Ants seemed to me very characteristic of the
Gamasid, andI have utilized it for the specific name. The Lelaps
1 “ Acari, Scorpioni e Miriapodi Italiani.” Florence, fase. lviii. pl. iv.
43%
642 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON THE [ Dee. 1,
was fairly common in the nests of T. cespitum, but I never met with
it elsewhere.
These were the only Gamasids which we found in the nests of
T. cespitum.
Another Ant whose nests were very common under the stones in
the same place was Aphenogaster testaceopitosa, a somewhat larger
and almost black species. In its nest we found another Lelaps, which
I believe to be unrecorded and propose to call L. myrmophila; this
also is an active Arachnid, but its activity is not shown in springing
on the Ant, I never saw one upon an Ant during all my searches:
on the other band, the Ant seemed to take considerable notice of
the mite, and when the nest was disturbed I frequently saw the
former pick up the latter in its mouth and carry it off to a place of
safety, just as it did with its own pupz and larve, and as Ants are
said to do with some of the beetles which frequent their nests. This
Gamasid was tolerably common in the nests of the dphenogaster,
but I did not ever capture it elsewhere. So strictly were the three
species found in Corsica confined to the nests of the respective Ants
that when I saw the species of Ant I could tell at once what Gamasids
J was going to find. I didnot see any species except L. myrmophila
in the nests of the Aphenogaster, nor did I obtain any Gamasids
from the nests of such other species of Ants as I was able to search in
Corsica.
After leaving Corsica I crossed Italy and spent the summer at
Igls, a small village about 1100 feet above Innsbruck. The slopes of
the Patcherkofl, upon'which the hamlet stands, are clothed with pine
and fir woods; and amongst them ants’ nests abound. I had consider-
able opportunities of searching them; I, however, did not find there
the same species of Ants as in Corsica, nor did I see any specimen of
either of the three Gamasids which had inhabited their nests; on
ae other hand, we did find other Gamasids in the nests of other
nts.
In the first place, Mr. M. J. Michael brought in some specimens
of alargish Gamasid which he had found in the nest of some ants in
the ground; this creature also seems to be unrecorded, and I propose
calling it Lelaps levis. Unfortunately my cousin, expecting to find
plenty more, did not secure specimens of the Ant; so that I cannot
say what species it associates with, for we were not successful in
finding it again. I therefore only know that it was found in an ants’
nest and that it does not appear to have been found elsewhere.
One of the commonest Ants was Camponotus herculeanus, a large
species which amongst other habitats seems specially partial to the
stumps of pime-trees which are left in the ground after the trees have
been felled. ‘These stumps, both above and under ground, are con-
stantly riddled by the passages and chambers of the Ants, and such
nests, which I believe were made by race ligniperdus of the Ant,
proved perfect store-houses of Gamasids: not that every nest con-
tained Gamasids, far from it ; in many nests I could not find one ; but
in a considerable proportion of them the Arachnids were present in
substantial numbers, although not usually in great abundance, all of
1891.] ASSOCIATION OF GAMASIDS WITH ANTS. 643
them belonging to one of the same two genera, viz. Lelaps or Uropoda,
and, as far as I have been able to ascertain, none of them are yet
known to science. The most frequent and the most conspicuous of
the former genus was a pyriform species which had its dorsal sur-
face dotted at almost regular intervals with wedge-shaped hairs,
which give it rather an exceptional appearance ; I propose calling it
LL. cuneifer. This Acarus was found chiefly deep in the interior of
the nest, on the sides and roofs of the passages and chambers, where
they were damp without being wet, although sometimes in dry parts,
but never in any instance did I find this Lelaps on the Ants them-
selves. The Lelaps were of both sexes and in all stages ; but even
the immature stages of the mite were always on the wood, never
on the Ant; yet I never found a specimen except in the Ants’ nests.
The same remarks will apply to ail the Gamasids of the genus
Lelaps which I found in the nests of the Camponotus.
I thought that this species would be a favourable one to experi-
ment upon, in order to see if I could obtain any idea of the object
for which the Gamasid was present in the Ants’ nest. In these
Gamasine, when the dorsal chitin is thin, as in this species, the
principal portions of the alimentary canal, consisting chiefly of the
small ventriculus and its four great ceca, can be plainly seen through
the dorsal surface as dark objects when they are full of food ; if,
however, they are empty they usually become invisible. I collected
several suitable specimens of the Gamasid and placed them in the
cells which I had formerly used with success in rearing Gamaside
under observation to trace their life-histories—viz. glass rings
cemented on to an ordinary 3 x 1 inch microscopic glass-slip, and with
the bottom of the cell thus formed lined with blotting-paper, which
is kept moist, and a few pieces of suitable sterilized débris placed in
the cell; the whole is then covered with a second glass-slip, and two
elastic bands or a clip added to hold all together. The Gamasids
were healthy when I put them in and their alimentary canals were
full of food; I placed some living Ants with them and kept them
supplied with livmg Ants only. The alimentary canals of the
Gamasids soon ceased to contain food, and were not replenished,
while the creatures themselves became weak and unhealthy. I changed
my Gamasids, but with similar results. I then tried eggs, larvee, and
pupze of the Ants; but im no case, as far as I could see, did the
Gamasids touch them, and their alimentary canals became or
remained empty as in the former case. This probably was only
what might have been expected, as the Ants would hardly have
tolerated in their nests creatures which destroyed themselves or
their young; for such a Gamasid as L. cunetfer would not apparently
have any means of defence against so powerful and well-armed an
insect as Camponotus herculeanus. 1 now tried the experiment of
killing adult Ants and putting their fresh dead bodies into the cells ;
very shortly the alimentary canals of all the Gamasids became well-
filled, and the creatures strong and healthy. I thought, however,
it would be better to avoid any possibility of mistake about this ;
so I removed the dead Ants and allowed the canals of the Gamasids
644 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON THE [ Dec. 1,
to become empty once more. 1 then placed in the cells some dead
Ants which I had soaked in carmine stain; the next morning the
alimentary canals of the Gamasids were all bright red, while the rest
of their bodies was uncoloured. I repeated this several times with
the like result, and on one occasion when a very clear Gamasid,
which had lately changed from the nymph, had been supplied with
a stained Ant and the cell then removed to the stage of the microscope,
I saw the Gamasid mount on the body, plunge its trophi into it,
and then I could plainly see the small streams of carmine liquid
passing down the canal as the Gamasid sucked, and I afterwards
dissected out the alimentary canals of some of the Gamasids and
found them filled with red matter; the ordinary contents of course
are not of that colour. These Gamasids would undoubtedly feed on
the dead body of any small freshly-killed insect which might be
found in the nest. The Gamasid hereinafter referred to as Lelaps
vacua I also found would feed and thrive on the dead Ants, &e. ;
but Le@laps acuta I could not get to feed in a similar manner, and
it did not live long in the cells. The above facts made it seem
probable to me that the Gamasine were present either as scavengers, or
else for the purpose of sharing the feast in the case of small insects
killed by the Ants ; possibly the friendly conduct of the Ants points
rather to the former than the latter conclusion.
In the nests of the same Ant I found three smaller species of
Lelaps, none of which I could find elsewhere, and which, as far as I
know, are unrecorded ; I propose calling them L. flecuosa, L. vacua,
and £, acuta. The first-named is in one respect a singular creature,
viz., a8 regards the mandible of the male. The mandibles of the
Gamasine and Uropodine are usually chele ; very retractile, and
capable of being wholly withdrawn within the body. The two arms of
the chela are often different, particularly in the male, one arm, oftenest
the movable, having frequently some appendage or other com-
plication, often of very strange form, but both arms are almost
always directed forward. In the present species the fixed arm is
most minute, a mere spike, while the movable arm is very long,
horn-like, and doubly curved and undulated, both perpendicularly
and laterally ; so that the two mandibles cross and cannot be with-
drawn into the body (fig. 6 a).
In the nests of the same Ant, Camponotus herculeanus, I also
found a handsome bright-crimson Uropoda belonging to the section
with sculptured backs ; it was present in large numbers in one nest,
and in small numbers in one or two others, and was found on the
walls of the passages and chambers, and also, most abundantly, on
the outside of the cocoons of such pupze of the Ant as were en-
veloped in a cocoon; there were often three or four Uropode on a
single cocoon. I could not ascertain that the cocoons were in any
way injured, but the Uropoda appeared to get a thread or two of
the cocoon loose, and this it held on to firmly, as well as I could
ascertain, by holding it with the flattened femora of the first pair of
legs. I never found any of the Uropode either upon the adult Ants
or their larvee or upon such pupze as were not enclosed in a cocoon.
1891.] ASSOCIATION OF GAMASIDS WITH ANTS. 645
I did not. find this Uropoda in the nests of any other Ant, but
Mr. Bostock has since found it in England in the nests of Formica
fusca, where also it is found on the cocoons and in the nest.
There was one very good nest of Camponotus herculeanus, nearly
a thousand feet above Igls, which I kept as a kind of store-house
for some time; the tree had been cut down near the ground and the
greater part of the stump was beneath the surface or beneath the
fallen débris of the forest. I used to dig and cut down into the
centre of this nest, take home parts for examination, and carefully
put back and cover up the remainder. In this way I kept the Ants
in it for some considerable time, and as long as the Ants remained
the Gamasids were to be found there; but at last the Ants seemed
to get tired of being so frequently disturbed, at any rate they
abandoned the nest, and from that time the Gamasids vanished also.
I could not find any more. I also frequently examined other
abandoned nests, but I never found the Gamasids in them except
possibly a single specimen once or twice.
It will thus be seen that I have found seven species of Gamasine
and two of Uropoda in Ants’ nests (one species previously found by
Berlese), and that two other species have been found by others ; that
none of these have been found elsewhere ; and that, so far as has
been ascertained, each Gamasid was associated with one or two
particular species of Ants only.
I did not find any other Acarina in the nests except a few
Oribatide, which were in much larger numbers on other stumps
where the Ants were not present.
From the above observations I come to the following conclusions :-—
1. That there is an association between various species of
Gamasine and certain Ants.
9. That one species of Gamasid usually associates with one or two
special species of Ant only, or at least preferentially, although this
may be a little affected by the presence or absence of the Ant in
different localities.
2. That the Gamasids found in Ants’ nests are not usually to be
found elsewhere, except probably rare and scattered specimens on
careful search.
4, That the Gamasids usually abandon the nest if the Ant
does so.
5. That the Gamasids live upon friendly terms with the Ants,
who do not attack them and even show signs of taking care of them.
6. That the Gamasids are not true parasites and do not reside
upon the bodies of the Ants.
7. That, in the cases investigated, the Gamasids do not kill or
injure the Ants or their young.
8. That the Gamasids will eat the dead Ants.
9. That the Gamasine are not improbably either scavengers or
else messmates sharing the feast off any insects which the Ants
may kill.
{0. That we do not know what.the Uropodine teed on nor the
object of their presence in the nests.
646 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON THE [ Dec. 1,
Urnopopa CoccIngEA, n. sp.. (Plate XLIX. figs. 1-1 /.)
2 3
millim. millim.
Length, about.......... 78 Hf)
Greatest breadth, about.. ‘58 Hl
This species somewhat resembles Uropoda festiva, Berlese, from
Paraguay and, less closely, U. lamellosa of the same author (ex
Canestrini).
Colour deep crimson in living specimens, after death this fades to
a reddish brown or sometimes to a yellowish brown.
Texture very rough and dull.
Shape nearly elliptical, but with the dorsal plate projecting over
the rostrum as a narrow plate bent sharply downward and slightly
bifid at the distal end.
From the rostral projection a thin undulated lamina runs along
each side of the body ; it is slightly translucent, widest anteriorly,
finely granulated and striated, and strongly bent downward between
the second and third pair of legs. Above and within this lamina are
two rough and dark, projecting, concentric, chitinous ridges, the inner
considerably above the outer; between them is a broad, almost
concave, finely granulated band widest at the sides. Within the
inner ridge is a plain space slightly granulated, then the back rises
sharply from each side toward the median line, which, however,
is not an edge or ridge, but is rounded. The raised portion is
divided by a deep, irregular, transverse sulcation about two thirds of
the way back, which, however, does not reach the median line ; thus
the two parts of the raised centre are joined by a broad longitudinal
joining-piece. The raised parts are not smooth, but each has a very
slightly raised space occupying its central portion; the anterior of
these is somewhat seven-lobed and the posterior more four-lobed ;
both are indistinctly marked out and covered by raised, rough, dark
broken ridges and lumps, all very irregular and never quite alike in
two specimens or on the two sides of the same specimen ; amongst
these markings six great rounded pieces, which border and project
into the transverse sulcation, are much the strongest and darkest.
Between all these markings the chitin is granulated but more finely.
There are not any hairs on the body.
Mandibles (fig. 16) very minute, those of male without the
pointed spear-like end usual in the genus; each arm of the chela
simply bidentate. Palpus with two large spines on the basal, and
one on the penultimate joint, besides numerous smaller spines and
hairs ; one hair on the terminal joint is very large. Epistome (fig. 1 ¢)
long and very pointed, with a few spines near the middle. Hypo-
stome (maxillary lip) (fig. 1 /) with the two sides (maxillze) not fused,
the outer part of each (galea of Mégnin) of the ordinary type, the
inner part (lacinia) a dense brush of long fine hairs. Epipharynx
(fig. 1 d@) triangular, frmged and strewn with fine short hairs. This
* If Prof. Berlese’s genus of “ Trachyuropoda” be adopted, this species should
be included in it.
1891.] ASSOCIATION OF GAMASIDS WITH ANTS. 647
organ is often drawn as the lingua and oceasionally, I fear, as the
epistome, whence great confusion arises ; it would bear almost the
same relative position to the epistome as in the two figures if seen
from below, but the epistome would not advance so far beyond it.
Ventral surface rough, deeply excavated for the reception of the
legs, and with numerous strong ridges. There is a singular round
chitinous projection, surrounded with a strong rough edge, in the
median line between the coxe of the 4th pair of legs in both sexes,
with a deep pit on each side of it. Genital plate of female straight
behind, rounded anteriorly, extending from a little in front of the
Ath coxee nearly to those of the first pair. That of the male of the
ordinary form and position. All the legs furnished with claws and
caruncles.
Hab. Very numerous in one nest of the wood-boring Ant
Camponotus herculeanus (probably race ligniperdus) near Inasbruck,
Tyrol, and a few in other nests of the same Ant in the same place.
Mr. E. Bostock has since found it fairly abundant in the nests of
Formica fusca at Buxton, Derbyshire.
L&LAPS CUNEIFER, 0. sp.. (Plate XLIX. figs. 2-2 f.)
2 3
millim, millim.
Length, about.........- aid “64
Greatest breadth, about.. 60 “AZ
Colour dull yellow-brown or bay, the specimens vary in depth of
tint from light to quite dark.
Texture fully chitinized, smooth but not polished; the whole
body covered with irregular reticulations averaging about 25 to 90
to the millimetre, caused by fine raised chitinous ridges. No other
markings.
Shape pyriform, very slightly truncated in front, rounded pos-
teriorly. ‘The whole body much arched on the dorsal surface.
Mandibles of male (fig. 26) with the fixed arm of the chela
having a bifid or bidentate end, but not otherwise dentate. Mov-
able arm strongly recurved at the distal end, and with a long,
chitinous, curved, accessory piece projecting beyond the principal
part of the chela. Hpistome (fig. 2 c) hyaline, almost rounded, but
with a slight tendency to a median point, the whole anterior edge
set with sharp points, of which one on each side is somewhat longer
than the others. The whole dorsal surface set with short, cuneiform,
slightly curved hairs (fig. 2) at almost equal distances, about 10
to 15 to the millimetre; these also surround the periphery. ,
Ventral surface of the female (fig. 2@) with anai plate small and
spade-shaped ; genital plate large, with a semitransparent, rounded,
anterior edge overlapping the sternal plate. Peritreme conspicuous,
almost straight. The plates on the ventral surface are composed of
1 According to Professor Berlese’s latest classification, although not ac-
cording to his former ones, this species and the others of the same genus in this
paper would probably be considered as belonging to the genus “ Sajus.” I have
not thought it wise to adopt this view.
648 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON THE (Weems
irregular divisions, mostly scale-like in form and varying greatly in
size, every division has a crinkled edge. Legs in both sexes without
apophyses or projections, first pair considerably the thinnest, all legs
terminated by claws and long-shaped caruncles with five anterior
points (fig. 2e); on the front pair of legs the claws and caruncles
are attached to the end of a rod-like projection of the tarsal joint
(fig. 2d). Thisis common in the Gamasine, but is much developed
in this species.
Hab. Considerable numbers found in the nests of Camponotus
herculeanus (probably race ligniperdus and other varieties) near
Innsbruck, Tyrol.
La&ars L&vIs, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. figs. 3-3 0.)
millim
heneth about). east eae 1]
Greatest read titer lace inet 72
Length of legs, lst pair, about.. 1°12
» » 2nd » No on 72
” oy) 3rd oe) Dy ee “72
A Pee (i eyes me aclu ink.) cl L0)
Colour lightish chestnut.
Texture fully chitinized, highly polished, entirely without markings.
Shape a long ellipse, almost parallel-sided ; slightly rounder
posteriorly than anteriorly ; much arched on the dorsal surface.
Mandibles of male (fig. 3 a).—The fixed arm of the chela has
a bifid or bidentate termination, but is not otherwise dentate.
Movable arm only slightly recurved at the distal end, and with a
single small tooth im addition to the terminal point; it alse has a
long, slender, slightly curved, and undulated tri- or quadri-dentate
accessory piece, with a singular slightly knobbed end with a spike
directed backward ; it projects considerably beyond the principal
portion of the chela. Epistome (fig. 3 6) hyaline, mdented at a very
obtuse angle at each side, and projecting in an obtuse angle, almost
a curve, in the centre, the whole edge serrated, the serrations
strongest just behind the points of the side angles. ‘There are a
few extremely minute white hairs on the dorsal surface, so small as
to make it quite impossible to depict them in a drawing on the scale
of fig. 3.
Underside of female with anal plate small, spade-shaped ; genital
and ventral plates fused, the former with a rounded anterior edge,
not quite touching the sternal plate. Ventral plate not quite
touching the anal. Stigma between the third and fourth legs;
peritreme slightly undulated. Legs in both sexes without apophyses.
All legs terminated by claws and long-shaped caruncles.
Tam not able to give the measurements of the male. I only
found one specimen, which I unfortunately dissected before I found
out that it was the only example.
Hab. A few found in the nests of ground-ants (species not known)
near Innsbruck, Tyrol.
1891.] ASSOCIATION OF GAMASIDS WITH ANTS. 649
L&LAPS MYRMOPHILA, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. figs. 4-4 8.)
2 3
millim. millim.
Wena thsyaboutr <j. %s.beri cc a trove 68 66
Greatest breadth, about ...... “4 “42
Length of legs, Ist pair, about.. -52 50
i pont oh! cd AG °30
‘a 55) US do 6 hae Pema an, 28) 1080) coil
ee oN SS yee (gh) "5/7
Colour lightish chestnut-brown.
Texture highly polished, entirely without markings.
Shape inversely oval, 2.¢. the larger end forward; the anterior
margin projects very slightly above the rostrum, but this projection
is rounded. ‘The hinder part of the body is much more attenuated
than the front part. _The female is considerably wider in pro-
portion than the male, but still diminishes to a rounded point
behind. Dorsal surface considerably arched, particularly the an-
terior and central portions. .
Mandibles of male (fig. 4 a) have the fixed arm of the chela
greatly curved near the end, which forms a strong tooth ; there is
another large tooth close behind, and a much smaller one further
back ; the movable arm also ends in a strong curved tooth, just
opposite that of the fixed arm, and has one other strongish tooth.
Attached to the side of this arm is a large appendage, which is as
thick as the arm and projects beyond it ; itis of about equal breadth
until near the distal end, then it suddenly diminishes and has a very
small bifid termination. Hpistome (fig. 46) almost five-sided, the
median side very short, with a small point at each end directed for-
ward ; the whole anterior portion of the epistome is edged with very
fine points or teeth. There are a few extremely fine and small
white hairs on the dorsal surface, too small to be depicted in a
drawing on the scale of the figure; one pair, however, near the
posterior end are considerably larger, although still small.
The under surface of the female has the plates arranged in a
manner similar to that figured in Lelaps cuneifer.
Legs in both sexes without apophyses; all legs terminated by
claws and caruncles.
Hab. Found commonly in the nests of Aphenogaster testaceo-
pitosa, Luc., near Ajaccio, in Corsica.
L2LAPS EQUITANS, n. sp. (Plate L. figs. 5-5 b.)
o
millim
Penethy sab ontiecyy. cc sverrscee: “62
Greatest breadth, about ...... “50
Length of legs Ist pair, about.. +50
22 2 2nd 2» a oa Ley)
eg OUG ss Sree Taaeere |
a yet ies By eel! BIS
This species has more resemblance to Lelaps hilariz, Koch, than
650 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON THE (Deere
to any other with which I am acquainted; it is decidedly different
from it. JL. hilaris is a parasite of the Mouse.
Colour light yellow-brown or bay.
Texture fully chitinized, smooth, almost, but not really, polished.
The whole dorsal surface is covered with fine irregular reticulations,
which are much longer in the direction across the body than in that
from rostrum to posterior end; their length in the former direction
averages about twelve, and in the latter about fifty to the millimetre.
No other markings.
Shape subdiscoidal, but not actually so. The dorsal plate pro-
jects slightly over the rostrum; the greatest breadth is about an
eighth less than the greatest length; the body is a trifle narrower
posteriorly than anteriorly, and has a slight tendency to a rounded
point posteriorly. The back is not strongly arched, the thickness in
a dorso-ventral direction being small; it is, however, much greater
in the anterior than the posterior part of the body.
Mandibles of inale-—I only found one adult male, and dissected
this specimen; but the mandibles being very small and delicate, I
unfortunately broke them before I could see them clearly. Fig 5 6
is a representation of the broken organ, from which I conclude that,
when perfect, it would greatly resemble that of Lelaps vacua
(fig. 7 a).
The whole dorsal surface is set with long, rather thick and con-
spicuous hairs, placed at almost regular intervals, but not exactly in
rows. Ventral surface of female with ventral and genital plates
united, the latter rounded anteriorly. The ventral plate large,
almost touching the anal plate. Legs without apophyses, first pair
much the longest, all terminated by claws and caruncles. Fourth
pair set far forward, and in life usually held almost perpendicularly,
and thus concealed beneath the body.
Hab. Found commonly, but not abundantly, in the nests of
Tetramorium cespitum, race meridionale, Emery, near Ajaccio in
Corsica, frequently riding on the heads of the Ants.
All those which I found, with the single exception above noticed,
were females. I never saw one with mature eggs in it, and from
this circumstance I doubted whether they were adult; they were,
however, larger than the male, which certainly was adult, and they
had the exterior genital opening well developed. I unfortunately
was not aware that the male was the only specimen when I dissected
it, and therefore 1 omitted to measure it.
Lauaps FLEXUOSA, n. sp. (Plate L. figs. 6-6 c.)
ae 3
millim. millim.
eneth; aboutye. nee ee "53 AO
Greatest breadth, about ...... 4 A
Length of legs, 1st pair, about.. +40 "33
Me See oa Meret ie ary 24
3 ary ea Be sae eee -26
2” 99 4th 3 cA ao "43 °39
1891.] ASSOCIATION OF GAMASIDS WITH ANTS. 651
Colour light yellow-brown or bay.
Texture tully chitinized, except as mentioned below; smooth but
not polished; the whole of the dorsal plate is covered with very fine
irregular reticulations, which are slightly longer in a direction across
_ the body than in that from rostrum to posterior end; in the former
direction they average about 35 to the millimetre. They are diffi-
cult to see. No other markings.
Shape almost elliptical, rather more pointed posteriorly than
anteriorly.
The chitinized dorsal plate does not cover the whole of the body,
but allows a considerable space of white flexible cuticle to be seen at
the hinder end; this cuticle, if seen by a sufficient amplification, is
found to be finely striated in a transverse direction.
The mandibles of the male (figs. 6a, 6, c) are the remarkable
feature of the species; the fixed arm of the chela is merely a very
minute straight spike; the movable arm is a long, slender, round
horn, not toothed, but doubly undulated, curving downward and
across the body; thus the two movable arms cross, and conse-
quently the mandibles cannot be retracted within the body, as those
of the Gamasidze usually can. ‘The whole dorsal surface is set, at
neatly regular intervals, about 30 to the millimetre, with spiue-
like hairs, which gradually increase in length from the anterior to
the posterior end of the body; those at the rear are more than
twice as long as the anterior ones. Ventral surface of female as in
L. cuneifer. Legs without apophyses, all terminated by claws and
caruncles.
Hab. Found in the nests of Camponotus herculeanus (probably
race lagniperdus), near Innsbruck, Tyrol, but rare.
The nearest ally of this species would seem to be the Séilochirus
rovennensis of Canestrini.
L2&LAPS VACUA, n. sp. (Plate L. figs. 7-7 6.)
2 3
millim. millim,
Weng thy yaboutie syasmicr seek: "33 s49
Greatest breadth, about ...... 31 °29
Length of legs, lst pair, about.. -44 “41
i 5 OSLO ONT ERMINE ato IG Cy
29 pil ep S60 ee "30
ne py eegdav EU iommene 4 |
Colour light yellow-brown or bay.
Texture fully chitinized, smooth but not polished, divided into
small, mostly almost hexagonal reticulations; no other markings.
Shape rather shield-shape, sharply cut in front of shoulder, which
is the broadest place; the width of the body diminishing towards
the posterior end, particularly in the male. Dorsal suriace con-
siderably arched.
Mandibles short, those of male (fig. 7a) have the fixed arm of
the chela nearly straight for three quarters of its length, then sud-
denly bent downward so as to form a very large, straight, terminal
652 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON THE [ Dec. 1,
tooth. There is a single small tooth just benind this. Movable
arm nearly straight on the inner edge, with a large, strongly-curved,
terminal tooth, and a smaller recurved one a short distance behind
it. This arm has a long, slender, round, and undulated accessory
piece on its outer side, which projects considerably beyond the rest
of the chela. Epistome (fig. 7 6) rounded, serrated with small
teeth. The dorsal surface is set with smallish, spine-like hairs,
at almost regular intervals (about 25 to the millimetre).
The under surface of the female has the plates arranged similarly
to those of Lelaps cuneifer. The legs are sharply bent at the
femora, which makes the measurements of them rather imperfect,
they are also much curved; the second and fourth pairs are
considerably thicker than the first and third, especially in the male.
The tarsi of these legs in the male end in a curious human-foot-like
turn, most marked in the fourth leg. The femora of these two
legs have two somewhat wedge-shaped hairs on their outer side, the
other hairs are mostly fine spines. No apophyses to any leg; all
legs terminated by claws and caruncles.
Hab. Found in the nests of Camponotus herculeanus (probably
race ligniperdus), near Innsbruck, Tyrol. Rather common.
L&LaPs acuta, n. sp. (Plate L. figs. 8-8 0.)
2 )
millim, millim.
Lene th}vabout 55 -sot).c tas oe ee 0)
Greatest breadth, about ...... 46 32
Length of legs, Ist pair, about.. 62 "32
2 Si eAnal bah vebee dra, 36
ue eiondinss poh hee LO) 7,
i ¢ 4th yy 1 aac!
Colour lightish chestnut.
Texture fully chitinized, highly polished. With a highish power
and a strong light it is seen that the dorsal surface is marked out
by very fine lines into irregular, mostly hexagonal or pentagonal,
divisions averaging about 25 to the millimetre across the body, and
about 50 to the millimetre in an antero-posterior direction. No
other markings.
Shape rather narrow anteriorly, more truncated or rounded pos-
teriorly ; the sides markedly curved, widest a little in front of the
middle. Moderately arched on the dorsal surface.
Mandibles of the male (fig. 8 a) very singular; fixed arm of the
chela of the ordinary type, rather straight, with a short, sharp, re-
curved termination, two other teeth not large. The movable arm
is much the larger, nearly twice as long as the fixed arm, and much
broader; it has a large and a small tooth, near together, about the
middle, and along and sharp upwardly curved end ; what appears to
be a smail channel or duct runs almost its whole length in the inte-
rior. No accessory piece. Epistome (fig. 86) rounded, dentate, the
middle teeth considerably the longest. ‘The dorsal surface is set
1891.] ASSOCIATION OF GAMASIDS WITH ANTS. 653
with regularly spaced fine hairs, about -07 mm. long and about
"035 mm. apart (transversely). Ventral plates as in LZ. levis. Legs
without apophyses, and all terminated by claws and caruncles. The
femora with one or two small spines, the other joints with a few
_ fine hairs.
Hab. Not uncommon in the nests of Camponotus herculeanus
(probably race ligniperdus) near Innsbruck, Tyrol.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XLIX.
Fig. 1. Uropoda coccinea 2, dorsal aspect, x65, see p. 646.
la. 3 3 ©, ventral aspect, x 65.
10. Fe ss 6, mandible, x 650.
1, @ es * epistome, X 300.
Kees 5 epipharynx, x 300.
IL @. AD i palpus, side view, x 220.
ise hypostome, x 300.
2. Lelaps cuneifer ©, dorsal aspect, 55, see p. 647.
Za ‘s FF ©, ventral aspect, x30.
26 i i 6, mandible, «250.
OND i “ ©, epistome, X170.
2d. Re at end of tarsus, Ist leg, x 120.
Ze. 3 5 claw and caruncle, x 350.
QF: s i two of the wedge-shaped hairs from the dorsal
surface, X 350.
3. Lelaps levis 9, dorsal aspect, 35, see p. 648.
3d. an » G6, mandible, x 175.
36, ss epistome, x 120.
4, Lelaps myrmophila $, dorsal aspect, x55, see p. 649.
Aa. a ns d, mandible, x 190.
ASO aes a epistome, x 220.
Prats L.
5. Lelaps equitans 3 dorsal aspect, X50, see p. 649.
5a. es 8 ventral aspect, x 50.
56. = - $, part of mandible (broken, see descriptions),
x 750.
6. Lelaps flecuosa 9, dorsal aspect, x75, see p. 650.
6a. Pe 5 3, the two mandibles and palpi in si¢w, seen from
above, x 300.
60. 3 a eyone of the mandibles seen from the side, x 300.
6c. be same mandible from below, x 300.
7. Lelaps vacua 6, dorsal aspect, X75, see p. 651.
7 a. x » ©, mandible, x 700.
70. <3 epistome, X 300.
8. Lelaps acuta 9, dorsal aspect, x 45, see p. 652.
SG x » 6, mandible, x 500.
8b. ae op epistome, X 220.
654 MR. BARTLSTT ON THE BORNEAN RHINOCEROS. [ Dec. 1,
4, Notes on the Bornean Rhinoceros. By Epwarp Barrett,
Naturalist to the Government of Sarawak.
[Received October 29, 1891.]
Four heads and three horns of the Rhinoceros of Borneo are in
the Museum at Kuching, Sarawak, of which I send the following
details and photographs :—
1. Head with the skin still on it.
Length of head, from front of nose to centre of coronal ridge of
skin, 194 inches; across forehead to corner of eyes 72 inches ; tip
of upper lip to corner of mouth 64 inches; front horn 44 inches ;
hind horn 2 inches long. (No. 1 in the photograph.)
2. Head partly covered with skin. Horn 5 inches long; the
hind one is merely around knob. The skull is of about the same size
as the first. (No. 2 in the photograph.)
3. Skull only : measures 20 inches from the tip of the nasal bones
to the coronal ridge; forehead from eye to eye 52 inches; lower
Jaw 1635 inches. (No. 3 in the photograph.)
4, Skullonly: from nasal bone to coronal ridge 203 inches; fore-
head between the orbits 64 inches; lower jaw 17 inches. (This
skull is not figured in the photograph.)
Horns of Rhinoceros sumatrensis, no. 5. (Krom a photograph.)
5. Two horns on skin of the upper part of the head. Front horn
19% inches; the second horn is well developed. The base of the
front one is 16 inches in circumference. (No. 4 in the photograph.)
6. Single horn 11 inches; circumference of base 114 inches.
(No. 5 in the photograph.)
7. Single horn 6 inches; circumference about 9 inches. (No. 6
in the photograph.)
1891.] MR. T. T. SOMERVILLE ON THE LEMMING. 655
Skull No. 3 resembles in every respect one which is in the pos-
session of my father (Mr. A. D. Bartlett), which I remember per-
fectly well, although without particulars. My memory tells me that
my father’s specimen appeared as though it had been burnt over a
‘fire, exactly like Nos. 3 and 4 above mentioned. The Dyaks roast
these animals for food.
The specimen No. 5 in the photograph is similar to the one in my
father’s possession. The prominence for the second horn is scarcely
visible, hence the doubt formerly expressed respecting its belonging
to a single- or a two-horned Rhinoceros.
The above-mentioned skulls and horns came from the jungle
regions of the upper Rajah River, inhabited by the Kyans, a
dangerous race of people, very distinct fron the Dyaks. These
Kyans procure the horns for barter, for which they receive a high
price from the Chinese, who import them to China for medicine.
The horns are ground into powder for some diseases, while others
are cut into minute fragments to carry about the person.
The general appearance of this animal (judging from the two
heads with skin attached) is similar to that of the Sumatran species
(Rhinoceros sumatrensis)*. It is perfectly black, covered with short
black bristles; the ears are short and covered with short black
hair without fringe (unlike R. dasioéis).
The Rhinoceros is becoming extremely rare in the Province of
Sarawak, on account of the value set uvon the horns, but in Central
and North Borneo in the very old jungle it is more plentiful. I
have heard that two species exist ; but this, I think, is doubtful.
5. Notes on the Lemming (Myodes lemmus).
By T. T. Somurvittz, of Oppegarde, Christiania’.
[Received August 10, 1891. ]
Very little appears to be authentically known of the exact habitat
of the Lemmings, and they seem scarcely ever to be observed except
upon the occasion of their great migrations. Their home is pro-
bably confined to the great table-lands, at an altitude of 3000 feet
or more, on the mountains of Central Norway, and further north on
the ranges between Norway and Sweden. Indeed ancient writers
asserted that the sudden appearance of Lemmings was due to their
being showered from the clouds, and even to this day there are
many worthy peasants who are at a loss for any other explanation.
Certain it is that for indefinite periods, of from four or five up to,
perhaps, twenty years, the Lemming is never seen in the inhabited
parts of the country, and then suddenly appears in countless hordes
1 Of, Flower, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 69.
2 [Along with the present communication we received from Mr. Somerville
seven living examples of the Lemming for the Menagerie. Of these two are
still living; the other five died on the following dates :—(1) Aug. 20, 1891.
(2) fa 1891. (8) Oct. 19, 1891. (4) Nov. 7, 1891. (5) Nov. 27, 1891.
—P. 1.8.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XLIV. 44
656 | MR. T. T. SOMERVILLE ON THE LEMMING. [ Dec. 1,
ove? whole provinces. Usually the mountain-pastures and high-
iying farms are the first to suffer, and it is positively asserted that
the crops on such farms have been entirely eaten off, and that even
in the more generally cultivated valleys the loss to the farmers is
frequently very serious.
The numbers that take part in these migrations have been
estimated at many millions, and there are most extraordinary stories
told to show how, on these occasions, the Lemming-host goes
straight forward, climbing over or burrowing under every obstacle
and never diverging from its course. How far these stories are
reliable we will not venture to consider, but it is quite certain that
the Lemmings unhesitatingly attempt to cross streams too rapid and
lakes too wide for them to swim across, and that they tumble into
holes, wells, and brooks, the sides of which are too steep for them
to scramble out of again, so that, frequently, people are at a loss to
obtain water that is not polluted by their bodies. Doubtless this
accounts for an epidemic, popularly termed “ Lemming fever,” that
is said to prevail after the migration and which is described as
resembling ordinary typhoid.
The Lemmings never return from their exodus. Those that
reach the coast alive are said to swim straight away to sea; and this
may be the case on the west coast, towards which, naturally enough
from the geographical formation of the country, the majority direct
their march. On the coast-line between Christiauia and the
southernmost point the Lemmings are certainly not always so pre-
cipitate, but, occasionally at least, spend weeks or months before
taking to the water or being cut off by battle or disease. When
they do begin to disappear, it is not many days before they are no
longer to be met with alive, while the number of dead bodies to be
seen everywhere, both on land and along the shores of lakes, rivers,
and fjords, proves that they have not “melted into thin air,” in
whatever manner they may have come into the country.
Personally we can date our acquaintance with the Norwegian
Lemmings back to the autumn of 1872, when we were grouse-
shooting on the mountains around the celebrated Rjukan Foss in
Telemarken. Upon that cccasion we captured a number and
succeeded in finding four that lived harmouiously together, and
which became very tame during the two or three weeks we had
them. We thought of presenting them to this Society, but they
were unfortunately drowned on our passage down the lake Tinsd.
In 1876 we found, on getting to Norway in the month of April,
that the whole coast, at all events from the Christiania fjord to
Christiansand, swarmed with Lemmings that had descended during
the previous autumn. One gentleman told us that in the town of
Arendal, the first thing to be done every morning was to collect the
bodies of Lemmings in the streets and in the courtyards of the houses
that had been killed by cats during the night. In the courtyard of
his own dwelling he had counted up to twenty-seven dead Lemmings
‘one morning.
We found the same state of things further north. Under almost
1891.] MR. T. T. SOMERVILLE ON THE LEMMING. 657
every juniper bush and under every suitable rock or big stone were
the signs of the Lemmings which had their burrows beneath, and
even the towns were full of them. We had no difficulty in
catching about a dozen, of which we placed three or four in each of
as many empty bird-cages. Next morning all or almost all were
dead. Many or most had wounds in the throat. We repeated our
attempts to preserve some, but they either died or were killed by
each other. We were told that, at this season especially, these
animals fought desperately, and that the usual result of each
combat was the death of both parties. This appeared to be true.
Moreover, we were assured that the new grass, with which we
supplied our ‘captives, invariably caused the death of all the
Lemmings. This belief we have subsequently heard expressed
most firmly in every part of the country, and there really seems to
be some good reason for it. In the case in question the snow was
disappearing fast, the new grass was beginning to shoot up, and in
a very short time not a living Lemming remained anywhere. It
seems that the Lemmings when they reach the coast frequently
spend the winter there, but when the spring sets in they all die.
Professor Collett, of the Christiania University, cannot accept the
theory of the new grass causing the death of the Lemmings, but
asserts that this is due to a disease such as always appears when
animals multiply to an abnormal extent and which he cannot believe
is caused in any way by the grass.
In 1887 we again came across some Lemmings on the mountain-
plateau beyond the Rjukan Foss, and we secured a couple. These,
however, escaped when we were on our way home, by gnawing
through the box in which they were placed, and we were unable to
get others.
Towards the end of June this year we found Lemmings in great
force on the mountains around the ‘‘ Gausdal Sanatorium,” a hydro-
pathic establishment situated about 2500 feet above the sea within a
day’s journey from Christiania. We were informed that afew weeks
earlier there had been hundreds for every one remaining ; and this was
easy to believe, for the number of dead bodies was in many places very
great. There were, however, still so many that it was scarcely
possible to walk for an hour without seeing several.
On the 13th of July we secured a Lemming which, although
apparently not full-grown, seemed likely to have little ones. She
was from the first unusually docile, and appeared much satisfied
with the arrangements made for her. We had thoroughly scraped
and washed a cigar-box, lightly filled it with moss, made an entrance-
hole and a couple of ventilators, and fastened down the lid; this .
we placed in her box while a more elaborate dwelling was being
prepared. Next day, 14th July, when about to transfer the Lem-
ming to the new box, we found that she had given birth to six little
ones. ‘These were naked, pink, blind, and very ugly little wretches
with huge heads. The moss in the cigar-box had been formed into
a sort of round nest, and a quantity of paper, torn to fine shreds,
formed the lining, in the centre of which were the OS That day
44
658 MR. T. T. SOMERVILLE ON THE LEMMING. [ Dec. I.
and the next the mother was scarcely ever in the cigar-box, and we
feared that she had deserted the nest, but on looking in on the third
day the little ones were seen to be alive. We had the pleasure
next day of examining one of the little ones that had come out of
the cigar-box ; it was quite blind and unable to walk, it could only
scratch and kick and roll over, and it was still quite naked but
that a sort of silky shade was doubtless the commencement of a
coat. Still the little animal more resembled in texture a good
fat caterpillar than a fur-bearing mammal. We noticed now dis-
tinctly how the skin was stained black precisely where the black
markings would appear, and the ears, legs, and tail appeared to have
made most progress since our former hasty glances. The mother
let it remain for some time, when she took it in her mouth and
carried itin. After that it frequently happened that one or two
rolled out or were dragged out attached to the teat, and the mother
always took them in again before very long. On the 21st July—
the eighth day—the silky coats of the little ones began really to show
nicely in their proper colours. They were still quite blind and
were become exceedingly thin, long, and leggy; they began to run
out and in a day or two later, and from the 24th July, the eleventh
day of their age, would run about—still blind—in, over, and under
the moss in the two apartments of their box, in one of which the
cigar-box, occupying about a third of the compartment, formed
their sleeping-chamber. Two days later (26th July) their eyes
began to open a very little, and next day were fully open; they were
now about the size of a common mouse, and they began to nibble at
the moss and other eatables.
On the 29th July the mother died. We hope her six little ones
are now able to do without her.
We should have mentioned that we had obtained, besides those
specified as having escaped or died, four two-thirds grown Lem-
mings, three half-grown, and one enormous old female, the very largest
we have seen, and which on the night of the 22nd July brought forth
nine little ones. ‘his interesting creature is most extraordinarily
docile, allows our children to handle both herself and young, and does
not even seem to object to the three half-grown Lemmings entering
her box and her nest. ‘These half-grown Lemmings we took one
day from their nest ; there were five, but the other two escaped.
In the immediate neighbourhood was another nest in which were
- five young ones, but when we left Gausdal Sanatorium these were
still too young to take.
We left Gausdal Sanatorium on the 23rd July with our nine
Lemmings and fifteen young ones; these were carefully conveyed to
Christiania, and some of them were subsequently forwarded to the
Society.
LIST
Jan.
6.
co CoN
12.
14.
16.
19.
20.
99
a ale
25.
26.
APPENDIX.
OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE
DURING THE YEAR
1891.
1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus). Presented by A. ©.
Tonides, Esq.
. 2 Virginian Foxes (Canis virginianus). Received in Exchange.
. | Humboldt’s Lagothrix (Lagothrix humboldti), §. Purchased.
. 1 Starred Tortoise (Testudo stellata). Presented by W. J. Bos-
worth, Hsq.
2 Toque Monkeys (Macacus pileatus),2 9. Presented by W.
J. Bosworth, Esq.
2 Large Hill-Mynahs (Gracula religiosa). Deposited.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Wasua rufa), 2. Presented by E. Hop-
kinson, Esq.
1 Red Lory (os rubra), Purchased.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa), 3. Presented by Cyril
Smith, Esq.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Deposited.
2 Hawfinches (Coccothraustes vulgaris), 2 3. Presented by J.
Newton Hayley, Esq.
2 Blood-breasted Pigeons (Phlogenas cruentata). Presented
by Wilfrid G. Marshall, Esq. 2
1 Chinese Turtle-Dove (Turtur chinensis). Presented by Wil-
frid G. Marshall, Esq.
1 Yellow-crowned Penguin (Hudyptes antipodum). From
Stewart’s Island, New Zealand. Presented by Sir Henry
W. Peek, Bart., F.Z.S. See P.Z.S. 1891, p. 121.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), ¢. Presented by
Count Povoleri, F.Z.S.
A Restless Cavies (Cavia porcellus), Presented by Count Povo-
leri, F.Z.S.
1 Variegated Sheldrake (Tadorna variegata), 2. Received in
Exchange.
1 Red-necked Grebe (Podiceps griseigena). Presented by Thos,
Hardcastle, Esq.
660
Jan. 27.
Feb.
28.
10.
10
13,
14.
16.
Wie
18.
19,
APPENDIX.
1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus), 3. Deposited.
1 American Bison (Bison americanus), 3. Born in the Mena-
erie.
2d conor Pheasants (Phasianus versicolor), ¢ 2. Presented
by E. Wormald, Esq., F°.Z.5.
1 Triton Cockatoo (Cacatua triton). Deposited.
1 Milne-Edwards’s Porphyrio (Porphyrio edwardst). Purchased.
1 Grey-headed Porphyrio (Porphyrio poliocephalus). Pur-
chased.
. 1 Indian Python (Python molurus). Received in Exchange.
40 River Lampreys (Petromyzon fluviatilis). Presented by Mr.
Thos. F. Burrows.
. 2 Passerine Owls (Glaucidium passerinum). Presented by St.
John Northcote, Esq.
. 2Common Peafowls (Pavo cristata), 2. Presented by Rich.
Hunter, Esq.
. 1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 3. Presented
by J. P. Heseltine, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 9. Presented
by Mrs. Newton.
2 Globose Curassows (Craz globicera), 6 2. Deposited.
1 Daubenton’s Curassow (Crax daubentont), §. Deposited.
2 Mexican Guans (Penelope purpurascens). Deposited.
6 Night-Herons (Nycticorax griseus). Presented by Mr. A. A.
van Bemmelen, C.M.Z.8.
1 Spotted Eagle Owl (Bubo maculosus). Presented by Julius
Wilson, Esq.
2 Yellow-throated Rock-Sparrows (Petronia petronella). De-
osited.
1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus), 9. Presented by C. J. H. Tower,
Esq., F.Z.8.
1 Redwing (Turdus zliacus), Presented by Mis. J. B. Capper.
7 Knots (Tringa canutus). Purchased.
2 Bar-tailed Godwits (Limosa lapponica). Purchased.
1 Scaup (Fuligula marila), 6. Purchased.
1 Curlew (Nuwmenius arquata). Purchased.
2 Burbots (Lota vulgaris). Presented by Mr. T. F. Burrows.
1 Jack Snipe (Gallinago gaillinula). Presented by W. H. St.
Quintin, Hsq., F.Z.8.
1 Common Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris). Presented by W. H. St.
Quintin, Esq., F'.Z.S.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 9. Presented by
Henry Williams, Esq.
1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), §. Presented hy
A. Mann, Esq.
1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus), 2. Presented by J.
Seymour Bartlett, Esq.
. 1 Little Grebe (Tachybaptes fluviatilis). Presented by Miss E.
Bartlett.
. | New-Zealand Parrakeet (Cyanorhamphus nove-zealandie).
Received in Exchange.
. 2 Wonga-Wonga Pigeons (Leucosarcia picata), § 2. Received
in Exchange.
. 1 Gayal (Bibos frontalis), 29. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Long-tailed Weaver-bird (Chera progne). Deposited.
2 Chinese White-eyes (Zosterops simplex). Deposited.
Feb.
Mar.
26.
27
16.
Ic
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 661
2 Upland Geese (Bernicla magellanica dispar), 3 Q. Pur-
chased.
. 2 Upland Geese (Bernicla magellanica), $ Q. Purchased.
1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by the Rev. C.
A. Berry.
. 1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), $. Deposited.
1 Red-throated Diver (Colymbus septentrionalis). Presented by
E. J. Gale, Esq.
6 Grayling (Thymallus vulgaris), Presented by Howard L.
Cooper, Esq.
6 Grayling (Zhymallus vulgaris). Presented by — Jukes, Esq.
. 2 Red-beaked Weaver-birds ( Quelea sanguinirostris). Presented
by Mrs. Hastings.
1 West-African Python (Python sebe). Deposited.
. 2 North-American Turkeys (Meleagris gallopavo), $9. Pur-
chased.
6 Shore-Larks (Otocorys alpestr’s). Purchased.
. | Snow-Leopard (felis wncia), From Bhootan. Purchased.
See P. Z.S. 1891, p. 212.
1 Serval (Felis serval), 2. Presented by D. Wilson, Esq.
1 White Frog (Rana temporaria, var.). Presented by W.
Hannaford, Esq.
. 1 Collared Peccary (Dicotyles tajagu), 2. Purchased.
1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale «xanthopus), 3.
Bozn in the Menageris.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), $. Deposited.
. 1 Passerine Parrakeet (Psittacula passerina). Presented by
Miss Edith Blanche Burrell.
1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennetti), 29. Deposited.
. | Maguari Stork (Dissura maguarr). Purchased.
1 Brazilian Teal ( Querquedula brasiliensis), $. Purchased.
. 1 Striped Hyzena (Hyena striata), S$. Purchased.
1 Indian Muntjac (Cervulus muntjac), 2. Born in the Mena-
eerie.
1 Indian White Crane (Grus leucogeranos). Deposited.
. | Markhoor (Capra megaceros), $. Received in exchange from
the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta.
1 Small-clawed Otter (Lutra leptonyx). Purchased. See
P.Z.S. 1891, p. 212.
6 Amherst Pheasants (Thawmalea amherstia),63. Purchased.
1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris). Presented by G. C. Ed-
wardes-Ker, Esq.
1 Common Rhea (Rhea americana). Presented by Mrs.
Hattield.
2 Leopard Tortoises (Testudo pardalis). From the Cape
~ Colony. Presented by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
5 Angulated Tortoises (Chersina angulata). From the Cape
Colony. Presented by the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z:S.
1 Tuberculated Tortoise (Homopus femoralis). From the Cape
Colony. Presented by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.ZS.
4 Areolated Tortoises (Homopus areolatus). From the Cape
Colony. Presented by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Hygian Snake (laps hygie). From the Cape Colony. Pre-
sented by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
4 Smooth Clawed-Frogs (Xenopus levis). From the Cape
Colony. Presented by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z8,
662
Mar. 17.
18.
18),
20:
21.
23.
24,
April 1.
APPENDIX.
1 Square-marked Toad (Bufo regularis). From the Cape
Colony. Presented by the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.ZS.
1 Lhuys’s Impeyan Pheasant (Lophophorus thuyst), $. Pur-
chased. From Szechuen, China. See P.Z.S. 1891, p. 212.
1 Ruddy Sheldrake (Yadorna casarca), 2. Purchased.
1 Brazilian Caracara (Polyborus brasiliensis). Presented by
J. D. Spooner, Esq.
2 White-throated Capuchins (Cebus hypoleucos), 2g. Pur-
chased.
1 Coquerel’s Lemur (Chezrogaleus coquereli), 9. Purchased.
1 Collared Peccary (Dicotyles tajagu), S. Purchased.
2 Griffon Vultures (Gyps fulvus). Purchased.
1 Green-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis viridigenalis). Presented
by Miss Julia Crooke.
1 Purple-faced Monkey (Semnopithecus leucoprymnus). Pre-
sented by Mrs. Sutton Sams.
1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus). Born in the Mena-
eerie.
1 Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), ¢. Presented by
Miss Kathleen Hill.
1 India Civet (Viverricula malaccensis). Presented by Col. A.
Bloomfield.
2 Malabar Squirrels (Sciwrus maximus). Presented by Col. A.
Bloomfield.
1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by Chas.
C. Barton, Esq.
. 5 Summer Ducks (4x sponsa), 5 2. Purchased.
4 Gadwalls (Chaulelasmus streperus),2 8,2 9. Purchased.
. 1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata). Presented by
Dr. J. Galbraith Westlake.
. 2 Violaceous Plantain Cutters (Musophaga violacea). Purchased.
1 Carpet-Snake (Morelia variegata). Purchased.
. 1 Arctic Fox (Canis lagopus), 29. Presented by H. Sacheverel
Bateman, Esq.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), §. Deposited.
3. 1 Squirrel-like Phalanger (Belideus sciureus), §. Presented by
Mrs, Fitz-Gerald.
1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 2. Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycterts collaris). Born in the
Menagerie.
4 Cape Colies (Colius capensis). Purchased.
1 Lacertine Snake (Celopeltis lacertina). Presented by J. C.
Warburg, Esq.
. 1 Common Wolf (Canis lupus), 9. Deposited.
. | Spiny-tailed Mastigure ( Uromastix acanthinurus). Presented
by Mr. W. Williams.
3 Puff-Adders (Vipera arietans). From the Cape Colony.
Presented by the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
3 Egyptian Cobras (Nata haje). From the Cape Colony. Pre-
sented by the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
. 3 Partridge Bronze-wing Pigeons (Geophaps scripta). Pur-
chased.
3 Maned Geese (Bernicla jubata). Purchased.
1 Tuatera Lizard (Sphenodon punctatus). Presented by Thos.
K. Phillips, Esq.
April 7.
21.
99.
23.
27.
28.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 663
1 Red-spotted Lizard (Zremias rubro-punctatus). Presented
by Dr. Drewell.
1 Brush Bronze-wing Pigeon (Phaps elegans). Purchased.
2 Scorpions (Scorpio, sp. inc.). Presented by Sidney H. Carver,
Esq.
. 2 Chipping Squirrels (Tamas striatus). Presented by Mr. A.
W. Jutson.
2 Indian Pied Hornbills (Anthracoceros malabaricus). Pur-
chased.
. 1 Brown Milvago (Milvago chimango). Presented by J. Mand,
Esq.
. 2 Suricates (Suricata tetradactyla). Presented by J. W. Munt,
Esq.
. 2 Azara’s Opossums (Didelphys azare), 62. Presented by
Edward C. Hawes, Esq.
. 1 Lesser Orang (Smita morioy, ¢. Presented by Commander
Ernest Rason, R.N. From Sarawak, Borneo. See P.Z.S,
1891, p. 301.
1 Lion (Felis leo), 9. Purchased.
. 1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Deposited.
Ze
. | Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), §. Presented by
1 Nylghaie (Boselaphus tragocamelus), $. Purchased.
F. J. Bennett, Esq.
1 Egyptian Cat (Felis chaus). Purchased.
2 Mace’s Sea-Eagles (Haliaetus lewcoryphus). Purchased.
1 Common Night-Heron (Nycticorax griseus). Purchased.
1 Great-billed Tern (Phaethusa magnirostris). Purchased.
See P. Z.S. 1891, p. 301.
1 Azara’s Agouti (Dasyprocta azare), $. Purchased.
1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), §. Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Brown Howler (Mycetes fuscus), §. Presented by E. Lux-
more Marshall, Esq.
2 Wild Swine (Sus scrofa, jr.). Presented by Alex. Williams,
Esq.
1 Black-footed Penguin (Spheniscus demersus). Presented by
H. B. Bingham, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Rock-hopper Penguin (Ludyptes chrysocome). Presented by
H. B. Bingham, Esq., F.Z.S.
. 8 Ring-necked Parrakeets (Paleornis torquatus), 1 3, 2 9.
25.
Presented by Miss E. Ogilvie.
1 Common Fox (Canis vulpes). Deposited.
2 White Pelicans (Pelecanus onocrotalus). Presented by Miss
Dolly Bason.
1 Common Barn-Owl (Strizv jflammea). Presented by H.
Bendelack Hewetson, Esq.
1 Defenceless Lizard (Agama inermis). Presented by Gerald
Graham-Clarke, Esq.
2 Rooks (Corvus frugilegus). Purchased.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by Mrs.
Emily Palmer.
2 Tasmanian Wolves (Thylacinus cynocephalus), 3 2. Received
in exchange.
3 Ursine Dasyures (Dasywrus ursmus), 13,22. Purchased.
4 Australian Wild Ducks (Anas supercilosus), 23,22. Pur-
chased.
2 Brush-Turkeys (Talegalla latham), § 2. Purchased.
664
April 29.
30,
APPENDIX.
1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by R. M. J. Teil,
Esq.
1 European Tree-Frog (Hyla arborea), resented by —
Barclay, Esq.
1 Black Lemur (Lemur macaco). Born in the Menagerie.
2 Persian Gazelles (Gazella subgutturosa), 6 2. Born in the
Menagerie.
2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by Mrs. Atten-
borough.
1 Pine-Grosbeak (Pinicola enucleator), $. Presented by W.
H. St. Quintin, Esq.
1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Zalmaturus bennetti), $. Deposited.
. 1 Sky-Lark (Alauda arvensis). Presented by 3B. Michael
Smith, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Shore-Lark (Otocorys alpestris). Presented by B. Michael
Smith, Esq., F.Z.8.
1 Goldfinch (Carduelis elegans). Presented by B. Michael
Smith, Esq., F'.Z.S.
2 Diamond Snakes (Morelia spilotes). Deposited.
2 Brazilian Caracaras (Polyborus brasiliensis). Presented by
F. E. Cobb, Esq., C.M.Z.8. From Tierra del Fuego.
1 Turkey Buzzard (Cathartes aura). From the Falkland
Islands. Presented by F. E. Cobb, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
. 1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), Q. Presented by
Hi. Powell, Esq.
2 Cheer Pheasants (Phasianus wallichi), ¢ 2. Purchased.
. 12 Common Teal ( Querquedula crecca), 43,892. Purchased.
1 Viscacha (Lagostomus trichodactylus). Born in the Mena-
erie.
. 2 Brown Capuchins (Cebus fatuellus?), 23. Presented by
James Meldrum, Esq.
1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis). Presented by James Meldrum, Esq.
1 Coypu (Myopotamus coypus), §. Presented by James Mel-
drum, Esq.
2 Ring-tailed Coatis (Nasua rufa), Q. Presented by James
Meldrum, Esq.
2 Cayenne Lapwings (Vanellus cayennensis). Presented by
James Meldrum, Esq.
7 Burrowing Owls (Speotyto cunicularia). Presented by James
Meldrum, Esq.
1 Cores Hare (Lepus ewopeus). Presented by Mr. H. J.
owes.
1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus), ¢. Born in the Menagerie.
. 3 Pintail (Dajila acuta),2$,19. Presented by G. F. Mathews,
Esq., R.N., F.Z.8.
1 Mandarin Duck (4x galericulata), 2. Presented by G. F.
Mathews, Esq., R.N., F.Z.S.
1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Presented by the Demerara
Museum.
. 2 Swinhoe’s Pheasants (Zuplocamus swinhott), § 2. Purchased.
2 Japanese Pheasants (Phasianus versicolor),22. Purchased.
2 Amherst Pheasants (Thaumalea amherstie),29. Purchased.
2 Brent Geese (Bernicla brenta). Presented by Mrs. Atkinson,
1 Pintail (Dafila acuta), $. Presented by Mrs. Atkinson.
2 naneon (Mareca penelope), § 2. Presented by Mrs. At-
inson.
May 12
13.
14,
22.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 665
. | Common Sheldrake (Zadorna vulpanser), 2. Presented by
Mrs. Atkinson.
2 Golden Tench (Tinca vulgaris, var.). Presented by Mrs. At-
kinson.
9 Golden Carp (Carassius auratus). Presented by Mrs. Atkin-
son.
1 European Tree-Frog (Hyla arborea). Presented by Miss
Wright.
1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristata). Deposited.
2 Indian Desert-Foxes (Canis leucopus). Born in the Mena-
erie.
1 Tibetan Crossoptilon (Crossoptilon tibetanum),@. Purchased.
From Szechuen, China.
1 Black-necked Stilt Plover (Himantopus nigricollis). Pur-
chased.
1 Cayenne Lapwing (Vanellus cayennensis). Purchased.
i ee Swine (Sus scrofa), 2. Received in Exchange. From
ersia.
. 8 European Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea). Presented by Clifford
D. Fothergili, Esq.
1 Striped Hyena ({yena striata), 9. From Karachi. Pre-
sented by B. T. Ffinch, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
. 2 Golden Agoutis (Dasyprocta aguti). Presented by H. Bar-
ringer, Hsq.
. 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus stka), S$. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Capybara (Hydrocherus capybara), 2. Purchased.
. 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), 2. Born in the Menagerie.
. 1Common Rhea (Rhea americana). Presented by R. P.
Houston, Hsq.
2 Variegated Sheldrakes (Tadorna variegata),$ 2. Purchased.
4 Crested Screamers (Chauna chavaria). Presented by the
Duke of Neweastle.
2 Larger Tree-Ducks (Dendrocygna major). Purchased.
. 1 Barbary Ape (Macacus inwus), $. Presented by the Rev. H.
G. Watkins.
1 Dog (Canis familiaris). From New Guinea. Presented by
A. Mcllwraith, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Tree-Boa (Corallus hortulanus). From Trinidad. Presented
by Messrs. R. R. Mole and Fritz Urich.
1 South-American Rat Snake (Spilotes variabilis). From Tri-
nidad. Presented by Messrs. R. R. Mole and Fritz Urich.
1 Carinated Snake (Herpetodryas carinatus). From Trinidad.
Presented by Messrs. R. R. Mole and Fritz Urich.
2 Plica Lizards ( Uraniscodon plica). From Trinidad. Presented
by Messrs. R. R. Mole and Fritz Urich.
1 African Wild Ass (Zquus teniopus), §. Born in the Mena-
erie, .
2 Binelearied Jays (Cyanocorax cyanopogon). Deposited.
1 Brown Chimango (Milvago chimango). Deposited.
1 Violaceous Night-Heron (Nycticorax violaceus). Deposited.
1 Moorish Tortoise (Testudo mauritanica). Presented by Mrs.
Margaret Clarke.
1 Chinchilla (Chinchilla lanigera). Born in the Menagerie.
23, 1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Presented by
Aberey Lace, Esq.
1 Diuca Finch (Diuwca grisea), From Chili. Presented by
Mrs. Charles G. Sharpe.
666
May 23
25
26.
28.
30.
31.
J une 2.
APPENDIX.
. 2 Gay’s Finches (Phrygilus gayi). From Chili. Presented by
Mrs. Charles G. Sharpe.
2De Filippi’s Meadow-Starlings (Sturnella defilippi). Pre-
sented by Mrs. Charles G. Sharpe.
. 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), 9. Born in the Menagerie.
1 Water-Buck Antelope (Cobus ellipsiprymnus), 2. Presented
by G. 8. Mackenzie, Esq., F.Z.5. From Mombasa. See
P.Z.S. 1891, p. 326.
1 Leopard (Felis pardus). Presented by G. 8. Mackenzie, Eaq.,
F.Z.8. From Kismayu, E. Africa.
2 Vulturine Guinea-fowls (Numida vulturina). Presented by G.
S. Mackenzie, Esq., F.Z.S. From Kismayu, E. Africa.
2 Mitred Guinea-fowls (Numida mitrata). From Mombasa.
Presented by G. S. Mackenzie, Esq., F.Z.8.
2 Coypu Rats (Myopotamus coypus). Purchased.
2 Andaman Starlings (Stwrnia andamanensis). Purchased.
2 Red-billed Hornbills (Tocceus erythrorhynchus). Purchased.
2 Snow-Buntings (Plectrophanes nivalis). Purchased.
2 Red-headed Buntings (Lmberiza luteola). Purchased.
2 African Spoonbills (Platalea alba). Purchased.
1 Peregrine Falcon (falco peregrinus). Presented by Thos. C.
Smith, Esq.
1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus), §. Born in the Menagerie.
. 1 Mountain Ka-Ka (Nestor notadilis). Presented by Herbert
Furber, Esq.
1 Ducorps’s Cockatoo (Cacatua ducorpsi). Presented by Nicholas
O’Reilly, Esq.
4 Californian Quails (Callipepla californica), 1 6, 3 2. Pre-
sented by Nicholas O'Reilly, Esq.
2Grey Squirrels (Setwrus griseus). Presented by Nicholas
O'Reilly, Esq.
1 Hudson’s-Bay Squirrel (Scirus hudsonius). Presented by
Nicholas O'Reilly, Esq.
3 Blanford’s Rats (Mus blanfordi). Presented by W. L.
Sclater, Esq., F.Z.S. From the Shevaroy Hills, Madras
Pres. See P. Z.S. 1891, p. 326.
4 Ocellated Terrapins (Morenia ocellata). From the Hoogly,
India. Presented by W. L. Sclater, Esq., F.Z.S.
2 Virginian Eagle Owls (Bubo virginianus). Purchased. From
the Straits of Magellan.
2 Ravens (Corvus corar). Presented by Capt. Ogilby.
1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris), Born in the
Menagerie.
1 Diamond Snake (Morelia spilotes). Presented by Mr. T,
Hellberg.
. 2 Senegal Piapecs (Ptilostomus senegalensis). Purchased.
1 Madeiran Pigeon (Columba trocaz). Deposited.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by
Mr. Walter Fraser.
4 North-African Jackals (Canis anthus). Born in the Mena-
gerie.
. 4 Macqueen’s Bustards (Houbara macqueent),2 3,292. Pre-
sented by B. T. Ffinch, Esq.,C.M.Z.S. From Mekran:
1 Great Black-headed Gull (Larus ichthyaétus). Presented by
B. T. Ffinch, Esq., C.M.Z.S. From the Persian Gulf. See
P. Z.S. 1891, p. 464.
June 5.
6
de
8.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 667
3 Chaplain Crows (Corvus capellanus), Presented by B. T.
Ffinch, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by W. H. B.-
Pain, Esq.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), Q. Presented by Col.
Beresford.
2 Partridge Bronze-wing Pigeons (Geophaps scripta). Hatched
in the Gardens.
2 Radiated Tortoises (Testudo radiata). From Madagascar.
Presented by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Angulated Tortoise (Chersina angulata). From the district
of Clanwilliam, Cape Colony. Presented by the Rev. G.
H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.8.
2 Robben Island Snakes (Coronella phocarum) From Robben
Island. Presented by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Hoary Snake (Coronella cana). From Wynberg, Cape Colony.
Presented by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
3 Purplish Geckos (Phyllodactylus porphyreus). From Cape
12.
13.
16.
16.
Colony. Presented by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Smooth-bellied Snake (Homalosoma lutriav). From Cape
Colony. Presented by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
. | Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
James B, Leckie. Esq.
’ 2 Elliot’s Pheasants (Phasianus elliott), 29. Purchased.
2 Rufous Tinamous (Rhynchotus rufescens). Purchased.
20 Marbled Newts (Molge marmorata). Bred in the Menagerie.
. 1 Ortolan Bunting (Emberiza hortulana), 2. Purchased.
. 5 Squirrel-like Phalangers (Belideus sciureus), 35,29. Depo-
sited.
1 Green Lizard (Lacerta viridis). Presented by Mrs, Hill.
1 White-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis leucocephala). Presented
by Mrs. Lacabra.
1 Angolan Vulture (Gypohierax angolensis). Purchased.
12 Gallot’s Lizards (Lacerta galloti). Presented by E. G.
Meade-Waldo, Esq., F.Z.S. From Teneriffe.
8 Greenish Sand-Skinks (Chalcides viridanus). From Teneriffe.
Presented by E. G. Meade-Waldo, Hsq., F.Z.S.
1 Delalande’s Geckos (Tarentola delalandii). From Teneriffe.
Presented by HE. G. Meade-Waldo, Esq., F'.Z.8.
4 Scorpions (Scorpio, sp. inc.). From Teneriffe. Presented by
KE. G. Meade-Waldo, Esq., F.Z.8.
1 Short-nosed Bandicoot (Perameles obesula), 2. Purchased.
1 Grand Eclectus (Eelectus roratus). Deposited.
3 Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by James
E. Talmage, Esq.
3 Stoats (Mustela erminea). Presented by J. 8. B. Borough,
Esq.
1 Behl Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), 3. Born in the Mena-
gerie.
1 Tawny Eagle (Aguila nevioides). From Africa. Presented
by K. G. Hay, Esq.
2 Chinese Geese (Anser cygnoides), ¢ Q. Presented by Capt.
J. W. Creaghe.
2 Impeyan Pheasants (Lophophorus impeyanus). Bred in the
Menagerie.
1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennettt), $. Born in the
Menagerie.
668
‘June 16.
Wits
ny
18.
IIS).
24,
APPENDIX.
2 Abyssinian Guinea-fowl (Numida ptilorhyncha). Deposited.
1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis), $. Presented by Sir Henry Blake,
K.C.M.G.
1 Red-tailed Buzzard (Buteo borealis). Presented by Sir Henry
Blake, K.C.M.G.
1 Laughing Gull (Larus atricilla). From the West Indies.
- Presented by Sir Henry Blake, K.C.M.G.
2 Heloderms (Heloderma suspectum). Deposited.
1 Goat (Capra, sp.ine.), 2. Presented by C. V. Creagh, Esq.
1 Vinaceous Amazon (Chrysotis vinacea). Purchased.
1 Blue-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis leucocephala). Presented by
Mrs. A. G. Nussey.
1 Grey-breasted Parrakeet (Bolborhynchus monachus). Presented
by Mr. J. R. George.
1 Chinese Goose (Anser cygnoides), Presented by J. Wight-
man, Esq.
1 Blossom-headed Parrakeet (Paleornis cyanocephalus). Depo-
sited.
1 Meyer’s Parrot (Paocephalus meyert). Deposited.
. 8 Tibetan Crossoptilons (Crossoptilon tibetanum), 2g, 12.
From Western China. Purchased. See P. Z. 8. 1891,
p. 464.
1 Temminck’s Tragopan (Ceriornis temmincki), 6. From
Western China. Purchased.
1 Collar-less Pheasant (Phasianus decollatus). From Western
China. Purchased.
4 Common Quails (Coturnix communis),3 3,19. Presented
by J. C. Gie, Esq.
2 Mule Deer (Cariacus macrotus), 6 2. Born in the Mena-
gerie.
. | American Red Fox (Canis fulvus). Presented by Mr. W.
Reading.
1 Derbian Wallaby (Halmaturus derbianus), 3. Born in the
Menagerie.
3 Common Night-Herons (Nycticorax griseus). Born in the
Menagerie.
3. 1 Sinaitic Ibex (Capra sinaitica), 9. Presented by Sir James
Anderson. From the Erba Mountains, 120 miles N. of
Suakim. See P. Z.8. 1891, p. 464,
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by Mr.
Albert Job.
1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata). Presented by
E. G. Parkinson, Esq.
2 White-headed Sea-Eagles (Haliaetus leucocephalus). Received
in Exchance.
. 2 Gaimard’s Rat-Kangaroos (Hypsiprymnus gaimardi), 2 Q.
Presented by Walter Howker, Esq.
1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchelli), $. Born in the Menagerie.
. 1 Cuckoo (Cuculus canorus). Presented by V. S. Marks, Esq.
2 Red-billed Tree-Ducks (Dendrocygna autumnalis). Presented
by — Keswick, Esq.
1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by Mr. J. Sar-
geant.
. 1 White-faced Tree-Duck (Dendrocygna viduata). Presented
30.
by Capt. C. A. Findlay, R.N.R., ss. ‘Ruapehu.’
1 Duyker-Bok (Cephalophus mergens), 3. Presented by A.
Barsdorf, Esq.
July 1,
co
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 669
1 Orange-cheeked Waxbill (Zstrelda melpoda). Presented by
Mrs. Harris.
il fe Waxbill (Zstrelda subflava). Presented by Mrs.
alris.
1 Nutmeg Finch (Munia punctularia, var.), Presented by
Mrs. Harris.
1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by W. H. B.
Pain, Esq.
. 5 West-Indian Agoutis (Dasyprocta cristata). Presented by
the Board of Guardians of the Institute of Jamaica.
1 Spotted Cavy (Celogenys paca). Presented by R. Kirk, Esq.
. | Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), $. Presented
by Major Al. McDonneli Moore.
1 Chattering Lory (Lortus garrulus), Presented by Miss Alice
Dundas.
2 Slow Loris (WMycticebus tardigradus). Presented by R.
Dickson, Esq.
1 Javan a (Ketupa javanensis), Presented by R. Dick-
son, Esq.
4 Grey Beets (Psittacus erithacus). Deposited.
1 Thar (Capra jemlaica), §. Born in the Menagerie.
. 2 Turtle-Doves (Turtur communis). Presented by EH. W. H.
Blagg, Esq.
1 Huanaco (Lama huanacos), 3. Presented by Messrs. J.
Fallows and J. D. Wallace. From the Province of Rioja,
Argentine Republic.
. 2 Senegal Touracous (Corythaix pensa). Presented by Sir
Brandforth Griffith, Bart.
8. 2 Mule Deer (Cariacus macrotis), 2 $. Born in the Mena-
rerie,
2 Fe elenieaating (Monticola saxatilis). Presented by the Rev.
Hubert D. Astley.
3 Summer Ducks (4x sponsa). Bred in the Menagerie.
5 Chilian Pintail (Dajfila spinicauda). Bred in the Menagerie.
7 Mandarin Ducks (4%x galericulata). Bred in the Menagerie.
2 Australian Wild Ducks (Anas supercihosa). Bred in the
Menagerie.
1 Spotted-billed Duck (Anas pecilorhyncha). Bred in the
Menagerie.
9. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by R.
Armstrong, Esq.
10. 2 Larger Hill-Mynahs (Gracula intermedia). Deposited.
1 Halt-collared Owl (Scops semutorques). Presented by J. de la
Touche, Esq.
13. 1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), $. Born in the Mena-
eerie.
14.15 apanese Deer (Cervus sika), 9. Born in the Menagerie.
15. 2 Ruddy-headed Geese (Bernicla rubidiceps), 3. Presented
by F. E. Blaauw, Esq., C.M.Z.8. ;
16. 2 Night-Herons (Nycticorax griseus). Bred in the Menagerie.
1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by W. H. B.
Pain, Esq.
17. 2 Great Hagle-Owls (Bubo maximus). Deposited.
18. 6 Eyed Lizards (Lacerta ocellata). Purchased.
2 Four-lined Snakes (Coluber quadrilineatus leopardinus). Pur-
chased.
1 Back-marked Snake (Rhinechis sealaris). Purchased.
23.
APPENDIX.
. 1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennetti), 9. Born in the
Menagerie.
. 1 Silver-backed Fox (Canis chama), 6. Presented by Max
Michaelis, Esq.
2 Pennsylvanian Buzzards (Buteo pennsylvanicus). Presented
by the Hon. Sir W. Francis Hely-Hutchison, K.C.M.G.
From Grenada, W. I.
. 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by J. Smalman
Smith, Esq.
1 Azara’s Agouti (Dasyprocta azare). Purchased.
. 2 Rough Foxes (Canis rudis). From British Guiana. Pre-
sented by G. H. Hawtayne, Hsq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Rough Fox (Canis rudis). From British Guiana. Presented
by Capt. Arnot.
1 Tigrine Cat (Felis tigrina). Deposited.
1 Golden Agouti (Dasyprocta aguti). From British Guiana.
Presented by Capt. Arnot.
2 Spotted Cavies (Celogenys paca), From British Guiana.
Presented by Capt. Arnot.
1 Crab-eating Opossum (Didelphys cancrivora). Deposited.
1 Blue-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Deposited.
1 Red-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara chloroptera). Deposited.
2 Orange-winged Amazons (Chrysotis amazonica). Deposited.
1 Yellow-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis ochrocephala). Deposited.
1 Hawk-headed Parrot (Deroptyus accipitrinus). Deposited.
1 Common Trumpeter (Psophia crepitans). Deposited.
2 West-Indian Rails (Aramides cayennensis). From British
Guiana. Presented by Capt. Arnot.
1 Martinique Gallinule (Lonornis martinicus). Deposited.
1 White-lipped Peceary (Dicotyles labiatus). Deposited.
2 Common Goats (Capra hircus). Deposited.
3 Crested Curassows (Crax alector). From British Guiana.
Presented by Capt. Arnot. ,
. 1 Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by E. Hart, Esq,
F.Z.8.
1 White-fronted Capuchin (Cebus albifrons). Presented by the
Karl of Carnarvon.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by
Mr. G. Stevenson Macfarlane.
. 1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Deposited.
. 2 Nilotic Crocodiles (Crocodilus vulgaris). Presented by Dr.
Lester.
1 Pleurodele Newt (Molge walti). Presented by Miss C. C.
Hopley.
. 1 Banded Ichneumon (Herpestes fasciatus). Presented by Dr.
Arthur Williams.
. 2 King Parrakeets (Aprosmictus seapulatus). Purchased.
2 Black Storks (Ciconia ngra). Purchased.
1 Bae Stork (Ciconta nigra). Presented by Lord Lilford,
F.Z.S.
1 Cuckoo (Cuculus canorus). Presented by Master R. Small.
. 2Slowworms (Angus fragilis). Presented by Messrs. F. East
and HE. Johnson.
1 Lesser Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua sulphurea). Pre-
sented by Miss Partridge.
. 1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Deposited.
Aug. 5,
10.
ilu
12.
15.
14.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 671
2 Grey Ichneumons (Herpestes griseus). Presented by H. E.
Lindsay, Esq.
2 Golden Paradoxures (Paradoxurus zeylanicus). Presented by
H. E. Lindsay, Esq.
1 Indian Cobra (Naia tripudians). Presented by H. HK. Lindsay
Hsq.
1 isi Wallaby (Halmaturus agilis). Presented by G. Skelton
Streeter, Hsq.
. 2 Barbary Turtle-Doves (Turtur risorius). Presented by Miss
Dolly Bason.
3 Grey Parrots (Psittacus erithacus). Deposited.
2 Harnessed Antelopes (7ragelaphus scriptus),d 2. Presented
by R. B. Llewelyn, Esq., C.M.G.
. 1 Egyptian Gazelle (Gazella dorcas), 2. Presented by Capt.
8. C. Saunders. From Tunis.
1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by Edward J.
Brown, Esq.
2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus), Presented by T. A.
Cotton, Esq.
. 2 White-bellied Sea-Hagles (Haliaetus leucogaster). Presented
by Hugh Nevill, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris), 9. Presented by D. E.
Cardinall, Esq. ies
1 Marbled Polecat (Putorius sarmaticus). Presented by Col. C.
Shepherd. From Quetta, Beluchistan.
1 Golden Eagle (Aguila chrysaetus). From the Atlas. Pre-
sented by Capt. Taylor.
1 Vulpine Squirrel (Sccwrus vulpinus). Presented by Miss
Pickford.
7 Lemmings (Myodes lemmus). From Norway. Presented by
T. T. Somerville, Esq.
2 Sparrow-Hawks (Accynter nisus). Presented by Digby 8.
W. Nicholl, Esq., F.Z.S.
3 Japanese Green Finches (fringilla kawarahibi). Presented
by F. E. Blaauw, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), 9. Presented by Miss
Phyllis Duncan.
1 Yak (Poéphagus grunniens), 2. Born in the Menagerie.
10 Andalucian Short-toed Larks (Calandrella betica). De-
posited.
1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by
Capt. Wood.
1 Dwarf Chameleon (Chameleon pumilis). Presented by Capt.
Wood.
2 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by
EK. Palmer, Esq.
2 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus). Re-
ceived in Exchange.
1 West-Indian Agouti (Dasyprocta cristata). From Trinidad.
Presented by R. J. L. Guppy, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Golden Agouti (Dasyprocta aguti). From Trinidad. Pre-
sented by R. J. L. Guppy, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
2 Violet Tanagers (Euphonia violacea), § 2. Presented by
R. J. L. Guppy, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Red-bellied Squirrel (Sciwrus variegatus). Presented by
R. J. L. Guppy, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Egyptian Ichneumon (Herpestes wchneumon). Deposited.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1891, No. XLV. 45
672
Aug. 15.
ie
19.
21.
20.
APPENDIX.
1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erythacus). Presented by Mrs. Hale.
4 Leopard Tortoises (Testudo pardalis). From the Cape. Pre-
sented by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
3 Angulated Tortoises (Chersina angulata). From the Cape.
Presented by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S,
1 Galeated Pentonyx (Pelomedusa galeata). From the Cape.
Presented by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Hoary Snake (Coronella cana). From the Cape. Presented
by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
1 Robben-Island Snake (Coronella phocarum). From the Cape.
Presented by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S.
2 Water-Vipers (Cenchris piscivora). Deposited.
5 White-eared Conures (Conurus leucotis). Presented by Mrs.
Arthur Smithers.
. 1 Common Fox (Canis vulpes). Presented by Capt. H. 8.
Tunnard.
1 Gold Pheasant (Thaumalea picta), 9. Presented by R.
Hudson, Esq.
2 Alligators (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by Charles
Downs, Esq.
1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), $. Deposited.
22. 1 Grey Lemur (Hapalemur griseus). Purchased.
24. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by
Mr. H. Wother.
1 Pinche Monkey (Midas edipus), $. Presented by Mr. H.
Wother.
1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Depo-
sited.
1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by F. C. Adams,
Esq.
1 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatua roseicapilla). Presented by
Mrs. Amy Jones, F.Z.5.
. 1 Punctured Salamander (Amblystoma punctatum). Presented
by J. H. Thomson, Esq., Ph.D.
. 1 Thick-necked Tree-Boa (Zpicrates cenchris). From Trinidad.
Presented by Messrs. R. R. Mole and F. W. Urich.
1 Marbled Polychrus (Polychrus marmoratus). From Trinidad.
Presented by Messrs. R. R. Mole and F. W. Urich.
. 1 Slender-billed Cockatoo (Liemetis tenuirostris). Presented by
Miss Caplen.
. 1 Black-faced Kangaroo (Macropus melanops), §. Deposited. ©
1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Deposited.
. 1 Australian Thicknee (Giuicnemus grallarius). Presented by
Sir Ferdinand von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S.
2 Many-zoned Hawks (Melierax polyzonus). Presented by
Capt. Thomas Hay.
1 Dorsal Hyrax (Hyrax dorsalis), From Sierra Leone. Pre-
sented by C. B. Mitford, Esq. See P. Z.8. 1891, p. 465.
1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Paleornis torquatus). Presented by
Mrs. Bowen.
. 1 Manx Shearwater (Pugfinus anglorum). Presented by Master
Riviere.
1 Common Polecat (Mustela putorius). Presented by F. D. Lea
Smith, Esq.
. 1 Fallow Deer (Dama vulgaris), $. Presented by J. Johnston,
Esq.
Septs
8
ae
16.
16.
I
18.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 673
1 Common Cormorant (Phalacrocoraz carbo). Purchased.
. 1 Persian Gazelle (Gazella subgutturosa), 2. Presented by
Baron Ferdinand de Rothschild.
2 Yellow-browed Buntings (Lmberiza chrysophrys). Purchased.
2 Red-backed Buntings (Zmberiza rutila). Purchased.
1 Bonaparte’s Bunting (Emberiza ciopsis), Purchased.
2 Japanese Greenfinches (Lringilla kawarahibi, var.). Pur-
chased.
2 Pinche Monkeys (Midas edipus), ¢ 2. Presented by Mr. A.
Aitken.
1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale xanthopus), 9.
Born in the Menagerie.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by
G. H. Sasse, Esq.
1 Otter (Lutra vulgaris). Received in Exchange.
3 Indian Pythons (Python molurus). Deposited.
1 Rhomb-marked Snake (Psammophylax rhombeatus). From
South Africa. Presented by Messrs. Herbert M. and Claude
Beddington.
4 Crossed Snakes (Psammophis crucifer). From South Africa,
Presented by Messrs. Herbert M. and Claude Beddington.
1 Hygian Snake (Elaps hygie). From South Africa, Pre-
sented by Messrs. Herbert M. and Claude Beddington.
2 Rough-keeled Snakes (Dasypeltis scabra). From South
Africa. Presented by Messrs. Herbert M. and Claude Bed-
dington.
i Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), $. Purchased.
1 Pardine Genet (Genetta pardina). Purchased.
2 White-tailed Sea-Hagles (Haliaétus albicilla, jr.). Depo-
sited.
1 Vinaceous Turtle-Dove (Turtur vinaceus). Bred in the
Menagerie.
1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus rufoviridis). Presented
by Keith Anstruther, Esq. From Kilimanjaro, E. Africa.
See P. Z.S. 1891, p. 465.
1 Garnett’s Galago (Galago garnetti). Presented by Keith
Anstruther, Esq. From Kilimanjaro, K. Africa.
1 Blotched Genet (Genetta tigrina). Presented by Keith An-
struther, Esq. From ‘Taveta, E. Africa.
1 Somali Ostrich (Struthio camelus molybdophanes), 9. Pre-
sented by Keith Anstruther, Esq. From Taveta, H. Africa.
See P. Z.S. 1891, p. 465.
2 Sykes’s Monkeys (Cercopithecus albigularis), 3 2. Presented
by Fredk. Pardage, Esq.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
Mrs. Gregory.
1 Coypu (Myopotamus coypus), Q. Presented by Spencer
H. Curtis, Esq.
1 Golden Eagle (Aguila chrysaetus). Presented by Hubert
Bray, Esq.
1 Levaillant’s Cynictis (Cynictis levaillanti). Purchased.
1 Occipital Elaps (Zlaps occipitalis). Presented by Mr. E. H.
Meek.
1 Smooth Snake (Coronedla levis). Presented by A. W. 8.
Fisher, Esq.
2 Common Snakes (Tropidonotus natria). Presented by A. W.
8. Fisher, Esq.
45*
674
APPENDIX.
Sept. 19. 2 Madeiran Pigeons (Columba trocaz). Deposited.
Aull
22.
25.
24.
25,
26.
28.
30.
Oct. 1.
1 Namaqua Sand-Grouse (Pterocles namaqua). Presented by
Max Michaelis, Esq.
2 Rough-faced Shags (Phalacrocorax carunculatus). Presented
by the Earl of Onslow, G.C.M.G. See P. Z.5. 1891, p. 465.
1 Vérvet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 2. Presented by
Capt. R. C. Stevenson.
1 White-fronted Lemur (Lemur albifrons), 2. Presented by
Capt. R. C. Stevenson.
2 Blackcaps (Sylvia atricapilla), § Q. Presented by J. Young,
Esq., F'.Z.S.
2 Lesser White-throats (Sylvia curruca). Presented by J.
Young, Esq., F.Z.S.
2 Goldfinches (Carduelis eleyans). Presented by J. Young,
Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Marsh-Tit (Parus palustris). Presented by J. Young, Esq.,
F.Z.8.
1 Solitary Thrush (Monticola cyanus). Deposited.
2 Thirteen-striped Sousliks (Spermophilus xiii-lineatus), 3 2.
From North America. Purchased.
3 Common Vipers (Vipera berus), Presented by Messrs. A. F.
R. and F. E. R. Wollaston.
1 Sharpe’s Wood-Owl (Syrnium nuchale). Purchased.
1 Ruddy-headed Goose (Bernicla rubidiceps), §. Received in
Exchange.
1 Testaceous Snake (Ptyas testacea). Purchased.
1 Golden Agouti (Dasyprocta aguti). Presented by Frank
Fisher, Esq. From Surinam.
-1 Garden’s Night-Heron (Nycticorax gardeni). Presented by
Frank Fisher, Esq. From Surinam.
1 Agami Heron (Ardea agami). Presented by Frank Fisher,
Esq. From Surinam. See P.Z.8. 1891, p. 465.
1 Common Paradoxure (Paradoxurus typus). Presented by
Miss Bason.
1 Sambur Deer (Cervus aristotelis). Born in the Menagerie.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Deposited.
1 Indian Civet ( Viverricula mataccensis). Presented by Hubert
Courtney Hodson, Esq.
2 Grey-breasted Parrakeets (Bolborhynchus monachus). Pre-
sented by J. C. Wallace, Esq.
2 Nightingales (Daulias luscinia). Presented by J. Young,
Esq., F.Z.S. 4
2 Common Whitethroats (Sylvia cinerea). Presented by J.
Young, Esq., F.Z.S.
1 Blackcap (Sylvia atricapilla), 9. Presented by J. Young,
Esq., F.Z.8S.
2 Quebec Marmots (Arctomys monax). Purchased.
2 Chilian Sea-Eagles (Geranoaétus melanoleucus). From Chili.
Presented by H. Berkeley James, Esq., F.Z.S.
4 Yellow Wagtails (Motacilla raii). Presented by Mr. W.
Swaysland.
15 Striped Snakes (Tropedonotus sirtalis). Presented by John
Gray, Esq.
2, 1 Common Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo), Presented by
F. T. Barry, Esq., M.P.
2 Scaly Doves (Scardafella squamosa). Purchased.
- Oct.
as
Oe SD
10.
15.
. | Bonnet Monkey (Macacus sinicus), ¢. Presented by W.
22)
23.
24.
ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 675
2 Grey Ground-Doves (Peristera cinerea). Purchased.
1 Red under-winged Dove (Leptoptera rufazilla). Purchased.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by
Mrs. Gwynne.
2 Hudson’s-Bay Squirrels (Sciwrus hudsonius). Purchased.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), ¢. Presented by
J. Barrett Lennard, Esq.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by Miss
Corrie Chisholm.
- 1 Molucea Deer (Cervus moluccensis). Born in the Menagerie.
. 1 Gannet (Sula bassana). Presented by Dr. Davis.
1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by
F. Manners, Esq.
. 11 Gold Pheasants (Thaumalea picta), §. Presented by Edwin
J. Poyser, Esq.
2 Amherst Pheasants (Thaumalea amherstie), 3. Presented
by Edwin J. Poyser, Esq.
2 Silver Pheasants (Luplocamus nycthemerus), § 2. Presented
by Edwin J. Poyser, Esq.
1 Common Pheasant (Phastanus colchicus), §. Presented by
Edwin J. Povser, Esq.
4 Ruddy Sheldrakes (Tadorna casarca). Presented by Edwin
_ J. Poyser, Esq.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Deposited.
2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Mrs.
Fredk. Betis.
2 Bernicle Geese (Bernicla leucopsis), Presented by Cecil
Smith, Esq.
2 Brent Geese (Bernicla brenta). Presented by Cecil Smith,
Fisq.
. 1 Silver Pheasant (Huplocamus nycthemerus), 3. Presented by
J. Hitchman, Esq., M.D.
1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by F, C. Adams,
Esq.
. 1Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus), Presented by Miss
Trelawney.
10 Smooth Snakes (Coronella levis). Born in the Menagerie.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus}. Presented by Mrs.
Cotton.
1 Gannet (Sela bassana). Presented by R. Philpot, Esq.
Harrow, Esq.
. | Lion Marmoset (Midas rosalia), ¢. Received in Exchange.
. 1 White-fronted Lemur (Lemur albifrons), ¢. Presented by
J..M. Nicoll, Esq.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Deposited.
1 Button’s Skua (Stercorarius parasiticus). Presented by E.
Hart, Esq., F.Z.8. See P. Z.S. 1891, p. 486.
1 Cuckoo (Cueulus canorus). Presented by H. Lindsay, Esq.
1 Australian Cassowary (Casuarius australis). Deposited.
1 Burbot (Lota vulgaris). Presented by T. F. Burrows, Esq.
1 Ring-tailed Coati(Nasua rufa). Presented by A. D. Watson,
Esq., R.N.
1 Ganon Cuckoo (Cuculus canorus). Presented by Miss Ord.
1 Land-Crab (Geocarcinus ruricola). Presented by D. Wilson-
Barker, Esq., F.Z.S. From the Island of Fernando de
Noronha, See P.Z.8. 1891, p. 486. ;
676
APPENDIX.
Oct. 26. 1 Molucca Deer (Cervus moluccensis), 6. Born in the Mena-
28.
30.
Noy. 2.
gerie.
1 Corn-Crake (Crea: pratensis). Presented by E. Hart, Esq.,
FZ.
2 Water-Vipers (Cenchris piscivorus). Presented by the Natural
History Society of Toronto. From Florida.
1 Water-Rattlesnake (Crotalus adamanteus). Presented by the
Natural History Society of Toronto. From Florida.
. 1 Yak (Poéphagus grunniens), $. Presented by M. E. C.
Ingram, Esq.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by the Rev.
Sidney Vatcher.
2 Macaque Monkeys (Macacus cynomolgus), 9. Presented by
the Rey. Sidney Vatcher.
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by the
Rev. Sidney Vatcher.
2 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatua roseicapilla). Presented by the
Rev. Sidney Vatcher.
1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Pre-
sented by the Rev. Sidney Vatcher.
2 Cockateels (Culopsitta nove-holiandic). Presented by the
Rey. Sidney Vatcher.
1 Woodcock (Scolopax rusticula). From Norfolk. Presented
by Hamon Le Strange, Esq., F.Z.S.
2 Rhesus Monkeys (Macacus rhesus),2¢. Presented by John
H. Taylor, Esq.
2 Bearded Vultures (Gypaetus barbatus). From India. De-
posited.
1 Mississippi Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented
by W. Chattaway, Esq.
1 Small-scaled Mastigure ( Vromastixv microlepis). Presented by
Mrs. Howell.
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
K. A. Williams, Esq.
1 Woodcock (Scolopaa rusticula). Captured in Duke Street,
London. Presented by Mr. William Bellamy.
5 Coqui Francolins (Francolinus cogut). Deposited.
3 Siskins (Chrysomitris spinus), 23,192. Purchased.
2 Lesser Redpolls (Linota rufescens), § 9. Purchased.
2 Senegal Touracous (Corythaixy persa). Presented by J. B.
Elliott, Esq.
1 Madagascar Porphyrio (Porphyrio madagascariensis). Pre-
sented by J. B. Elliott, Esq.
. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), g. Presented by
G. K. Lidiard, Esq.
1 Pe Riera Caique (Caica melanocephala pallida). Pur-
chased.
. 1 Tree-Boa (Corallus hortulanus). From British Guiana. Pre-
sented by J. J. Quelch, Esq., C.M.Z.S.
1 Black-headed Caique (Cazca melanocephala). Deposited.
. 2 Tree-Boas (Corallus hortulanus). Presented by H.E. the Hon.
Sir Walter F. Hely-Hutchinson, K.C.M.G. From St. Vin-
cent, W. I.
1 Boddaert’s Snake (Coluber boddaerti). Presented by H.E. the
Hon. Sir Walter F. Hely-Hutchinson, K.C.M.G. From
St. Vincent, W. I. ;
Nov.
Dec.
ADDITIONS TO HE MENAGERIE. 677
5. 1 Red-and-Blue Macaw (Ara macao). Deposited.
6. | Blue-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis estiva). Presented by Mrs.
H. R. Warmington.
7. 2 Puti-Adders (Vipera arietans). Presented by Messrs. Her-
bert and Claude Beddington.
1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus), 2. Deposited.
8. 1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus). Deposited.
9, 2 Tuberculated Tortoises (Homopus femoralis). Presented by
the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. From Sterkstroom,
8. Africa.
10. 2 White-tailed Sea-Eagles (Haliaétus albicilla). Purchased.
2 Pink-footed Geese (Anser brachyrhynchus). Presented by
Cecil Smith, Hsq., F.Z.S.
11. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by
Mr. James Hammond.
17. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), Q. Presented by J.
Robinson, Esq.
18. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by Mrs. K.
Clark-Ourry.
19, 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by
Capt. J. F. C. Hamilton.
4 Spotted-billed Pelicans (Pelecanus manillensis). From British
India. Purchased. See P. Z.S. 1892, p. 1.
20. 2 Black-necked Hemipodes (Turniv nigricollis), $9. Pur-
chased.
1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacutua galerita). Pre-
sented by H.G. the Duchess of Sutherland.
1 Bronze-winged Pigeon (Phaps chalcoptera), 3. Purchased.
1 Blood-breasted Pigeon (Phlogenas cruentata), 2. Pur-
chased.
21. 2 Orang-outangs (Simia satyrus), 5. Deposited.
1 Laughing Faleon (Herpetotheres cachinnans). Deposited.
26. 2 Brown Thrushes (Zwrdus leucomelas). Purchased.
1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 2. Born in the
Menagerie.
27. 1 Barbary Mouse (Mus barbarus). Purchased.
28. 1 Spanish Blue Magpie ( Cyanopolius cook). Purchased.
30. 1 Rough-faced Shag (Phalacrocorax carunculatus). Deposited.
1 Rough-faced Shag (Phalacrocorax carunculatus). Presented
by Capt. Salvin.
1. 1 Formosan Fruit-Bat (Pteropus formosus). From Formosa.
Presented by Thos. Perkins, Esq.,F.Z.S. See P.Z.S. 1892, p. IL
1 Little Grebe (Tachybaptes fluviatilis). Presented by Mr. T. E.
Gunn.
1 Tuatera Lizard (Sphenodon punctatus). Presented by Mr. W.
Kine.
3 Carpet Snakes (Morelia variegata). Received in Exchange.
2. 1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus), 3 « Presented by Mr. G.
(0) (Ge)
F. Hawker.
1 Blotched Genet (Genetta tigrina). Presented by Edmund
R. Boyle, Esq.
_ 1 Brush-tailed Kangaroo (Petrogale penicillata), $. Purchased.
. 1 Patagonian Cavy (Dolichotis patachonica), 2. Presented by
H. H. Sharland, Esq., F.Z.S.
. 1 Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), 9. Presented by
H. L. Dampier, Esq., J.P.
678
Dee.
8.
9.
10.
14,
15.
16.
APPENDIX.
1 Rufous-necked Weaver-bird (Hyphantornis textor), $. Pre-
sented by Commander W. M. Latham, R.N., F.Z.8..
18 Grenadier Weaver-birds (Luplectes oryx). Presented by R.
W. Murray, Esq.
10 Golden-backed Weaver-birds (Pyromelana aur ae Pre-
sented by R. W. Murray, Esq.
9 Black-capped Weaver-birds (Hyphantornis nigriceps). Pre-
sented by R. W. Murray, Esq.
4 Red-bellied Waxhbills (Zstrelda rubriventris). Presented by
R. W. Murray, Esq.
3 Triangular-spotted Pigeons (Columba guinea). Presented by
R. W. Murray, Esq.
4 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by R.
W. Murray, Esq.
1 White Stork (Ctconia alba). Presented by Walter Chamber-
lain, Esq., F.Z.8.
1 Puma (Felis concolor, jr.), ¢. Presented by Thomas Bowers,
Ksq.
1 Musanga Paradoxure (Paradoxurus musanga). Presented by
J. Watson, Esq.
1 Northern Mocking-bird (Mimus polyglottus), $. Presented
by Major N. Gosselin.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), $. Presented by Mr. H.
Godfrey.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), ¢.- Presented by Dr.
17s
.
Hewitson.
1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by W. Need-
ham, Hsq.
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by W. A.
Morgan, Esq.
me Azavra’s Agouti (Dasyprocta azare). Presented by R. Scott
Brass, Esq.
2. Brown Hyzenas (Hyena brunnea),§ 9. Purchased.
1 Two-toed Sloth ( Cholopus didactylus). Purchased.
. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 2. Presented by
Mr. J. Parr.
. | Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), §. Presented by the
Rey. W. P. Beckett.
. 2 Red-crested Finches (Coryphospingus cristatus), $2. Pre-
sented by Commander W. M. Latham, R.N., F.Z.S.
1 Black-faced Kangaroo (Macropus melanops), Oe Presented
by P. Clark, Esq.
. 1 Rough-eyed Cayman (Alligator sclerops). iEreeented by
Charles Taylor, Esq.
. 4 Beautiful Grass-Finches (Poéphila mir abilis). Purchased.
1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas). Presented by Mrs.
Rennie.
Abantis
levubu, 105.
paradisea, 105.
venosa, 105, 107.
zambesina, 61, 105.
Abisara
damajanti, 287.
echerius, 286.
Sylla, 287.
haquinus, 287.
kausambi, 286.
neophron, 286.
savitri, 286.
tanita, 287.
telesia, 287.
thuisto, 287.
Ablabes
hildebrandtii, 307.
homeyeri, 307.
Ablepharus
wahlbergi, 306.
Abramis
blicca, 108.
brama, 108.
Acanthodrilus
capensis, 173.
(Benhamia) affinis,
174.
(—) beddardi, 173.
(—) biittikoferi, 173.
(—) rosea, 174.
(—) schlegelii, 173.
(—) sctoana, 174.
(—) stublmanni, 173.
(—) tenuis, 174. y
Accola
cyclops, 552.
lucifuga, 552,
modesta, 552.
Achatina
lamarckiana, 310.
panthera, 310,
Aciptilia
sp., 496.
Acontia
doubledait, 277, 278.
Acrzea
acara, 72.
acontias, 63, 64, 65, 66.
acrita, 70, 71.
ambiqua, 60, 70, 107.
aranda, 94.
asema,, 6l, 68, 70, 107.
atergatis, 61, 65, 66,
cee 61, 63, 64, 65,
66.
axina, 66, 67, 68,
92
bonasia, 192, 634.
buxtoni, 74, 94.
cabira, 193.
caldarena, 70.
circeis, 193.
doubledayi, 65, 66, 67,
70.
encedon, 72.
—, var. lycia, 72.
excelsior, 192, 194.
felina, 60, 65, 107.
melanoxantha, 193,
194.
molomo, 94.
natalica, 72.
onerata, 60, 67, 68,
107.
oreas, 193, 194,
rahira, 73.
serena, 92.
sotikensis, 634, 638.
stenobea, 71, 73.
—, var. lygus, 72.
violarum, 70.
(Telchinia) perrupta,
7A.
Acr edula
caudata, 380.
rosea, 330.
Acrobates
pygmea, 140.
Acrolepis
africanus, 312.
drummondi, 312.
Acrolophus
leucodocis, 514,
544.
niveipunctata, 518,
544,
plumifrontellus, 513,
544.
poeyr, 512, 544, 549.
vitellus, 512, 516, 544,
549.
walsinghami, 514, 544,
549.
Actias
selene, 179.
Acureuta
aspera, 518.
lentiginosa, 518.
Adolias
anyte, 279.
appiades, 280.
balarama, 280.
bipunctata, 279.
discispilota, 281.
euthymius, 270.
Jjahnu, 281.
nara, 278.
nicea, 273.
parta, 280,
parvata, 280.
sananda, 281.
satropaces, 279,
stud, 277.
taooana, 278.
‘xiphiones, 280.
zichri, 280.
Aigialitis
occidentalis, 137.
Aimona
lena, 271.
680
Africarion
ater, 225.
Agama
bibronii, 170.
Agonostoma
monticola, 356, 357.
Agriolimax
agrestis, 225.
berendti, 223.
campestris, 223.
hyperboreus, 223.
levis, 223.
montanus, 228.
occidentalis, 223.
Agrion
(Ischnura) aurora, 205.
Agriornis
maritima, 134.
Aheetulla
irregularis, 306.
semivariegata, 307.
shirana, 306.
Alsena
amazoula, 94.
Alauda
arborea, 472, 476.
arvensis, 472.
brachydactyla, 628.
cristata, 472.
Alcelaphus
tora, 321,
Alces
machlis, 327.
Alcicephalus
newmayri, 319.
Alligator
hantoniensis, "7.
mississippiensis, 149,
150, 151, 152, 159.
Alloneura
cesia, 205.
Alucita
basalis, 495, 542.
bipunctatus, 496, 542.
eudactyla, 496.
paledceus, 495, 542.
participatus, 496, 542.
preustus, 496, 542.
thome, 495, 542.
Alyczeus
chaperi, 342.
diplochilus, 342, 348.
gousseaumi, 343.
microconus, 343, 348.
microdiscus, 343, 348.
oligoplewris, 342, 348.
parvulus, 343, 348.
physis, 343.
umbonalis, 343.
(Orthalyczeus) gibbo-
sulus, 342.
INDEX.
Alyczeus
(Orthalyczeus) apa-
yensis, 342.
(—) perakensis, 342.
(—) thieroti, 342.
Alytes
cisternasti, 601, 603,
604, 624, 626, 627.
obstetricans, 593, 594,
595, 596, 597, 598,
60], 603, 604, 619,
622, 623, 624, 626,
627.
—, var. bosce,
626, 627.
Amalia
antipodarum, 228.
maura, 223.
nigricola, 223.
nigricollis, 223.
tasmanica, 223.
Amalthea
acuta, 418.
Amathusia
amythaon, 270.
nived, 282.
portheus, 270.
westwoodi, 270.
Amauris
bobengula, 633, 634.
echeria, 634.
yacksoni, 633, 638.
Amblypodia
natalensis, 87.
sophax, 370,
sophrosyne, 370.
Ameiva
aquilina, 355.
surinamensis, 85d.
Ammodorecas
clarkei, 207.
Amphidesma
cordiformis, 427.
Amphidromus
chloris, 336.
melanomma, 336.
perversus, 336.
Amphiophis
angolensis, 307.
nototenia, 307.
Ampullaria
perakensis, 346.
sumatrensis, 346.
turbinis, yar. subam-
pullacea, 346.
wellesleyensis, 346.
Amydria
anaphorella, 517, 545.
Anaphora
arcasalis, 515, 545.
leucodocis, 514.
624,
Anaphora
mimasalis, 515, 545.
noctuina, 515, 545, 549.
plumifrontella, 513.
popeanella, 515, 545.
pusilla, 514,
Anarsia
trimaculella, 526.
Anas
boschas, 213, 486.
strepera, 213.
Ancillaria
acuminata, 411.
albifasciata, 435.
albisulcata, 411.
ampla, 411.
castaned, 435.
fulva, 411.
mauritiana, 411.
Aneitea
graffet, 215.
hirudo, 215.
krefftii, 215.
macdonaldi, 215.
megalodontes, 215.
modesta, 215.
schutei, 215.
virgata, 215.
Anguilla
latirostris, 356, 357.
Anguis
Sragilis, 579.
Anisaspis, gen. noy.,
549
tuberculata, 550.
Anodonta
chaperi, 348.
cumingti, 348.
Anolis
alligator, 353, 355.
—, var. gentilis, 356.
gentilis, 506.
griseus, 300.
lucia, 353.
richardti, 355.
vincentt, 355.
Anomalopteryx
geranoides, 480, 481,
482.
Anomalurus
orientalis, 184.
Anomia
sp., 434.
Anous
ceruleus, 296, 298, 300.
stolidus, 296, 300.
Antenophorus
uhlmanni, 640.
Antherzea
cytherea, 179.
menippe, 179.
Antherzea,
mylitta, 179.
Anthocharis
antigone, 99.
cardamines, 180.
_phlegetonia, 99.
regina, 97.
theogone, 99.
Anthopsyche
agoye, 97.
deidamia, 97.
deidemioides, 97.
evenina, 97.
Antigonus
Jjamesoni, 106.
Antilope
decula, 388.
phalerata, 388.
scripta, 388.
sylvaticus, 389.
triangularis, 1.
Antilopus
roualeynet, 389.
Anybia
conspersa, 537, 5388,
548.
curvipunctella, 588,
548.
Apatura
aris, 180.
ulupi, 250, 273.
Apheenogaster
testaceopitosa, 642,
649.
Aphelia
lanceolana, 501.
Aphnzus
ella, 88.
ertkssont, 60, 61, 86,
107.
homeyeri, 61, 88, 89,
107.
hutchinsonii, 87.
masilikazt, 88.
modestus, 60, 87, 107.
natalensis, 87, 88,
89.
orcas, 87.
phanes, 88.
victorie, 61, 88.
wixinga, 87.
Apinoglossa
comburana, 496, 543.
Aquila
sp., 476.
nevia, 176.
Araschnia
burejana, 286.
prorsoides, 285, 289.
Arca
americana, 481.
INDEX.
Arca
antiquata, 431.
auriculata, 435.
cunealis, 431.
decurvata, 431.
disparilis, 432.
dubia, 431.
holoserica, 432.
wmbricata, 431.
kraussi, 431.
lactea, 394, 396, 397,
398.
maculosa, 431.
navicularis, 430.
obliquata, 431.
olivacea, 396, 397.
pectunculus, 432.
retusa, 439.
scapha, 431.
sinensis, 431.
tortwosa, 435.
trapezina, 431.
umbonata, 431.
uropygomelana, 431,
432,
(Acar) domingensis,
431.
(Anadara) antiquata,
431.
(—) clathrata, 432.
(—) erythreensis, 431.
(—) holoserica, 431.
(—) seapha, 431.
(Barbatia) dima, 431.
(—) obliquata, 431.
(Seapharea) rufescens,
432.
(Trisis) semztorta,
432.
Archaster
vexillifer, 228.
Archibasis
ceylonica, 205, 206.
Arctocebus
calabarensis, 458.
Ardea
agani, 465.
candidissima, 185,
136.
egretta, 130.
Ardetta
exilis, 19.
involucris, 19.
Argala
arvernensis, 477, 479.
Argynnis
aglata, 180.
laodice, 78.
paphia, 180.
Argyope
Posciaea, 181.
681
Arhopala
adatha, 370.
adorea, 310.
exone, 370.
ewrisus, 370, 371,
373.
helinus, 370.
leroma, 90.
micale, 370.
phryxus, 370.
sophax, 370.
sophrosyne, 370, 373.
Ariadne
bicolor, 536.
pennsylvanica, 556.
solitaria, 556.
Arion
alpinus, 221.
aterrimus, 222.
californicus, 222.
empiricorum, 221.
hortensis, 221.
ancommodus, 221.
lusitanicus, 221.
subfuscus, 221.
Ariophanta
amphidroma, 32.
brooke, 27.
interrupte, 334.
kintana, 334.
lahatensis, 334.
martini, 32.
nemorensis, 30.
rareguitata, 30.
rumphit, 30.
striata, 30, 32.
(Amphidroma)
tint, 30.
Arius
commersonit, 234.
Artemis
célata, 422.
scabriuscula, 421.
Arvicola
brecciensis, 468.
henseli, 468.
Asaphis
deflorata, 425.
Assiminea
carinata, 347.
Astropecten
pallidus, 228.
Ateles
paniscus, 142,
Athoracophorus
bitentaculatus, 217.
— antipodarum, 217.
marmoratus, 217.
marmoreus, 217.
papillatus, 217.
verrucosus, 217.
mar-
682
Athoracophorus
virgatus, 217.
Athyma
amhara, 282.
cana, 282.
kanwa, 277.
kresna, 281.
mahesa, var. rangd,
277.
nefte, var. nivifera,
281.
nivifera, 281.
opalina, var. orientalis,
277.
orientalis, 277.
pravara, 277.
ranga, 277.
selenophora, 281, 282.
sulpitia, 281.
zeroca, 282.
Atractaspis
bibrowiz, 308.
rostrata, 308.
Attacus
atlas, 179.
cynthia, 179.
pernyi, 179.
ricint, 179.
Attagis,
gayi, 137.
Atticora
cinerea, 182.
Atys
naucum, 435.
Aulacodus
swindernianus, 237.
Aulocera
loha, 251, 266.
Aulopoma
lowi, 339.
Aulus
japonicus, 429,
Auricula
auris-jud@, 339.
auris-imid@, 339.
Auximobasis, gen. nov.,
534.
persimilella, 534, 547,
548.
Avicula ,
cumingit, 435.
macroptera, 435.
Bactra
lanceolana, 501, 543.
Barnea
manillensis, 395.
Bathybiaster
loripes, 231.
—, | var.
230.
obesa,
INDEX.
Bathybiaster
pallidus, 229, 231.
vexillifer, 228, Dali
Batrachedra
albistrigella, 538,
548.
Bazira
xylinella, 516, 545.
Belenois
margaritacea, 191,
194.
raffrayt, 192.
Belideus
breviceps, 140.
Bernicla
melanoptera, 136.
Bindahara
asabella, 372.
Blastobasis
phycidella, 539,
Boa
constrictor, 448.
Bolborhynchus
orbignesius, 132, 135.
Bombinator
igneus, 597, 601, 603,
604, 621, 622, 626,
627.
—, var. brevipes, 621.
—, var. typus, 621.
pachypus, 601, 603,
604, 621, 626, 627.
Bombyx
neustria, 180.
Bos
banteng, 327.
Brachycrossata
psoricopterella, 523,
546.
Branta
rufina, 486.
Brenthia
pavonacella, 529, 547.
Breviceps
verrucosus, 809.
Bryotropha
sp., 520, 545.
translucida, 520, 545.
Bubo
cinerascens,. 468, 469,
476
ignavus, 469.
lacteus, 469.
maculosus, 469.
virginianus, 135.
Buceinum
australe, 407.
—- otaheitensi, 407.
bellangeri, 407.
biarmatum, 412.
lineolatum, 407.
Buccinum
nodulosum, 412.
politum, 407.
tahitense, 407.
tritonoides, 405.
Bufo -
calamita, 600, 602,
603, 604, 607, 612
613, 614, 619, 626,
627.
viridis, 600, 602, 603,
604, 612, 613, 625,
627.
vulgaris, 600, 602, 603,
604, 607, 612, eal
625, 627.
Buliminus
catenatus, 310.
stictus, 310.
Bulla
ampulla, 421.
incommoda, 442, 445.
(Leiodomus) pes
chensis, 407.
Bullia
belangeri, 407.
grayi, Av6.
mauritiana, 406.
(Leiodomus) ura-
chensis, 407.
= lineolata, 407.
—) tahitensis, 407.
Bandas oneeey
kurrachensis, 407.
Buna
caffraria, 179
Bunocephalus
aleuropsis, 235.
theringit, 235.
Buteo
erythronotus, 135.
Bythinia
kintana, 347.
stanley?, 310.
Bythites
Suscus, 227.
Cacocharis,
03.
albimacula,
548.
Caccecia
-jamaicana, 497, 543.
Cznogenes
ochracea, 515, 544.
pusilla, 514, 544.
Caiman
niger, 148, 149, 150,
151, 152, 158, 155,
156, 157, 158, 159,
577.
gen. nov.,
503, 543,
Caiman
sclerops, 152.
Calamelaps
miolepis, 307.
Callerebia
orixa, 269.
Calliana
preridoides, 520.
Callichthys
affinis, 234.
asper, 234.
hemiphractus, 234.
(Corydoras) paleatus,
234.
Callidrilus
serobifer, 174.
Callidryas
florella, 61, 99.
Calyptreea
cicatricosa, 417.
(Galerus), sp., 418.
Camelus
glama, 386.
Camponotus
herculeanus, 642, 643,
644, 645, 647, 648,
651, 652, 653.
Campylotes
desgodinsi, var. splen-
dida, 257.
histrionicus, var. altis-
. sima, 258.
Cancellaria
exigua, 439, 445.
fischeri, 440.
hystrix, 410.
melanostoma, 410.
scalarina, 410.
verreauxrt, 435.
Cantharus
tissoti, 409.
Caponina, gen. nov., 573.
testacea, 579.
Capra
egagrus, 386.
hircus, 386.
sinaitica, 464.
Capulus
compressus, 437, 444.
Cardita
angisulcata, 435.
vuriegata, 435.
(Beguina) gubernacu-
lum, 429,
Cardium
amboinense, 439.
australis, 428.
edule, 397.
flavum, 435.
marmoreum, 430.
pseudolima, 435.
INDEX.
Cardium
rubicundum, 428.
rugosum, 428.
setosum, 428.
Carpocapsa
transferrana, 501, 502.
Carpophaga
chathamensis, 312.
nove-zealandie,
3138.
Cassidula
auris-felis, 339.
mustelina, 339.
Cassis
erinaceus, 412.
fauroti, 435,
glauca, 411.
nodulosa, 412.
pila, 412.
torquata, 412, 435.
turgida, 412.
vibex, 412.
Castalia
chandra, 273.
Castalius
carana, 636.
lactinatus, 636.
312,
margaritaceus, 636, 638.
Castor
fiber, 243.
Catochrysops
cnejus, 369.
lithargyria, 369.
platissa, 369.
strabo, 369.
Causus
rhombeatus, 308.
Cavia
porcellus, 244.
Centrites
oreas, 132.
Cephalophus
dorsalis, 327.
Ceratomia
amyntor, 180.
Ceratorrhineta
calidana, 500, 548, 548.
Cercopithecus
rufo-viridis, 465.
Cerithidea
bombayana, 391.
Cerithium
ceruleum, 416.
caillaudi, 391.
columna, 417.
mammillatum, 396.
rippelli, 416.
subalatum, 416.
torrest, 417.
tuberculatum, 417.
yerburyt, 417, 456.
683
Cerithium 4
(Pirenella) smammilla-
tum, 391, 396.
(Vertagus) ochi, 416.
(—) obeliscus, 416.
Cerorrhineta
calidana, 499.
Cervicapra
clarket, 107.
Cherocampa
capensis, 180,
elpenor, 180.
Cheetostomus
cirrhosus, 234, 235.
Chamepelia
cruziana, 132, 136.
Charadrius
fulvus, 297, 299, 300.
Charaxes
achemenes, 80.
bohemani, 81.
candiope, 80.
delphis, 283.
durnfordi, 256, 284.
ephyra, 61, 80, 81.
etheocles, 80.
guderiana, 61, 81.
jalysus, 284.
lunawara, 284.
saturnus, 80.
schreiberi, 283.
Chasiempis
dolei, 165, 166.
gayt, 164, 165, 166.
abidis, 164, 166.
ridgwayt, 164, 165, 166.
sandwichensis, 164, 165,
166.
sclatert, 164, 165, 166.
Cheirogaleus
(Microcebus) — smithi,
454.
Chelidon
urbica, 473.
Chelone
viridis, 158.
Chiromys
madagascariensis, 458.
Chiton
affinis, 392.
antiquus, 421.
carinatus, 392.
discrepans, 396.
insculptus, 392.
muricatus, 392.
scutiger, 392.
siculoides, 392.
siculus, 392, 396, 398.
stangert, 392.
(Aecanthochites) discre-
pans, 392, 596, 398.
684
Chiton
(Acanthopleura) spint-
ger, 420.
(Callistochiton) ade-
nensis, 421, 436.
(Ischnochiton) — yer-
buryi, 420, 436.
Chloritis
brevidens, 336.
brevipila, 336.
breviseta, 336.
buxtoni, 336.
caliginosa, 336.
crassula, 336. .
delibrata, 336.
deliciosa, 836.
ermnaceus, da0.
franciscanorum, 336.
gabata, 336.
gaimardi, 336.
gruneri, 336.
hardowini, 335, 336.
herziana, 336.
hombronis, 336.
hungerfordiana, 336.
lepidotricha, 336.
leytensis, 336.
malayand, 335, 3896,
348.
malbatensis, 336.
penangensis, 330, 300.
procumbens, 336.
quieta, 336.
samuiana, 336.
sanziana, 336.
spinosissima, 336.
submissa, 336.
tomentosa, 336.
Wrayt, 330, 336.
Chlorophis
irregularis, 306.
Choregia
aurofasciana, 529.
Sulgens, 529.
ignita, 929.
Chrysomitris
atrata, 132, 134.
Chrysorychia
amanga, 90.
harpax, 89.
tyoane, 89.
Ciconia
alba, 477, 478, 479.
Cinclodes
bifusciatus, 132, 134.
Fuscus, 134.
Cimetomorpha, gen. noy.,
558.
puberula, 559.
silvestris, 559.
simplex, 559.
INDEX.
Circe
corrugata, 423.
intermedia, 428.
seripta, 424.
(Crista) pectinata, 424.
(Lioconcha) callipyga,
424.
Circus
cineraceus, 176.
Cirrhochroa
bajadeta, 274.
orissa, 274.
Citharichthys
sptlopterus, 357.
Clausilia
bidentata, 145, 147.
filicostata, 339.
nigricans, 147.
penangensis, 339.
perversa, 147.
rugosa, 145, 146,
147.
(Pseudonenia) jfilicos-
tata, var. tenuicosta,
338.
(—) kapayanensis,
339
Clavagella
adenensis, 435.
Clavatula
muricata, 404.
Clerome
arcesilaus, 272.
assama, 272.
faunula, 272.
gracilis, 272.
(Melanocyma) faunula,
Wr)
(2.
(Xanthotenia) dusiris,
272.
Cnemophilus
macgregort, 179.
Cobus
ellipsiprymnus, 326.
lechée, 373.
Coccothraustes
vulgaris, 472, 476.
Cochlostyla
jayana, 45.
Ceelites
epiminthia, 259.
euptychioides, 259.
—, var humilis, 259.
humilis, 259.
nothis, 259.
Celogenys
paca, 244.
Colaptes
rupicola, 182, 135.
Coluber
boddaeriti, 355, 356.
Columba
livia, 473, 474, 476.
palumbus, 195.
Columbella
Sabula, 406.
pacifica, 406.
pardalina, 406.
propingua, 405, 435.
vulpecula, 405.
zebra, 406.
(Anachis) misera, 406.
(Conidea) flava, 406.
Columbigallina
passerina, 194, 195.
Conchylis
sp., 901, 543.
angulatana, 501.
bunteana, 501, 543.
lacteipalpis, 500, 548.
prolectana, 500, 543.
tectonica, 501, 543.
vicinitana, SOL, 543.
Conirostrum
cinereum, 132, 133.
Conodontes
boisvillettii, 248.
Conus
abbas, 402, 403.
achatinus, 485.
acuminatus, 400.
adansonii, 401.
adenensis, 401, 455.
adustus, 401.
aplustre, 400.
archiepiscopus, 402.
armatus, 402.
bayant, 400.
betulinus, 400.
canonicus, 402.
capitaneus, 399.
catus, 401.
cervus, 402,
ceylanensis, 402.
coffea, 401.
condensus, 402.
corbula, 402.
cuvieri, 402.
dillwynit, 401.
discrepans, 40\.
erythreensis, 401.
flavidus, 400.
fulvocinctus, 435.
generalis, 400.
geographus, 402.
hamilli, 401.
induratus, 401.
innotabilis, 487, 491.
inscriptus, 400.
insignis, 400.
Leatit, 400.
legatus, 402, 403.
Conus
lineatus, 400.
- magus, 435.
maldivus, 400.
millepunctatus, 435,
minimus, 402.
‘mirmillo, 401.
monile, 400.
multicatenatus, 400.
musivum, 402.
nigropunctatus, 401.
nussatella, 403.
panniculus, 402, 403.
pauluccie, 402.
piperatus, 401.
planiliratus, 41.
quadratomaculatus,401.
quercinus, 399.
rattus, 399.
recurvus, 402.
rubescens, 402.
scriptus, 402.
spirogloxus, 400.
striatus, 400.
sulphuratus, 435.
sumatrensis, 399.
suratensis, 400.
teniatus, 402.
tessellatus, 399.
textile, 402.
textilina, 402.
tigrinus, 402, 435.
traversianus, 401.
tulipa, 402.
verriculum, 402.
vicarius, 402.
virgo, var. thomasi, 400.
vulpinus, 401.
Coptochilus
sectilabrum, 346.
Coptoloma
albicapitana, 505, 544.
figurana, 505, 544.
Coracias
abyssinica, 470, 471,
476.
garrula, 470, 471.
pilosa, 471.
Coralliophila
wahlbergi, 436, 444.
Corbicula
astartina, 310.
malaccensis, 348.
radiata, 310.
Corbula
crassa, 435.
taheitensis, 430.
Coronella
n ototenia, 307.
Corvus
corone, 471, 476.
INDEX.
Corvus
frugilegus, 628.
Cosmopteryx
gemmiferella, 536, 548.
lespedeze, 536, 548.
sancti-vincentit, 536,
548.
Cotile
rupestris, 473,
Coturnix
communis, 474, 4:76.
Crenatula
mytiloides, 434.
picta, 434.
viridis, 434.
Crenis
amazula, 76, 77.
benguele, 61, 77.
concordia, 61, 77.
natalensis, 61, 76, 77,
107.
pechuelii, 77.
rosa, 77, 78.
Crepidula
(Hrgeea) walshi, 418.
Cricula
trifenestrata, 179.
Crocidosema
plebeiana, 506, 544.
Crocidura
hedenborgi, 182.
Crocodilus
champsoides, 7.
hastingsie, 7.
intermedius, 7.
niloticus, 149.
palustris, 7, 150, 151,
157, 158.
spencert, 7.
toliapicus, 7.
Crossobamon
eversmannt, 629.
Crossoptilon
tibetanum, 464.
Cryptolechia
strigosella, 527.
Ctenoblepharis
adspersus, 3.
jumesi, 3.
Cucullea
concamerata, 432.
Cucullia
serophularie, 180.
Cultellus
sp., 429.
cultellus, 435.
Cuspidaria
adenensis, 435.
teres, 438.
(Myonera)
438, 444,
lischkei,
Cyaniris
dilectus, 253.
placida, 258.
puspa, 258.
Cyclophorus
aurantiacus, 341.
baylei, 341.
borneensis, 341.
expansus, 341,
foliaceus, 343.
lahatensis, 340.
low?, 341.
malayanius, 341.
penangensis, 340.
regelspergeri, 340.
semisulcatus, 341.
Cyclopides
callicles, 102.
Cyclostoma
caleareum, 310.
Cyclotus
hungerfordianus, 339,
suturalis, 340.
(Platyrhaphe) hun-
gerfordianus,
339.
Cydosia
nobilitella, 534, 541.
Cygaritis
aranda, 90.
Cylichna
ordinaria, 442, 445.
Cyllogenes
Jjanete, 269.
Cy prea
annulus, 416.
arabica, 4198.
carneola, 415.
caurica, 415,
cruenta, 415, 416.
erosa, 415.
erythreensis, 416.
felina, 415.
jimbriata, 415.
helvola, 415.
isabella, 415.
pantherina, 415,
pulchra, 415.
talpa, 415.
turdus, 419.
undata, 415, 416.
vitedlus, 415.
Cyrestis
cocles, 282.
earli, 282.
Jormosa, 282.
nivalis, 256, 282.
nivea, 282.
periander, 282.
rahria, 283.
686
Cyrestis
risa, 283.
Cystopelta
a 225.
Cytherea
croced, 423.
deshayesit, 423.
(Callista) florida, 423.
(—) quineensis, 435.
(—) inflata, 435.
(—) mactroides, 435.
(—) triradiata, 435.
(—) wmbonella, 423.
(Caryatis) hebrea, 423.
(—) yerburyt, 423.
(Livela) ponderosa,
423.
Dactylota
kinkerella, 522.
Dafila
modesta, 289, 298,
300
spinicauda, 136, 176,
177, 178.
Damalis
caama, 321.
lunata, 327.
tora, d21.
Damayantia
dilecta, 24.
Danais
chrysippus, 61, 79.
enutia, 258.
tytia, 252.
Dasyomma
fuscum, 261.
Dasyurus
wrsinus, 140, 1438.
Debis
bhairava, 262.
chandica, 264.
dinarbas, 264.
latiaris, 262.
mekara, 263.
serbonis, 264.
sidonis, 264.
sinoriz, 262.
kansa, 268.
vindhya, 263.
Deilephila
euphorbie, 180.
galit. 180.
vespertilio, 180.
Dendroneura, gen. nov.,
509.
prestans, 509, 510, 544,
548.
Dendroneurine, subfam.
noy., 509,
INDEX.
Dercas
wallichii, 251.
Dermochelys
coriacea, 8.
Deudorix
antalus, 84.
dinochares, 84.
licinia, 84.
obscurata, 84, 85, 107.
obscuratus, 60.
perse, 85.
Deudoryx
diovis, 371.
epyarbas, 371.
viridens, 371, 373.
woodfordi, 371, 3738.
Diadema
misippus, 79.
Diaphemora
Jemorata, 180.
Diastoma
squamosa, 524, 546.
Didactylota, nom. noyv.,
522.
bicolor, 522, 546.
Didelphis
virginiana, 138, 145.
Digitibranchus
niloticus, 174.
Dinematichthys
iluoceteoides, 227.
Dinopsis
spinosus, 554.
Dinornis
maximus, 481.
Dione
erubescens, 423.
Diplocynodon
hantoniensis, 7.
spencert, 7.
Diplodonta
rotundata, 430.
Diplommatina
aldrichi, 22.
concinna, 22.
gracilis, 344.
mirabilis, 345.
nevilli, 343,
superba, 344, 345.
(Sinica) canaliculata,
343, 348.
(—) diminuta, 344, 348.
(—) nevilli, 343.
(—) superba, 344.
(—) ventriculus, 343,
a4.
Dipsas
antalus, 84.
trigonata, 628, 633.
Disparoneura
cesta, 205.
Discoglossus
pictus, 599, 601, 603,
604, 620, 626,627.
Dodona
adonira, 288.
deodata, 288, 289.
dipea, 288.
egeon, 289.
longicaudata, 288.
ouida, 288.
Dolabella
gigas, 435.
Dolichosaurus
lesinensis, 118.
Dolichotis
patagonica, 236, 237,
238, 239, 243.
Dolium
cumingti, 412.
favannit, 412.
japonicum, 412.
luteostomum, 412.
maculatum, 412.
olearium, 412.
perdix, 413.
variegatum, 412.
Donax
brazieri, 491.
faba, 485.
(Macherodonax) sea/-
pellum, 427.
Dorcatherium
aquaticum, 358.
naw, 38d.
Dosinia
alta, 422.
amphidesmoides, 422.
bilunulata, 435.
bisecta, 422.
dilatata, 422.
erythrea, 42%.
eunice, 422.
ovalis, 422.
pubescens, 421, 422.
radiata, 422.
Drillia
suturalis, 404.
Drowmicus
angulifer, 354.
cubensis, 354.
cursor, 304.
ornatus, 353.
Dromophis
angolensis, 307.
Drymusa, gen. nov.,
571
nubila, 572.
Dryocampa
rubicunda, 180.
Durgella
hosez, 40, 46.
Dureella
minuta, 41,
Dyakia, gen. nov., 29.
amphidroma, 31,
busanensis, 31, 46.
hugonis, 29, 46.
' intradentata, 30.
Janus, 31.
mindaiensis, 32.
moluensis, 33, 46.
nasuta, 32, 33.
regalts, 31.
—, var. wnicolor, 31.
sarawakana, 32.
striata, 32.
Dyctis
patna, 270.
peali, 269.
Dysderina, gen. nov.,
556.
principalis, 558, 575.
spinigerda, 558, 575.
Eacles
imperialis, 180.
regalis, 180.
Eburna
ceylanica, 435,
spirata, 435.
valentiana, 406,
zeylanica, 406.
Hehidna
aculeata, 588.
Ectopistes
mogratorius, 194,
Hddara
aylinella, 516.
Eggyna
submutata, 541.
Elainea
albiceps, 134.
Elapomorphus
capensis, 308.
Eleoiris
dormitatrix, 356.
gyrinus, 356.
Elymnias
obnubila, 269.
patna, 270.
peali, 269.
penanga, 269,
Emarginula ~
sp. nov., 395.
candida, 392.
elongata, 391, 392,
395,
micans, 392.
Emesis
orphna, 287.
Emeus
crassus, 480,
INDEX.
| Empusa
egena, 180.
Engina
(Pusiostoma) mendi-
caria, 406.
Engyptila
albifrons, 194.
Enispe
cycnus, 271.
euthymius, 270.
Ennea
cylindroidea, 315.
hungerfordiana, 381,
348.
levigata, 310.
perakensis, 331.
stenopylis, 331.
(Huttonella) seatoni,
315.
(Microstrophia) haun-
gerfordiana, 331.
(=) perakensis, 331,
348.
(—) subcylindrica, 331,
348.
Entomothele
guyanensis, 551.
striatipes, 552.
Kosphargis
gigas, 7, 8.
Epicrates
cenchris, 448.
Hpimastidia
arienis, 365.
mops, 360, 366.
Episimus, gen. noy.,
501.
augmentana, 502, 543.
transferrana, 502, 543,
548.
—, var. vincentana, 502,
548.
Epomophorus
minor, 182.
Erebia
polyphemus, 269.
Eremias
guttulata, 630.
Erethizon
dorsatus, 244.
Erikssonia, gen. nov., 91.
acreina, 60, 61, 92,
107.
Erites
angularis, 268, 269.
medura, 268, 269.
Hryx
Jaculus, 631.
—, var. miliaris, 631.
Hsites
angularis, 255,
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1891, No. XLVI.
687
' Huarne
obligatella, 533, 547.
Eublepharis
macularius, 680.
Eudriloides
gypsatus, 173.
parvus, 173.
Eudrilus
jullieni, 178.
Hudyptes
antipodum, 121.
EKulepiste
cressoni, 511,
umbratipalpis, 511
044, 549.
Eulima
cumingit, 414,
Eumeces
schneideri, 630.
scutatus, 628, 630.
Eumilax
brandti, 224.
. Huphea
splendens, 204.
Euplecta
anceps, 333.
biyjuga, 332.
pataniensis, 333.
Euplocamus
albocristatus, 327.
Huplea .
midamus, 251,
Kuptychia
crista, 266.
EKurypyga
helias, 12.
Eurytela
castelnaui, 272.
horsfieldii, 272,
Kuthalia
alpheda, 280.
anyte, 251, 279,
appiades, 280.
bipunctata, 279.
confucius, 278.
Srancie, 279.
Jahnu, 281.
kesava, 279,
—, var. discispi,
281, eee
nara, 251, 278, 279,
narayana, 278.
omet, 279.
parta, 280.
satropaces, 279,
taooand, 255, 278,
zichri, 280.
Huthria
cornea, 898.
lineata, 437.
magellant, 437.
46
688
Hveres
hala, 251, 253.
NYscus, 251.
PESOS, 251.
umbriel, 251.
Everettia, subgen. nov.,
33.
aglaia, 35, 36.
bocki, 36.
consul, 34.
—, var. rufa, 36.
cutleri, 36.
hyalina, 35, 36.
qucunda, 34, 36, 46.
subconsul, 39, 36.
Falco
Ffusco-cerulescens, 130.
Fasciolaria
jilamentosa, 435.
trapezium, 411.
Felderia
dimidiella, 516, 5465,
549.
doeri, 516.
Felis
tulliana, 197.
uncia, 197, 212.
Filistata
capitata, 553.
cubecola, 553.
Fissurella
ruppellii, 420.
Formica
Susca, 645, 647.
nigra, 640.
Fregata
aquila, 300.
minor, 290, 300.
Fregetta
albigularis, 295, 298,
300.
Fringilla
celebs, 472.
linaria, 628.
Fruticola
penangensis, 335.
Fulica
ardesiaca, 136.
gigantea, 132, 136.
Gaeotis
douvillet, 332.
Galago
alleni, 453, 461.
crassicaudatus, 456.
peli, 461.
Galasa
rubidana, 541.
Galeichthys
Seliceps, 143.
INDEX.
Galeomma
sp., 430.
Ee: 430.
Gallinago
paraquaia, 137.
Gallinula
galeata, 136.
Gastrochena
dubia, 395, 396, 398.
indistincta, 395.
lamellosa, 395.
rippellii, 395.
Gauris
biferana, 529, 546.
rimulalis, 529, 546.
Gazella
naso, 210, 211.
pelzelni, 211.
semmerringi, 210.
spekii, 209, 210, 211.
thomsoni, 211.
walleri, 209, 210.
Gecinus
viridis, 128.
Gelechia
sp., 520, 545.
animosella, 525.
attenuatella, 519, 545.
cinereo-cervina, 19,545.
costipunctella, 519, 545.
donatella, 519.
exclarella, 519, 545.
rivulella, 519, 545.
robustella, 519, 545.
(Helcystogramma) 0b-
seratella, 525.
(Tachytilia) desectella,
523.
Genidens
cuvieri, 234.
Geocarcinus
ruricola, 486.
Geogenia
natalensis, 174.
Geomalacus
maculosus, 221.
Georissa
monterosatiana, 346.
semisculpta, 346.
Geositta
cunicularia, 134.
Frobent, 132, 134.
Geotrochus
perakensis, 334.
Gerres
argenteus, 356.
rhombeus, 356.
Girafia
attica, 317.
camelopardalis, 516.
microedon, 317.
Giraffa
parva, 317, 320.
sivalensis, 316.
vetusta, 317.
(Camelopardalis) bitu-
riguin, 316.
Girasia
crocea, 225.
depressa, 225.
Globiocephalus
svineval, 178.
Glyphidocera, gen. nov.,
Seas
audax, 531, 547, 548.
Glyptosaurus
rugosus, 116.
Gobiesox
cephalus, 356, 357.
Gobius
banana, 356.
Gonepteryx
zaneeka, 251.
Gonyosoma
dorsale, 632.
Gracilaria
encocapitella, 539, 548.
apicepunctella, 540,
548.
leuconota, 539.
Grapholitha
excitana, 505, 548.
livens, 504, 543.
subapicana, 541.
eee) Jigurana,
(ecg) augmentana,
502.
(Peedisea)
pana, 506
Grus
cinerea, 212.
Gye
longipal-
yes
candida, 297, 300.
Gymnodactylus
caspius, 629, 630.
fedtschenkoi, 630.
scaber, 630.
Gymnophthalmus
luetkenti, 353.
pleti, 353,
Gynanisa
isis, 179.
Haliaétus
branickii, 374.
pelagicus, 374.
Halicarion
borneensis, 24.
Halmaturus
bennetti, 142, 144.
thetidis,. 140.
Hamanumida
dedalus, 80.
Haminea
constricta, 421.
Hapalemur
_ griseus, 449, 450, 451,
452, 453, 454, 455,
456, 457, 458, 459,
460, 461.
Hapalus
Jousseaumi, 337.
Harma
concordia, 77.
Harpa
ventricosa, 411.
Hegesipyle
hanno, 174.
Heleyra
hemina, 273.
Helcystogramma
obseratella, 523, 546.
Helicarion
bocki, 225,
borneensis, 24.
cumingit, 225.
dimidiatus, 225.
hilli, 225.
keppelli, 225.
low?, 332.
nucleatus, 351.
ramsayi, 225.
vitrinina, 225.
whiteheadi, 24, 46.
zebra, 225.
Heligmocera, gen. nov.,
507.
calvifrons, 507, 508,
544, 548.
Heliodines
marginata, 535, 547.
Heliodrilus
lagosensis, 173.
Helix
adnata, 38.
aglaia, 35.
albula, 38.
antiqua, 44,
approximata, 41.
asperella, 335.
bicolor, 42.
borneensis, 29.
bouryi, 335.
brookei, 27.
ceroconus, 42.
colletti, 314, 315.
conicoides, 42.
consul, 34, 36.
corrosa, 26.
delibrata, 335.
densa, 26.
donovani, 27.
‘ INDEX,
Helix
Fallaciosa, 314, 3365.
flexuosa, 43.
gabata, 335, 336.
germanda, 44.
gigas, 27.
glutinosa, 24, 25, 26.
gobanzi, 314,
hardouini, 385.
hugonis, 29
huttoni, 43.
infans, 37.
isabella, 32,
jaunus, dl.
— bifrons, 31.
jucunda, 34.
labuanensis, 42.
martini, 31.
mindaiensis, 32.
mosambicensis, 310.
naninoides, 32, 334.
nasuta, 32.
nobilis, 27.
obliquata, 27.
obscurata, 42.
ochthoplax, 28.
orientalis, 32, 44.
penangensis, 235.
perakensis, 334.
planorbis, 41.
pomatia, 28.
procumbens, 330.
pulvisculwm, 45.
quadrivolvis, 43.
regalts, 31.
resplendens, 34.
ruginosa, 330.
schumacheriana, 26.
shanica, 314, 315.
souleyetiana, 27.
striata, 32.
swettenhami, 334.
thais, 42.
thieroti, 334.
tomasinelliana, 489.
tomentosa, 42.
tradita, 42.
tropidophora, 42.
unguiculastra, 43.
vitrea, 42.
vittata, 31.
(Agista) grumulus, 43,
46.
(—) pudica, 45, 46.
(—) tomentosa, 42.
(Camena) germana, 44.
(Carocolla) planorbis,
Al.
(Chloritis) meander, 48,
46
(—) plena, 44, 46.
689
Helix
(Chloritis) guadrivolvis,
45
oe
(Geotrochus) niahensis,
44, 46.
(—) subflava, 45, 46.
(—) tigaensts, 44, 46.
(Macrochlamys) hya-
lina, 35.
(—) stephotdes, 332.
(Papuina) agnocheilus,
488, 491.
(—) antiqua, 44.
(Plectotropis)
teriana, 43.
(Trachia) malayana,335.
Helladotherium
duvernoyi, 323, 324.
Heloderma
horridum, 109, 110, 111,
112, 115, 116; 119;
120, 121.
suspectum, 109, 110,
111, 112, 115, 116,
119, 120, 121.
Hemidactylus
mabouia, 306, 351, 353,
354, 356.
Hemiplecta
crossei, 304.
cymatium, 334.
densa, 26.
donovani, 27.
humphreysiana, 26.
lecchi, 334.
naninoides, 32.
nobilis, 27.
obliquata, 27.
sakaya, 334.
schumacheriana, 26.
souleyetiana, 27.
striata, 334,
weinkauffiana, 304.
Henucha
smilax, 179, 180.
Heptapterus
mustelinus, 238.
Herpenia
eriphia, 61, 96.
—, var. melanarge, 96.
Herpestes
auropunctatus, 245.
gracilis, 182.
mungo, 245.
Herpetodryas
carinatus, 395, 448.
—, var. vincenti, 355.
Juscus, 355.
grandisquamis, 355,
melas, 355.
sexcarinatus, 855.
46*
win-
690
Herpyllus
variegatus, 573, STA.
Hesperia
borbonica, 104.
forestan, 107.
mohopaunt, 104.
moritilt, 104.
pisistratus, 107.
(Oxynetra) zambesina,
105.
Himantopterus
dohertyi, 257.
Himatione
dolei, 166.
sanguinea, 166.
_ Hipparchia
medura, 268.
Hirundo
sp., 476.
rustica, 473.
Histia
flabellicornis, 257.
Homeeosaurus
major, 167, 168.
maximiliani, 167, 168.
Homosteus
— milleri, 198, 199.
‘Hoplobatrachus
reinhardtt, 376.
Hyalimax
viridis, 218.
Hyalina
lowi, 37.
perlucida, 37.
Hybocystis
elephas, 346.
jousseaumt, 346.
Hydaspitherium
megacephalum, 322,
_ 825.
Hydatina
circulata, 421,
physis, 421.
Hydrocherus
capybara, 236.
Hydrosaurus
lesinensis, 115.
Hyla
arborea, 596, 600, 602,
603, 604, 610; 611,
619, 625, 627.
—, var. meridionalis,
611, 625.
barytonus, 611.
cerulea, 158, 159.
perezi, 611.
rubra, 304.
Hylambates
maculatus, 308.
Hylodes
martinicensis, 355.
INDEX.
Hyomoschus
aquaticus, 385.
Hypanis
acheloia, 78.
ilithyia, 78.
Hyperiodrilus
africanus, 173.
Hypochera
40, 179.
Hypochrysops
alyattes, 397.
architas, 357.
cratevas, 397.
seuthes, "S57.
Hypolyczena
es 61, 85, 107.
erylus, 85.
Hypolymnas
pogge, 79.
Hyponomeuta
confusclla, 527.
mahalabellus, 582,
547.
paucellus, 527. :
triangularis, 032, 547.
Hypselostoma
bensonianum, 338.
crosséi, 338.
dayanun, 338.
hungerfor dianuin, 387,
348.
luzonicum, 338.
transitans, 338.
tubiferum, 338.
Hyrax
capensis, 465.
dorsalis, 465.
Hyreus
cordatus, 636, 638.
Juba, 636, 637.
Tanthina
fragilis, 435.
trochoides, 414.
Iguana
tuberculata, 355, 466.
Tlerde
androcles, 251.
brahma, 251, 257.
epicles, 251.
tamu, 251.
Tolaus
bowkeri, 85.
ceculus, 85.
pallene, 86.
Tridina
oblonga, 312.
Ischnaspis, gen. noyv.,
62
peltifer, 562.
Jamides
amarauge, 366, 372.
campanulata, 367.
cephion, 367, 372.
morphoides, 368.
semias, 367, 373.
woodfordii, 367, 368.
Janella
papillata, 217.
Junonia
ears os
bodpis, 74.
cobrene, 7A.
clelia, 74.
cuama, TA.
Kaliella
perakensis, 333.
Kallima
alompra, 283.
buxtoni, 283.
inachus, 283.
knyvetti, 283.
limborgit, 283.
paralekta, 283.
Lacerta
agilis, 115.
galloti, 202.
muralis, 630.
ocellata, 169, 170, 201,
202.
simonyi, 201, 202.
Lachesis
mutus, 448,
Leelaps
acutus, 644, 652, 653.
cuneifer, 643, 647, 649,
651, 652, 658.
equitans, 641, 649,
655.
flexuosa, 644, 650,
653.
hilaris, 650.
levis, 642, 648, 653.
myrmophilus, 642, 649,
653.
vacuus, 644, 650, 651,
653.
Lagochilus
swettenhamt, 341.
townsendi, 341.
Lagomys
sardus, 468.
Lagostomus
trichodactylus, 244.
Lama
glama, 386, 387.
huanachus, 886, 387.
pacos, 386, 387.
vicugna, 386, 387.
Lampides
elianus, 368.
aratus, 368, 373.
areas, 368, 373.
astarte, 359.
cassioides, 369.
celeno, 368.
cerulina, 368.
coruscans, 369.
evanescens, 368.
pseudocrassius, 369.
Lamprocystis
conulina, 333, 348.
malayana, 333, 348.
molecula, 333.
Lampusia
(Priene) murrayi, 436,
444,
Lanistes
affinis, 310.
nyassanus, 310.
ovum, 310.
purpureus, 310,
solidus, 310.
Larus
ichthyaetus, 464.
maculipennis, 373.
serranus, 137.
Lasiommata
bhadra, 265.
muirheadi, var. bhima,
266.
pulaba, 265.
satricus, 246.
Lasius
flavus, 640.
Latirus
polygonus, 411.
(Peristernia) forskadii,
411
(—) pauluccie, 411.
Laxita
damajanti, 287.
orphna, 287.
telesia, 287.
Lebadea
austenia, 278.
Leioptilus
paleaceus, 495.
thome, 495.
Lemur
albifrons, 454.
anjuanensis, 454, 455,
456, 457.
brunneus, 454.
nigrifrons, 457.
psilodactylus, 458.
rufjifrons, 454.
varius, 454,
Leptasthenura
égithaloides, 135.
INDEX,
Leptodactylus
caliginosus, 355.
pentadactylus, 354.
validus, 355.
Leptodira,
semiannulata, 307.
Leptopoma
aspirans, 341.
Leptoptilus
javanicus, 477, 479.
Lepus
cuniculus, 158, 158,
161, 164, 244,
timidus, 164.
Lestes
elaius, 206.
gracilis, 206.
Lethe
bhairava, 262.
brisanda, 263, 264.
chandica, 264.
dinarbas, 263, 264.
distans, 263.
gulnihal, 268.
‘kansa, 263.
latiaris, 262.
mekara, 263.
minerva, 264.
purana, 258.
serbonis, 264.
siderea, 264.
sidonis, 264.
sinorix, 262.
vindhya, 263.
Leucochitonea
levubu, 105.
paradisea, 105.
wmovulensis, 10d.
Leuconia
denticulata, 392, 396.
Libellula
-carnatica, 204,
marcia, 203.
pruinosa, 203.
trivialis, 203.
Libyodrilus, gen. noy.,
175
violaceus, 173, 174.
Libythea
levana,
285.
narina, 250, 258, 285.
rohint, 250, 251, 258,
285.
Lima
australis, 444, 445.
inflata, 393, 396,
> BW.
loscombti, 444.
murrayt, 444, 445,
pectinata, 444,
var. prorsa,
691
! Lima
rotundata, 393.
squamosa, 393.
Limax
agrestis, 223.
cimereoniger, 222.
flavus, 222.
hemphilli, 223,
maximus, 222.
meyalodontes, 215.
Limenitis
austenia, 250, 251,
278.
danava, 277.
disippus, 180.
dudu, 251, 276.
eurynome, 276.
selenophora, 281.
zayla, 276.
Limnza
natalensis, 309.
Limopsis
Sorskalii, 433.
Liophis
andree, 354.
Sugitivus, 353,
reging, 304.
Liparis
dispar, 180.
Lita
crocipunctella,
546.
Lithocranius
walleri, 197, 207.
Littorina
acutispira, 487, 491.
glabrata, 416.
grano-costata, 416.
infans, 488, 491.
insularis, 416.
natalensis, 416.
pyrumidalis, 416.
Lomvia
troile, 176.
Lophophorus
impeyanus, 327,
lhuysi, 212.
Lophotes
capellei, 484.
cepedianus, 483, 484.
cristatus, 484.
Jiski, 484.
Loricaria
anus, 234.
cade@, 234.
lima, 284.
strigtlata, 234,
Loris
gracilis, 451.
Lucina
tugerina, 135.
520,
692
Lucina
tigrina, 430.
(Codakia) exasperata,
429.
Lumbricus
capensis, 174.
eugeni@, 173.
Lutra
leptonyx, 212.
Lycena
adonis, 180.
equatorialis, 637, 638.
alsulus, 366.
alsus, 180, 366.
asopus, 81.
biocellata, 366.
betica, 82.
calice, 83.
cissus, 82.
corydon, 180.
dionisius, 358.
gaika, 82.
glauca, 81.
acarus, 180.
inops, 360.
gesous, 83.
jobates, 82.
lucida, 82.
lysimon, 82.
mahallokoena, 82.
melenda, 83.
moriqua, 83.
osiris, 81.
palemon, 637, 638.
parsimon, 81.
sichela, 82.
sybaris, 83.
telicanus, 82.
Lyczenesthes
amarah, 83.
emolus, 357, 358.
otacilia, 83,
Lycodon
anamullensis, 632.
striatus, 628, 681,
632.
travancoricus, 632.
Lycosa
nigra, 181.
porto-santana, 181.
Lygosoma
sundevalli, 306.
Mabuia
@nea, 355.
agilis, 353.
—, var. luci@, 3538.
aurata, 355.
lucié, 353.
Machera
japonica, 429,
INDEX.
Machera
radiata, 435.
Macrochlamys
aglaja, var. emargi-
nata, 3d.
bartoni, 332.
consepta, 332.
consul,.d.
cutleri, 36.
glutinosa, 25.
hatchong?, 332.
Jousoufi, 332.
qucunda, 33.
kumahensis, 332.
pataniensis, 333.
peringundensis, 313,
315.
plicifera, 314.
stephoides, 332.
Macroglossa
bombyliformis, 180.
Macropus
giganteus, 579.
major, 143.
Macrorhamphus
griseus, 627.
Mactra
decora, 428.
Fauuroti, 428.
jickelit, 428.
olorina, 397.
pulchra, 428.
(Merope) egyptiaca,
428..
Malacolimax
nyctelius, 223.
valentianus, 223.
Malleus
albus, 433.
(Malvufundus) regula,
434.
Manchana
avitella, 518.
Marginella
brazieri, 440, 445.
carinata, 440, 445.
faba, 435,
lactea, 435.
monilis, 435.
obscura, 411.
Martanda
jganardana, 262.
Martesia
striata, 430.
Megalixalus
fornasinit, 308.
Melanagria
galathea, 180.
Melania
episcopalts, var. perak-
ensis, 348...
| Melania
infracostata, 348.
malayanad, 347.
nodicincta, 310.
nyassand, 310.
polymorpha, 310.
pupiformis, 310.
simonsi, 310.
tuberculata, 310.
—, subsp. malayana,
347.
—, var. malayana, 347.
turritispira, 310.
variabilis, subsp. e¢pi-
scopalis, 347, 348.
(Melanoides) episco-
palis, 347.
(Striatella) malayana,
347.
(—) truncatula, 347.
(—) tuberculata, 347.
Melanitis
patna, 270.
penanga, 269.
Melanocyma
Faunula, 272.
Melanoides
malayanus, 347.
truncatulus, 347.
tuberculata, 347.
Meleagrina
fucata, 434.
margaritifera, 404.
varia, 435.
Melongena
martini, 405.
paradisiaca, 405.
Melopelia
leucoptera, 194.
Meroé
menstrualis, 422.
Mesodesma
striata, 435.
Mesolimax
brauni, 223.
Mesoprion
griseus, 356.
Miagrammopes
scoparius, 55d.
Microcheta
beddardi, 174.
rapptt, 49, 174.
Microcystina
caverne, 39.
infans, 37, 46.
pudens, 38.
seclusa, 38.
st. gohni, 38, 46.
townsendiand, 333.
Microcystis
dyakana, 37, 46. _-
Microcystis
lowt, 37.
macdougalli, 37.
miliacea, 37.
perlucida, 37.
tersa, 36, 37, 46.
‘Micromerus
Jinalis, 204.
Micronympha
aurora, 205.
Milvago
megalopterus, 135.
Milvus
egyptiacus, 469.
ictinus, 469.
migrans, 469.
regalis, 469.
Mimeseoptilus
pumilio, 495.
Mitra
amphorilla, 410.
JSerruginea, 416.
granatina, 410.
literata, 410.
miranda, 440, 445.
rubritincta, 410.
scabriuscula, 410,
scutulata, 410.
Mitromorpha
brazieri, 487, 491.
Mitrularia ~
cicatricosa, 417.
Modiola
aurizulata, 480.
Modiolaria
cenobita, 393, 394,
395.
cumingiana, 394.
cuneata, 394.
marmorata, 393, 394,
398.”
Monopeltis
sphenorhynchus, 306.
Montacuta
acuminata, 442,
Monticola
cyanus, 472.
Mugil
‘brasiliensis, 357.
Murex
aduncospinosus, 404,
cyacantha, 405.
haustelluim, 405.
lycacantha, 405.
macqillivrayt, 404.
martinianus, 404.
ovca, 404.
scolopax, 404.
termispina, 404.
~ tribulus, 435.
troscheli, 404.
INDEX,
Murex
(Chicoreus) anguli-
ferus, 405.
(—) ramosus, 405.
Mus
arborarius, 186.
argillosus, 186.
blanfordi, 326.
dolichurus, 186.
orthodon, 468.
rutilans, 186.
(Isomys) abyssinicus,
6
(—) pumilio, 186.
Muscicapa
parva, 628,
Muscisaxicola
albifrons, 134.
rufivertex, 134.
Mycalesis
anapita, 262.
anaxias, 259.
anaxtoides. 259,
charaka, 260.
diniche, 261.
dohertyi, 261, 262,
289.
fusca, 261.
fuscum, 261, 262.
gopa, 260.
gotama, 260.
janardana, 262.
khasiana, 260.
maianeas, 262.
malsara, 260.
malsarida, 260.
mnasicles, 262.
nicotia, 260.
oculata, 260.
oroates, 261.
perdicias, 260.
rudis, 260.
sanatana, 260.
surkha, 261.
ustuluta, 261.
Mygale
guyanensis, 551.
sancti-vincenti, 553.
Mylothris
agathina, 99.
clarissa, 189.
jacksoni, 190, 194.
mackenziana, 190, 194.
narcissus, 190.
rueppelli, 190, 191.
wintoniana, 189, 194.
Myodes
lemmus, 659.
Myrina
isabella, 372.
jolcus, 372.
693
Myrina
pallene, 86.
Myrmecozela
ochraceella, 517, 545.
Mytilus
afer, 430.
perna, 430.
pictus, 430.
senegalensis, 43).
taprobanensis, 430.
variabilis, 397.
Nacaduba
amaura, 361, 362, 372.
ancyra, 361.
ardates, 366.
astarte, 359.
dion, 363.
euretes, 360, 361, 372.
felderi, 359.
keiria, 362, 372.
korene, 301, 372.
ligamenta, 361, 372.
lineata, 3638, 364.
macrophthalma, 359,
360. :
maniana, 361, 372.
nord, 309,
palmyra, 363.
plumbata, 359, 360,
372.
prominens, 360.
ugiensis, 360, 372.
_ vineula, 363, 364, 372.
Naia
haié, 308.
mossambica, 308.
nigricollis, 308.
Nais
elinguis, 51.
Nanina
albersi, 31.
amphidroma, 31.
atrofusca, 26.
borneensis, 29.
brookei, 27.
castor, 31d.
consul, 34.
corrosa, 26,
densa, 26.
donovani, 27.
glutinosa, 55.
herklotsiana, 26.
hyalina, 39.
infans, 38.
Janus, 31.
jucunda, var. nana, 35.
macdougalli, 37.
obliquata, 27.
producta, 22.
regalis, 31,
694
Nanina
souleyetiana, 27.
striata, 32, 334.
subcastor, 313, 315.
tersa, 36.
tritoniensis, 3195.
(Ariophanta) sarawak-
and, 32.
(Hemiplecta) hugonis,
29.
(—) nasuta, 32.
(Macrochiamys)ag/aia,
D.
(—) jucunda, 39.
(Microcystis) townsend-
1and, 333.
(Rhyssota) borneensis,
29
(—) brookei, 27.
(Trochomionpha) thats,
(Xesta) decrespignyt,
26
(—) glutinosa, 25.
Nassa
albescens, 408.
—, var. fenestrata, 408.
albipunctata, 408.
coronata, 408.
crenolirata, 408.
fisstilabris, 408.
gemmulata, 408.
grandiosa, 407.
lentiginosa, 407.
marginulata, 435,
molliana, 406.
nodicostata, 408.
pullus, 407.
punctata, 407.
velata, 407.
verrucost, 408.
Natica
chemnitzi, 414.
forskalit, 414.
maroccana, 414.
pulicaris, 413.
rufa, 414.
teniata, 4138.
vestalis, 435.
(Mamilla)melanostoma,
414.
(Naticina) papil/a,414.
(Neverita) didyma,414.
(Polinices) mamitla,
414.
Nemertodrilus
griseus, 173.
Neoceenyra
duplex, 62.
Neojanella
dubit, 217.
- INDEX.
Neope
agrestis, 265.
armandti, 265.
bhadra, 265.
bhima, 255, 257, 266.
khasiana, 265.
moorei, 266.
muirheadi, 266.
pulaha, 265.
Neotragus
kirki, 211, 212.
saltianus, 211, 212.
Neptis
aceris, 276.
adara, 276.
agatha, 78.
amba, 279.
—, var. carticoides, 275,
ananta, 274.
anjana, 2795.
burmand, 27a.
cartica, var. burmana,
275.
carticoides, 275.
clinia, 276.
dindinga, 274.
disrupta, 276.
duryodana, 275.
eurymene, 270.
eurynome, 2716.
horaonia, 256.
kamarupa, 270.
khasiana, 275.
mahendra, 276.
meetana, 276.
miah, 274.
nandina, 256, 276.
nata, 275.
radha, 274,
swinhoei, 276.
varmona, 256, 276.
Nerita
albicilla, 419.
arabica, 419.
chameleon, 419.
longit, 419.
polita, 419.
quadricolor, 419.
Neritina
crepidularia, 391.
Neurobasis
apicalis, 204, 206.
Neurosigma
doubledayi, 256, 277,
289.
siva, 277.
Nigritella
conicoides, 42.
tropidophora, 42.
Nops
coccineus, 572, 575. ~
Notoryctes
typhlops, 327, 328, 466.
Nucras
tessellata, 306.
Nucula
dilecta, 442, 445.
umbonata, 443, 445.
Numenius
tahitiensis, 299, 300.
Nycticebus ©
gavanicus, 451.
tardigradus, 453.
Nycticorax
caledonicus, 178.
griseus, 18, 178.
obscurus, 136.
violaceus, 176, 177,178.
Nyctinomus
africanus, 182, 183.
cestont, 182.
lobatus, 182, 183.
miarensis, 183.
midas, 183.
teniotis, 182, 183.
ventralis, 183.
Nymphalis
alpheda, 280.
caledonia, 234.
candiope, 80.
ephyra, 80.
guderiana, 81.
schreiberi, 283.
Ochyrocera, gen. nov.,
565.
arietina, 566, 575.
quinquevittata, 566,
575.
Odenestis
potatoria, 180.
Odostomia
Fauroti, 435.
Jischeri, 441.
(Lurbonilla) consan-
guinea, 441, 445.
(—) constricta, 441,
445, —
(—) fischeri, 441, 445,
Cicodoma
cephalotis, 462.
Oedematophorus
basalis, 495.
Cistrelata
parvirostris, 295, 300.
torquata, 122.
Cita ~
compta, 532.
fastuosa, 533, 547.
fulviguttella, 532, 547.
punctella, 532, 547.
sidered, 533, 547.
Oliva
bulbosa, 435.
inflata, 411.
Omalonyx
patera, 218.
_ unguis, 218.
Omphalotropis
carinata, 347.
carolinensis,
491.
Oonops
Jiguratus, 564, 575.
globimanus, 563, 575.
princeps, 557.
pulicarius, 564, 575.
spinimanus, 563, 575.
Oopelta
nigropunctata, 222.
Opeas
gracile, 337.
Ophiomorus
blanfordii, 631.
brevipes, 628, 631.
Ophthalmidion
fuscum, 352.
Opisthoporus
penangensis, 340.
solutus, 340.
Opisthostoma
pauluccie, 343.
perakense, 340.
Opopza, gen. nov., 560.
cupidus, 560.
deserticola, 560, 575.
Oreas
canna, 373.
Oreomys
typus, 189.
Oreotragus
saltator, 211, 389.
Orneodes
eudactyla, 496, 542.
Orthetrum
carnaticum, 203, 204,
206.
pruinosum, 203.
triangularis, 204.
Oryx
beisa, 207.
gazella, 467.
Oscella
eneonivella, 517.
Osteolemus
tetraspis, 151.
Ostrea, .
cornupina, 435.
crista-galli, 439.
limacella, 435.
Otaria
gillespti, 326.
stelleri, 326.
490,
INDEX.
Otiothops
amazonicus, 575.
lapidicola, 574.
oblongus, 574.
walckenaeri, 575.
Otocinclus
affinis, 234.
nigricauda, 234, 235.
Otomys
anchiete, 184.
brantsii, 185.
érroratus, 184, 185.
jacksoni, 184.
unisulcatus, 185.
Ovis
argalt, 321.
nahoor, 321.
polit, 321.
Oxyptilus
pusillidactylus, 495.
Oxyrhopus
pluimbeus, 352, 354.
Oxytes
sakaya, 334.
Pachydactylus
oshaughnessyt, 306.
Pachylomerus
asperulus, 551.
salebrosus, 550,
scrupens, 550.
Pachyornis
elephantopus, 480, 481.
immanis, 482.
rothschildt, 481, 482.
Peedisca
longipalpana, 506, 544.
Paleotragus
rouenit, 319, 320.
Palaina
nevilli, 343.
superba, 344.
Palthis
arcasalis, 515.
mimasalis, 515.
Paludina
bengalensis, subsp. pol/=
grammna, 347.
sumatrensis, 347.
Pamphila
ayrestt, 104.
borbonica, 104.
callicles, 102.
fatuellus, 104.
hottentota, 103, 104.
mohopaant, 104.
monast, 104.
morantiz, 102.
moritili, 104.
obumbrata, 61,
103,
107. '
695
Pamphila
occulta, 61, 103, 104.
Paphia
inachus, 283.
paralekta, 288.
Papilio
achine, 98.
agatha, 78.
agathina, 95.
ajax, 180.
antheus, 100.
aratus, 368.
arcturus, 251.
asterias, 180.
aurelius, 270.
brigitta, 94.
celeus, 81.
clelia, "V4.
cocles, 282.
constantinus, 187, 188.
corinneus, 100.
cresphontes, 180.
cynorta, 188.
dedalus, 80.
danis, 365.
demoleus, 101.
echerioides, 189.
elephenor, 250.
encedon, (2.
eran, 25).
jlorella, 99.
forestan, 107.
ganeesa, 251.
gyas, 251, 258.
haquinus, 287.
harpaz, 89.
ilithyia, 78.
jacksont, 188, 194.
krishna, 251, 258.
lurlinus, 100.
lysimon, 82.
machaon, 180, 258.
mackinnoni, 187, 194.
meleagris, 80.
mesentina, 9d.
minerva, 264.
morania, 61, 100, 107.
octavia, 75. :
paris, 251.
parsimon, 81.
periander, 282.
podalirius, 180
polynice, 284.
pylades, 100.
rhetenor, 251.
sakontala, 250,
severina; 96.
sulpitia, 281.
telearchus, 250.
telicanus, 82.
vindex, 101.
696.
Paradrilus
rosé, 178.
Paralimax
intermittens, 224.
Parmacella
valenciennti, 224
Parmarion
beccarti, 24, 224.
dori, 24, 224.
pupillaris, 34.
Patella
chitonoides, 420.
Patula
(Macrocycloides) ob-
scurata, 42.
Pecten
challengeri, 448, 445.
lividus, 454.
luculentus, 434.
plica, 434.
sanguineus, 439.
sanguinolentus, 435.
senatorius, 392, 393,
395, 484.
LANES, 435.
varius, 392, 393, 395.
Pectinator
spekii, 244,
Pectunculus
amboinensis, 433.
pectiniformis, 432,
At ;
pectunculus, 432.
subauritus, 432, 433.
Pelargodes
magnus, 477, 479.
Pelargopsis
magnus, 477.
Pelias
berus, 579.
Pelicinus, gen. nov.,
559.
marmoratus, 559, 575.
Pelobates
cultripes, 601, 603,
604, 615, 616, 626,
627.
fuscus, 593, 601, 602,
603, 604, 605, 614,
615, 616, 626, 627.
Pelodytes
punctatus, 594, 595,
597, 598, 599, 601,
603, 604, 617, 619,
626, 627.
Penthema
darlisa 276.
Perameles
nasuta, 140.
Perichzeta
capensis, 174.
INDEX.
Perionyx
sp., 174.
Perna
femoralis, 435.
Perodicticus
potto, 453, 455.
Petricola
bipartita, 394.
chinensis, 394.
hemprichi, 394, 435.
lithophaga, 394, 396,
398, 435.
typica, 394.
Petrodromus
tetradactylus, 182,
Pexicnemidia
mirella, 518, 545.
Phaedusa
filicostata, 339.
Pheenothele
gaujont, 5d1.
insularis, 591.
Phaethusa
magnirostris, 301.
Phaeton
ethereus, 300.
rubricauda, 293, 298,
300.
Phalacrocorax
varius, 465.
Phalena
(Tinea) punctella, 532.
Phalangista
vulpina, 140.
Phascolarctos
cinereus, 142.
Philidora
hardouini, 335.
wrayt, 339.
Philine
angasi, 392.
aperta, 392, 396,
398.
orientalis, 392.
Philothamnus
arrequiaris, 306,
. punctatus, 307.
semivariegatus, 307.
Phlegoenas
tristigmata, 327.
Pheenicopterus
andinus, 136.
gamest, 132, 136.
Pholas
daectylus, 395.
erythrea, 395.
Phos
roseatus, 408.
Phoxopteris
virididorsana, 504,
543.
Phrygilus
atriceps, 132, 133.
coracinus, 132, 1393.
Sruticeti, 133.
| Phrynocephalus
raddit, 628.
Phrynomantis
bifasciata, 308.
Phylloscopus
superciliosus, 628.
Physa
nyassana, 309.
succinoides, 309.
Physopsis
africana, 309.
Picumnus
minutus, 125.
Pieris
eriphia, 96.
mesentina, 95.
severina, 96.
Pimelodus
buckleyi, 232.
bufonius, 233.
charus, 233.
cottoides, 233.
maculatus, 233.
valencicanis, 232.
(Pimelodella) eigen-
mann, 232.
(—) lateristriga, 232.
(—) nigribarbis, 232,
235
(Pseudopimelodus) coz-
toides, 233, 239.
(Pseudorhamdia)nigri-
barbis, 232.
( (Rhamndia) hilarii,
233.
Pinna
attenuata, 435,
bicolor, 433.
nigrina, 435. 1a}
penna, 435. ;
rigida, 433.
rudis, 435.
serra, 433.
Pirula )
decussata, 435.
ficus, 418.
nodosa, 435. )
Pisania
ignea, 405. }
tissott, 409.
tritonoides, 405.
Pithecops
dionisius, 358, 372
—, var. steirema, 358,
372.
Sulgens, 250.
hylacx, 358.
Pithecops
steirema, 358.
Placostylus
calus, 489, 491.
eddystonensis, 489.
guppyt, 489, 491.
- macfarlandi, 490.
macgillivrayi, 490.
Plagiaulax
dawsoni, 585, 586.
minor, 58d.
Planaxis
breviculus, 416.
Planema
euryta, 635.
_latifasciata, 635, 638.
Planispira
breviseta, 335.
Planorbis
exustus, 339.
Platalea
alba, 327.
Platycercus
_erythropeplus, 130.
eximius, 130.
icterotis, 129.
pennanti, 130.
xanthogenys, 129.
Platynota
repandana, 499, 543.
rostrana, 499, 543.
Platyptelia
sp., 495, 542.
pusillidactyla, 495, 542.
tecnidion, 495.
Platysticta
greem, 204, 206.
hilaris, 205.
maculata, 205.
Plecostomus
commersont, 234.
Pleurotoma
tuberculata, 404.
violacea, 403.
(Drillia) baynhamé,
404, 435
(—)challengeri,438,444.
(—) erossei, 439, 444.
(—) hoylei, 439, 444.
(—) virginia, 404.
(—) watsoni, 439, 444.
(Sureula) catena, 403.
Pleurotomaria
adansoniana, 485.
beyrichi, 485.
quoyana, 484.
rumphit, 485.
Plicatula
sp., 404.
Plutella
cructferarum, 518, 545.
INDEX.
Plutella
xylostella, 519, 545.
Podiceps
calipareus, 137.
Pecilia
extraned, 521, 546.
Poephila
mirabilis, 465.
Polyhymno
godmani, 525, 546.
tenuis, 525.
Polyommatus
amarah, 83.
cissts, 82.
cleotas, 358.
gesous, 83.
Polytoreutus
ceruleus, 173.
Pontia
erts, 97.
tritogenia, 96.
Porphyrio
ceruleus, 47, 48.
chloronotus, 48.
hyacinthinus, 47.
madagascariensis, 48.
poliocephalus, 47.
pulverulentus, 47.
smaragdonotus, 47, 48.
veterum, 47.
Posena
melanoptera, 255.
Precis
amestris, 75.
artaxia, '(5, 76.
cuama, 'T4, 75.
nachtigalit, 76.
octavia, 79.
pelasgis, 75.
petersii, 75.
sesamus, 75.
Preussia
siphonocheta, 173.
Priene
magellanicus, 436.
Pristipoma
crocro, 356.
Propelargus
cayluxensis, 477, 479.
edwardsi, 478, 479.
Prosopeas
tchehelense, 337.
Prosotas, gen. nov., 366.
caliginosa, 366, 372.
Prosymna
ambigua, 306.
Proteles
cristatus, 207.
Prothoé
angelica, 284.
caledonia, 256, 284.
697
Prothoé
Sréanckii, 284.
uniformis, 254.
Protopace
carolina, 180.
celeus, 180.
Protopterus
annectens, 147.
Psammobia
elongata, 435.
malaccana, 425.
maxima, 435.
pallida, 425.
suffusa, 425.
(Heteroglypta)
gata, 425.
Psammophis
angolensis, 307.
sibilans,var. subteniata,
corru-
Psammoteea
oblonga, 425.
Psammotella
oblonga, 425.
Psecadia
abraxasella,
546.
aduste/la, 528, 546.
aureoapicella, 528.
confusella, 527, 546.
exornata, 528, 546.
gelidella, 528.
ingricella, 527, 546.
kirbyi, 528, 546.
nivosella, 528, 546.
notatella, 528, 546.
paucella, 527, 546.
axanthorrhoa, 528.
(Cryptolechia) strigosa,
527.
Psephophorus
rupeliensis, 8.
scaldii, 8.
Pseudacrsea
boisduvaliz, 79.
lucretia, 79.
poggei, 61, 79.
trimenti, 79.
Pseudanaphora
arcanella, 516.
Pseudochloris
aureiventris, 133.
Pseudoevclophis
waltert, 632.
Pseudonympha
bera, 62.
duplex, 62.
natalii, 62.
neita, 62.
Pseudopha
splendens, 204.
528,
698
Psendopimelodus
parahibe, 233.
Pseudonenia
kapayanensis, 339.
Pterocera
bryonia, 419.
Pterocyclus
albersi, 340.
regelspergert, 340.
Pterophorus
sp., 496, 542.
agraphodactylus,
542.
aspilodactylus, 496,
542.
bipunctatus, 496.
oxydactylus, 494.
paleaceus, 495.
participatus, 496.
praeustus, 496.
Pterygospidea
bhagava, 106, 107.
Jjamesoni, 106, 107.
motozt, 105, 106.
Ptychamorbia, gen. noyv.,
ANT.
eatenana, 498, 543.
exustana, 497, 548.
Puffinus
anglorum, 476.
assimilis, 300.
chlororhynchus, 300,
475, 476.
cinereus, 475, 476.
dichrous, 300.
JSuliginosus, 475,
476.
gavia, 627.
nativitatis, 295,
300.
obscurus, 475.
tenuirostris, 476.
yelkouan, 4795.
Pupa
hunanensis, 338.
palnura, 337, 338.
plicidens, 338.
salwiniana, 338.
strophostoma, 338.
(Boysidia) palmira,
337
496,
(Scopelophila) pal-
mira, 3376
Pupina
artata, 345, 346.
arula, 345.
aureola, 345.
brenchleyi, 490, 491.
lowt, 345. -
tahatensis, 345.
tchehelensis, 346.
INDEX.
Pupina
(Registoma) compla-
nata, 490.
Purpura
egrota, 409.
echinata, 409.
elata, 409.
hippocastanum, 408.
mancinella, 409.
rudolphi, 408.
tissoti, 409.
wahlherg?, 436.
Pygmeodrilus
quilimanensis, 173.
Pyrameis
cardut, T4.
Pyrgus
diomus, 101.
dromus, 101.
mafa, 101.
nanus, 102.
sataspes, 102.
secessus, 61, 102,
107.
vindex, 101.
Pyrrhula
europed, £72.
Pythia
borneensis, 339.
Querquedula
cyanoptera, 136,
oxyptera, 136.
puna, 132, 136.
Ragadia
crisia, 253, 266.
crito, 266.
Rallus
rhytorhynchus, 136.
Rana
agilis, 597, 598, 600,
602, 603, 604, 606,
608, 609, 610, 619,
625, 626.
arvalis, 600, 601, 603,
604, 605, 606, 625,
626.
cachinnans, 375.
caucasica, 375.
dentex, 376.
esculenta, 374, 375, 376,
381, 600, 601, 603,
604, 605, 606, 609,
619, 625, 626.
—, var. lessone, 376,
382.
—, var. marmorata,
376.
—, var. nigromaculata,
376, 383.
|
Rana
esculenta, var. ridi-
bunda, 376, 625.
—, var. silvatica, 376.
—, var. typica, 376,
380.
fortis, 375, 376.
—, var. perez, 376.
greca, 600, 602, 603,
604, 607, 625, 626.
hispanica, 376.
—, var. bedriage, 376.
—, var. latastii, 376.
honnorati, 607.
iberica, 600, 602, 603,
604, 608, 625, 626.
japonica, 610.
latastii, 597, 600, 602,
603, 604, 608, 609,
625, 626.
maritima, 376.
marmorata, 376.
ridibunda, 375.
—, var. lessone, 375.
scotica, 376.
temporaria, 374, 376,
600, 601, 602, 603,
, 605, 606, 607,
609, 610, 625,
626.
tigrina, 316.
viridis aquatica, 376.
Ranella
crumena, 435.
granifera, 413.
spinosa, 413, 435.
Rapana
bulbosa, 408.
Raphicera
satricus, 266.
Rappia
concolor, 308.
Recluzia
rollandiana, 414,
Recurvirostra
andina, 132, 137.
Rhamdia
parahibe, 233.
Rhea
darwini, 132, 137.
Rhinoceros
bicornis, 246, 327.
keitloa, 246.
lasiotis, 655.
sumatrensis, 654,
655.
Rhinochetus
jubatus, 9, 10.
Rhinopalpa
fulva, 249, 284.
polynice, 284, 285.
Rhinopalpa
sabina, 285.
vasuki, 285.
Rhiostoma
Jousseaumi, 340.
Rhizomys
' annectens, 186, 187.
macrocephalus, 186.
splendens, 186, 187.
Rhodina
perakensis, 337.
Rhyothemis
marcia, 203.
sp., 334.
brookei, 28, 29.
bulla, 28.
dvitija, 28.
onwm, 28, 29.
pluto, 334.
porphyria, 28.
semiglobosa, 28.
Ricinula
chrysostoma, 409.
elata, 409.
spectrum, 409.
Rostellaria
curta, 435.
curvirostris, 419.
Rotula
bijuga, 332.
Rotularia
biugqa, 332.
Ryssota
brookei, 27, 28, 29, 47.
Janus, 31.
nasuta, 32.
regalis, 31.
Saccogaster
maculata, 226, 227.
Samanta,
rudis, 260.
Samia
ceanothi, 179.
cecropia, 179.
Samotherium
beissier?, 317, 318, 319.
Sardaga
oculata, 260.
Satsuma
perakensis, 334.
Saturnia
carpim, 180.
pyri, 180,
Satyrus
armandit, 265.
_loha, 266.
padma, 266.
Sealaria
distincta, 441, 445.
INDEX.
Scapharca
natalensis, 435.
Scaphiella, gen. nov.,
561.
cymballaria, 561.
Scardofella ;
inca, 194.
Scintilla
pustulella, 532.
Sciurus ;
annulatus, 184.
cepapt, 184.
madagascariensis, 458.
rufobrachiatus, 183.
vulgaris, 244.
Scopelophila
palmira, 337.
Scoptonoma
tipuloides, 493, 542.
Scopus :
umbretta, 18.
Scorpzena
Srondosa, 482.
Serobicularia
seychellarum, 427
Scytodes
bajula, 569, 575.
fusca, 571.
globula, 568.
guyanensis, 571.
hebraica, 568, 575.
lineatipes, 570,
575. |
longipes, 567, 575,
macula, 568.
marmorata, 67.
taczanowskii, 567.
Semele ;
chinensis, 427.
(lacra) seychellarum,
427.
Sephisa
chandra, 273.
Septifer
excisus, 430.
Sergiolus, gen. nov.,
573.
elegans, 574.
variegatus, 574.
Serinus
hortulanus, 472.
Sermyla
chaperi, 348.
episcopalis, 347.
perakensis, 348.
Setina
wrrorella, 180.
Setomorpha
rupicella, 511, 544.
Sicydium |
plumteri, 356.
699
Sigaretus
planulatus, 414.
Siliqua
Japonica, 429.
polita, 435.
pulchra, 429,
Simeethis
aurofasciana, 529,
rimulalis, 529.
(Chordates)
ciana, 529.
Simia
moro, 3801.
satyrus, 301,
Simocephalus
nyasse, 306.
Siphonogaster
egyptiacus, 48, 50,
174.
aurofas-
millsoni, 48, 49, 50,
51, 174.
Siptornis
modesta, 135.
Sistrum
chrysostoma, 409.
elatum, 409.
Jiscellum, 409,
tuberculatum, 409.
undatum, 409,
Sitala
angulata, 39.
attegia, 39.
carinifera, 40,
308..
everetti, 39, 46.
gromatica, 40.
infula, 39.
kusana, 23, 40,
46.
orchis, 40, 46.
recondita, 40,
singularis, 39.
subbilirata, 23, 40.
tricarinata, 23, 40.
uvida, 40.
Sithon
chromis, 372.
phocides, 372.
Sivatherium
gigantewm, 321, 325.
Smerinthus
ocellatus, 180.
_ populi, 180.
tilie, 180.
Solarium
atkinsoni, 441, 445.
discus, 442.
levigatum, 415.
perspectivum, 415,
(Philippia) hybridum,
415,
700
Solea
inseripta, 307.
Solen
ceylanicus, 435.
truncatus, 428.
Sorex
cooperi, 349.
minutus, 849, 850.
personatus, 349.
pygmaeus, 349.
similis, 468.
vulgaris, 349, 350.
Soriculus
caudatus, 350.
Sospita
neophron, 286.
Spatha
alata, 310.
nyassaensis, 310.
Speotyto
cunicularia, 135.
Spherodactylus
copii, 302.
microlepis, 351, 353.
vincentt, 354.
Spheniscus
demersus, 326.
Sphingurus
prehensilis, 286, 244.
Sphinx
ligustri, 180.
oreodaphne, 180.
Spilotes
variabilis, 448.
Spiraculum
regelspergert, 340.
Spondylus
sp., 434.
aculeatus, 398, 395.
gederopus, 393,
395.
Starnoenas
cyanocephala, 194, 196.
Stenobasis
occipitalis, 206.
Stenogyra
swettenhami, 387.
tchehelensis, 337.
(Opeas) terebralis,
3o7.
(Subulina) ¢chehelensis,
307.
-Stenoonops, gen. noyv.,
564.
scabriculus, 565.
Stenops
Javanicus, 457.
Stenoptilia
pumilio, 495, 542.
Stercorarius
parasiticus, 486.
INDEX.
Sterna
bergit, 298, 300.
fuliginosa, 296, 300.
lunata, 296, 300.
melanauchen, 298,
300.
panaya, 300.
trudeaut, 373.
Stibochiona
coresia, 273.
nicea, 273.
Stiboges
nymphidia, 288.
Stictophthalma
camadera, 271.
howqua, 271.
louisa, 258, 271.
Stilochirus
rovennensis, 651.
Stothis
affinis, 552.
cenobita, 552.
Strepsiceros
kudu, 145.
Strepsicrates
ejectana, 507.
smithiana, 506, 544.
Strepsilas
interpres, 297, 299,
300.
Streptaxis
kirkii, 310.
lemyret, 330.
plussensis, 330.
Strombus
cancellatus, 418.
dentatus, 418.
elegans, 418.
floridus, 418.
Susiformis, 419.
gibberulus, 418.
luhuanus, 418.
riuppellvi, 418.
tricornis, 418.
yerburyi, 418, 436.
Struthio
molybdophanes, 465.
Stuhlmannia
variabilis, 173.
Subulina
haughtoni, 337.
roepstorfi, 337.
Sula
cyanops, 293, 294, 800.
leucogaster, 293, 294,
300.
piscatrix, 293, 294,
300.
Sunetta
alicia, 422.
contempta, 422.
Sunetta
cumingtt, 423.
excavata, 422.
menstruatlis, 422, 423.
subgquadrata, 422.
vaginalis, 422.
Sybilis
glaucopidella, 532.
Sycalis
aureiventris, 133.
Sylvia .
curruca, 628.
Symbrenthia
miphanda, 282.
Tachymenis
nototenia, 307.
Tachyptilia
desectella, 528, 546.
Talicada
cleotas, 358.
Talpa
tyrrhenaica, 468.
Tamarrha
gelidella, 528, 546.
nivosella, 528.
Tapas
araneosus, 425, 4385.
deshayesit, 424.
gratus, 425.
inflata, 424.
lentiginosus, 424.
malabaricus, 424.
obscuratus, 424, 425.
quadriradiatus, 425.
sulcarius, 424.
virgineus, 424,
Tapinauchenius
sancti-vincenti, 553.
Tarsolepis
Sulgurifera, 258.
Tarucus
plinius, 857, 369.
pulchra, 369.
telicanus, 369.
Taxila
egeon, 289.
Jusctata, 287.
Sylla, 287.
haquinus, var. fasciata,
287.
orphna, 287.
tanita, 287.
telesia, 287.
thuisto, 287.
Telea
angulifera, 179.
polyphemus, 179.
promethea, 179.
Teleudrilus
ragazet, 173.
INDEX. . 701
Tellimya Terias Tiquadra
subacuminata, 442, 445. brigitta, 94. sp., 518, 545.
Tellina butleri, 95. aspera, 518, 545.
adenensis, 426. desjardinsit, 95. inscitella, 517.
angulata, 4217. floricola, 95. lentiginosa, 518, 545.
armata, 426. regularis, 95. Tivela
. balaustina, 395, 399. zoé, OA. damaoides, 435.
dubia, 427. Terinos Toceus
fausta, 4395. clarissa, 273. erythrorhynchus, 327.
isseli, 395, 399. robertsia, 273. Tomopterna
radiata, 435.
rhomboides, 427.
teuthras, 273.
porosa, 316.
Testudo
—, var. japonica, 376.
woodii, 425. microtympanum, 4, 5. Torinia
(Angulus) adenensis, triserrata, 4, 5. perspectiviuncula, 419.
426, 436. Tetramorium Tortrix -
(—) subpallida, 426, cespitum, 641, 642. colubrana, 497, 498.
436 —, yar. meridionale, effoetana, 497, 543.
641, 650.
Thais
cerisyt, 180.
(Macoma) dubia, 427.
(Metis) edentula, 427.
(Phylloda) foltacea,
exustana, 497.
insignitana, 497, 548.
lanceolana, 501.
427. polyxena, 180. (CEnectra) exustand,
(Tellinella) inflata,426. Thaumantis 498.
(—) madagascariensis, diores, 271. Tortyra
426. lowisa, 271. auriferalis, 528, 546.
(—) suleata, 425. lucipor, 271. spectabilis, 529.
Tennentia noureddin, 271. Totanus
philippinensis, 34. pseudaliris, 255, 271. flavipes, 137.
Teracolus. ramdeo, 271. incanus, 300.
achine, 98. Thecadactylus Trachia
agoye, 97, rapicauda, 303, 354. penangensis, 330.
antevippe, 98. Thecla Trachydosaurus
antigone, 99. alcestis, 372. rugosus, 113.
daira, 98. licinia, 84. Tragelaphus
elgonensis, 191, 194. Thelechoris angasi, 387.
eris, 97. guyanensis, 501, decula, 388.
evenina, 97. rutenbergi, 5d2, euryceros, 387.
gavisa, 98. Thelotornis gratus,213,327,387,388.
gelasinus, 98. kirtlandi, 307. scriptus, 388.
interruptus, 98.
phlegetonia, 99.
regina, 97.
simplex, 98.
subfasciatus, 61, 96.
Theoclia, gen. nov.,
radiata, 567, 575.
Thinocorus
orbignyanus, 137.
— decula, 388.
— rowaleyni, 389.
— sylvaticus, 389.
—— typicus, 388.
speket, 387, 388.
theogone, 99. rumicivorus, 137. sylvaticus, 388, 389.
Teras Thylacinus Tragulus
connexana, 499. cynocephalus, 141. javanicus, 385.
jamaicana, 497. Thysonotis kanchil, 385.
restitutana, 499.
rostrana, 499.
calydonica, 364.
cepheis, 364, 373.
meminna, 385.
nap, 385.
Teratodes chromia, 365, 373. stanleyanus, 380.
depressus, 558. hymetus, 364. Trapeziophora, gen. noy.,
Teratoscincus kruera, 364, 372. 529.
scincus, 629. piepersit, 364. gemmula, 529, 530,
Terebra schaeffera, 364. 547, 548.
decorata, 403. sperchius, 365. Trixris, gen. noy., 061.
duplicata, 403. Tinamotis stenaspis, 561.
lamarchiti, 403. pentlandi, 132, 137. Trichomycterus
ligata, 403. Tinea brasiliensis, 235.
tessellata, 403.
(Impages) cerulescens,
403.
sp., 509, 544.
ochraceella, 51.7.
plumella, 508, 544.
minutus, 235.
Trichoptilus
centetes, 492, 404.
702
Trichoptilus
(Aciptilus) californicus,
494.
Trichostibas
calligera, 533, 547.
iophlebia, 534, 547.
ovata, 533, d47.
sordidata, 534,547.
Trichotaphe
trigonella, 523, 546.
Trigonocephalus
lanceolatus, 352.
Tringa
bairdi, 137.
maculata, 137.
Trionyx
barbare, .
henrici, 7.
hurum, 6, 7.
incrassatus, 7.
planus, 6, T.
Trisis
fauroti, 435.
Trithemis
cesia, 204.
trivialis, 203.
yerburii, 203.
Triton
chlorostoma, 413.
cingulatus, 413.
gallinago, 413.
labiosus, 413.
pilearis, 413.
ranzant, 413.
tigrinus, 413.
trilineatus, 413.
_ vespaceus, 418.
Tritonidea
rufina, 435.
undosa, 40D.
Trochomorpha
angulata, 39, 46.
appropinguata, 41,
approximata, 41.
bicolor, 42.
ceroconus, 42.
conicoides, 42. :
javanica, 41.
kusana, 40.
nigritella, 314.
planorbis, 41.
—, var. appropinquata,
41.
—, var. lessoni, 41.
—, var. nummus, 41.
subnigritella, 314, 315.
timorensis, 334.
tropidophora, 42.
Trochus
noduliferus, 420.
virgatus, 439.
INDEX.
Trochus
(Bembix)
438, 444.
(Clanculus) pharaonis,
420
abyssorum,
(Buchelus) atratus,
420,
(Infundibulops) ery-
threus, 420.
(—) firmus, 420.
(Monodonta) australis,
2
(Tectum) dentalis,
420.
Trogontherium
cuviert, 247, 248.
Tugonia
anatina, 429.
compressa, 429.
nobilis, 429.
semisulcata, 429.
siphonata, 429.
Tupinambis
nigropunctatus, 114.
Turbo
elegans, 419.
granulatus, 419.
radiatus, 419.
(Marmorostoma) coro-
natus, 419.
Turdus
chiguanco, 182,
merula, 473.
musicus, 472, 476.
torquatus, 473.
Turris
intermedia, 410.
Turritella
columnaris, 417.
hookeri, 437.
imbricata, 435.
incolor, 437, 444.
maculata, 417.
Typhlops
fuscus, 352.
obtusus, 806.
platycephalus, 352.
Uloborus
penicillatus, 554.
Umbrella
indica, 421.
Unio
cylindricus, 56.
nyussaensts, 310.
perakensis, 348. .
triangularis, 56.
Upucerthia
Jelskti, 132, 134.
Uraniscodon
plica, 448.
' Uriechis
capensis, 308.
lunulata, 308.
Uropoda
canestriana, 641.
coccinea, 646, 653.
Sestiva, 646.
formicarie, 640, 641.
lamellosa, 646.
Urotrichus
talpoides, 351.
(Neiirotrichus) gibbsi,
351.
Uta
elegans, 467.
nigricans, 467.
Vaginula
bleckeri, 23.
hasselti, 23.
wallacei, 24.
Vaginulus
prismatica, 220.
Vanellus
resplendens, 136.
Vanessa
antiopa, 180.
eudoxia, 284.
zo, 180.
levana, 180.
pelasgis, 75.
prorsoides, 285.
urtice, 180.
Varanus
albigularis, 306.
Venericordia
antiquata, 429.
canaliculata, 429.
cumingiti, 429.
Venerupis
cordieri, 425.
trus, 394, 396, 398,
425.
macrophylla, 394, 425.
Venus
reticulata, 424.
Veronicella
birmanica, 220.
floridana, 218.
levis, 218.
marianita, 219.
moreleti, 219.
olivacea, 219.
schivelye, 218, 219.
solea, 219.
taunayst, 218.
Vertagus
vertagus, 435.
Vitrina
bornecnsis, 24.
nucleata, 331.
Vitrinopsis
douvillei, 332.
Viviparus
capillatus, 310.
Jeffreys, 310.
politus, 310.
robertson, 310.
sumatrensis, 347.
Voluta
scabricula, 410.
Volvula
acuminata, 392, 395.
angustata, 392, 395.
cylindrica, 392.
Vulsella
assabensis, 4309.
pulchella, 430.
spongiarum., 439.
vulsella, 434.
Vultur
monachus, 469, 470.
Xanthidia
floricola, 95.
Xanthotznia
busiris, 272.
Xenospingus
concolor, 132, 135.
Xerus
erythropus, 18+.
Xesta
belangeri, 25.
brotii, 26.
citrina, 25.
decrespignyi, 25, 26.
|
|
—, var. pallida fasci-
ata, 26.
—, var. rubra, 25.
distincta, 28.
glutinosa, 24, 25, 46.
mindanaensis, 2).
nobilis, 27.
obliquata, 27.
INDEX.
Xesta
tranquebarica, 25.
Xiphosoma
hortulanum, 355, 396,
447.
Yoma
vasuki, 258, 285.
Yponomeuta
mahalebella, 532.
Ypsolophus
indignus, 526, 546.
manellus, 525, 546.
pauciguttellus, 527.
piperatus, 526, 546.
rusticus, 525, 546.
Ypthima
asterope, 61.
bera, 62.
corticaria, 268.
granulosa, 62.
marshalli, 267.
methora, 267, 289.
motschulskyt, 267.
narasingha, 257, 2068,
289.
neita, 62.
nikea, 268.
pandocus, 268.
philomela, 267.
sakra, 267, 268.
Zamenis
caudelineatus, 633.
elegantissimus, 632.
dahlii, 632.
diadema, 633.
fedtschenkot, 633.
gemonensts, 632.
karelinit, 632.
ladacensis, 632.
microlepis, 633.
mucosius, 632.
THE END.
I
S&S
iss)
Zamenis
neglectus, 633.
nummifer, 633.
ravergieri, 033.
rhodorhachis, 632.
‘ventrimaculatus, 652.
Zarathra
insulella, 538, 548.
Zemeros
albipunctata, 286.
emesoides, 286.
flegyas, var. albipuie-
tata, 286.
Zenaidura
macroura, 194.
Zeritis
amanga, 90.
aranda, 90, 94.
damarensis, 60, 90, 91,
107.
leroma, 90.
molomo, 90, 91, 94.
pierus, D1.
Zethera
diademotdes, 255, 200.
Zeuxidia
amethystus, 270.
aurelius, 270.
masont, 206, 270,
271.
Zizera
guika, 357, 358.
phoebe, 358.
PYGME, B®.
Zonotrichia
pileata, 133.
Zophoessa
andersom, 269.
sura, 257, 264.
yama, 257, 26+.
Zygena
filipendule, 180.
Printed by Taytor and Francts, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.
PROCEEDINGS,”
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Fellows who wish to complete their sets
of the “Proceedings” are requested to take
notice that it is now possible to supply
coloured copies for some of the years which
have hitherto been marked as “out of print,”
in particular those for 1864, 1875, 1879,
1880, 1884, and 1886. The following volumes
for other years may also be had under special
arrangements for colouring the plates, pro-
vided that applications are received for them,
viz. 1872, 1873, 1876, 1881, 1885, and 1887,
ODT
Se iN
Oe ae 3 i
LS
ons 7 "
Lye HAS x
y A, Y ¢
SINT Wes ) ALTA PE
Here o he denne Fpaaie ome ee
j a a a 71 Ma
fo Sea
, ¥
LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London
are of two kinds — “ Proceedings,” published in an octavo
form, ard “ Transactions,” in quarto.
According to the present arrangements, the “‘ Proceedings”
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published in the “‘ Proceedings ” by the
Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates
and engravings are attached to each annual volume of the
‘< Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable
species of animals described in them. Amongst such illustra-
tions, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living
state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.
The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the
first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part
published in April completing the volume for the preceding
year.
The “Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
They are issued at irregular intervals.
Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled
to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less
than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re-
duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications
issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of five pounds.
The following is a complete list of the publications of the
Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s
Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the
Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any
bookseller.
[ April, 1892. ]
2
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
4to. 12 vols. and 4 Parts.
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Publie.
SSsetnae © Se
Vol. I., containing zs Plates.... (1833-35) . 3 136) 2027) aa
Wolk lig nD wy toes CI SSO=4 saree ad Oe Ols 5 6 6%
’ Vol. IIL, a 63 Ayal taiie (CLS42 =O) Seem oma roe 4 11 (0%
IMT Gee FU ea (eT) coe ou Oe 8 2 Gx
Walls Wee 5 67 Tg oe. ca C3862206)' 2k POP Ag or ERE et GaSe
Vol. VI., ns Got ee 1866269) oss I oes Ore ea
Vol. VIL., a 7B 4, oe (1869-72) Sy. LON 4a Ol lt sea
Wolly ules ny BO06 PRS eal S727) chee OM ate 2a)
Vol. [X., ss O09 gt a SAB 75-77)) ak el eo 16952750
Vol. X., ee OV Me aeu kei ieecos dh LO: 3, Mesh ee)
Index, Vols. led, Praag cio a anerciele (1833279) 0 ee jemiGge 010 O
Volo Xi-, contamme 97 Plates -. (1880-85) “2 IO 1216 0
Vole XI, ae od (Clete) 5S) Oe: Mac
Vol. XII, taints: Oe aa(@ank 1891). OD a ae9 et ®)
PE eR 13* ei! Wa, x 3) Apl S21)... Onl toe Ly ie
is Ges 58 Gs en So Oct: PAM) coe. WN Oi 1 450
Nts iL ana GaP SIMU ase) eta A) Sh 0 620
PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols.
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public.
Partiernlss0—sie voles vOs scree ae AS. Oday) se OSaii
MOTTE aieSe. gO SLO ea 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.)
Priceto Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public
Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d... 6s.¢ | Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d... 6s.
ied WROAI 4s> 45) Bae) 165. 4 0 X1849.0 0 a Ge
UL ISSas et. 4s. 6d... 6s. |
ee Vere 36 - AON Tb OSs. |
. We ltssige < isn As Gd. - 0S: » ITT. 1845. Ds 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
s _ Wlisalie tell. i 2ss 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 37 MVS be 33 4s, 6d... 6s.F
Pa 839. 3 4s. 6d. .. 68.7 XV. 1847. 4s. 6d... 68.4
»> VIII. 1840. Z 4s. 6d. .: 6s. | Index 1830- 1847. iy 4s. 6d... 6s.
8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)
so) INT HMIS4s. 4 4s. 6d. .. 65.7
ep lemliogdcte “A 4s. 6d... 6s.
Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.
ESO ue es oiine
Parts ww, W842 vols Svos. 6d.) ..0 isi yop ee 1 0 8 J Gr
m2 XVII. 1849. 5 As AO das. 5.2 VO Sear Weegee eh) x te) 7p CHF
>» XVIII. 1850. aK Ais Vhon a TG Ge ee ae ee Wf & 118 OF
a XIX. 1851. e 4s Gas es OSE alah Os 9) 1 1eOG
S XOX, 1852? se ERD CYA MLSs Ul a ado Ona: pes lia Ohe
a XXI. 1853. fs AGE OG se USS ee 018 O Weal Uhr
wn ONIN WY BS Ais tOd casos) lO Sat ar ape een ONS) 16) 0;
EOE aS hone AS S027 0 2) EGS emir Roel tesa (6) 118 OF
By SOND VE S56. Ace 6da hee OSE Ba nase) bt 1 0 8 We Gat
Bs XXV. 1857. is AsO der 0. those ees 1) 708% Wee (one
>» XXVI. 1858. as ASE OG i'm eho OSS eee aeons 111 6 22 10
» AXVITI. 1859. A ASS Ode. e204) OS nua eeee Lil & 2 207
» AAVIII. 1860. R ASTO0 5 a UNOS She aL eee sae | ae He eee OD Oe
Index 1848-1860. a 4s) 6d. 5. 16s;
* Wo perfect copies in stock. + Out of print.
3
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.
Wel es 4IGes Gede Ov eweboe Ys. 8 PALS eee SSS Ome ites:
SOD ew asOd oR OSw jue ae 9s. ee LOS ys eee S3sn So ees dase:
ALR Gea eves A Set Oss ate ed LOS, aeeeciene 9s. Soot LOS SESS SHO de aie cos:
18640362 4isi Gah seks) GSeF ao: aed Lesh ite 30S) 9d eee oss
USGS Cs nOderi eS tee sereede Qs, ieee, LESS seer 3s09 dias seer o' Se
ISGOMENASGOhs 4.7.5 lOSeeeenes: nbee LOS Te seit oss 0 Ca BO Se
MS Oper tb d=. 2.5.5 seo tenatetebeeela arenase 9s. Ae Go tee a DOS7 SOLAS
RG Sire aaah Ne LN A aa Ys. Dyes MLS Cea at Soo Ce RAS:
SG ORS cy take gets es Ree eae 9s. ise P2Sh gn, ae ODS OO Se
1iGY/Oncanreceyaebeaea ie pseceo mee acrerctcratec.o 9s, Pe ASS DAR 8s daea tos
Index, 1861-1870 ............ H3. Bal aloo OSS
MS 7albes tah... koe ee La re Qs. savas ISIE Lhe 3 5 POOSAO CMe genta Se
NOT ak Lhe REE eae 9s. ses Ob) Ca 4 AOS Od mea 45s.t
Sie ee een ora i a eaenene a Gs. Bete LS Rt echt SO era Sal
[RSH IAS BED Rey soe rane, Pesan age te Os Reser Seine ae OOS: EA SSSli
[heya baer: ee ese geen meee oaks usar Ys. Wyatie a OSe aa ot OOS: sooo 48,
US 7iGiss pornsenchouscetesars San ae ne Ys. ae L2Se ele OOS: pdeo 2ioar
TIS ijn tates ees carr nal. ip mirnumves Ys. Meee She Al en OSs nog HES
TSW thr AAR A TEAC A EU eM ein 2S? 2h ei OSS a AS Se
SOUR Aa we tester, ciech a sgh suave iets 9s, BAe Ae Snes. OSs dae ABS:
AIS SUD een pe siceicacter esraces eat Ala ue 9s. Nhe COGN eon Ponies Ss sooo ZkSK
dndex, 1O/ToUSSON 6. sen. Ae ik ‘daea OS
ES icaleceavaucasene FSP ee he ake ene 9s. LOS eS ee SOS! .... 485.*
TONC}SD) Se ee te is ee ton ac eee OS: Gee eG anc sath) OU Se Jenn 4s
IR RSH nsaves ceeccatmirecamenatat a peewee 9s. LOSS |e reese BOSS AOS:
TRA Reet A BA OIE ee ne ce OS TEP Osho. Hae OOS: amass
MS we yecap chs vete i rane ei scept wpe roie re 9s. weit NZS. wactiyeOS: Save PASS
USS Girone esse te tuaracte tke lace renee 9s. Ney al SMiltaen yo OSs Acs
ISS eaten ceo acronoe 9s, SO SHEP oi as, OS? seoo “Sar
EER ENE ceil Eek pis fe gee arene 9s. Behe) ACH eae he Es 36s. later (CO
HSS OR RS oes cscia) ae lnictersraietersic talers 9s. POS we OC oS) sooo “8G,
NS OG eae hike sire eed a leh Gs tiahalesn MOSS A eel Satins ta OSs A8s.
* No perfect copies in stock. + Out of print.
PROCEEDINGS or tur GENERAL MEETINGS FoR SCIENTIFIC
BUSINESS or tue ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public.
ASO Memoac tlh (ams Se Webs) cies sehen < syeisyet le ais: vols ayenele SEES oe LAG
NS ii veeseees (Mem ase Api) ee 3 NN oes Se eet Osihiekers shes
SOM oe eC Man Ser JUNE)) Syn atars drs he oe Scum a> Bie hehe Oe tooso Ds.
SO eee eran ONiovn8c? DEC). ies eee ote itye 2-4 snare yorer sears ere ai Ose lest
LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price Is. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d.
List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d.
4
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals Row or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.)
8vo. 1872. Price 2s.
Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo.
1875. Price 1s.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth.
8yo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con-
taining Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880. Price Is. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Eighth Edition.) Cloth,
8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d.
Tuer ZooLocicaL REcorD.
The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1885. Twenty-two
volumes. Price £5 10s.
The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-third
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Brepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1887.
. Price 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-fourth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
BepparpD, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1888.
Price 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-fifth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Hdited by Franx E,
Brpparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890.
Price 10s., Net.
The Zoological Record for 1889, being Volume the Twenty-sixth
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record for 1890, being Volume the Twenty-seventh
of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the
Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1892. Price 30s.
Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London,
(Fourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s.
These publications may be obtained at the Socrmry’s Orrice (3
Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,
H.C.), or through any bookseller.
- Contents (continued).
November 17, 1891 (continued).
Page
1. Descriptions of new Species of Shells from New South Wales, New Guinea, the Caroline
and Solomon Islands. By Enear A. Suiru, F.Z.8. (Plate XL.) .
tS
. On the Micro-Lepidoptera of the West Indies. By the Rt. Hon. Lord Wausineuam,
Meas SEDs EER S46 wer (CP late el) ve te sien y Sethian eee nee tare ak mn heen 492
3. On the Spiders of the Island of St. Vincent.—Part I. By E. Sion. (Plate XLIT.) .. 549
4, On the Nose, the Organ of Jacobson, and the Dumb-bell-shaped Bone in the Ornitho-
thynchus. By Jounson Symineron, M.D., F.R.S.H., Lecturer on Anatomy, Minto
House, Edinburgh. (Communicated by Frank E, BEDDARD, M.A., F.Z.S.) (Plates
XLII. & XLIV. Suan eee Bee, Beast Svn= Gee hn ace ate Nini apa Rae inne eal «ela! iaeerecetee eae at 575
vu
on
_ On a Mammalian Tooth from the Wealden Formation of Hastings. By A. Suita
WVGOD WARD; HEZiES st vers teste erate eee acacn w any ynce cof in Orete Miecbieig wie ol aE Sewlauanceiane SEs a 585
6. On the Dates of the Parts, Plates, and Text of Schreber’s ‘ Saugthiere.’ By C. Davixs
SHERBORN, BES Ace Pes ucts aha Pia cated eRe aig fefn, Goa alan wr OG oun ets ela) aa whoa rate neaN ya eae ee 587
7. A Synopsis of the Tadpoles of the European Batrachians. By G,A.Bounenerr. (Plates
REVS TVA) St So he ape ieee eset clave cee iWlesa ile eae pie MIS Napa em oetere ya ass ee 593
December 1, 1891.
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of a Shearwater (Puffinus gavic)
Prone ee silence cre eee ied estat cate woh Sanieee laos wip PAE He eta cap on crm AN ceo ae
Dr. Edward Hamilton, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an example of the Red-
breasted Snipe of North America (Macrorhamphus griseus) shot in Argyllshire .. ... 627
Mr. Seebohm. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, five rare Irish Birds from the collection of
MrRy MiBarrimegton oie inc de speeches p's noe mee Tn nee iC eMaiaings Peotone 627
Mr. W. B. Tezetmeier, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Rook (Corvus frugilegus)
with abnormal growth of the bill, anda Pheasant with the upper mandible wanting .
1, Notes on Transeaspian Reptiles. By G. A. BovuLENGER .......-. ta bite e wean tae. sees 628
2. Decenipttons of New Butter flies dolleetad by Mr. F. J. Jackson, F.Z.S8., in British
East Africa during his recent Hxpedition. —Part Il. By Emizy Mary Suarrn.
(Plate XLVIIL.) +... sees eee ee ete ete ett eee reece ets * eseala ag 633
- 3. On the ‘Association of Gamasids with Ants, By A.D. Micuaet, F.L.S., F.Z.8., F.R.M.S.,
Ci. Pda TIX A Tas) Se rate diene was oo elnrtn sian oeit voli» sycitye are pinies Ue os \wfel conn
4. Notes on the Bornean Rhinoceros. By Epwarp Bartuert, Naturalist to the Government
Gib Samad Merit ener 2 sectata ie ote com tae s site nik Pies Sig Win epee pos Horm aie stain’ a anne Ae 654
9. Notes on the Lemming (Myodes lemmus). By T. T. Somervinxe, of Oppegarde, Christiania. 655
ae Ae GN 659
BUTE op Cae pam IS Sr sR Re od pa ART MEE AN RAIA DSI ola ROR PC eRe CHEE. Am NNR URS SRE ego a Need 679
Sgt NEV pOVeseMoe eae oe Ses stats a iat BAAS Sra ene ai Beer Diem paras em tee nr ee Le ed ede rR i
SINE Ot OOMERUD DOORS a eee eS he ig hate seen Riot ov eps mts ra Rar bam Ota Se rn BE GREK Tt ee ill
EASE RO LS PLATES easy Fos elc ce a IL heats Os aR LO IRL Terme gna MEME: pa toar etal cage ori a, ee AS. XVil
1891.
PATO EY.
Plate 3 po Rae
-XXXVIL. Bird-bones from Corsica and Sardinia ..,...-....0. 0.05. 467
XAXXVIEE. Pathyornis rothschildt 5c. i2 ve stkas pax 1 1 eas ew dease 479 ©
XXXIX. Scorpzna frondosa (Mauritius) ...... dc geayita ns oiateres ge ABD see
XL. New Species of Shells from Australia, New Guinea, and the —
Caroline and Solomon Islands -.-.+... +++. Hace enw 486 -
XLI. Micro-Lepidoptera of the West Indies ....,... Tete e abe. 4923 -
XLIT,. Spiders of St. Vincent 6.222.046.0520 +e: CR Pie 549
avs Structure of Ornithorhynchus .....0...0esee esses Seatac 575
XLV. European Tadpoles (Rana) ...,.. SAU ay Reales «ooo es
XLVI. European Tadpoles (Hyla, Bufo, Pelobates) .......+.... 308 =
XLVII. European meee (Pelodytes, Discoglossus, Bombinator, ‘
Alytes) © 8 Ole Ang Nee wa Phe lew prek 6.0,e ley ene to lpho/ayive =O aoNiet OS lads le-tere en aS
XLVIII. New Butterflies from British Hast Africa. 0... agence 638 pas
a \ Gamasidez from Ants’ Nests ....-+...++++ Spee code ORR
NOTICE.
The ‘ Proceedings are issued in four parts, as follows:—
Part I. containing papers read in J anuary and February, on. J une Ist. Z
a Beers i =) March and April, on August Ist.
tf a aA 5». May and June, on October Ist.
FY, -y, ~~ 4; November and December, on April ‘Ast. me
aa
ae
He
Mi
aah
he
— ff nan